文獻書目 | KF-Schola

Bibliotheca Nakanishiana

歷史語言學 Linguistica
• Friedrich von Schlegel (1808). Über die Sprache und Weisheit der Indier. Ein Beitrag zur Begründung der Alterthumskunde. Nebst metrischen Übersetzungen Indischer Gedichte, Heidelberg: Mohr und Zimmer.
• Rasmus Rask (1818). Undersøgelse om det gamle nordiske eller islandske Sprogs Oprindelse, Kjøbenhavn: Gyldendal.
• Jacob Ludwig Carl Grimm (1819-37). Deutsche Grammatik, Göttingen: Dieterich.
• Franz Bopp (1833-52). Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen, Lateinischen, Litauischen, Gotischen und Deutschen, Berlin: Druckerei der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
• Heinrich Ludolf Ahrens (1839). De Graecae Linguae Dialectis, Gottingae: Vandenhoeck et Ruprecht.
• Otto von Böhtlingk (1839-40). Pânini's acht Bücher grammatischer Regeln, Bonn: H. B. König.
• Johann Georg von Hahn (1854). Albanesische Studien, Jena: F. Mauko.
• August Schleicher (1856-57). Handbuch der litauischen Sprache, Weimar, H. Böhlau.
• Georg Curtius (1858-62). Grundzüge der griechischen Etymologie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• August Schleicher (1861-62). Compendium der vergleichenden Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen, Weimar: H. Böhlau.
• Franz Miklosich (1868-79). Vergleichende Grammatik der slavischen Sprachen, Wien: Wilhelm Braumiiller.
• Lorenz Franz Kielhorn (1870). A Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, Bombay: Educational department.
• Berthold Delbrück; Ernst Windisch (1871-88). Syntaktische Forschungen, Halle an der Saale: Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses.
• John Beames (1872-79). A comparative grammar of the modern Aryan languages of India, London: Trübner.
• August Leskien (1876). Die Declination im Slavisch-Litauischen und Germanischen, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Eduard Sievers (1876). Grundzüge der Lautphysiologie zur Einführung in das Studium der Lautlehre der indogermanischen Sprachen, Leipzig: Breitkopf und Härtel.
• Henry Sweet (1877). Handbook of Phonetics: Including a Popular Exposition of the Principles of Spelling Reform, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Karl Brugmann; Hermann Osthoff (1878-1910). Morphologische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Ferdinand de Saussure (1879). Mémoire sur le système primitif des voyelles dans les langues indo-européennes, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• William Dwight Whitney (1879). Sanskrit Grammar, including both the classical language, and the older dialects, of Veda and Brahmana, Leipzig: Breitkopf and Härtel.
• Hermann Paul (1880). Prinzipien der Sprachgeschichte, Halle an der Saale: Max Niemeyer.
• Lorenz Franz Kielhorn (1880-85). The Vyākaraṇa-mahābhāṣya of Patanjali, Bombay: Government Central Book.
• Иван Александрович Бодуэн де Куртенэ (1881). Некоторые отделы «сравнительной грамматики» славянских языков, Варшава: Русский филологический вестник.
• Franz Miklosich (1886). Etymologisches Wörterbuch der slavischen Sprachen, Wien: Wilhelm Braumiiller.
• Jacob Samuel Speyer (1886). Sanskrit Syntax, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Karl Brugmann; Berthold Delbrück (1886-1930). Grundriß der vergleichenden Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen, Strassburg: Karl J. Trübner.
• Berthold Delbrück (1888). Altindische Syntax, Halle: Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses.
• Christian Bartholomae (1890-91). Studien zur indogermanischen Sprachgeschichte, Halle am Saale: Max Niemeyer.
• Gustav Meyer (1891). Etymologisches Wörterbuch der albanesischen Sprache, Strassburg: K. J. Trübner.
• Robert von Planta (1892-97). Grammatik der oskisch-umbrischen Dialekte, Strassburg: K. J. Trübner.
• Hermann Paul (1893). Grundriss der germanischen Philologie, Strassburg: K. J. Trübner.
• Eduard Sievers (1893). Altgermanische Metrik, Halle: Max Niemeyer.
• Moreshwar Ramchandra Kale (1894). A Higher Sanskrit Grammar, Bombay: G. Náráyen.
• Wilhelm Geiger; Ernst Kuhn; Christian Bartholomae; Hermann Ethé; Karl F Geldner; Paul Horn (1895-1901). Grundriss der iranischen Philologie, Straßburg: K. J. Trübner.
• Heinrich Hübschmann (1895/97). Armenische Grammatik, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Paul Kretschmer (1896). Einleitung in die Geschichte der griechischen Sprache, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Jacob Wackernagel; Albert Debrunner (1896-64). Altindische Grammatik, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck und Rupricht.
• Gustav Gröber (1897-1906). Grundriss der romanischen Philologie, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Antoine Meillet (1903) Esquisse d'une grammaire comparée de l'arménien classique, Vienne: Imprimerie des pères Mékhitharistes.
• Carl Darling Buck (1904). A Grammar of Oscan and Umbrian, Boston: Ginn & Company.
• Joseph Wright (1907). Historical German Grammar, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Holger Pedersen (1908-13). Vergleichende Grammatik der keltischen Sprachen, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Hrachya H. Adjarian (1909). Classification des dialectes arméniens, Paris: Honoré Champion.
• Rudolf Thurneysen (1909). Handbuch des Alt-irischen: Grammatik, Texte und Wörterbuch, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• August Leskien (1910). Handbuch der altbulgarischen (alkirchenslavischen), Leipzig: H. Böhlaus.
• Arthur Anthony Macdonell (1910). Vedic Grammar, Strassburg: Karl J. Trübner.
• Reinhold Trautmann (1910). Die altpreussischen Sprachdenkmäler, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Joseph Wright (1910). Grammar of the Gothic language, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Norbert Jokl (1911). Studien zur albanischen Etymologie und Wortbildung, Wien: Hölder.
• Frederick William O'Connell (1912). A Grammar of Old Irish, Belfast: Mayne, Boyd & Son.
• Antoine Meillet (1913). Aperçu d'une histoire de la langue grecque, Paris: Hachette.
• Gustav Weigand (1913). Albanesische Grammatik im südgegischen Dialekt, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• Alfred Ernout (1914). Morphologie historique du latin, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Ferdinand de Saussure (1916). Cours de linguistique générale, Paris: Payot.
• Norbert Jokl (1917). Albanisch, Strassburg: K. J. Trübner.
• Antoine Meillet (1917). Caractères généraux des langues germaniques, Paris: Hachette.
• Ernst Windisch (1917-20). Geschichte der Sanskrit-Philologie und indischen Altertumskunde, Stuttgart: K. J. Trübner.
• Berthold Delbrück (1919). Einleitung in das studium der indogermanischen sprachen, Leipzig: Breitkopf und Härtel.
• August Leskien (1919). Litauisches Lesebuch mit Grammatik und Wörterbuch, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Hermann Hirt (1921-37). Indogermanische Grammatik, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Friedrich Bechtel (1923-24). Die griechischen Dialekte, Berlin: Weidmann.
• Janis Endzelins (1923). Lettische grammatik, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Antoine Meillet (1924). Le slave commun, Paris: Honoré Champion.
• Václav Vondrák (1924-28). Vergleichende slavische Grammatik, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Ernst Kieckers (1925/26). Historische griechische Grammatik, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Manu Leumann (1926-28). Lateinische Grammatik, München: C. H. Beck.
• Adolf Noreen (1923). Altisländische und altnorwegische Grammatik, Tübingen: Max Niemeyer.
• Antoine Meillet (1925). La méthode comparative en linguistique historique, Paris: Honoré Champion.
• Antoine Meillet (1928). Esquisse d'une histoire de la langue latine, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Maurice Bloomfield; Franklin Edgerton; Murray Barnson Emeneau (1930-34). Vedic Variants, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania.
• Louis Renou (1930). Grammaire sanscrite, Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve.
• Antoine Meillet; Émile Benveniste (1931). Grammaire du vieux-perse, Paris: H. Champion.
• Emil Sieg; Wilhelm Siegling; Wilhelm Schulze (1931). Tocharische Grammatik, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Hermann Hirt (1931-34). Handbuch des Urgermanischen, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Paul Diels (1932-34). Altkirchenslavische Grammatik, Heidelberg: Carl Winters.
• Albert Thumb (1932-59). Handbuch der griechischen Dialekte, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Leonard Bloomfield (1933). Language, New York: Henry Holt.
• Carl Darling Buck (1933). Comparative Grammar of Greek and Latin, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Edgar Howard Sturtevant (1933/51). Comparative Grammar of the Hittite Language, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Jules Bloch (1934). L'indo-aryen du Véda aux temps modernes, Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve.
• Eduard Schwyzer (1934-53). Griechische Grammatik, München: C. H. Beck.
• Artasches Abeghian (1936). Neuarmenische Grammatik. Ost- und westarmenisch mit Lesestücken und einem Wörterverzeichnis, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Henry Lewis; Holger Pedersen (1937). A Concise Comparative Celtic Grammar, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Alfred Ernout; Antoine Meillet (1939). Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue latine, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Carl Karstien (1939). Historische deutsche Grammatik, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Eduard Prokosch (1939). A Comparative Germanic Grammar, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
• Nikolaj Sergeevic Trubeckoj (1939). Grundzüge der Phonologie, Praha: Jednota Československých Matematiků a Fysiků.
• Holger Pedersen (1941). Tocharisch vom Gesichtspunkt der indoeuropäischen Sprachvergleichung, København: Petersen.
• Karl Brunner (1942). Altenglische Grammatik, Tübingen: Max Niemeyer.
• Pierre Chantraine (1945). Morphologie historique du grec, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Jean Humbert (1945). Syntaxe grecque, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Rudolf Thurneysen (1946). A Grammar of Old Irish, Dublin: Institute for Advanced Studies.
• Vittore Pisani (1947). Glottologia indoeuropea: manuale di grammatica comparata delle lingue, con speciale riguardo del greco e del latino, Torino: Rosenberg & Sellier.
• Pierre Chantraine (1948). Grammaire homérique, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Hans Krahe (1948). Indogermanische Sprachwissenschaft, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Ferdinand Sommer (1948). Hethiter und Hethitisch, Stuttgart: W. Kohlhammer.
• André Vaillant (1948). Manuel du vieux slave, Paris: Institut d'Études slaves.
• André Martinet (1949). Phonology as functional phonetics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ernst Fraenkel (1950). Die baltischen Sprachen, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• André Vaillant (1950). Grammaire comparée des langues slaves, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Siegfried Gutenbrunner (1951). Historische Laut- und Formenlehre des Altisländischen, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Zellig Harris (1951). Methods in Structural Linguistics, Chicago: Chicago University Press.
• Winfred Philipp Lehmann (1952). Proto-Indo-European Phonology, Austin: University of Texas Press.
• Louis Renou (1952). Grammaire de la langue védique, Paris: Les Éditions de Lyon.
• Bernhard Rosenkrantz (1952). Beiträge zur erforschung des luwichen, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Kenneth Jackson (1953). Language and history in early Britain, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Roland Grubb Kent (1953). Old Persian: Grammar, Texts, Lexicon, New Haven: American Oriental Society.
• Heinrich Otten (1953). Zur grammatikalischen und lexikalischen Bestimmung des Luvischen, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
• Julius Pokorny (1953). Allgemeine und Vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft - Indogermanistik, Bern: A. Francke.
• Emil Vetter (1953). Handbuch der italischen Dialekte, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Ludwig Wittgenstein (1953/2001). Philosophische Untersuchungen, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Nikolaj Sergeevic Trubeckoj (1954). Altkirchenslavische Grammatik: Schrift-Laut-und Formensystem, Wien: R. M. Rohrer.
• Hjalmar Frisk (1954-72). Griechisches Etymologisches Wörterbuch, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Maximilian Lambertz (1954/55/59). Lehrgang des Albanischen, Berlin: Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften.
• Carl Darling Buck (1955). The Greek Dialects, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Thomas Burrow (1955). The Sanskrit Language, London: Faber & Faber.
• Charles Francis Hockett (1955). A Manual of Phonology, Baltimore: Waverley Press.
• Roman Jacobson (1955). Slavic Languages: A Condensed Survey, New York: King's Crown Press.
• Michel Lejeune (1955). Traité de phonétique grecque, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Horace Gray Lunt (1955). Old Church Slavonic grammar, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Herbert Weir Smyth (1956). Greek Grammar, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Michael Ventris; John Chadwick (1956). Documents in Mycenaean Greek, New York: Cambridge University Press.
• Heinrich Lausberg (1956-72). Romanische Sprachwissenschaft, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Alfred Senn (1957-66) Handbuch der litauischen Sprache, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Quirk Randolph; Charles L. Wrenn; Quirk Randolph (1958). An Old English Grammar, London: Routledge
• Albert Thumb; Richard Hauschild (1958-59). Handbuch des Sanskrit, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Alistair Campbell (1959). Old English Grammar, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Simon Davis (1959). Sumerograms and Akkadograms in Minoan Hittite, Johannesburg: Witwaterstand University Press.
• Alfred Heubeck (1959). Lydiaka. Untersuchungen zu Schrift, Sprache und Götternamen der Lyder, Erlangen: Universitätsbund Erlangen.
• Grigore Nandris; Robert Auty (1959). Handbook of Old Church Slavonic, London: Athlone Press.
• Julius Pokorny (1959). Indogermanisches etymologisches Wörterbuch, Bern: A. Francke.
• Lucien Tesnière (1959). Eléments de syntaxe structurale, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Oswald John Louis Szemerényi (1960). Studies in the Indo-European System of Numerals, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Ebbe Vilborg (1960). A Tentative Grammar of Mycenaean Greek, Göteborg: Almqvist & Wiksell.
• Émile Benveniste (1962). Hittite et indo-européen, Paris: Adrien Maisonneuve.
• Wilhelm Brandenstein, Manfred Mayrhofer (1964). Handbuch des Altpersischen, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Daniel Simon Evans (1964). A Grammar of Middle Welsh, Dublin: Institute for Advanced Studies.
• Josef Vachek (1964). A Prague School Reader in Linguistics, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Frits Staal (1965). Euclid and Pāṇini, Philosophy East and West 15 (2): 99-116.
• David Abercrombie (1966). Elements of general phonetics, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Christian Stang (1966). Vergleichende Grammatik der baltischen Sprachen, Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.
• Martin Camaj (1966). Albanische Wortbildung: Die Bildungsweise der älteren Nomina, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Cyrus Herzl Gordon (1966). Evidence for the Minoan language, New Jersey: Ventnor.
• Heinz Kronasser (1966). Etymologie der hethitischen Sprache, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Louis Renou (1966). Aṣṭādhyāyī. La grammaire de Pāṇini, Paris: École française d’Extrême-Orient.
• Édouard Bourciez (1967). Éléments de linguistique romane, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Peter Ladefoged (1967). Three Areas of Experimental Phonetics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Winfred Philipp Lehmann (1967). Proto-Indo-European Reconstruction's History, Austin: University of Texas Press.
• Cornelis Jord Ruijgh (1967). Études sur la grammaire et le vocabulaire du grec mycénien, Amsterdam: A. M. Hakkert.
• Rüdiger Schmit (1967). Dichtung und dichtersprache in indogermanischer zeit, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Pierre Chantraine (1968). Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue grecque, Paris: Klincksieck.
• Hans Krahe; Wolfgang Meid. (1969). Germanische Sprachwissenschaft, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Émile Benveniste (1969). Le vocabulaire des institutions indo-européennes, Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit.
• Paul Friedrich (1970). Proto-Indo-European Trees: The Arboreal System of a Prehistoric People, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Ludwig Erich Schmitt (1970). Kurzer grundriß der Germanischen Philologie bis 1500, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Émile Benveniste (1970/74). Problèmes de linguistique Générale, Paris: Gallimard.
• Hrachia Adjarian (1971-79). Etymological root dictionary of the Armenian language. Yerevan: Yerevan State University.
• Michel Lejeune (1972). Phonétique historique du mycenien et du grec ancien, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Allan Keiler (1972). A Reader in Historical and Comparative Linguistics-Holt, New York: Rinehart & Winston.
• Hans Krahe; Wolfgang Meid; Hannes Schmeja (1972). Grundzüge der vergleichenden Syntax der indogermanischen Sprachen, Innsbruck: Institut für vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Innsbruck.
• William Burley Lockwood (1972). A Panorama of Indo-European Languages, London: Hutchinson University Library.
• Wilhelm Meyer-Lübke (1972). Romanisches etymologisches Wörterbuch, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Frits Staal (1972). A Reader on the Sanskrit Grammarians, Boston: MIT Press.
• Edward Stankiewicz (1972). A Baudouin de Courtenay Anthology: The beginnings of structural linguistics, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Frans van Coetsem; Herbert Kufner (1972). Toward a Grammar of Proto-Germanic, Tübingen: Max Niemeyer.
• Eugenio Coșeriu (1973). Teoría del lenguaje y lingüística general, Madrid: Gredos.
• Eugenio Coșeriu (1973). Sincronía, diacronía e historia, Madrid: Gredos.
• Winfred Philipp Lehmann (1974). Proto-Indo-European Syntax, Austin: University of Texas Press.
• William Riegel Schmalstieg (1974). An Old Prussian Grammar, University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press.
• Francisco Rodríguez Adrados (1975). Lingüística indoeuropea, Madrid: Gredos.
• Claus Jürgen Hutterer (1975). Die germanischen Sprachen, Wiesbaden: Albus.
• Paul Friedrich (1975). Proto-Indo-European Syntax: The Order of Meaningful Elements, Butte: Montana College of Mineral Science and Technology.
• Peter Ladefoged (1975). A Course in Phonetics, Orlando: Harcourt Brace.
• Albert Maniet (1975). Phonétique historique du latin dans le cadre des langues indo-européennes, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• André Martinet (1975). Évolution des langues et reconstruction, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Ernest Gordon Quin (1975). Old-Irish Workbook, Dublin: Royal Irish Academy.
• George Cardona (1976). Pāṇini: A survey of research, Den Hague: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Robert Hall (1976). Proto-Romance Phonology, New York: Elsevier Publishing Company.
• Frank Häusler (1976). Das Problem Phonetik und Phonologie bei Baudouin de Courtenay und in seiner Nachfolge, Halle an der Saale: Max Niemeyer.
• Radoslav Katičić (1976). Ancient Languages of the Balkans, Den Hague: Mouton.
• Helmut Rix (1976). Historische Grammatik des Griechischen, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.
• Edward Stankiewicz (1976). Baudouin de Courtenay and the Foundations of Structural Linguistics, Lisse: Peter de Ridder Press.
• Francis Thomas Gignac (1976-81). A grammar of the Greek papyri of the Roman and Byzantine periods, Milan: Cisalpino-La Goliardica.
• Henrik Birnbaum (1977). Linguistic Reconstruction, Washington: Journal of Indo-European Studies.
• Theodora Bynon (1977). Historical Linguistics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Lyons (1977). Linguistic Semantics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Stuart Edward Mann (1977). An Albanian Historical Grammar, Hamburg: Helmut Buske.
• Hartmut Scharfe (1977). Grammatical Literature: A History of Indian Literature, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Sven-Tage Teodorsson (1977). The phonology of Attic in the Hellenistic period, Göteborg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.
• Eugenio Coșeriu (1978). Gramatica, semántica, universales, Madrid: Gredos.
• Claude Hagège; André Haudricourt (1978). La phonologie panchronique, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Bernhard Rosenkrantz (1978). Vergleichende Untersuchungen der altanatolischen Sprachen, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Paolo Ramat (1979). Linguistic Reconstruction and Indo-European Syntax, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• David Crystal (1980) A Dictionary of Linguistics and Phonetics, Oxford: Blackwell.
• John Laver (1980). The Phonetic Description of Voice Quality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• William Riegel Schmalstieg (1980). Indo-European Linguistics, University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press.
• Alexander Schenker; Edward Stankiewicz; Micaela Iovine (1980). Slavic Literary Languages, New Haven: Yale Concilium on International and Area Studies.
• Robert Coleman (1983). Latin Linguistics and Linguistic Theory, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Kurt Baldinger (1984). Vers une sémantique moderne, Paris: C. Klincksieck.
• Jean Dubois; Mathee Giacomo; Louis Guespin (1984). Dictionnaire de linguistique, Paris: Larousse.
• Jacek Fisiak (1984). Historical Syntax, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Einar Haugen (1984). Die skandinavischen Sprachen, Hamburg: Helmut Buske.
• Riccardo Picchio; Harvey Goldblatt (1984). Aspects of the Slavic language question, New Haven: Yale Concilium on International and Area Studies.
• Emanuele Banfi (1985). Linguistica balcanica, Bologna: Zanichelli.
• Joan Lea Bybee (1985). Morphology: A Study of the Relation between Meaning and Form, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Neville Edgar Collinge (1985). The Laws of Indo-European, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• David Alan Cruse (1986). Lexical Semantics, New York: Cambridge University Press.
• Edward Stankiewicz (1986). The Slavic Languages: Unity in Diversity, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Oda Buchholz; Wilfried Fiedler (1987). Albanische Grammatik, Leipzig: Verlag Enzyklopädie.
• Douglas Quentin Adams (1988). Tocharian historical phonology and morphology, New Haven: American Oriental Society.
• Robert Stephen Paul Beekes (1988). A Grammar of Gatha-Avestan, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• George Cardona (1988). Pāṇini: his work and its traditions, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• John Cunnison Catford (1988). A Practical Introduction to Phonetics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Frits Staal (1988). Universals: studies in Indian logic and linguistics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Raimo Anttila (1989). Historical and Comparative Linguistics, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• James Patrick Mallory (1989). In Search of the Indo-Europeans, London: Thames and Hudson.
• Rüdiger Schmit (1989). Compendium Linguarum Iranicarum, Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag.
• Wolfgang Dressler; Hans Luschützky; Oskar Pfeiffer; John Rennison (1990). Contemporary Morphology, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Jacek Fisiak (1990). Historical Linguistics and Philology, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Ray Jackendoff (1990). Semantic Structures, Cambridge: MIT Press.
• Silvia Luraghi (1990). Hittite, London: Routledge.
• Shivram Dattatray Joshi (1990). Patañjali's Vyākaraṇa-Mahābhāṣya Sthānivadbhāvāhnika, Pune: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute.
• Dinesh Dattatreya Mahulkar (1990). Pre-Pāṇinian Linguistic Studies, New Delhi: Northern Book Centre.
• George Campbell (1991). Compendium of the World's Languages, London: Routledge.
• Surendranath Dasgupta; Sibajiban Bhattacharyya (1991). The Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali, New Delhi: Indian Council of Philosophical Research.
• Hans Henrich Hock (1991). Principles of Historical Linguistics, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Peter Matthews (1991). Morphology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alexander Lubotsky; Peter Schrijver (1991-). Leiden Indo-European Etymological Dictionary Series, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• William Frawley (1992). Linguistics Semantics, London: Lawrence Erlbaum.
• Jadranka Gvozdanovic (1992). Indo-European Numerals, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Kenneth Shields (1992). A History of Indo-European Verb Morphology, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Edgar Polomé; Werner Winter (1992). Reconstructing Languages and Cultures, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Madhav Deshpande (1993). Sanskrit and Prakrit: Sociolinguistic issues, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Winfred Philipp Lehmann (1993). Theoretical Bases of Indo-European Linguistics, London: Routledge.
• Yakov Malkiel (1993). Etymology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ronald Asher (1994). Encyclopedia of Languages and Linguistics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Wolfgang Krause (1994). Handbuch des Gotischen, München: C. H. Beck.
• Roger Lass (1994). Old English: A Historical Linguistic Companion, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Laver (1994). Principles of Phonetics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Giulio Lepschy (1994). History of Linguistics, London: Routledge.
• Robert Stephen Paul Beekes (1995). Comparative Indo-European Linguistics, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Dirk Boutkan (1995). The Germanic 'Auslautgesetze', Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• James Clackson (1995). The Linguistic Relationship between Armenian and Greek, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• George Erdosy (1995). The Indo-Aryans of Ancient South Asia. Language, Material Culture and Ethnicity, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Walter Harding Maurer (1995). The Sanskrit Language: A Grammar and Reader, Richmond: Curzon Press.
• Hanne Riis Nielson; Flemming Nielson (1995). Semantics with Applications, A Formal Introduction, Chicester: John Wiley & Sons.
• Peter Schrijver (1995). Studies in British Celtic Historical Phonology, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Andrew Littleton Sihler (1995). New Comparative Grammar of Greek and Latin, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Tamaz Gamkrelidze; Viacheslav Vsevolodovich Ivanov; Richard Rhodes (1995). Indo-european and the indo-europeans, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• John Goldsmith; Jason Riggle; Alan Yu (1995). The Handbook of Phonological Theory, Amsterdam: John Wiley.
• Henning Andersen (1996). Reconstructing Prehistorical Dialects, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Robert Borsley; Ian Roberts (1996). The Syntax of the Celtic Languages: A Comparative Perspective, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Keith Brown; Jim Miller (1996). Concise Encyclopedia of Syntactic Theories, New York: Elsevier Science.
• Rick Derksen (1996). Metatony in Baltic, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Shalom Lappin (1996). The Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory, Cambridge: Blackwell.
• Peter Ladefoged; Ian Madison (1996). The Sounds of the World’s Languages, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Rebecca Posner (1996). The Romance Languages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Vytautas Ambrazas (1997). Lithuanian Grammar, Vilnius: Institute of the Lithuanian Language.
• Bardhyl Demiraj (1997). Albanische Etymologien: Untersuchungen zum albanischen Erbwortschatz, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• William Hardcastle; John Laver; Fiona Gibbon (1997). The Handbook of Phonetic Sciences, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Geoffrey Horrocks (1997). Greek: A History of the Language and its Speakers, London: Longman.
• Alan Stewart Kaye (1997). Phonologies of Asia and Africa, Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns.
• Roger Lass (1997). Historical Linguistics and Language Change, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alexander Lubotsky (1997). Sound law and analogy: papers in honor of Robert S.P. Beekes on the occasion of his 60th birthday, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• James Patrick Mallory, Douglas Quentin Adams (1997). Encyclopedia of Indo-European culture, London: Fitzroy Dearborn.
• Vito Perniola (1997). Pali Grammar, Oxford: The Pali Text Society.
• John Saeed (1997). Semantics, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Robert Detrick Van Valin; Randy LaPolla (1997). Syntax: Structure, Meaning, and Function, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert Stephen Paul Beekes; Alexander Lubotsky (1997). Sound Law and Analogy, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Hadumod Bussmann (1998). Dictionary of Language and Linguistics, London: Routledge.
• Dafydd Gibbon; Roger Moore; Richard Winski (1998). Handbook of Standards and Resources for Spoken Language Systems, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Dennis Green (1998). Language and History in the Early Germanic World, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ernst Håkon Jahr (1998). Language Change: Advances in Historical Sociolinguistics, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Eivind Kahrs (1998). Indian Semantic Analysis: The Nirvacana Tradition, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Andrew Spencer; Arnold Zwicky (1998). The Handbook of Morphology, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Bert Vaux (1998). The Phonology of Armenian, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Helmut Rix (1998/2001). Lexikon der indogermanischen Verben, Wiesbaden: Ludwig Reichert.
• Václav Blažek (1999). Numerals: Comparative-Etymological Analysis and their Implications, Brno: Masarykova Univerzita v Brně.
• George Cardona (1999). Recent Research in Pāṇinian Studies, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Philip Baldi (1999). The Foundations of Latin, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Martin Ball; Joan Rahilly (1999). Phonetics: The Science of Speech, London: Edwin Arnold.
• Jean-Marie Klinkenberg (1999). Des langues romanes, Paris: Duculot.
• International Phonetic Association (1999). Handbook of the International Phonetic Association, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Raimo Anttila (2000). Greek and Indo-European Etymology in Action: Proto-Indo-European *aǵ-, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Vladimir Orel (2000). A Concise Historical Grammar of the Albanian Language, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Robert Lawrence Trask (2000). The Dictionary of Historical and Comparative Linguistics, Chicago: Fitzroy Dearborn.
• Sylvain Auroux (2001). History of the Language Sciences, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Östen Dahl; Maria Koptjevskaja-Tamm (2001). Circum-Baltic Languages, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Giorgio Graffi (2001). 200 Years of Syntax: A Critical Survey, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Hans Grassegger (2001) Phonetik, Phonologie, Idstein: Schulz-Kirchner.
• Hélène Huot (2001). La morphologie. Forme et sens des mots du français, Paris: Armand Colin.
• Thomas Oberlies (2001). Pāli: A Grammar of the Language of the Theravāda Tipiṭaka, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Andrew Carnie (2002). Syntax: A Generative Introduction, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Lars Sigurdsson Vikør (2002). The Nordic Languages, Oslo: Novus.
• Oskar Bandle (2002/05). The Nordic Languages, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Bernard Fradin (2003). Nouvelles approches en morphologie, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Michael Meier-Brügger (2003). Indo-European Linguistics, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Laurie Bauer (2004). A Glossary of Morphology, Washington: Georgetown University Press.
• Jan Terje Faarlund (2004). The Syntax of Old Norse, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Benjamin W. Fortson (2004/10). Indo-European Language and Culture: An Introduction, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Brian Joseph; Richard Janda (2004). The Handbook of Historical Linguistics, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Ernst Frideryk Konrad Koerner (2004). Essays in the History of Linguistics, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Rochelle Lieber (2004). Morphology and Lexical Semantics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jane Stuart-Smith (2004). Phonetics and Philology: Sound Change in Italic, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• April McMahon; Robert McMahon (2005). Language classification by numbers, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Torsten Meissner (2006). S-Stem Nouns and Adjectives in Greek and Proto-Indo-European: A Diachronic Study in Word Formation, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Martin Everaert; Henk Van Riemsdijk; Rob Goedemans; Bart Hollebrandse (2006). The Blackwell Companion to Syntax, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Robert Freidin; Howard Lasnik (2006). Syntax (Critical Concepts in Linguistics), London: Routledge.
• François Heenen (2006). Le désidératif en védique, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Don Ringe (2006). A Linguistic History of English, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• James Clackson (2007). Indo-European Linguistics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Anastasios-Phoivos Christidis; Maria Arapopoulou; Maria Chriti (2007). A History of Ancient Greek, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Christa Dürscheid (2007). Syntax: Grundlagen und Theorie, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Paul de Lacy (2007). The Cambridge Handbook of Phonology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Mark Hale (2007). Historical Linguistics: Theory and Method, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Frederik Herman Henri Kortlandt (2007). Italo-Celtic Origins and the Prehistory of the Irish Language, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Sylvain Patri (2007). L'alignement syntaxique dans les langues indo-européennes d'Anatolie, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Harry Angier Hoffner; Harold Craig Melchert (2008). A Grammar of the Hittite Language, Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns.
• Henning Reetz; Allard Jongman (2008). Phonetics: Transcription, Production, Acoustics, and Perception, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Paola Crisma; Giuseppe Longobardi (2009). Historical Syntax and Linguistic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Mieszko Talasiewicz (2009). Philosophy of Syntax: Foundational Topics, New York: Springer.
• Jasmine Dum-Tragut (2009). Armenian: Modern Eastern Armenian, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Jan Henrik Holst (2009). Armenische Studien. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.
• Frederik Kortlandt (2009). Baltica & Balto-Slavica, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Marina Vigário; Sónia Frota; Maria Jão Freitas (2009). Phonetics and Phonology: Interactions and Interrelations, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Egbert Jan Bakker (2010). A Companion to the Ancient Greek Language, Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
• Melanie Malzahn (2010). The Tocharian Verbal System, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Itamar Singer (2010). Luwian and Hittite studies presented to J. David Hawkins on the occasion of his 70th birthday, Tel Aviv: Emery and Claire Yass.
• Richard Wiese (2010). Phonetik und Phonologie, Tübingen: Stauffenburg.
• Theo van den Hout (2011). The Elements of Hittite, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Guus Kroonen (2011). The Proto-Germanic n-stems: a study in diachronic morphophonology, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Irmengard Rauch (2011). Gothic Language, Grammar, Genetic Provenance and Typology, Readings, New York: Peter Lang.
• Michael T. Putnam (2011). Studies on German-language islands, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Antonio Fabrega; Sergio Scalise (2012). Morphology: from Data to Theory, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Timofey Arkhangelskiy; Irina Kor Chahine (2013). Current Studies in Slavic Linguistics, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Saskia Pronk-Tiethoff (2013). Germanic Loanwords in Proto-Slavic, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Don Ringe, Joseph Eska (2013). Historical Linguistics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michaël Peyrot (2013). The Tocharian Subjunctive: A Study in Syntax and Verbal Stem Formation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Robert Stephen Paul Beekes (2014). Pre-Greek: Phonology, Morphology, Lexicon, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Alexis Burgess, Brett Sherman (2014). Metasemantics: New Essays on the Foundations of Meaning, Oxford: Oxford University Press
• Desmond Durkin-Meisterernst (2014). Grammatik des Westmitteliranischen (Parthisch und Mittelpersisch), Wien: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
• Donka Minkova (2014). A Historical Phonology of English, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• George Walkden (2014). Syntactic Reconstruction and Proto-Germanic, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Tibor Kiss (2015). Syntax: Theory and Analysis, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• International Phonetic Association (2015). International Phonetic Alphabet, London: International Phonetic Association.
• Thomas Olander (2015). Proto-Slavic Inflectional Morphology: A Comparative Handbook, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Patrick Honeybone; Joseph Salmons (2017). The Oxford Handbook of Historical Phonology, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Martine Robbeets; Alexander Savelyev (2017). Language Dispersal beyond Farming, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Robert Dennis Fulk (2018). A Comparative Grammar of the Early Germanic Languages, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Jared Klein, Brian Joseph, Matthias Fritz (2018). Handbook of Comparative and Historical Indo-European Linguistics, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Alwin Kloekhorst; Tijmen Pronk (2019). The precursors of Proto-Indo-European: the Indo-Anatolian and Indo-Uralic hypotheses, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Gary Miller (2019). The Oxford Gothic Grammar, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Matilde Serangeli, Thomas Olander (2020). Dispersals and Diversification: linguistic and archaeological perspectives on the early stages of Indo-European, Leiden: E. J. Brill.

• Paulinus a S. Bartholomaeo (1790). Sidharubam seu Grammatica Samscrdamica. Siddarupam, Romae: Sacrae Congregationis de Propaganda Fide.
• Paulinus a S. Bartholomaeo (1804). Vyacarana seu Locupletissima Samscrdamicae linguae institutio, Romae: S. Congreg. de Propag. Fide.
• Friedrich Spiegel (1881). Die Altpersischen Keilinschriften im Grundtexte mit Ubersetzung, Leipzig: Engelmann.
• Heinz Kronasser (1962). Etymologie der hethitischen Sprache, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz
• Edgar H. Sturtevant (1936). A Hittite glossary: words of known or conjectured meaning with Sumerian and Akkadian words occuring in Hittite texts, Philadelphia: Linguistic Society of America.
• Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper (1991). Aryans in the Rigveda, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Bardhyl Demiraj (1997). Albanische Etymologien: Untersuchungen zum albanischen Erbwortschatz, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Gary M. Beckman (1999). Hittite Diplomatic Texts, Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature.
• Dora Sakayan (2007). Eastern Armenian For the English-Speaking World, Yerevan: Yerevan State University Press.
• Dora Sakayan (2012). Modern Western Armenian For The English-speaking World, Yerevan: Yerevan State University Press.
• Douglas Q .Adams (2013). A Dictionary of Tocharian B, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Leonid Kulikov; Nikolaos Lavidas (2015). Proto-Indo-European Syntax and its Development, Amsterdam: John Benjamins
• Peter Norquest (2015). A Phonological Reconstruction of Proto-Hlai, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Rüdiger Schmitt (2014). Wörterbuch Der Altpersischen Königsinschrifte, Wiesbaden: Reichert.
• Gary Beckman (2019). The Hittite Gilgamesh, Atlanta: Lockwood Press.

• Carl Brockelmann (1899). Syrische Grammatik mit Litteratur, Chrestomathie & Glossar, Berlin: Reuther & Reichard.
• Theodor Nöldeke (1904). Compendious Syriac Grammar, London: Williams & Norgate.
• Stephen Herbert Langdon (1911). A Sumerian grammar and chrestomathy with a vocabulary of the principal roots in Sumerian and a list of the most important syllabic and vowel transcriptions, Paris: P. Geuthner.
• Arno Poebel (1923). Grundzüge der sumerischen Grammatik, Rostock: Selbstverlag des Verfassers.
• Ignace J. Gelb (1953). Old Akkadian writing and grammar, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Franz Rosenthal (1963). A Grammar of Biblical Aramaic, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• David Marcus (1978). A Manual of Akkadian, Lanham: University Press of America.
• Marie-Louise Thomsen (1984). The Sumerian language, Copenhagen: Akademisk Forlag.
• Salman H. Al-Ani; Jacob Y. Shammas (1985). Arabic Phonology, Bloomington: International Institute of Islamic and Arabic Studies.
• Henry George Fischer; Ricardo Augusto Caminos (1987). Ancient Egyptian Epigraphy and Paleography, New York: Metropolitan Museum of Art.
• Arthur Ungnad; Lubor Matouš (1992). Akkadian Grammar, Atlanta: Scholars Press.
• Vladimir E. Orel; Olga V. Stolbova (1994). Hamito-Semitic Etymological Dictionary, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• John Alan Halloran (1996). Sumerian Lexicon, Los Angeles: Logogram.
• John L Hayes (1999). Sumerian, München: Unterschleissheim.
• Konrad Volk (1999). A Sumerian Reader, Roma: Pontificio Istituto Biblico.
• Wilfred G. E. Watson; Nicolas Wyatt (1999). Handbook of Ugaritic Studies, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Wolf Leslau (2000). Introductory Grammar of Amharic, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Bentley Layton (2000). A Coptic Grammar with Chrestomathy and Glossary (Sahidic Dialect), Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Dietz Otto Edzard (2003). Sumerian Grammar, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jeremy Black; Andrew George; Nicholas Postgate (2000). A Concise Dictionary of Akkadian, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• John Huehnergard (2005). A Grammar of Akkadian, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jeremy Black (2006). The Literature of Ancient Sumer, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Janet C. E. Watson (2007). The Phonology and Morphology of Arabic, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• William M. Schniedewind; Joel H. Hunt (2007). A Primer on Ugaritic: language, culture, and literature, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Antonio Loprieno (2009). Ancient Egyptian, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Graham James K.Campbell-Dunn (2009). Sumerian comparative grammar, Christchurch: Penny Farthing Press.
• Jonathan Owens (2009). A Linguistic History of Arabic, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Johanna Brankaer (2010). Coptic. A Learning Grammar (Sahidic), Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Abraham Hendrik Jagersma (2010). A Descriptive Grammar of Sumerian, Leiden: Leiden University.
• Joseph E. Aoun; Elabbas Benmamoun; Lina Choueiri (2010). The Syntax of Arabic, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Huehnergard (2011). A Grammar of Akkadian, Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns
• Daniel A. Foxvog (2011). Introduction to Sumerian Grammar, Berkeley: University of California.
• Amal Elesha Marogy; Keet Versteegh (2012). The Foundations of Arabic Linguistics, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Theodore H. Robinson; James F. Coakley (2013). Robinson’s Paradigms and Exercises in Syriac Grammar, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Douglas B. Miller; R. Mark Shipp (2014). An Akkadian Handbook, University Park: Penn State University Press.
• James Allen (2014). The Ancient Egyptian Language, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Douglas B. Miller; R. Mark Shipp (2014). An Akkadian Handbook: Helps, Paradigms, Glossary, Logograms, and Sign List, University Park: Penn State University Press.
• Simo Parpola (2016). Etymological dictionary of the Sumerian language, Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns
• John L. Hayes (2018). A manual of Sumerian grammar and texts, Malibu: Undena Publications.

• André-Georges Haudricourt (1951). Introduction à la phonologie historique des langues miao-yao, Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 44: 555-576.
• Nicholas Poppe (1954). Grammar of Written Mongolian, Wiesbaden: O. Harrassowitz.
• Nicholas Poppe (1955). Introduction to Mongolian comparative studies, Helsinki: Finno-Ugrian society.
• Björn Collinder (1955). Fenno-Ugric Vocabulary: An Etymological Dictionary of the Uralic Languages, Stockholm: Almqvist & Viksell.
• Björn Collinder (1957). Survey of the Uralic Languages, Stockholm: Almqvist & Viksell.
• Jean Deny (1959-64). Philologiae Turcicae Fundamenta, Wiesbaden: O. Harrassowitz.
• Björn Collinder (1960). Comparative Grammar of the Uralic Languages, Stockholm: Almqvist & Viksell.
• Harry Leonard Shorto (1963). Bibliographies of Mon–Khmer and Tai Linguistics, London: Oxford University Press.
• Talât Tekin (1968). A Grammar of Orkhon Turkic (Uralic and Altaic), Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Herbert C. Purnell (1970). Toward a reconstruction of Proto-Miao-Yao, Ithaca: Cornell University.
• Gerard Clauson (1972). Etymological Dictionary of Pre-Thirteenth-Century Turkish, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Otto Christian Dahl (1973). Proto-Austronesian, Lund: Skandinavian Institute of Asian Studies.
• Thomas Amis Lyman (1974). Dictionary of Mong Njua: A Miao (Meo) Language of Southeast Asia, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Paul King Benedict (1975). Austro-Thai language and culture, with a glossary of roots, New Haven: HRAF Press.
• Otto Christian Dahl (1976). Proto-Austronesian, Lund: Studentlitteratur.
• Fang-Kuei Li (1977). Handbook of Comparative Tai. Honolulu, Hawaii: University of Hawaiʼi Press.
• Otto Christian Dahl (1981). Early phonetic and phonemic changes in Austronesian, Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.
• Maḥmūd Ibn-al-Ḥusain al- Kāšġarī; Robert Dankoff (1982-85). Compendium of the Turkic dialects (Dīwān lugāt at-Turk), Cambridge: Harvard University Printing Office.
• Allan R. Bomhard, Paul J. Hopper (1984). Toward Proto-Nostratic, Amsterdam North-Holland.
• Samuel Elmo Martin (1987). The Japanese language through time, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Charles Frederick Voegelin; Florence Marie Robinett Voegelin (1987). Classification and index of the World's languages, Oxford: Elsevier,.
• Robert A. Blust (1988). Austronesian root theory: an essay on the limits, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Denis Sinor (1988). The Uralic languages: description, history, and foreign influences, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jerold A. Edmondson (1988). Comparative Kadai: The Tai branch, Dallas: University of Texas.
• Karen Lee Adams (1989). Systems of numeral classification in the Mon-Khmer, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Paul K. Benedict (1990). Japanese/Austro-Tai, Ann Arbor: Karoma.
• Masayoshi Shibatani (1990). The Languages of Japan, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gyula Décsy (1990). The Uralic Protolanguage: A Comprehensive Reconstruction, Bloomington: Eurolingua.
• Peter Bellwood (1991). "The Austronesian Dispersal and the Origin of Languages". Scientific American 265: 88-93.
• Michel Ferlus (1992). Essai de phonétique historique du khmer: Du milieu du premier millénaire de notre ère à l’époque actuelle, Mon-Khmer Studies 21: 57-89.
• Martha Ratliff (1992). Meaningful Tone: A Study of Tonal Morphology in Compounds, Form Classes, and Expressive Phrases in White Hmong. Dekalb: Northern Illinois University.
• Theraphan Luang-Thongkum (1992). A Preliminary Reconstruction of Proto-Lakkja (Cha Shan Yao), Mon–Khmer Studies Journal 20: 57-90.
• Theraphan Luang-Thongkum (1993). A view on Proto-Mjuenic (Yao). Mon-Khmer Studies 22: 163-230.
• Allan R. Bomhard; John C. Kerns (1994). The Nostratic Macrofamily, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Alexander Vovin (1994). Long-distance Relationships, Reconstruction Methodology, and the Origins of Japanese, Diachronica 11: 95-114.
• Sergei A. Starostin; Sergei L. Nikolayev (1994). A North Caucasian etymological dictionary, Moscow: Asterisk Publisher.
• Karl Heinrich Menges (1995). The Turkic languages and peoples, Wiesbaden: O. Harrassowitz.
• Peter Bellwood; James Fox; Darrell Tryon (1995). The Austronesians: Historical and comparative perspectives, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Kurtuluş Öztopçu (1996). Dictionary of the Turkic languages: English, Azerbaijani, Kazakh, Kyrgyz, Tatar, Turkish, Turkmen, Uighur, Uzbek, London: Routledge.
• Viacheslav Chirikba (1996). Common West Caucasian. The Reconstruction of its Phonological System and Parts of its Lexicon and Morphology, Leiden: Research School CNWS, School of Asian, African, and Amerindian Studies.
• Vilhelm Grønbech (1997). Preliminary Studies in Turkic Historical Phonology: Uralic & Altaic, London: Routledge.
• Claus Schönig (1997-98). A new attempt to classify the Turkic languages, Turkic Languages 1(1): 117-133; 1(2): 262-277; 2(1): 130-151.
• Daniel M. Abondolo (1998). The Uralic Languages, London: Routledge.
• Ilia Peiros (1998). Comparative Linguistics in Southeast Asia, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Lars Johanson; Éva Agnes Csató (1998). The Turkic languages, London: Routledge.
• Gyula Décsy (1998). The Turkic Protolanguage: A Computational Reconstruction, Bloomington: Eurolingua.
• Somsonge Burusphat; Megan Sinnott; Mahāwitthayālai Mahidon (1998). Kam–Tai oral literatures, Salaya: Mahindol University.
• Barbara Niederer (1998). Les langues Hmong-Mjen (Miao-Yao): phonologie historique, München: Lincom Europa.
• Georgij A. Klimnov (1998). Etymological Dictionary of the Kartvelian Languages, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Ho-Min Sohn (1999). The Korean Language, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• E. M. Kempler Cohen (1999). Fundaments of Austronesian Roots and Etymology, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Noel Mann; Wendy Smith; Eva Ujlakyova (2009). Linguistic clusters of Mainland Southeast Asia: an overview of the language families, Chiang Mai: Payap University.
• Weera Ostapirat (2000). Proto-Kra, Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 23: 1-251.
• John R. Bentley (2000). A new look at Paekche and Korean: data from the Nihon shoki, Language Research 36: 417-443.
• Heinz Fähnrich (2002). Kartwelische Wortschatzstudien, Jena: Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.
• Juha Janhunen (2003). The Mongolic languages, London: Routledge.
• Marc Hideo Miyake (2003), Old Japanese: A Phonetic Reconstruction, London: Routledge.
• Sergei Starostin; Hartwig Altenmüller; Anna Vladimirovna Dybo; Oleg Mudrak; Denis Sinor; Bertold Spuler (2003). Etymological Dictionary of the Altaic Languages, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Christopher Beckwith (2004). Koguryo: The Language of Japan's Continental Relatives, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Marcel Erdal (2004). A Grammar of Old Turkic, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• George Hewitt (2004). Introduction to the Study of the Languages of the Caucasus, Munich: Lincom Europaq.
• Anthony Diller (2005). The Tai–Kadai languages, London: Routledge.
• Jan-Olof Svantesson; Anna Tsendina; Anastasia Karlsson; Vivan Franzén (2005). The Phonology of Mongolian, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Roger Blench; Laurent Sagart; Alicia Sanchez-Mazas (2005). The Peopling of East Asia: Putting Together Archaeology, London: Routledge.
• Paul Sidwell (2005). The Katuic languages: classification, reconstruction and comparative lexicon, München: Lincom Europa.
• K. Alexander Adelaar; Nikolaus Himmelmann (2005). The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar, London: Routledge.
• Hendrik Boeschoten; Lars Johanson (2006). Turkic languages in contact, Wiesbaden: O. Harrassowitz.
• Harry Leonard Shorto; Paul J. Sidwell; Doug Cooper; Christian Bauer (2006). A Mon-Khmer comparative dictionary, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Samuel Elmo Martin (2007). A Reference Grammar of Korean, Tokyo: Tuttle.
• Moriyo Shimabukuro (2007). The Accentual History of the Japanese and Ryukyuan Languages, Folkestone: Global Oriental.
• Bjarke Frellesvig; John Whitman (2008). Proto-Japanese: issues and prospects, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• John R Bentley (2008). A linguistic history of the forgotten islands: a reconstruction of the proto-language of the Southern Ryūkyūs, Folkestone: Global Oriental.
• John Bentley (2008). The Search for the Language of Yamatai, Japanese language and literature 42: 1-43.
• Bjarke Frellesvig; John Whitman (2008). Proto-Japanese: issues and prospects, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Thomas J Hudak; William J Gedney (2008). William J. Gedney's comparative Tai source book, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press.
• Paul Sidwell (2009). Classifying the Austroasiatic languages: history and state of the art, München: Lincom Europa.
• Farshid Delshad (2009). Georgica et Irano-Semitica, Baden-Baden: Deutscher Wissenschafts-Verlag.
• Robert A. Blust (2009). The Austronesian Languages, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Alexander Adelaar; Robert Blust (2009). Austronesian historical linguistics and culture history, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University.
• Pittayawat Pittayaporn (2009). The Phonology of Proto-Tai, Ithaca: Cornell University.
• David Blundell (2009). Austronesian Taiwan: Linguistics, History, Ethnology, Prehistor, Taipei: SMC Publishing.
• J. Marshall Unger (2009). The role of contact in the origins of the Japanese and Korean languages, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press.
• Alexander Vovin (2010). Koreo-Japonica: A Re-evaluation of a Common Genetic Origin, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press.
• John U. Wolff (2010). Proto-Austronesian Phonology with Glossary, Ithaca: Cornell Southeast Asia Program Publications.
• Martha Susan Ratliff (2010). Hmong-Mien language history, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics.
• Bjarke Frellesvig (2010). A History of the Japanese Language, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michinori Shimoji; Thomas Pellard (2010). An Introduction to Ryukyuan Languages, Tokyo: Research Institute for Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa.
• Ki-Moon Lee; S. Robert Ramsey (2011). A History of the Korean Language, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul Sidwell (2013). Issues in Austroasiatic Classification, Language and Linguistics Compass 7: 437-457.
• Zhuo Jing-Schmidt (2013). Linguistics Studies in Chinese and Neighboring Languages, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Alexandre Bouchard-Côté; David Hall; Thomas L. Griffiths; Dan Klein (2013). Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 110: 4224-4229.
• Peter K. Norquest (2015). A phonological reconstruction of Proto-Hlai, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Patrick Heinrich (2015). Handbook of the Ryukyuan Languages: history, structure, and use, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Paul Sidwell (2015). The Palaungic Languages: Classification, Reconstruction and Comparative Lexicon, München: Lincom Europa.
• James R. Chamberlain (2016). Kra-Dai and the Proto-History of South China and Vietnam. Journal of the Siam Society 104: 27-76.
• Lars Johanson; Éva Ágnes Csató (2017). The Turkic languages, London: Routledge.
• Nicolas Tranter (2017). The Languages of Japan and Korea, London: Routledge.
• Nick J. Enfield; Bernard Comrie (2017). Languages of mainland Southeast Asia, Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.
• Rochelle Lieber; Pavol Štekauer (2017). The Oxford Handbook of Derivational Morphology, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• William McClure; Alexander Vovin; John Whitman (2017). Studies in Japanese and Korean Historical and Theoretical Linguistics and Beyond, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Asya Pereltsvaig (2018). Languages of the World, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Thomas Pellard (2018). The comparative study of the Japonic languages, Japan: National Institute for Japanese Language and Linguistics.
• Paul Sidwell (2018). The Khasian Languages: Classification, Reconstruction, and Comparative Lexicon, München: Lincom Europa.
• Marianne Bakró-Nagy; Johanna Laakso; Elena Skribnik (2019). Oxford Guide to the Uralic Languages, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Sungdai Cho; John Whitman (2019). Korean: A Linguistic Introduction, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Lucien Brown (2019). The Handbook of Korean Linguistics, Hoboken: Wiley Blackwell.
• Martine Robbeets.; Alexander Savelyev (2020). The Oxford Guide to the Transeurasian Languages, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Peter K. Norquest (2020). A Hypothesis on the Origin of Preglottalized Sonorants in Kra-Dai, Vancouver: University of British Columbia.
• Sidwell Paul; Mathias Jenny (2021). The Languages and Linguistics of Mainland Southeast Asia, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

漢藏語 Sino-Tibetana
• Bernhard Karlgren (1915). Études sur la phonologie chinoise, Leiden/Stockholm: E. J. Brill/P. A. Nobstedt,
• Henri Maspero (1930). Préfixes et dérivation en chinois archaïque, Mémoires de la Société de Linguistique 23, 313-327.
• André-Georges Haudricourt (1954). Comment reconstruire le chinois archaïque, Word 10(2/3): 351-364.
• Robert Shafer (1955-74). Introduction to Sino-Tibetan 1-5, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Bernhard Karlgren (1957). Grammata Serica Recensa, Bulletin of the Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities 29. 1-332.
• Robbins Burling (1959). Proto-Bodo, Language 35: 433-453.
• Сергей Яхонтов (1959). Фонетика китайского языка I тысячелетия до н. э., Проблемы востоковедения 2, 137-147.
• Robbins Burling (1961). A Garo Grammar, Poona: Deccan College.
• Imam Singh Chemjong (1962). Limbu-Nepali-English Dictionary, Kathmandu: Royal Nepal Academy.
• D. N. Shankara Bhat (1969). Tankhur Naga vocabulary, Poona: Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute.
• Paul King Benedict (1972). Sino-Tibetan: A Conspectus, New York: Cambridge University Press.
• Warren William Glover (1972). A vocabulary of the Gurung language, Kirtipur: Tribhuvan University.
• Austin Hale (1973). Clause, sentence, and discourse patterns in selected languages of Nepal IV: word lists, Kathmandu: Summer Institute of Linguistics and Tribhuvan University Press.
• Fang-Kuei Li; Gilbert L. Mattos (1974/75). Studies on Archaic Chinese, Monumenta Serica 31: 219-287.
• David Bradley (1979). Proto-Loloish, London: Curzon Press.
• Robbins Burling (1983). The Sal Languages, Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 7: 1-32.
• Walter Thomas French (1983). Northern Naga, New York: The City University of New York.
• Edwin George Pulleyblank (1984). Middle Chinese: A Study in Historical Phonology, Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
• Gordon H. Luce (1985). Phases of Pre-Pagán Burma, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Weldon South Coblin (1986). A Sinologist's Handlist of Sino-Tibetan Lexical Comparisons, Nettetal: Steyler Verlag.
• George van Driem (1987). A Grammar of Limbu, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Samuel Robert Ramsey (1987). The Languages of China, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Alfons Weidert (1987). Tibeto-Burman Tonology: A Comparative Account, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Jerry Norman (1988). Chinese, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Сергей Старостин (1989). Реконструкция древнекитайской фонологической системы, Москва: Hаука.
• James A. Matisoff (1991). Sino-Tibetan Linguistics: Present State and Future Prospects, Annual Review of Anthropology 20: 469-504.
• William Baxter (1992). A Handbook of Old Chinese Phonology, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Jackson Tianshin Sun (1993). A Historical-comparative Study of the Tani (Mirish) Branch in Tibeto-Burman, Berkelay: University of California.
• Martine Mazaudon (1994). Problèmes de comparatisme et de reconstruction dans quelques langues de la famille tibéto-birmane, Paris: Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle.
• Edwin George Pulleyblank (1995). Outline of Classical Chinese Grammar）, Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
• Harold Ebersole (1996). The Mru Language: A preliminary grammatical sketch, Manuscript.
• Sergei Starostin; Ilia Peiros (1996). A Comparative Vocabulary of Five Sino-Tibetan Languages, Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.
• Shobhana L. Chelliah (1997). A Grammar of Meitei, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• George van Driem (1999). A New Theory of Origin of Chinese, Bulletin of the Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association 18: 43-58.
• Laurent Sagart (1999). The Roots of Old Chinese, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Ross Caughley (2000). Dictionary of Chepang, Canberra: Australian National University.
• Shangfang Zhengzhang; Laurent Sagart (2000). The Phonological system of Old Chinese, Paris: École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales.
• George van Driem (2001). Languages of the Himalayas, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• James Alan Matisoff (2003). Handbook of Proto-Tibeto-Burman, Berkeley: University of California.
• Graham Thurgood; Randy John LaPolla (2003) The Sino-Tibetan Languages, London: Routledge.
• Philip Brassett, Cecilia Brassett, Meiyan Lu (2006). The Tujia Language, München: Lincom Europa.
• David Prager (2006). The Chinese Rime Tables, Amsterdam: John Benjamins
• Roland Bielmeier; Felix Haller (2007). Linguistics of the Himalayas and Beyond, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Heleen Plaisier (2007). A Grammar of Lepcha, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Axel Schuessler (2007). ABC Etymological Dictionary of Old Chinese, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i.
• Heming Yong; Jing Peng (2008). Chinese Lexicography, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ken Manson (2009). A Prolegomena to Reconstructing Proto-Karen, La Trobe Working Papers in Linguistics 12: 1-26.
• Kenneth VanBik (2009). Proto-Kuki-Chin, Berkeley: University of California.
• Maria Kurpaska (2010). Chinese Language(s), Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• David R. Mortensen, Jennifer Keogh (2011). Sorbung, an Undocumented Language of Manipur: its Phonology and Place in Tibeto-Burman, Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society 4(1).: 64-114.
• David R. Mortensen (2012). Database of Tangkhulic Languages, Manuscript.
• Theraphan Luangthongkum (2013). A view on Proto-Karen phonology and lexicon, Manuscript.
• William Baxter; Laurent Sagart (2014). Old Chinese: A New Reconstruction, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Daniel Wayne Bruhn (2014). A Phonological Reconstruction of Proto-Central Naga, Berkeley: University of California.
• Crispin Williams (2014). Scribal Variation and the Meaning of the Houma and Wenxian Covenant Texts' Imprecation Ma yi fei shi 麻夷非是, Early China 37: 197-217.
• James Alan Matisoff (2015). The Sino-Tibetan Etymological Dictionary and Thesaurus, Berkeley: University of California.
• Yuri Pines (2015). The Question of Interpretation: Qin History in Light of New Epigraphic Sources, Early China 29: 1-44.
• William S‑Y Wang; Chaofen Sun (2015). The Oxford Handbook of Chinese Linguistics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Marc Miyake (2020). The Pyu Language of Ancient Burma, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

• 中國語言學大辭典編委會：《中國語言學大辭典》（南昌：江西教育出版社，1991）
• 郭錦桴：《綜合語音學》（福州：福建人民出版社，1993）

• 周法高：〈上古漢語和漢藏語〉（《香港中文大學中國文化研究所學報》第5卷，1972）
• ［美］白保羅；羅美珍、樂賽月譯：《漢藏語概要》（北京：中國社會科學院民族研究所，1984）
• 戴慶廈：《藏緬語族語言研究》（昆明：雲南民族出版社，1990）
• 馬學良：《漢藏語概論》（北京：北京大學出版社，1991）
• 孫宏開主編：《藏緬語語音和詞匯》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1991）
• 黃布凡：《藏緬語族語言詞匯》（北京：中央民族學院出版社，1992）
• 馬學良、傅愛蘭：《藏緬語新論》（北京：北京大学出版社，1994）
• ［美］包擬古、潘悟雲、馮蒸譯：《原始漢語與漢藏語》（北京：中華書局，1995）
• 金廣鎮：《漢藏語同源詞綜探》（臺北：臺灣學生書局，1996）
• 李範文：《夏漢字典》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1997）
• 施向東：《漢語和藏語同源體系的比較硏究》（北京：華語敎學出版社，2000）
• 薛才德：《漢語藏語同源字研究：語義比較法的證明》（上海：上海人民出版社，2001）
• 瞿靄堂：《漢藏語言研究的理論和方法》（北京：中國藏學出版社，2001）
• 吳安其：《漢藏語同源研究》（北京：中央民族大學出版社，2002）
• 龔煌城：《漢藏語比較研究論文集》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，2002）
• 江荻：《藏語語音史研究》（北京：民族出版社，2002）
• 段炳昌：《漢藏語言學研究》（北京：民族出版社，2003）
• 羅文江：《漢藏語系語言研究》（昆明：雲南民族出版社，2005）
• 趙嘉文、石鋒：《漢藏語言研究：第三十四屆國際漢藏語言暨語言學會議論文集》（北京：民族出版社，2006）
• 黃樹先：《漢藏語論集：喻園語言文學論叢》（武漢：華中科技大學出版社，2007）
• 汪大年：《緬甸語與漢藏語系比較研究》（香港：崑崙出版社，2008-12）
• 戴慶廈：《漢藏語系語言述補結構研究》（北京：民族出版社，2012）
• 黃金文：《從漢藏比較論上古漢語内部構擬》（臺北：萬卷樓，2012）
• 仁真丹松：《藏語韻律學》（蘭州：甘肅民族出版社，2013）
• 瞿靄堂、勁松：《漢藏語言研究新論》（北京：中國藏學出版社，2016）
• 何大安、姚玉敏、孫景濤、陳忠敏、張洪年：《漢語與漢藏語前沿研究》（北京：社會科學文獻出版社，2018）
• 孫宏開、丁邦新、江荻以、燕海雄主編：《漢藏語語音和詞匯》（北京：民族出版社，2018）

音韻學 Phonologia
• 魏建功、劉復、羅常培：《十韻匯編》（北京：北京大學，1936）
• 渭南嚴：《音韻學叢書：三十二種》（成都：四川人民出版社，1957）
• 龍宇純：《韻鏡校注》（北京：藝文印書館，1960）
• 周祖謨：《廣韻校本：附校勘記》（北京：中華書局，1960）
• 龍宇純：《唐寫全本王仁昫刊謬補缼切韻校箋》（香港：香港中文大學，1968）
• 馬光宇：《方言校釋》（臺北：商務印書館，1970）
• 李永富：《切韻輯斠》（臺北：藝文印書舘，1973）
• 張麟之等：《等韻名著五種》（臺北：泰順書局，1973）
• 周祖謨：《廣韻四聲韻字今音表》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 黄焯：《經典釋文匯校》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 李新魁：《韻鏡校證》（北京：中華書局，1982）
• 周祖謨：《唐五代韻書集存》（北京：中華書局，1983）
• 丁度：《集韻：附索引》10卷（上海：上海古籍出版社，1985）
• 黃侃撰；黃焯整理；黃延祖重輯：《廣韻校錄》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1985）
• 周德清；許世瑛校訂、劉德智注音：《音注：中原音韻》（臺北：廣文書局，1986）
• 朱宗文、楊耐思、照那斯圖校：《蒙古字韻校本》（北京：民族出版社，1987）
• 方孝岳：《廣韻韻圖》（北京：中華書局，1988）
• 丁度：《宋刻集韻》（北京：中華書局，1989）
• 余迺永：《新校互註宋本廣韻》（香港：中文大學出版社，1993）
• 張斌、許威漢：《中國古代語言學資料匯纂·音韻學分冊》（福州：福建人民出版社，1993）
• 周祖庠：《切韻韻圖》（貴陽：貴州教育出版社，1994）
• 寧繼福：《古今韻會舉要及相關韻書》（北京：中華書局，1997）
• 陳廣忠：《韻鏡通釋》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2002）
• 陳彭年：《宋本廣韻：附韻鏡、七音略》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，2008）
• 林連通、鄭張尚芳：《漢字字音演變大字典》（南昌：江西教育出版社，2012）
• 趙振鐸：《集韻校本》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2012）
• 龍宇純：《龍宇純全集》（臺北：秀威資訊科技股份，2015）
• 趙少咸：《唐写本王仁昫刊謬補缺切韻校記》（北京：中華書局，2016）
• 吳葆勤編輯：《唐寫本王仁昫刊謬補缺切韻》（南京：江蘇鳳凰教育出版社，2017）

• ［瑞］高本漢；趙元任、羅常培、李方桂譯：《中國音韻學研究》（長沙：商務印書館，1915-26/40）
• 張世祿：《中國古音學》（北京：商務印書館，1930）
• 羅常培：《廈門音系》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，1930）
• 羅常培：《唐五代西北方音》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，1933）
• 張世祿：《廣韻研究》（北京：商務印書館，1933）
• 王力：《漢語音韻學》（北京：商務印書館，1935）
• 魏建功：《古音系研究》（北京：商務印書館，1935）
• 張世祿：《中國音韻學史》（北京：商務印書館，1936）
• 董同龢：《上古音韻表稿》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，1944）
• 董同龢：《中國語音史》（臺北：中華文化出版事業委員會，1954）
• 羅常培：《漢語音韻學導論》（北京：中華書局，1956）
• 李榮：《切韻音系》（北京：科學出版社，1956）
• 周祖謨：《漢語音韻論文集》（北京：商務印書館，1957）
• 趙蔭棠：《等韻源流》（上海：商務印書館，1957）
• 王立達：《漢語研究小史》（北京：商務印書館，1959）
• 羅常培：《八思巴字與元代漢語》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1959）
• 沈兼士：《廣韻聲系》（北京：文字改革社，1960）
• 林尹：《中國聲韻學通論》（臺北：世界書局，1961）
• 莫友芝：《韻學源流》（北京：中華書局，1962）
• 王力：《漢語音韻》（北京：中華書局，1963）
• 黃侃撰；黃焯整理：《黃侃論學雜著》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1964）
• 董同龢：《漢語音韻学》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1968）
• 李方桂：《上古音研究》（北京：商務印書館，1971）
• 謝雲飛：《中國聲韻學大綱》（臺北：蘭臺書局，1971）
• 陳新雄：《古音學發微》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1972）
• 周法高：《漢字古今音彙》（香港：中文大學出版社，1973）
• 陳新雄：《等韻述要》（臺北：藝文印書館，1974）
• 丁邦新：《魏晉音韻研究》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，1975）
• 謝雲飛：《中原音韻概要》（臺北：學海出版社，1976）
• 潘重規、陳紹棠：《中國聲韻學》（臺北：東大圖書出版，1978）
• 方孝岳：《漢語語音史概要》（香港：商務印書館，1979）
• 邵榮芬：《漢語語音史講話》（天津：天津人民出版社，1979）
• 李新魁：《古音概說》（廣州：廣東人民出版社，1979）
• 趙誠：《中國古代韻書》（北京：中華書局，1979）
• ［瑞］高本漢；張洪年譯：《中國聲韻學大綱》（臺北：國立編譯館，1979）
• 殷煥先：《反切釋要》（濟南：山東人民出版社，1979）
• 王力：《漢語語音》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 林平和：《李元音切譜之古音學》（臺北：文史出版社，1980）
• 史存直：《漢語語音史綱要》（北京：商務印書館，1981）
• 丁聲樹、李榮：《古今字音対照手冊》（北京：中華書局，1981）
• 楊耐思：《中原音韻音系》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1981）
• 邵榮芬：《中原雅音研究》（濟南：山東人民出版社，1981）
• 郭錫良：《漢字古音手冊》（北京：商務印書館，1982）
• 杜學知：《古音大字典》（臺北：商務印書館，1982）
• 唐作藩：《上古音手冊》（南京：江蘇人民出版社，1982）
• 邵榮芬：《切韻研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1982）
• 陳復華：《漢語音韻學基礎》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，1983）
• 李新魁：《漢語等韻學》（北京：中華書局，1983）
• 黄焯：《古今聲類通轉表》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 李新魁：《中原音韻音系研究》（河南：中州書畫社，1983）
• 黃侃撰；《文字聲韻訓詁筆記》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 丁聲樹、李榮：《漢語音韻講義》（上海：上海教育出版社，1984）
• 趙蔭棠：《中原音韻研究》（臺北：新文豐出版公司，1984）
• 周法高：《中國音韻學論文集》（香港：中文大學出版社，1984）
• 王力：《漢語語音史》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1985）
• 寧繼福：《中原音韻表稿》（長春：吉林文史出版社，1985）
• 陸志韋：《陸志韋語言學著作集》（北京：中華書局，1985）
• 黃侃撰；黃焯整理：《黃侃聲韻學未刊稿》（武漢：武漢大学出版社，1985）
• 陳振寰：《音韻學》（長沙：湖南人民出版社，1986）
• 李新魁：《漢語音韻學》（北京：北京出版社，1986）
• ［俄］雅洪托夫；唐作藩、胡雙寶編譯：《漢語史論集》（北京：北京大學出版社，1986）
• 余迺永：《上古音系研究》（香港：中文大學出版社，1986）
• 汪壽明：《歴代漢語音韻學文選》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1986）
• 唐作藩：《音韻學教程》（北京：北京大學出版社，1987）
• 陳復華、何九盈：《古韻通暁》（北京：中國社会科學出版社，1987）
• ［瑞］高本漢，；聶鴻音譯：《中上古漢語音韻綱要》（濟南：齊魯書社，1987）
• 李珍華、周長楫：《漢字古今音表》（北京：中華書局，1988）
• 何九盈：《古漢語音韻學述要》（杭州：浙江古籍出版社，1988）
• 陸志韋：《陸志韋近代漢語音韻論集》（北京：商務印書館，1988）
• 方孝岳：《廣韻研究》（廣州：中山大學出版社，1988）
• 陳新雄：《聲類新編》（臺北：學生書局，1988）
• 趙振鐸：《音韻學綱要》（成都：巴蜀書社，1990）
• 周同春：《漢語語音學》（北京：北京師范大學出版社，1990）
• 薛鳳：《中原音韻音位系統》（北京：北京語言學院出版社，1990）
• 曹述敬：《音韻學辭典》（長沙：湖南出版社，1991）
• 何九盈：《上古音》（北京：商務印書館，1991）
• 高福生：《中原音韻新論》（北京：北京大學出版社，1991）
• 李新魁：《中古音》（北京：商務印書館，1991）
• 竺家寧：《聲韻學》（臺北：五南圖書出版公司，1991）
• 徐通鏘：《歷史語言學》（北京：商務印書館，1991）
• 謝紀鋒：《音韻學概要》（桂林：廣西師範大學出版社，1992）
• 汪壽明、潘文國：《漢語音韻學引論》（上海：華東師范大學出版社，1992）
• 王力：《清代古音學》（北京：中華書局，1992）
• 耿振生：《明清等韻學通論》（北京：語文出版社，1992）
• 李新魁、麥耘：《韻學古籍述要》（西安：陝西人民出版社，1993）
• 黄典誠：《漢語語音史》（合肥：安徽教育出版社，1993）
• 黄耀堃：《音韻學引論》（香港：商務印書館，1994）
• 許紹早：《音韻學概要》（長春：吉林大學出版社，1994）
• 李玉：《秦漢簡牘帛書音韻研究》（北京：當代中國出版社，1994）
• 黄典誠：《切韻綜合研究》（廈門：廈門大學出版社，1994）
• 竺家寧：《音韻探索》（臺北：臺灣學生書局，1995）
• 黃建群：《音韻學概論》（武漢：武漢大學出版社，1995）
• 陳壬秋：《漢語音韻學概要》（成都：四川大學出版社，1995）
• 鄭鎮椌：《上古漢語聲調之研究》(臺北：國立政治大學中國文學研究所，1995）
• 李維琦：《中國音韻學研究述評》（長沙：岳麓書社，1995）
• 曾運乾：《音韻學講義》（北京：中華書局，1996）
• 楊劍橋：《漢語現代音韻學》（上海：復旦大學出版社，1996）
• 李國英：《小篆形聲系統研究》（北京：北京師範大學出版社，1996）
• 史存直：《漢語音韻學論文集》（上海：華東師范大學出版社，1997）
• 邵榮芬：《邵榮芬音韻學論文集》（北京：首都師范大學出版社，1997）
• 丁邦新：《丁邦新語言學論文集》（北京：商務印書館，1998）
• 李葆嘉：《當代中國音韻學》（廣州：廣東教育出版社，1998）
• 劉靜：《漢語音韻學綱要》（西安：陝西師範大學出版社，1999）
• 陳新雄：《古音研究》（臺北：五南出版公司，1999）
• ［美］蒲立本；潘悟雲、徐文堪譯：《上古漢語的輔音系統》（北京：中華書局，1999）
• 俞敏：《俞敏語言學論文集》（北京：商務印書館，1999）
• 潘悟雲：《漢語歷史音韻學》（上海：上海教育出版社，2000）
• 金理新：《上古漢語音系》（合肥：黃山書社，2002）
• 張民權：《清代前期古音學研究》（北京：北京廣播學院出版社，2002）
• 龍宇純：《中上古漢語音韻論文集》（臺北：五四書店，2002）
• 鄒曉麗：《傳統音韻學實用教程》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2002）
• 劉俐李：《漢語聲調論》（南京：南京師範大學出版社，2003）
• 周祖庠：《新著音韻學》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2003）
• 傅定淼：《反切起源考》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2003）
• 陸志韋：《陸志韋集》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2003）
• 葛毅卿；李葆嘉理校：《隋唐音研究》（南京：南京師范大學出版社，2003）
• 黄典誠：《黃典誠語言學論文集》（廈門：廈門大學，2003）
• 鄭張尚芳：《上古音系》（上海：上海教育出版社，2003/13）
• 林燾、耿振生：《音韻學概要》（北京：商務印書館，2004）
• ［法］沙加爾；龔群虎譯：《上古漢語詞根》（上海：上海教育出版社，2004）
• 耿振生：《二十世紀漢語音韻學方法論》（北京：北京大學出版社，2004）
• 李無未：《音韻文献与音韻學史》（吉林：吉林文史出版社，2005）
• 簡啟賢：《音韻學教程》（成都：巴蜀書社，2005）
• 龐光華：《論漢語上古音無復輔音聲母》（北京：中國文史出版社，2005）
• 陳新雄：《聲韻學》（臺北：文史哲出版社，2005）
• 趙忠德：《音系學》（上海：上海外語教育出版社，2006）
• 馮蒸：《音史新論》（北京：學苑出版社，2006）
• 郭瓏：《古音學與文獻釋讀》（南寧：廣西人民出版社，2006）
• 李無未：《音韻學論著指要與總目》（北京：作家出版社，2007）
• 董同龢：《漢語音韻史》（（臺北：文史哲出版社，2007）
• 萬獻初：《韻學要略》（武漢：武漢大學出版社，2008）
• 李開：《漢語古音學研究》（上海：上海人民出版社，2008）
• 馮蒸：《漢語音韻學文獻大系》（北京：線裝書局，2009）
• 葉玉英：《古文字構形與上古音研究》（廈門：廈門大學出版社，2009）
• 喬秋穎：《江有誥古音學研究》（合肥：黃山書社，2009）
• 林安慶：《漢字古今音論》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，2010）
• ［俄］斯塔羅斯金；林海鷹、王沖譯：《古代漢語音系的構擬》（上海：上海教育出版社，2010）
• 張亞蓉：《說文解字的諧聲關係與上古音》（西安：三秦出版社，2011）
• 潘悟雲：《音韻論集》（上海：中西書局，2012）
• 李葆嘉：《清代古声紐學》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2012）
• 金理新：《上古音略》（合肥：黃山書社，2013）
• 徐在國：《上博楚簡文字聲系》8冊（合肥：安徽大學出版社，2013）
• 龐光華：《上古音及相關問題綜合研究》（廣州：暨南大學出版社，2015）
• 孫玉文：《上古音叢論》（北京：北京大學出版社，2015）
• 陳新雄：《陳新雄教授八秩誕辰紀念論文集》（臺北：萬卷樓圖書出版公司，2015）
• 李建強：《來母字及相關聲母字的上古音研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2015）
• 馬建東：《來母的生存：見母、來母古或同紐》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2015）
• 黃易青、王寧、曹述敬：《傳統古音學研究通論》（北京：商務印書館，2015）
• 李葆瑞：《應用音韻學》（北京：中華書局，2015）
• 丁邦新：《音韻學答問》（北京：北京大學出版社，2016）
• 宗福邦、陳世鐃、蕭海波主編：《古音匯纂》（北京：商務印書館，2019）
• ［美］白一平；［法］沙加爾、來國龍、鄭偉、王弘治譯：《上古漢語新構擬》（上海：上海教育出版社，2020）

方言學 Dialectologia
• 趙元任：《現代吳語的研究》（北京：科學出版社出版，1928）
• 羅常培：《廈門音系》（臺北：中央研究院語言學研究所，1930）
• 陳頌平：《蘇州注音字母拼音表》（北京：商務印書館，1931）
• 陸基、方賓觀：《蘇州注音符號》（北京：商務印書館，1931）
• 袁家驊：《漢語方言概要》（北京：文字改革出版社，1960）
• 袁家驊：《漢語方音字匯》（北京：文字改革出版社，1962）
• 袁家驊：《漢語方言詞匯》（北京：文字改革出版社，1964）
• 董作賓：《方言調查研究》（臺北：文海出版社，1973）
• 趙元任、楊時逢：《湖南方言調查報告》（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1974）
• 高華年：《廣州話方言研究》（香港：商務印書館，1980）
• 詹伯慧：《現代漢語方言》（湖北人民出版社，1981）
• 中國社會科學院語言研究所：《方言調查字表》（北京：商務印書館，1981）
• 楊秀芳：《閩南語文白系統的研究》（臺北：國立臺灣大學中國文學研究所，1982）
• 黄景湖：《漢語方言學》（廈門：廈門大學出版社，1987）
• 羅香林：《客家源流考》（北京：中國華僑出版公司，1989）
• 張光宇：《切韻與方言》（臺北：商務印書館，1990）
• 詹伯慧：《漢語方言及方言調查》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，1991）
• 蔡俊明：《潮州方言詞匯》（香港：中文大學出版社，1991）
• 蔡俊明：《普通話對照：潮州方言詞匯》（香港：香港中文大學吳多泰中國語文研究中心，1991）
• 陳昌儀：《贛方言概要》（南昌：江西教育出版社，1991）
• 李如龍、張雙慶：《客贛方言調查報告》（厦門：厦門大學出版社，1992）
• 何耿鏞：《客家方言語法研究》（廈門：厦門大学出版社，1993）
• 湖南省公安廳：《湖南漢語方音字》（長沙：岳麓書社，1993）
• 周長楫：《廈門方言詞典》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，1993）
• 熊正輝：《南昌方言詞典》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，1994）
• 謝永昌：《梅縣客家方言志》（廣州：暨南大學出版社，1994）
• 李新魁：《廣東的方言》（廣州：廣東人民出版社，1994）
• 謝重光：《客家源流新探》（福州：福建教育出版社，1995）
• 李新魁、黃家教、施其生、麥耘、陳定方：《廣州方言研究》（廣州：廣東人民出版社，1995）
• 汪平：《蘇州方言語音研究》（武漢：華中理工大學出版社，1996）
• 陳章太、李行健：《普通話基礎方言基本詞匯集》（北京：語文出版社，1996）
• 張光宇：《閩客方言史稿》（臺北：南天書局，1996）
• 周長楫：《閩南語的形成發展及在臺灣的傳播》（臺北市：臺笠，1996）
• 陳支平：《客家源流新論》（南寧：廣西教育出版社，1997）
• 楊耐思：《近代漢語音論》（北京：商務印書館，1997）
• 李如龍：《福建方言》（福州：福建人民出版社，1997）
• 王福堂：《漢語方言語音的演變層次》（北京：語文出版社，1998）
• 李小凡：《蘇州方言語法研究》（北京：北京大學出版社，1998）
• 劉綸鑫：《客贛方言比較研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1999）
• 侯精一：《現代晉語的研究》（北京：商務印書館，1999）
• 彭逢澍：《湘方言考釋》（長沙：湖南師范大學出版社，1999）
• 鮑厚星：《長沙方言研究》（長沙：湖南教育出版社，1999）
• 藍小玲：《閩西客家方言》（厦門：厦門大學出版社，1999）
• 游汝傑：《漢語方言學導論》（上海教育出版社，2000）
• 饒秉才：《客家音字典》（廣州：廣東人民出版社，2000）
• 胡安順：《音韻學通論》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 李如龍：《漢語方言的比較硏究》（北京：商務印書館，2001）
• 李如龍：《漢語方言學》（北京：高等教育出版社，2001）
• 劉綸鑫：《江西客家方言概況》（南昌：江西人民出版社，2001）
• 侯精一：《現代漢語方言概論》（上海：上海教育出版社，2002）
• 錢乃榮：《當代吳語研究》（上海：上海教育出版社，2002）
• 丁邦新、張雙慶：《閩語研究及其與周邊方言的關係》（香港：中文大學出版社，2002）
• 林寶卿：《閩南方言與古漢語同源詞典》（廈門：廈門大學出版社，2002）
• 丁邦新：《一百年前的蘇州話》（上海：上海教育出版社，2003）
• 謝留文：《客家方言語音研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2003）
• 陳立中：《湖南客家方言的源流與演變》（長沙：岳麓書社，2003）
• 陳立中：《湘語與吳語音韻比較研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2004）
• 詹伯慧：《廣東粵方言概要》（廣州：暨南大學出版社，2004）
• 孟慶惠：《徽州方言》（合肥：安徽人民出版社，2005）
• 陳昌儀：《江西省方言志》（北京：方志出版社，2005）
• 周賽紅：《湘方言音韻比較研究》（長沙：湖南師范大學，2005）
• 饒秉才、周耀文：《廣東話、客家話、潮汕話與普通話對照詞典》（廣州：廣東人民出版社，2005）
• 溫昌衍：《客家方言》（廣州：華南理工大學出版社，2006）
• 鮑厚星：《湘方言概要》（長沙：湖南師范大學出版社，2006）
• 陳暉：《湘方言語音研究》（長沙：湖南師范大學出版社，2006）
• 周長楫：《閩南方言大詞典》（福州：福建人民出版社，2006）
• 耿振生：《近代官話語音研究》（北京：語文出版社，2007）
• 孫宜志：《江西贛方言語音研究》（北京：語文出版社，2007）
• 謝建猷：《廣西漢語方言研究》〈南寧：廣西人民出版社，2007）
• 喬全生：《晉方言語音史研究》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 鄭張尚芳：《溫州方言志》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 李如龍、姚榮松：《閩南方言》（福州：福建人民出版社，2008）
• 李如龍：《漢語方言研究文集》（北京：商務印書館，2009）
• 何大安：《漢語方言與音韻論文集》（臺北：文盛彩藝印刷，2009）
• 李如龍、鄧曉華：《客家方言研究》（福州：福建人民出版社，2009）
• 萬波：《贛語聲母的歷史層次研究》（北京：商務印書館，2009）
• 潘渭水：《閩北方言研究》（福州：福建教育出版社，2009）
• 錢曾怡：《漢語官話方言研究》（濟南：齊魯書社，2010）
• 彭建國：《湘語音韻歷史層次研究》（長沙：湖南大學出版社，2010）
• 陳秀琪：《客家話的比較研究》（臺北：南天出版社，2012）
• 王洪君：《歷史語言學方法論與漢語方言音韻史個案研究》（北京：商務印書館，2013）
• 林倫倫：《潮汕方言歷時研究》（廣州：暨南大學出版社，2015）
• 游汝傑：《漢語方言學教程》（上海：上海教育出版社，2016）
• 詹伯慧、張振興主編：《漢語方言學大詞典》（廣州：廣東教育出版社，2017）
• 許宝華、宮田一郎主編：《漢語方言大詞典》（北京：中華書局，2020）
• 代少若：《湖南贛語詞匯研究》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2020）

文字學 Paleographia
• 許慎撰；徐鉉校補：《宋刊本、唐寫本：說文解字》（臺北：華世出版社，1982）
• 許慎撰；徐鍇傳釋 ; 朱翱反切《說文解字繋傳》40卷（烏程張氏藏述古堂本，北京：中華書局，1987）
• 郭忠恕：《汗簡》4卷（常熟瞿氏鐵琴銅劍樓藏馮己蒼手鈔本，976；北京：中華書局，1983）
• 夏竦：《古文四聲韻》5卷（北京圖書館藏宋刻配鈔本，1044；北京：中華書局，1983）
• 蔣和：《說文字原集註》16卷、附卷（1787；北京：北京出版社，2000）
• 段玉裁；許惟賢整理：《說文解字注》30卷（1808；南京：鳳凰出版社，2007）
• 朱駿聲：《說文通訓定聲》18卷（1833；北京：中華書局，1984）
• 桂馥：《說文解字義證》義證第50、附錄、附說、再校增補（連筠簃叢書，1848；上海：上海古籍出版社，1984）
• 徐灝：《說文解字注箋》14卷（1854；上海：上海古籍出版社，1995）
• 王筠：《說文句讀》30卷（1865；上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 吳大澂：《說文古籀補》24卷、附錄1卷（1884；北京：中國書店，1997）
• 王筠：《說文釋例》20卷（1865；北京：中華書局，1987）
• 鄭珍：《汗簡箋正》8卷（廣雅書局刻本，1890）
• 莊述祖：《說文古籀疏證》6卷（功順堂叢書本，1894）
• 丁佛言：《說文古籀補補》14卷、附錄1卷（1924；北京：中國書店，1997）
• 馮桂芬：《說文解字段注攷正》15卷（1927；臺北：臺聯國風出版社，1974）
• 強運開：《說文古籀三補》14卷、附錄（1935；北京：中國書店，1997）
• 曹仁虎：《轉注古義考》（上海：商務印書館，1936；北京：中華書局，1985）
• 馬敍倫：《說文解字研究法》（上海：上海商務印書館，1955）
• 馬敘倫：《說文解字六書疏證》（臺北：鼎文書局，1975）
• 徐紹楨：《說文部首述義》（臺北：新文豐出版，1975）
• 陸宗達：《說文解字通論》（北京：北京出版社，1981）
• 商承祚：《說文中之古文考》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 郭忠恕、夏竦、李零：《汗簡》《古文四聲韻》（北京：中華書局，1983）
• 黃侃撰；黃焯整理：《說文箋識四種》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 黃侃批校：《黃侃手批說文解字》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1987）
• 黃錫全：《汗簡注釋》（臺北：五南出版，1990）
• 孫雍長《轉注論》（長沙：岳麓書社，1991）
• 康殷：《說文部首銓釋》（北京：國際文化出版公司，1992）
• 王福厂：《說文部目》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，1995）
• 石定果《說文會意字研究》（北京：北京語言學院出版社，1996）
• 趙平安：《〈說文〉小篆研究》（南寧：廣西教育出版社，1999）
• 崔樞華、何宗慧：《說文解字》（北京：北京師範大學出版社，2000）
• 季旭昇：《說文新證》（臺北：藝文印書館，2002）
• 王貴元：《說文解字校箋》（北京：學林出版社，2002）
• 湯可敬：《說文解字今釋》上下（岳麓書社，2002）
• 臧克和、王平校訂：《說文解字新訂》（北京：中華書局，2002）
• 董蓮池：《說文解字考正》（北京：作家出版社，2004）
• 董蓮池：《說文解字研究文獻集成》3冊（北京：作家出版社，2006）
• 蔡夢麒：《說文解字字音注釋研究》（濟南：齊魯書社，2007）
• 董蓮池：《說文部首形義新證》（北京：作家出版社，2007）
• 章太炎：《章太炎說文解字授課筆記》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 蔣人傑：《說文解字集注》3冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2009）
• 張舜徽：《說文解字約注》4冊（武漢：華中師範大學出版社，2009）
• 張亜蓉：《《說文解字》的諧声関係与上古音》（西安：三秦出版社，2011）
馬顯慈：《說文解字義證析論》（臺北：萬卷樓圖書，2013）
• 羅君惕：《說文解字探原》10冊（北京：中華書局，2013）
• 劉賾：《說文古音譜》（北京：中華書局，2013）
• 中國社會科學院考古研究所編：《甲骨文合集》13冊（北京：中華書局，2015）
• 王平、李建廷：《說文解字》（上海：上海書店出版社，2016）
• 李春暁：《說文解字六書疏證研究》（北京：人民出版社，2018）

• 陳策：《韻府古篆彙選》5冊（武林陳氏刻本，1672）
• 孫詒讓：《古籀拾遺》3卷（1888；北京：中華書局，2005）
• 孫詒讓：《契文舉例》2卷（蟫隱廬印本，1904）
• 羅振玉；王國維；商承祚：《殷虛文字類編》14卷（1923；臺北：文史哲出版社，1995）
• 容庚編著；張振林、馬國權摹補：《金文編》正14卷、續14卷（北京：中華書局，1925/35）
• 汪仁壽：《金石大字典》32卷（碧梧山莊印本，1926；天津：天津古籍書店，1982）
• 孫詒讓：《古籀餘論》3卷（1928；北京：中華書局，2005）
• 丁佛言：《說文解字詁林》15卷（北京：中華書局，1928）、董蓮池：《說文解字詁林補編》6冊（北京：作家出版社，2006）
• 羅福頤：《漢印文字徵》14卷、附錄1卷、檢字1卷、補遺（北京：紫禁城出版社，1930/79/82/2010）
• 徐文鏡：《古籀彙編》2冊（北京：商務印書館，1934）
• 孫海波：《甲骨文編》（北京：中華書局，1934/65/2005）
• 丁佛言：《古錢大辭典》2冊（上海：醫學書局，1938；北京：中華書局，1982）
• 商承祚：《石刻篆文編》（北京：中華書局，1957）
• 金祥恆：《續甲骨文編》4冊（臺北：中國東亞學術研究計劃委員會，1959）
• 金祥恆：《匋文編》2冊（臺北：藝文印書館，1964）
• 周法高：《金文詁林》《金文詁林補》（香港：中文大學出版社，1977；臺北：國立中央研究院歴史語言研究所，1982）
• 于省吾、姚孝遂、何景成：《甲骨文字詁林》4冊、按語、補編（北京：中華書局，1979/96/2017）
• 北川博邦：《清人篆隸字彙》（東京：雄山閣，1979/88）
• 徐中舒：《漢語古文字字形表》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 袁仲一、劉鈺著：《秦文字類編》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 高明、涂白奎：《古文字類編》（北京：中華書局，1980、上海：上海古籍出版社，2008）
• 羅福頤：《古璽文編》（北京：文物出版社，1981）
• 關正人、佐野榮輝、蓑毛政雄：《漢印文字彙編》（東京：雄山閣，1982）
• 王貴忱、商承祚、譚棣華：《先秦貨幣文編》（北京：書目文獻出版社，1983）
• 方述鑫；徐無聞：《秦漢魏晉篆隸字形表》（成都：四川辭書出版社，1985；北京：中華書局，2019）
• 釋道泰：《集鐘鼎古文韻選》5卷（北京：書目文獻出版社，1988）
• 楊銁：《増廣鐘鼎篆韻》7卷（北京：書目文獻出版社，1988）
• 平勢隆郎：《春秋晉國《侯馬盟書》字體通覽》（東京：東京大學東洋文化研究所，1988）
• 徐中舒：《甲骨文字典》（成都：四川辭書出版社，1989）
• 何琳儀：《戰國文字通論》（北京：中華書局，1989）
• 高明、葛英會：《古陶文字徵》（北京：中華書局、北京：東方書店，1990）
• 侯福昌摹輯：《鳥蟲書匯編》（臺北：臺灣商務印書館股份有限公司，1990）
• 陳建貢、徐敏：《簡牘帛書字典》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1991）
• 王同愈、顧廷龍：《小篆疑難字字典（說文檢疑）》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1992）
• 葛英會、彭浩：《楚簡帛文字編》（東京：東方書店，1992）
• 傅嘉儀、張都陵：《金石文字類編》2冊（上海：上海書畫出版社，1993）
• 陳漢平：《金文編訂補》（北京：中國社會科學院出版社，1993）
• 松丸道雄、高島謙一：《甲骨文字字釋綜覽》（東京：東洋文化研究所，1993）
• 曾憲通：《長沙楚帛書文字編》（北京：中華書局，1993）
• 劉興隆：《新編甲骨文字典》（北京：國際文化出版，1993/2005）
• 徐谷甫、王延林：《古陶字彙》（上海：上海書店出版社，1994）
• 張守中：《睡虎地秦簡文字編》（北京：文物出版社，1994）
• 張光裕、曹錦炎：《東周鳥篆文字編》（香港：翰墨軒出版有限公司，1994）
• 郭若愚：《戰國楚簡文字編》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1994）
• 董蓮池：《金文編校補》（長春：東北師範大學出版社，1995）
• 弓英德：《六書辨正》（臺灣：商務印書館，1995）
• 滕壬生：《楚系簡帛文字編》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，1995/2008）
• 張世超、孫凌安、金國泰、馬如森：《金文形義通解》（京都：中文出版社，1996）
• 殷孫：《中國磚銘文字徵》3冊（上海：上海書畫出版社，1996）
• 張光裕、袁國華：《包山楚簡文字編》（文物出版社，1996）
• 張光裕、黃錫全、滕壬生：《曾侯乙墓竹簡文字編》（臺北：藝文印書館，1997）
• 何琳儀：《戰國古文字典：戰國文字聲系》2冊（北京：中華書局，1998）
• 施謝捷：《吳越文字彙編》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，1998）
• 戴家祥：《金文大字典》3卷（上海：學林出版社，1999）
• 殷孫：《中國磚銘》3冊（上海：上海書畫出版社，1999）
• 李圃、鄭明：《古文字詁林》12冊（上海：上海教育出版社，1999-2004）
• 張守中：《郭店楚簡文字編》（北京：文物出版社，2000）
• 駢宇騫：《銀雀山漢簡文字編》（北京：文物出版社，2001）
• 沈建華、曹錦炎：《新編甲骨文字形總表》（香港：香港中文大學出版社，2001）
• 許雄志：《秦印文字彙編》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2001）
• 陳松長：《馬王堆簡帛文字編》（北京：文物出版社，2001）
• 莊新興：《戰國鉨印分域編》（上海：上海書店出版社，2001）
• 湯餘惠：《戰國文字編》（福州：福建人民出版，2001/15）
• 李學勤主編：《中華漢語工具書書庫》（合肥：安徽教育出版社，2002）
• 季旭昇：《甲骨字根研究》（臺北：文史哲出版社，2003）
• 李守奎：《楚文字編》（上海：華東師範大學出版社，2003）
• 張頷：《古幣文編》（北京：中華書局，2004）
• 徐正考：《漢代銅器銘文文字編》（長春：吉林大學出版社，2005）
• 楊郁彥：《甲骨文合集文組分類總表》（臺北：藝文印書館，2005）
• 吳良寶：《先秦貨幣文字編》（福州：福建人民出版社，2006）
• 王宏：《先秦貨幣文字釋讀大字典》（天津：天津古籍出版社，2006）
• 徐富昌：《武威儀禮漢簡文字編》（臺北：國家出版社，2006）
• 徐在國：《傳抄古文字編》3冊（香港：香港明石館出版社，2006）
• 黃德寬：《古文字譜系疏證》4冊（北京：商務印書館，2007）
• 徐在國、黄德寛：《古老子文字編》（合肥：安徽大学出版社，2007）
• 王心怡、高明、王寧、季旭昇：《商周圖形文字編》（北京：文物出版社，2007）
• 二玄社：《大書源》3卷、索引（東京：二玄社，2007）
• 王恩田：《陶文字典》（濟南：齊魯書社出版社，2007）
• 季旭昇：《商周圖形文字編》（北京：文物出版社，2007）
• 程燕：《望山楚簡文字編》（北京：中華書局，2007）
• 張新俊、張勝波：《新蔡葛陵楚簡文字編》（成都：巴蜀書社，2008）
• 徐谷甫：《鳥蟲篆全書》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2008）
• 劉彬微、劉長武：《楚系金文彙編》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，2009）
• 劉釗：《新甲骨文編》（福州：福建人民出版社，2009/14）
• 王愛民：《燕文字編》（長春：吉林大學碩士學位論文，2010）
• 王培林：《秦篆、漢隸、簡化字檢篆釋疑》（南京：江蘇人民出版社，2010）
• 唐金患：《馬王堆帛書書法大字典》（武漢：湖南美術出版社，2010）
• 徐在國：《楚帛書詁林》（合肥：安徽大學出版社，2010）
• 孫剛：《齊文字編》（福州：福建人民出版社，2010）
• 吳振武：《古璽文編校訂》（北京：人民美術出版社，2011）
• 董蓮池：《新金文編》3冊（北京：作家出版社，2011）
• 張守中：《中山王厝器文字編》（北京：人民美術出版社，2011）
• 李宗焜：《甲骨文字編》4冊（北京：中華書局，2012）
• 畢秀潔：《商代金文全編》4冊（北京：作家出版社，2012）
• 饒宗頤、徐在國：《上博藏戰國楚竹書字彙》（合肥：安徽大學出版社，2012）
• 陳斯鵬、石小力、蘇清芳：《新見金文字編》（福州：福建人民出版社，2012）
• 方勇：《秦簡牘文字編》（福州：福建人民出版社，2012）
• 張守中：《張家山漢簡文字編》（北京：文物出版社，2012）
• 李守奎、賈連翔：《包山楚墓文字全編》（北京：文物出版社，2012）
• 湯志彪：《三晉文字編》6冊（北京：作家出版社，2013）
• 李學勤：《字源》3冊（天津：天津古籍出版社，2013）
• 杜從古；丁治民校補：《集篆古文韻海》（1119；中華書局，2013）
• 劉孝霞：《秦文字編》6冊（北京：作家出版社，2013）
• 張顯成：《楚簡帛逐字索引（附原文及校釋）》4冊（成都：四川大學出版社，2013）
• 吳巍：《中國簡帛書法大字典》4冊（北京：清華大學出版社，2013-19）
• 李學勤、沈建華、賈連翔：《清華大學藏戰國竹簡1―3文字編》（上海：中西書局，2014）
• 曹錦炎、吳毅強：《鳥蟲書字匯》（上海：上海辞書出版社，2014）
• 徐谷甫：《鳥蟲篆大鑑》（上海：上海書店出版社，2014）
• 張振謙：《齊魯文字編》6冊（北京：作家出版社，2014）
• 高明、涂白奎：《古陶字錄》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2014）
• 王丹：《《汗簡》、《古文四聲韻》新證》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2015）
• 京都大學人文科學研究所簡牘研究班：《漢簡語彙：中國古代木簡辭典》（東京：岩波書店，2015）
• 姫長明：《甲骨文書法字典》（上海：文匯出版社，2015）
• 王輝、楊宗兵、彭文：《秦文字編》4冊（北京：中華書局，2015）
• 嚴志斌：《商金文編》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2016）
• 徐善飛：《新見秦漢篆文字編》（北京：學苑出版社，2016）
• 林志強、田勝男、葉玉英：《〈文源〉評注》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2017）
• 王蘊智：《甲骨文可釋字形總表》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2017）
• 黃德寛、呉國升：《春秋文字字形表》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 黃德寛、夏大兆：《商代文字字形表》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 黃德寛、單暁偉：《秦文字字形表》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 黃德寛、江學旺：《西周文字字形表》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 林義光原著；林志強標點：《文源》（上海：古籍出版社，2017）
• 黃德寛、徐在國：《戰國文字字形表》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 張俊成：《西周金文字編》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2018）
• 趙平安、李婧、石小力：《秦漢印章封泥文字編》（上海：中西書局，2019）

• 歐陽脩：《集古錄》6卷、附錄4卷；歐陽棐：《集古錄目》存10卷（1063/69；李逸安點校《歐陽修全集》，北京：中華書局，2001）
• 呂大臨：《考古圖》10卷、釋文1卷（1086-93；北京：文物出版社，2019）
• 趙明誠；李清照後序：《金石錄》30卷（南宋龍舒郡齋本，1119-25/35；《金石文献叢刊》，上海：上海古籍出版社，2020）
• 徽宗敕撰，王黼編纂：《宣和博古圖》30卷（1123；重慶：重慶出版社，2010）
• 趙九成：《續考古圖》5卷、釋文1卷（1131-62；北京：中華書局，1987）
• 薛尚功：《歷代鐘鼎彝器款識法帖》20卷（1144；北京：中華書局，2021）
• 洪遵：《泉志》15卷（1149；明萬曆祕冊匯函叢書本，1603）
• 張掄：《紹興內府古器評》2卷（1162；《宋人著錄金文叢刊初編》，北京：中華書局，2005）
• 王俅：《嘯堂集古錄》2卷（景蕭山朱氏藏宋刊本，1176；上海：上海書店出版社，2016）
• 王厚之：《復齋鐘鼎款識》1卷（1196；揚州阮氏積古齋刊本、1802）
• 梁詩正：《西清古鑑》40卷、錢錄16卷（1749；孟繁放疏，北京：北京工藝美術出版社，2011）
• 梁詩正：《西清續鑑》甲20卷、乙20卷（1793；孟繁放疏，北京：北京工藝美術出版社，2011）
• 錢坫：《十六長樂堂古器款識考》4卷（1796；北京：中國書店，2008）
• 阮元、朱爲弼：《積古齋鐘鼎彝器款識》10卷（1804；上海：商務印書館、1937）
• 王昶：《金石萃編》160卷（1805；《金石文献叢刊》，上海：上海古籍出版社，2020）
• 吳玉搢：《金石存》15卷（山陽李氏聞妙香室刻本，1819）
• 劉喜海：《清愛堂家藏鐘鼎彝器款識法帖》1卷（清道光十八年木刻本，1838；光緒三年尹彭壽補刻本，1877；《山東文獻集成》第3輯，濟南：山東大學出版社，2009）
• 曹載奎：《懷米山房吉金圖》2卷（1839；陳乃乾影印本，1922）
• 吳榮光：《筠清館金文》5卷（南海吳氏筠清館刻本，1842）
• 劉喜海：《長安獲古編》2卷、補1卷（清東武劉氏刻本，1852）
• 吳雲：《兩罍軒彝器圖釋》12卷（吳氏自刻本，1856；杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2019）
• 潘祖蔭：《攀古樓彝器款識》2卷（滂喜齋刻本，1872）
• 李佐賢、鮑康、陳介祺：《古泉匯》正64卷、續14卷、補2卷（利津李氏石泉書屋刊本，1882）
• 陸增祥：《八瓊室金石補正》120卷（陸增祥撰吳興劉氏希古樓本，1888）
• 吳大澂：《愙齋集古錄》26冊（上海：同文書局，1896；台聯國風出版社，1976）
• 陳介祺：《簠齋藏器目》（靈鶼閣叢書本景印，1897）
• 劉鶚：《鐵雲藏龜》6冊（抱殘守缺齋石印出版本，1903）
• 劉鶚：《鐵雲藏貨》14冊（抱殘守缺齋石印出版本，1904；北京：中華書局，1986）
• 端方：《匋齋吉金錄》2卷、補遺（有正書局石印本，1908/09）
• 羅振玉：《殷虛書契》前8卷、後2卷、續6卷（1912/16/34；上海重印本，1932）
• 陳介祺、羅振玉：《簠齋金石文考釋》（雲窗叢刻本，1914）
• 羅振玉：《殷虛書契菁華》1卷（上虞羅氏刊本，1914）
• 羅振玉：《殷虛書契考釋》3卷（1914-27；北京：中華書局，2015）
• 陳介祺、鄧實：《簠齋吉金錄》8卷（風雨樓影印本，1918）
• 陳介祺：《簠齋傳古別錄》1卷（影滂喜齋叢書；周季木影印本，1920）
• 羅振玉：《殷虛古器物圖錄》1卷、附說（1916；上海：倉聖明智大學，1921）
• 王國維：《觀堂古金文考釋》5卷（1916；《王國維遺書》，上海：上海書店出版社，2011）
• 姫佛陀；王國維考釋：《戩壽堂所藏殷虛文字》8卷（廣倉學宭叢書石印本，1917）
• 王襄：《簠室殷契類纂》14卷、附編、存疑、待考（天津：天津博物院石印本，1920-29；北京：北京圖書館出版社，2000）
• 王襄：《簠室殷契徵文》12編、考釋12編（天津：天津博物院，1925）
• 陳介祺、宣哲：《簠齋藏鏡》2卷（蟫隱廬影印本，1925）
• 陳介祺、陳文會：《簠齋藏古目》3冊（民國十四年影印本，1925）
• 容庚：《秦金文錄》1卷（北京：國立中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1931）
• 容庚：《漢金文錄》7卷（北京：國立中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1931）
• 陳寶琛：《澂秋館吉金圖》2卷（1931；臺北：臺聯國風出版社，1976）
• 徐協貞：《殷契通釋》6卷（北京：中國書店，1933）
• 容庚：《殷契卜辭》1卷、釋文、文編、附錄（1933；《容庚学術著作全集》，北京：中華書局，2012）
• 商承祚：《殷契佚存》2冊（1933；南京：金陵大學中國文化研究所、1940）
• 郭沫若：《殷契粹編》1卷、考釋（1937；北京：北京圖書館出版，2000）
• 于省吾：《雙劍誃吉金圖錄》2卷（1934；北京：中華書局，2009）
• 金祖同：《殷契遺珠》2冊（上海：中法文化出版委員會，1939）
• 劉體智：《小校經閣金文拓本》18卷（廬江劉氏小校經閣本，1935）
• 商承祚：《十二家吉金圖錄》2冊（金陵大學中國文化研究所影印本，1935）
• 于省吾：《雙劍誃古器物圖錄》2卷（1940；北京：中華書局，2009）
• 曾毅公：《甲骨綴合編》2冊（北京：北京圖書館出版社，1945）
• 陳介祺：《簠齋積古金文》28冊（史語所摘抄本，1947-48）
• 董作賓、張秉權：《殷墟文字》甲編、乙編、丙編（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研研究所，1948/57）
• 郭若愚、曾毅公、李學勤：《殷墟文字綴合》（北京：科學出版社，1955）
• 李孝定：《甲骨文字集釋》（北京：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1970）
• 中國社會科學院考古研究所：《小屯南地甲骨》5冊（北京：中華書局，1973-80）
• 巴納、張光裕：《中日歐美澳紐所見所拓所摹金文彙編》（臺灣：藝文印書館，1978）
• 東洋文庫：《東洋文庫所藏甲骨文字》（東京：東洋文庫，1979）
• 嚴一萍：《金文總集》（臺北：藝文印書館，1983）
• 中國社會科學院考古研究所：《殷周金文集成》18卷（北京：中華書局，1984-90/2007）
• 姚孝遂：《小屯南地甲骨考釋》（北京：中華書局，1985）
• 李學勤：《英國所藏甲骨集》（北京：中華書局，1986）
• 馬承源主編：《商周青銅器銘文選》（北京：文物出版社，1986-90）
• 姚孝遂：《殷虛甲骨刻辭摹釋總集》2冊（北京：中華書局，1988）
• 馬飛海總、汪慶正主編；馬承源審校：《中國歷代貨幣大系·先秦貨幣》（上海：上海人民出版社，1988）
• 姚孝遂：《殷墟甲骨刻辭摹釋總集》（北京：中華書局，1988）
• 姚孝遂：《殷墟甲骨刻辭類纂》3冊（北京：中華書局，1989）
• 中國社會科學院考古研究所：《殷墟婦好墓》（北京：文物出版社，1989）
• 石永士、石磊：《燕下都東周貨幣聚珍》（北京：文物出版社，1996）
• 孫慰祖、徐谷甫：《秦漢金文彙編》（上海：上海書店出版社，1997）
• 黃書元：《中國歷代錢幣》（合肥：安徽教育出版社，1998）
• 中國社會科學院考古研究所：《甲骨文合集補編》7冊（北京：語文出版社，1999）
• 保利藏金編輯委員會：《保利藏金》（廣州：嶺南美術出版社，1999）
• 胡厚宣主編：《甲骨文合集·釋文》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1999）
• 季旭昇：《《金文総集》與《殷周金文集成》銘文器号対照表》（臺北：藝文印書館，2000）
• 張亞初：《殷周金文集成引得》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 劉雨、盧岩、嚴志斌：《近出殷周金文集錄》初編4冊、二編4冊（北京：中華書局，2002/10）
• 中國社會科學院考古研究所：《殷墟花園莊東地甲骨》6卷（昆明：雲南人民出版社，2003/16）
• 周寶宏：《近出殷周金文集釋》（天津：天津古籍出版社，2005）
• 郭若愚：《殷契拾掇》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2005）
• 王輝：《商周金文》（北京：文物出版社，2006）
• 鐘柏生、陳昭容、黃銘崇、袁國華編：《新收殷周青銅器銘文暨器影彙編》（臺北：藝文印書館，2006）
• 曹錦炎、沈建華：《甲骨文校釋總集》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2006）
• 劉雨、汪濤撰：《流散歐美有銘青銅器集錄》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2007）
• 李鐘淑：《北京大學珍藏甲骨文字》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2008）
• 殷振美：《殷墟甲骨輯佚：安陽民間藏甲骨》（北京：文物出版社，2008）
• 霍彥儒、辛怡華：《商周金文編》（三秦出版社，2009）
• 于省吾：《商周金文錄遺》（北京：科學出版社，1957；北京：中華書局，2009）
• 濮茅左：《上海博物館藏甲骨文字》2冊（上海：上海辭書出版社，2009）
• 張桂光：《商周金文摹釋總集》（北京：中華書局，2010）
• 陳年福：《殷墟甲骨文摹釋全編》（北京：線裝書局，2010）
• 董蓮池：《商周金文辭匯釋》（北京：作家出版社，2013）
• 張天恩主編：《陝西金文集成》（北京：三秦出版社，2016）

• 羅振玉、王國維：《流沙墜簡》正編、補遺、考釋（京都：東山學社，1914-34；杭州：浙江古籍出版社，2013）
• 張鳳：《漢晉西陲木簡彙編》（上海：有正書局，1931）
• 勞榦：《居延漢簡》釋文、圖版、考釋（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1949/57/60）
• 中國科學院考古研究所：《長沙發掘報告》（北京：科學出版社，1957）
• 河南省文化局文物工作隊：《湖南信陽楚墓文物圖錄》（鄭州：河南人民出版社，1959）
• 中國科學院考古研究所：《居延漢簡》甲乙編（北京：中國科學院考古研究所，1959/80）
• 中國科學院考古研究所；甘粛省博物館：《武威漢簡》（北京：文物出版社，1964）
• 湖南省博物館：《馬沙馬王堆一號漢墓》2冊（北京：文物出版社，1973）
• 馬王堆漢墓帛書整理小組：《馬王堆漢墓帛書》11冊（北京：文物出版社，1974-79）
• 甘肅省博物館、武威縣文化館：《武威漢代醫簡》（北京：文物出版社，1975）
• 銀雀山漢墓竹簡整理小組：《銀雀山漢墓竹簡》2冊（北京：文物出版社，1975/2010）
• 山西省文物工作委員會（黃文琨、莊嘉怡）：《侯馬盟書》（北京：文物出版社，1976/2006）
• 睡虎地秦墓竹簡整理小組：《睡虎地秦墓竹簡》（北京：文物出版社，1978）
• 湖南省博物館：《馬王堆漢墓研究》（長沙：湖南人民出版社，1979）
• 湖南省博物館：《長沙馬王堆漢墓》（長沙：湖南人民出版社，1979）
• 湖北省博物館：《隨縣曾侯乙墓》（北京：文物出版社，1980）
• 馬先醒：《居延漢簡新編》（臺北：簡牘學會編輯部，1981）
• 雲夢睡虎地秦墓編写組：《雲夢睡虎地秦墓》（北京：文物出版社，1981）
• 何介均、張維明：《馬王堆漢墓》（文物出版社，1983）
• 李均明、林梅村：《疏勒河流域出土漢簡》（北京：文物出版社，1984）
• 嘉峪關市文物管理所：《嘉峪關壁畫墓發掘報告》（北京：文物出版社，1985）
• 吳九龍：《銀雀山漢簡釋文》（文物出版社，1985）
• 饒宗頤、曾憲通：《楚帛書》（香港：中華書局，1985）、《楚地出土文獻3種研究》（北京：中華書局，1993）
• 河南省文物研究所：《信陽楚墓》（北京：文物出版社，1986）
• 李正光：《馬王堆漢墓帛書竹簡》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，1988）
• 湖北省博物館：《曾侯乙墓》（北京：文物出版社，1989）
• 甘肅省文物考古研究所：《居延新簡：甲渠候官》（北京：中華書局，1990）
• 甘肅省文物考古研究所：《敦煌漢簡》（北京：中華書局，1991）
• 湖北省荊沙鐵路考古隊：《包山楚簡》（北京：文物出版社，1991）
• 傅擧有、陳松長：《馬王堆漢墓文物》（長沙：湖南出版社，1992）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《江陵九店東周墓》（北京：科學出版社，1995）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《望山楚簡》（北京：中華書局，1995）
• 商承祚：《戰國楚竹簡匯編》（濟南：齊魯書社，1995）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《江陵望山沙塚楚墓》（北京：文物出版社，1996）
• 陳松長：《馬王堆帛書藝術》（上海：上海書店出版社，1996）
• 中國文物研究所：《尹灣漢墓簡牘》（北京：中華書局，1997）
• 荊門市博物館：《郭店楚墓竹簡》（北京：文物出版社，1998）
• 勞榦：《居延漢簡補編》（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1998）
• 劉信芳、梁柱：《雲夢龍崗秦簡》（北京：科學出版社，1998）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《九店楚簡》（北京：中華書局，2000）
• 陳松長：《香港中文大學文物館藏簡牘》（香港：香港中文大學文物館，2001）
• 張家山二四七号漢墓竹簡整理小組：《張家山漢墓竹簡》（北京：文物出版社，2001）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《龍崗秦簡》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 湖北省荊州市周梁玉橋遺址博物館：《關沮秦漢墓簡牘》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 馬承源：《上海博物館藏戰國楚竹書》9冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2001/12）
• 中國簡牘集成編輯委員会：《中國簡牘集成》初編12冊、二編8冊（蘭州：敦煌文藝出版社，2001-05）
• 馬建華：《河西簡牘》（重慶：重慶出版社，2003）
• 河南省文物考古研究所：《新蔡葛陵楚墓》（鄭州：大象出版社，2003）
• 長沙簡牘博物館：《長沙走馬樓三國吳簡》4冊（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2003-11）
• 魏堅：《額濟納漢簡》（桂林：廣西師範大學出版社，2005）
• 汪濤、胡平生、吳芳思：《英國國家圖書館藏斯坦因所獲未刊漢文簡牘》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2006）
• 長沙市文物考古研究所：《長沙東牌樓東漢簡牘》（北京：文物出版社，2006）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《隨州孔家城漢墓簡牘》（北京：文物出版社，2006）
• 陳偉：《楚地出土戰國簡冊》（北京：經濟科學出版社，2009）
• 甘肅省文物考古研究所：《天水放馬灘秦簡》（北京：中華書局，2009）
• 王会民：《唐縣高昌墓地發掘報告》（北京：文物出版社，2010）
• 朱漢民、陳松長：《嶽麓書院藏秦簡》3冊（上海：上海辭書出版社，2010-13）
• 李學勤：《清華大學藏戰國竹簡》5冊（上海：中西書局，2010-15）
• 曹錦炎：《浙江大學藏戰國楚簡》（杭州：浙江大學出版社，2011）
• 武漢大學簡帛研究中心：《楚地出土戰國簡冊合集》2冊（北京：文物出版社，2011/13）
• 甘肅簡牘保護研究中心：《肩水金關漢簡》5冊（上海：中西書局，2011-16）
• 湖北省文物考古研究所：《江陵鳳凰山西漢簡牘》（北京：中華書局，2012）
• 湖南省文物考古研究所：《里耶秦簡》5卷（北京：文物出版社，2012）
• 北京大學出土文獻研究所：《北京大學藏西漢竹書》5冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2012-15）
• 張德芳：《敦煌馬圈灣漢簡集釋》（蘭州：甘肅文化出版社，2013）
• 武漢大學簡帛研究中心：《秦簡牘合集》（武漢：武漢大學出版社，2014）
• 裘錫圭：《長沙馬王堆漢墓簡帛集成》（北京：中華書局，2014）
• 李零：《子彈庫帛書》上下（北京：文物出版社，2017）

• 陳垣：《敦煌劫餘錄》續編（北京國立中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1931；北京：北京圖書館，1981）
• 國立中央圖書館：《國立中央圖書館藏敦煌卷子》3冊（臺北：石門圖書公司，1976）
• 王堯陳踐：《吐蕃簡牘綜錄》（北京：文物出版社，1986）
• 黃永武：《敦煌遺書最新目錄》（臺北：新文豐出版公司，1986）
• 黃永武：《敦煌寶藏》141卷（臺北：新文豐出版公司，1986）
• 香港中文大學博物館：《敦煌吐魯番文物》（上海：香港中文大學博物館，1987）
• 李均明、何雙全：《散見簡牘合輯》（北京：文物出版社，1990）
• 大庭脩：《敦煌漢簡：大英圖書館藏》（東京：同朋舎，1990）
• 周紹良：《英藏敦煌文獻》15卷（成都：四川人民出版社，1990-2009）
• 秦公：《中國石刻大觀》精粹篇1-3帙29冊、資料篇、書法篇、研究篇、題跋集10冊（東京：同朋舎，1992）
• 唐長孺：《吐魯番出土文書》4卷（北京：文物出版社，1992-96）
• 上海古籍出版社：《上海博物館藏敦煌吐魯番文獻》2卷（上海：上海古籍出版社，1993）
• 青海省文物考古研究所：《上孫家寨漢晉墓》（文物出版社，1993）
• 饒宗頤：《法藏敦煌書苑菁華》8冊（廣州：廣東人民出版社，1993）
• 上海古籍出版社：《浙藏敦煌文獻》11卷（上海：上海古籍出版社，1993-99）
• 上海古籍出版社：《北京大學圖書館藏敦煌文獻》2 卷（上海：上海古籍出版社，1995）
• 法國國家圖書館：《法藏敦煌西域文獻》60冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，1995-99）
• 孟列夫、錢伯城：《俄羅斯科學院東方研究所聖彼得堡分所藏敦煌文獻》18冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，1996）
• 上海古籍出版社：《天津市藝術博物館藏敦煌文獻》7冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，1996-98）
• 天津市文物公司：《天津市文物公司藏敦煌寫經》（北京：文物出版社，1998）
• 天津市文物公司：《敦煌寫經》（北京：文物出版社，1998）
• 上海古籍出版社：《俄藏黑水城文獻》11卷（上海：上海古籍出版社，1999）
• 段文傑、趙声良：《甘肅藏敦煌文獻》6卷（蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，1999）
• 上海古籍出版社：《上海圖書館藏敦煌吐魯番文獻》4冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，1999）
• 侯燦、楊代欣：《樓蘭漢文簡紙文書集成》3冊（成都：天地出版社，1999）
• 鄭汝中：《敦煌寫卷行草書法集》（蘭州：甘肅人民美術出版社，2000）
• 方廣錩：《英國國家圖書館藏敦煌遺書》50冊（桂林：廣西師范大學出版社，2011）
• 北京大學圖書館：《北京大學藏敦煌文獻》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2005）
• 任繼愈：《國家圖書館藏敦煌遺書》150冊（北京：北京圖書館出版社，2005）
• 中國書店藏敦煌文獻編輯委員會：《中國書店藏敦煌文獻》（北京：中國書店出版社，2007）
• 李德範：《敦煌西域文獻舊照片合校》（北京：北京圖書館出版社，2007）
• 榮新江、李肖、孟憲實：《新獲吐魯番出土文獻》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 方廣錩：《成賢齋藏敦煌遺書》2冊（北京：中國書店出版社，2013）
• 方廣錩：《中央研究院歷史語言研究所傅斯年圖書館藏敦煌遺書》（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，2013）
• 方廣錩：《務本堂藏敦煌遺書》（桂林：廣西師范大學出版社，2013）
• 方廣錩：《濱田德海蒐藏敦煌遺書》（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2016）
• 馬德、勘措吉：《甘肅藏敦煌藏文文獻》22冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）

• 王灼：《碧雞漫志》5卷（1149；胡傳淮、劉安遇：《王灼集校輯》，成都：巴蜀書社，1996）
• 鄭樵：《金石略》3卷（1161；學古齋金石叢書本，1882）
• 趙希鵠：《洞天清禄集》1卷（c.1190；海山仙館叢書本，1849）
• 婁機：《漢隸字原》6卷（1196；明常熟毛氏汲古閣本）
• 王象之：《輿地碑紀目》4卷（1221；成都：四川大學，2005）
• 曾宏父：《石刻鋪敘》2卷、附錄1卷（1248；知不足齋叢書本，1921）
• 陳思：《寶刻叢編》20卷（c.1260；道光十八年劉喜海刻本，1838）
• 周密：《雲煙過眼録》4卷、續録1卷（1296，北京：中華書局， 1985）
• 迺賢：《河朔訪古記》3卷（守山閣叢書本，1345）
• 曹昭：《格古要論》3卷（1388；叢書集成本，1596；北京：金城出版社，2012）
• 陶宗儀：《古刻叢鈔》1卷（c.1400；孫星衍重輯本，1883）
• 楊慎：《水經注碑目》1卷（朱方為刊本，1537）
• 王世貞：《弇州山人題跋》文跋2卷、墨跡跋8卷、碑刻墨刻跋6卷、畫跋6卷（明萬曆五年王氏世經堂刻本，1577；杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 葉盛：《菉竹堂碑目》6卷（1588；叢書集成初編本，1735）
• 屠隆：《考槃餘事》4卷（1590；杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2011）
• 趙崡：《石墨鐫華》8卷（明萬曆四十六年自刻本，1618）
• 顧起元：《金陵古金石考》60卷（明萬曆四十八年四庫存目叢書本，1620）
• 于奕正：《天下金石志》15卷（1632；《續修四庫全書》第886 冊，上海：上海古籍出版社，1995）
• 林尚葵、李根：《廣金石韻府》5卷（明崇禎九年蓮庵刻本，1636）
• 郭宗昌：《金石史》2卷（1652；石家莊：河北教育出版社，1996）
• 顧炎武：《求古錄》1卷（1656；《石刻史料新編》第3輯，臺北：新文豐出版編輯部編，1987）
• 顧炎武：《石經考》1卷（c.1660；民國四明叢書本，1932）
• 黃宗羲：《金石要例》1卷（c.1670；《黃宗羲全集》第2 冊，杭州：浙江古籍出版社，1986）
• 顧炎武：《金石文字記》6卷、補遺［潘耒］（1679；《顧炎武全集》5，上海：上海古籍出版社，2011）
• 姜紹書：《韻石齋筆談》2卷（知不足齋叢書本，1679）
• 曹溶：《古林金石表》1卷（c.1700；烏絲欄鈔本）
• 都穆：《金薤琳瑯錄》20卷（都肇斌刻本，1758）
• 楊愼：《金石古文》2冊（乾隆四十七年函海本，1782）
• 翁方綱：《兩漢金石記》22卷（1789；上海：上海古籍出版社，2020）
• 孫星衍、邢澍：《寰宇訪碑錄》12卷（1803）、趙之謙、沈樹鏞：《補寰宇訪碑錄》5卷（1886）
• 邢澍、時建國校釋：《金石文字辨異》12卷（1810；蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，2000）
• 馮雲鵬：《金石索》12卷（1822；《中國金石學圖譜叢刊》，杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2018）
• 王士録：《焦山古鼎攷》1卷（昭代叢書本，1833）
• 萬斯同：《石經考》1卷（昭代叢書本，1833）
• 錢大昕：《潛研堂金石文跋尾》20卷附、目錄8卷（1834；上海：上海古籍出版社，2020）
• 林侗：《來齋金石考》3卷（福建巡撫采進本，1841）
• 陳慶鏞；林方明：《籀經堂集》14卷；《補遺》2卷（何秋濤刻本，1846；商務印書館，2018）
• 陳介祺：《陳簠齋丈筆記》1卷、手札1卷（吳縣潘氏八囍齋刻本，1877）
• 朱彝尊：《金石文字跋尾》6卷（1885；《金石文献叢刊》，上海：上海古籍出版社，2020）
• 劉心源：《古文審》8卷（嘉魚劉氏龍江樓寫刻本，1891）
• 吳式芬：《攈古錄金文》3卷10冊（海豐吳重憙刻本，1895）
• 劉心源：《奇觚室吉金文述》20卷（清光緒二十八年自寫刻本，1902；臺北：藝文印書館，1971）
• 徐同柏：《從古堂款識學》16卷（蒙學報館石印本，1906）
• 葉昌熾、柯昌泗：《語石》10卷（蘇州府城刊刻本，1909；《語石異同評》，北京：中華書局，1994）
• 羅振玉：《殷商貞卜文字考》1卷（玉簡齋印本，1910）
• 羅振玉：《鳴沙石室遺書》2卷（《石室秘寳》所收本，1913/17）
• 李中馥：《石鼓文考》1卷（常賛春刻本，1915）
• 孫詒讓：《籀廎述林》10卷（1916；《孫詒讓全集》，北京：中華書局，2010）
• 羅振玉：《夢郼草堂吉金圖》正3卷、續1卷（上虞羅氏印本，1917；臺北：臺聯國風出版社，1978）
• 王國維：《觀堂集林》20卷（烏程蔣氏密韻樓排印本，1923；石家莊：河北教育出版社，2002）
• 田士懿：《金石名著彙目》正續、補遺、失錄（邃雅齋刊本，1925）
• 黃立猷：《金石書目：附美術書類》10卷（沔陽黃氏萬碑館刊本，1926）
• 榮媛輯；容庚校：《金石學書錄目》（北京：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1930）
• 張國淦：《歷代石經考》（燕京大學印本，1931）
• 羅振玉：《貞松堂集古遺文》16卷、補遺3卷（1931；北京：北京圖書館出版社，2003）
• 郭沫若：《甲骨文字研究》2冊（上海：大東書局，1931）
• 郭沫若：《金文叢攷》4卷（東京：文求堂書店，1932；北京：人民出版社，1954）
• 郭沫若：《兩周金文辭大系》2卷、考釋（東京：文求堂書店，1932/57；上海：上海書店出版社、1998）
• 郭沫若：《古代銘刻彙攷》4卷（東京：文求堂書店，1933）
• 郭沫若：《卜辭通纂：附考釋》4卷（東京：文求堂，1933）
• 唐蘭：《殷墟文字記》（北京：北京大學石印本，1934；北京：中華書局，1981）
• 郭沫若：《青銅器研究要纂》1卷（東京：文求堂書店，1935）
• 唐蘭：《古文字學導論》（北京：北京大學石印本，1935；濟南：齊魯書社，1981）
• 郭沫若：《石鼓文研究、詛楚文考釋》2冊（北京：商務印書館，1939/47；北京：科學出版社，1982）
• 朱劍心：《金石學》（《民國叢書》5(86)，1940；上海：商務印書館，1955）
• 郭沫若：《殷周青銅器銘文研究》2冊（北京：人民出版社，1954）
• 島邦男：《殷墟卜辭研究》（東京：汲古書院，1958）
• 梁東漢：《漢字的結構及其流變》（上海：上海教育出版社，1959）
• 虞世南輯錄、孔廣陶校註：《北堂書鈔》160卷（永和：文海出版社，1962）
• 朱芳圃：《殷周文字釋叢》（北京：中華書局，1962）
• 勞榦：《勞榦學術論文集甲篇》（臺北：藝文印書館，1971）
• 王仁祿：《段氏文字學》（臺北：藝文印書館，1971）
• 島邦男：《殷墟卜辭綜類》（東京：大安，1971/77）
• 玉田繼雄：《甲骨關係文獻序跋輯成》5冊（京都：立命館大學文學部中國文學研究室，1973-79）
• 商承祚：《石刻篆文典》（香港：中華書局，1976）
• 新文豐出版公司編輯部：《石刻史料新編》30冊（新文豐出版，1977-2006）
• 盛時泰：《蒼潤軒碑跋》5卷（臺灣：新文風出版公司，1979）
• 高亨：《文字形義學概論》（濟南：齊魯書社，1981）
• 胡朴安：《中國文字學史》（上海：上海書店，1984）
• 高文：《漢碑集釋》（開封：河南大學出版社，1985）
• 吳浩坤、潘悠：《中國甲骨學史》（上海：上海人民出版社，1985）
• 于豪亮：《于豪亮學術文存》（北京：中華書局，1985）
• 葉封：《嵩陽石刻集記》2卷、紀遺1卷（臺北：臺灣商務印書館，1986）
• 蔣善國：《漢字學》（上海：上海教育出版社，1987）
• 韓耀隆：《中國文字義符通用釋例》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1987）
• 陳世輝、湯余惠：《古文字學概要》（天津：吉林大學出版社，1988）
• 陳煒湛、唐鈺明：《古文字學綱要》（廣州：中山大學出版社，1988）
• 裘錫圭：《文字學槪要》（北京：商務印書館，1988）
• 王鳳陽：《漢字學》（長春：吉林文史出版社，1989）
• 劉翔、陳抗、陳初生、董琨：《商周古文字讀本》（北京：語文出版社，1989）
• 李學勤：《李學勤集》（哈爾濱：黑龍江教育出版社，1989）
• 王宇信：《甲骨學通論》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1989-99）
• 黃德寬、陳秉新：《漢語文字學史》（合肥：安徽教育出版社，1990）
• 李學勤：《新出青銅器研究》（北京：文物出版社，1990）
• 楊殿珣：《石刻題跋索引》（北京：商務印書館，1990）
• 裘錫圭：《古文字論集》（北京：中華書局，1992）
• 孔德明：《通假字概說》（北京：北京廣播學院出版社，1993）
• 許進雄：《古文諧聲字根》（臺北：商務印書館，1995）
• 朱德熙：《朱德熙古文字論集》（北京：中華書局，1995）
• 李圃：《甲骨文文字學》（北京：學林出版社，1996）
• 李國英：《小篆形聲字研究》（北京師範大学出版社，1996）
• 趙德馨：《楚國的貨幣》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，1996）
• 高明：《中國古文字學通論》（北京：北京大學出版社，1996）
• 王弘力：《古篆釋源》（西安：陝西人民美術出版社，1997）
• 蔣若是：《秦漢錢幣研究》（北京：中華書局，1997）
• 張弛：《中國刀幣匯考》（石家莊：河北人民出版社，1997）
• 周世榮：《金石瓷幣考古論叢》（長沙：岳麓書社，1998）
• 林澐：《林澐學術文集》（北京：中國大百科全書出版社，1998；北京：科學出版社，2009）
• 曹錦炎：《鳥蟲書通考》（上海：上海世紀出版集團、上海敎育出版社，1999）
• 羅振玉：《高郵王氏遺書》（南京：江蘇古籍出版社，2000）
• 江村治樹：《春秋戰國秦漢時代出土文字資料の研究》（東京：汲古書院，2000）
• 龍宇純：《中國文字學》（臺北：五四書店有限公司，2000）
• 王福厂、韓登安：《作篆通假校補》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2000）
• 張涌泉：《漢語俗字叢考》（北京：中華書局，2000/20）
• 王寧主編：《漢字學概要》（北京：北京師範大學出版社，2001）
• 郭若愚：《先秦鑄幣文字考釋和辨偽》（上海：上海書店出版社、2001）
• 康殷：《古篆文部首》（北京：中國友誼出版，2001）
• 黃錫全：《先秦貨幣研究》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 黃錫全：《先秦貨幣通論》（北京：紫禁城出版社，2002）
• 沈津：《翁方綱年譜》（臺北：中央研究院中國文哲研究所，2002）
• 劉志基：《金文今譯類檢·殷商西周卷》（南寧：廣西教育出版社，2003）
• 陳昭容：《秦系文字研究：従漢字史角度考察》（臺北：中央研究院歴史語言研究所，2003）
• 趙誠：《二十世紀金文研究述要》（太原：書海出版社，2003）
• 林宏明：《戰國中山國文字研究》（臺北：臺灣古籍出版有限公司，2003）
• 劉釗：《古文字考釋叢稿》（長沙：岳麓書社，2004）
• 張桂光：《古文字論集》（北京：中華書局，2004）
• 張再興：《西周金文文字系統論》（上海：華東師範大學出版社，2004）
• 劉慶柱、段志洪、馮時主編：《金文文獻集成》（北京：線裝書局，2005）
• 羅衛東：《春秋金文構形系統研究》（上海：上海教育出版社，2005）
• 福田哲之：《中國出土古文獻與戰國文字之研究》（臺北：萬卷樓出版社，2005）
• 吳良寶：《中國東周時期金屬貨幣研究》（北京：社會科學文獻出版社，2005）
• 唐蘭：《中國文字學》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2005）
• 趙學清：《戰國東方五國文字構形系統研究》（上海：上海教育出版社，2005）
• 劉釗：《古文字構形學》（福州：福建人民出版社，2006）
• 沈康年：《古文字譜》（昆明：雲南人民出版社，2006）
• 董蓮池：《段玉裁評傳》（南京：南京大學出版社，2006）
• 鄭振峰：《甲骨文字構形系統研究》（上海：上海教育出版社，2006）
• 陳隆文：《春秋戰國貨幣地理研究》（北京：人民出版社，2006）
• 張曉明：《春秋戰國金文字體演變研究》（濟南：齊魯書社出版社，2006）
• 曹寶麟：《抱瓮集》（北京：文物出版社，2006）
• 陳劍：《甲骨金文考釋論集》（北京：線裝書局，2007）
• 楊樹達：《積微居金文說》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2007）
• 鄒芙都：《楚系銘文綜合研究》（成都：巴蜀書社，2007）
• 張勺圃：《張伯英碑帖論稿》（鄭州：河北教育出版社，2007）
• 朱記榮：《金石全例（外一種）》（北京圖書館出版社，2008）
• 張光裕、黃德寬主編：《古文字學論稿》（合肥：安徽大學出版社，2008）
• 北京圖書館出版社：《甲骨文研究資料彙編》20冊（北京：北京圖書館出版社，2008）
• 徐寶貴：《石鼓文整理研究》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 馬曉風：《宋代金文學研究》（西安：陝西師範大學，2008）
• 張振謙：《齊系文字研究》（合肥：安徽大學博士論文，2008）
• 俞紹宏：《《說文古籀補》研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2008）
• 孟世凱：《甲骨學辭典》（上海：上海人民出版社，2009）
• 何景成：《商周青銅器族氏銘文研究》（濟南：齊魯書社，2009）
• 趙平安：《新出簡帛與古文字古文獻研究》（北京：商務印書館，2009）
• 易越石：《石鼓文通考》（上海：上海人民出版社，2009）
• 李圃、鄭明：《古文字釋要》（上海：上海教育出版社，2010）
• 姚孝遂：《姚孝遂古文字論集》（北京：中華書局，2010）
• 陳婷珠：《殷商甲骨文字形系統再研究》（上海：上海人民出版社，2010）
• 潘玉坤：《古文字考釋提要總覽》5冊（上海：上海人民出版社，2010-20）
• 趙平安：《金文釋讀與文明探索》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2011）
• 郭永秉：《古文字與古文獻論集》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2011）
• 華強：《甲骨文比較研究》（三秦出版社，2011）
• 劉星、劉牧：《石鼓詩文復原譯釋》（貴陽：貴州大學出版社，2011）
• 錢秉康、王辰翌：《石鼓文識讀初探》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2011）
• 蕭聖中：《曾侯乙墓竹簡釋文補正：暨車馬制度研究》（北京：科學出版社，2011）
• 陳夢家：《中國文字學》（北京：中華書局，2011）
• 劉信芳：《楚系簡帛釋例》（合肥：安徽大學出版社，2011）
• 容庚：《容庚學術著作全集》（北京：中華書局，2011）
• 林澐：《古文字學簡論》（北京：中華書局，2012）
• 裘錫圭：《裘錫圭學術文集》6冊（上海：復旦大學出版社，2012）
• 王子楊：《甲骨文字形類組差異現象研究》（上海：中西書局，2013）
• 嚴志斌：《商代青銅器銘文研究》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2013）
• 中國藝術研究院書法院：《秦漢篆隸研究》（北京：榮寶齋出版社，2013）
• 楊樹達：《積微居小學述林》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2013）
• 仲威：《善本碑帖過眼錄》（北京：文物出版社，2013）
• 夏含夷（Edward L. Shaughnessy）：《中國古文字學導論》（上海：中西書局，2013）
• 黃德寬：《古漢字發展論》（北京：中華書局，2014）
• 孫合肥：《戰國文字形體研究》（合肥：安徽大學博士論文，2014）
• 黃德寬：《古文字學》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2015）
• 王長豐：《殷周金文族徽整理與研究》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2015）
• 淮建利：《金石三例》［潘昂霄：《金石例》、王行：《墓銘擧例》、黃宗羲：《金石要例》］（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2015）
• 王世賢、宋燕鵬：《古今文字學通論》（中國社會科學出版社，2016）
• 郭仕超：《甲骨文字形演變研究》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2016）
• 韓江蘇：《甲骨文書籍提要》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 謝明文：《商周文字論集》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 程邦雄：《孫詒讓之文字學研究》（北京：中華書局，2018）
• 黃錦前：《曾國銅器銘文探賾》（科學出版社，2019）
• 方廣錩：《伍倫經眼古經圖錄》（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2020）
• 鄔可晶：《戰國秦漢文字與文獻論稿》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2020）
• 彭裕商：《漢語古文字學概論》（成都：巴蜀書社，2020）
• 張富海：《古文字與上古音論稿》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2021）

• 陳邦福：《漢魏木簡義證》（億年堂叢書，1934）
• 勞榦、余遜：《居延漢簡釋文稿》曬藍本（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1936）
• 饒宗頤：《長沙出土戰國楚簡初釋》（京都：饒宗頤，1954）
• 史樹青：《長沙仰天湖出土楚簡研究》（上海：群聯出版社，1955）
• 饒宗頤：《戰國楚簡箋證》(香港：上海出版社，1957）
• 饒宗頤：《長沙出土戰國繒書新釋》（香港：香港義友昌記印務公司，1958）
• 高敏：《睡虎地秦簡初探》（臺北：萬卷樓，1978）
• 高敏：《雲夢秦簡初探》（鄭州：河南人民出版社，1979）
• 陳夢家：《漢簡綴述》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 中華書局編輯部：《雲夢秦簡研究》（北京：中華書局，1981）
• 鄭良樹：《竹簡帛書論文集》（北京：中華書局，1982）
• 饒宗頤、曾憲通：《雲夢秦簡日書研究》（香港：中文大學出版社，1982）
• 甘肅省博物館：《漢簡研究文集》（蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，1984）
• 林劍鳴：《簡牘概述》（西安：陝西人民出版社，1984）
• 李零：《長沙子彈庫戰國楚帛書研究》（北京：中華書局，1985）
• 勞榦：《漢晉西陲木簡新考》（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1985）
• 陳直：《居延漢簡研究》（天津：天津古籍出版社，1986）
• 謝桂華、李均明、朱國炤：《居延漢簡釋文合校》（北京：文物出版社，1987）
• 甘肅省文物考古研究所［薛英群、向雙全、李永良］：《居延漢簡釋粹》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1988）
• 甘肅省文物考古研究所：《秦漢簡牘論文集》（蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，1989）
• 鄭有國：《中國簡牘學綜論》（上海：華東師範大學出版社，1989）
• 侯燦：《高昌樓蘭研究論集》（烏魯木齊：新疆人民出版社，1990）
• 薛英群：《居延漢簡通論》（蘭州：甘肅教育出版社，1991）
• 薛英群：《敦煌漢簡釋文》（蘭州：甘肅教育出版社，1991）
• 徐富昌：《睡虎地秦簡研究》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1993）
• 兪忠鑫：《漢簡考曆》（臺北：文津出版社，1994）
• 吳福助：《睡虎地秦簡論考》（臺北：文津出版社，1994）
• 陳偉：《包山楚簡初探》（武漢大學出版社，1996）
• 李振宏、孫英民：《居延漢簡人名編年》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1997）
• 李運富：《楚國簡帛文字構形系統研究》（長沙：岳麓書社，1997）
• 李正光：《楚漢簡帛書典》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，1998）
• 李學勤：《綴古集》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1998）
• 張光裕：《郭店楚簡研究》（臺北：藝文印書館，1999）
• 陳偉武：《簡帛兵學文獻探論》（廣州：中山大學出版社，1999）
• 李均明、劉軍：《簡牘文書學》（南寧：廣西教育出版社，1999）
• 王貴元：《馬王堆帛書漢字構形系統研究》（南寧：廣西教育出版社，1999）
• 駢宇騫、段書安：《本世紀以來出土簡帛槪述》（北京：文物出版社，1999）
• 中國文物研究所：《尹灣漢墓簡牘綜論》（北京：科學出版社，1999）
• 武漢大學中國文化研究院：《郭店楚簡國際學術研討會論文集》（武漢：湖北人民出版社，2000）
• 丁四新：《郭店楚墓竹簡思想研究》（臺北：東方出版社，2000）
• 劉信芳：《包山楚簡解詁》（臺北：藝文印書館，2000）
• 張壽仁：《醫簡論集》（臺北：蘭臺出版社，2000）
• 王輝：《秦出土文獻編年》（臺北：新文豐出版社，2000）
• 郭沂：《郭店竹簡與先秦學術思想》（上海：上海教育出版社，2001）
• 馬先醒：《漢居延志長編》（臺北：國立編譯館，2001）
• 廖名春：《新出楚簡試論》（臺北：臺灣古籍出版公司，2001）
• 彭浩：《張家山漢簡《算數書》注釋》（科學出版社，2001）
• 胡平生、張德芳：《敦煌懸泉漢簡釋粹》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2001）
• 中國文物研究所、甘肅省文物考古研究所：《敦煌懸泉月令詔條》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 李零：《郭店楚簡校讀記》（北京：北京大學出版社，2002）
• 吳辛丑：《簡帛典籍異文研究》（廣州：中山大學，2002）
• 馬今洪：《簡帛發現與研究》（上海書店出版社，2002）
• 劉信芳：《子彈庫楚墓出土文獻研究》（臺北：藝文印書館，2002）
• 蔡萬進：《尹灣漢墓簡牘論考》（臺北：臺灣古籍出版社有限公司，2002）
• 陳偉：《郭店竹書別釋》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，2003）
• 李振宏：《居延漢簡與漢代社會》（北京：中華書局，2003）
• 李零：《簡帛古書與學術源流》（北京：三聯書店，2004）
• 李均明：《居延漢簡編年》（臺北：新文豐書局，2004）
• 廖名春：《出土簡帛叢考》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，2004）
• 永田英正；張學鋒譯：《居延漢簡研究》（桂林：廣西師範大學出版社，2006）
• 駢宇騫、段書安：《二十世紀出土簡帛綜述》（北京：文物出版社，2006）
• 張顯成：《簡帛文獻論集》（成都：巴蜀書社，2007）
• 中國社會科學院簡帛研究中心：《張家山漢簡“二年律令”研究文集》（桂林：廣西師範大學出版社，2007）
• 高敏：《長沙走馬樓簡牘研究》（桂林：廣西師範大學出版社，2008）
• 董芬芬：《從侯馬、溫縣載書看春秋誓辭及誓約文化》（文學遺產，2008）
• 汪桂海：《秦漢簡牘探研》（臺北：文津出版社，2009）
• 李均明：《秦漢簡牘文書分類輯解》（北京：文物出版社，2009）
• 張顯成、周群麗：《尹灣漢墓簡牘校理》（天津：天津古籍出版社，2011）
• 陳偉：《楚簡冊概論》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，2012）
• 吳朝陽：《張家山漢簡算數書校證及相關研究》（江蘇人民出版社，2014）

• 朱楓：《秦漢瓦圖記》4卷、補遺1卷（1781；《長安學研究文獻匯刊·考古編》金石卷13，北京：科學出版社，2020）
• 程敦：《秦漢瓦當文字》2卷、續1卷（清乾隆五十二年橫渠書院刻本，1787）
• 吳廷康：《慕陶軒古磚圖錄》1卷（1838；《歷代陶文研究資料選刊續編》，北京：國家圖書館出版社，2009）
• 嚴福基：《嚴氏古磚存》2冊（1841；《歷代陶文研究資料選刊續編》，北京：國家圖書館出版社，2009）
• 吳式芬：《海豐吳氏藏漢封泥》4卷（1850；北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微復制中心，2005）
• 王福田：《竹里秦漢瓦當文存》1卷（王氏七橋草堂刻本，1852）
• 陳介祺：《簠齋藏古封泥》1冊（1870；大阪：アートライフ社，2006）
• 陳介祺、吳式芬、周明泰：《封泥考略》10卷、續6卷、再續4卷（1877-1928；北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微復制中心，2005）
• 陸心源：《千甓亭磚錄》6卷、續錄4卷（吳興十萬卷樓刊本，1881-88）
• 劉心源：《千甓亭古磚圖釋》20卷（1891；杭州：浙江古籍出版社，2011）
• 劉鶚：《鐵雲藏陶（附封泥）》6卷（抱殘守缺齋石印本，1898）
• 羅振玉：《鄭盦所藏泥封》1冊（蒲坂書樓藏本，1903）
• 劉鶚輯：《鐵雲藏陶》（1904；臺北：藝文印書館，1971）
• 端方：《匋齋藏石記：匋齋藏磚記》44卷（上海：商務印書館，1909）
• 端方：《匋齋藏印》4卷（1911；福州：福建人民出版社，2016）
• 羅振玉：《齊魯封泥集存》8冊（1913；《羅雪堂先生全集七編》1，臺北：大通書局有限公司，1976）
• 吳隱：《遯盫古陶存》2冊（1913；《歷代陶文研究資料選刊》，北京：國家圖書館出版社，2009）
• 吳隱：《遯盫古塼存》（1913；《歷代陶文研究資料選刊》，北京：國家圖書館出版社，2009）
• 羅振玉：《秦漢瓦當文字》5卷（羅振玉影印本，1914）
• 郭聞庭：《齊魯封泥攷存》8冊（1917；《山東文獻集成》3(21)，濟南：山東大學出版社，2009）
• 鄒安：《廣倉專錄》3卷（上海廣倉學宭影印本，1921）
• 太田孝太郎：《夢盦藏陶》8冊（盛岡：太田孝太郎，1922）
• 陳介祺、宣哲：《簠齋藏陶》8冊（1925；北京：文物出版社，2004）
• 陳寶琛：《澂秋館藏古封泥》5冊（1926；上海：上海書店出版社，1991）
• 王獻唐：《臨淄封泥文字》10冊（1926；山東省立圖書館鉛印本，1936）
• 文素松：《瓦削文字譜》1卷（上海：思簡樓，1930）
• 黃賓虹：《陶鉨文字合證》1卷（北京：國光社，1930）
• 陳直：《漢封泥考略》1冊（1931；《文史考古論叢》，天津：天津古籍出版社，1988）
• 吳幼潛：《封泥彙編》1卷（杭州：西泠印社，1931；上海：上海古籍書店，1984）
• 黃文弼：《高昌專集》（北京：中國學術團體協會與西北科學考查團，1931）
• 黃文弼：《高昌陶集》（北京：中國學術團體協會與西北科學考查團，1933）
• 馬衡：《封泥存眞》1冊（上海：商務印書館，1934）
• 王振鐸：《漢代壙磚集錄》2卷、附說（北平：考古學社，1935）
• 王樹枬：《漢魏六朝專文》（上海：商務印書館，1935）
• 加藤慈雨樓：《慈雨樓新製封泥存》（京都：加藤慈雨樓，1970）
• 徐錫臺、樓宇棟、魏效祖：《周秦漢瓦當》（北京：文物出版社，1988）
• 高明、葛英會：《古陶文彙編》（北京：中華書局，1990）
• 孫慰祖：《兩漢官印彙考》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1993）
• 韓天衡：《古瓦當文編》（北京：世界圖書出版公司，1996）
• 孫慰祖：《古封泥集成》（上海：上海書店出版社，1996）
• 趙力光：《中國古代瓦當圖典》（北京：文物出版社，1998）
• 傅嘉儀：《秦漢瓦當》（陝西：陝西旅遊出版社，1999）
• 東京國立博物館：《東京國立博物館圖版目錄：封泥篇》（東京：東京國立博物館，1998）
• 周曉陸、路東之：《秦封泥集》（西安：三秦出版社，2000）
• 孫慰祖：《中國古代封泥》（上海：上海人民出版社，2002）
• 賈貴榮、張愛芳：《中國古代封泥考略》4冊（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2005）
• 文啓：《中國古代封泥考略滙編》4冊（北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微複製中心，2005）
• 賈貴榮、張愛芳：《中國古代磚銘文化考證輯成》2冊（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2005）
• 林佶：《漢甘泉宮瓦記》1卷（世揩堂藏板昭代叢書；臺北：新文豐出版公司，2006）
• 今井淩雪、中村伸夫：《簠齋藏古陶文選（陳介祺舊藏古陶文拓本）》（大阪：アートライフ社，2006）
• 王恩田：《陶文圖錄》（濟南：齊魯書社出版社，2006）
• 傅嘉儀：《秦封泥匯考》（上海：上海書店出版社，2007）
• 賈貴榮、張愛芳：《歷代陶文研究資料選刊續編》3冊（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2009）
• 楊廣泰：《新出封泥彙編》4冊（杭州：西泠印社，2010）
• 周曉陸、路東之：《陝西金石文獻匯集：秦封泥集》（北京：三秦出版社，2011）
• 許雄志：《鑒印山房蔵古封泥菁華》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2011）
• 唐存才：《步黟堂藏戰國陶文遺珍》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2013）
• 馬驥：《新出王莽封泥選》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2016）
• 劉瑞：《秦封泥集存》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2020）
• 劉瑞：《秦封泥集釋》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2021）

篆刻學 Sigillogia
• 顧從德：《集古印譜》6冊（1572；杭州：西泠印社出版社，2000）［張學禮：《考古正文印藪》5冊（1589）、甘暘：《甘氏集古印正》5冊（1596；杭州：西泠印社出版社，2000）、范大澈：《范氏集古印譜》10冊（1600）、羅王常、吳伯張：《秦漢印統》8冊（1606）、潘雲傑：《集古印範》10冊（1607）、俞彥：《爰園印藪》4卷（1641）］
• 來行學：《宣和集古印史》8卷（1596；《中國珍稀印譜原典大系》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，2019）
• 朱簡：《印品》上下（1610/11；《中國古代印譜彙編》，北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微復制中心，2013）
• 張灝：《承清館印譜》10卷（1617；北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微復制中心，2012）
• 郭宗昌：《松談閣印史》5卷3冊（郭宗昌鈐拓本，1618）
• 俞彥：《爰園印藪》4冊（1641；北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微復制中心，2013）
• 吳觀鈞：《稽古齋印譜》10卷（1684）
• 汪啓淑：《訒庵集古印存》32卷（1705；杭州：西泠印社，1999）
• 朱象賢：《印典》8卷（1722；康熙六十一年朱之勱刻本，1722）
• 薄孟養：《孝慈堂印譜》1卷（吳門薄孟養鈐拓本，1733）
• 程從龍：《秦漢印譜》6冊（程從龍師意齋本，1738）
• 程從龍：《程荔江印譜》2冊（1738；上海涵芬樓影印本，1922）
• 吳好禮：《世德堂秦漢印集》5卷（吳好禮鈐印本，1742）
• 徐堅：《西京職官印錄》4冊（乾隆申戌年刻本，1746）
• 汪啓淑；徐敦徳：《漢銅印叢》12卷（1752；杭州：西泠印社，1998）
• 汪啓淑：《錦嚢印林》4卷（汪啓淑輯鈐本，1754）
• 陳煉：《秋水園印譜》1卷（日本早稻田大學藏本，1760）
• 潘毅堂：《雅雨樓漢銅印譜》4冊（嘉慶鈐印本，1763）
• 汪啓淑：《漢銅印源》16卷（1769；杭州：西泠印社，1996）
• 夏一駒：《拾古印遺》4冊（夏氏半閣輯鈐印本，1773）
• 董洵：《多野齋印說》1卷（1782；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 潘有爲：《看篆樓古銅印譜》6卷（北京大學圖書館藏鈐印本，1787）
• 黃錫蕃：《續古印式》2卷（1795；《中國珍稀印譜原典大系》，上海：西泠印社出版社，2019）
• 袁日省：《選集漢印分韻》2卷（清嘉慶漱藝堂刻本，1797-1803）
• 查淳：《銅鼓書堂集古印譜》1冊（1799；《中國印譜史圖典》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，2011）
• 金棫：《松崖藏印》8卷5冊（金棫鈐拓本，1816）
• 曹世模：《強勉齋印譜》2卷（曹世模摸鈐印本，1825）
• 張廷濟：《清儀閣古印偶存》6卷（張廷濟鈐印本，1828）
• 徐同柏：《清儀閣古印》考釋1卷、附注1卷（清儀閣鈐印本，1838）
• 李暘：《秦漢三十體印證》2卷4冊（1840）
• 陳介祺：《簠齋印集》12冊（陳介祺藏並注釋稿本，1847；東京：藝文書院，2015）
• 謝春生：《秦漢印存》26冊（張魯盦舊藏本，1856）
• 瞿鏞：《集古印譜》8冊（瞿鏞鈐印本，1856；鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2019）
• 凌壇：《采柏園古印澤存》2冊（凌壇輯鈐印本，1857）
• 吳式芬；吳重熹：《雙虞壺齋印存》1卷（1862；杭州：西泠印社，2021）
• 吳雲：《二百蘭亭齋古銅印存》6卷12冊（1862；杭州：西泠印社出版社，1983）
• 吳大澂：《吉金齋古銅印譜》6卷（1862；上海書店出版，1989）
• 劉家謨：《漢印臨存》4卷（1874；萬縣漱翠山房石印本，1935）
• 陳承裘：《澂秋館漢印存》8冊（1878）
• 王懿榮、高慶齡：《齊魯古印攗存》4卷（1881；上海書店出版社，1989）
• 陳介祺、孫慰祖、林章松：《十鐘山房印舉》191冊（1883；北京：中國書店，1985；濟南：山東人民出版社，2020）
• 朱記榮：《行素草堂集古印譜》8卷（古樵書屋刊本，1884）
• 孫文楷：《稽庵古印箋》4卷（山東省博物館藏稿本，1885）
• 周鑾詒：《淨硯齋艎印錄》30卷、續1卷（周鑾詒輯鈐印本，1886）
• 周銑詒、周鑾詒：《共墨齋漢印譜》1卷（1886；上海書店出版，1991）
• 陳介祺、何昆玉：《簠齋藏古玉印》（何昆玉手拓本，1887）
• 吳大澂：《十六金符齋印存》10冊（江蘇吳縣吳氏鈐印本，1888；上海：上海書店出版社，1989）
• 趙之謙：《撝叔考藏秦漢印存》2冊（北京大學圖書館藏本，1889）
• 吳大澂：《千鉨齋古鉨選》8冊（吳大澂輯鈐印本，1889）
• 高嘉鈺：《秦漢印簡》8冊（黃賓虹藏輯本，1890）
• 郭裕之：《續齊魯古印攈》16卷（1892；上海書店出版社，1989）
• 周銑詒、周鑾詒：《共墨齋藏古鉨印譜》6卷（光緒癸巳年鈐印本，1893）
• 龔心釗：《瞻麓齋古印徵》6卷8冊（龔心釗鈐印本，1893）
• 徐士愷：《觀自得齋秦漢官私銅印譜》4冊（徐士愷刻觀自得齋叢書本，1894）
• 吳隱：《周秦古璽》2冊（1895；《中國印譜全書》，北京：人民美術出版社，2012）
• 潘儀徵：《秋曉庵古銅印譜》12冊（潘儀增鈐印本，1900）
• 崔鴻圖：《乾修齋古印集存》12冊（乾修齋鈐印十二冊本，1901）
• 劉鶚：《鐵雲藏印》4集（抱殘守缺齋石印出版本，1904）
• 吳隱：《遯盦秦漢古銅印譜》8冊（西泠印社鈐印本，1908）
• 吳隱：《遯盦秦漢印譜》4集（西泠印社鈐印本，1908-14）
• 黃賓虹：《黃賓虹集古璽印存》1冊（1909；西泠印社出版社，2009）
• 羅振玉：《罄室所藏璽印》8冊、續5冊（上虞羅氏鈐印本，1911/15）
• 秦遇賡、羅振常：《匪石居秦漢官私印存》4冊（羅振常輯鈐印本，1915）
• 羅振玉：《赫連泉館古印存》1卷、續存（1915/16；上海：上海書店出版社，1999）
• 丁仁：《秦漢丁氏印緒》2冊（西泠印社鈐印本，1916）
• 羅振玉：《隋唐以來官印集存》1卷（上虞羅氏景印本，1916；《中國珍稀印譜原典大系》，上海：西泠印社出版社，2019）
• 吳隱：《秦漢百壽印譜》4冊（西泠印社鈐拓本，1917）
• 吳隱：《籑籀簃古鉨選》1卷（吳隱輯鈐印本，1917）
• 秋紹卿：《古官印存》2冊（秋紹卿序鈐本，1919）
• 陳漢弟：《伏廬考藏鉨印》己未集6冊（1920）；庚申集5冊（1921）；續十冊、印榘2冊（1939）
• 黃吉園：《徵賞齋秦漢古銅印存》5冊（1920；鄭州：河南美術出版社，2018）
• 羅振玉：《貞松堂唐宋以來官印集存》1冊（上虞羅氏刊本，1923）
• 羅振玉：《凝清室古官印存》8冊（民國十二年景印本，1923）
• 商承祚、羅福成、羅福葆、羅福頤輯：《古陶軒秦漢印存》2冊（民國鈐印二冊本，1923）
• 劉之洒：《畏齋藏鉨》2冊（民國間鈐印本，1924）
• 陳漢弟：《伏廬藏印》12卷（上海：商務印書館，1925）
• 陳寶琛：《澂秋館印存》10冊（1925；上海：上海書店出版社，1988）
• 葛昌楹、葛昌枌：《傳朴堂藏印菁華》12卷（1925；上海：上海書畫出版社，2019）
• 莊蘊寬、蔣溥、汪由敦、嵇璜：《金薤留珍》5集25冊（1926；臺北：故宮博物院，1971）
• 故宮博物院：《毓慶宮藏漢銅印》2冊（北京：故宮博物院，1927）
• 黃濬：《尊古齋印存（鉨印會存）》4集40冊（中國國家圖書館藏本，1927）
• 張修府：《碧葭精舍印存》戊辰集8卷、己巳集1卷（南皮張氏鈐拓本，1927/29）
• 周進：《魏石經室古璽印景》8冊（1927；上海：上海書店，1989）
• 黃濬：《尊古齋古璽集林》14冊（江夏黃氏尊古齋影印朱墨本，1928/37）
• 劉體智：《善齋璽印錄》12冊（廬江劉氏鈐印本，1930）
• 故宮博物院：《避暑山莊藏漢銅印》8冊（北京：故宮博物院，1931）
• 羅福頤：《待時軒印存》正18冊、續15冊（羅福頤摹印本，1932）
• 李文䄎：《冷雪盦知見印譜錄目》1卷（北平靑梅書店排印本，1933）
• 吳湖帆：《梅景書屋印選》2冊（1933；呉氏四歐堂珂版影印本，1939）
• 王獻唐：《兩漢印帚》3冊（1934；《海嶽樓金石叢編》，青島：青島出版社，2009）
• 太田孝太郎：《古銅印譜舉隅》10卷（1934；天津：天津人民美術出版社，2017）
• 黃濬：《衡齋玉印徵》2冊（黃濬輯鈐印本，1936）
• 黃濬：《衡齋藏印》正16冊、續14冊（清華大學圖書館藏珂羅版本，1936/44）
• 商承祚：《契齋古印存》8冊（1936；中國圖書館藏珍稀印譜叢刊，2021）
• 丁輔之、高繹求、俞序文、葛書徵：《丁丑劫餘印存》4帙20卷（1939；《中國篆刻叢刊》，二玄社，1982）
• 高時敷：《樂只室秦漢印譜》16卷（1942）
• 張咀英：《秦漢小私印選》2冊（孝水望雲草堂鈐印本，1944）
• 高時敷：《樂只室印譜》11卷（1944；上海：上海書店出版社，1999）
• 高時敷：《樂只室古璽印存》10卷（1944；上海：上海書店出版社，1999）
• 上海市文物保管委員會：《上海市文物保管委員會藏印》2卷（上海：上海市文物保管委員會，1959）
• 竹田淳照、神田喜一郎、野上俊靜：《中國古印圖錄》（京都：大谷大學，1964）
• 錢君匋、葉潞淵：《鉨印源流》（北京：北京出版社，1972）
• 加藤慈雨樓：《有鄰館蔵璽印精華官印篇》（京都：藤井斉成會，1975）
• 上海書畫出版社：《上海博物館藏印選》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1979）
• 來楚生：《然犀室肖形印存》（杭州：浙江美術學院，1979）
• 加藤慈雨樓、神田喜一郎：《平盦攷蔵古璽印選》（京都：臨川書店，1980）
• 羅福頤：《古璽彙編》（北京：文物出版社，1981）
• 黑龍江省文物考古工作隊：《黑龍江古代官印集》（哈爾濱：黑龍江人民出版社，1981）
• 康殷：《古圖形璽印彙》初集、續集（石家庄：河北美術出版社，1981/93）
• 小林斗盦：《中國篆刻叢刊》40巻（東京：二玄社，1981-84）
• 陳巨来：《安持精舎印冣》（上海：上海人民美術出版社，1982）
• 羅福頤：《故宮博物院蔵古璽印選》（北京：文物出版社，1982）
• 王伯敏：《古肖形印臆釋》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1983）
• 葉其峰：《故宮博物院藏肖形印選》（上海：人民美術出版社，1984）
• 天津市藝術博物館：《周叔鎪先生捐獻璽印選》（天津：天津人民美術出版社，1984）
• 加藤慈雨樓：《漢魏六朝蕃夷印譜》、《漢魏晉蕃夷印彙例》（京都：丹波屋，1986）
• 曾紹杰：《鉨印精選》上下（臺北：曹紹杰，1986）
• 吉林大學歴史系文物陳列室：《吉林大學蔵古璽印選》（北京：文物出版社，1987）
• 韓天衡：《秦漢鳥蟲篆印選》（上海：上海書店出版社，1987）
• 羅福頤：《秦漢南北朝官印徵存》11卷（北京：文物出版社，1987）
• 香港中文大學文物館編：《香港中文大学文物館蔵印集》（香港：香港中文大學文物館，1989）
• 徐敦德選編：《鐵雲藏印選》（杭州：西泠印社出版，1990）
• 王翰章：《峽西出土歷代璽印選編、續編》（西安：三秦出版社，1990-93）
• 湖南省博物館編：《湖南省博物館藏古璽印集》（上海：上海書店出版，1991）
• 張英、任萬挙：《吉林出土古代官印》（北京：文物出版社，1992）
• 銭君匋：《君匋藝術院藏印集》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，1992）
• 今田達編：《有鄰館古印存》（東京：同朋捨出版，1992）
• 魏廣君：《古印精粹》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，1994）
• 溫廷寬：《中國肖形印大全》（太原：山西古籍出版社，1994）
• 楊廣泰：《宋元古印輯存》（北京：文物出版社，1995）
• 金懷英：《秦漢印典》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1997）
• 菅原石廬：《中國璽印集粹（鴨雄綠齋藏）》16卷（東京：二玄社，1997）
• 戴青山：《中國歷代璽印集粹》（臺北：線裝書局，1997）
• 天津市芸術博物館：《天津市藝術博物館藏古璽印選》（北京：文物出版社，1997）
• 銭浚：《常熟博物館蔵印集》（北京：人民美術出版社，1997）
• 莊新興：《古鉨印精品集成》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1998）
• 賴非主：《山東新出土古璽印》（濟南：齊魯書社，1998）
• 高文、高成剛：《巴蜀銅印》（上海：上海書店出版社，1998）
• 牟日易：《古代璽印輯存》（香港：榮寶齋，1999）
• 茅子良、莊新興：《中國璽印篆刻全集》4卷（上海：上海書畫出版社，1999）
• 韓天衡：《古玉印集存》（上海：上海書店，2002）
• 傅嘉儀：《新出土秦代封泥印集》（杭州：西泠印社，2002）
• 吳鴻清：《中國古代璽印大典》（北京：中央廣播電視大學出版社，2002）
• 有鄰館學芸部編：《有鄰館精華》（京都：藤井齊成會，2003）
• 陳松長：《湖南古代璽印》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2004）
• 菅原石廬：《中國古璽印精選（鴨雄綠齋藏）》（大阪：アートライフ社，2004）
• 許雄志：《鑒印山房藏古璽印菁華》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2006）
• 黄賓虹：《黄賓虹集古璽印存》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2009）
• 周曉陸、路東之：《二十世紀出土璽印集成》（北京：中華書局，2010）
• 孫慰祖：《歷代璽印斷代標準品圖鑒》（長春：吉林美術出版社，2010）
• 胡琦峻：《漢代官印選》（北京：學苑出版社，2011）
• 《中國歷代印風系列：秦代印風》（重慶：重慶出版社，2011）
• 吳硯君：《盛世璽印錄》（京都：蓺文書院，2012）
• 《中國古代印譜匯編》30冊（北京：全國圖書館文獻縮微復制中心，2012）
• 天津博物館編：《天津博物館藏璽印》（北京：文物出版社，2013）
• 陳俊興：《古漢字肖形印》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2014）
• 張學：《璽印篆刻收藏圖鑑》（臺北：線裝書局，2014）
• 施謝捷：《虛無有齋摹輯漢印》（京都：藝文書院，2014）
• 肖明華：《雲南古代官印集釋》（北京：文物出版社，2015）
• 徐暢：《古璽印圖典》（天津：天津人民美術出版社，2016）
• 施謝捷：《新見古代玉印選》（京都：藝文書院，2016-17）
• 馬子愷：《古璽精華》《漢印精華》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2017）
• 張小東：《戎壹軒藏三晉古璽》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2017）
• 許雄志：《鑒印山房新獲古璽印選》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2017）
• 陳振濂：《中國珍稀印譜原典大系》（上海：西泠印社出版社，2019）
• 胡長春：《戰國璽印：分域音序》上下冊（北京：人民出版社，2020）
• 湯志彪：《晉系璽印彙編》（北京：學苑出版社，2020）
• 劉海宇、玉澤友基《日本巖手縣立博物館藏太田夢庵舊藏古代璽印》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2020）

• 西泠印社：《西泠後四家印譜》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，1982）
• 丁仁：《西泠八家印譜》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，1991）
• 方去疾：《明清篆刻流派印譜》（上海：上海書店，1996）
• 余正：《西泠百年印舉》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2003）

• 中西庚南：《近代篆刻字典》（東京：東京堂出版，1985）
• 伏見沖敬：《吳昌碩篆刻字典》（東京：雄山閣，1985/2017）
• 陳天銀：《中國篆刻大字典》3冊（貴陽：貴州教育出版社，1994）
• 小林斗盦：《中國璽印類編》（東京：二玄社，1996）
• 沈鵬、李呈修：《中國篆書大字典》（北京：人民美術出版社，2006）
• 盧輔聖：《篆書大字典》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2007-09）
• 王林：《篆刻大字典》2冊（北京：人民美術出版社，2008）
• 孫雋：《中國篆刻大字典》3冊（南昌：江西美術出版社，2012）

• 吾丘衍：《學古印式編（學古編：三十五舉）》1卷（1287；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社，1999）
• 徐官：《古今印史》1卷、附録1卷（1569；上海：商務印書館，1939）
• 周應愿：《印說》1卷（1587；朱天曙編校，北京：北京大學出版社，2014）
• 何震：《續學古編》2卷（1590；《歷代印學論文選》，上海：上海書畫出版社，1985）
• 沈野：《印談》1卷（c.1600；中井敬所所校重刊本，《和刻本書畫集成》，東京：汲古書院，1978））
• 程遠：《印旨》1卷（項氏宛委堂《古今印則》本，1602）
• 楊士修：《印母》1卷（1602；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 朱簡：《印章要論》1卷（1611；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 汪關：《寶印齋印式》12冊（上海圖書館藏本，1614）
• 徐上達：《印法參同》42卷（1614；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 趙宧光：《篆學指南》1卷（1616；海虞顧氏刊本，1840）
• 潘茂弘：《印章法》2集（1625；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 朱簡：《印經》1卷（1629；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 萬壽祺：《印說》1卷（1635；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社出版社，1999）
• 方以智：《印章考》1卷（1643；海虞顧氏刊《篆學瑣著》本，1840）
• 吳先聲：《敦好堂論印》1卷（1687；海虞顧氏刻本，1840）
• 汪鎬京；黃賓虹：《紅朮軒紫泥法》1冊（1696；《篆刻學》，臺北：世界書局，1966）
• 夏一駒：《古印考略》1卷（1728；海虞顧氏刻本，1840）
• 桂馥：《續三十五舉》1巻（1778；海虞顧氏刻本，1840）
• 戴啟偉：《篆刻秘要（嘯月樓印賞）》1卷（武英殿聚珍版程式本，1778）
• 朱楓：《印徵》2卷（1781；杭州：西泠印社出版社，2019）
• 桂馥：《再續三十五舉》1巻（1781；清道光二十年海虞顧氏刻本，1840）
• 李宜開：《師古堂說印》1卷（1782；《歷代印學論文選》，杭州：西泠印社，1999）
• 陳承恕：《篆刻針度》8卷（嘯園叢書本，1786；北京：中國書店，1983）
• 桂馥：《重定續三十五舉》1巻（1790；清道光二十年海虞顧氏刻本，1840）
• 桂馥：《繆篆分韻》正5卷、補1卷（1796；上海：上海書店出版社，2001）
• 瞿中溶：《集古官印考》17卷（1874；《續修四庫全書》1109，上海：上海古籍出版社，2002）
• 陳介祺：《簠齋古印簽記》2冊（1876）
• 高文翰：《印郵》8冊（訪古齋本，1885）
• 葉舟：《廣印人傳》16卷、補遺1卷（杭州：西泠印社，1910）
• 葉銘：《葉氏印譜存目》2卷（印學叢書本，1921）
• 黃賓虹：《古印概論》1卷（《東方雜誌》27(2)，1930）
• 羅福頤：《璽印文字徵》14卷、附錄1卷、檢字1卷（臺北：藝文印書館，1930/74）
• 羅福頤：《印譜考》（紹興：墨緣堂，1931）
• 余紹宋、張珩：《書畫書錄解題：附刊四種》（香港：中美圖書有限公司，1969）
• 伏見沖敬：《印人傳集成》（東京：汲古書院，1976）
• 橫田實：《中國印譜解題》（東京：二玄社，1976）
• 鄧散木：《篆刻學》（北京：人民美術出版社，1978）
• 羅福頤：《古璽印槪論》（北京：文物出版社，1981）
• 姜儀生：《篆刻淺談》（合肥：安徽人民出版社，1984）
• 王獻唐:《五燈精舍印話》（濟南：齊魯書社，1985）
• 沙孟海：《印學史》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，1987）
• 羅福頤：《古璽印考略》2冊（北京：中華書店，1987）
• 韓天衡：《中國印學年表》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1987/93）
• 方宗珪：《壽山石全書》（香港：八龍書屋，1989）
• 劉江：《篆刻技法》（杭州：西泠印社，1989）
• 王人聰、葉其峯：《秦漢魏晉南北朝官印研究》（香港：香港中文大學文物館，1990）
• 吳頤人：《篆刻法》（上海：上海辭書出版社，1991/2015）
• 吳頤人：《篆刻五十講》（上海：上海書店出版社，1994/2014）
• 陳天銀：《中國篆刻技法》（成都：四川大學出版社，1995）
• 劉江：《吳昌碩篆刻藝術研究》（杭州：西泠印社，1995）
• 浙江省博物館：《黃賓虹古璽印釋文選》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1995）
• 劉江：《吳昌碩篆刻及其刀法》（杭州：西泠印社，1997）
• 葉其峰：《古璽印與古璽印鑒定》（北京：文物出版社，1997）
• 孫慰祖：《孫慰祖論印文稿》（上海：上海書店出版社，1999）
• 劉江：《吳昌碩篆刻及其章法》（杭州：西泠印社，1999）
• 韓天衡：《歷代印學論文選》（西泠印社，1999）
• 王人聰：《古璽印與古文字論集》（香港：香港中文大學文物館，2000）
• 趙明、谷松章、楊中良：《中國篆刻創作解讀》（杭州：中國美術學院出版社，2001）
• 曹錦炎：《古代璽印》（北京：文物出版社，2002）
• 孫慰祖：《封泥發現與研究》（上海：上海書店出版社，2002）
• 王本興：《印章章法分類》（天津：天津人民美術出版社，2003）
• 孫慰祖：《可齋論印新稿》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2003）
• 葉其峰：《古璽印通論》（北京：紫禁城出版社，2003）
• 方聞；李維琨譯：《心印：中國書畫風格與結構分析研究》（西安：陝西人民美術出版社，2004）
• 吳頤人：《篆刻跟我學》（上海：上海書店出版社，2004/15）
• 劉江：《中國印章藝術史》2冊（杭州：西泠印社，2005）
• 施謝捷：《古璽彙考》（合肥：安徽大學博士學位論文，2006）
• 孫慰祖：《可齋論印三集》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2007）
• 李剛田：《中國篆刻技法全書》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2008）
• 徐暢：《先秦璽印圖說》（北京：文物出版社，2009）
• 駱堅群：《方寸乾坤（浙江省博物館典藏大系）》（杭州：浙江古籍出版社，2009）
• 陳光田：《戰國璽印分域研究》（長沙：岳麓書社，2009）
• 李剛田、馬士達：《篆刻學》2冊（南京：江蘇教育出版社，2009）
• 吳義達：《《十鐘山房印舉》研究》（北京：中國藝術研究院，2010）
• 田煒：《古璽探研》（上海：華東師範大學出版社，2010）
• 陳振濂：《中國印譜史圖典》上下，杭州：西泠印社出版社，2011）
• 于良子：《印人傳合集》2冊（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2014）
• 呂金成：《印學研究（古璽印研究專輯）》（北京：文物出版社，2014）
• 王偉：《秦璽印封泥職官地理研究》（北京：中國社会科學出版社，2014）
• 孫慰祖：《可齋論印四集》（長春：吉林美術出版社，2016）
• 孫慰祖：《中國璽印篆刻通史》（上海：東方出版中心，2016）
• 李鵬輝：《漢印文字資料整理與相關問題研究》（合肥：安徽大學，2017）
• 蕭毅：《古璽讀本》（北京：鳳凰出版社，2017）
• 戴叢潔：《黃牧甫與王秉恩交往考略》（杭州：西泠印社，2018）

書法學 Calligraphia
• 鈕樹玉、孫星衍：《校定皇象本急就章及其他一種》（上海：商務印書館，1936）
• 陳直：《漢晉遺簡識小七種》（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1975）
• 許寶馴、王壮弘：《漢簡隸書選》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1981）
• 宇野雪村：《王義之書蹟大系》本14冊、別3冊（東京：東京美術出版社，1982）
• 饒宗頤：《敦煌書法叢刊》29卷（東京：二玄社，1983）
• 黎泉：《簡牘書法》（上海書畫出版社，1985）
• 蘭亭墨蹟彙編編輯委員會：《蘭亭墨蹟彙編》（北京：北京出版社，1985）
• 徐祖藩、秦明智、榮恩奇：《敦煌遺書書法選》（甘肅人民出版社，1986）
• 王壯弘：《北魏墓誌百種》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1987）
• 山東石刻藝術博物館：《鄭道昭：雲峰石刻全集》（濟南：齊魯書社，1989）
• 周紹良、趙超：《唐代墓誌彙編》3冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，1992）
• 四川省華泰新系統設計研究所：《宋拓潭帖》（成都：四川辭書出版社，1994）
• 段文傑、趙声良：《敦煌書法庫》4卷（蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，1994）
• 王壯弘：《隋唐墓誌百種》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1994）
• 沃興華：《敦煌書法》（上海：上海人民出版社，1996）
• 吳以寧：《蔡襄集》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1996）
• 劉正成：《中國書法全集》108卷（北京：榮寶齋出版社，1998）
• 劉墨：《敦煌寫本書法精選系列》20卷（沈陽：遼寧美術出版社，2000）
• 劉琳、李勇先、王蓉貴：《黃庭堅全集》4冊（成都：四川大學出版社，2001）
• 啓功：《中國法帖全集》17卷18冊（武漢：湖北美術出版社，2002）
• 李正宇：《敦煌古代硬筆書法》（蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，2007）
• 王林：《王獻之書法全集》（北京：人民美術出版社，2008）
• 王林：《王羲之書法全集》（北京：人民美術出版社，2008）
• 余德泉、孟成英：《章草傳帖》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2008）
• 李仁清：《中國北朝石刻拓片精品集》2卷（鄭州：河南教育出版社，2008）
• 劉遠山：《唐人摹萬歳通天帖》（北京：西泠印社出版社，2008）
• 王林：《顏眞卿書法全集》2冊（北京：人民美術出版社，2008）
• 張葉露：《褚遂良書法全集》（北京：人民美術出版社，2008）
• 水賚祐：《淳化閣帖集釋》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2009）
• 劉高志：《懷素書法全集》（杭州：西冷印社出版社，2009）
• 劉子瑞：《顏眞卿書法全集》8冊（天津：天津人美術出版社，2009）
• 故宮博物院［程同根、王靜、朱藍］：《高昌墓表八種》（北京：紫禁城出版社，2010）
• 崔自默：《章草藝術》（北京：人民美術出版社，2010）
• 趙文成、趙君平：《新出土唐墓志百種》（杭州：西冷印社出版社，2010）
• 李甸春：《飛白書論集成》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2010）
• 故宮博物院［程同根、王靜、朱藍］：《米芾書法全集》31卷（北京：紫禁城出版社，2010）
• 樓曉勉：《中國民間書法精選系列》：〈秦漢簡牘〉6冊、：〈敦煌遺書〉3冊、：〈樓蘭殘紙〉（長春：吉林文史出版， 2011）
• 余德泉、孟成英：《章草大典》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2011）
• 武良成、王群栗：《宣和書譜》（1120；杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 李志賢：《楊守敬藏舊拓鄭道昭書雲峰刻石：鄭文公碑、論經書詩、觀海童詩、仙壇詩、東堪石室銘）（北京：文物出版社，2012）
• 黃君：《黃庭堅書法全集》5冊（南昌：江西教育出版社，2012）
• 江吟、姚行主：《王羲之書法全集》2冊（杭州：西冷印社出版社，2013）
• 故宮博物院［程同根、王靜、朱藍］：《王羲之、王獻之書法全集》18卷（北京：紫禁城出版社，2014）
• 蔡建良：《歐陽詢書法全集》（長沙：岳麓書社，2014）
• 李國強、白立獻、陳培站：《歷代章草精選》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2014）

• 洪適：《隸釋》27卷（1166；北京：中華書局，1985）
• 劉球、宋鈞：《隸韻》10卷（1175/1212；北京：中華書局，1989）
• 洪適：《隸續》21卷（1179；北京：中華書局，1985）
• 顧藹吉：《隸辨》8卷（項絪王淵堂刊本，1718；北京：中華書局，1986）
• 翟云升：《隸篇》15卷、《續編》15卷、《再續》15卷（1837；北京：中華書局，1985）
• 羅振鋆、羅振玉：《碑別字》5卷（1894；北京：文字改革出版社，1957）
• 飯島太千雄：《王羲之大字典》（東京：東京美術出版社，1980）
• 雄山閣編集部：《歐陽詢楷書字典》（東京：雄山閣，1984）
• 佐野光一：《木簡字典》（東京：雄山閣，1985）
• 飯島太千雄：《顏眞卿大字典》（東京：東京美術出版社，1985）
• 杭迫柏樹：《王羲之書法字典》（東京：二玄社，1987）
• 陸錫興：《漢代簡牘草字編》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1989）
• 東南光：《宋四家字典》（東京：二玄社，1990）
• 石橋鯉城：《顏眞卿字典》（東京：二玄社，1992）
• 荒川博邦：《章草大字典》（東京：雄山閣，1995）
• 沈道榮：《柳公權楷書字彙》（天津：天津古籍出版社，1996）
• 沈道榮：《歐陽詢楷書字彙》（天津：天津古籍出版社，1996）
• 沈道榮：《顏眞卿楷書字彙》（天津：天津古籍出版社，1996）
• 劉呈瑜、洪鈞陶、劉建：《篆字編》2冊、《隸字編》2冊、《草字編》2冊、《楷字編》（北京：文物出版社，1998）
• 梅原清山：《北魏楷書字典》（東京：二玄社，2003）
• 歐陽中石、程同根、張瑋：《章草字典》（北京：華夏出版社，2004）
• 梅原清山：《唐楷書字典》（東京：二玄社，2004）
• 杜維鈞、杜金鋒：《章草辨異字典》（北京：人民美術出版社，2005）
• 沈鵬、李呈修：《中國行書大字典》（北京：人民美術出版社，2006）
• 沈鵬、李呈修：《中國草書大字典》（北京：人民美術出版社，2006）
• 沈鵬、李呈修：《中國楷書大字典》（北京：人民美術出版社，2006）
• 沈鵬、李呈修：《中國隸書大字典》（北京：人民美術出版社，2006）
• 盧公：《行草大字典》2冊（北京：光明日報出版社，2007）
• 盧輔聖：《行書大辭典》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2007-09）
• 盧輔聖：《草書大辭典》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2007-09）
• 盧輔聖：《隸書大字典》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2007-09）
• 程同根：《章草大字典》2冊（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2009）
• 欒傳益：《隸字異形考辨》（杭州：西泠印社出版社，2011）
• 孫雋：《行草大字典》（南昌：江西美術出版社，2012）
• 孫雋：《中國書法大字典》篆書、隸書、行書、草書、楷書卷（南昌：江西美術出版社，2012）
• 許耀輝、高軒：《孫過庭書譜書法字典》（天津：天津人民美術出版社，2013）
• 毛遠明：《漢魏六朝碑刻異體字典》2冊（北京：中華書局，2014）
• 佘雪曼：《王羲之體書法字典》（臺北：臺灣商務印書館，2016）

• 相浦知男：《顏魯公之研究》（東京：雄山閣，1942）
• 宇野雪村、西林昭一：《王羲之關係文獻目錄》（東京：昭和蘭亭記念會，1973）
• 費海璣：《蘇軾傳記研究》（臺北：臺灣商務印書館，1973）
• 傅璇琮：《黃庭堅與江西詩派資料彙編》（北京：中華書局，1978）
• 曾棗庄：《蘇軾評傳》（成都：四川人民出版社，1981）
• 劉維崇：《黃庭堅評傳》（臺北：黎明文化事業公司，1981）
• 孔凡禮：《蘇軾詩集》8冊（北京：中華書局，1982）
• 水賚祐：《蔡襄書法史料集》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1983）
• 水賚祐：《黃庭堅書法史料集》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1983）
• 張少康：《文賦集釋》（北京：人民文學出版社，1984）
• 逯欽立：《先秦漢魏晉南北朝詩》（臺北：學海出版社，1985）
• 李一冰：《蘇東坡新傳》（臺北：聯經出版社，1986）
• 孔凡禮：《蘇軾文集》（北京：中華書局，1986）
• 森野繁夫、佐藤利行：《王羲之全書翰》（東京：白帝社，1987）
• 李福順：《蘇軾論書畫史料》（上海：上海人民美術出版社，1988）
• 蔡金發：《蔡襄及其家世》（福州：福建人民出版社，1990）
• 張中義、王宗堂、王寬行：《李斯集輯注》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，1991）
• 鄭永曉：《黃庭堅年譜新編》（北京：社會科學文獻出版社，1991）
• 黃本驥編訂、凌家民點校：《顏眞卿集》（噌爾濱：黑龍江人民出版社，1993）
• 黃宗義：《顏眞卿書法研究》（臺北：蕙風堂筆墨有限公司，1993）
• 水賚祐：《黃庭堅的書法藝術》（北京：人民美術出版社，1993）
• 中田勇次郎：《黃庭堅》名蹟集、研究篇（東京：二玄社，1994）
• 黄本驥、凌家民：《顔真卿集》（黒龍江人民出版社，1995）
• 曾棗莊、曾濤編：《蘇詞匯評》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1998）
• 孔凡禮：《蘇軾年譜》3冊（北京：中華書局，1998）
• 顏眞卿志編纂委員會：《顏眞卿志》（濟南：山東人民出版社，1998）
• 黃寶華：《黃庭堅評傳》（南京：南京大學出版社，1998）
• 傅成、穆俦：《蘇軾全集》3冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2000）
• 王元軍：《懷素評傳》（西安：三秦出版社，2000）
• 祁小春：《王義之論考》（東京：東方出版，2001）
• 劉秋增、王汝涛：《王羲之志：附王獻之志》（濟南：山東人民出版社，2001）
• 曾棗庄：《蘇軾研究史》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，2001）
• 馮應榴、黃任軻：《蘇軾詩集合注》6冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2001）
• 鄒同慶、王宗堂：《蘇軾詞編年校註》（北京：中華書局，2002）
• 鄧安生：《蔡邕集編年校注》（石家莊：河北教育出版社，2002）
• 楊慶存：《黃庭堅與宋代文化》（南昌：河南出版社，2002）
• 薛龍春：《雅宜山色：王寵的人生與書法》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2003）
• 白鶴：《顏眞卿書法藝術》（上海：學林出版社，2003）
• 謝澄光：《顏眞卿書法藝術》（北京：華夏出版社，2003）
• 任淵、史容、史季溫、劉尚榮：《黃山谷詩集註》5冊（上海：上海古籍出版社，2003）
• 孔凡禮：《三蘇年譜》（北京：北京古籍出版社，2004）
• 唐宋文、劉尚榮：《蘇軾資料彙編》5冊（北京：中華書局，2004）
• 王永照：《蘇軾評傳》（南京：南京大學出版社，2004）
• 陳宇：《蘇黃精神》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2004）
• 張傳旭：《黃庭堅年表》（石家莊：河北教育出版社，2004）
• 黃君：《黃庭堅研究論文選》4卷（南昌：江西教育出版社，2005）
• 孫洵：《黃庭堅書論選注》（香港：華夏翰林出版社，2005）
• 孫稼阜：《從臨摹到創作：黃庭堅》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2006）
• 陳志平：《黃庭堅書學研究》（北京：中華書局，2006）
• 黃啟方：《黃庭堅與江西詩派論集》（臺北：國家出版社，2006）
• 曹大民、曹之瞻：《王羲之《十七帖》解析》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2006）
• 周裕鍇：《宋代詩學通論》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2007）
• 雒三桂：《王羲之評傳》（北京：人民美術出版社，2007）
• 劉運好：《陸士衡文集校注》2冊（南京：鳳凰出版社，2007）
• 倪政興：《門閥舊事：謝安在他的時代》（西安：中國長安出版社，2007）
• 李曉風：《陸機論》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2007）
• 徐利明：《黃庭堅書論》（南京：江蘇美術出版社，2008）
• 吳光田：《黃庭堅書論全輯注》（石家莊：河北教育出版社，2008）
• 劉占召：《王羲之傳》（北京：東方出版社，2009）
• 祁小春：《山陰道上：王羲之研究從扎》（杭州：中國美術學院出版社，2009）
• 水賚祐：《米芾書法史料集》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2009）
• 高長山：《蔡邕評傳》（北京：中華書局，2009）
• 黃君：《王羲之《十七帖》研究》（北京：文物出版社，2009）
• 陳迎平：《虞世南與唐代書法》（杭州：中國美術學院出版社，2010）
• 張志烈、馬德富、周裕鍇：《蘇軾全集校注》20冊（石家莊：河北人民出版社，2010）
• 葉平：《三蘇蜀學思想研究》（鄭州：河南大學出版社，2011）
• 屠友祥：《山谷題跋校注》（上海：上海遠東出版社，2011）
• 嚴傑：《顏眞卿評傳》（南京：南京大學出版社，2011）
• 祁小春：《王羲之十七帖匯考》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2011）
• 屠友祥：《東坡題跋校注》（上海：上海遠東出版社，2011）
• 劉義慶：《世說新語》（北京：中華書局，2011）
• 龍榆生：《東坡樂府箋》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2012）
• 羅勇來、衡正安：《米芾研究》（北京：文物出版社，2012）
• 胡洪軍、胡遐輯注：《虞世南詩文集》（杭州：浙江古籍出版社，2012）
• 祁小春：《邁世之風：有關王羲之資料與人物的綜合研究》（北京：文物出版社，2012）
• 尚景熙：《李斯評傳》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2013）
• 陳海燕：《蔡邕研究》（北京：清華大學出版社，2013）
• 封治國：《與古同游：項元汴書畫鑑藏研究》（杭州：中國美術學院出版社，2013）
• 曹士東、張発祥：《蘇軾書法研究》（合肥：合肥工業大學出版社，2014）
• 劉飛燕：《蘇軾哲學思想研究》（北京：人民出版社，2014）
• 武良成、米芾、辜艷紅：《米芾集》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2014）
• 邢學敏：《北魏書法家鄭道昭家族研究》（成都：電子科技大學出版社，2014）
• 白石：《山谷題跋》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2016）
• 白石：《東坡題跋》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2016）
• 水賚祐：《蘇軾書法史料集》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2017）

• 黃伯思：《東觀餘論》2卷（1118；北京：中華書局，1991）
• 董逌：《廣川書跋》10卷（1157；《中國書畫全書》1，上海：上海書畫出版社，1993）
• 曹士冕：《法帖譜系》2卷（1244；《叢書集成初編》，上海：商務印書館，1932）
• 曹士冕：《譜系雜說》2卷（1245；百川學海本，1273；北京中國書店，1990）
• 安世鳳：《墨林快事》12卷（1644；臺北：國立中央圖書館抄本，1970）
• 楊賓：《鐵函齊書跋》4卷（1660；上海：商務印書館，1939；杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 孫鑛：《書畫跋跋》（居業堂刻本，1740；《池璅録：外十三種》，上海：上海古籍出版社，1991）
• 戈守智、陸聲鐘：《漢溪書法通解》8卷（c.1770；天津：天津市古籍書店，1986）
• 楊守敬：《平碑記》3卷（1867；楊守敬集，武漢：湖北人民出版社，1988）
• 楊守敬：《平帖記》1卷（1868；楊守敬集，武漢：湖北人民出版社，1988）
• 潘存、楊守敬：《楷法溯源》14卷，目録1卷（宣都李宏讓鐫刻本，1877；楊守敬集，武漢：湖北人民出版社，1988）
• 段玉裁；松田雪柯：《段氏述筆法》1卷（東京：鳳文館，1883）
• 陳介祺、陳敬第：《簠齋尺牘》12冊（上海：商務印書館景印本，1919）

• 朱建新：《孫過庭書譜箋證》（臺北：華正書局，1963）
• 吳攸之：《分類例解尺牘作法》（臺北：正中文庫，1960）
• 吳攸之：《尺牘作法》（臺北：正中文庫出版，1969）
• 何恭上：《歷代名碑帖鑑賞》（臺北：藝術圖書公司出版，1973）
• 錢存訓：《中國古代書史》（香港：香港中文大學，1975）
• 中田勇次郎：《中國書論大系》18卷（東京：二玄社，1977-）
• 華東師範大學古籍整理研究室：《歷代書法論文選》（上海：上海書畫出版社，1979/2015）
• 馬國權：《書譜譯注》（上海書畫出版社，1980）
• 朱履貞：《書學捷要》2卷（臺北：華正書局有限公司，1984）
• 熊秉明：《中國書法理論體系》（臺北：商務印書館香港分館，1984）
• 宇野雪村：《法帖事典》2冊（東京：雄山閣，1984）
• 周亮工輯：《尺牘新鈔》（北京：中華書局，1985）
• 劉綱紀：《書法美學簡論》（長沙：湖北人民出版社，1985）
• 蔡崇名：《宋四家書法析論》（臺北：華正書局，1985）
• 傅申；葛鴻楨譯：《海外書跡研究》（北京：紫禁城出版社，1987）
• 馮武編：《書法正傳》（臺北：臺灣商務印書館，1989）
• 王鎮遠：《中國書法理論史》（合肥：黃山書社，1990）
• 趙正：《漢簡書法論集》（蘭州：甘肅人民美術出版社，1991）
• 何恭上：《中國書法史》（臺北：藝術圖書公司，1991）
• 陳振濂：《歷代書法欣賞》（臺北：蕙風堂筆墨有限公司，1991）
• 山東石刻藝術博物館：《雲峰刻石研究》（濟南：齊魯書社，1992）
• 梅墨生：《書法圖式研究》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，1992）
• 蔡崇名：《書法及其教學之研究》（臺北：華正書局，1993）
• 姜澄清：《中國書法思想史》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，1994）
• 沃興華：《敦煌書法藝術》（上海：上海人民出版社，1994）
• 水賚祐：《趙佶的書法藝術》（北京：人民美術出版社，1995）
• 秦公、劉大新：《廣碑別字》（北京：國際文化出版公司。1995）
• 陳振濂：《書法美學》（北京：人民美術出版社，1996）
• 姜壽田：《中國書法批評史》（杭州：中國美術學院出版社，1997）
• 潘運告：《中國書畫論叢書》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，1997）
• 華正人編：《歷代書法論文選》（臺北：華正書局，1997）
• 陳振濂：《近現代書法史》（天津：天津古籍出版社，1998）
• 趙樹功：《中國尺牘文學史》（石家莊：河北人民出版社，1999）
• 許進雄：《簡明中國文字學》（臺北：學海出版社，2000）
• 王子令：《簡牘史話》（中國大百科全書齣版社，2000）
• 上海書畫出版社：《二十世紀書法研究叢書》7冊（上海：上海書畫出版社，2000）
• 華人德、白謙慎：《蘭亭論集》（蘇州：蘇州大學出版社，2000）
• 胡傳海：《怎樣寫尺牘》（上海：上海書店出版社，2000）
• 王博：《簡帛思想文獻論集》（臺北：臺灣古籍出版社，2001）
• 水賚祐：《宋代帖學研究》（上海：上海人民美術出版社，2001）
• 沃興華：《中國書法史》（上海：上海人民出版社，2001）
• 陶明君：《中國書論詞典》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，2001）
• 盧輔聖：《近現代書畫家款印綜匯》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2002）
• 鄭曉華：《書法藝術欣賞》（臺北：五南出版，2002）
• 陳振濂：《線條的世界：中國書法文化史》（杭州：浙江大學出版社，2002）
• 王元軍：《六朝書法與文化》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2002）
• 劉濤：《中國書法史》7卷（南京：江蘇教育出版社，2002-09）
• 李均明：《古代簡牘》（北京：文物出版社，2003）
• 王冬齡：《清代隸書要論》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2003）
• 王世徵：《中國書法理論綱要》（北京：首都師範大學出版社，2003）
• 叢文俊：《揭示古典的真實：叢文俊書學、學術研究文集》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，2003）
• 胡傳海：《尺牘十講》（上海：上海書店出版社，2004）
• 馬宗霍：《書林藻鑒·書林紀事》（北京：文物出版社，2004）
• 沃興華：《臨書指南》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2004）
• 華人德：《六朝書法》（蘇州：蘇州大學出版社，2004）
• 邱振中：《中國書法：一六七個練習·書法技法的分析與訓練》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2005）
• 錢浚、周公太：《新中國出土墓誌》2冊（北京：文物出版社，2006）
• 徐利明：《中國書法通論》（南京大學出版社，2006）
• 劉煕載：《書槪評注》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2007）
• 沃興華：《從創作到臨摹》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，2007）
• 邱振中：《當代書法創作：理想與批評》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2007）
• 葉秀山：《說寫字：葉秀山論書法》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2007）
• 崔學路：《尺牘百法》（北京：中國書店，2008）
• 沙孟海、鄭紹昌：《書譜注釋》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2008）
• 沃興華：《書法創作論》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2008）
• 施子清：《書法經緯》（香港：天地圖書，2008）
• 王壯弘：《崇善樓書系》6冊（上海：上海書店出版社，2008）
• 馬昕：《敦煌古代書法藝術》（蘭州：甘肅人民出版社，2008）
• 方愛龍：《南宋書法史》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2008）
• 萬木春：《味水軒里的閒居者：萬曆末年嘉興的書畫世界》（杭州：中國美術學院出版社，2008）
• 張金梁：《明代書學詮選制度研究》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2008）
• 崔學路：《黑白之間：中國書法審美文化》（合肥：安徽教育出版社，2008）
• 沃興華：《書法技法新論》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，2009）
• 金學智、沈海牧：《書法美學引論：「新二十四書品」探析》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，2009）
• 徐利明：《中國古代書法理論研究叢書》（南京：江蘇美術出版社，2009）
• 雒三桂：《中國書法史》（北京：人民美術出版社，2009）
• 侯開嘉：《中國書法史新論》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2009）
• 陳方既：《中國書法美學思想史》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2009）
• 徐利明：《中國書法風格史》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2009）
• 姜壽田：《中國書法理論史》（鄭州：河南美術出版社，2009）
• 王元軍：《唐代書法與文化》（北京：中國大百科全書出版社，2009）
• 沈樂平：《敦煌書法綜論》（杭州：浙江古籍出版社，2009）
• 趙平安：《隸變研究》（石家莊：河北大學出版社，2009）
• 沃興華：《形勢衍：書法創作論之二》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2010）
• 中國教育學會書法教育專業委員會：《中國書法發展史》（天津：天津古籍出版社，2010）
• 白鶴：《中國書法藝術學》（上海：學林出版社，2010）
• 杏林：《中國法帖史》2冊（濟南：山東美術出版社，2010）
• 中國書法協會：《當代中國書法論文選》5卷（北京：榮寶齋出版社，2010）
• 邱振中：《書法的形態與闡釋》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2011）
• 邱振中：《書寫與觀照：關於書法的創作、陳述與批評》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2011）
• 邱振中：《神居何所：從書法史到書法研究方法論》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2011）
• 王菡薇、陶小軍：《敦煌南朝寫本書法研究》（臺北：蒼璧出版，2011）
• 崔爾平：《明清書論集》2冊（上海：上海辭書出版社，2011）
• 中國藝術研究院書法院：《晉唐楷書研究》（北京：榮寶齋出版社，2011）
• 武良成、陶宗儀、朱謀：《書史會要、續書史會要》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 汪永江：《書法章法形式原理》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2012）
• 余紹宋：《書畫書錄解題》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 張天弓：《中國書法大事年表》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2012）
• 邱振中：《筆法與章法》（南昌：江西美術出版社，2012）
• 武良成、張彦遠：《法書要錄》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 沃興華：《論斗方創作：書法創作論之三》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2012）
• 王延林：《隋智永千字文結構揭祕》（南京：江蘇美術出版社，2012）
• 武良成、朱長文、何立：《墨池編》2冊（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2012）
• 水賚佑：《《蘭亭序》研究史料集》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2013）
• 陳思、崔爾平：《書苑菁華校注》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2013）
• 王根權：《孫過庭書譜品評一百講》2冊（北京：人民日報出版社，2013）
• 武良成、桑世昌、俞松、白雲霜、古玉清：《蘭亭考、蘭亭續考》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2013）
• 故宮博物院［程同根、王靜、朱藍］：《蘭亭書法全集》3冊（北京：紫禁城出版社，2013）
• 水賚祐：《蘭亭序研究史料集》（上海：上海書畫出版社，2013）
• 曾迎三：《瘞鶴銘雅集》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2013）
• 羅勇來：《瘞鶴銘研究》（北京：榮寶齋出版社，2013）
• 姜正成：《江左風流：謝安》（北京：海潮出版社，2014）
• 胡抗美：《書為形學：胡抗美教學文獻》（北京：榮寶齋出版社，2014）
• 邱振中：《書法與中國社會》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2014）
• 邱振中：《書法與繪畫的相關性》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2014）
• 胡抗美：《中國書法章法研究》（北京：榮寶齋出版社，2014）
• 仲威：《碑帖鑑定概論》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2014）
• 沃興華：《論手卷創作：書法創作論之四》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2014）
• 劉東芹：《草書字法解析：文字學視角下的草法研究》（北京：高等教育出版社，2015）
• 錢依敏：《智永眞書千字文解析》（杭州：浙江人民美術出版社，2015）
• 楊仁愷：《中國古代書畫鑑定筆記》9冊（沈陽：遼寧人民出版社，2015）
• 馮亞君：《書法側鋒用筆研究》（長沙：湖南美術出版社，2015）
• 邱振中：《書法：從現象出發》（桂林：廣西師範大學出版社，2015）、
• 任平：《說隸：秦漢隸書研究》（北京：北京時代華文書局，2016）
• 馮翠兒：《漢魏六朝書法理論與文學理論關係探微》（南京：鳳凰出版社，2016）
• 甘中流：《中國書法批評史》（北京：人民美術出版社，2016）
• 劉琴麗：《漢魏六朝隋碑誌索引》6冊（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2019）

訓詁學 Semantica
• 郎奎金匯編：《五雅》（明天啟六年郎氏堂策檻刊本，1626）
• 周祖謨校箋；呉曉鈴通檢：《方言校箋及通檢》（北京：科學出版社，1956）
• 謝雲飛撰：《爾雅義訓釋例》（臺北：中國文化大學出版部，1969）
• 郝懿行撰：《爾雅義疏》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 周祖謨校箋：《爾雅校箋》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，1984）
• 王先謙；王念孫；郝懿行；錢繹撰：《爾雅、廣雅、方言、釋名：清疏四種合刊》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1989）
• 周祖謨校箋：〈釋名校箋〉（《文史》第四十七期，1998）
• 楊琳注：《小爾雅今注》（上海：漢語大詞典出版社，2002）
• 黃懷信集釋：《小爾雅匯校集釋》（西安：三秦出版社，2003）
• 李清桓撰：《郭璞方言注研究》（臺北：崇文書局，2006）
• 黃侃撰；黃焯整理；黃延祖重輯：《爾雅音訓》（北京：中華書局，2007）
• 遲鐸集釋：《小爾雅集釋》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 胡承珙、石雲孫校點：《小爾雅義證》（合肥：黃山書社，2011）
• 錢譯撰；李發舜、黃建中校點：《方言箋疏》（北京：中華書局，2013）
• 劉熙撰：《明翻宋本釋名：四部叢刊初編》（北京：中國書店，2016）
• 郭璞注：《爾雅：古逸叢書全編》（北京：中華書局、2016）
• 錢大昭撰；黃建中、李發舜校點：《廣雅義疏》（北京：中華書局，2016）
• 王念孫撰；張靖偉、樊波成、馬濤校點：《廣雅疏證》（上海：古籍出版社，2016）
• 邵晉涵撰；李嘉翼、祝鴻傑校點：《爾雅正義》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2017）
• 邢昺撰：《宋本爾雅疏》（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2018）
• 戴震撰：《方言疏證》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2018）
• 揚雄撰；郭璞注：《宋本揚子法言》（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2019）
• 顧野王撰；呂浩校點：《大廣益會玉篇》（北京：中華書局，2019）
• 顧野王撰：《珍本玉篇音義集成》（上海：上海人民出版社，2020）
• 劉煕撰；畢沅疏證；王先謙補：《釋名疏證補》（北京：中華書局，2021）

• 陸宗達、王寧：《訓詁方法論》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1983）
• 黃侃述、黃焯編：《文字聲韻訓詁筆記》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1983）
• 白兆麟：《簡明訓詁學》（浙江教育出版社，1984）
• 洪誠：《訓詁學》（南京：江蘇古籍出版社，1984）
• 齊佩瑢：《訓詁學概論》（北京:中華書局，1984）
• 張永言：《訓詁學簡論》（武昌：華中工學院出版社，1985）
• 郭在貽：《訓詁學》（長沙：湖南人民出版社，1986）
• 蘇仰光：《訓詁學》（太原：山西省教育學院，1986）
• 周大璞：《訓詁學初稿》（武漢：湖北大學出版社，1987）
• 黃建中：《訓詁學教程》（武漢：荊楚書社，1988）
• 程俊英、梁永昌：《應用訓詁學》（上海：華東師范大學出版社，1989）
• 陳紱：《訓詁學基礎》（北京：北京師范大學出版社，1990）
• 宋子然：《訓詁學》（成都：電子科技大學出版社，1993）
• 郭芹納：《訓詁學》（西安：陝西師范大學出版社，1994）
• 王寧：《訓詁學原理》（北京：中國國際廣播出版社，1996）
• 孫雍長：《訓詁原理》（北京：語文出版社，1997）
• 楊端志：《訓詁學》（臺北：五南圖書出版，1997）
• 吳慶峰：《音韻訓詁研究》（濟南：齊魯書社，2002）
• 趙振鐸：《訓詁學綱要（修訂本）》（成都：巴蜀書社，2003）
• 富金壁：《訓詁學說略》（武漢：湖北人民出版社，2003）
• 孟憲實：《漢唐文化與高昌歷史》（濟南：齊魯書社，，2004）
• 蘇寶榮、武建宇：《訓詁學》（北京：語文出版社，2005）
• 孫永選、闞景忠：《新編訓詁學綱要》（濟南：齊魯書社，2007）
• 方一新：《訓詁學槪論》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，2008）
• 陸忠發：《現代訓詁學探論》（杭州：浙江大學出版社，2008）
• 黎千駒：《現代訓詁學導論》（武漢：華中師范大學出版社，2008）
• 馮浩菲：《中國訓詁學》（濟南：山東大學出版社，2009）
• 許威漢：《訓詁學》（北京：商務印書館，2014）
• 蘇建洲：《新訓詁學》（臺北：五南圖書出版，2016）

• 盧承琰、劉淇：《助字辨略》20卷（海城盧承琰本，1711；北京：中華書局，1954）
• 王引之：《經傳釋詞》5卷（1798；臺北：漢京文化事業，1983）
• 楊樹達：《詞詮》（北京：中華書局，1928）
• 裴學海：《古書虚字集釋》（北京：中華書局，1954）
• 吴昌瑩：《經詞衍釋》（北京：中華書局，1956）
• 楊伯峻：《古漢語虛詞》（北京：中華書局，1981）
• 王力：《同源字典》（北京：商務印書館，1982）
• 王力：《古漢語字典》（北京：中華書局，1984）
• 何樂士：《古代漢語虚詞通釋》（北京：北京出版社，1985）
• 趙誠：《甲骨文簡明詞典》（北京：中華書局，1988）
• 謝紀鋒：《虛詞詁林》（哈爾賓：黒龍江人民出版社，1992）
• 高守綱：《古代漢語詞義通論》（北京：語文出版社，1994）
• 張玉金：《甲骨文虛詞詞典》（北京：中華書局，1994）
• 崔永東：《西周金文虛詞集釋》（北京：中華書局，1994）
• 馬文熙、張歸璧：《古漢語知識詳解辭典》（北京：中華書局，1996）
• 王海芬：《古漢語虛詞詞典》（北京：北京大學出版社，1996）
• 駢宇騫、王鐵柱：《語言文字詞典》（北京：學苑出版社，1999）
• 張斌：《現代漢語虛詞詞典》（北京：商務印書館，2001）
• 王政白：《古漢語虛詞詞典》（合肥：黃山書社，2002）
• 中國社會科學院語言研究所：《古代漢語虚詞詞典》（北京：商務印書館，2002）
• 宗福邦、陳世鐃、蕭海波主編：《故訓匯纂》（北京：商務印書館，2003）
• 白玉林：《古漢語虛詞詞典》（北京：中華書局，2004）
• 韓崢嶸：《古漢語虛詞手冊》（長春：吉林教育出版社，2005）
• 王海根：《古代漢語通假字大字典》（福州：福建人民出版社，2006）
• 蕭旭：《古書虛詞旁釋》（揚州：廣陵書社，2007）
• 王輝：《古文字通假字典》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 白於藍：《戰國秦漢簡帛古書通假字彙纂》（福州：福建人民出版，2012）
• 白於藍：《簡帛古書通假字大系》（福州：福建人民出版社，2017）

• 王力：《漢語史稿》（北京：中央社会科學出版社，1958）
• 王力：《漢語詩律學》（上海：新知識出版社，1958）
• 呂叔湘：《文言虚字》（上海：上海教育出版社，1959）
• 陸志韋：《漢語的構詞法》（北京：科學出版社，1964）
• 陸志韋：《詩韻譜》（臺北：太平書局，1966）
• 丁聲樹：《現代漢語語法講話》（北京：商務印書館，1980）
• 王力：《詩經韻讀》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1980）
• 周秉鈞：《古漢語綱要》（長沙：湖南人民出版社，1981）
• 王力：《古代漢語》（北京：中華書局，1981）
• 管燮初：《西周金文語法研究》（北京：商務印書館，1981）
• 朱徳煕：《語法講義》（北京：商務印書館，1982）
• 山東社會科學院語言文學研究所：《先秦漢語研究》（濟南：山東教育出版社，1982）
• 李新魁：《漢語文言語法》（廣州：廣東人民出版社，1983）
• 許威漢：《先秦文學及語言例論》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，1984）
• 朱徳煕：《語法答問》（北京：商務印書館，1985）
• 太田辰夫；蔣紹愚、徐昌華譯：《中國語歷史文法》（北京：北京大學出版社，1987）
• 張斌：《漢語語法研究》（北京：商務印書館，1989）
• 朱徳煕：《語法叢稿》（上海：上海教育出版社，1990）
• 徐通鏘：《歷史語言學》（北京：商務印書館，1991）
• 沈培：《殷墟甲骨卜辭語序研究》（臺北：文津出版社，1992）
• 劭敬敏：《漢語語法學史稿》（上海：上海教育出版社，1993）
• 潘秋平：《上古漢語與格句式研究》（南昌：江西教育出版社，1996）
• 郭錫良等編：《古代漢語》（天津：天津教育出版社，1996-97）
• 馮勝利：《漢語韻律句法學》（上海：上海教育出版社，2000）
• 宋永培：《古漢語詞義系統研究》（呼和浩特：內蒙古教育出版社，2000）
• 吳金華：《古文獻整理與古漢語研究》（南京：江蘇古籍出版社，2001）
• 張玉金：《甲骨文語法學》（北京：学林出版社，2001）
• 殷國光：《上古漢語語法研究》（北京：中國大百科全書出版社，2002）
• 張美蘭：《祖堂集語法研究》（北京：商務印書館，2003）
• 徐朝華：《上古漢語語匯史》（北京：商務印書館，2003）
• 王鍈：《近代漢語詞匯語法散論》（北京：商務印書館，2004）
• 張玉金：《西周漢語語法研究》（北京：商務印書館，2004）
• 潘玉坤：《西周金文語序研究》（上海：華東師范大學出版社，2005）
• 易孟醇：《先秦語法》（長沙：湖南大學出版社，2005）
• 蒲立本：《古漢語語法綱要》（北京：語文出版社，2006）
• 金理新：《上古漢語形態研究》（合肥：黃山書社，2006）
• 方有國：《上古漢語語法研究》（成都：巴蜀書社，2007）
• 劉月華、潘文娛、故韡：《實用現代漢語語法》（北京：商務印書館，2007）
• 白玉林：《古漢語語法》（北京：中國社会科學出版社，2008）
• 李載霖：《古漢語語法學述略》（長春：吉林大學出版社，2011）
• 許威漢：《古漢語詞詮》（上海：上海交通大學出版社，2011）
• 袁慶德：《古漢語詞匯學》（長春：吉林大學出版社，2011）
• 姚振武：《上古漢語語法史》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2015）

經學 Lexologia
• 島邦男：《老子校正》（京都：汲古書院，1973）
• 河洛圖書出版社編輯部：《帛書老子》（臺北：河洛圖書出版社，1975）
• 鄭成海：《老子河上公注疏證》（臺北：華正書局，1978）
• 樓宇烈：《王弼集校釋》（北京：中華書局，1980）
• 呂東萊：《音注河上公老子道德經：據宋麻沙本影印》（臺北：廣文書局，1990）
• 饒宗頤：《老子想爾注校證》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1991）
• 黃釗：《帛書老子校注析》（臺北：臺灣學生書局有限公司，1991）
• 王卡：《老子道德經河上公章句》（北京：中華書局，1993）
• 尹振環：《帛書老子釋析》（貴陽：貴州人民出版社，1995）
• 高明：《帛書老子校注》（北京：中華書局，1996）
• 丁原植：《郭店竹簡老子釋析與研究》（臺北：萬卷樓，1998）
• 戴維：《帛書老子校釋》(湖南：岳麓書社，1998）
• 侯才：《郭店楚墓竹簡老子校讀》（大連：大連出版社，1999）
• 彭浩：《郭店楚簡老子校讀》（武漢：湖北人民出版社，2000）
• 徐志鈞：《老子帛書校注》（上海：學林出版社，2002）
• 廖名春：《郭店楚簡老子校釋》（北京：清華大學出版社，2003）
• 劉坤生：《老子解讀》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2004）
• 王德有：《老子指歸譯注》（北京：商務印印書館，2004）
• 尹振環：《帛書老子再疏義》（北京：商務印書館，2007）
• 丁四新：《郭店楚竹書〈老子〉校注》（武漢：武漢大学出版社，2010）
• 彭裕商、吴毅强：《郭店楚簡老子集釋》（成都：巴蜀書社，2011）
• 楊丙安；楊雯：《老子古本合校》（北京：中華書局，2014）

• 郭慶藩；王孝魚：《莊子集釋》（北京：中華書局，1961）
• 王淮：《老子探義》（臺北：臺灣商務印書館，1969）
• 鄭成海：《老子河上公注斠理》（臺北：臺灣中華書局，1970）
• 許抗生：《帛書老子注釋與研究》（杭州：浙江人民出版社，1982）
• 鄭良樹：《老子論集》（臺北：世界書局，1983）
• 朱謙之、任繼俞：《老子釋譯》（臺北：里仁書局，1985）
• 徐梵澄：《老子臆解》（北京：中華書局，1988）
• 余明光：《黃帝四經與黃老思想》（哈爾濱：黑龍江人民出版社，1989）
• 袁保新：《老子哲學之詮釋與重建》（臺北：文津出版社，1991）
• 陳麗桂：《戰國時期的黃老思想》（臺北：聯經出版社，1991）
• 鄭成海：《老子學說研究》（臺北：華正書局，1992）
• 陳鼓應：《老莊新論》（臺北：五南出版社，1993）
• 胡哲敷：《老莊哲學》（臺北：臺灣中華書局，1993）
• 劉笑敢：《莊子哲學及其演變》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1993）
• 吳怡：《新譯老子解義》（臺北：三民書局，1994）
• 陳鼓應：《黃帝四經今註今譯：馬王堆漢墓出土帛書》（臺北：臺灣商務印書館，1995）
• 陳麗桂：《秦漢時期的黃老思想》（臺北：文津出版社，1997）
• 魏元珪：《老子思想體系探索》（臺北：新文豐出版公司，1997）
• 李增：《淮南子哲學思想研究》（臺北：洪葉文化事業有限公司，1997）
• 崔仁義：《荆門郭店楚簡〈老子〉研究》（北京：科學出版社，1998）
• 吳相武：〈關於《河上公注》的成書年代〉〈《老子想爾注》之年代和作者考〉（《道家文化研究》十五，1999）
• 魏啓鵬：《郭店楚簡《老子》解詁》（臺北：藝文印書館，1999）
• 魏啓鵬：《楚簡〈老子〉柬釋》（臺北：萬卷樓圖書有限公司，1999）
• 劉福增：《老子哲學新論》（臺北：東大圖書公司，1999）
• 高定彝：《老子道德經研究》（北京：北京廣播學院出版社，1999）
• 鄒安華：《楚簡與帛書老子》（北京：民族出版社，2000）
• 劉笑敢：《老子》（臺北：東大圖書公司，2000）
• 陳鼓應：《老子今註今譯及評介》（臺北：商務印書館，2000）
• 胡興榮：《老子四家注研究》（南寧：廣西教育出版社，2000）
• 孫以楷：《老子通論》（合肥：安徽大學出版社，2000）
• 尹振環：《帛書老子與老子術》（貴陽：貴州人民出版社，2000）
• 尹振環：《楚簡老子辨析》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 陳永栽、黃炳輝：《老子章句解讀》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2001）
• 朱維煥：《老子道德經闡釋》（臺北：臺灣學生書局，2001）
• 陳鼓應、白奚：《老子評傳》（南京：南京大學出版社，2001）
• 邢文：《郭店老子：東西方學者的對話》（北京：學苑出版社，2002）
• 李先耕：《老子今析》（中國社会科学出版社，2002）
• 王強：《老子道德經新研》（北京：崑崙出版社，2002）
• 王葆玹：《老莊學新探》（上海：上海文化出版社，2002）
• 嚴敏：《老子辨析及啟示》（成都：巴蜀書社，2003）
• 劉光蓉：《老子淺說》（合肥：黃山書社，2003）
• 吳怡：《禪與老莊》（臺北：三民書局，2003）
• 張靖：《帛書與楚簡老子注》（北京：燕山出版社，2012）

哲學 Philosophia
• 周紹賢：《兩漢哲學》（臺北：文景出版社，1972）
• 嚴一萍：《帛書竹簡》（臺北：藝文印書館，1976）
• 李震：《哲學的宇宙觀》（臺北：臺灣學生書局，1980）
• 李學勤：〈論楚帛書中的天象〉（《湖南考古輯刊》第一輯：69，1982）
• 任繼愈：《中國哲學發展史：秦漢》（北京：人民出版社，1985）
• 祝端開：《兩漢思想史》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1989）
• 李學勤：《簡帛佚籍與學術史》（臺北：時報出版社，1994）
• 涂又光：《楚國哲學史》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，1995）
• 金春峰：《漢代思想史》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，1997）
• 徐復觀：《兩漢思想史》（上海：華東師範大學出版社，1997）
• 陳松長：《帛書史話》（北京：中國大百科全書出版社，2000）
• 蔡靖泉：《楚文化流變史》（武漢：湖北人民出版社，2001）
• 曾春海：《兩漢魏晉哲學史》（臺北：五南出版社，2002）
• 姜廣輝：《中國經學思想史：第一卷》（北京：中國社會科學出版社，2003）

• 銀雀山漢墓竹簡整理小組：《孫臏兵法》（文物出版社，1975）
• 河洛圖書出版社編輯部：《竹簡兵法》（臺北：河洛圖書出版社，1975）
• 銀雀山漢墓竹簡整理小組：《孫子兵法》（文物出版社，1976）
• 張震澤：《孫臏兵法校理》（中華書局，1984）
• 陳奇猷：《呂氏春秋校釋》（上海：學林出版社，1984）
• 鄧球柏：《帛書周易校釋》（湖南人民出版社，1987）
• 胡平生：《阜陽漢簡詩經研究》（上海古籍出版社，1988）
• 駢宇騫：《銀雀山竹簡晏子春秋校釋》（臺北：萬卷樓圖書有限公司，1988）
• 李零：《《孫子》古本研究》（北京：北京大学出版社，1995）
• 王先慎：《韓非子集解》（北京：中華書局，1998）
• 何寧：《淮南子集釋》（北京：中華書局，1998）
• 李興斌、楊玲：《孫子兵法新譯》（齊魯書社，2001）
• 王利器：《呂氏春秋注疏》（成都：巴蜀書社，2002）
• 田昌五、李興斌、邵斌：《孫臏兵法新釋》（齊魯書社，2004）
• 黎翔鳳：《管子校注》（北京：中華書局，2004）
• 程貞一、聞人軍：《周髀算經譯注》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2012）
• 胡寧：《楚簡逸詩》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2018）

年代學 Chronologia
• 董作賓：〈甲骨文斷代研究例〉（《中央研究院歷史語言研究所集刊外編》1，1933）
• 吳其昌：《金文世族譜》4卷（上海：商務印書館，1936）
• 吳其昌：《金文曆朔疏證》5卷（上海：商務印書館，1936）
• 劉朝陽：《周初曆法考》（成都：華西協合大學中國文化研究所，1944）
• 董作賓：《殷曆譜》（北京：國立中央研究院歴史語言研究所，1945）
• 德效騫（H. H. Dubs）：〈商朝年代〉（《通報》40(4/5)，1951）
• 董作賓：〈甲骨文新代研究的十個標準〉（《大陸雜誌》4(8)，1952）
• 陳夢家：《西周年代考：六國紀年》（北京：中華書局，1955）
• 陳夢家：《殷虛卜辭綜述》（北京：科學出版社，1956）
• 葉慈（Walter Perceval Yetts）：《三代年表（ChronologicalTablesoftheThreeDynasties）》（London：Routledge&KeganPaul，1957）
• 陳夢家：《西周銅器斷代》（北京：中華書局，1957）
• 章鴻釗：《中國古歷析疑》〈武王克殷年考〉（北京：科學出版社，1958）
• 丁山：《商周史料考證》（北京：北京圖書館出版社，1960）
• 董作賓：《中國年曆總譜》（香港：香港大學出版社，1960）
• 張培瑜：〈甲骨文日月食紀事的整理研究〉（《天文學報》16(2)，1975）
• 黎東方：《西周青銅器銘文中之年代學資料》（臺北：臺灣學生書局，1975）
• 馬承源：《西周金文和周曆的研究》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1982）
• 林巳奈夫：《殷周時代青銅器の研究》（京都：吉川弘文館，1984）
• 林巳奈夫：《戰國時代出土文物の研究》（京都：京都大学人文科学研究所，1985）
• 唐蘭：《西周青銅器銘文分代史徵》（北京：中華書局，1986）
• 何幼琦：《西周年代學論叢》（武漢：湖北人民出版社，1989）
• 中國社会科學院考古研究所：《中國古天文文物論集》（北京：文物出版社，1989）
• 李仲操：《西周年代》（北京：文物出版社，1991）
• 黃天樹：《殷墟王卜的分類與斷代》（臺北：文津出版社，1991）
• 方述鑫：《殷墟卜辭斷代研究》（臺北：文津出版社，1992）
• 彭裕商：《殷墟甲骨斷代》（北京：中國社会科學出版社，1994）
• 李學勤、彭裕商：《殷墟甲骨分期研究》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1996）
• 李仲操：〈對武王克商年份的更正：兼論夏商周年代〉（《中原文物》(1)，1997）
• 張培瑜：《三千五百年歷日天象》（鄭州：大象出版社，1997）
• 北京師範大學國學所編：《武王克商之年研究》（北京：北京師范大學出版社，1997）
• 劉學順：〈殷墟卜辭所記月食的年代〉（《殷都學刊》(1)，1998）
• 朱鳳瀚、張榮明：《西周諸王年代研究》（貴陽：貴州人民出版社，1998）
• 常玉芝：《殷商曆法研究》（長春：吉林文史出版社，1998）
• 李學勤：《夏商周年代學札記》（沈陽：遼寧大學出版社，1999）
• 杜勇：〈關於令方彝的年代問題〉（《中國史研究》2001年第2期，2001）
• 中島敏夫：《三皇五帝夏禹先秦資料集成》（東京：汲古書院，2001）
• 馮時：《中國天文考古學》（北京：社會科學文獻出版，2001）
• 杜勇、沈長雲：《金文斷代方法探微》（北京：人民出版社，2002）
• 劉啓益：《西周紀年》（廣収：廣東教育出版社，2002）
• 彭裕商：《西周青銅器年代綜合研究》（成都：巴蜀書社，2003）
• 周良霄、顧菊英：《中國斷代史系列》（上海人民出版社，2003）
• 王程遠：《商周斷代新考》（成都：四川大學出版社，2007）
• 倪德衞（David S. Nivison）：《竹書紀年解謎（TheRiddleoftheBambooAnnals）》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2009）
• 宋志英：《《竹書紀年》研究文献輯刊》10冊（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2010）
• 宋志英：《《國語》研究文獻輯刊》10冊（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2012）
• 王程遠：《西周金文王年考辨》（成都：四川大學出版社，2012）
• 張富祥：《竹書紀年與夏商周年代研究》（北京：中華書局，2013）
• 嚴志斌：《商代青銅器銘文分期斷代研究》（北京：社會科學文獻出版社，2014）
• 陸勇飛：《西周金文歷法斷代與研究》（北京：三秦出版社，2017）
• 李珮瑜：《西周出土銅器銘文之組成類型研究》（臺北：萬卷樓，2018）

歴史學 Historia
• 范祥雍：《古本竹書紀年輯校訂補》（上海：新知識出版社，1956）
• 陳壽：《三國志》（北京：中華書局，1962）
• 班固撰；顏師古注：《漢書》（北京：中華書局，1962）
• 皇甫謐；徐宗元：《帝王世紀輯存》（北京：中華書局，1964）
• 司馬彪；劉昭注補：《後漢書志》（北京：中華書局，1965）
• 朱右曾、王國維：《古本竹書紀年輯校》（沈陽：遼寧教育出版社，1997）
• 司馬遷：《史記》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1997）
• 范瞱：《後漢書》（杭州：浙江古籍出版社，2000）
• 班固：《漢書》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2003）
• 方詩銘、王修齢：《古本竹書紀年輯証》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2005）
• 張覚：《吳越春秋》（長沙：岳麓書社，2006）
• 黄懷信：《逸周書彙校集注》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2007）
• 虞世南撰；陳虎譯注：《帝王略論》（北京：中華書局，2008）

• 林劍鳴：《秦史稿》（上海：上海人民出版社，1981）
• 高敏：《秦漢史論集》（鄭州：中州書畫社，1982）
• 董楚平：《吳越文化新探》（杭州：浙江人民出版社，1988）
• 大庭脩：《秦漢法制史研究》（上海：上海人民出版社，1991）
• 劉寶才、錢遜：《先秦史》（臺北：五南股份有限公司，2002）
• 張金光：《秦制研究》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2004）
• 黃樸民：《秦漢統一戰略研究》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2007）
• 孫家洲：《秦漢法律文化研究》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2007）
• 李小樹：《秦漢魏晉南北朝史學史稿》（北京：中國人民大學出版社，2007）
• 李曉菊：《唐宋檔案文獻編纂研究》（北京：社会科學文獻出版社，2014）
• 黃銘崇、梅建軍、陳昭容、陳芳妹、滕銘予：《中國史新論：古代文明的形成分冊》（臺北：中央研究院、聯經出版公司，2016）

校讎學 Stemmatologia
• 歐陽詢輯錄；汪紹楹校註：《藝文類聚》（624；上海：上海古籍出版社，1965）
• 魏徵、褚亮、虞世南、蕭德言：《群書治要》28冊（631；北京：中國書店出版社，2012）
• 陳介祺、鄒安：《簠齋藏古冊》（睢寧姬氏鉛印本，1920）

• 胡朴安、胡道靜：《校讎學》（北京：商務印書館，1931）
• 梁啟超：《古書真偽及其年代》（北京：中華書局，1955）
• 陳國慶：《古籍版本淺說》（沈陽：遼寧人民出版社，1957）
• 王叔岷：《斠讎學》（臺北：中央研究院歷史語言研究所，1959）
• 昌彼得：《中國目錄學講義》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1973）
• 昌彼得：《版本目錄學論叢》（臺北：學海出版社，1977）
• 陳國慶：《版本學》（臺北：西南書局，1978）
• 劉國鈞、鄭如斯：《中國書史簡編》（北京：書目文獻出版社，1982）
• 魏隱儒、王金雨：《古籍版本鑑定叢談》（北京：印刷工業出版社，1984）
• 魏隱儒：《中國古籍印刷史》（北京：印刷工業出版社，1984）
• 蔣元卿：《校讎學史》（安徽：黃山書社，1985）
• 張舜徽：《文獻學論著輯要》（西安：陝西人民出版社，1985）
• 李清志：《古書版本鑑定研究》（臺北：文史哲出版社，1986）
• 張君炎：《中國文學文獻學》（南昌：江西人民出版社，1986）
• 倪其心：《校勘學大綱》（北京：北京大學出版社，1987）
• 章學誠、王重民：《校讎通義通解》（上海：上海古籍出版社，1987）
• 施廷鏞：《中國古籍版本概要》（天津：天津古籍出版社，1987）
• 瞿冕良：《版刻質疑》（濟南：齊魯書社，1987）
• 錢玄：《校勘學》（南京：江蘇古籍出版社，1988）
• 嚴佐之：《古籍版本學概論》（上海：華東師范大學出版社，1989）
• 羅孟禎：《古典文獻學》（重慶：重慶出版社，1989）
• 戴南海：《版本學概論》（成都：巴蜀出版社，1989）
• 李致忠：《古書版本學概論》（北京：書目文獻出版社，1990）
• 蔣伯潛：《校讎目錄學篡要》（北京：北京大學出版社，1990）
• 杜定友：《校讎新義》（上海：上海書店，1991）
• 曹之：《中國古籍版本學》（武昌：武漢大學出版社，1992）
• 姚伯岳：《版本學》（北京：北京大學出版社，1993）
• 李致忠：《宋版書敘錄》（北京：書目文獻出版社，1994）
• 孫欽善：《中國古文獻學史》（北京：中華書局，1994）
• 洪湛侯：《中國文獻學新編》（杭州：杭州大學出版社，1994）
• 周少川：《古籍目錄學》（鄭州：中州古籍出版社，1996）
• 侯曉明：《中國文學文獻學》（武漢：湖北教育出版社，1996）
• 李致忠：《古書版本鑑定》（北京：文物出版社，1997）
• 魏隱儒：《古籍版本鑑賞》（北京：北京燕山出版社，1997）
• 謝玉傑、王繼光：《中國歷史文獻學》（北京：民族出版社，1999）
• 宿白：《唐宋時期的雕版印刷》（北京：文物出版社，1999）
• 李致忠：《古代版印通論》（北京：紫禁城出版社，2000）
• 熊篤、許廷桂：《中國古典文獻學》（重慶：重慶出版社，2000）
• 曾貽芬、崔文印：《中國歷史文獻學史述要》（北京：商務印書館，2000）
• 鄭鶴聲、鄭鶴春：《中國文獻學概要》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2001）
• 傅旋琮、謝灼華：《中國藏書通史》（寧波：寧波出版社，2001）
• 曾貽芬、崔文印：《中國歷史文獻學》（北京：學苑出版社，2001）
• 杜澤遜：《文獻學槪要》（北京：中華書局，2001）
• 余嘉錫：《余嘉錫說文獻學》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2001）
• 毛春翔：《古書版本常談：插圖增訂本》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2002）
• 姚名達：《中國目錄學史》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2002）
• 管錫華：《漢語古籍校勘學》（成都：巴蜀書社，2003）
• 劉琳、吳洪澤：《古籍整理學》（成都：四川大學出版社，2003）
• 黃丕烈、王國維：《宋版書考錄》（北京：北京圖書館出版社，2003）
• 劉國進：《中國上古圖書源流》（北京：新華出版社，2003）
• 楊燕起、高國抗：《中國歷史文獻學》（北京：北京圖書館出版社，2003）
• 劉建國：《先秦偽書辯正》（西安：陝西人民出版社，2004）
• 王欣夫：《文獻學講義》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2004）
• 陳正宏、梁穎：《古籍印本鑑定概說》（上海：上海辭書出版社，2005）
• 黃永年：《古籍版本學》（南京：江蘇教育出版社，2005）
• 吳楓：《中國古典文獻學》（濟南：齊魯書社，2005）
• 張舜徽：《中國文獻學》（上海：上海古籍出版社，2005）
• 趙含坤：《中國類書》（石家莊：河北人民出版社，2005）
• 余嘉錫：《目錄學發微》（北京：中華書局，2007）
• 羅江文：《中國古典文獻學綱要》（成都：巴蜀書社，2008）
• 杜澤遜：《文獻學概要》（北京：中華書局，2008）
• 王餘光：《文獻學與文獻學家》（北京：國家圖書館出版社，2008）
• 徐邦達：《古書畫鑑定概論》（北京：故宮出版社，2015）
• 何志華、林麗玲：《古籍傳注異文訓詁集證》（香港：香港中文大學出版社，2015）
• 向宗魯：《校讎學》（北京：商務印書館，2017）

• Edward Maunde Thompson (1893). Handbook of Greek and Latin palaeography, New York: D. Appleton.
• Robert George Collier Proctor (1900). The printing of Greek in the 15th century, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Louis Havet (1911). Manuel de critique verbale appliquée aux textes latins, Paris: Hachette.
• Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff (1921). Geschichte der Philologie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Paul Maas (1927). Textkritik, Leipzig: Teubner; (1958). Textual Criticism, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Edgar Lobel (1933). The Greek manuscripts of Aristotle's poetics, London: Oxford University Press.
• Giorgio Pasquali (1934). Storia della tradizione e critica del testo, Florenz: Felice le Monnier.
• Eric Gardiner Turner (1954). Athenian books in the fifth and fourth centuries B.C., London: H. K. Lewis.
• Richard R. Walzer (1958). On the Arabic versions of books Α and Λ of Aristotle's "Metaphysics", Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Sebastiano Timpanaro (1963). La genesi del metodo del Lachmann, Padova: Liviana.
• Roger Ambrose Pack (1965). The Greek and Latin literary texts from Greco-Roman Egypt, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
• Robert Renehan (1968). Greek Textual Criticism, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Eric Gardner Turner (1968). Greek papyri, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Tönnes Kleberg (1969). Buchhandel und Verlagswesen in der Antike, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchges.
• Rudolf Kassel (1971). Der Text der aristotelischen Rhetorik, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Jean Irigoin (1972). Règles et recommandations pour les éditions critiques (série grecque), Paris: Les belles lettres.
• James Willis (1972). Latin Textual Criticism, Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
• Rutherford Aris; Elias A Lowe (1972-82). Codices Latini antiquiores, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Martin Litchfield West (1973).Textual criticism and editorial technique applicable to Greek and Latin texts, Stuttgart: B.G. Teubner.
• Naphtali Lewis (1974). Papyrus in classical antiquity, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Leighton Durham Reynolds; Nigel Guy Wilson (1974). Scribes and Scholars: A Guide to the Transmission of Greek and Latin Literature, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• James E. G. Zetzel (1981). Latin textual criticism in antiquity, New York: Arno Press.
• Leighton Durham Reynolds (1983). Texts and transmission: a survey of the Latin classics, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• James Willis (1987). Latin textual criticism, Urbana: University of Illinois.
• Eric Gardner Turner; Peter John Parsons (1987). Greek manuscripts of the ancient world, London: University of London.
• Giorgio Pasquali (1988). Storia della tradizione e critica del testo, Firenze: Le Lettere.
• Bernhard Bischoff; Dáibhí Cróinín; David Ganz (1990). Latin palaeography: antiquity and the Middle Ages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jayant Thaker (1992). A Rationale of Textual Criticism, University of Pennsylvania Press.
• George Bornstein, Ralph G. Williams (1993). Palimpsest: Editorial Theory in the Humanities, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
• David Greetham (1995). Scholarly Editing, New York: Modern Language Association of America; (1999). Theories of the Text, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Margot van Mulken; Pieter van Reenen (1996/2004). Studies in Stemmatology, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
• Pascale Bourgain; Françoise Vieillard (2002). Conseils pour l'édition des textes médiévaux: Textes littéraires, Paris: Comité des travaux historiques et scientifiques.
• Rafey Habib (2005). A History of Literary Criticism, Cambridge: Blackwell.
• Bruce MacIntyre; George Feder (2011). Music Philology, Hillsfale: Pendragon Press.
• Martin Worthington (2012). Principles of Akkadian Textual Criticism, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Elena Pierazzo (2015). Digital Scholarly Editing: Theories, Models and Methods, London: Routledge.
• Richard John Tarrant (2016). Texts, editors, and readers: methods and problems in Latin textual criticism, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Frank T. Coulson; Robert Gary Babcock (2020). The Oxford handbook of Latin palaeography, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Philipp Roelli (2020). Handbook of Stemmatology, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

• William Shakespeare (1609). Shake-speares sonnets: neuer before imprinted, London: Thomas Thorpe/William Aspley.
• Sophocles; Sam Musgravius (1800). Sophoclis fragmenta ex editione Brunckiana, Oxonii: E typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Theodor Benfey (1848). Sāmavedārcikam: Die Hymnen des Sâma-Veda, Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Marcus Terentius Varro; August Wilmanns (1863). De M. Terenti Varronis libris grammaticis particula, Bonnae: Caroli Georgi.
• Anicius Manlius Torquatus Severinus Boëthius; Gottfried Friedlein (1867). Anicii Manlii Torquati Severini Boetii De institutione arithmetica libri duo: De institutione musica libri quinque. Accedit geometria quæ fertur Boetii, Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubneri.
• Albius Tibullus; Emil Baehrens (1878). Elegiarum Libri Duo, Accedunt Pseudotibulliana, Lipsiae: B.G. Teubneri.
• Sophocles; Richard Claverhouse Jebb (1883-1900). Oedipus Tyrannus, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Marcus Tullius Cicero; Augustus S. Wilkins (1902-03). M. Tullii Ciceronis rhetorica, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Marcus Aurelius Antoninus; Jan Hendrik Leopold (1908). M. Antonius imperator ad se ipsum, Oxonii: E typographeo Clarendoniano.
• William Shakespeare; William George Clark; William Aldis Wright (1911). The Complete Works of William Shakespeare, New York: Grosset & Dunlap.
• Titus Livius; Robert Seymour Conway; Carl Flamstead Walters; Charles Flamstead Walters (1914). Titi Livi ab urbe condita, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Homer; David B. Monro; Thomas W. Allen (1920-46). Homeri opera, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Thucydides; Karl Hude; Henry Stuart Jones; J. Enoch Powell (1942). Thucydidis Historiae, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Albius Tibullus; John P. Postgate (1962). Tibulli aliorumque carminum libri tres, recognovit brevique adnotatione critica instruxit, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Publius Vergilius Maro; Roger Aubrey Baskerville Mynors (1969). P. Vergili Maronis opera, Oxonii: E. Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Marcus Fabius Quintilianus; Michael Winterbottom (1970). M. Fabi Quintiliani Institutionis oratoriae libri duodecim, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Okko Behrends; Rolf Knütel; Berthold Kupisch (1990). Corpus Iuris Civilis, Heidelberg: C.F. Müller Juristischer Verlag.
• Quintus Horatius Flaccus; Heathcote William Garrod; Edward Charles Wickham (2007). Q. Horati Flacci Opera, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

• Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina; Franz Xaver Haberl (1862-1907). Opera omnia Ioannis Petraloysii Praenestini i-xxxiii, Lipsiae: Breitkopf et Härtel.
• Abbaye Saint-Pierre de Solesmes (1889-). Paleographie musicale: les principaux manuscrits de chant grégorien, ambrosien, mozarabe, gallican publiés en fac-similés phototypiques par les Bénédictins de Solesmes, Tournai: Desclée & Socii.
• Johann Jacob Froberger; Guido Adler (1897/1903). Orgel- und Klavierwerke I-III, G. Denkmäler der tonkunst in Österreich, Graz: Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt.
• Raffaele Casimiri; Lavinio Virgili; Knud Jeppesen; Lino Bianchi; Giancarlo Rostirolla (1939-99). Opere Complete di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Roma: Istituto Italiano per la Storia della Musica.
• Frédéric Chopin; Ludwik Bronarski; Ignacy Paderewski; Józef Turczyński; Kazimierz Sikorski (1937/61). Fryderyk Chopin - Dzieła wszystkie, Kraków: Polskie Wydawnictwo Muzyczne.
• Guillaume Dufay; Heinrich Besseler; David Fallows (1951-95). Opera omnia, Corpus mensurabilis musicæ, Middleton: American Institute of Musicology.
• Alison Hall (1980). Palestrina: an index to the Casimiri, Kalmus, and Haberl editions, Philadelphia: Music Library Association.
• Paolo Fragapane (1981). Indice alfabetico per incipit verbali delle opere di G. Pierluigi da Palestrina, Firenze: Centro Stampa Palagi.
• Henri Auguste Omont (1886-98). Inventaire sommaire des manuscrits grecs de la Bibliothèque nationale, Paris: A. Picard.
• Edward H. Roesner (1993). Magnus Liber Organi de Notre-Dame de Paris, Monaco: L'Oiseau Lyre.
• Frank Anthony, Carl Mantello (1996). Medieval Latin: An Introduction and Bibliographical Guide, Washington: Catholic University of America Press.

• Kenneth Gilbert (1971-84). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates 1-11, Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1984). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 1 (H. 32645), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1979). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 2 (H. 32522), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1978). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 3 (H. 32521), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1976). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 4 (H. 32486), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1974). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 5 (H. 32300), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1974). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 6 (H. 32430), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1975). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 7 (H. 32485), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1971). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 8 (H. 32121), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1972). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 9 (H. 32201), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1972). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 10 (H. 32210), Paris: Heugel.
• Kenneth Gilbert (1972). Domenico Scarlatti: Sonates, Volume 11 (H. 32298), Paris: Heugel.

哲學 Philosophia
• Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz; Alexis Bertrand (1714/1885). Les principes de la philosophie ou la monadologie, Paris: Librairie classique Eugène Belin.
• Johann Eduard Erdmann (1840). G.G. Leibnitii opera philosophica quae exstant Latina Gallica Germanica omnia, Berolini: Sumtibus G. Eichleri.
• Immanuel Kant (1747). Gedanken von der wahren Schätzung der lebendigen Kräfte, Königsberg: Martin Eberhard Dorn.
• Immanuel Kant (1756). Metaphysicae cum geometria iunctae usus in philosohia naturali, cuius specimen I. continet monadologiam physicam, Königsberg: Johann Jacob Kanter.
• Immanuel Kant (1763). Versuch den Begriff der negativen Größen in die Weltweisheit einzuführen, Königsberg: Johann Jacob Kanter.
• Marcus Tullius Cicero; Johann August Ernesti (1804). M. T. Ciceronis Opera philosophica, Lugduni Batavorum: Apud S. et J. Luchtmans.
• Immanuel Bekker (1831-70). Aristotelis opera, Berolini: G. Reimerum.
• Johann Adam Möhler (1839-40). Anselm Erzbischof von Canterbury, Regensburg: Manz.
• Anselmus Cantuariensis; Gerhard Casimir Ubaghs (1854). De la connaissance de Dieu ou monologue et proslogue avec ses appendices, Louvain: Typographie de Vanlinthout et Cie, imprimeurs-libraires de l'Université.
• Eadmer; Martin Rule (1884). Eadmeri Historia Novorum in Anglia, et opuscula duo de vita Sancti Anselmi et quibusdam miraculis ejus, London: Longman.
• Thomas Aquinas (1886-87). Summa theologica ad emendatiores editiones impressa et accurantissime recognita, Romae: ex Typographia Senatus.
• Philibert Ragey (1889). Histoire de Saint Anselme, archevêque de Cantorbéry, Paris: Delhomme et Briguet.
• Immanuel Kant; Benno Erdmann (1889). Kritik der reinen Vernunft, Hamburg: Leopord Voss.
• Carl Immanuel Gerhardt (1899). Der Briefwechsel von Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz mit Mathematikern. Erster Band, Berlin: Mayer & Müller.
• Étienne Gilson (1922). La Philosophie au Moyen âge, Paris: Payot.
• Arthur Spencer Loat Farquharson (1944). The Meditations of Marcus Aurelius Antoninus, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Anselmus Cantuariensis; Franciscus Salesius Schmitt (1946-61). S. Anselmi Cantuariensis archiepiscopi Opera omnia, Edinburgh: Nelson.
• Hermann Diels; Walther Kranz (1951). Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, Berlin: Hildesheim.
• Ludwig Wittgenstein; Gertrude Elizabeth Margaret Anscombe (1953). Philosophical Investigations, Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
• René Descartes; André Bridoux (1953). Œuvres et lettres, Paris: Gallimard.
• Ludwig Wittgenstein (1953). Philosophische Untersuchungen, Oxford: Blackwell.
• André Robinet (1954). G. W. Leibniz, Principes de la nature et de la grâce fondés en raison: Principes de la philosophie ou Monadologie, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Johannes, de Dacia; Alfred Otto (1955-79). Corpus Philosophorum Danicorum Medii, Hauniae: G.E.C. Gad.
• Martin Heidegger (1956). Was ist das, die Philosophie?, Pfullingen: Neske.
• Martin Gottfried (1958). Einleitung in die allgemeine Metaphysik, Stuttgart: Reclam.
• Arthur Schopenhauer; Wolfgang von Löhneysen (1960). Saemtliche Werke, Frankfurt am Main: Cotta/Insel-Verlag.
• Ludwig Wittgenstein (1964). Philosophische Bemerkungen, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Martin Heidegger (1975-2012). Gesamtausgabe, Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann.
• Jean-Paul Sartre; Arlette Elkaïm-Sartre (1985). Critique de la raison dialectique: précédé de Questions de méthode, Paris: Gallimard.
• Anselmus Cantuariensis; Michel Corbin (1986-88). L'œuvre de S. Anselme de Cantorbéry, Paris: Les éditions du CERF.
• René Descartes; Charles Adam; Paul Tannery (1996). Œeuvres de Descartes, Sorbonne: Librairie Philosophique J. Vrin.
• Henrik Lagerlund, Mikko Yrjönsuuri (2002). Emotions and Choice from Boethius to Descartes, Berlin: Springer.
• Howard Caygill (2007). A Kant Dictionary, Oxford: Blackwell.

• Bhāskarācārya; Laureate Faiẓī (1824). The Līlāvatī: A Treatise on Arithmetic and Mensuration in Sanskrit, Calcutta: The Education Press.
• Theodor Benfey (1848). Sāmavedārcikam: Die Hymnen des Sâma-Veda, Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus.
• Albrecht Friedrich Weber (1849-55). The Çatapatha-Brāhmaṇa in the Mādhyandina-Çākhā, Berlin: F. Dümmler.
• Eugène Burnouf (1852). Le Lotus de la Bonne Loi: Traduit du sanskrit, accompagné d'un commentaire et de vingt et un mémoires relatifs au Bouddhisme, Paris: Imprimerie Nationale.
• Udayanācārya; Edward Byles Cowell (1864). The Kusumánjali, or Hindu Proof of the Existence of a Supreme Being with Commentary of Hari Dāsa Bhaṭṭāchārya, Calcutta: Baptist Mission Press.
• Varadarāja; James Robert Ballantyne (1867). The Laghu Kaumudi, a Sanskrit grammar, Benares: E. J. Lazarus.
• Hermann Graßmann (1876-77). Rig-veda, Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Jivananda Vidyasagara (1874). Nyāyadarśanam with Vātsyāyana's Bhāṣya with Vātsyāyana's Bhāṣya and Viśvanātha's Vṛtti, Calcatta: Jivananda Vidyasagara.
• Friedrich Max Müller; Julius Eggeling (1882). The Satapatha-Brâhmana according to the text of the Mâdhyandina School, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Aśvaghoṣa; Dharmarakṣa; Samuel Beal (1883). Fo-sho-hing-tsan-king: A Life of Buddha, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Hendrik Kern (1884). The Lotus Sutra: Saddharma-Pundarika, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Pāṇini; Otto von Böhtlingk (1887). Pāṇinis Grammatik: Herausgegeben, übersetzt, erläutert und mit verschiedenen Indices versehen, Leipzig: H. Haessel.
• Srisa Chandra Vasu (1891). The Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini, Allahabad: Satyajnan Chaterji.
• James Robert Ballantyne (1891). The Laghukaumudī: A Sanskrit Grammar by Varadarāja, Benares : Lazarus.
• Aśvaghoṣa; Edward Byles Cowell (1893). The Buddha-Karita of Asvaghosha, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Gangadhara Sastri Tailanga (1896). The Nyāyasutras: with Vātsyāyana's Bhāṣya and extracts from Uddyotakara's Vārttika and Vācaspati Miśra's Tātparyaṭīkā, Benares: E. J. Lazarus.
• Pierre Bigandet (1898). Vie ou légende de Gaudama, le Boudha des Birmans, et notice sur les Phongyies ou moines Birmans, Paris: E. Leroux.
• Vācaspatimiśra; Gaṅgādhara Śāstri Tailaṅga (1898) Nyâyavârttikatâtparyaṭîkâ of Vâchaspati Miśra, Benares: E.J. Lazarus.
• Udayanācārya; Vindhyeśvarīprasāda Dvivedin; Lakṣmaṇa Śāstrī Drāviḍa (1907-25). Ātmatattvaviveka: with the commentaries of Śaṅkara Miśra, Bhagīratha Thakkura and Raghunātha Tārkikaśiromaṇī, Calcutta: Asiatic Society.
• Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita (1908). The Siddhānta-Kaumudī: with the Tattvabodhinī commentary of Jñanendra Sarasvati and the Subodhinī commentary of Jayakṛishna, Bombay: Tukārām Jāvajī.
• Udayanācārya; Vindhyeśvarīprasāda Dvivedin; Lakṣmaṇa Śāstrī Drāviḍa (1911). Nyāya-Vārttika-Tātparya-Pariśuddhi, Calcutta: Asiatic Society.
• Udayanācārya; Sivacandra Sārvabhauma; Narendracandra Vedāntatīrtha (1911-56). Kiraṇāvalī by Udayanācaryya, Calcutta: Asiatic Society.
• Louis de La Vallée Poussin (1913). Mūlamadhyamakakārikās (Mādhyamikasūtras) de Nāgārjuna avec la Prasannapadā Commentaire de Candrakīrti, St. Petersburg: Imprimerie de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences.
• Ambādāsa Śāstrī; Ḍhuṇḍhirāja Śāstri; Ganganatha Jha (1925). The Nyaya-darshana: the sūtras of Gautama and Bhāshya of Vātsyāyana with two commentaries, Banares: Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office.
• Friedrich Weller (1926). Das Leben des Buddha von Aśvaghoṣa, Leipzig: Eduard Pfeiffer.
• Moriz Winternitz (1927). A History of Indian Literature, Calcutta: University of Calcutta.
• Edward Hamilton Johnston (1928). The Saundarananda of Aśvaghoṣa. Panjab University Oriental Series. London: Humphrey Milford.
• Edward Hamilton Johnston (1935-36). Aśvaghoṣa's Buddhacarita or the acts of the Buddha, Lahore: Punjab University.
• Akschapada Gautama; Vātsyāyana; Tārānātha Nyāyatarkatīrtha; Amarendramohan Tarkatīrtha (1936). Nyāyadarśanam: with Vātsyāyana's bhāṣya, Uddyotakara's vārttika, Vācaspati Miśra's tātparyaṭīkā & Viśvanatha's vṛtti, Calcutta: Metropolitan Printing House.
• Dignāga; N. Aiyaswami Sāstrī (1942). Ālambanaparīkṣā and Vṛtti by Diṅnāga with the Commentary of Dharmapāla, Madras: Adyar Library.
• Udayanācārya; Rāmabhadra Sārvabhauma; Narendracandra Vedāntatīrtha; Chandidasa Nyaya-Tarkatirtha (1944). Kusumanjalikarika: with the commentary Kusumanjalikarikavyakhya of Ramabhadra Sarvabhauma and Sanskrit notes, Calcutta: University of Calcutta.• Bhāskarācārya; Muralīdhara Jhā (1917). Siddhānta Śiromani, a treatise on astronomy, Banares: E. J. Lazarus.
• Edward Hamilton Johnston; Arnold Kunst (1951). The Vigrahavyāvartanī of Nāgārjuna with the author's commentary, Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques 9: 108-151.
• Friedrich Weller (1953). Zwei Zentralasiatische Fragmente Des Buddhacarita, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
• Erich Frauwallner (1956). Die Philosophie des Buddhismus, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
• Udayana Acharya; Rājesvara Sāstrī Drāvida; Padmaprasāda Upādhyāya; Ḍhuṇḍhirājạ Śāstrī (1957). Nyāyā Kusumānjali, Benares: The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office.
• Yuichi Kajiyama (1957). Bhavaviveka and the Prasangika school", Nava Nalanda Mahavihara Research Publication 1: 291-331.
• Prabhas Chandra Majumder (1959). Ārya Maitreya-vyākaraṇam, Calcutta: Sri Satguru Publishers.
• Nagarjuna; Candrakīrti; Paraśurāma Lakṣmaṇa Vaidya (1960). Madhyamakasāstra of Nāgārjuna with the commentary: Prasannapadā by Candrakīrti, Darbhanga: Mithila Institute.
• Louis de La Vallée Poussin (1962). Catalogue of the Tibetan Manuscripts from Tun-huang in the India Office Library, London: Oxford University Press.
• Hidenori Kitagawa 北川秀則 (1965). Indo kotenronnrigaku no Kenkyū: Dignāga no Taikei インド古典論理學の硏究: 陳那Dignāgaの體系, Tōkyō: Suzuki Gakujyutsu Zaidan 鈴木學術財團.
• Nanamoli Thera (1966). Patimokkha, Bangkok: The Social Science Association of Thailand.
• Anantalala Thakkura (1967). Nyāyadarśana of Gautama with the Bhāṣya of Vātsyāyana, the Vārttika of Uddyotakara, the Tātparyaṭīkā of Vācaspati & the Pariśuddhi of Udayana, Darbhanga: Mithila Research Institute.
• Kotacheri Śarmā (1969). The Dhātupāṭa of Pāṇini with the Dhātvartha Prakāśikā Notes, Varanasi: Chowkamba Sanskrit Series Office.
• Karl H. Potter (1970). The Encyclopedia of Indian Philosophies, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Akira Yuyama (1970). A Bibliography of the Sanskrit-Texts of the Sadharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra, Canberra: Australian National University.
• Udayanācārya; Mahāprabhulāl Goswāmi (1972). Udayanācāryapraṇītaḥ Nyāyakusumāñjaliḥ, Darbhanga: Mithila Research Institute.
• Dharmakīrti; Dwarikadas Shastri (1972). Bauddhabhāratīgranthamālā Dharmakirtti nibandhawali Vadanyayaprakaraṇa of Acharya Dharmakīrti, Varanasi: Bauddha Bharati.
• Thích Nhất Hạnh; Luc Decaunes (1973). Clefs pour le zen, Paris: P. Seghers.
• Edward Conze (1973). The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines & Its Verse Summary, Four Seasons Foundation, California: Bolinas.
• Gerald James Larson (1979). Classical Sāmkhya: An Interpretation of Its History and Meaning, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Yasunori Ejima 江島惠教 (1980). 中觀思想の展開: Bhāvaviveka 硏究, Tokyō: Shunjūsha 春秋社.
• Shōtaro Iida 飯田昭太郎 (1980). Reason and Emptiness, Tokyō: Hokuseido Press.
• Hajime Nakamura (1980). Indian Buddhism: A Survey With Bibliographical Notes, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers.
• David Seyfort Ruegg (1981). The Literature of the Madhyamaka School of Philosophy in India, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Cecil Bendall; William Henry Denham Rose (1981). Śikṣā-samuccaya: A Compendium of Buddhist Doctrine, Delhi: Cecil Bendall; William Henry Denham Rose (1981). Śikṣā-samuccaya: A Compendium of Buddhist Doctrine.
• Jagadiśatarkālaṅkāra.; Dhuṇḍhirāja Sāstri; Śivadatta Miśra Cauḍa (1984). Siddhānta Lakṣaṇam, Delhi: Caukhambā Saṃskr̥ta Pratiṣṭhāna.
• Stefan Anacker (1984). Seven works of Vasubandhu, the Buddhist psychological doctor, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Edward Conze (1985). The Large Sutra on Perfect Wisdom, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• David J. Kalupahana (1986). Mūlamadhyamakakārikā of Nāgārjuna: The Philosophy of the Middle Way, New York: State University of New York Press.
• Christian Lindtner (1986). Bhavya, the logician, Adyar Library Bulletin 50: 58-84.
• Étienne Lamotte (1987). L'enseignement de Vimalakirti (Vimalakirtinirdesa), Louvain: Institut Orientaliste Louvain La Neuve.
• Christian Lindtner; Alex Wayman (1987) Nagarjuniana: Studies in the Writings and Philosophy of Nagarjuna, Copenhagen: Akademisk Forlag.
• Patañjali; Bhārgavaśāstrī Bhikājīśarmā Jośī (1987-91). Śrīmanmaharṣipatañjalivinirmitaṃ Pāṇinīyavyākaraṇamahābhāṣyam, Delhi: Caukhambā Saṃskr̥ta Pratiṣṭhāna.
• Thomas Cleary (1993). The Flower Ornament Scripture: A Translation of the Avatamsaka Sutra, Boston: Shambhala.
• Burton Watson (1993). The Lotus Sutra, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Malcolm David Eckel (1994). To See the Buddha: A Philosopher''s Quest for the Meaning of Emptiness, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Jay Lazar Garfield (1995). Fundamental Wisdom of the Middle Way: Nāgārjuna's Mūlamadhyamakakārikā, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Brian Bocking (1995). Nagarjuna in China: A Translation of the Middle Treatise, Lewiston: Edwin Mellor Press.
• Udayanācārya; Anantalal Thakur (1996). Nyāyavārttikatātparyapariśuddhi of Udayanācārya, New Delhi: Indian Council of Philosophical Research.
• Burton Watson (1997). The Vimalakirti Sutra, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Bhikku Bodhi (2000). The Connected Discourses of the Buddha, Boston: Wisdom Publications.
• Thích Nhất Hạnh (2003). Opening the heart of the cosmos: insights from the Lotus Sutra, Berkeley: Parallax Press.
• Paul Harrison (2006). Vajracchedikā Prajñāpāramitā: A New English Translation of the Sanskrit Text Based on Two Manuscripts from Greater Gandhāra, Oslo: Hermes Publishing.
• Kevin A. Vose (2009). Resurrecting Candrakīrti: Disputes in the Tibetan Creation of Prāsaṅgika, Boston: Wisdom Publications.
• Jan Westerhoff (2009), Nāgārjuna's Madhyamaka: A Philosophical Introduction, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Thích Nhất Hạnh (2009). Peaceful action, open heart: lessons from the Lotus Sutra, Berkeley: Parallax Press.
• Achim Bayer (2010). The Theory of Karman in the Abhidharmasamuccaya, Tokyo: International Institute of Buddhist Studies.
• Achim Bayer (2012). Addenda and Corrigenda to The Theory of Karman in the Abhidharmasamuccaya, Hamburg: Zentrum für Buddhismuskunde.
• Robert Buswell; Donald S. Lopez (2013). Princeton Dictionary of Buddhism, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Donald Lopez (2016). The Lotus Sutra: A Biography, Princeton: Princeton University Press,

• Viggo Fausbøll; Dines Andersen (1877-97). Jātaka with Commentary Fausboll, London: Pali Text Society. [13. 本生經 Jātaka]
• Hermann Oldenberg; Richard Pischel (1883). The Thera- and Therī-gāthā, London: Pali Text Society. [8. 長老偈經 Theragāthā; 9. 長老尼偈經 Therīgāthā]
• Paul Steinthal (1885). Udânaṃ, London: Pali Text Society. [3. 自説經 Udāna]
• Carl Wilhelm Trenckner; Padmanabh Shrivarma Jaini (1880-1961). The Milindapañha & Milinda-ṭīkā, London: Pali Text Society. [18. 弥蘭陀問經 Milindapañha]
• Ivan Pavlovic Minaeff (1888). Petavatthu, London: Pali Text Society. [7. 餓鬼事經 Petavatthu]
• Ernst Windisch (1889). Itivuttaka, London: Pali Text Society. [4. 如是語經 Itivuttaka]
• Makākachchāyana; Edmund Hardy (1902). Nettipakaraṇa, London: Pali Text Society. [16. 導論 Nettipakaraṇa]
• Sāriputta; Arnold C. Taylor (1905-07). Paṭisambhidāmagga 1-2, London: Pali Text Society. [15. 無礙解道 Paṭisambhidā-magga]
• Dines Andersen; Helmer Smith (1913). Suttanipāta, London: Pali Text Society. [5. 經集 Suttanipāta]
• Sāriputta; Louis de La Vallée Poussin; Edward Joseph Thomas (1916-18). Mahāniddesa, London: Pali Text Society. [14. 義釋 Niddesa]
• Sāriputta; Wilhelm Stede (1918). Cullaniddesa, London: Pali Text Society. [14. 義釋 Niddesa]
• Mary E. Lilley (1925-27). Apadāna 1-2, London: Pali Text Society. [10. 譬喩經 Apadāna]
• Upasena; Ambalaṅgoḍa Polvattē Buddhadatta (1939). Saddhammapajjotikā : the commentary on the Mahā-niddesa 1-2, London: Pali Text Society. [14. 義釈 Niddesa]
• Mahānāma; Cĩ Vi Jośī (1933-79). Saddhammappakāsinī : commentary on the Paṭisambhidāmagga, London: Pali Text Society. [15. 無礙解道 Paṭisambhidā-magga]
• Mahākaccāyana.; Arabinda Barua (1949). The Peṭakopadesa, London: Pali Text Society. [17. 藏釋 Peṭakopadesa]
• Charles Edmund Godakumbara (1954). Apadāna Commentary (Visuddhajanavilāsinī), London: Pali Text Society. [10. 譬喩經 Apadāna]
• Nicholas Abedheera Jayawickrama (1974). Buddhavamsa and Cariyāpitaka, London: Pali Text Society. [11. 仏種姓經 Buddhavamsa; 12. 所行藏經 Cariyāpiṭaka]
• Vācissara; Nicholas Abeydeera Jayawickrama (1977). Vimānavatthu & Petavatthu, London: Pali Text Society. [6. 天宮事經 Vimānavatthu; 7. 餓鬼事經 Petavatthu]
• Buddhadatta; Isaline B Horner (1978). Buddhavaṃsa Commentary, London: Pali Text Society. [11. 仏種姓經 Buddhavamsa]
• Oskar von Hinüber; Kenneth Roy Norman (1995). Dhammapada, London: Pali Text Society. [2. 法句經 Dhammapada]
• Thaton Mingun Zetawun Sayadaw; Madhav M. Deshpande (1999). Milindapañhā-Aṭṭhakathā, Tokyo: The International Institute for Buddhist Studies. [18. 弥蘭陀問經 Milindapañha]

• Buddhaghoṣa; Harry Campbell Norman; Lakshmana Shastri Tailang (1906-15). Dhammapada Commentary, London: Pali Text Society. [2. 法句經 Dhammapada]
• Buddhaghoṣa; Helmar Smith (1915). Khuddakapāṭha with Commentary (Paramatthajotikā 1), London: Pali Text Society. [1. 小誦經 Khuddaka-pāṭha]
• Dhammapāla; Frank Lee Woodward (1926). Udāna Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 1), London: Pali Text Society. [3. 自説經 Udāna]
• Dhammapāla; Peter Masefield Itivuttaka (1934-36). Itivuttaka Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 2), London: Pali Text Society. [4. 如是語經 Itivuttaka]
• Dhammapāla; Dwijendra Lal Barua (1939). Cariyāpiṭaka Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 7), London: Pali Text Society. [12. 所行藏經 Cariyāpiṭaka]
• Dhammapāla; Frank Lee Woodward (1940-59). Theragāthā Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 5) 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [8. 長老偈經 Thera-āthā]
• Buddhaghoṣa; Helmer Smith; (1966). Sutta-nipata commentary (Paramatthajotikā 2), London: Pali Text Society. [5. 經集 Suttanipāta]
• Dhammapāla; William Pruitt (1997). Therīgāthā Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 6), London: Pali Text Society. [9. 長老尼偈經 Therīgāthā]
• Dhammapāla; Peter A. Jackson; Yūmi Ōsaka (2016). Vimānavatthu Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 3), London: Pali Text Society. [6. 天宮事經 Vimānavatthu]
• Dhammapāla; Peter A. Jackson; Yūmi Ōsaka (2019). Peta-Vatthu Commentary (Paramatthadīpanī 4), London: Pali Text Society. [7. 餓鬼事經 Petavatthu]

• James Gray (1892). Buddhaghosuppatti, London: Pali Text Society.
• Buddhaghoṣa; Caroline Augusta Foley Rhys Davids (1920-21). Visuddhimagga, London: Pali Text Society. [清浄道論 Visuddhimagga]
• Padmanabh S. Jaini (1986). Lokaneyyappakaraṇaṃ, London: Pali Text Society.
• Padmanabh S. Jaini (1986). Apocryphal birth-stories (Paññāsa-Jātaka) 1-2, London: Pali Text Society.
• Willem B. Bollée (1970). Kuṇālajātaka, London: Pali Text Society.
• George Coedes (2003). Paṭhamasambodhi, London: Pali Text Society.

• Leon Feer (1884-98). Saṃyutta-nikāya 1-5, London: Pali Text Society. [相應部 Saṃyutta-nikāya]
• Richard Morris; Edmund Hardy (1885-1900). Aṅguttara-nikāya 1-5, London: Pali Text Society. [増支部 Aṅguttara-nikāya]
• Carl Wilhelm Trenckner (1888-1902). Majjhima-nikāya 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [中部 Majjhima-nikāya]
• Thomas William Rhys Davids; Joseph Estlin Carpenter (1889-1910). Dīgha-nikāya 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [長部 Dīgha-nikāya]
• Buddhaghoṣa; James Haughton Woods (1922-37). Papañcasūdanī 1-5, London: Pali Text Society. [中部 Majjhima-nikāya]
• Buddhaghoṣa; Edmund Hardy; Max Walleser; Herman Kopp (1924-77). Manorathapūraṇī, London: Pali Text Society. [増支部 Aṅguttara-nikāya]
• Buddhaghoṣa; Thomas William Rhys Davids; Joseph Estlin Carpenter; Wilhelm Stede (1929-32). Sumaṅgalavilāsinī 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [長部 Dīgha-nikāya]
• Buddhaghoṣa; Frank Lee Woodward (1929-37). Sāratthappakāsinī 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [相應部 Saṃyutta-nikāya]
• Lily de Silva (1970). Dīgha-nikāya Sub-commentary (Līnatthapakāsinī) 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [長部 Dīgha-nikāya]
• Primoz Pecenko (1991-99). Aṅguttaranikāyaṭīkā Sub-commentary (Sāratthamañjūs) 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [増支部 Aṅguttara-nikāya]
• Moriichi Yamazaki; Yūmi Ōsaka (1997). Index to the Dīgha-nikāya, London: Pali Text Society. [長部 Dīgha-nikāya]
• Moriichi Yamazaki; Yūmi Ōsaka (2010). Index to the Saṃyutta-nikāya, London: Pali Text Society. [相應部 Saṃyutta-nikāya]
• Moriichi Yamazaki; Yūmi Ōsaka (2012). Index to the Majjhima-nikāya, London: Pali Text Society. [中部 Majjhima-nikāya]
• Moriichi Yamazaki; Yūmi Ōsaka (2014). Index to the Aṅguttara-nikāya, London: Pali Text Society. [増支部 Aṅguttara-nikāya]

• Hermann Oldenberg (1879-83). Vinaya-piṭaka 1-5, London: Pali Text Society.
• Edward Müller (1883). The Khuddasikkhā and Mūlasikkhā, London: Pali Text Society.
• Buddhaghoṣa; Hermann Kopp (1924-77). Samantapāsādikā 1-8, London: Pali Text Society.
• Buddhaghosa; Nicholas Abeydeera Jayawickrama (1962). Samantapāsādikā Bāhiranidāna, London: Pali Text Society.
• Buddhaghoṣa; Kenneth R. Norman; William Pruitt (2001). The Pātimokkha, London: Pali Text Society.
• Buddhaghoṣa; Kenneth R Norman; William Pruitt (2003). Kaṅkhāvitaraṇī, London: Pali Text Society.

• Buddhaghoṣa; Richard Morris; Caroline Augusta Foley Rhys Davids; Georg Landsberg (1883). Puggalapaññatti with Commentary, [4. 人施設論 Puggala-paññatti]
• Edward Müller (1885). Dhammasaṅgaṇī, London: Pali Text Society. [1. 法集論 Dhammasaṅgaṇī]
• Buddhaghoṣa; Edward Müller (1897). Atthasālinī, London: Pali Text Society. [1. 法集論 Dhammasaṅgaṇī]
• Edmund Rowland Gooneratne (1892). Dhātukathā with Commentary, London: Pali Text Society. [3. 界論 Dhātukathā]
• Upagupta; Arnold C. Taylor (1894-97). Kathāvatthu, London: Pali Text Society. [5. 論事 Kathāvatthu]
• Caroline Augusta Foley Rhys Davids (1904). Vibhaṅga, London: Pali Text Society. [2. 分別論 Vibhaṅga]
• Caroline Augusta Foley Rhys Davids (1906). Dukapaṭṭhāna, London: Pali Text Society. [7. 發趣論 Paṭṭhāna]
• Caroline Augusta Foley Rhys Davids (1911-13). Yamaka 1-2, London: Pali Text Society. [6. 雙論 Yamaka]
• Anuruddha; Ambalaṅgoḍa Polvattē Buddhadatta (1914). Nāmarūpapariccheda, London: Pali Text Society.
• Caroline Augusta Foley Rhys Davids (1921-23). Tikapatthāna of the Abhidhamma Pitaka 1-3, London: Pali Text Society. [7. 發趣論 Paṭṭhāna]
• Kassapa; Ambalaṅgoḍa Polvattē Buddhadatta; Anthony Kennedy Warder (1961). Mohavicchedanī, London: Pali Text Society.
• Buddhadatta; Anuruddha; Dhammapāla (1962). Abhidhammāvatāra, Rankun: Marammaraṭṭhe Buddhasāsanasamitiyā Muddaṇayantālaye Muddāpita
• Buddhadatta; Ambalangoda Polvatte Buddhadatta (1980). Buddhadatta's manuals, London: Pali Text Society.
• Anuruddha; Sumaṅgala; Hammalawa Saddhātissa (1989). Abhidhammatthasaṅgaha and Abhidhammatthavibhāvinī-ṭīkā, London: Pali Text Society.
• Siddhattha; Genjun H. Sasaki (1992). Sārasaṅgaha, London: Pali Text Society.
• Anuruddha.; Maheśa Tivārī (1992). Paramattha-vinicchayo. Nāmarūpa-samāsa-sahito, Dillī: Pāli Parivena.

• Dhammakitti; Robert Herbert; Mutu Coomaraswamy (1874). The Daṭhávansa, or, The history of the tooth-relic of Gotama Buddha, London: Trübner.
• Hermann Oldenberg (1879). The Dīpavaṃsa: An ancient Buddhist historical record, London: Pali Text Society.
• Upatissa; Sandford Arthur Strong (1891). The Mahābodhivaṃsa, London: Pali Text Society.
• Paññasāmi; Mabel Haynes Bode (1897). Sāsanavaṃsa, London: Pali Text Society.
• Mahānāma; Wilhelm Geiger (1908). The Mahāvaṃsa, London: Pali Text Society.
• Mahānāma; Gunapala P Malalasekera (1935). Mahāvaṃsa-ṭīkā, London: Pali Text Society.
• Mahānāma; Gunapala P Malalasekera (1937). Exteded Mahāvaṃsa-ṭīkā, London: Pali Text Society.
• Charles Edmund Godakumbara (1956). Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa, London: Pali Text Society.
• Ratanapañña; Aggamahāpandita Buddhadatta (1962). Jinakālamālī, London: Pali Text Society.
• Vācissara; Nicholas Abeydeera Jayawickrama (1971). The chronicle of the Thūpa and the Thūpavaṃsa, London: Pali Text Society.
• Dhammakitti; Bimala Churn Law (1980). Saddhamma-saṅgaha: A manual of Buddhist historical traditions, Varanasi : Bharariya Publishing House.
• Nandapañña; Bimalendra Kumār (1992). The Gandhavaṃsa: A history of Pali literature, Dillī: Īsṭarna Buka Liṅkarsa.

• Kaccāyana; Dines Andersen; Helmer Smith (1921). The Pāli Dhātupāṭha and Dhātumañjūsā, London: Pali Text Society.
• Aggavaṃsa; Helmer Smith (1928-66). Saddanīti, London: Pali Text Society.
• Saṅgharakkhita; Padmanabh S. Jaini (2000). Subodhālaṅkāra (Porāṇa-ṭīkā, Mahāsāmi-ṭīkā), London: Pali Text Society.
• Kaccāyana; Ole Holten Pind (2013). Kaccāyana and Kaccāyanavutti, London: Pali Text Society.

• Rajendralala Mitra (1888). Ashṭasáhasriká : a collection of discourses on the metaphysics of the Mahayana school of the Buddhists, Calcutta : Asiatic Society of Bengal. [八千頌般若経 Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra]
• Hendrik Kern; Bunyiu Nanjio (1908). Saddharmapuṇḍarīka, St. Pétersbourg: St. Pétersbourg: Imprimerie de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences. [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• Louis de La Vallée Poussin (1901-14). Prajñākaramatī's commentary to the Bodhicaryāvatāra of Çāntideva, Calcutta: Asiatic Society. [入菩薩行論 Bodhicaryāvatāra]
• Asaṅga; Sylvain Lévi (1907-11). Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra: Exposé de la doctrine du Grand Véhicule, Paris: H. Champion. [大乘莊嚴經論 Mahāyaanasūtrālaṃkāra]
• Hermann Beckh (1911). Udānavarga: eine sammlung buddhistischer sprüche in tibetischer sprache, Berlin: Georg Reimer. [出耀經 Udānavarga]
• Lous de la Vallée Poussin (1912). Madhyamakāvatāra par Candrakīrti: Traduction Tibétain, St. Petersburg: Imprimerie de l’académie impériale des sciences. [入中論 Madhyamakāvatāra]
• Sylvain Lévi (1925). Vijnaptimatratasiddhi: deux traités de Vasubandhu. viṃśatika et triṃsikā, Paris: H. Champion. [唯識三十頌 Triṃśikā-vijñapti-mātratā; 中辺分別論 Madhyāntavibhāga]
• Louis de la Vallée Poussin (1928). Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi: la siddhi de Hiuan-tsang, Paris: P. Geuthner. [成唯識論 Vijñapti-mātratā-siddhi]
• Unrai Ogiwara (1930-36). Bodhisattvabhūmi: a statement of whole course of the Bodhisattva (being fifteenth section of Yogācārabhūmi), Tokyo: Unrai Wogiwara. [菩薩地持經‎ Bodhisattvabhūmi]
• Edward Conze (1948). Text, Sources, and Bibliography of the Prajnñāpāramitā-hṛdaya, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 80: 33-51. [般若心經 Prajñāpāramitā-hṛdaya]
• Prahlad Pradhan (1950). Abhidharma Samuccaya of Asaṅga: Visva-Bharati, Santiniketan: Santiniketan Press. [阿毘達磨集論 Abhidharma-samuccaya]
• David Roy Shackleton Bailey (1951). The Śatapañcāśatka of Mātṛceṭa, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. [一百五十讚佛頌 Śatapañcāśatkanāma Buddhastotram]
• Paraśurāma Lakshmana Vaidya (1960). Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā (Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 4), Darbhanga: Mithila Institute. [八千頌般若経 Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra]
• Paraśurāma Lakshmana Vaidya (1960). Gaṇḍavyūhasūtram (Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 5), Darbhanga: Mithila Institute. [華嚴經入法界品 Gaṇḍavyūha-sūtra]
• Paraśurāma Lakshmana Vaidya (1960). Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtram (Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 6), Darbhanga: Mithila Institute. [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• Paraśurāma Lakshmana Vaidya (1960). Madhyamakaśāstra of Nāgārjuna (Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 10), Darbhanga: Mithila Institute. [中論 Madhyamakaśāstra]
• John Brough (1962). The Gāndhārī Dharmapada: edited with an introduction and commentary, London: Oxford University Press. [出耀經 Udānavarga]
• Paraśurāma Lakshmana Vaidya (1963). Saddharmalaṅkāvatārasūtra (Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 3), Darbhanga: Mithila Institute. [楞伽經 Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra]
• Gadjin M. Nagao (1964). Madhyāntavibhāga-bhāṣya : a Buddhist philosophical treatise, Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation. [中辺分別論 Madhyāntavibhāga]
• Franz Bernhard; Siglinde Dietz; Champa Thupten Zongtse (1965-90). Udānavarga, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. [出耀經 Udānavarga]
• Prahlad Pradhan (1967). Abhidharma-koshabhāṣyaṃ of Vasubandhu, Patna: K.P. Jayaswal Research Institute. [阿毘達磨倶舎論 Abhidharmakośa-bhāsya]
• Nathmal Tatia; Anantalal Thakur (1967). Madhyānta- vibhaga-bhasya, Patna: K. P. Jayaswal Research Institute. [中辺分別論 Madhyāntavibhāga]
• Paraśurāma Lakshmana Vaidya (1967). Daśabhūmikasūtra (Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 7), Darbhanga: Mithila Institute. [華嚴經十地品 Daśabhūmika-sūtra]
• Ramchandra Pandeya (1971). Madhyāntavibhāgaśāstra of Maitreya, with a Bhāṣya by Vasubandhu and a Ṭīkā by Sthiramati. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. [中辺分別論 Madhyāntavibhāga]
• Charles Willemen (1974). Dharmapada: a concordance to Udānavarga, Dhammapada, and the Chinese Dharmapada literature, Bruxelles: Publications de l'Institut Belge des hautes etudes bouddhiques. [法句經 Dhammapada]
• Anukul Chandra Banerjee (1977). Two Buddhist Vinaya texts in Sanskrit: Prātimokṣa Sūtra and Bhikṣukarmavākya. Calcutta: World Press Private. [波羅提木叉 Prātimokṣa-sūtra]
• Narayan S. Shukla (1979). The Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Dharmapada, Patna: K. P. Jayaswal Research Institute. [出耀經 Udānavarga]
• Krishna Nath Chatterjee (1980). Vasubandhu's Vijñapti-mātratā-siddhi with Sthiramati's commentary, Varanasi: Kishor Vidya Niketan. [成唯識論 Vijñapti-mātratā-siddhi]

• 南条文雄：《梵文入楞伽経》（京都：大谷大学，1923） [楞伽經 Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra]
• 明石恵達：《二十唯識論解説：蔵漢和訳対校》（京都：龍谷大学出版部，1926） [唯識二十論 Viṃśatikā-vijñapti-mātratā-siddhi]
• 鈴木大拙；泉芳璟：《梵文華厳経：入法界品》（京都：世界聖典刊行協会，1934-36） [華嚴經入法界品 Gaṇḍavyūha-sūtra]
• 荻原雲来、土田勝弥：《梵文法華経》（東京：山喜房佛書林，1935） [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• 近藤隆晃：《梵文大方広仏華厳経十地品》（東京：大乗仏教研揚会，1936） [華嚴經十地品 Daśabhūmika-sūtra]
• 山口益：《中辺分別論釈疏》（名古屋：破塵閣，1935） [中辺分別論 Madhyāntavibhāga]
• 山口益：《漢蔵対照弁中辺論：附．中辺分別論釈疎梵本索引》（名古屋：破塵閣，1937） [中辺分別論 Madhyāntavibhāga]
• 水原尭栄：《梵文大般涅槃経》（東京：便利堂，1937） [大般涅槃経 Mahāparinirvāṇa Sūtra]
• 本田義英：《西域出土梵本法華経》（東京：梵文法華経刊行会，1949） [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• 宇井伯壽：《菩薩地索引：梵漢対照》（東京：西蔵大蔵経研究会，1961） [菩薩地持經‎ Bodhisattvabhūmi]
• 中村瑞隆：《究竟一乗宝性論研究：梵漢対照》（東京：山喜房仏書林，1961）[究竟一乘寶性論 Ratnagotra-vibhāga-mahāyānottaratantra-śāstra]
• 中村瑞隆：《究竟一乗宝性論研究 : 蔵和対訳》（東京：鈴木学術財団，1967）[究竟一乘寶性論 Ratnagotra-vibhāga-mahāyānottaratantra-śāstra]
• 荻原雲来、南条文雄：《梵文菩薩地経》（東京：山喜房仏書林，1971） [菩薩地持經‎ Bodhisattvabhūmi]
• 平川彰：《阿毘達磨倶舎論索引》1-3（東京：大蔵出版，1973-78） [阿毘達磨倶舎論 Abhidharma-kośa-bhāṣya]
• 寺本婉雅：《梵漢独対校西蔵文和訳：中論無畏疏（西蔵伝聖典訳註仏教研究）》（東京：国書刊行会，1977） [中論 Madhyamakaśāstra]
• 寺本婉雅：《唯識三十論疏：梵蔵漢和四訳対照（西蔵伝聖典訳註仏教研究）》（東京：国書刊行会，1977） [唯識三十論 Triṃśikā-vijñapti-mātratā]
• 前田至成：《阿毘達磨倶舎論本頌の研究：梵本蔵訳漢訳合璧》1-2（京都：永田文昌堂，1977/86） [阿毘達磨倶舎論 Abhidharma-kośa-bhāṣya]
• 中村瑞隆：《梵文法華経写本集成》1-12（東京：梵文法華経刊行会，1977-82） [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• 稲垣久雄：《梵・蔵・漢大無量寿経：阿弥陀経比較語彙索引》（京都：永田文昌堂，1985） [無量壽經・阿弥陀經 Sukhāvatī-vyūha]
• 木村高尉：《梵文二万五千頌般若経》（東京：山喜房仏書林，1986） [般若經 Prajñāpāramitā-sūtra]
• 稲津紀三、曽我部正幸：《中論本頌原典：梵漢和対照》（東京：三宝，1988） [中論 Madhyamakaśāstra]
• 稲津紀三、曽我部正幸：《仏教人間学としての世親唯識説の根本的研究：梵漢和対照世親唯識論原典》（東京：三宝，1988） [唯識三十論 Triṃśikā-vijñapti-mātratā]
• 伊藤瑞叡：《梵文法華経荻原・土田本総索引》（東京：勉誠社，1993） [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• 横山紘一、廣澤隆之：《瑜伽師地論総索引 : 漢梵蔵対照》（東京：中山書房仏書林，1996） [瑜伽師地論 Yogācārabhūmi-śāstra]
• 横山紘一、廣澤隆之：《瑜伽師地論に基づく梵蔵漢対照・蔵梵漢対照佛教語辞典》（東京：中山書房仏書林, 1997） [瑜伽師地論 Yogācārabhūmi-śāstra]
• 平川彰：《阿毘達磨倶舎論：真諦訳対校》1-3（東京：山喜房仏書林，1998-2001） [阿毘達磨倶舎論 Abhidharma-kośa-bhāṣya]
• 田村智淳：《華厳経入法界品梵文原典の批判的校訂と現代語訳にもとづく華厳経の新解釈》（宮崎：宮崎大学，2002-05） [華嚴經入法界品 Gaṇḍavyūha-sūtra]
• 大田利生：《無量寿経 : 漢訳五本梵本蔵訳対照》（京都：永田文昌堂，2005） [無量壽經・阿弥陀經 Sukhāvatī-vyūha]
• 大正大学綜合佛教研究所梵語佛典研究会：《梵文維摩經：ポタラ宮所蔵写本に基づく校訂》（東京：大正大学出版会，2006） [維摩經 Vimalakīrti-nirdeśa-sūtra]
• 立川武蔵：《中論サンスクリット索引》（京都：法藏館，2007） [中論 Madhyamakaśāstra]
• 植木雅俊：《法華経：梵漢和対照》上下（東京：岩波書店，2008） [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• 渡辺章悟：《金剛般若経の梵語資料集成》（東京：山喜房仏書林，2009） [金剛經 Vajracchedikā-prajñāpāramitā-sūtra]
• 植木雅俊：《維摩経：梵漢和対照・現代語訳》（東京：岩波書店，2011） [維摩經 Vimalakīrti-nirdeśa-sūtra]
• 藤田宏達：《梵文無量寿経・梵文阿弥陀経》（京都：法藏館，2011） [無量壽經・阿弥陀經 Sukhāvatī-vyūha]
• アヌルッダ；水野弘元：《アビダンマッタサンガハ》（東京：中山書房仏書林，2013） [摂阿毘達磨義論 Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha]
• 常盤義伸：《大乗仏教経典『楞伽経』四巻本：復元梵文原典日本語訳と研究》（京都：禅文化研究所，2018） [楞伽經 Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra]
• 植木雅俊：《梵文『維摩経』翻訳語彙典》（京都：法蔵館，2019） [維摩經 Vimalakīrti-nirdeśa-sūtra]
• 植木雅俊：《梵文『法華経』翻訳語彙典》上下（京都：法蔵館，2020） [法華經 Saddharma-puṇḍarīka-sūtra]
• 長谷岡一也：《華厳経入法界品梵蔵漢対照索引（An index to the Gaṇḍavyūha-Sūtra: Sanskrit-Tibetan-Chinese）》上下、別巻（京都：法蔵館，2020） [華嚴經入法界品 Gaṇḍavyūha-sūtra]

• Ledi Sayādaw လယ်တီဆရာတော်. A Manual of the Excellent Man: Uttamapurisa Dīpanī, Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society.
• Ledi Sayādaw လယ်တီဆရာတော်. The Requisites of Enlightenment: Bodhipakkhiya Dīpanī, Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society.
• Mahāsi Sayādaw မဟာစည်ဆရာတော်. Progress of Insight: Treatise on Buddhist Satipathana Meditation, Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society.
• Mahāsi Sayādaw မဟာစည်ဆရာတော်. Practical Vipassanā Exercises, Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society.

• Ajahn Chah (2001). Being Dharma: The Essence of the Buddha's Teachings, Boulder, Colorado: Shambhala Publications.
• Ajahn Chah (2011). The Collected Teachings of Ajahn Chah, Harnham: Aruna Publication.

• Bhante Henepola Gunaratana Bhikkhu (1994). Mindfulness in Plain English, Boston: Wisdom Publications.
• Bhante Henepola Gunaratana Bhikkhu (2009). Beyond Mindfulness in Plain English, Boston: Wisdom Publications.

• Buddhadasa Bhikkhu; Santikaro Bhikkhu (1994). Heartwood of the Bodhi Tree: The Buddha's Teachings on Voidness, Boston: Wisdom Publications.
• Buddhadasa Bhikkhu; Santikaro Bhikkhu (1997). Mindfulness with Breathing: A Manual for Serious Beginners, Boston: Wisdom Publications.

• Thich Nhat Hanh (1990). Our Appointment with Life: Discourse on Living Happily in the Present Moment, Berkeley: Parallax Press.
• Thich Nhat Hanh (1992). Breathe! You Are Alive: Sutra on the Full Awareness of Breathing, Berkeley: Parallax Press.
• Thich Nhat Hanh; Annabel Laity (1993). The Blooming of a Lotus: Guided Meditation Exercises for Healing & Transformation, Boston: Bacon Press.
• Thich Nhat Hanh (2006). Transformation and Healing: Sutra on the Four Establishments of Mindfulness, Berkeley: Parallax Press.

• Larry Rosenberg (1998). Breath By Breath: The Liberating Practice of Insight Meditation, Boulder, Colorado: Shambhala Publications.
• Larry Rosenberg (2013). Three Steps to Awakening: A Practice for Bringing Mindfulness to Life, Boulder, Colorado: Shambhala Publications.

• Tilmann Vetter (1988). The Ideas and Meditative Practices of Early Buddhism, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Johannes Bronkhorst (1993). The Two Traditions of Meditation in Ancient India, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Richard F. Gombrich (1997). How Buddhism Began: The Conditioned Genesis of the Early Teachings, New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal.
• Alexander Wynne (2007). The Origin of Buddhist Meditation: Critical Studies in Buddhism, New Book: Routledge.

• 中村元：《ゴータマ・ブッダ：釈尊伝》（京都：法蔵館，1958/72）
• 水野弘元：《釈尊の生涯》（東京：春秋社，1966）
• 増谷文雄：《釈尊のさとり（講談社学術文庫）》（東京：講談社，1979）
• 増谷文雄：《この人を見よ：ブッダ・ゴータマの生涯（現代教養文庫）》（東京：社会思想社，1997）
• 増谷文雄：《ブッダ・ゴータマの弟子たち（現代教養文庫）》（東京：社会思想社，1997）
• アンドレ・バロー；富樫瓔子：《ブッダの教え：初期経典をたどって》（東京：大東出版社，2005）
• ヘルマン・オルデンベルク；木村泰賢；景山哲雄：《仏陀：その生涯、教理、教団》（東京：書肆心水，2011）
• 中村元：《ゴータマ・ブッダ（普及版）》上中下（東京：春秋社，2012）
• 中村元：《仏弟子の生涯（普及版）》上下（東京：春秋社，2012）
• クサラダンマ；奥田昭則：《南伝ブッダ年代記》（大阪：東方出版，2017）
• リチャード・ゴンブリッチ；浅野孝雄：《ブッダが考えたこと : プロセスとしての自己と世界》（東京：サンガ，2018）
• 高楠順次郎：《釈尊の生涯（ちくま学芸文庫）》（東京：筑摩書房，2019）

• 玉城康四郎：《宗教と人生》（東京：春秋社，1967）
• 玉城康四郎：《冥想と経験》（東京：春秋社，1973）
• 玉城康四郎：《仏教の根底にあるもの（講談社学術文庫）》（東京：講談社，1982）
• 玉城康四郎：《東西思想の根底にあるもの》（東京：講談社，1983）
• 玉城康四郎：《仏教の思想》（京都：法蔵館，1985）
• 玉城康四郎：《新しい仏教の探求：ダンマに生きる》（東京：大蔵出版，1990）
• 玉城康四郎：《生命とは何か：ブッダをとおしての人間の原像》（京都：法蔵館，1993）
• 玉城康四郎：《ダンマの顕現：仏道に学ぶ》（東京：大蔵出版，1995）
• 玉城康四郎：《脳幹と解脱：形なきいのちが通徹する》（東京：哲学書房，1996）
• 玉城康四郎：《仏教を貫くもの》（東京：大蔵出版，1997）
• 玉城康四郎：《悟りと解脱：宗教と科学の真理について》（京都：法蔵館，1999）
• 玉城康四郎：《仏道探究》（東京：春秋社，1999）
• 蓑輪顕量：《仏教瞑想論》（東京：春秋社，2008）
• 蓑輪顕量：《仏典とマインドフルネス》（東京：臨川書店，2021）

• ラリー・ローゼンバーグ；井上ウィマラ：《呼吸による癒し：実践ヴィパッサナー瞑想》（東京：春秋社，2001）
• マハーシ長老；ウウィジャナンダー大僧正：《ミャンマーの瞑想：ウィパッサナー観法》（東京：サンガ，2011）
• ティク・ナット・ハン；池田久代：《蓮華の瞑想: こころとからだのヒーリング・レッスン》（京都：法蔵館，2011）
• ティク・ナット・ハン；島田啓介：《ブッダの〈気づき〉の瞑想》（袋井：野草社，2011）
• ティク・ナット・ハン；島田啓介：《ブッダの〈呼吸〉の瞑想》（袋井：野草社，2012）
• アーチャン・チャー；星飛雄馬：《手放す生き方》（東京：サンガ，2011）
• アーチャン・チャー；星飛雄馬：《無常の教え》（東京：サンガ，2013）
• バンテ・ヘーネポラ・グナラタナ；出村佳子：《マインドフルネス：気づきの瞑想》（東京：サンガ，2012）
• バンテ・ヘーネポラ・グナラタナ；出村佳子：《マインドフルネスを越えて》（東京：サンガ，2013）
• バンテ・ヘーネポラ・グナラタナ；出村佳子：《8マインドフル・ステップス》（東京：サンガ，2014）
• ティク・ナット・ハン；島田啓介：《ブッダの〈今を生きる〉の瞑想》（袋井：野草社，2016）
• アチャン・チャー；出村佳子：《アチャン・チャー法話集》（東京：サンガ，2016; 2017; 2019）
• ブッダダーサ比丘；サンティカロー比丘；浦崎雅代、星飛雄馬：《呼吸によるマインドフルネス》（東京：サンガ，2016）
• バンテ・ヘーネポラ・グナラタナ；出村佳子：《慈悲の瞑想：慈しみの心》（東京：春秋社，2018）
• ラリー・ローゼンバーグ；藤田一照：《〈目覚め〉への3つのステップ：マインドフルネスを生活に生かす実践》（東京：春秋社，2018）
• アチャン・チャー；出村佳子：《ビーイング・ダルマ：自由に生きるためのブッダの教え》（東京：サンガ，2020）

數學 Mathematica
• Pierre-Simon Laplace (1812). Théorie analytique des probabilités, Paris: Mme Veuve Courcier.
• Augustin Louis Cauchy (1821). Cours d'analyse de l'´Ecole Royale Polytechnique, Paris: Imprimerie royale.
• Joseph Fourier (1822). La theorie analytique de la chaleur, Paris: Didot.
• Simeon-Denis Poisson (1837). Recherches sur la probabilité des jugements en matière criminelle et en matière civile, Paris: Bachelier.
• Georg Wilhelm Leibniz; Karl Immanuel Gerhardt (1843-47). Mathematische Schriften, Hannover: Hahn.
• Hermann Graßmann (1844). Die lineale Ausdehnunglehre, Leipzig: O. Wiegand.
• Hermann Graßmann (1847). Geometrische analyse geknüpft an die von Leibniz erfundene geometrische charakteristik, Leipzig: Weidmann.
• Georg Friedrich Bernhard Riemann (1851). Grundlagen für eine allgemeine Theorie der Functionen einer veränderlichen complexen Grösse, Göttingen: Adalbert Rente.
• Charles Hermite (1855). Sur la théorie de la transformation des fonctions abéliennes, Paris: Mallet-Bachelier.
• Hermann Graßmann (1861) Lehrbuch der Arithmetik, Berlin: Enslin.
• Hermann Graßmann (1862). Die Ausdehnunglehre: Vollständig und in strenger Form bearbeitet, Berlin: T. C. F. Enslin.
• Camille Jordan (1870). Traité des substitutions et des équations algébriques, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Sofya Vasilyevna Kovalevskaya (1874). Zur Theorie der partiellen Differentialgleichungen, Berlin: Georg Reimer.
• Bernhard Riemann (1876). Gesammelte mathematische Werke und wissenschaftlicher Nachlass, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Victor Schlegel (1878). Hermann Grassmann Sein Leben und seine Werke, Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• George Boole; J. Fletcher Moulton (1880). Finite Differences, London: Macmillan
• Henri Poincaré (1882). Théorie des groupes fuchsiens, Caen: F. Le Blanc-Hardel.
• Henri Poincaré (1885). Sur un théorème de M. Fuchs, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Giuseppe Peano (1888). Calcolo geometrico secondo l'Ausdehnungslehre di H. Grassmann preceduto dalle operazioni della logica deduttiva, Torino: Bocca.
• Camille Jordan (1882-94). Cours d'analyse de l'ecole polytechnique, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Sophus Lie (1888-93) Theorie der Transformationsgruppen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• David Hilbert (1899). Grundlagen der Geometrie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Arthur Cayley (1889-97). The Collected Mathematical Papers, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hermann Graßmann; Friedrich Engel (1896-1911). Hermann Grassmanns gesammelte mathematische und physikalische Werke, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Évariste Galois; Emile Picard (1897). Œuvres mathématiques d'Évariste Galois, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Emile Borel (1898). Leçons sur la théorie des fonctions, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Henri Lebesgue (1904). Leçons sur l'intégration et la recherche des fonctions primitives, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• René Baire (1905). Leçons sur les fonctions discontinues, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Charles Hermite; Emile Picard (1905-17). Œuvres de Charles Hermite, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Thomas Muir (1906-23). Theory of Determinants in the Historical Order of Development, London: Macmillan.
• Ernest William Hobson (1907). The Theory of Functions of A Real Variable and The Theory of Fourier's Series, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kurt Hensel (1908). Theorie der algebraischen Zahlen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Oskar Bolza (1909). Vorlesungen über variationsrechnung, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Camille Jordan (1909). Cours d'analyse de l'École polytechnique, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Gerhard Kowalewski (1909). Einführung in die Determinantentheorie, einschliesslich der Fredholmschen Determinanten, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Maxime Bôcher (1909). An introduction to the study of integral equations, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Maxime Bôcher (1910). Einführung in die höhere Algebra, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Jacques Hadamard (1910). Leçons sur le calcul des variations, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Ernst Cassirer (1910). Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff, Berlin: B. Cassirer.
• Émile Picard (1910). Sur un theoreme general relatif aux equations integrales de premiere espece et sur quelques problemes de physique mathematique, Rendiconti del Circolo Matematico di Palermo 29: 79-97.
• Édouard Goursat (1910-15). Cours d'analyse mathématique, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Gerhard Hermann; Waldemar Kowalewski (1911). Die Komplexen Veränderlichen und ihre Funktionen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• William Burnside (1911). Theory of Groups of Finite Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Hilbert (1912). Grundzüge einer allgemeinen Theorie der linearen Integralgleichungen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Traian Lalescu (1912). Introduction a la théorie des équations intégrales, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Hermann Weyl (1913). Die Idee der Riemannschen Fläche, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Vito Volterra (1913). Leçons sur les fonctions de lignes, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Felix Hausdorff (1914). Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig: Veit.
• Francis Sowerby Macaulay (1916). he Algebraic theory of modular systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Maurice Lecat (1916). Bibliographie du calcul des variations depuis les origine jusqu'à 1850, Paris: Gand.
• Giulio Vivanti (1916). Elementi della teoria delle equazioni integrali lineari, Milano: Hoepli.
• William Elwood Byerly (1916). Generalized Coordinates, Boston: Ginn.
• Charles-Jean de La Vallée Poussin (1916). Intégrales de Lebesgue, fonctions d'ensembles, classes de Baire, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• George Abram Miller; Hans Frederik Blichfeldt; Leonard E Dickson (1916). Theory and applications of finite groups, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Maxime Bôcher; Gaston Julia (1917). Leçons sur les méthodes de Sturm dans la théorie des équations différentielles linéaires et leurs développements modernes, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Luigi Bianchi (1918). Lezioni sulla teoria dei gruppi continui finiti di trasformazioni, Pisa: Spoerri.
• Horatio Scott Carslaw (1921). Introduction to the theory of Fourier's series and integrals and the mathematical theory of the conduction of heat, London: Macmillan.
• Leonida Tonelli (1921-23). Fondamenti di calcolo delle variazioni, Bologna: N. Zanichelli.
• George Neville Watson (1922). A Treatise on the Theory of Bessel Functions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Tullio Levi-Civita; Giovanni Lampariello; Marcel Brelot (1922). Caractéristiques des systèmes différentiels et propagation des ondes, Paris: Félix Alcan.
• Torsten Carleman (1922). Sur la résolution de certaines équations intégrales, Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.
• Heinrich Wilhelm Ewald Jung (1922). Kurven auf algebraischen Flächen, Berlin: Springer.
• Edouard Goursat (1922). Leçons sur le problème de Pfaff, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Béla Kerékjártó (1923). Vorlesungen über Topologie, Berlin: Springer.
• Andreas Speiser (1923). Die theorie der Gruppen von endlicher ordnung, Berlin: Springer.
• Roland Weitzenböck (1923). Invariantentheorie, Groningen: Noordhoff.
• Jacques Hadamard (1923). Lectures on Cauchy's problem in linear partial differential equations, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1923/30). Moderne Algebra, Berlin: Springer.
• Jan Arnoldus Schouten (1924). Der Ricci-Kalkül, Berlin: Springer.
• Gilbert Ames Bliss (1924). Calculus of Variations, Chicago: The Open Court Publishing Company.
• Rudolf Füter; Max Gut (1924/27). Vorlesungen über die singulären Moduln und die komplexe Multiplikation der elliptischen Funktionen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Erich Kamke (1925). Das Lebesguesche Integral; eine Einführung in die neuere Theorie der reellen Funktionen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Élie Cartan (1925). Leçon sur la géométrie des espaces de Riemann, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Adolf Kneser (1925). Lehrbuch der Variationsrechnung, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Albert Jean Baptiste Chatelet (1925). Les groupes abéliens finis et les modules de points entiers, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• John Edward Campbell (1926). A Course of Differential Geometry, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Felix Klein; Wilhelm Blaschke (1926). Vorlesungen über höhere Geometrie, Berlin: Springer.
• Maurice Fréchet (1926). Les espaces abstraits topologiquement affines, Acta Mathematica 47: 25-52.
• Luther Pfahler Eisenhart (1926). Riemannian Geometry, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Edward L. Ince (1926). Ordinary Differential Equations, London: Dover.
• Edmund Taylor Whittaker; George Neville Watson (1927). A Course of Modern Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• George David Birkhoff (1927). Dynamical Systems, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Felix Hausdorff (1927). Mengenlehre, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Luther Pfahler Eisenhart (1927). Non-Riemannian Geometry, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Edward L. Ince (1927). Ordinary Differential Equations, London: Longmans.
• Constantin Carathéodory (1927). Vorlesungen über reelle funktionen, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Charles Ernest Weatherburn (1927/30). Differential Geometry of Three Dimensions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Karl Menger (1928). Dimensionstheorie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Adolf Hurwitz; Richard Courant (1929). Vorlesungen über allgemeine Funktionentheorie und elliptische Funktionen, Berlin: Springer.
• Gerhard Kowalewski (1929). Einführung in die Analytische Geometrie, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Friedrich Levi (1929). Geometrische konfigurationen, mit einer einführung in die kombinatorische flächentopologie, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Florian Cajori (1928-29). History of Mathematical Notations, Chicago: Open Court Publishing Company.
• Solomon Lefschetz (1930). Topology, New York: American Mathematical Society.
• David Hilbert (1930). Grundlagen der Geometrie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Élie Cartan; Henry Villat (1930). La théorie des groupes finis et continus et l'analysis situs, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Nicolas Lusin (1930). Leçons sur les ensembles analytiques et leur applications, Paris: Gautier-Villers.
• Leonard Eugène Dickson (1930). Modern Algebraic theories, Chicago: Sanborn.
• Richard Courant (1930/31). Vorlesungen über Differential- und Integralrechnung, Berlin: Springer.
• Albert Joseph McConnell (1931). Applications of the Absolute Differential Calculus, London: Blackie.
• Emil Artin (1931). Einführung in die Theorie der Gammafunktion, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• David Hilbert; Stephan Cohn-Vossen (1932). Anschauliche Geometrie, Berlin: Springer.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1932). Die Gruppentheoretische Methode in der Quantenmechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Oswald Veblen; John Henry Constantine Whitehead (1932). The foundations of differential geometry, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press .
• Marshall Harvey Stone (1932). Linear Transformations in Hilbert Space and their applications to Analysis, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Jacques Hadamard; Jacqueline Hadamard (1932). Le Problème de Cauchy et les Equations aux dérivées partielles linéaires hyperboliques, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Stefan Banach (1932). Théorie des opérations linéaires, Warszawa: Instytut Matematyczny Polskiej Akademi Nauk.
• Luther Pfahler Eisenhart (1933). Continuous groups of transformations, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Stanisław Saks; Ştefan Banach (1933). Théorie de l'intégrale, Warszawa: Z subwencji Funduszu kultury narodowej.
• Andrej Nikolaevič Kolmogorov (1933). Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Berlin: Springer.
• David Hilbert; Paul Bernays (1934/39). Die Grundlagen der Mathematik, Berlin: Springer.
• Gaston Julia (1934). Leçons sur la représentation conforme des aires simplement connexes, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Herbert Seifert; William Threlfall (1934). Lehrbuch der Topologie, Berlin: Springer.
• Marston Morse (1934). The Calculus of Variations in the Large, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Tracy Yerkes Thomas (1934). The Differential Invariants of Generalized Spaces, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1935). Gruppen von linearen Transformationen, Berlin: Springer.
• Élie Cartan (1935). La méthode du repère mobile, la théorie des groupes continus, et les espaces generalizes, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Pavel Sergeevič Aleksandrov; Heinz Hopf (1935). Topologie, Berlin: Springer.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1935). Gruppen von Linearen Transformationen, Berlin: Springer.
• Eliakim Hastings Moore; Raymond Walter Barnard (1935-39). General Analysis, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Frederick George Donnan; Pierre-Maurice-Marie Duhem; Arthur Erich Haas (1936). A Commentary on the Scientific Writings of J. Willard Gibbs, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Richard Courant; Edward James McShane (1936-37). Differential and Integral Calculus, New York: Interscience.
• Edward Charles Titchmarsh (1937). Introduction to the Theory of Fourier Integrals, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Élie Cartan; André Mercier (1938). Leçons sur la théorie des spineurs, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Harald Cramér (1937). Random Variables and Probability Distributions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gustave Brunet (1938). Étude historique sur le principe de la moindre action, Paris: A. Hermann.
• André Weil (1938). L'intégration dans les groupes topologiques et ses application, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Francis Dominic Murnaghan (1938). The Theory of Group Representations, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1939). Einführung in die algebraische geometrie, Berlin: Springer
• William Vallance Douglas Hodge (1940). The Theory and Applications of Harmonic Integrals, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dudley Ernest Littlewood (1940). The Theory of Group Characters and Matrix Representations of Groups, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Godfrey Harold Hardy (1940). Ramanujan: Twelve Lectures on Subjects Suggested by His Life and Work, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kurt Gödel (1940). The Consistency of the Continuum-Hypothesis, Princeton University Press.
• Witold Hurewicz; Henry Wallman (1941). Dimension Theory, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Élie Cartan (1945). Les systèmes différentiels extérieurs et leurs applications géométriques, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Hermann Weyl (1946). Classical Groups: Their Invariants and Representations, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Emil Artin; Arthur N. Milgram (1946). Galois Theory, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Élie Cartan (1946). Leçons sur la géométrie des espaces de Riemann, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Hermann Weyl (1946). The Classical Groups, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Lawrence M. Graves (1946). The Theory of Functions of Real Variables, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Claude Chevalley (1946). Theory of Lie groups, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Leonard George Holden Huxley (1947). A survey of the principles & practice of wave guides, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Louis Brand (1947). Vector and tensor analysis, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Godfrey Harold Hardy (1949). Divergent Series, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Lefschetz, S. (1949). Introduction to Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Luther Pfahler Eisenhart (1949). Riemannian Geometry, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• John Lighton Synge; Alfred Schild (1949). Tensor Calculus, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Ernst Adolph Guillemin (1949). The Mathematics of Circuit Analysis, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Всеволод Иванович Романовский (1949). Дискретные цепи Маркова, Москва: Гостехиздат. [Vsevolod Ivanovič Romanovskij; Eugene Seneta (1970). Discrete Markov Chains, Groningen: Wolters-Noordhoff.]
• Salomon Bochner; Komaravolu Chandrasekharan (1949). Fourier Transforms, Prinston: Princeton University Press.
• Solomon Lefschetz (1949). Introduction to Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Harry Lass (1950). Vector and Tensor Analysis, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Paul Richard Halmos (1950). Measure Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Dirk Jan Struik (1950). Lectures on Classical Differential Geometry, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Laurent Schwartz (1950-51). Théorie des distributions, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Richard Courant; Menahem Max Schiffer (1950). Dirichlet's principle, conformal mapping, and minimal surfaces, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Georges de Rham; Kunihiko Kodaira (1950). Harmonic Integrals, Princeton: Institute for Advanced Study.
• Paul Richard Halmos (1950). Measure Theory, New York: D. Van Nostrand.
• James Johnston Stoker (1950). Nonlinear Vibrations, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• George Clark Southworth (1950). Principles and Applications of Waveguide Transmission, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Dudley Ernest Littlewood (1950). The theory of group characters and matrix representations of groups, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Laurent Schwartz (1950/51). Thèorie des distributions, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Leonard Lewin (1951). Advanced Theory of Waveguides, London: Iliffe.
• Ian Naismith Sneddon (1951). Fourier Transforms, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Jan Arnoldus Schouten (1951). Tensor Analysis for Physicists, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Harald Cramér (1951). Mathematical Methods of Statistics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Norman Earl Steenrod (1951). The Topology of Fibre Bundles, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Claude Chevalley (1951-54). Théorie des groupes de Lie, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Henri Poincaré; Paul Appell; Jules Drach; et al. (1951-65). Œuvres de Henri Poincaré, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Wilfred Kaplan (1952). Advanced Calculus, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Robert Weinstock (1952). Calculus of Variations, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Samuel Eilenberg; Norman Earl Steenrod (1952). Foundations of Algebraic Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Robert Roth Stoll (1952). Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Barry Spain (1953). Tensor Calculus, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Leonard Mascot Blumenthal (1953). Theory and Applications of Distance Geometry, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Александр Геннадиевич Курош (1953). Теория групп, Государственное издательство технико-теоретической литературы, Москва: Учпедгиз. [Aleksandr Gennadievich Kurosh; Kurt August Hirsch (1955). The Theory of Groups, New York: Chelsea.]
• Irving Kaplansky (1954). Infinite Abelian Groups, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
• Josef Meixner; Friedrich Wilhelm Schäfke (1954). Mathieusche Funktionen und Sphäroidfunktionen, mit Anwendungen auf physikalische und technische Probleme, Berlin: Springer.
• Hans Adolph Buchdahl (1954). Optical Aberration Coefficients, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Jan Arnoldus Schouten (1954). Ricci-calculus, an introduction to tensor analysis and its geometrical applications, Berlin: Springer.
• Nelson Wax (1954). Selected papers on noise and stochastic processes, New York: Dover.
• Claude Chevalley (1954). The Algebraic Theory of Spinors, Ann Arbor: Columbia University
• Ташмухамед Алиевич Сарымсаков (1954). Основы теории процессов Маркова, Маркова: Гостехиздат.
• Maurice Stevenson Bartlett (1955). An introduction to stochastic processes, with special reference to methods and applications, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Frigyes Riesz; Béla Szőkefalvi-Nagy (1955). Functional analysis, New York: Frederick Ungar Publishing
• John L. Kelley (1955). General topology, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Kentaro Yano (1955). The theory of Lie derivatives and its applications, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• André Lichnerowicz (1955). Théorie globale des connexions et des groupes d'holonomie, Roma: Edizioni cremonese.
• Deane Montgomery; Leo Zippin (1955). Topological transformation groups, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Georges de Rham (1955). Variétés différentiables: formes, courants, formes harmoniques Paris: A. Hermann
• Deane Montgomery; Leo Zippin (1955). Topological Transformation Groups, New York: Interscience.
• Frank W. Warner (1955). Foundations of Differentiable Manifolds and Lie Groups, Berlin: Springer.
• Lamberto Cesari (1956). Surface Area, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Wilhelm Specht (1956). Gruppentheorie, Berlin: Springer.
• Paul Richard Halmos (1956). Lectures on Ergodic Theory, New York: Chelsea.
• John C .Burkill (1956). The Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, London: Oliver and Boyd.
• Constantin Carathéodory (1956). Variationsrechnung und partielle Differentialgleichungen erster Ordnung, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Einar Hille; Ralph S. Phillips (1957). Functional analysis and semi-groups, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Hassler Whitney (1957). Geometric Integration Theory, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Emil Artin (1957). Geometric Algebra, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Albert Pfluger (1957). Theorie der Riemannschen Flachen, Berlin: Springer.
• Ernst Snapper (1957). Cohomology Groups and Genera of Higher-Dimensional Fields, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Владимир Иванович Смирнов (1957-59). Курс высшей математики, Москва: Главная редакция физико-математической литературы издательства "Наука".
• Witold Hurewicz (1958). Lectures on Ordinary Differential Equations, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Michael James Lighthill (1958). Introduction to Fourier Analysis and Generalized Functions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• László Fuchs (1958). Abelian Groups, Budapest: Publishing House of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences.
• Lawrence Murray Graves (1958). Calculus of Variations, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Nicolas Bourbaki (1958). Éléments de Mathématique: Algèbre, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Julius S. Bendat (1958). Principles and Applications of Random Noise Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• André Weil (1958). Introduction à étude des variétés kählériennes, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Nelson Dunford; Jacob T Schwartz; William George Bade; Robert G Bartle (1958/63/70). Linear Operators 1-3, New York: Interscience.
• Louis Auslander; Lawrence Markus (1959). Flat Lorentz 3-Manifolds, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Henry Ernest Rauch (1959). Geodesics and curvature in differential geometry in the large, New York: Yeshiva University.
• Sze-Tsen Hu (1959). Homotopy Theory, New York: Academic Press .
• Mark Kac (1959). Proceedings of the Summer Seminar, Boulder, Colorado, 1957, New York: Interscience Publishers.
• Ronold Wyeth Percival King; Tai Tsun Wu (1959). The Scattering and Diffraction of Waves, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Marshall Hall (1959). The Theory of Groups, London: Macmillan.
• George K. Batchelor (1959). Theory of Homogeneous Turbulence, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Евгений Борисович Дынкин (1959). Основы теории марковских процессов, Москва: Главная редакция физико-математической литературы издательства "Наука". [Evgenij Borisovič Dynkin; Josef Wloka (1961). Die Grundlagen der Theorie der Markoffschen Prozesse, Berlin: Springer.]
• Jean-Pierre Serre (1959). Groupes algébriques et corps de classes, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Richard L. Bishop; Samuel I. Goldberg (1960). Tensor Analysis on Manifolds, New York: Macmillan.
• Rudolf Kurth (1960). Axiomatics of Classical Statistical Mechanics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Detlef Laugwitz (1960). Differentialgeometrie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Robert E. Collin (1960). Field Theory of Guided Waves, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Peter John Hilton; Shaun Wylie (1960). Homology theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Lars Hörmander (1960). Riemannian Geometry: Lecture notes, Lund: Lund University.
• Donald Greenspan (1960). Theory and solution of ordinary differential equations, London: Macmillan.
• Georges de Rham (1960). Variétés différentiables: formes, courants, formes harmoniques, Paris: A. Hermann.
• André Martineau (1961). Les hyperfonctions de M. Sato, Paris: Secrétariat mathématique.
• Анатолий Владимирович Скороход (1961). Исследования по теории случайных процессов: Стохастические дифференциальные уравнения и предельные теоремы для процессов Маркова, Киев: Издательство Академии Наук УзССР. [Anatoly Vladimirovich Skorohod (1965). Studies in the theory of random processes, Reading: Addison-Wesley.]
• Kenneth Hoffman; Ray Kunze (1961). Linear Algebra, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Stefan Kulczycki; Stanisław Knapowski (1961). Non-Euclidean Geometry, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Richard T. Cox (1961). The Algebra of Probable Inference, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
• John G. Hocking; Gail S. Young (1961). Topology, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Frank Matossi (1961). Gruppentheorie der eigenschwingungen von punktsystemen, Berlin: Springer.
• Arthur Hoblitzelle Clifford; Gordon G. Preston (1961/67). The Algebraic Theory of Semigroups, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Leopold Alexander Pars (1962). An Introduction to the Calculus of Variations, London: Heinemann.
• Isaac Moiseevich Yaglom; Richard A Silverman (1962). An introduction to the theory of stationary random functions, Mansfield Centre: Martino.
• Harold Jeffreys (1962). Asymptotic Approximations, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Kenneth Hoffman (1962). Banach spaces of analytic functions, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Sigurdur Helgason (1962). Differential geometry and symmetric spaces, New York: Academic Press.
• Vsevolod Alekseevich Wainstein; Vsevolod Alekseevich Zubakov (1962). Extraction of Signals from Noise, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Ilya Nestorovich Vekua; Ian Naismith Sneddon (1962). Generalized Analytic Functions, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Nathan Jacobson (1962). Lie Algebras, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Masayoshi Nagata (1962). Local Rings, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Friedrich Hirzebruch (1962). Neue topologische Methoden in der algebraischen Geometrie, Berlin: Springer.
• Garrett Birkhoff; Gian-Carlo Rota (1962). Ordinary Differential Equations, Waltham, Massachusetts: Blaisdell Publishing Company.
• Murray Rosenblatt (1962). Random Processes, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Edgar Raymond Lorch (1962). Spectral Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Harold T. Davis (1962). Introduction to Nonlinear Differential and Integral Equations, New York: Dover.
• André Weil (1962). Foundations of Algebraic Geometry, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Shoshichi Kobayashi; Katsumi Nomizu (1963). Foundations of Differential Geometry, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Izraili M. Gelfand; Sergei V. Fomin; Richard A. Silverman (1963). Calculus of Variations, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Saunders MacLane (1963). Homology, Berlin: Springer.
• Louis Auslander; Robert E MacKenzie (1963). Introduction to Differentiable Manifolds, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• George Finlay Simmons (1963). Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Jean Alexandre Dieudonné (1963). La géometrie des groupes classiques, Berlin: Springer.
• Ralph Abraham; Stephen Smale (1963). Lectures of Smale on Differential Topology, New York: Columbia University.
• Shlomo Sternberg (1963). Lectures on Differential Geometry, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Werner Hildbert Greub (1963). Linear Algebra, New York: Academic Press.
• John W. Milnor (1963). Morse Theory, Princeton: Princeton University Press
• Hermann Boerner (1963). Representations of groups, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Izraili Moiseevich Gelfand; Robert Adolfovich Minlos; Zora Akovlevna Shapiro (1963). Representations of Rotation and Lorenz Groups and Their Applications, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• John Horváth (1963). Topological Vector Spaces, College Park: University of Maryland.
• Stephen Smale (1963). Diffeomorphisms with Many Periodic Points, New York: Columbia University.
• Евгений Борисович Дынкин (1963). Марковские процессы, Москва: Главная редакция физико-математической литературы издательства "Наука". [Joseph Wloka (1965). Markov processes, Berlin: Springer.]
• Shoshichi Kobayashi; Katsumi Nomizu (1963/69). Foundations of differential geometry, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Irving Ezra Segal (1965). Analysis in Function Space, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Stephen Smale (1964). Differential and Combinatorial Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Franz E. Hohn (1964). Elementary Matrix Algebra, London: Macmillan.
• Alexandre Grothendieck; Jean Dieudonné (1964). Eléments de géométrie algébrique, Paris: Institut des Hautes études scientifiques.
• Izrail M. Gelfand; Georgy E. Shilov (1964). Generalized Functions, New York: Academic Press.
• Richard L. Bishop; Richard J. Crittenden (1964). Geometry of Manifolds, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Mark Aronovich Naimark (1964). Linear Representations of the Lorentz Group, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Lipman Bers (1964). Partial Diffrential Equations, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Steven A. Gaal (1964). Point set topology, New York: Academic Press.
• Frank Spitzer (1964). Principles of Random Walk, Berlin: Springer.
• Ivan Stephen Sokolnikoff (1964). Tensor analysis, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Robert Gardner Bartle (1964). The Elements of Real Analysis, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Gordon Thomas Whyburn (1964). Topological Analysis, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Deane Montgomery; Leo Zippin (1965). Topological Transformation Groups, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Leopold A. Pars (1965). A Treatise on Analytical Dynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Kurt Otto Friedrichs (1965). Perturbation of Spectra in Hilbert Space, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Robert Clifford Gunning; Hugo Rossi (1965). Analytic Functions of Several Complex Variables, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Michael Spivak (1965). Calculus on Manifolds, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Stewart Scott Cairns (1965). Differential and Combinatoria Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Kiyosi Itō; Henry P. McKean (1965). Diffusion processes and their sample paths, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter Hauser (1965). Introduction to the Principles of Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• John Milnor (1965). Lectures on the H-Cobordism Theorem, Princeton: Princeton University Press
• Noel J. Hicks (1965). Notes on Differential Geometry, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Richard S. Palais (1965). Seminar on the Atiyah–Singer Index Theorem, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Naum I. Achiezer (1965). The Classical Moment Problem, New York: Hafner.
• Emil Artin; Serge Lang; John Torrence Tate (1965). The collected papers of Emil Artin, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Eugene Leimanis (1965). The General Problem of the Motion of Coupled Rigid Bodies about a Fixed Point, Berlin: Springer.
• Gerhard Hochschild (1965). The Structure of Lie Groups, San Francisco: Holden-Day.
• Lászlo Rédei (1965). The Theory of Finitely Generated Commutative Semigroups, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Aleksey I. Markushevich; Richard A. Silverman (1965). Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall
• John Willard Milnor (1965). Topology from the differentiable viewpoint, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Михаил Михайлович Постников (1965). Вариационная теория геодезических, Москва: Наука. [Mikhail Mikhailovich Postnikov; Bernard R. Gelbaum (1967). The Variational Theory of Geodesics, Philadelphia: Saunders.]
• Лев Семёнович Понтрягин (1965). Обыкновенные дифференциальные уравнения, Москва: Наука.
• Виктор Павлович Маслов (1965). Теория возмущений и асимптотические методы, Москва: МГУ.
• Constantin Carathéodory (1965/67). Calculus of Variations and Partial Differential Equations of the First Order, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Edwin Henry Spanier (1966). Algebraic Topology, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• James R. Munkres (1966). Elementary Differential Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Robert Hermann (1966). Lie Groups for Physicists, Reading: W. A. Benjamin.
• Charles Ernest Weatherburn (1966). An Introduction to Riemannian Geometry and the Tensor Calculus, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Barrett O'Neill (1966). Elementary Differential Geometry, New York: Academic Press.
• Karl Heinrich Hofmann; Paul Stallings Mostert (1966). Elements of Compact Semigroups, Columbus: Charles E. Merrill Books.
• Dale Husemöller (1966). Fibre Bundles, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Kōsaku Yoshida (1966). Functional Analysis, Berlin: Springer.
• Marvin J. Greenberg (1966). Lectures on Algebraic Topology, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• David Mumford (1966). Lectures on Curves on an Algebraic Surface, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Lars V. Ahlfors; Clifford J. Earle (1966). Lectures on Quasiconformal Mappings, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Robert C. Gunning (1966). Lectures on Riemann Surfaces, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Charles Bradfield Morrey (1966). Multiple Integrals in the Calculus of Variations, Berlin: Springer.
• Toshio Katō (1966). Perturbation Theory for Linear Operators, Berlin: Springer.
• Paul-André Meyer (1966). Probability and Potentials, Blaisdell
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold; André Avez (1966). Problèmes ergodiques de la mécanique classique, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Walter Rudin (1966). Real and Complex Analysis, London: McGraw-Hill.
• Paul J. Cohen (1966). Real and Complex Analysis, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• James Dugundji (1966). Topology, Dubuque: Allyn & Bacon.
• Geoffrey Colin Shephard (1966). Vector Spaces of Finite Dimension, Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd.
• Yu Chen (1966). Vibrations: Theoretical Methods, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Алексей Зиновьевич Петров (1966). Новые методы в общей теории относительности, Москва: Наука.
• Paul R. Halmos (1967). A Hilbert Space Problem Book, Berlin: Springer.
• William S. Massey (1967). Algebraic Topology: An Introduction, New York: Harcourt.
• Calvin Richard Putnam (1967). Commutation Properties of Hilbert Space Operators and Related Topics, Berlin: Springer.
• Laurent Schwartz (1967). Cours d'analyse, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Michael Francis Atiyah; Donald Werner Anderson (1967). K-Theory, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Isadore Manuel Singer; John A. Thorpe (1967). Lecture Notes on Elementary Topology and Geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• Robert Clifford Gunning (1967). Lectures on Vector Bundles over Riemann Surfaces, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Kai Lai Chung (1967). Markov chains with stationary transition probabilities, Berlin: Springer.
• Krzysztof Maurin (1967). Methods of Hilbert spaces, Warszawa: PWN-Polish Scientific Publishers.
• Mario Bunge (1967). Quantum Theory and Reality, Berlin: Springer.
• Madan Lal Mehta (1967). Random matrices, New York: Academic Press.
• Glen E. Bredon (1967). Sheaf Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Edward Nelson (1967). Tensor Analysis, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Marvin Lee Minsky (1967). Computation: Finite And Infinite Machines, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Dmitri Victorovich Anosov (1967). Geodesic Flows on Closed Riemannian Manifolds with Negative Curvature, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• François Treves (1967). Topological Vector Spaces, Distributions and Kernels, New York: Academic Press.
• Roger Godement (1967). Topologie Algébrique et théorie des faisceaux, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Ralph Abraham; Joel Robbin (1967). Transversal Mappings and Flows, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Дмитрий Викторович Аносов (1967). Геодезические потоки на замкнутых римановых многообразиях отрицательной кривизны, Москва: Наука. [Dmitrii Viktorovich Anosov (1967). Geodesic flows on closed Riemannian manifolds of negative curvature, Providence: American Mathematical Society.]
• Евгений Борисович Дынкин; Антон Васильевич Юшкевич (1967). Теоремы и задачи о процессах Маркова, Москва: Наука. [Evgueni Borisovitch Dynkine; Aleksandr Adolfovitch Iouchkevitch; James S. Wood (1969). Markov Process: Thorems and Problems, New York: Plenum Press.]
• Lynn H Loomis; Shlomo Sternberg (1968). Advanced Calculus, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Raghavan Narasimhan (1968). Analysis on Real and Complex Manifolds, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Shiing-Shen Chern (1968). Complex manifolds without potential theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Bruno Renner (1968). Current Algebras and Their Applications, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Richard Sheldon Palais (1968). Foundations of Global Non-Linear Analysis, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Krzysztof Maurin (1968). General Eigenfunction Expansions and Unitary Representations of Topological Groups, Warsaw: Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe.
• Jürgen Moser (1968). Lectures on Hamiltonian Systems, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Melvin Hausner; Jacob T. Schwartz (1968). Lie Groups; Lie Algebras, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Robert McCallum Blumenthal; Ronald Kay Getoor (1968). Markov Processes and Potential Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Marc Kac; Stanislaw Marcin Ulam (1968). Mathematics and Logic: Retrospect and Prospects, New York: Praeger.
• Leo Breiman (1968). Probability, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Halsey Lawrence Royden (1968). Real Analysis, London: Macmillan.
• Edward Nelson (1968). Tensor analysis, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Naum Jakovlevič Vilenkin (1968). Special Functions and the Theory of Group Representations, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Richard L. Bishop; Samuel I. Goldberg (1968). Tensor Analysis on Manifolds, London: Macmillan.
• Robert Hermann (1968). Differential geometry and the calculus of variations, New York: Academic Press.
• Ernest Moshe Loebl; Lawrence Christian Biedenharn (1968/71). Group Theory and Its Applications, New York: Academic Press.
• Robert Hermann (1969). Analysis on Groups and Partial Wave Analysis, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• John Leech (1969). Computational Problems in Abstract Algebra, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Marston Morse; Stewart S. Cairns (1969). Critical point theory in global analysis and differential topology, New York: Academic Press.
• Richard Hermann (1969). Fourier analysis on groups and partial wave analysis, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Walter Wrigley; Walter M. Hollister; William G. Denhard (1969). Gyroscopic Theory, Design and Instrumentation, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Moss E. Sweedler (1969). Hopf Algebras, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Gustave Choquet; Jerrold Eldon Marsden (1969). Lectures on Analysis, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Raoul Bott (1969). Lectures on K(X), New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• John Frank Adams (1969). Lectures on Lie groups, Chicago ; London: University of Chicago Press.
• Jacques Dixmier (1969). Algèbres d'opérateurs dans l'espace hilbertien, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Jacques Dixmier (1969). Les C-algèbres et leurs représentations, Paris: Gauthier-Villars. • Armand Borel (1969). Linear Algebraic Groups, New York: W. A. Benjamin. • Hans Freudenthal; Hendrik de Vries (1969). Linear Lie groups, New York: Academic Press. • Stephen Urban Chase (1969). Hopf Algebras and Galois Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Mariia Ivanovna Petrashen; Evgenii Dmitrievich Trifonov (1969). Applications of Group Theory in Quantum Mechanics [Применение теории групп в квантовой механике], Cambridge:The M.I.T. Press. • David G. Luenberger (1969). Optimization by Vector Space Methods, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • René Thom (1969). Stabilité structurelle et morphogenèse, New York: W. A. Benjamin. • Henry P. McKean (1969). Stochastic integrals, Providence: American Mathematical Society. • Jean-Marie Souriau (1969). Structure des systèmes dynamiques, Paris: Dunod. • Albert T. Lundell; Stephen Weingram (1969). The topology of CW complexes, New York: D. van Nostrand. • Aage Bohr; Ben R. Mottelson (1969-75). Nuclear structure, New York: W. A. Benjamin. • Alwyn Scott (1970). Active and Nonlinear Wave Propagation in electronics, New York: Wiley-Interscience. • David Gilbarg; Neil S. Trudinger (1970). Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Berlin: Springer. • André Haefliger and Raghavan Narasimhan (1970). Essays dédié à Georges deRahm, Berlin: Springer. • Roger W. Brockett (1970). Finite Dimensional Linear Systems, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • Henri Cartan (1970). Formes différentielles, Paris: Hermann • John Frank Adams (1970). Lectures on generalized cohomology, Berlin: Springer. • Robert Schatten (1970). Norm Ideals of Completely Continuous Operators, Berlin: Springer. • Elias M. Stein (1970). Singular Integrals and Differentiability Properties of Functions, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Andrew H. Jazwinski (1970). Stochastic Processes and Filtering Theory, New York: Academic Press. • Werner Rühl (1970). The Lorentz Group and Harmonic Analysis, New York: W. A. Benjamin. • Pierre Schapira (1970). Théorie des Hyperfonctions, Berlin: Springer. • Masamichi Takesaki (1970). Tomita's Theory of Modular Hilbert Algebras and Its Applications, Berlin: Springer. • Wolfgang Walter (1970). Differential and integral inequalities, Berlin: Springer. • David Hilbert (1970). Gesammelte Abhandlungen, Berlin: Springer. • Max Karoubi (1970). Séminaire Heidelberg-Saarbrücken-Strasbourg sur la K-théorie, Berlin: Springer. • Pierre Bourdieu; Jean-Claude Passeron (1970). La Reproduction. Éléments pour une théorie du système d'enseignement, Paris: Les Éditions de Minuit. • David Freedman (1971). Brownian Motion and Diffusion, Berlin: Springer. • Shôichirô Sakai (1971). C-algebras and W-algebras, Berlin: Springer. • Dominic James Anthony Welsh (1971). Combinatorial Mathematics and its Application, New York: Academic Press. • James A Morrow; Kunihiko Kodaira (1971). Complex Manifolds, New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. • Serge Lang (1971). Differential Manifolds, Reading: Addison-Wesley. • Zbigniew Nitecki (1971). Differentiable Dynamics, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press. • Frank W. Warner (1971). Foundations of differentiable manifolds and Lie groups, Berlin: Springer. • Élie Cartan (1971). Leçons sur les invariants integraux, Paris: A. Hermann. • Irving Kaplansky (1971). Lie Algebras and Locally Compact Groups, Chicago: University of Chicago Press. • Fritz John (1971). Partial Differential Equations, Berlin: Springer. • Eugene Wong (1971). Stochastic Processes in Information and Dynamical Systems, New York: McGraw-Hill. • Michael David Spivak (1971-75). Differential Geometry, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Jussi Väisälä (1971) Lectures on n-Dimensional Quasiconformal Mappings, Berlin: Springer. • Harald Holmann; Hansklaus Rummler (1972). Alternierende Differentialformen, Mannheim: Bibliographisches Institut. • Benjamin W. Lee (1972). Chiral Dynamics, New York: Gordon and Breach. • Rolf Sulanke; Peter Wintgen (1972). Differentialgeometrie und Faserbündel, Basel: Birkhäuser. • Glen Eugene Bredon (1972). Introduction to Compact Transformation Groups, New York: Academic Press. • Kenkichi Iwasawa. (1972). Lectures on p-adic L-functions, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Albrecht Dold (1972). Lectures on Algebraic Topology, Berlin: Springer. • Robert C Gunning (1972). Lectures on Riemann surfaces, Jacobi varieties, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Antonio Kumpera; Donald Clayton Spencer (1972). Lie equations, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Georgio Eugenio Oscare Giacaglia (1972). Perturbation Methods in Non-Linear Systems, Berlin: Springer. • Shōshichi Kobayashi (1972). Transformation Groups in Differential Geometry, Berlin: Springer. • Martin Golubitsky; Victor Guillemin (1973). Stable mappings and their singularities, Berlin: Springer. • Robert B. Dingle (1973). Asymptotic Expansions: Their Derivation and Interpretation, New York: Academic Press. • Vladimir Igorevich Arnold; Richard A. Silverman (1973). Ordinary Differential Equations, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press. • Hermann Minkowski; David Hilbert; Lily Rüdenberg; Hans Zassenhaus (1973). Briefe an David Hilbert, Berlin: Springer. • Raymond O'Neil Wells (1973). Differential Analysis on Complex Manifods, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. • Henry Ernest Rauch; Aaron Lebowitz (1973). Elliptic Functions, Theta Functions, and Riemann Surfaces, Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins. • Johannes Jisse Duistermaat (1973). Fourier Integral Operators, New York: Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, New York University. • James W. Vick (1973). Homology Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Hikosaburō Komatsu (1973). Hyperfunctions and Pseudo-Differential Equations, Berlin: Springer. • Philip Hartman (1973). Ordinary differential equations, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • Jürgen Moser (1973). Stable and Random Motions in Dynamical Systems, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Ludwig Arnold (1973). Stochastische Differentialgleichungen: Theorie und Anwendung, München: Oldenbourg. • John D. Fay (1973). Theta Functions on Riemann Surfaces, Berlin: Springer. • Лев Семёнович Понтрягин (1973). Непрерывные группы, Москва: Наука. • Gerald Beresford Whitham(1974). Linear and Nonlinear Waves, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • Alain Grigis; Johannes Sjöstrand (1974). Microlocal Analysis for Differential Operators, London: London Mathematical Society. • Robert Hermann (1974). Physical Aspects of Lie group theory, Montréal: Les Presses de l'Université de Montréal. • George W. Bluman; Julian D. Cole (1974). Similarity Methods for Differential Equations, Berlin: Springer. • Ludwig Arnold (1974). Stochastic Differential Equations, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • Iosif Ilyich Gikhman; Anatoli Vladimirovich Skorokhod (2004/07). The Theory of Stochastic Processes, Berlin: Springer. • Louis Nirenberg (1974). Topics in Nonlinear Functional Analysis, Providence: American Mathematical Society. • Thomas W. Hungerford (1974). Algebra, Berlin: Springer. • Frank W. J. Olver (1974). Asymptotics and Special Functions, New York: Academic Press. • Helmut H. Schaefer (1974). Banach Lattices and Positive Operators, Berlin: Springer. • John Milnor; James D. Stasheff (1974). Characteristic Classes, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Sadayuki Yamamuro (1974). Differential Calculus in Topological Linear Spaces, Berlin: Springer. • Morris W. Hirsch; Stephen Smale (1974). Differential equations, dynamical systems, and linear algebra, New York: Academic Press. • Victor Guillemin; Alan Pollack (1974). Differential Topology, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. • Jerrold E Marsden (1974). Elementary Classical Analysis, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman • Robert Gilmore (1974). Lie Groups, Lie Algebra, and Some of Their Representations, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • Veeravalli Seshadri Varadarajan (1974). Lie groups, Lie algebras and their representations, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. • André Weil (1974). Basic Number Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Hubert C. Kennedy; Ruth Amsler (1974). Giuseppe Peano, Basel: Birkhäuser. • Philip J. Higgens (1974). An Introduction to Topological Groups, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. • Владимир Игоревич Арнольд (1974). Математические методы классической механики, Москва: Наука. • Robert M. Switzer (1975). Algebraic Topology: Homotopy and Homology, Berlin: Springer. • William M. Boothby (1975). An Introduction to Differentiable Manifolds and Riemannian Geometry, New York: Academic Press. • Solomon Lefschetz (1975). Applications of Algebraic Topology, Berlin: Springer. • Jeff Cheeger; David G. Ebin (1975). Comparison Theorems in Riemannian Geometry, Amsterdam: North-Holland. • Dale Husemöller (1975). Fiber Bundles, Berlin: Springer. • Arnold Magowan Arthurs (1975). Functional integration and its applications: proceedings of the international conference held at Cumberland Lodge, Windsor Great Park, London, in April 1974, Oxford: Clarendon Press. • Richard S. Hamilton (1975). Harmonic Maps of Manifolds with Boundary, Berlin: Springer. • Brayton Gray (1975). Homotopy Theory: An Introduction to Algebraic Topology, New York: Academic Press. • Hermann Flaschka; Alan C. Newell (1975). Integrable systems of nonlinear evolution equations, Berlin: Springer. • André Cerezo; Alain Piriou; Jacques Chazarain (1975). Introduction aux hyperfonctions, Colloques hyperfonctions et physique theorique, Berlin: Springer. • James E. Humphreys (1975). Linear algebraic groups, Berlin: Springer. • Arthur L. Besse (1975). Manifolds all of whose Geodesics are Closed, Berlin: Springer. • Jürgen Moser (1975). Dynamical Systems, Theory and Applications: Battelle Seattle 1974 Rencontres, Berlin: Springer. • Robert Alexander Adams (1975). Sobolev Spaces, New York: Academic Press. • John L. Kelley (1975). General Topology, Berlin: Springer. • Solomon Lefschetz (1975). Applications of Algebraic Topology, Berlin: Springer. • Michael Spivak (1975). A Comprehensive Introduction to Differential Geometry, Boston: Perish. • Benjamin Weiss (1975). The Geodesic How on Surfaces of Negative Curvature, Berlin: Springer. • Avner Friedman (1975/76). Stochastic Differential Equations and Applications, New York: Academic Press. • Robert M. Miura (1976). Bäcklund Transformation, Berlin: Springer. • Morris W. Hirsch (1976). Differential Topology, Berlin: Springer. • Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Kirillov (1976). Elements of the theory of representations, Berlin: Springer. • Dieter Lutz (1976). Topologische Gruppen, Mannheim: Bibliographisches Institut Verlag. • Isadore M Singer; John A Thorpe (1976). Lecture Notes on Elementary Topology and Geometry, Berlin: Springer. • Évariste Galois; Robert Bourgne (1976). Écrits et mémoires mathématiques: édition critique intégrale des manuscrits et publications d'Évariste Galois, Paris: Gauthier-Villars. • Walter Rudin (1976). Principles of mathematical analysis, New York: McGraw-Hill. • Timothy Poston; Ian Stewart (1976). Taylor Expansions and catastrophes, Pitman. • Dieter Lutz (1976). Topologische Gruppen, Mannheim: Bibliographisches Institut. • Theodor Bröcker (1976). Differentiable Germs and Catastrophes, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. • Victor Guillemin; Shlomo Sternberg (1977). Geometric asymptotics, Providence: American Mathematical Society. • Louis Auslander; Robert E. MacKenzie (1977). Introduction to Differentiable Manifolds, New York: McGraw-Hill. • Max Karoubi (1977). K-Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Alan Weinstein (1977). Lectures on Symplectic Manifolds, Providence: American Mathematical Society. • John Lamperti (1977). Stochastic Processes: A Survey of the Mathematical Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Michel Loéve (1977/78). Provbability Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Paul R Halmos; Viakalathur S Sunder (1978). Bounded Integral Operators on L2 Spaces, Berlin: Springer. • George William Whitehead (1978). Elements of Homotopy Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Max Karoubi (1978). K-Theory: An Introduction, Berlin: Springer. • Wilhelm Klingenberg (1978). Lectures on Closed Geodesics, Berlin: Springer. • John Frank Adams (1978). Infinite Loop Spaces: Herman Weyl Lectures The Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton: Princeton University Press. • Sigurdur Helgason (1978). Lie Groups, and Symmetric Spaces, New York: Academic Press. • Werner Hildbert Greub (1978). Multilinear Algebra, Berlin: Springer. • Francesco Calogero (1978). Nonlinear evolution equations solvable by the spectral transform, London: Pitman. • Phillip A. Griffiths; Joe Harris (1978). Principles of Algebraic Geometry, New York: John Wiley & Sons. • David E. Blair (1978). Riemannian Geometry of Contact and Symplectic Manifolds, Berlin: Springer. • Patrick Shanahan (1978). The Atiyah Singer Index Theory, Berlin: Springer. • Владимир Игоревич Арнольд (1978). Дополнительные главы теории обыкновенных дифференциальных уравнений, Москва: Наука. [Vladimir Igorevich Arnold; Joseph Szücs; Mark Levi (1983). Geometrical Methods in the Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, Berlin: Springer.] • Михаил Александрович Шубин (1978). Псевдодифференциальные операторы и спектральная теория, Москва: Наука. [Mikhail Aleksandrovich Shubin; Stig Ingvar Andersson (1987). Pseudodifferential Operators and Spectral Theory, Berlin: Springer.] • Николай Васильевич Крылов (1978). Управляемые процессы диффузионного типа, Москва: Наука. [Nikolaj Valdimirovich Krylov (1980). Controlled Diffusion Processes, Berlin: Springer.] • Richard Samuel Ward; Lane Palmer Hughston; (1979). Advances in twistor theory, London: Pitman. • Gert Kjaergård Pedersen (1979). C-algebras and their Automorphism Groups, New York: Academic Press.
• Jean Jacod (1979). Calcul stochastique et problèmes de martingales, Berlin: Springer.
• Philip J. Davis (1979). Circulant Matrices, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Alan F Beardon (1979). Complex Analysis, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Iosif Ilitch Gikhman; Anatoly Vladimirovich Skorohod (1979). Controlled Stochastic Processes, Berlin: Springer.
• David Williams; L. Chris G. Rogers (1979). Diffusions, Markov processes, and martingales, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Wolfgang L. Wendland (1979). Elliptic Systems in the Plane, London: Pitman.
• William P. Thurston; Silvio Levy (1979). Three-Dimensional Geometry and Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Șerban Strătilă; László Zsidó (1979). Lectures on von Neumann Algebras, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David L. Russell (1979). Mathematics of finite-dimensional control systems: theory and design, New York: M. Dekker.
• Lars V. Ahlfors (1979). Complex Analysis, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Daniel W. Stroock; S. R. Srinivasa Varadhan (1979). Multidimensional Diffusion Processes, Berlin: Springer.
• Prabhu Lal Bhatnagar (1979). Nonlinear waves in one-dimensional dispersive systems, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Jack Kenneth Hale (1979). Ordinary Differential Equations, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Patrick Billingsley (1979). Probability and Measure, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Peter S. Maybeck (1979). Stochastic Models, Estimation, and Control, New York: Academic Press.
• Barry Simon (1979). Trace Ideals and Their Applications, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Zbigniew Nitecki; Clark Robinson (1980). Global theory of dynamical systems. Proceedings of an international conference, Northwestern university, Evanston, Ill. 1979, Berlin: Springer.
• Robert Hermann; Sophus Lie (1979-80). Cartanian geometry, nonlinear waves, and control theory, Brookline: Math Sci Press.
• Raymond O'Neil Wells (1980). Differential Analysis on Complex Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Masatoshi Fukushima (1980). Dirichlet forms and Markov processes, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• George L. Lamb (1980). Elements of Soliton Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Jean-Claude Thomas (1980). Homotopie rationnelle des fibrés de Serre, Lille: Université de Lille.
• Hershel M. Farkas; Irwin Kra (1980). Riemann Surfaces, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Charles Irwin (1980). Smooth dynamical systems, New York: Academic Press.
• Michel Métivier; Jean Pellaumail (1980). Stochastic Integration, New York: Academic Press.
• Philippe Tondeur (1980). Foliations on Riemannian Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• John P. Harnad; Steven Shnider (1980). Geometrical and Topological Methods in Gauge Theories, Berlin: Springer.
• Jun-ichi Hano (1981). Manifolds and Lie groups papers in honor of Yozô Matsushima, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Şerban Strǎtilǎ (1981). Modular theory in operator algebras, Bucarest: Editura Academiei.
• Michael E. Taylor (1981). Pseudodifferential Operators, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Phillip Griffiths; John W. Morgan (1981). Rational Homotopy Theory and Differential Forms, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Frauke M. Bleher; Ted Chinburg (1981). Riemann-Roch Algebra, Berlin: Springer.
• Thomas Friedrich (1981). Self-Dual Riemannian Geometry and Instantons, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• David Williams (1981). Stochastic Integrals, Berlin: Springer.
• Robert J. Adler (1981). The Geometry of Random Fields, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Daniel W. Stroock (1981). Topics in Stochastic Differential Equation, Berlin: Springer.
• Jerrold E. Marsden; Anthony Tromba (1981). Vector Calculus, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• Jacques Dixmier (1981). Von Neumann Algebras, Amsterdam North-Holland.
• Jacques Dixmier (1982). C*-algebras, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Raoul Bott; Loring W. Tu (1982). Differential Forms in Algebraic Topology, Berlin: Springer.
• Rodney J Baxter (1982). Exactly Solved Models in Statistical Mechanics, New York: Academic Press.
• Lev Vasilevich Ovsiannikov; William Francis Ames (1982). Group Analysis of Differential Equations, New York: Academic Press.
• Kai Lai Chung (1982). Lectures from Markov Processes to Brownian Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Stephen Halperin (1982). Lectures on minimal models, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Yuly A Rozanov (1982). Markov Random Fields, Berlin: Springer.
• Shui-Nee Chow; Jack K. Hale (1982). Methods of Bifurcation Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Tormod Riste (1982). Nonlinear phenomena at phase transitions and inestabilities, New York: Plenum Press.
• Wilhelm Klingenberg (1982). Riemannian geometry, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Robert James Elliott (1982). Stochastic calculus and applications, Berlin: Springer.
• Kenneth D. Elworthy (1982). Stochastic Differential Equation on Manifolds, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Roger K. Dodd; J. Chris Eilbeck; John D. Gibbon; Hedley C. Morris (1982). Solitons and Nonlinear Wave Equations, London: Academic Press.
• Joseph Bak; Donald J. Newman (1982). Complex Analysis, Berlin: Springer.
• Howard Osborn (1982). Vector Bundles, New York: Academic Press.
• Pierre-Michel Duffieux (1983). Fourier Transform and its Applications to Optics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Victor G. Kac (1983). Infinite-dimensional Lie Algebras, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Kai Lai Chung; Ruth J. Williams (1983). Introduction to Stochastic Integration, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Ralph Abraham; Jerrold E. Marsden; Tudor Ratiu (1983). Manifold, Tensor Analysis and Applications, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Louis Boutet de Monvel (1983). Mathématique et physique séminaire de l'Ecole Normale Supérieure, 1979 - 1982, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• John Guckenheimer; Philip Holmes; Lawrence Sirovich (1983). Nonlinear Oscillations, Dynamical Systems, and Bifurcations of Vector Fields, Berlin: Springer.
• Lokenath Debnath(1983). Nonlinear Waves, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Allan J. Lichtenberg; Michael A. Lieberman (1983). Regular and Stochastic Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Barrett O'Neill (1983). Semi-Riemannian Geometry with Applications to Relativity, New York: Academic Press.
• Joel Smoller (1983). Shock waves and reaction diffusion equations, Berlin: Springer.
• Roger K. Dodd; J. Chris Eilbeck; John D. Gibbon; Hedley C. Morris (1983). Solitons and Nonlinear Wave Equations, New York: Academic Press.
• Ian Stewart; David Tall (1983). Complex Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• S. James Gates; Marcus T. Grisaru; Marcia E. Knutt; Silvia Penati; Hiroshi Suzuki (1983). Superspace or one thousand and one lessons in supersymmetry, Reading: Benjamin/Cummings.
• David Mumford (1983). Tata lectures on Theta, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Benoit B. Mandelbrot (1983). The Fractal Geometry of the Nature, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• Михаил Борисович Менский Менский (1983). Группа путей: измерения, поля, частицы, Москва: Наука.
• Lars Hörmander (1983/85). The Analysis of Liner Partial Differential Operators, Berlin: Springer.
• Richard V. Kadison; John Robert Ringrose (1983-92). Fundamentals of the theory of operator algebras, New York: Academic Press.
• Harold M. Edwards (1984). Galois Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• James R. Munkres (1984). Elements of Algebraic Topology, Cambridge: Addison-Wesley.
• Alan F Beardon (1984). A Primer on Riemann Surfaces, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Lokenath Debnath (1984). Advances in Nonlinear Waves, London: Pitman.
• Frances Clare Kirwan (1984). Cohomology of quotients in symplectic and algebraic geometry, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Wolf Barth; Antonius van de Ven; Chris A. M. Peters (1984). Compact Complex Surface, Berlin: Springer.
• Heinz Georg Schuster; Wolfram Just (1984). Deterministic Chaos: An Introduction, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Ekkehard Kopp (1984). Martingales and Stochastic Integrals, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Thomas Beth (1984). Verfahren der schnellen Fourier-Transformation, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Юрий Иванович Манин (1984). Калибровочные поля и комплексная геометрия, Москва: Наука. [Yuri Ivanovich Manin; Sergei Merkulov; Neal Koblitz; James King (1988). Gauge Field Theory and Complex Geometry, Berlin: Springer.]
• Stephen Huggett (1985). An Introduction to Twistor Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kunihiko Kodaira (1985). Complex Manifolds and Deformations of Complex Structures, Berlin: Springer.
• Robert E. Edwards (1985). Functional Analysis, New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
• Bruce C. Berndt (1985). Ramanujan’s Notebooks: Part I-V, Berlin: Springer.
• Stephen A. Huggett; Kenneth P. Tod (1985). An Introduction to Twistor Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Mark Iosifovich Freidlin (1985). Functional Integration and Partial Differential Equations, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Robert Osserman (1986). A survey of minimal surfaces, New York: Dover.
• Peter S. Landweber (1986). Elliptic Curves and Modular Forms in Algebraic Topology: Proceedings of a Conference Held at the Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton, Sept. 15-17, 1986, Berlin: Springer.
• Andrew Pressley; Graeme Segal (1986). Loop Groups, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Stewart N. Ethier; Thomas G. Kurtz (1986). Markov processes: characterization and convergence, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Mikhael Gromov (1986). Partial Differential Relations, Berlin: Springer.
• Anthony W. Knapp (1986). Representation Theory of Semisimple Groups, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Debashish Chowdhury (1986). Spin glasses and other frustrated systems, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Asim O. Barut; Ryszard Raczka (1986). Theory of Group Representations and Applications, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Сергей Сергеевич Хоружий (1986). Введение в алгебраическую квантовую теорию поля, Москва: Наука.
• Леон Арменович Тахтаджян; Людвиг Дмитриевич Фаддеев (1986). Гамильтонов подход в теории солитонов, Москва: Наука. [Ludwig D. Faddeev; Leon A. Takhtajan; Alexey G. Reyman (1987). Hamiltonian Methods in the Theory of Solitons, Berlin: Springer.]
• José María Montesinos-Amilibia (1987). Classical Tessellations and Three-manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Michèle Audin (1987). Cobordisme des solutions de relations différentielles, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Robert Sinclair MacKay; James D. Meiss (1987). Hamiltonian dynamical systems, London: Adam Hilger.
• Yum-Tong Siu (1987). Lectures on Hermitian-Einstein metrics for stable bundles and Kähler-Einstein metrics delivered at the German Math. Soc. seminar in Düsseldorf in June, 1986, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Louis H. Kauffman (1987). On Knots, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Valentin Poènaru (1987). Singularity C∞ en présence de symétrie, Berlin: Springer.
• Paulette Libermann; Charles-Michel Marle (1987). Symplectic geometry and analytical mechanics, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Izu Vaisman (1987). Symplectic Geometry and Secondary Characteristic Classes, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Frederick P. Gardiner (1987). Teichmüller theory and quadratic differentials, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Gareth A. Jones; David Singerman (1987). Complex Functions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (1987). Geometrical Methods on the Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, Berlin: Springer.
• Nicholas Young (1988). An Introduction to Hilbert Spaces, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Daniel Zwillinger (1988). Handbook of Differential Equations, New York: Academic Press.
• Matti Vuorinen (1988). Conformal Geometry and Quasiregular Mappings, Berlin: Springer.
• Marcel Berger; Bernard Gostiaux (1988). Differential geometry: manifolds, curves, and surfaces, Berlin: Springer.
• John Roe (1988). Elliptic operators, topology and asymptotic methods, Harlow: Longman Scientific and Technical.
• John L. Cardy (1988). Finite-Size Scaling, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Yury Dmitrievich Burago; Viktor Abramovich Zalgaller (1988). Geometric Inequalities, Berlin: Springer.
• Anthony W. Knapp (1988). Lie Groups, Lie Algebras and Cohomology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• John Milnor; William Thurston (1988). On iterated maps of the interval, Berlin: Springer.
• Эрнест Борисович Винберг; Аркадий Львович Онищик (1988). Семинар по группам Ли и алгебраическим группам, Москва: Наука. [Arkady L. Onishchik; Ernest B. Vinberg (1994). Lie groups and algebraic groups, Berlin: Springer.]
• Martin Schlichenmaier (1989). An Introduction to Riemann Surfaces, Algebraic Curves and Moduli Spaces, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Tabor (1989). Chaos and Integrability in Nonlinear Dynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Michel Emery (1989). Stochastic Calculus in Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Francis Atiyah (1989). K-Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Jean Dieudonné (1989). A History of Algebraic and Differential Topology 1900-1960, Boston: Birkhäuser.
• Nobuyuki Ikeda; Shinzo Watanabe (1989). Stochastic Differential Equations and Diffusion Processes, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Robion C. Kirby (1989). The Topology of 4-Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Kenneth J. Falconer (1990). Fractal Geometry, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Joseph J. Rotman (1990). Galois Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Toshitake Kohno (1990). New developments in the theory of knots, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Éric Reyssat (1990). Quelques aspects des surfaces de Riemann, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Sylvestre Gallot; Dominique Hulin; Jacques Lafontaine (1990). Riemannian geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• Philip Protter (1990). Stochastic Integration and Differential Equation, Berlin: Springer.
• Simon K. Donaldson; Peter Kronheimer (1990). The Geometry of Four Manifolds, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Michael Atiyah (1990). The Geometry and Physics of Knots, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michael H. Freedman; Frank Quinn (1990). Topology of 4-Manifolds, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Richard Samuel Ward; Raymond O. Wells (1990). Twistor Geometry and Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michio Jimbo (1990). Yang-Baxter Equation in Integrable Systems, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Аскольд Михайлович Переломов (1990). Интегрируемые системы классической механики и алгебры Ли, Москва: Наука. [Askold Mikhailovich Perelomov (1990). Integrable Systems of Classical Mechanics and Lie Algebras, Basel: Birkhäuser.]
• Ioannis Karatzas; Steven E. Shreve(1991). Brownian Motion and Stochastic Calculus, Berlin: Springer.
• Daniel Revuz; Marc Yor (1991). Continuous Martingales and Brownian Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Ray Redheffer; Dan Port (1991). Differential Equations: Theory and Applications, Boston: Jones and Barlett Publishers.
• Daniel S. Freed; Karen K. Uhlenbeck (1991). Instantons and Four Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Shtichirt Sakai (1991). Operator Algebras in Dynamical Systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Williams (1991). Probability with Martingales, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Madan Lal Mehta (1991). Random Matrices, Boston: Academic Press.
• Christopher T. J. Dodson; Timothy Poston (1991). The Geometric Viewpoint and its Uses, Berlin: Springer.
• Michèle Audin (1991). The Topology of Torus Actions on Symplectic Manifolds, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Christina Birkenhake; Herbert Lange (1992). Complex Abelian Varieties, Berlin: Springer.
• Geoffrey R Grimmett; David R Stirzaker (1992). Probability and Random Processes, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Allan J. Lichtenberg; Michael A. Lieberman (1992). Regular and Chaotic Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Gerald A. Edgar (1993). Classics on Fractals, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Mitsuo Morimoto (1993). An Introduction to Sato's Hyperfunctions, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Wendell Helms Fleming (1986). Controlled Markov Processes and Viscosity Solutions, Pisa: Scuola normale superiore.
• J Scott Carter (1993). How Surfaces Intersect in Space, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Mark Herbert Ainsworth Davis (1993). Markov Models and Optimization, London: Chapman & Hall.
• Matthias Schwarz (1993). Morse Homology, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Thomas J. Bridges; Jacques E. Furter (1993). Singularity Theory and Equivariant Sympletic Maps, Berlin: Springer.
• Ernst Hairer; Syvert Paul Norsett; Gerhard Wanner (1993). Solving Ordinary Differntial Equations, Berlin: Springer.
• Richard B. Melrose (1993). The Atiyah-Patodi-Singer Index Theorem, Wellesley: Peters.
• Takeyuki Hida; Hui-Hsiung Kuo; Jürgen Potthoff (1993). White Noise: An Infinitive Dimensional Approach, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
•Beat Aebischer (1994). Symplectic geometry, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Viacheslav V. Nikulin; Igor R. Shafarevich (1994). Geometries and Groups [Геометрии и группы], Berlin: Springer.
• Andy R. Magid (1994). Lectures on differential Galois theory, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Curtis McMullen (1994). Complex Dynamics and Renoermalization, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Christos H. Papadimitriou (1994). Computational Complexity, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• David Mumford; John Fogarty; Frances Clare Kirwan (1994). Geometric Invariant Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Michèle Audin; Jacques Lafontaine (1994). Holomorphic Curves in Symplectic Geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• Victor W. Guillemin (1994). Moment Maps and Combinatorial Invariants of Hamiltonian Tn-Spaces, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Alain Connes (1994). Non Commutative Geometry, New York: Academic Press.
• Robert Friedman; John W. Morgan (1994). Smooth Four-Manifolds and complex Surfaces, Berlin: Springer.
• Beat Aebischer (1994). Symplectic geometry an introduction based on the seminar in Bern, 1992, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Helmut Hofer; Eduard Zehnder (1994). Symplectic invariants and Hamiltonian dynamics, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Louis H. Kauffman; Sóstenes L. Lins (1994). Temperley-Lieb Recoupling Theory and Invariant of 3-Manifolds, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• John Morgan; Tomasz Mrowka; Daniel Ruberman (1994). The L -moduli space and a vanishing theorem for Donaldson polynomial invariants, Cambridge: International Press.
• Kenji Fukaya; Mikio Furuta; Toshitake Kohno (1994). Topology, Geometry and Field Theory, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Anthony W. Knapp; David A. Vogan (1995). Cohomological induction and unitary representations, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Giovanni Gallavotti; Pedro Garrido (1995). Non-equilibrium Statistical Mechanics of Turbulence, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Anatoly Timofeevich Fomenko (1995). Symplectic Geometry, Luxembourg: Gordon and Breach.
• Michael Dummett (1995). Frege: philosophy of mathematics, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Vasudevan Srinivas (1996). Algebraic K-Theory, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Charles Benedict Thomas (1996). Contact and Symplectic Geometry, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Curtis T. McMullen (1996). Renormalization and 3-Manifolds which Fiber over the Circle, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Werner O. Amrein; Anne Boutet de Monvel; Vladimir Georgescu (1996). C0-groups, Commutator Methods and Spectral Theory of N-body Hamiltonians, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Karl Blum (1996). Density Matrix Theory and Applications, New York: Plenum Press.
• Helge Holden; Bernt Øksendal; Jan Ubøe; Tusheng Zhang (1996). Stochastic Partial Differential Equations, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Vladimir V. Gorbacevich; Arkadij Lvovich Onisik; Ernest Borisovich Vinberg (1997). Foundations of Lie Theory and Lie Transformation Groups, Berlin: Springer.
• Richard H. Cushman; Larry M. Bates (1997). Global Aspects of Classical Integrable Systems, Birkhaiuser.
• Hideki Omori (1997). Infinite-dimensional Lie Groups, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Évariste Galois; Jean-Pierre Azra; Robert Bourgne (1997). Ecrits et mémoires mathématiques, Paris: Jacques Gabay.
• Marius van der Put; Michael F. Singer (1997). Galois Theory of Difference Equations, Berlin: Springer.
• Aleksy Tralle, John Oprea (1997). Symplectic Manifolds with no Kähler Structure, Berlin: Springer.
• John M. Lee (1997). Riemannian Manifolds: An Introduction to Curvature, Berlin: Springer.
• Mark J. Ablowitz; Athanassios S. Fokas (1997). Introduction and Applications of Complex Variables, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Rajendra Bhatia (1997). Matrix Analysis, Berlin: Springer.
• Aleksy Tralle; John Oprea (1997). Symplectic Manifolds with no Kähler Structure, Berlin: Springer.
• Carlo Cercignani; David H. Sattinger (1998). Scaling Limits and Models in Physical Processes, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Bernt K. Øksendal (1998). Stochastic Differential Equations: An Introduction with Applications, Berlin: Springer.
• Nigel James Hitchin; Graeme Bryce Segal; Richard Samuel Ward (1999). Integrable Systems: Twistors, Loop Groups, and Riemann Surfaces, Oxford：Oxford University Press.
• Gang Tian (2000). Canonical Metrics in Kähler Geometry, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Dominic D. Joyce (2000). Compact Manifolds with Special Holonomy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John M. Lee (2000). Introduction to Topological Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Srinivasa Ramanujan Aiyangar; Godfrey Harold Hardy; P. Veṅkatesvara Seshu Aiyar; Bertram Martin Wilson (2000). Collected Papers of Srinivasa Ramanujan, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ana Cannas da Silva (2001). Lectures on Symplectic Geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• Francis Borceux; George Janelidze (2001). Galois Theories, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Giuseppe Peano; Clara Silvia Roero (2002). L'opera omnia di Giuseppe Peano, Torino: Dipartimento di Matematica dell'Università.
• Anthony W Knapp (2002). Lie Grups Beyond: An Introduction, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Carlos Fiolhais; Miguel Marques; Fernando Nogueira (2003). A Primer in Density Functional Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Brian C. Hall (2003). Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, and Representations: An Elementary Introduction, Berlin: Springer.
• Kunihiko Kodaira (2004). Complex Manifolds and Deformation of Complex Structures, Berlin: Springer.
• Daniel Huybrechts (2004). Complex Geometry: An Introduction, Berlin: Springer.
• Daniel Bump (2004). Lie Groups, Berlin: Springer.
• Veeravalli Seshadri Varadarajan (2004). Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, and Their Representations, Berlin: Springer.
• Miles Reid; Balázs Szendrői (2005). Geometry and Topology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• George E. Andrews, Bruce Berndt (2005). Ramanujan’s Lost Notebook, Berlin: Springer.
• John M. Howie (2005). Fields and Galois Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Robion C. Kirby (2006). The Topology of 4-Manifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Atiyah; Pavel Etingof; Vladimir Retakh; Isadore Singe (2006). The Unity of Mathematics, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Jing-Song Huang; Pavle Pandžić (2006). Dirac Operators in Representation Theory, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Isaac Chavel (2006). Riemannian Geometry, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bruce C. Berndt (2006). Number Theory in the Spirit of Ramanujan, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Ana Cannas da Silva (2006). Lectures on Symplectic Geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• Wolf P. Barth; Klaus Hulek; Chris A. M. Peters; Antonius Van de Ven (2006). Compact Complex Surfaces, Berlin: Springer.
• Ana Cannas da Silva (2008). Lectures on Symplectic Geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• Clara Silvia Roero; Erika Luciano (2008). Cronologia della vita e degli scritti di Giuseppe Peano, Torino: Dipartimento di Matematica dell'Università.
• Charles Hermite (2009). Œuvres de Charles Hermite, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hermann Graßmann; Hans-Joachim Petsche (2009). Hermann Graßmann: roots and trees: autographs and unknown documents, Berlin: Birkhäuser Verlag.
• James Raymond Munkres (2009). Elementary differential topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Lars Valerian Ahlfors; Leo Sario (2016). Riemann Surfaces, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• James Raymond Munkres (2018). Topology, New York: Pearson.

• Jacques Frédéric Français (1813). Nouveaux principes de Géométrie de position, et interpretation géométrique des symboles imaginaires, Annales de mathématiques pures et appliquées 5: 61-71.
• Jacques Frédéric Français (1813). Philosophie mathématiques, Sur la théorie des imaginaires, Annales de mathématiques pures et appliquées 4: 364-367.
• William George Horner (1819). A new method of solving numerical equations of all orders, by continuous approximation, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 109: 308-335.
• Karl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1829). Fundamenta nova theoriae functionum ellipticarum, Regiomonti: Sumtibus Fratrum Borntraeger.
• Évaliste Galois (1830). Sur la théorie des nombres, Bulletin des sciences mathématiques Férussac 13: 428-435.
• Évaliste Galois (1831/46). Le mémoire d’ Évariste Galois sur les conditions de résolubilité des équations par radicaux, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 11: 417-444.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1837). Calculus of Principal Relations, British Association Report: 41-44.
• Johann Peter Gustav Lejeune Dirichlet (1837). Beweis des Satzes, dass jede unbegrenzte arithmetische Progression, Vorlesungen uber Zahlentheorie: 342-359.
• Joseph Liouville (1844). Sur des classes très-étendues de quantités dont la valeur n'est ni algébrique ni même réductible à des irrationnelles algébriques, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 16: 133-142.
• William R. Hamilton (1844). On Quaternions: Letter to John T. Graves, Philosophical Magazine 25: 489-495.
• Edward Stillingfleet Cayley (1845). On the theory of linear transformations, Cambridge Mathematical Journal 4: 193-209.
• Edward Stillingfleet Cayley (1846). Sur quelques propriétés des déterminants gauches, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 32: 119-123.
• Leopold Kronecker (1853). Über die algebraisch auflösbaren Gleichungen, Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preussische Akademie des Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 365-374.
• Arthur Cayley (1854). On the theory of groups, as depending on the symbolic equation Θn=1, Philosophical Magazine 7: 40-47.
• Arthur Cayley (1858). A memoir on the theory of matrices, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 148: 17-37.
• Arthur Cayley (1859). A Sixth Memoir upon Quantics, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 149: 61-90.
• Bernhard Riemann (1859). Über die Anzahl der Primzahlen unter einer gegebenen Größe, Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 671-680.
• Bernhard Riemann (1867). Über die Hypothesen, welche der Geometrie zu Grunde liegen, Abhandlungen der Königlichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen 13: 132-152.
• Karl Weierstraß (1868). Geometrische Bedeutung der Kugelfunctionen, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 68: 386-389.
• Elwin Bruno Christoffel (1869). Über die Transformation der homogenen Differentialausdrücke zweiten Grades, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 70: 46-70.
• Leopold Kronecker (1870). Auseinandersetzung einiger Eigenschaften der Klassenzahl idealer complexer Zahlen, Monatsberichte der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften Berlin: 881-889.
• Leopold Kronecker (1870). Bemerkungen zu Determinanten-Theorie. Auszug aus Briefen an Herrn Baltzer, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 72: 152-175.
• Julius Wilhelm Richard Dedekind (1871). Über die Theorie der ganzen algebraischen Zahlen, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 64: 43-65.
• Enrico Betti (1871). Sopra gli spazi di un numero qualunque di dimensioni, Annali di Matematica Pura ed Applicata 4: 140-158.
• Camille Jordan (1872). Sur la série de fourier, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 2: 228-230.
• Joseph Valentin Boussinesq (1872). Théorie des ondes et des remous qui se propagent le long d'un canal rectangulaire horizontal, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 12: 55-108.
• William Kingdon Clifford (1873). Preliminary sketch of bi-quaternions, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 4: 381-395.
• Charles Hermite (1873). Sur la fonction exponentielle, Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académie des sciences 77: 18-24; 74-79; 226-233; 285-293.
• Sophus Lie (1874). Über Differentialinvarianten, Mathematische Annalen 24: 537-578.
• Sophus Lie (1874). Über Gruppen von Transformationen, Göttinger Nachrichten 22: 529-542.
• Ferdinand von Lindemann (1882). Über die Zahl π, Mathematische Annalen 20: 213-225.
• Dichard Dedekind; Heinrich Weber (1882). Theorie der algebraischen Functionen einer. Veränderlichen, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 92: 181-290.
• Walther von Dyck (1882). Gruppentheoretische Studien, Mathematische Annalen 20: 1-44.
• Georg Cantor (1883). Über unendliche, lineare Punktmannigfaltigkeiten, Mathematische Annalen 21: 545-591.
• Henri Poincaré (1895). Analysis situs, Journal de l'École Polytechnique 1: 1-123.
• Hermann Amandus Schwarz (1888). Über ein Flächen kleinsten Flächeninhalts betreffendes Problem der Variationsrechnung, Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae 15: 315-362.
• Gregorio Ricci-Curbastro (1888). Delle derivazioni covarianti e controvarianti e del loro uso nella analisi applicatain, L’ottavo centenario della Bologna 3: 3-23.
• David Hilbert (1891). Ueber die stetige Abbildung einer Linie auf ein Flächenstück, Mathematische Annalen 38: 459-460.
• Wilhelm Killing (1892). Über die Grundlagen der Geometrie, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 109: 121-186.
• Felix Klein (1893). Vergleichende Betrachtungen über neuere geometrische Forschungen, Mathematische Annalen 43: 63-100.
• Gregorio Ricci-Curbastro (1896). Dei sistemi di congruenze ortogonali in una varietà qualunque, Memorie della Real Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei 5: 276-322.
• Henri Poincaré (1899). Complément à l'Analysis Situs, Rendiconti del Circolo Matematico di Palermo 13: 285-343.
• Henri Poincaré (1900). Second complément à l'Analysis Situs, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 32: 277-308.
• Paul Painlevé (1900). Memoire sur les équations différentielles dont l'intégrale générale est uniforme, Bulletin de la Societe Mathematique de France 28: 201-261.
• Gregorio Ricci-Curbastro; Tullio Levi-Civita (1900). Méthodes de calcul différentiel absolu et leurs applications, Mathematische Annalen 54: 125-201.
• Erik Ivar Fredholm (1900). Sur une nouvelle méthode pour la résolution du problème de Dirichlet, Öfversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar Stockholm 57: 39-46.
• Helge von Koch (1901). Sur la distribution des nombres premiers, Acta Mathematica 24: 159-182.
• Élie Cartan (1901). Sur l'intégration des systèmes d'équations aux différentielles totales, Annales Scientifiques de l'École Normale Supérieure 16: 241-311.
• Paul Painlevé (1902). Sur les équations différentielles du second ordre et d'ordre supérieur dont l'intégrale générale est uniforme, Acta Mathematica 25: 1-85.
• Luigi Bianchi (1902). Sui simboli a quattro indici e sulla curvatura di Riemann, Rendiconti dell'Accademia dei Lincei 5: 3-7.
• Henri Lebesgue (1902). Intégrale, longueur, aire, Annali di Matematica pura ed applicata 7: 231-359.
• Teiji Takagi (1903). A Simple Example of a Continuous Function without Derivative, Proceedings of the Physico-Mathematical Society of Japan 1: 176-177.
• Bertrand Russell (1905). On Denoting, Mind 14: 479-493.
• Андрей Андреевич Марков (1906). Распространение закона больших чисел на величины, зависящие друг от друга, Известия Физико-математического общества при Казанском университете 15: 135-156.
• Ernst Leonard Lindelöf (1908). Quelques remarques sur la croissance de la fonction ζ(s)., Bulletin des Sciences Mathématiques 32: 341-356.
• David Hilbert; George Pólya (1914). In. Montgomery, H. L. (1973). The pair correlation of zeros of the zeta function, Analytic number theory, Proceedings of Symposia in Pure Mathematics 24: 181-193.
• Élie Cartan (1914). Sur l'équivalence absolue de certains systèmes d'équations différentielles et sur certaines familles de courbes, Bulletin de la Société Mathématique de France 42: 12-48.
• Godfrey Harold Hardy (1914). Sur les Zéros de la Fonction ζ(s). de Riemann, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académie des sciences 158: 1012-1014.
• Waclaw Sierpiński (1915). Sur une courbe dont tout point est un point de ramification, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 160: 302-305.
• Tullio Levi-Civita (1917). Nozione di parallelismo in una varietà qualunque e consequente specificazione geometrica della curvatura Riemanniana, Rendiconti del Circolo Matematico di Palermo 42: 73-205.
• Tullio Levi-Civita (1917). Realtá fisica di alconi spazî normali del Bianchi, Rendiconti, Reale Accademia Dei Lincei 26: 519-531.
• Sōichi Kakeya (1917). Some problems on maximum and minimum regarding oval, Tohoku Science Reports 6: 71-88.
• Hermann Weyl (1918). Reine Infinitesimalgeometrie, Mathematische Zeitschrift 2: 384-411.
• Gaston Julia (1918). Mémoire sur l'iteration des fonctions rationnelle, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 8: 47-245.
• Abram Samoilovitch Besicovitch (1919). Sur deux questions de l'intégrabilité des fonctions, Journal of the Physical mathematical society of the State Perm University 2: 105-123.
• Godfrey Harold Hardy; John Edensor Littlewood (1921). The zeros of Riemann's zeta-function on the critical line, Mathematische Zeitschrift 10: 283-317.
• Teiji Takagi (1922). Über das Reziprozitätsgesetz in einem beliebigen algebraischen Zahlkörper, Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo 44: 1-50.
• Leon Chwistek (1924). The Theory of Constructive Types, Rocznik Polskiego Towarzystwa Matematycznego [Annales de la Société Polonaise de Mathématique] 2: 9-48.
• Emil Artin; Helmut Hasse (1925). Über den zweiten Ergänzungssatz zum Reziprozitätsgesetz der l-ten Potenzreste im Körper kζ der l-ten Einheitswurzeln und in Oberkörpern von kζ, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 154: 143-154.
• John von Neumann (1927). Wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretischer Aufbau der Quantenmechanik, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 245-272.
• Abram Samoilovitch Besicovitch (1928). On Kakeya’s problem and a similar one, Mathematische Zeitschrift 27: 312-320.
• John von Neumann (1929). Allgemeine Eigenwerttheorie Hermitescher Funktional Operatoren, Mathematische Annalen 102: 49-131.
• Kurt Gödel (1929). Die Vollständigkeit der Axiome des logischen Funktionen-kalküls, Monatshefte für Mathematik und Physik 37: 349-360.
• Georges de Rham (1931). Sur l'analysis situs des variétés à n dimensions, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 10: 115-200.
• Kurt Gödel (1931). Über formal unentscheidbare Sätze der Principia Mathematica und verwandter Systeme I, Monatshefte für Mathematik und Physik 38: 173-198.
• Kurt Gödel (1931-32). Diskussion zur Grundlegung der Mathematik, Erkenntnis 2., Monatshefte für Math. und Physik. Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft 39: 147-148.
• William Vallance Douglas Hodge (1933). Harmonic functionals in a Riemannian space, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 38: 72-95.
• Erich Kähler (1933). Über eine bemerkenswerte Hermitiesche Metrik, Abhandlungen aus dem Mathematischen Seminar der Universität Hamburg 9: 173-186.
• Alfred Talski (1933). Einige Betrachtungen uber die Begriffe der ω-Widerspruchsfreiheit und der ω-Vollstandigkeit, Monatshefte für Mathematik und Physik 40: 97-112.
• Harold Scott MacDonald Coxeter (1934). Discrete groups generated by reflections, Annals of Mathematics 35: 588-621.
• Stephen Cole Kleene (1935). A Theory of Positive Integers in Formal Logic, American Journal of Mathematics. 57(1): 153-173; 57(2): 219-244.
• Alfred Talski (1936). Der Wahrheitsbegriff in den formalisierten Sprachen, Studia Philosophica 1: 261-404.
• Alfred Tarski (1936). O pojęciu wynikania logicznego, Przegląd Filozoficzny 39: 58-68.
• Alan Mathison Turing (1936). On computable numbers, with an application to the entscheidungsproblem, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 42: 230-265.
• Max Dehn (1938). Die Gruppe der Abbildungsklassen, Acta Mathematica 69: 135-206.
• Eberhard Hopf (1939). Statistik der geodätischen Linien in Mannigfaltigkeiten negativer Krümmung, Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich-Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, Mathematisch-Physische Klasse 91: 261-304.
• Atle Selberg (1942). On the zeros of Riemann’s zeta-function, Skrifter utgitt av det Norske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo, Mathematik-naturvidenskapelig klasse 10: 1-59.
• Kiyosi Ito (1944). Stochastic integral, Proceedings of the Imperial Academy 20: 519-524.
• Laurent Schwartz (1945). Généralisation de la notion de fonction, de dérivation, de transformation de Fourier et applications mathématiques et physiques, Annales de l'université de Grenoble. Nouvelle série. Section sciences mathématiques et physiques 21: 57-74.
• Lev Semenovich Pontryagin (1947). Characteristic cycles on differentiable manifolds, Математический сборник (новая серия) 21: 233-284.
• Irving Ezra Segal (1947). Irreducible representation of operator algebras, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 53: 73-88.
• Claude Elwood Shannon (1948). A mathematical theory of communication, Bell System Technical Journal 27: 379-423; 623-656.
• Mark Kac (1949). On the distribution of certain Wiener functionals, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 65: 1-13.
• Alexander Avraamovitch Golubov (1950). The Work of S. V. Kovalevskaya on the Motion of a Rigid Body about a Fixed Point, Journal of Applied Mathematics and Mechanics 14: 236-244.
• Kiyosi Ito (1951). On stochastic differential equations, Memoirs of the American Mathematical Society 4: 51-89.
• Atle Selberg (1956). Harmonic analysis and discontinuous groups in weakly symmetric Riemannian spaces with applications to Dirichlet series, Journal of the Indian Mathematical Society 20: 47-87.
• Alexander Grothendieck (1957). Sur Quelques Points d'algèbre homologique, Tohoku Mathematical Journal 9: 119-221.
• Georges de Rham (1957). Sur quelques courbes définies par des équations fonctionnelles, Rendicondi del Seminario Matematico (Università e Politecnico di Torino) 16: 101-113.
• Andrei Nikolaevich Kolmogorov (1958). New Metric Invariant of Transitive Dynamical Systems and Endomorphisms of Lebesgue Spaces, Doklady of Russian Academy of Sciences 119: 861-864.
• Yakov Grigorevich Sinai (1959). On the Notion of Entropy of a Dynamical System, Doklady of Russian Academy of Sciences 124: 768-771.
• Hale Freeman Trotter (1959). On the product of semi-groups of operators, Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society 10: 545-551.
• Alfréd Rényi (1961). On measures of information and entropy, Proceedings of the 4th Berkeley Symposium on Mathematics, Statistics and Probability: 547-561.
• Marvin Lee Minsky (1961). Recursive Unsolvability of Post's Problem of 'Tag' and Other Topics in Theory of Turing Machines, Annals of Mathematics 74: 437-455.
• Isaac Jacob Schoenberg (1962). On certain minima related to the Besicovitch-Kakeya problem, Mathematica 4: 145-148.
• Isaac Jacob Schoenberg (1962). On the Besicovitch-Perron solution of the Kakeya problem, Studies in Math Analysis and related topics, Essays in honor of George Polya, Stanford University Press: 359-363.
• Albert A. Blank (1963). A Remark on the Kakeya Problem, American Mathematical Monthly 70: 706-711.
• Michael Francis Atiyah; Isadore Manuel Singer (1963). The index of elliptic operators on compact manifolds, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 69: 322-433.
• Paul J. Cohen (1963). The independence of the continuum hypothesis, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 50:1143-1148.
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (1963). On a theorem of Liouville concerning integrable problems of dynamics, Siberian Mathematical Journal 4: 2-10.
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (1963). Proof of A. N. Kolmogorov's theorem on the concervation of conditionally periodic motions with a small variation in the Hamiltonian, Russian Mathematical Surveys 18: 9-36.
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (1965). Sur une propriété topologique des applications globalement canoniques de la mécanique classique, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences (Paris) 261: 3719-3722.
• Ruslan Leontevich Stratonovich (1966). A New Representation for Stochastic Integrals and Equations, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 4: 362-371.
• Robert Vaughan Moody (1968). A new class of Lie algebras, Journal of Algebra 10: 211-230.
• Lee Aaron Segel (1969). Distant side-walls cause slow amplitude modulation of cellular convection, Journal of Fluid Mechanics 38: 203-224.
• John Horton Conway (1969). On enumeration of knots and links, Computational Problems in Abstract Algebra, Oxford: Pergamon: 329-358.
• Frederick Cunningham (1971). The Kakeya problem for simply connected and for star-shaped sets, American Mathematical Monthly 78: 114-129.
• Roger Frederick Dashen (1971). Some remarks on the Kakeya Problem, Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 69: 417-421.
• John Martin Marstrand (1972). An application of topological transformation groups to the Kakeya problem, Bulletin of the London Mathematical Society 4: 191-195.
• ‪Charles H. Bennett (1973). Logical reversibility of computation, IBM Journal of Research and Development 17: 525-532.
• Shiing-Shen Chern; James Harris Simons (1974). Characteristic forms and geometric invariants, Annals of Mathematics 99: 48-69.
• Stanley Mandelstam (1975). Soliton operators for the quantized sine-Gordon equation, Physical Review D11: 3026-3030.
• Ralph Alexander (1975). Random compact sets related to the Kakeya problem, Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society 53: 415-419.
• ‪Evgeny Bogomolny (1976). The stability of classical solutions, Ядерная Физика 24: 861-867 [Soviet Journal of Nuclear Physics 24: 449-456].
• Alonzo Church (1976). Comparison of Russell's Resolution of the Semantical Antinomies with that of Tarski, Journal of Symbolic Logic 41: 747-760.
• Kuntal K. Chakrabarti (1976). Some Comparisons Between Frege's Logic and Navya-Nyaya Logic, Philosophy and Phenomenological Research 36: 554-563.
• Tosio Kato (1978). Trotter's product formula for an arbitrary pair of self-adjoint contraction semigroups, Adv. in Math. Suppl. Stud. 3, Boston: Academic Press: 185-195.
• Shing-Tung Yau (1978). On the Ricci curvature of a compact Kähler manifold and the complex Monge-Ampère equation, Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics 31: 339-411.
• Benoît Mandelbrot (1980). Fractal aspects of the iteration of z →λ z (1-z) for complex λ and z, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 357: 249-259.
• Richard Streit Hamilton (1982). Three manifolds with positive Ricci curvature. Journal of Differential Geometry 17: 255-306.
• William Paul Thurston (1982). Three-dimensional manifolds, Kleinian groups and hyperbolic geometry, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 6: 357-381.
• Peter Grassberger (1983). Generalized dimensions of strange attractors, Physics Letters A 97: 227-230.
• Masuo Suzuki (1983). Phase Transition and Fractals, Progress of Theoretical Physics 69: 65-76.
• Michio Jimbo (1985). A q-difference analogue of U (g). and the Yang-Baxter equation, Letters in Mathematical Physics 10: 63-69.
• Vaughan Frederick Randal Jones (1985). A polynomial invariant for knots via von Neumann algebra, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 12: 103-111.
• Vladimir Gershonovich Drinfeld; Vladimir Vladimirovich Sokolov (1985). Lie algebras and equations of Korteweg-de Vries type, Journal of Mathematical Sciences 30: 1975-2036.
• Shu Matsuura; Satoshi Tsurumi; Nobuhisa Imai (1986) Crossover behavior for Brownian motion, Journal of Chemical Physics 84: 539-540.
• Stanisław Lech Woronowicz (1987). Compact matrix pseudogroups, Communications in Mathematical Physics 111: 613-665.
• Jeff Cheeger (1987). The η-invariants, the Adiabatic Approximation and Conical Singularities, Journal of the American Mathematical Society 2: 33-70.
• Richard Streit Hamilton (1988). The Ricci flow on surfaces, Contemporary Mathematics 71: 237-261.
• Andreas Floer (1989). Symplectic fixed points and holomorphic spheres, Communications in Mathematical Physics 120:, 576-611.
• Jean Bourgain (1991). Besicovitch type maximal operators and applications to Fourier analysis, Geometric and Functional Analysis 22: 147-187.
• David Deutsch; Richard Jozsa (1992). Rapid Solution of Problems by Quantum Computation, Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1907: 553-558.
• Peter W. Shor (1992). Algorithms for quantum computation: discrete logarithms and factoring, Foundations of Computer Science, Annual IEEE Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science: 124-134.
• Peter W. Shor (1994). Algorithms for quantum computation: Discrete logarithms and factoring, Proceedings of the 35th IEEE FOCS: 124134.
• Jean-Benoit Bost; Alain Connes (1995). Hecke Algebras, Type III factors and phase transitions with spontaneous symmetry breaking in number theory, Selecta Mathematica 1: 411-457.
• Peter W. Shor (1996). Fault-tolerant Quantum Computation, Proceedings of the 35th IEEE FOCS: 56-65.
• Lov K. Grover (1996). A Fast Quantum Mechanical Algorithm for Database Search, Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing 28: 212-219.
• Peter W. Shor (1997). Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer, SIAM Journal on Computing 26: 1484-1509.
• Lov K. Grover (1997). Quantum Mechanical Helps in Searching for a Needle in a Haystack, Physical Review Letter 79: 325-328.
• Lov K. Grover (1998). A Framework for Fast Quantum Mechanical Algorithms, Proceedings of the thirtieth annual ACM symposium on Theory of computing: 53-62.
• Terence Tao (1999). The Bochner-Riesz conjecture implies the restriction conjecture, Duke Mathematical Journal 96: 363-375.
• Alain Connes (1999). Trace formula in noncommutative geometry and the zeros of the Riemann zeta function, Selecta Mathematica. New Series 5: 29-106.
• Lov K. Grover (2001). From Schrödinger's equation to quantum search algorithm, American Journal of Physics 69: 769-777.

• Lǐ Yě 李冶 (1248). Cèyuán Hǎijìng 測圓海鏡 & (1259). Yìgǔ Yǎnduàn 益古演段. [Tíngbó Bào 鮑廷博 (1813). Zhībùzúzhāi Cóng shūběn 知不足齋叢書本.]
• Chéng Dàwèi 程大位 (1592). Suànfǎ Tǒngzōng 算法統宗. [Tokushi Yuasa 湯淺得之 (1675). Idem, Sankeidō Gyokushinka 三桂堂王振華.]
• Shigeyoshi Mōri 毛利重能 (1622). Warisansho 割算書. [Megumi Asami 淺見惠; Takeshi Yasuda 安田健 (2002). Nihon Kagakugijyutsu Kotenseki Shiryō Math. 1 日本科學技術古典籍資料數學篇 1, Tōkyō: Kasumigaseki Pub. 霞ケ關出版.]
• Mitsuyoshi Mitsuyoshi 吉田光由 (1643). Jinkōki 塵劫記. [Shin'ichiOhya 大矢真一 (1977). Tōkyō: Iwanami Shoten 岩波書店.]
• Kazuyoshi Sawaguchi 澤口一之 (1671). Kokon Sampōki 古今算法記. [Nuno'o Shimizu 清水布夫 (1993). Edoshoki Wazan Sensho iii 江戸初期和算選書第3卷, Tōkyō: Kenseisha 硏成社.]
• Takakazu Seki 關孝和 (1674). Hatsubi Sanpō 發微算法; (1685). Kaihō Sanshiki 開方算式; (1711). Taisei Sankyō i-xx: Complete Mathematical Manual 大成算經全二十卷; (1712). Katsuyō Sanpō 括要算法, 元卷垜積. [Akira Hirayama 平山諦; Kazuo Shimohira 下平和夫; Hideo Hirose 広瀬秀雄 (1974). Seki Takakazu Zensshu 關孝和全集, Ōsaka Kyōiku Tosho 大阪教育圖書.]
• Masayoshi Nakanishi 中西正好 (1683). Koukogen Tekitō Shū 勾股弦適等集. [Megumi Asami 淺見惠; Takeshi Yasuda 安田健 (2001). Nihon Kagakugijyutsu Kotenseki- Shiryō Math. 2 日本科學技術古典籍資料數學篇 2, Tōkyō: Kasumigaseki Pub. 霞ケ關出版.]
• Takahiro Takebe 建部賢弘 (1722). Tetsujutsu-Sankyō 綴術算經, 内閣文庫本: 累遍增約術• 零約術.
• Kinai Kurushima 久留島喜内 (1758). Kyūshi Ikō 久氏遺稿天• 地之卷. [(1934). Idem., Tōkyō: Sawamura Shahondō 澤村寫本堂; (1936). Idem., Tōkyō: Koten Sūgaku Shoin 古典數學書院.]
• Yasuaki Aida 會田安明 (1797). Sanpō Kokon Tsūran 算法古今通覽. [Megumi Asami 淺見惠; Takeshi Yasuda 安田健 (2001). Nihon Kagakugijyutsu Kotenseki Shiryō Math. 3 日本科學技術古典籍資料數學篇 3, Tōkyō: Kasumigaseki Pub. 霞ケ關出版.]
• Yasujima, N. 安島直圓 (1799). Hukyu Sanpō 不朽算法. [Akira Hirayama 平山諦; Motohisa Matsuoka 松岡元久 (1966). Opera Omnia 安島直圓全集, Tōkyō: Huji Tanki University Press 富士短期大學出版部.]
• Yasuaki Aida 會田安明 (1809). Sanpō Kyokusū Jyutsu 算法極數術. [(1935). Idem., Tōkyō: Koten Sūgaku Shoin 古典數學書院.]
• Yasuaki Aida 會田安明 (1815). Sanpō Tenjyoho Shinan 算法天生法指南. [Megumi Asami 淺見惠; Takeshi Yasuda 安田健 (2001). Nihon Kagakugijyutsu Kotenseki Shiryō Math. Math. 4 日本科學技術古典籍資料數學篇 4, Tōkyō: Kasumigaseki Pub. 霞ケ關出版.]
• Hisanaga Uchida 内田久命 (1844). 算法求積通考, ed. Asami, M. 淺見惠; Yasuda, T. 安田健 (2001). Nihon Kagakugijyutsu Kotenseki Shiryō Math. 4 日本科學技術古典籍資料數學篇 4, Tōkyō: Kasumigaseki Pub. 霞ケ關出版.
• Zen Hōdōji 法導寺善 (1868). Sanpō Enri Kankyoku Sūkai 算法圓理鑑極數解. [(1936). Idem., Tōkyō: Koten Sūgakushoin 古典數學書院.]
• Liú Huī 劉徽; Yúnwǔ Wáng 王雲五 (1976). Hăidăo Suànjīng 海島算經四庫全書珍本，臺北：商務印書館.

科學系譜學 Epistemogenealogia
• Anaximander Ἀναξίμανδρος [610-546 a.C.n.]. In. Simplicius. Commentaria in Aristotelem Physica i. 2; Diels-Kranz 6r38.
• Archytas Ἀρχύτας [428-347 a.C.n.]. Mechanica Τὰ Μηχανικὰ; August Immanuel Bekker (1837). Aristotelis Opera VI, Berolini: Apud G. Reimerum.
• Aristoteles Ἀριστοτέλης [384-322 a.C.n]. Physica Φυσικὴ ἀκροάσις; William David Ross (1924/55). Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano; 'Arisṭūṭālīs; 'Isḥāq ibn Ḥunayn; 'Abd al-Raḥmān Badawī (1964-65). Arisṭūṭālīs: al-ṭabīʿa, al-Qāhira: Maktaba al-'arabiyya.
• Aristoteles Ἀριστοτέλης [384-322 a.C.n]. Metaphysica Τὰ μετὰ τὰ φυσικά; Maurice Bouyges (1952). Averroès. Tafsīr mā baʿd aṭ-ṭabīʿat, Bibliotheca Arabica Scholasticorum: Série arabe, Beirut: Dār al-Mašriq; (1497). Venetiis: Aldus Manucius; Werner Jaeger (1957). Oxonii: E. Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Autolycus Pitanaeus Αὐτόλυκος ὁ Πιταναῖος [c.360-290 a.C.n.]. De sphaera mota Περὶ κινουμένης σφαίρας > كتاب الكرة المتحركة لأوطولوقس Kitāb al-kura al-mutaḥarrika li-Uṭūlūqus; Gerardus Cremonensis [1114-1187]. Liber Autolyci de sphaera mota; Fuat Sezgin (1974). Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums 5: 81-82; Thābit ibn Qurra [826-901]. De motu accessionis et recessionis; Fridericus Hultsch (1885). Lipsiae: B.G. Teubner.
• Autolycus Pitanaeus Αὐτόλυκος ὁ Πιταναῖος [c.360-290 a.C.n.]. De oritubus et occasibus Περὶ ἐπιτολῶν καὶ δύσεων > كتاب الطلوع والغروب لأوطولوقس Kitāb al-ṭulūʿ wa-al-ghurūb li-Uṭūlūqus; Fridericus Hultsch (1885). Lipsiae: B.G. Teubner.
• Theophrastus Θεόφραστος [371-287 a.C.n.]. Physicorum Opiniones xviii Περὶ τῶν φυσικῶν δοξῶν ΙΗ; Hermann Diels; Walter Kranz (1952). Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, Berlin: Weidmann: xii. A9.
• Aristarchus Samius Ἀρίσταρχος ὁ Σάμιος [c.310-230 a.C.n.]. De magnitudinbus Περὶ μεγεθῶν και ἀποστημάτων Ἡλίου και Σελήνης; Federico Commandino (1572). Pisavri: Camillum Francischinum.
• Archimedes Ἀρχιμήδης [287-212 a.C.n.]. De lineis spiralibus Περὶ ἑλίκων & De planorum æquilibriis Ἐπιπέδων ἰσορροπιῶν; Joannes Hervagius (1544). Basle: Joannes Hervagius; Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1881). Archimedis Opera omnia, Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner.
• Archimedes Ἀρχιμήδης [287-212 a.C.n.]. De iis, quae in humido vehuntur Περὶ τῶν ἐπιπλεόντων σωμάτων; Abram Robertson; Giuseppe Torelli (1792). Oxonii: E typographeo Clarendoniano; Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1881). Archimedis Opera omnia, Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner.
• Euclides Εὐκλείδης [c.265 a.C.n.]. Elementa Στοιχεῖα; Simon Grynæus (1533). Basileæ: Johannem Heruagium; Psuedo-Tusi (1594). Kitāb Taḥrīr uṣūl li-Ūqlīdis: Euclidis Elementorum Geometricorum Libri Tredecim ex traditione doctissimi Nasiridini Tusini, Romæ: Typographia Medicea; Rasmus Olsen Besthorn; Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1893/1932). Codex Leidensis 399, 1. Euclidis Elementa ex interpretatione al-Hadschdschadschii cum commentariis al-Narizii, Hauniae: Vergilii carmina commentarii.
• Apollonius Pergaeus Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ Πέργαμον [262-190 a.C.n.]. Conica Κωνικά > كتاب المخروطيات لأبولونيوس Kitāb al-Makhrūṭāt li-Abūllūniyūs; Micheline Decorps-Foulquier; Michel Federspiel; Roshdi Rashed (2010). Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Theodosius Tripolite Θεοδόσιος ὁ Βιθυνία [169-c.100 a.C.n.]. De diebus et noctibus Περὶ ἡμερῶν καὶ νυκτῶν > كتاب ثاوذوسيوس في الأيام والليالي Kitāb Thāwudhūsīyus fī al-ayyām wa-al; Rudolf Fecht (1927). Berlin: Weidmann.
• Theodosius Tripolite Θεοδόσιος ὁ Βιθυνία [169-c.100 a.C.n.]. Sphaerica Σφαιρικά > كتاب الأكر Kitāb al-ukar; Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1927). Berlin: Weidmann.
• Hipparchus Ἵππαρχος [162-127 a.C.n.]. In Arati et Eudoxi Phænomena Commentariorum Τῶν Ἀράτου καὶ Εὐδόξου φαινομένων ἐξήγησις; Denis Petau (1630). Parisiis: Sebastianum Cramoisy; Karl Manitius (1894). Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner.
• Hipparchus Ἵππαρχος [162-127 a.C.n.]. De corporibus cadentibus Περὶ τῶν δῖὰ βαρύτητα κάτω φερομένων; Simplicius, Aristotelis De Caelo i. 8 Ἀριστοτέλους Περὶ Οὐρανοῦ; (1526). Venetiis: Andrea Asulano; Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1894). Berlin: G. Reimer: 119a1.
• Diodorus Siculus Διόδωρος Σικελιώτης [c.90-30 a.C.n.]. Bibliotheca historica Βιβλιοθήκη ἱϛτορική; (1476). Bibliotheca historica, sive Historiae priscae, Venetiis: Andreas de Paltascichis; Ludwig August Dindorf (1888). Diodori bibliotheca historica, Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner: i. 34. 2.
• Heron Alexandrinus Ἥρων ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς [c.10-c.70]. Catoptrica Κατοπτρικός; Ludwig Nix; (1518). De Speculis, Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus; Wilhelm Schmidt (1900). Herons von Alexandria Mechanik und Katoptrik, Lipsiae: B. G. Teubner.
• Menelaus Μενέλαος ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς [c.70-140]. Sphaerica Σφαιρικά > كتاب الأكر Kitāb al-ukar; Rushdī Rāshid; Athanase Papadopoulos (2017). Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Claudius Ptolemaeus Κλαύδιος Πτολεμαῖος [c.100-c. 170]. Almagest / Syntaxis mathematica Μαθηματική Σύνταξις > المجسطي al-majisṭī; أبو الحسن ثابت بن قرة بن مروان الصابئ الحراني Abu al-Ḥasan Thābit ibn Qurra ibn Marwān aṣ-Ṣābiʾ al-Ḥarrānī > Thebit [826-901]; Johan Ludwig Heiberg (1898-1902). Syntaxis mathematica, Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner.
• Claudius Ptolemaeus Κλαύδιος Πτολεμαῖος [c.100-c. 170]. Hypotheses Astronomicae seu Theoriae planetarum Ὑποθέσεις τῶν πλανωμένων > كتاب في الهيئة المسمى بالاقتصاص Kitāb fī al-hay’ah al-musammá al-iqtiṣāṣ; Kaspar Peucer (1571). Witebergae: Schwertel; Bernard Raphael Goldstein (1967). Philadelphia: The American Philosophical Society.
• Alexander Aphrodisiensis Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Ἀφροδισιεύς [c.211]. Commentaria in Aristotelem Physica Ἀριστοτέλους Φυσικῆς ἀκροάσεως; Gerardus Cremonensis [1114-1187]: De motu et tempore.
• Diophantus Alexandrinus Διόφαντος ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς [214-298]. Arithmetica Ἀρἰθμητικα; Pierre de Fermat (1621). Parisii: Méziriac; Paul Tannery (1893). Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner.
• Themistius Θεμίστιος [317-388]. Aristotelis physicorum paraphrasis Παράφρασις εἰς τὰ τῆς Ἀριστοτέλους Φυσικῆς ἀκροάσεως, ed. Vettore Trincavello; Paolo Manuzio (1534). Venezia: Aldo Manutius; Heinrich Schenkl (1900). In Aristotelis Physica paraphrasis, Berlin: G. Reimer; Robert B. Todd (2003-11). London: Duckworth.
• Pappus Alexandrinus Πάππος ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς [c.290-c.350]. De Optica Ὀπτικα; Federico Commandino (1588). Pappi Alexandrini Mathematicae collectiones, Pesaro: Hieronymus Concordia; Fridericus Hultsch (1876-78). Collectiones quae supersunt e libris manu scriptis edidit latina interpretatione et commentariis, Berolini: Weidmannos.
• Theon Alexandrinus Θέων ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς [c.335-c.405]. Catoptrica Κατοπτρικός; Johan Ludvig Heiberg; Heinrich Menge (1895). Euclidis opera omnia VII, Lipsiæ: B. G. Teubner.
• Anicius Manlius Severinus Boëthius [477-524]. Quæstiones super libros physicorum; Géza Sajó (1974). Corpus philosophorum danicorum medii ævi, Hauniæ: G.E.C. Gad.
• Proclus Diadochus Πρόκλος ὁ Διάδοχος [412-485]. Elementatio physica Στοιχείωσις Φυσική; Albertus Ritzenfeld (1912). Lipsiae: B. G. Teubner, Helmut Boese (1958). Die mittelalterliche Übersetzung der Στοιχείωσις Φυσική des Proclus: Procli Diadochi Lycii Elementatio physica, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
• Simplicius Σιμπλίκιος ὁ Κίλιξ [c.490-560]. Commentaria in Aristotelem Physica Ἀριστοτέλους Φυσικῆς ἀκροάσεως; (1526). Venetiis: Andrea Asulano; Hermann Diels (1882). Simplicius: In Aristotelis physicorum libros quattuor priores commentaria, Berlin: G. Reimer.
• Johannes Philoponus Ἰωάννης ὁ Φιλόπονος [c.490-570]. Commentaria in Aristotelem Physica Ἀριστοτέλους Φυσικῆς ἀκροάσεως; (1535). Venetiis: Bartholomaeus Zanettus; Girolamo Vitelli (1887). Joannis Philoponi in Aristotelis Physicorum libros tres priores commentaria, Berlin: G. Reimer.
• Johannes Philoponus Ἰωάννης ὁ Φιλόπονος [c.490-570]. De usu astrolabii eiusque constructione Περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀστρολάβου χρήσεως καὶ κατασκευῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ καταγεγραμμένων, τί ἕκαστον σημαίνει‏; Heiner Rohner; Alfred Stückelberger (2015). Über die Anwendung des Astrolabs und seine Anfertigung, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Āryabhaṭa (499). Āryabhaṭīya; كتاب البيروني في تحقيق ما للهند من مقولة مقبولة في العقل او مردولة Kitāb al-Bīrūnī fī taḥqīq mā li-l-Hind min maqūla maqbūla fī l-ʻaql au mard̲ūla; Carl Eduard Sachau (1887). London: Trübner; Hendrik Kern (1874). The Āryabhatīya with the commentary Bhatadîpikâ of Paramâdîçvara, Leiden: E. J. Brill; Walter Eugene Clark (1930). The Aryabhatiya, Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Kripa Shankar Shukla (1976). Āryabhaṭīya of Āryabhaṭa: with the commentary of Bhāskara I and Someśvara, New Delhi: Indian National Science Academy.
• Severus Sebokht ܣܘܪܘܣ ܣܝܒܘܟܬ‎ [575-667] ܣܟܘܠܝܘܢ ܐܣܛܪܘܠܟܘܢ ܥܠ ܗ̇ܝ ܕܡ̇ܢܐ ܐܝܬܘܗܝ ܗܘ̣ ܐܣܛܪܘܠܟܘܢ ܕܢܚܫܐ. ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܪܟܒ. ܘܡܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܘܕܐܝܟ ܐܝܟܢ ܐܝܬܝܗ̈ܝܢ ܟܠܚܕ ܡܢ ܡܢܘ̈ܬܗ. ܘܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܬܩܪܝ̈ܢ ܪ̈ܘܟܝܬܐ ܘܪ̈ܘܫܡܐ ܕܒܗ (Paris, Bibliothèque nationale de France, Syr. 346, 36v-51v; Berlin, Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin 186 [Petermann 26], 82v-98r; Mardin, Church of the Forty Martyrs, Syr. 553, 3r-53r)
• Brahmagupta (628). Brāhma-sphuṭa-siddhānta; يعقوب بن طارق Yaʿqūb ibn Ṭāriq [c.740-796]. زيج محلول في السندهند لدرجة درجة Zīj maḥlūl fī al-Sindhind li-daraja daraja; ʿAlī Al-Hāshimī; David Pingree (1981). The Book Of The Reasons Behind Astronomical Tables [Kitāb Fī ʿIlal Al‐Zījāt], Delmar: Scholars' Facsimiles & Reprints; Acharyavara Ram Swarup Shārma (1966). New Delhi: Indian Institute of Astronomical and Sanskrit Resarch.
• Brahmagupta (665). Khaṇḍa-khādyaka; Āmarāja Śarmmā; Babua Misra Jyotishacharya (1925). Calcutta: University of Calcutta; Prabodhacandra Senagupta; Caturveda Prthūdaka Svāmin (1941). Kalikāta: Kalikātā-Viśvavidyālaya.

• أبو جعفر محمد بن موسى الخوارزمی Abū Jaʿfar Muḥammad ibn Mūsā al-Khwārizmī > Algorithmi [c.780-c.850]. زيج السندهند الكبير‎ Zīj al-Sindhind al-kabīr; Edward Stewart Kennedy (1990). Two topics from an astrological manuscript: Sindhind days and planetary latitudes, Zeitschrift für Geschichte der Arabisch-Islamischen Wissenschaften 6: 167-178.
• أبو العبّاس أحمد بن محمد بن كثير الفرغاني Abū al-ʿAbbās Aḥmad ibn Muḥammad ibn Kathīr al-Farghānī > Alfraganus [c. 805-c.870]. كتاب محمد بن كثير الفرغاني في الحركات السماوية وجوامع علم النجوم، بتفسير الشيخ الفاضل يعقوب غوليوس Kitāb fi-āl-ḥarakah al-samawīyah wa-jawamiʻ ʻilm al-nujum bi-tafasir al-shaykh al-fadīl > Elementa astronomica; Jacobus Golius (1669). Amsterdam: Johannes Jansonium à Waasberge, et viduam Elizei Weyerstraet.
• أبو يوسف يعقوب بن إسحاق الصبّاح الكندي‎ Abu Yūsuf Yaʻqūb ibn ʼIsḥāq aṣ-Ṣabbāḥ al-Kindī > Alkindus [801-873]. Rasāʾil al-Kindī al-falsafīya; Muḥammad ʿAbd-al-Hādī Abū-Rīda (1950). Cairo: Dar al-Fikr al-‘Arabi.
• أبو يوسف يعقوب بن إسحاق الصبّاح الكندي‎ Abu Yūsuf Yaʻqūb ibn ʼIsḥāq aṣ-Ṣabbāḥ al-Kindī > Alkindus [801-873]. De Perspectiva; Roshdi Rashed (1997-98). Oeuvres Philosophiques & Scientifiques d’al-Kindi, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• أبو الحسن ثابت بن قرة بن مروان الصابئ الحراني Abu al-Ḥasan Thābit ibn Qurra ibn Marwān aṣ-Ṣābiʾ al-Ḥarrānī > Thebit [826-901]. كتاب في ثيفت الوزن Kitāb fī Sifat al-wazn; Mohammed Abattouy (2001). Greek Mechanics in Arabic Context: Thābit ibn Qurra, al-Isfizārī and the Arabic Traditions of Aristotelian and Euclidean Mechanics, Science in Context. 14 (1-2): 179-247.
• أبو الحسن ثابت بن قرة بن مروان الصابئ الحراني Abu al-Ḥasan Thābit ibn Qurra ibn Marwān aṣ-Ṣābiʾ al-Ḥarrānī > Thebit [826-901]. De Anno Solis; Francis J. Carmody (1960). The astronomical works of Thābit b. Qurra, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• أبو معشر جعفر بن محمد بن عمر البلخي Abū Maʿshar Jaʿfar ibn Muḥammad ibn ʿUmar al-Balkhī > Abumasar (848). كتاب المدخل الكبير Kitāb al‐mudkhal al‐kabīr > Introductorium in Astronomiam; Johannes Hispalensis (1133). Introductorium in Astronomiam; Hermanus Dalmata (1140). De magnis coniunctionibus; Richard Lemay (1995-96). Liber introductorii maioris ad scientiam judiciorum astrorum, Napoli: Istituto Universitario Orientale; Keiji Yamamoto; Charles Burnett (2019). The Great Introduction to Astrology, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• أبو عبد الله محمد بن جابر بن سنان الحراني الصابي البتاني Abū ʿAbd Allāh Muḥammad ibn Jābir ibn Sinān al-Raqqī al-Ḥarrānī aṣ-Ṣābiʾ al-Battānī > Albategnius [850-929]. زيج الصابئ Zīj al-Ṣābiʾ; Carlo Alfonso Nallino (1899-1907). Al-Battānī sive Albatenii, Opus Astronomicum. Ad fidem codicis escurialensis arabice editum, Milano: Ulrico Hoepli.
• أبو نصر محمد الفارابي Abū Naṣr Muḥammad al-Fārābī > Alpharabius [872-951]. شرح كتاب الطبيعي لارسطاطاليس Šarḥ kitāb al-ṭabīʿī li-ʾArisṭūṭālīs; Gerardus Cremonensis [1114-1187]. Distinctio super Librum Aristotelis de naturali auditu; Alexander Birkenmajer (1935). Eine wiedergefundene Übersetzung Gerhards von Cremona, Aus der Geisteswelt des Mittelalters: 472-481.
• أبو نصر محمد الفارابي Abū Naṣr Muḥammad al-Fārābī > Alpharabius [872-951]. كتاب في أصول علم التابعة Kitāb fī uṣūl ʻilm al-ṭabīʻah; Necati Lugal; Aydin Sayili (1951). Maqâla fî l-Khalâ, Belleten (Türk Tarih Kurumu) 15: 123-174.
• أبو جعفر محمد بن حسين صاغاني خراساني الخازن Abū Ja'far Muḥammad Ibn al-Ḥasan al-Khurāsānī al-Khāzin [900-971]. زيج الصفائح Zīj al-ṣafāʾiḥ; David A. King (1980). New light on the Zīj al-Ṣafā'iḥ of Abū Jaʻfar al-Khāzin, Centaurus: international magazine of the history of science and medicinea.
• عبد الرحمن بن عمر الصوفي ʿAbd ar-Raḥmān ibn ʿUmar aṣ-Ṣūfī > Azophi [903-986]. كتاب صور الكواكب Kitāb suwar al-kawākib; Paul Kunitzsch (1989). The Arabs and the Stars: Texts and Traditions on the Fixed Stars, and Their Influence in Medieval Europe, London: Routledge.
• ابو الحسن علي بن ابي سعيد عبد الرحمن ابن يوسف الصدفي المصري Abū'l-Hasan 'Alī ibn Abī Sa'īd 'Abd al-Rahmān ibn Ahmad ibn Yūnus al-Ṣadafī [c.950-1009]. زيج الكبير الحاكمي Zīj al-kabīr al-Ḥākimī; Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī; Carl Ehrig-Eggert; Eckhard Neubauer (1997). Ibn Yūnis ʻAbu l-Ḥasan ʻAlī ibn ʻAbdarraḥmān, Frankfurt am Main: Institute for the History of Arabic-Islamic Science at the Johann Wolfgang Goethe University.
• أبو علي، الحسن بن الحسن بن الهيثم Abū ʿAlī al-Ḥasan ibn al-Ḥasan ibn al-Haytham > Alhazen [965-1040]. مقالة في المكان Maqāla fī al-makān; Eilhard Wiedemann (1909). Kleinere Arbeiten von Ibn al Haiṯam, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietāt in Erlangen 41: 16-24; (1938). Ḥaydrābād: Dāʾirat al-Maʿārif / Osmania University.
• أبو علي، الحسن بن الحسن بن الهيثم Abū ʿAlī al-Ḥasan ibn al-Ḥasan ibn al-Haytham > Alhazen [965-1040]. كتاب المناظر Kitāb al-Manāẓir > De Aspectibus; Friedrich Risner (1572). Opticae thesaurus. Alhazeni Arabis libri septem, nunc primùm editi, Basileæ: Eusebius Episcopius; Abdelhamid I. Sabra (1983-2002). The Optics of Ibn al-Haytham, Kuwait: National Council for Culture, Arts and Letters; A. Mark Smith (2001). Alhacen's theory of visual perception, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society; (2008) Alhacen on Image-formation and distortion in mirrors, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society; (2010) Alhacen on Refraction, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• أبو الريحان محمد بن أحمد البيروني Abū al-Raiḥān Muḥammad ibn Aḥmad al-Bīrūnī > Alberonius [973-1048]. رسائل أبي نصر منصور بن عراق إلى البيروني Rasāʼil Abī Naṣr Manṣūr ibn ʻIrāq ilá al-Bīrūnī; Manṣūr ibn ʻAlī Ibn ʻIrāq (1948). Ḥaydarābād al-Dakkan: Maṭbaʻat Jamʻīyat Dā'irat al-Maʻārif al-ʻUthmānīyah.
• أبو علي، الحسن بن الحسن بن الهيثم Abū ʿAlī al-Ḥasan ibn al-Ḥasan ibn al-Haytham > Alhazen (1028). الشكوك على بطليموس Al-Sukūk ʻalā Baṭlamyūs > Aporia contra Ptolemæum; Abdelhamid I. Sabra; Nabil Shehaby; Ibrahim Madkour (1971). Ibn al-Haytham's Al-Sukūk ʻalā Baṭlamyūs, Al-Qāhirah: Maṭba'at Dār al-Kutub / Cairo: The National Library Press.
• ابو علی الحسین ابن عبد اللّه ابن سینا البخاری Abū ʿAlī al-Ḥusayn ibn ʿAbd Allāh ibn Sīnā > Avicenna (1027). کتاب الشفاء Kitāb al-Shifāʾ > Sufficientia. Liber i. Naturalium, Tracatus 2. De motu et de consimilibus; Dominicus Gundissalinus; Johannes Hispanus; Girolamo Duranti (1495). Venetii: Bernardino Veneto; Saʻīd Zāyid; ʻAbd-al-Ḥalīm Muntaṣir; Muḥammad Yūsuf Mūsā; Ibrāhīm Madkūr; Sulaimān Dunyā (1960). Qāhira: al-Hai'a al-Miṣrīya al-ʻĀmma; Simone van Riet; J Janssens; A Allard; Gérard Verbeke (2006). Tractatus secundus de motu et de consimilibus, Herent: Académie Royale de Belgique; Jon McGinnis (2009/10). The Physics of The Healing: A parallel English-Arabic Text, Provo: Brigham Young University Press.
• أبو الريحان محمد بن أحمد البيروني Abū al-Raiḥān Muḥammad ibn Aḥmad al-Bīrūnī > Alberonius (1035). كتاب القانون المسعودى Kitāb al-qānūn al-Mas’ūdī > Canon Masudicus; (1954/56). Ḥaydarābād al-Dakkan: Maṭbaʻat Jamʻīyat Dā'irat al-Maʻārif al-ʻUthmānīyah.
• أَبْو حَامِدْ مُحَمّد الغَزّالِي الطُوسِيْ النَيْسَابُوْرِيْ Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad ibn Muḥammad al-Ġazzālī > Algazel [1057-1111]. مقاصد الفلاسفة Maqāṣid al-falāsifah / Summa theoricae philosophiae. Physica; Dominicus Gundissalinus [c.1115-1190]. V-CVbav Ms. Vat. Lat. 4481; Joseph Thomas Muckle (1933). Algazel's Metaphysics: A medieval translation, Toronto: St. Michael's College; Sulaymān Dunyā (1961). مقدمة تهافت الفلاسفة المسماة مقاصد الفلاسفة Muqaddimat Tahāfut al-falāsifah al-musammāh Maqāṣid al-falāsifah, Miṣr: دار المعارف Dār al-Maʻārif; Aḥmad Farid Mazīdī (2003). مقاصد الفلاسفة Maqāṣid al-falāsifah, Bayrūt: دار الكتب العلمية Dār al-kutub al-ʻilmiyah.
• أبو إسحاق إبراهيم بن يحيى النقاش الزرقالي Abū Isḥāq Ibrāhīm ibn Yaḥyā an-Naqqāš az-Zarqālī‎ > Arzachel (1069). زيج الطليطلي Zīj al-Ṭulayṭalī > Tabulae Toledanae; Gerardus Cremonensis [1114-1187]; Paschasius Hamellius (1545). Divi Alphonsi Romanorum et Hispaniarum regis, astronomicae tabulae in propriam integritatem restitutae, Parisiis: Christiani Wecheli; Gerald J. Toomer (1968). Survey of the Toledan Tables, Osiris. 15: 5-174.
• أبو البركات هبة الله بن ملكا البغدادي‎ Abū al-Barakāt Hibat Allāh ibn Malkā al-Baghdādī > Abulbircat [c.1080-1164]. كتاب المعتبر في الحكمة Kitāb al-Muʻtabar fī al-ḥikmah; Şerefeddin Yaltkaya (1938-39). Ḥaydarābād al-Dakan: جمعية دائرة المعارف العثمانية Jamʻīyat Dāʼirat al-Maʻārif al-ʻUthmānīyah.
• أبو بكر محمد ابن يحيى ابن الصائغ ابن باجّة التُجيبي الاندلسي السرقسطي Abū Bakr Muḥammad ibn Yaḥyā ibn al-Ṣā'igh ibn Bājja al-Tujībī al-Andalusī al-Saraqusṭī > Avempace [1095-1138]. شرح السماع الطبيعي لارسطوطاليس Sharḥ al-samāʻ al-tabīʻī li-Arisṭūṭālīs; Majid Fakhry (1973). Bayrūt: دار النهار Dār al-Nahār.
• أبو محمد جابر بن أفلح‎ Abū Muḥammad Jābir ibn Aflaḥ > Geber [c.1100-c.1160]. إصلاح المجسطي Iṣlāḥ al-Majisṭi > Elementa astronomica; Gerardus Cremonensis [1114-1187]; (1534). De astronomia libri IX in quibus Ptolemaeum, Nuremberg: Johann Petreius.
• أبوالفتح عبدالرحمن منصور الخازنی Abū al-Fath Abd al-Rahman Mansūr al-Khāzini > Alkhazini (1121). كتاب ميزان الحكمة Kitāb mizān al-ḥikma; Fuat Sezgin (2001). Mīzān al-ḥikma texts and studies, Frankfurt am Main: Institut für Geschichte der Arabisch-Islamischen Wissenschaften; Faïza Laridhi Bancel (2009). Livre de la balance de la sagesse, Carthage: Académie tunisienne des sciences des lettres et des arts.
• أبو إسحاق نور الدين البطروجي الإشبيلي Abū Isḥāq Nūr ad-Dīn al-Biṭrūǧī al-Išbīlī >Alpetragius [c.1150-1204]. كتاب الهيئة Kitāb fi 'l-Haiʾa; Michael Scotus (1217). De motibus celorum; Francis J. Carmody (1956). Critical edition of the Latin translation of Michael Scot, Berkeley: University of California Press; De sphaera; Johannes de Sacrobosco (1531). Spherae tractatus. Ioannis de Sacro busto Anglici viri, Venetiis: L.A. Junta, Lynn Thorndike (1949). The Sphere of Sacrobosco and Its Commentators, Chicago: University of Chicago Press: 248-342.
• أبو الوليد محمد ابن احمد ابن رشد‎ Abū l-Walīd Muḥammad Ibn ʾAḥmad Ibn Rušd > Averroës (c.1186). شرح كتاب السماع الطبيعي لارسطاطاليس Šarḥ [kitāb] al-samāʾ al-ṭabīʿī li-ʾArisṭūṭālīs > Commentarium magnum in Aristotelis Physicorum Textus 71; Marco Antonio Zimara (1562-74). Aristotelis Opera cum Averrois commentariis, Venetiis: Junctas; Maurice Bouyges (1948-67). Averroès Tafsīr mā baʻd aṭ-ṭabīʻa, Beyrouth: Dar el-Machreq.
• نصير الدين ابو جعفر محمد بن محمد بن حسن الطوسي Naṣīr al-Dīn Abū Ja‘far Muḥammad ibn Muḥammad ibn Ḥasan al-Ṭūsī [1201-1274]. التذکره فى علم الهىئه al-tadhkira fī ʻilm al-hayʼa; Jamil Ragep (1993). Naṣīr al-Dīn al-Ṭūsī's Memoir on astronomy (al-tadhkira fī ʻilm al-hayʼa), Berlin: Springer; Jamīl Rajab; Ḥasan Amīnī; Markaz-i Nashr-i Mīrās̲-i Maktūb (2015). Tihrān: مرکز پژوهشى مىراث مکتوب Markaz-i Pizhūhishī-i Mīrās̱-i Maktūb.

• Johannes Scotus Eriugena [c.800-877]. Periphyseon / De divisione naturae; Hans Günter Zekl (2016). Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann.
• Hildegardis Bingensis [1098-1179]. Liber subtilitatum diversarum naturarum creaturam; Elisabeth Gössmann (1991). Hildegard von Bingen, Lexikon des Mittelalters 5: 13-15.
• Honorius Augustodunensis [c.1080-1140]. Clavis Physicae; Paolo Lucentini (1974). Roma: Edizioni di Storia e Letteratura; Pasquale Arfé (2012). Honorius Augustodunensis. Studio e edizione, Napoli: Liguori.
• Hugues de Saint-Victor [1096-1141]. Synopsis physicorum Aristotelis (F-Pn fonds latin 6749)
• Humbertus de Garda (c.1182). Quaestiones in libros Physicorum (Chambéry, Bibliothèque municipale 23)
• Gerardus Bruxellensis (c.1187). Liber de motu; Marshall Clagett (1956). The Liber de motu of Gerard of Brussels and the Origins of Kinematics in the West, Osiris 12: 73-175.
• Petrus Cantor [c.1150-1197]. Commentaria in libros physicorum et de anima; Monique Boutry (2004). Petri Cantoris Parisiensis Verbum adbreviatum, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Vincentius Bellovacensis [1184-1264]. Speculum Maius; (1624). Speculum quadruplex, Douai: Balthazar Bellerus; Monique Paulmier-Foucart; Marie-Christine Duchenne (2004). Vincent de Beauvais et la Grand miroir du monde, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Robertus Kilwardby [c.1215-1279]. Quaestiones in libros I-VII Physicorum (Cambridge, Gonville and Caius College 509, 124a-206; Oxford, New College 285, 114)
• Alfredus Anglicus (1217). De motu cordis; Clemens Baeumker (1923). Beiträge zur Geschichte der Philosophie des Mittelalters 26: 1-2; Martin Grabmann (1936). Philosophisches Jahrbuch 49: 192-222.
• Adamus Bucfeldus [c.1220-1292]. Commentarius in Physicam I-VIII (Cambridge, Gonville and Gaius College 367, 126ra-135vb; 152ra-163a); Albert Zimmermann (1971). Leiden: E. J. Brill: 146-52.
• Galfridus de Hasphall [c.1220-1287]. Liber Quartus Physicorum Aristotelis; Cecilia Trifogli (2007). Liber Quartus Physicorum Aristotelis, Repertorio delle Questioni, Commenti Inglesi ca. 1250-1270, Firenze: Sismel.
• Thomas Aquinas [c.1225-1274]. In octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis expositio; Marietti Maggiòlo (1954). Taurini: Marietti.
• Johannes Peckham [c.1230-1292]. Perspectiva communis; David Charles Lindberg (1970). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Johannes Peckham [c.1230-1292]. Conclusiones libri Physicorum (Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, lat. 16130)
• Galfredus de Aspala [c.1230-1287]. Quaestiones in Physicam I-IV et VIII (Oxford, Merton College 272, 88r-118v)
• Robertus Grosseteste (1232). Summa super octo libros physicorum Aristotelis; Richard C. Dales (1963). Commentarius in VIII libros physicorum Aristotelis, Colorado: Boulder.
• Grosseteste, R. (1235). De Iride; Ludwig Baur (1912). Beiträge zur Geschichte der Philosophie des Mittelalters 9: 72-78.
• Richardus Rufus Cornubiensis (1236). Commentum super Physicam Aristotelis; Rega Wood (2011). Auctores Britannici Medii Aevi, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Rogerus Bacon (1240). Quaestiones supra libros octo Physicorum Aristotelis; Robert Steele; Ferdinand M. Delorme (1930). Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Sigerus de Brabantia [c.1240-1284]. Quaestiones 141 in libros I-IV et VIII Physicorum; Philipp Delhaye (1941). Siger de Brabant: Questions sur la Physique d'Aristote, Louvain: C. A. Graiff.
• Boethius de Dacia [c.1240-1284]. Quaestiones super libros Physicorum (München, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Clm 9559, 18-44; München, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Clm 9559, 2r-14r)
• Petrus Johannis Olivi [1247-1298]. Quaestiones in secundum librum sententiarum; Lazzaro Soardi (1507). Petri Lombardi Quattuor sententiarum, Venetiis: Lazarum Soardum; (1924). Quaestiones in secundum librum sententiarum, Quaracchi: S. Bonaventurae: 546 / q. 59.
• Richardus de Mediavilla [1249-1308]. Commentum super quarto Sententiarum Petri Lombardi; (1476). Venetiis: Christophorus Arnoldus.
• Petrus Alverniensis [c.1250-1304]. Quaestiones super libros Physicorum; Philippe Delhaye (1941). Louvain: Institut superieur de philosophie.
• Jordanus de Nemore (c.1250). Liber de ratione ponderis; Niccolò Tartaglia (1565). Venetiis: Curtium Troianum; Elementa super demonstrationem ponderum; Petrus Apian (1533). Nuremberg: Johannnes Petreius; Ernest A. Moody; Marshall Clagett (1952). The Medieval Science of Weights (Scientia de Ponderibus), Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Albertus Magnus (1252). Commentum in libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1488). Venezia: Johannes et Gregorius de Gregoriis; (1263). De principiis motus processivi; Henryk Anzulewicz (1999). Münster: Aschendorff.
• Gonsalvus Hispanus [c.1255-1313]. Conclusiones Physicorum (Erlangen, University 434, 62r-82v)
• Dominicus de Clavasio (c.1260). Physica (Rome, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 2185, 79-96v)
• Simon Favershamensis [c.1260-1306]. Quaestiones super librum Physicorum (Oxford, Merton College 292, 185r-239v; Erfurt, Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek der Stadt, Amplon. F. 348, 1r-69r; San Juan Puerto Rico, Casa del libro s.n., 2r-24v; 48r-60v)
• Guillelmus de Clifford (c.1265). Compilationes super librum Physicorum Aristotelis (Cambridge, Peterhouse 157(1): 43ra-104va)
• Johannes Duns Scotus [1266-1308]. Expositio et quaestiones in VIII libros Physicorum Aristotelis; Francesco Pitigiani (1617). Venetiis: Joannes Guerilius: i. q. 8.
• Rogerus Bacon (1267). Opus Majus, ed. Samuele Jebb (1733). London: William Bowyer; John Henry Bridges (1897). Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Thomas Aquinas (1268). Commentaria in octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1480). Venetiis: Nicolas Jenson.
• Henricus de Gandavo (1269). Quaestiones super VIII libros Physicorum; Willigis Eckermann (1972). Der physikkommentar Hugolins von Orvieto, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Sigerus de Brabantia (1269). Quaestiones in Physicam; Bernard Bazán; Albert Zimmermann (1974). Siger de Brabant, Louvain: Publications universitaires Béatrice Nauwelaerts.
• Bartholomeus de Bodekisham (c.1270). Quaestiones super librum Physicorum (Assisi, Biblioteca comunale 290, 1r-64r)
• Sigerus de Brabantia (1273). Quaestiones naturales; Bernard Bazán; Albert Zimmermann (1974). Siger de Brabant, Louvain: Publications universitaires Béatrice Nauwelaerts: 141-184.
• Sigerus de Brabantia (1277). Quaestiones super libros viii Physicorum; Albert Zimmermann (1968). Ein Kommentar zur Physik des Aristoteles aus der Pariser Artistenfakultät um 1273, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Ægidius Aurelianensis (c.1277). Quaestiones super Physicam (Paris, Bibliothèque Mazarine 3493, 1ra-93vb); Zdzisław Kuksewicz (1994). Une seconde version des "Quaestiones super Physicam" de Gilles d'Orléans retrouvée, Mediaevalia Philosophica Polonorum 32: 3-32.
• Petrus Hispanus Portugalensis (c.1277). Quaestiones physicae; Olga Weijers (2007). Le travail intellectuel à la Faculté des arts de Paris: textes et maîtres (ca. 1200-1500), Turnhout: Brepols.
• Ægidius Romanus (1278). Commentaria in octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1493). Padova: Hieronymus de Durantibus; (1502). Venetiis: Andrea Asulano; (1968). Frankfurt: Minerva.
• Bartholomaeus de Bruges [c.1280-1356]. Questiones super libros physicorum (Rome, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 845, 37r-355r)
• Franciscus de Mayronis [c.1280-1328]. Expositio super octo libros physicorum; (1490). Ferrara: Laurentius de Rubeis.
• Johannes de Ianduno [c.1280-1328]. Quaestio super libro Physicorum; Petrus Benzon & Petrus de Plasiis (1488). Venetiis: Hieronymus de Sanctis & Ioannes Lucilius Santritter; Ludwig Schmugge (1966). Johannes von Jandun, Stuttgart: Hiersemann.
• Gerardus Odonis [c.1285-1349]. Logica; Lambertus Marie de Rijk (1997/2005). Gerard Odonis. Opera philosophica, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Joachim de Parma (c.1289). Quaestiones super librum Physicorum (Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, lat. 16682)
• Guillelmus de Chelvestun (c.1290). Quaestiones super Physicam (Cambridge, Peterhouse 192(1), 1r-36v)
• Johannes de Waefeld (c.1290). Quaestiones super Physicam (Cambridge, Gonville & Caius College 344, 264r-277v)
• Guillelmus de la Mare (c.1290). Expositio libri Physicorum (Paris, Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal 515, 1r-97)
• Guillelmus de Bonkes (1291/93). Quaestiones on aristotle, de caelo et mundo (Cambridge, Peterhouse 192(1): 37r-119v)
• Gerardus de Novigento (c.1292). Olga Weijers (1998). Le travail intellectuel à la Faculté des arts de Paris, Turnhout: Brepols: 78.
• Johannes de Wacfeld (c.1294). Quaestiones primi libri Physicorum (Cambridge, Gonville and Caius College 344, 264r-277v)
• Guillelmus de Chelvestun (c.1300). Quaestiones super Physicam viii (Cambdrige, Peterhouse 192(1), 37ra-119vb); Silvia Donati (1999-2000). La discussione sulle dimensioni indeterminate in un commento alla Metafisica della fine del XIII secolo, Medioevo 25: 237-312.
• Johannes Buridanus [1301-1362]. Subtilissime questiones super octo phisicorum libros Aristotelis; (1509). Parisiis: Impressus per Magistrum Petrum Le Dru.
• Johannes Buridanus [1301-1362]. Quaestiones super librum Physicorum secundum ultimam lecturam (Rome, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 3019); Daniel Antonio di Liscia (2001). Vivarium 39: 52-86.
• Johannes Buridanus [1301-1362]. Dicta super librum Physicorum; Expositio libri Physicorum; Olga Weijers (2001). Le travail intellectuel à la Faculté des arts de Paris, Brepols: Turnhout.
• Conradus de Megenberg [1309-1374]. Quaestiones physicae (Selbstverweis in Quaestiones super speram, 74r); Dagmar Gottschall (2000). Freiburger Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Theologie 47: 77-100.
• Johannes Dumbleton [c.1310-1349]. Summa logicae et philosophiae naturalis (Oxford, Magdalen College 32; Roma, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 954; Rome, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latin 6750)
• Radulphus Brito (c.1312). Quaestiones super Physica Aristotelis (Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, lat. 16160, 3ra-79vb; Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, Conv. Soppr. E. 1. 252,1-60; Roma, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 3061, 63-126)
• William Heytesbury [1313-1373]. Regule solvendi sophismata; Joannes Petrus de la Porta (1481). Pavia: Antonius de Carcano; John Longeway (1984). On maxima and minima, Dordrecht: D. Reidel; Fabienne Pironet (1994). Paris: J. Vrin.
• Thomas Wilton (c.1315). Quaestiones super Physicam (Erfurt, Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek, Amplon. F. 348, 69va-115vb.
• Walter Burley (1316). Dubia super librum Physicorum (Sevilla, Biblioteca Capitular Colombina 5.1.13, 1-43v); Mischa von Perger (2007). Quaestiones super librum physicorum, Traditio 62: 59-81.
• Franciscus de Marchia (1319). Sententia et compilatio super libros Physicorum Aristotelis; Nazareno Mariani (1998). Grottaferrata (Roma): Editiones Collegii S. Bonaventurae ad Claras Aquas.
• Guillelmus de Ockham (1321). Summulae in libros Physicorum; (1322). Quaestiones in libros Physicorum; Stephen F. Brown (1987). Studies in Medieval Philosophy, Washington, D.C.: Catholic University of America Press: 249-272.
• Guillelmus de Ockham (1323). Summa totius logicæ, ed. (1488). Parisiis: Johannes Higman i. 12.
• Guillelmus de Ockham (1324). Expositio in libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1506). Venetiis: Lazari de Saviliano.
• Gualterus Burlaeus (1324). Expositio vetus cum quaestionibus super librum Physicorum Aristotelis; (1491). Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus; Mischa von Perger (2007). Traditio 62: 59-81.
• Thomas Wilton (c.1324). Quaestiones super VIII libros Physicorum (Cesena, Biblioteca Malatestiana, Pluit.VIII sin. cod.2; Erfurt, Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek, Amplon. 178)
• Henricus de Langenstein [c.1325-1397]. Abbreviatura physicorum (Wien, Österreichische Nationalbibliothek, 5437, 1-410v)
• Nicole Oresme [c.1325-1382]. Quaestiones super septem libros Physicorum Aristotelis; Stefano Caroti; Jean Celeyrette; Stefan Kirschner; Edmond Mazet (2013). Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Nicole Oresme [c.1325-1382]. Quaestiones super octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; Anneliese Maier (1952). Studien zur Naturphilosophie der Spätscholastik III: 169
• Nicole Oresme [c.1325-1382]. Tractatus de latitudinibus formarum; (1482). Padua: Matthaeus Cerdonis.
• Nicole Oresme [c.1325-1382]. De proportionibus proportionum; (1505). Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus.
• Ricardus de Campsalle (c.1326). Notabilitates breves super omnes libros Physicorum; Quaestiones super III libros Physicorum; Edward A. Synan (1968-82). The Works of Richard of Campsall, Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies
• Robertus Kilvington (1326). Commentarius in octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis (Sevilla, Biblioteca Capitular Colombina 7; Sevilla, Biblioteca Capitular Colombina 6; Sevilla, Biblioteca Capitular Colombina 30); Elżbieta Jung-Palczewska, (1997). Motion in a Vacuum and in a Plenum, Miscellanea Medievalia 25: 179-193.
• Walter Burley (1327). Super octo libros Physicorum, ed. (1501). Venetia: Torresanus de Ascula.
• Gualterus de Uxbrigge (c.1327). Quaestiones super librum Physicorum (Salamanca, Biblioteca Universitaria de Salamanca 2019)
• Thomas Bradwardine (1328). Tractatus proportionum seu de proportionibus velocitatum in motibus (Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, lat. 14576); (1481). Parisiis: Geoffroy de Marnef; Henry Lamar Crosby (1955). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Raimundus Lullus [1232-1316]. Liber novus physicorum et compendiosus; (1512). Barchinone: Per Carolum amorosum; Centre Traditio Litterarum Occidentalium (2010). Turnhout: Brepols.
• Johannes Canonicus (c.1330). Quaestiones super octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1475). Padua: Bonus Gallus.
• Antonius Andreas (c.1333). Quaestiones super Physicam Aristotelis (Cambridge, Gonville & Caius 368 (590)); Marek Gensler; Adam Gogacz; Rafal Kepa; Robert Podkoński (1999). Early Science and Medicine 4(4): 329-358.
• Marsilius de Inghen [c.1340-1396]. Abbreviationes super octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1521). Venetiis: Heredes Octoviani Scoti; Quaestiones super octo libros Physicorum, ed. (1518). Lyon.
• Richardus Swineshead (c.1344). Opus aureum calculationum; Johannes de Cipro (1477). Padua: N.T.S.P.; Johannes Tollentinus (1498). Subtilissimi anglici doctoris Suiseih calculationum liber emendaius, Papiae: Fr. Gyrardengum.
• Petrus Thomae (c.1340). Quaestiones super libros Physicorum (Madrid, Biblioteca Nacional de España, 2016, 17-48v; 100-162; Roma, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 2190)
• Gratiadeus Æsculanus (c.1341). Quaestiones litterales super VIII libros Physicorum; (1484). Quaestiones in libros Physicorum in studio Patavino disputatae, Venetiis: Hermann Liechtenstein.
• Johannes de Muris (1343). Quadripartitum numerorum; Ghislaine L'Huillier (1990). Genève: Droz.
• Nicolaus Bonetus (c.1343). In Octo Libros de Physicu Auditu Sive Physicorum Aristotelis Commentaria; (1505). Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus.
• Johannes de Casale (1346). Quaestio de velocitate motus alterationis; (1505). Venetiis: Andrea Asulano.
• Mattheus de Gubbio (c.1347). ed. Kuksewicz, Z. (1965). Wroclaw: Ossolineum.
• Johannes Dumbleton (1348). Compendium sex conclusionum; James A. Weisheipl (1956). Early Fourteenth-Century Physics and the Merton 'School', Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Cambiolus Bononiensis (c.1350). Quaestiones in Physica; Anneliese Maier (1964). Verschollene Aristoteleskommentare des 14. Jahrhunderts, Ausgehendes Mittelalter 1: 237-264.
• Alberto de Saxonia (1351). Expositio et Questiones in Aristotelis libros Physicorum; Vernia Nicolettus (1516). Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus; Benoît Patar (1999). Louvain-la-Neuve: Institut supérieur de philosophie.
• Hugolinus de Urbe Veteri (1352). Commentarius in VIII libros Physicorum Aristotelis; Willigis Eckermann (1972). Berlin: Walter de Gruyter; Quaestiones super libros Physicorum; Willigis Eckermann (1980/88). Würzburg: Uitgever.
• Facinus de Ast (1365). Quaestiones in libros Physicorum; István Bodnár (1998). Archives d'histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Âge 65: 331-414.
• Henricus de Hassia (1368). Quaestio de cometa / Tractatus disputatus cum astrologis super iudiciis apparitionum cometarum (Erfurt, Universitäts- und Forschungsbibliothek, Amplon. 4° 349, 34r-47r; Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, lat. 16401, 110r-119r; Wien, Österreichische Nationalbibliothek, 4217, 38v-45r)
• Johannes de Chymiacho (c.1377). Quaestiones libri Physicorum (Erfurt, Universitäts- und Forschungsbibliothek, Amplon. Q. 304, 1-148v)
• Henricus de Gorrichem [1378-1431]. Propositiones libri Physicorum, (Bruxelles, Bibliothèque Royale de Belgique, 961-71 (2913), 4-97; Colmar, Bibliothèque municipale 295, 59r-176v; Tübingen, Universitätsbibliothek Mc 142 (XV). item 2)
• Henricus de Gorrichem [1378-1431]. Positiones circa libros physicorum et de anima Aristotelis; (1494). Köln: Heinrich Quentell.
• Henricus de Renham (c.1380). Glossae in Physicam (London, British Library, Royal 12.G.II, 2-116)
• Blasius Parmensis (1397). Super tractatum de latitudinibus formarum; (1486). Padua: Cerdonio.
• Paulus Venetus (1409). Expositio super octos libros Physicorum Aristotelis et super commento Averrois; (1499). Venetiis: Gregorius de Gregoriis.
• Paulus Venetus (1418). Summa naturalium; (1476). Venetiis: Johannes de Colonia.
• Benedictus Hesse (1421). Quaestiones super octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; Wacław Bucichowski (1984). Wrocław: Ossolineum; Thomas Dewender (2002). Amsterdam: Grüner.
• Christophorus de Recaneto [1423-1480]. In libros Physicorum (Oxford, Bodleian Library , Can. Misc. 279)
• Gabriel Sfortia [1423-1457]. Super libros Physicorum (Roma, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana latina 1037, 87)
• Dominicus de Flandria [c.1425-1479]. Quaestiones in libros Physicorum; Thomas Kaeppeli (1970-93). Scriptores Ordinis Praedicatorum Medii Aevi, Roma: Istituto Storico Domenicano.
• Petrus Guentin de Ortemberg (c.1426). Quaestiones super libros Physicorum (Firenze, Santa Croce XIV Sin. 3 / Bandini IV, 722)
• Siburdus de Lippia (c.1430). Quaestiones super libros Physicorum (Berlin, Staatsbibliothek Stiftung Preussischer Kulturbesitz theol. lat. qu. 97 / Rose 982, 168r-198r)
• Andreas Crossin (c.1435). Exercitium circa VIII libros Physicorum; Alodia Kawecka-Gryczowa (1992). Acta Mediaevalia 7: 63-221.
• Gaietanus de Thienis (1439). Recollecte super octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis; (1496). Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus.
• Nicolaus Cusanus (1440). De Docta Ignorantia; (1514). Parisiis: ex officina Asceniana: i. 13; Joachim Ritter (1937). Docta ignorantia: die Theorie des Nichtwissens bei Nicolaus Cusanus, Leipzig: Teubner.
• Magister de Stadis (c.1450). Quaestiones Erffordenses super I-VIII libros Physicorum (Erfurt, Universitäts- und Forschungsbibliothek, Amplon. Q. 318, 3r-100r)
• Martinus de Gugugeya (c.1450). Disputata de libris V Physicorum (München, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Lat. 19675, 124r)
• Ermolao Barbaro [1454-1493]. Compendium scientiae naturalis ex Aristotele; (1545). Venetiis: Comin da Trino.
• Pietro Pomponazzi [1462-1525]. Quaestiones in libros I-IV Physicorum (Roma, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Borghese 247, 112-117)
• Georgius Trapezuntius (c.1473). Physica; John Monfasani (1984). New York: Binghamton: 603.
• Nicolaus Vernia (1474). De gravibus et levibus quaestio subtilissima; (1505). Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus.
• Johannes de Caulaincourt (c.1478). Quaestiones super VIII libros Physicorum; Paul J. J. M. Bakker (2007). The Commentaries on Aristotle by Johannes de Caulaincourt, Bulletin de Philosophie Medievale 49: 195-237.
• Leonardo da Vinci (1478). Trivulziano, 20v & Volo degli uccelli 13(12)r; Francesco M. Caleca (1989). Codice sul volo degli uccelli e codice Trivulziano, Monterotondo, Perugia: Edizioni d'Arte.
• Johannes Marlianus (1482). De proportione motuum velocitate questio subtilissima incipit, Milano: Marliani.
• Raphael Franciscus (1484). Verificatio universalis in regulas Aristotelis de motu, Pisis: Gregorius de Gente.
• Georgius Bruxellensis (1486). Cursus optimarum quaestionum super philosophiam Aristotelis, Lyon: Janon Carcain.
• Leonardo da Vinci (1493). Codex Madrid I, 85r; Ladislao Reti; Biblioteca Nacional (España). Departamento de Manuscritos (1974). Madrid: Taurus.
• Theophilus de Ferrariis (1493). Propositiones ex omnibus Aristotelis libris collectæ, Venetiis: Joannem et Gregorium de Gregoriis fratres.
• Alessandro Achillini (1494). De distributionibus ac de proportione motuum, Bologna: Benedictus Hectoris.
• Angelus Forsemproniensis (1494). De motu locali Venetiis, Venetiis: Boneto Locatelli.
• Francesco Cavalli (1490). De numero partium ac librorum physicae doctrinae Aristotelis, Venetiis: Matthaeus Capcasa.
• Johannes Faber Stapulensis (1492). Hermeneus, dialogus facilium physicalium introductorius, Parisii: Johannes Higman.
• Lambert von Heerenberg (1493). Expositio commentaria in octo libros Aristotelis de physico auditu, Köln: Heinrich Quentell.
• Franciscus Sanson (1496). Quaestiones in Physicam Aristotelis, Venezia: Johannes Rubeus.
• Gregorius Reisch (1496). Margarita philosophica; (1503). Friburghi: Chalchographatum primiciali hac pressura per I. Schottus.
• Konrad Summenhart (1497). Commentaria in Summam Physice Alberti Magni, Hagenau: Henricum Gran.
• Fridericus Sünzel (1499). Collecta et exercitata in VIII libros Physicorum Aristotelis, Hagenau: Heinrich Gran für Johannes Rynman.
• Louis Coronel (1506). Physicae perscrutationes, Lyon: Simon Vicent.
• Benedetto Vittori (1506).Commentaria in Tractatum proportionum Alberti de Saxonia, Bononie: Benedictum Hectoris.
• Arnoldi von Usingen (1507). Exercitium Physicoum; Thomas Dewender (2002). Das Problem des Unendlichen im ausgehenden 14. Jahrhundert, Amsterdam: B. R. Grüner.
• Friesner de Wunsiedel (1511). Exercitium Physicorum Aristotelis 8 libros complectens, Lipsia: Erasmus.
• Pietro Pomponazzi (1514). Tractatus vtilissimus in quo disputatur penes quid intensio et remissio formarum attendantur, Bononiæ: Hyeronimum Platonidem de Benedictis.
• Joannes de Celaya (1517). Expositio in octo libros Physicorum Aristotelis, Paris: Jean II Du Pré & Jacques Le Messier.
• Niccolò Tartaglia (1537). La Nova Scientia, Venetii: Stefano Niccolini da Sabbio.
• Nicolaus Copernicus (1543). De revolutionibus orbium coelestium, Norimbergæ: Johannes Petreius.
• Alessandro Piccolomini (1547). In mechanicas quaestiones Aristotelis, paraphrasis paulo quidem plenior, Romæ: Antonium Bladum Asulanum.
• Girolamo Cardano (1550). De subtilitate Libri XXI, Nuremberg: Johann Petreius.
• Giambattista Benedetti (1553). De resolutione, Venetiis: Bartholomæum Cæsanum.
• Francesco Maurolico (1548). Opuscula mathematica, Venetii: Franciscum Franciscium Senensem.
• Francisco Valles (1556). Controversiarum medicarum et philosophicarum libri decem, Alcalá de Henares: Ioannis Brocari.
• Vettore Trincavello (1556). Quaestio de reactione iuxta doctrinam Aristotelis et Averrois, Patauii: Gratiosus Perchacinus.
• Giambattista della Porta (1560). Magiæ naturalis, sive de miraculis rerum naturalium libri IIII, Neapoli: Matthias Cancer.
• Girolamo Cattaneo (1564). Opera nuova di fortificare, Brescia: Giovanni Battista Bozola.
• Federico Commandino (1565). Liber de centro gravitatis solidorum, Bologna: Alexandri Banacii.
• Bernardino Telesio (1565). De Natura iuxta propria principia liber primus et secundus, Romae: Antonium Bladum.
• Francisco Vimercato (1567). In Octo Libros Aristotelis De Naturali Auscultatione Commentarii, Venetiis: Giovanni Battista Guerreus.
• Agostino Nifo (1569). Expositio super octo Aristotelis Stagiritae libros De physico auditu, Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus.
• Johannes Pauli Pernumia (1570). Philosophia naturalis ordine definitivo tradita, Patavii: Simonem Galignanum de Karera.
• Camillo Agrippa (1575). Modo da comporre il moto nella sfera, Romae: Antonius Bladius.
• Girolamo Borro (1575). De motu gravium et levium, Florentiae: Georgii Marescotti.
• Benito Perera (1576). De communibus omnium rerum naturalium principiis, Roma: Franciscum Zanettum & Bartholomaeum Tosium.
• Guido Ubaldo Monte (1577). Mechanicorum liber, Pisauri: Hieronymum Concordiam.
• Bernard Palissy (1580). Discours admirables de la nature des eaux et fontaines, Paris: Blanchard.
• Sebastian Verro (1581). Physicorum libri. X, Londini: Henrici Bynneman.
• Petrus Ramus (1583). Scholarum Physicarum libri octo, Francofurti: Andreae Wecheli.
• Giordano Bruno (1584). De l'inﬁnito universo e mondi, Londra: John Charlewood.
• Giambattista Benedetti (1585). Diversarum speculationum mathematicarum et physicarum liber, Taurini: Heredes Beuilaquæ.
• Simon Stevin (1586). De Beghinselen der Weeghconst, Leyden: Franciscus Raphelengius
• Francesco Buonamici (1591). De motu libri X, Florentiæ: Bartolomeo Sermartelli.
• Collegii Conimbricensis Societatis Jesu (1591). Commentarii Collegii Conimbricensis Societatis Jesu in octo libros physicorum Aristotelis Stagyritæ, Coimbra: Antonio de Mariz.
• Franciscus de Sylvestris (1593). Quaestiones Luculentissimae In Octo Libros Physicorum Aristotelis, Venetiis: Octavianus Scotus.
• Cesare Cremonini (1596). Explanatio prooemii librorum Aristotelis De physico auditu, Patauii: Melchiorem Nouellum.
• Simon Stevin (1605). Wiskonstighe Ghedachtenissen, Leyden: Franciscus Raphelengius
• Simon Stevin (1608). De Hemelloop, Leyden: Franciscus Raphelengius
• Johannes Kepler (1609). Astronomia nova seu Physica Coelestis tradita commentariis de Motibus stellæ Martis: Heidelberg: Ernst Vögelin.
• Johannes Kepler (1619). Harmonices Mundi, Lincii Austriæ: Athanasius Kircher.
• Bernardino Baldi (1621). In mechanica Aristotelis problemata exercitationes, Mogvntiæ: Typis & sumptibus viduæ Ioannis Albini.
• Galileo Galilei (1632). Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo, Fiorenza: Giovanni Batista Landini.
• René Descartes (1637). Discours de la méthode, Leyde: Jan Maire.
• Galileo Galilei (1638). Discorsi e dimostrazioni matematiche intorno a due nuove scienze attenenti alla mecanica e i movimenti locali, Leida: Elsevirii.
• John Wallis (1656). Arithmetica Infinitorum sive Nova Methodus Inquirendi in Curvisineorum Qudraturam, Oxonii: Leonard Lichfield.
• Pierre de Fermat (1662). Les Lettres à Martin Cureau de la Chambre; Paul Tannery; Charles Henry (1894). Oeuvres de Fermat, Paris: Gauthier-Villars: 2.457-463.
• James Gregory (1667). Vera Circuli et Hyperbolae Quadratura, Patavii: Jacobus de Cadorinis.
• Isaac Barrow (1670). Lectiones Geometricae, London: John Dunmore.
• Issac Newton (1672). A new theory about light and colours, Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of London 6: 3075-3087.
• Robert Hooke (1676). A description of helioscopes, and some other instruments, London: John Martyn.
• Robert Hooke (1678). Lectures de potentia restitutiva or of spring, London: John Martyn.
• Pierre de Fermat; Samuel de Fermat (1679). Varia opera mathematica Petri de Fermat. Accesserunt selectac quaedam ejusdem epistolae, Toulouse: Johanes Pech.
• Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1679). Elementa Characteristicae universalis; Louis Couturat (1903). Opuscules et fragments inedits de Leibniz: 42-92 & 245-47.
• Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1684). Nova methodus pro maximis et minimis, Acta eruditorum 2: 467-473.
• Isaac Newton (1687). Philosophiae naturalis principia mathematica, London: Joseph Streater.
• Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1687). Marginalia in Newtoni “Principia mathematica”; Emil Alfred Fellmann (1973). Paris: J. Vrin.
• Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1689). Dynamica de potentia et legibus naturæ corporeæ; Carl Immanuel Gerhardt (1860). Leibnizens Mathematische Schriften: 281-514.
• Christiaan Huygens (1690). Traité de la lumiere, Leide: Pierre van der Aa.
• Johann Bernoulli (1695). Explicationes, Annotationes & Additiones ad ea, quae in Actis sup. anni de Curva Elastica, Isochrona Paracentrica, & Velaria, hinc inde memorata, & paratim controversa legundur; ubi de Linea mediarum directionum, alliisque novis, Acta Eruditorum: 305-321.
• Guillaume François Antoine, Marquis de l'Hôpital (1696). Analyse des Infiniment Petits pour l'Intelligence des Lignes Courbes, Paris: Imprimerie royale.
• Pierre Varignon (1700). Manière générale de déterminer les forces, les vitesses, les espaces et les temps, une seule de ces quatre choses étant donnée dans toutes sortes de mouvements rectilignes variés à discrétion, Mémoires de mathématique et de physique de l'Académie royale des sciences de Paris: 22-27.
• Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1703). Explication de l'Arithmétique Binaire, qui se sert des seuls caractères 0 & 1, avec des remarques sur son utilité & sur ce qu'elle donne le sens des anciennes figures Chinoises de Fohy, Mémoires de mathématique et de physique de l'Académie royale des sciences de Paris: 58-63; Georgius Heinricus Pertz (1863). Leibnizens Mathematische Schriften, Leibnizens Gesammelte Werke aus den Handschriften der Koniglichen Bibliothek zu Hannover, Zweite Abtheilung III. Dritte Folge. Mathematik. Band VII. 223-27.
• Jakob Bernoulli (1713). Ars Conjectandi, Basel: Thurneisen Brothers.
• Roger Cotes; Robert Smith (1722). Harmonia Mensurarum, sive Analysis et Synthesis per Rationum & Angulorum Mensuras Promotae, Cambridge: Rogerum Cotesium.
• Henry Pemberton (1728). A View of Sir Isaac Newton's Philosophy, London: S. Palmer.
• Isaac Newton; John Colson; John Thomas Graves (1736). The method of fluxions and infinite series with its application to the geometry of curve-lines, London: Henry Woodfall.
• Leonhard Euler (1736). Mechanica sive Motus scientia analytice exposita, Petropoli: Ex typographia Aoademiae Scientiarum.
• Leonhard Euler (1737). Variæ observationes circa series infinitas, Commentarii Academiae scientiarum imperialis Petropolitanae 9: 160-188.
• Daniel Bernoulli (1738). Commentationes de immutatione et extensione principii conservationes virium vivarum, Commentarii Academiae scientiarum imperialis Petropolitanae 10: 116-124.
• Daniel Bernoulli (1738). Hydrodynamica, sive de viribus et motibus fluidorum commentarii. Strasbourg: J.R. Dulsecker.
• Pierre-Louis de Maupertuis (1740). Loi du repos des corps. Histoire de lAcadémie Royale des Sciences [de Paris], Mémoires de Mathématiques et Physique: 170-176.
• Jean Le Rond d'Alembert (1743). Traité de dynamique, Paris: David l'Aine.
• Leonhard Euler (1744). Methodus inveniendi lineas curvas maximi minimive proprietate gaudentes, Genevæ: Marcum-Michaelem Bousquet & Socios.
• Pierre-Louis Moreau de Maupertuis (1744). Accord de différentes loix de la nature qui avoient jusqu'ici paru incompatibles, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de Paris: 417-426.
• Pierre-Louis Moreau de Maupertuis (1746). Les loix du mouvement et du repos déduites d'un principe metaphysique, Histoire de l'Académie Royale des Sciences et des Belles Lettres de Berlin 2: 267-294.
• Jean Le Rond d'Alembert (1747). Recherches sur la courbe que forme une corde tendue mise en vibration, Histoire de l'Académie Royale des Sciences et des Belles Lettres de Berlin 3: 214-249.
• Leonhard Euler (1748). Introductio in analysia infinitorum, Tomus primus, Lausanne: Bousquet.
• Leonhard Euler (1748). Recherches sur les plus grands et plus petits qui se trouvent dans les actions des forces, Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences de Berlin 4: 149-188.
• Leonhard Euler (1748). Réflexions sur quelques loix générales de la nature qui s'observent dans les effets des forces quelconques, Mémoires de l'académie des sciences de Berlin 4: 324-333.
• Leonhard Euler (1750/52). Découverte d'un nouveau principe de Mécanique, Mémoires de l'académie des sciences de Berlin 6: 185-217.
• Leonhard Euler (1751). Harmonie entre les principes généraux de repos et de mouvement de M. de Maupertuis, Histoire de l'Académie Royale des Sciences 7: 169-198.
• Johann Samuel König (1751). De universali principio aequilibrii et motus, Nova Acta Eruditorum: 125-135; 162-176.
• Leonhard Euler (1752). Exposé concernant l'examen de la lettre de M. de Leibnitz alleguée par M. le Prof. Kœnig, Histoire de l'Académie des Sciences de Berlin 6: 52-64.
• Jean Le Rond d'Alembert (1758). Traité de dynamique, Paris: David l'Aine.
• Franz Ulrich Theodor Æpinus (1759). Testamen theoriae electricitatis et magnetismi, Petropoli: Typis Academiae Scientiarvm.
• Joseph-Louis Lagrange (1760). Essai d'une nouvelle méthode pour déterminer les maxima et les minima des formules intégrales indéfinies, Miscellanea Taurinensia 2: 173-195.
• Joseph-Louis Lagrange (1761). Application de la méthode exposée dans le Mémoire précédent à la solution de différents problèmes de dynamique, Miscellanea Taurinensia 2: 196-268.
• Johann Felix Ossinger (1768) Bibliotheca Augustiniana, historica, critica, et chronologica, Ingolstadii et Augustae Vindelicorum: Impensis Joannis Francisci Xaverii Craetz.
• Henry Cavendish (1771). An attempt to explain some of the principal phaenomena of electricity, Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of London 61: 564-677.
• Pierre-Simon Laplace (1773). Recherches sur le calcul intégral aux différences partielles, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de Paris 341-402.
• William Herschel (1781). Account of a comet, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London: 492-501.
• Jacopo Francesco Riccati (1782). Delle vibrazioni sonore dei cilindri, Memorie di matematica e di fisica della Società italiana 1: 444-525.
• Ireneo Affò (1783). Vita di monsignore Bernardino Baldi da Urbino, Parma: Filippo Carmignani.
• Jean-Sylvain Bailly (1785). Histoire de l'astronomie moderne depuis la fondation de l'école d'Alexandrie, jusqu'a l'époque de MDCCXXX, Paris: Chez De Bure les freres de Bure.
• Charles-Augustin de Coulomb (1785). Mémoire sur l’électricité et le magnétisme, Histoire de l'Academie Royale des Sciences: 569-638.
• Joseph-Louis de Lagrange (1788-89). Mécanique analytique, Paris: La Veuve Desaint.
• Adrien-Marie Legendre (1789). Mémoire sur l'integration de quelques equations aux differences partielles, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de Paris: 309-351.
• Samuel Pegge (1793). The life of Robert Grosseteste, the celebrated Bishop of Lincoln, London: John Nichols.
• Giovanni Battista Venturi (1797). Essai sur les ouvrages physico-mathématiques de Léonard de Vinci, Paris: Duprat.
• Pierre-Simon Laplace (1798-1825). Traité de mécanique céleste, Paris: J.B.M. Duprat.
• William Herschel (1800). Experiments on the Refrangibility of the Invisible Rays of the Sun, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London: 284-292.
• Giuseppe Mamiani (1821). Memoria del co: Giuseppe Mamiani su la vita e gli scritti di Guid'Ubaldo del Monte: matematico del secolo XVI, Senigallia: Domenico Lazzarini.
• Jérôme de La Lande (1803). Bibliographie astronomique: avec l'histoire de l'astronomie depuis 1781 jusqu'à 1802, Paris: De l'Imprimerie de la République.
• Amadeo Peyron (1810). Empedoclis et Parmenidis Fragmenta ex codice Taurinensis bibliothecae restituta et illustrata, Lipsiae: I. A. G. Wiegel.
• Jean Baptiste Joseph Delambre (1817-27). Histoire de l'astronomie du moyen-âge, Paris: Vve Courcier.
• Louis-Gabriel Michaud; André-Amable Everat (1823). Biographie universelle, ancienne et moderne, Paris: L. G. Michaud.
• John Bentley (1825). A Historical View of the Hindu Astronomy, London: Smith & Elder.
• Jean Baptiste Philippe Marcoz (1828). Astronomie solaire d'Hipparque: soumise a une critique rigoureuse et ensuite rendue a sa vérité primordiale, Paris: De Bure frères.
• David Brewster (1831). The Life of Sir Isaac Newton, London: John Murray.
• Guillaume Libri (1838-41). Histoire des sciences mathématiques en Italie, depuis la renaissance des lettres jusqu'à la fin du dix-septième siècle, Paris: J. Renouard.
• Franz Wöpcke (1851). L'algèbre d'Omar Alkhayyami, Paris: B. Durpat.
• Siméon-Denis Poisson (1851). Catalogue des ouvrages et mémoires scientifiques de Siméon-Denis Poisson, Paris: Bachelier.
• William Hamilton (1852). Discussion in Philosophy, Literature and Education, London: Longman.
• Henricus Stein (1852). Empedocles Agrigentinus Fragmenta, Bonn: Adolph Marcus.
• Aloys Sprenger; ʿAbd al-Ḥaqq Mawlavī; Ghulām‏ Qādir (1853-55). فهرس كتب الشيعة Fihras kutub al-Shīʿah, Calcutta: Baptist Mission Press.
• Henry Morley (1854). Jerome Cardan: The Life of Girolamo Cardano of Milan, physician, London: Chapman and Hall.
• Ibn Abi Usaybi'a (1854). Premier et deuxième extrait de l'ouvrage arabe d'Ibn Aby Ossaïbi'ah sur l'histoire des médecins, Paris: Imprimerie impériale.
• David Brewster; Richard S. Westfall (1855). Memoirs of the Life, Writings, and Discoveries of Sir Isaac Newton, London: Hamilton Adams.
• Ibn Aby Ossaïbiʼah; Beniamino Raffaelo Sanguinetti (1856). Cinquième extrait de l'ouvrage arabe d'Ibn Aby Ossaïbi'ah sur l'histoire des médecins, Paris: Imprimerie impériale.
• Ferdinand Lassalle (1858). Die philosophie Herakleitos des Dunklen von Ephesus, Berlin: F. Duncker.
• August Gladisch (1858). Empedokles und die Aegypter; eine historische Untersuchung, Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs.
• Adolph Jellinek (1859). Marsilius ab Inghen, Leipzig: O. Leiner.
• Charles Ernest de Fréville de Lorme (1860). Mémoire sur la cosmographie du Moyen Âge, le Traité de la sphère par Nicolas Oresme et les découvertes maritimes des Normands, Paris: P. Dupont.
• Joseph Louis de Lagrange (1867-92). Œuvres de Lagrange, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Thomas-Henri Martin (1868). Galilée: les droits de la science et la méthode des sciences physiques, Paris: Didier.
• Francesco Fiorentino (1868). Pietro Pomponazzi. Studi storici su la scuola bolognese e padovana del secolo XVI, con molti documenti inediti, Firenze: Le Monnier.
• Jacob Bernays (1869). Die heraklitischen Briefe, Berlin: W. Hertz.
• Moritz Steinschneider (1869). Alfarabi (Alpharabius) des arabischen Philosophen Leben und Schriften, St-Pétersbourg: Eggers.
• Michael Jan de Goeje (1870-74). Bibliotheca Geographorum Arabicorum, Lugduni Batavorum: E.J. Brill.
• Jean-Barthélemy Hauréau (1872-80). De la philosophie scolastique, Paris: Durand et Pedone-Lauriel.
• Joseph Bidez (1874). La Biographie D'Empédocle, Gand: Clemm/Van Goethem.
• Ingram Bywater (1877). Heracliti Ephesii reliquiae, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Āryabhaṭa; Yasodānandana Sarkār (1878). The elements of plane geometry in 48 propositions, promising to serve for the first six books of Euclid with all the deductions, Calcutta: P. N. Shaha.
• Pierre Simon Laplace (1878-1912). Œuvres complètes de Laplace, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Charles Ravaisson-Mollien (1881-91). Les Manuscrits de Léonard de Vinci, Institute de France.
• Bernard Quaritch (1882). Catalogue of works on the fine arts, books of prints. The galleries, works on armour, costume, illustrated books of the 18th and 19th centuries, London: G. Norman.
• William Leonard Courtney (1882). Studies in philosophy, ancient and modern, London: Rivingtons.
• Hermann Diels (1882-1909). Commentaria in Aristotelem Graeca, Berlin: Reimer.
• Ernst Mach (1883). Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwickelung: historisch-kritisch dargestellt, Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Charles de Coulomb (1884). Mémoires de Coulomb, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Maurice Steinschneider (1884). Notice sur un ouvrage astronomique inédit d’Ibn Haitham, Rome: Imprimerie des sciences mathématiques et physiques.
• George Charles Broderick (1885). Memorials of Merton college, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1886). Le potentiel thermodynamique et ses applications à la mécanique chimique et à l'étude des phénomènes électriques, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Eugen Karl Duehring (1887). Kritische geschichte des allgemeinen principien der mechanik, Leipzig: Fues.
• Giuseppe Rossi (1888). Francesco Maurolico e il risorgimento filosofico e scientifico in Italia nel secolo XVI, Messina: Carmelo de Stefano.
• Kurd Lasswitz (1890). Geschichte der Atomistik vom Mittelalter bis Newton, Leipzig: L. Voss.
• John Louis Emil Dreyer (1890). Tycho Brahe: A Picture of Scientific Life and Work in the Sixteenth Century, Edinburgh: Adam and Charles Black.
• Otto Apelt (1891). Beitrage zur Geschichte der griechischen Philosophie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Gabriel Séailles (1892). Léonard de Vinci, l'artiste et le savant: Essai de biographie psychologique, Perrin.
• John Burnet (1892). Early Greek philosophy, New York: Meridian Books.
• Paul Tannery (1893). Recherches sur l'histoire de l'astronomie ancienne, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Alfredo Agostini Venerosi della Seta (1893). Venerosi della Seta: Sulla casa ove nacque Galileo Galilei, Pisa: F. Mariotti.
• Moritz Steinschneider (1893). Die hebraeischen Uebersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als Dolmetscher, Berlin: Kommissionsverlag des Bibliographischen bureaus.
• Paul Valéry (1894). Introduction à la méthode de Léonard de Vinci, Paris: Gallimard.
• Bernard Carra de Vaux (1894). Les mécaniques ou L'élévateur de Héron d'Alexandrie, publiées pour la première fois sur la version arabe de Qostà ibn Lûqâ et traduites en français, Paris: Imprimerie nationale.
• Thomas Little Heath (1897). The Works of Archimedes, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• William George Waters (1898). Jerome Cardan: A Biographical Study, London: Lawrence & Bullen.
• Arthur Fairbanks (1898). The First Philosophers of Greece, London: K. Paul, Trench, Trübner.
• Carl Brockelmann (1898-1949). Geschichte der arabischen Literatur, Weimar: E. Felber.
• Ernst Gerland; Friedrich Traumueller (1899). Geschichte der physikalischen Experimentierkunst, Leipzig: W. Engelmann.
• Auguste Bouch-Leclercq (1899). L'Astrologie grecque, Paris: Leroux.
• Heinrich Suter (1900). Die Mathematiker und Astronomen der Araber und ihre Werke, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1900). Les théories électriques de J. Clerk Maxwell: Étude historique et critique, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Alois Höfler (1900). Studien zur gegenwärtigen Philosophie der mathematischen Mechanik, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• Hermann Diels (1901). Herakleitos von Ephesos, Berlin: Weidmann.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1903). L'évolution de la mécanique, Paris: A. Joanin.
• Theodorus de Boer; Edward R Jones (1903). The History of Philosophy in Islam, London: Luzac.
• Josef Anton Endres (1903). Das St. Jakobsportal in Regensburg Und Honorius Augustodunensis, Kempten: J. Kösel.
• ʻAlī Ibn-Yūsuf al- Qifṭī; August Müller; Julius Lippert (1903). Ibn al-Qiftī's Ta'rīh al-ḥukamā', Leipzig: Dieterich'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1904). De l'accélération produite par une force constante: Notes pour servir à l'histoire de la dynamique, Genève: H. Kündig.
• Wolfgang, Schultz (1905). Pythagoras und Heraklit, Leipzig: Akademischer Verlag.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1905/06). Les Origines de la statique, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Enrico Rivari (1906). La Mente di Girolamo Cardano, Bologna: Zanichelli.
• Anathon Aall (1906). Philosophische Abhandlungen Max Heinze zum 70. Geburtstage, Berlin: E. S. Mittler.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1906-13). Études sur Léonard de Vinci 1-3, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Max Horten (1907). Die Metaphysik Avicennas: das Buch der Genesung der Seele, Halle am Saale: Rudolf Haupt.
• Antonio Favaro (1907). Galileo e l'inquisizione, Firenze: G. Barbera.
• Felice Momigliano (1907). Paolo Veneto e le correnti del pensiero religioso e filosofico del suo tempo, Udine: G. B. Doretti.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1907-09). Le mouvement absolu et le mouvement relatif, Montligeon: Imprimerie-Librairie de Montligeon.
• Erminio Troilo (1907-14). La filosofia di Bernardino Telesio, Bari: Società tipografica editrice barese.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1908). Essai sur la notion de théorie physique de Platon à Galilée, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Émile Bourquelot (1908). Jean de Jandun et ses œuvres 1280-1328, Paris: Picard.
• Clemens Baeumker (1908). Witelo: Ein Philosoph und Naturforscher des dreizehnten Jahrhunderts, Münster: Aschendorff.
• Pierre Mandonnet (1908-11). Siger de Brabant et l’averroïsme latin au XIIIe siècle, Louvain: Institut supérieur de philosophie.
• François Nau (1910). Notes d'astronomie syrienne, Paris: Imprimerie nationale.
• Ernst Cassirer (1910/11). Das Erkenntnisproblem in der Philosophie und Wissenschaft der neueren Zeit, Berlin: B. Cassirer.
• Giovanni Gentile (1911). Bernardino Telesio, con appendice bibliografica, Bari: G. Laterza.
• Hans Bauer (1911). Die Psychologie Alhazens auf Grund von Alhazens Optik dargestellt, Münster in Westfalen: Aschendorff.
• Thomas East Lones (1912). Aristotle's Researches in Natural Science, London: West, Newman & Company.
• Friedrich Dannemann (1912). Die Geschichte der Naturwissenschaften in ihrer Bedeutung für die Gegenwart, Barmen: Schmidtmann.
• Reginald Lane Poole (1912). The Exchequer in the Twelfth Century, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Paul Tannery (1912-15). Mémoires scientifiques 1-3, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Thomas Little Heath (1913). Aristarchus of Samos, the ancient Copernicus, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Antonio Favaro (1913). Per la biografia di Niccolò Tartaglia, Roma: E. Loescher.
• Martijn Theodoor Houtsma (1913-38). Encyclopaedia of Islam: a dictionary of the geography, ethnography and biography of the Muhammadan peoples, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1913-59). Le système du monde, histoire des doctrines cosmologiques de Platon à Copernic, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1914). Le Systeme du Monde. Histoire des doctrines cosmologiques de Platon a Copernic, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Arthur Erich Haas (1914). Die Grundgleichungen der Mechanik dargestellt auf Grund der geschichtlichen Entwicklung, Leipzig: Veit.
• Heinrich Bauerreiss (1914). Zur Geschichte des spezifischen Gewichts im Altertum und Mittelalter, Erlangen: Buchdruckerei Junge und Sohn.
• Heinrich Suter (1914). Die astronomischen Tafeln des Muḥammed ibn Mūsā al-Khwārizmī in der Bearbeitung des Maslama ibn Aḥmed al-Madjrīṭī und der latein Høst, København: A.F. Høst.
• Armand Delatte (1915). Études sur la littérature pythagoricienne, Paris: E. Champion.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1915). La science allemande, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Adolf Krazer (1915). Zur geschichte der graphischen darstellung von funktionen, Karlsruhe: J. Langs.
• Fritz Schuster (1915). Zur Mechanik Leonardo da Vincis, Erlangen: Druck von Junge und Sohn.
• William Thompson Sedgwick; Harry Walter Tyler (1917). A Short History of Science, London: Macmillan.
• Jean-Roger Charbonnel (1917). La pensee italienne au XVIe siecle et le courant libertin, Paris: Édouard Champion.
• Adolf Stöhr (1920). Heraklit, Wien: E. Strache.
• Gerhard Ritter; Nina Kousnetzoff (1921). Studien zur Spätscholastik, Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Josef Frank (1922). Die Verwendung des Astrolabs nach al Chwârizmî, Erlangen: M. Mencke.
• Étienne Gilson (1922). La Philosophie au Moyen âge, Paris: Payot.
• Paul Painlevé (1922). Les axiomes de la mécanique, examen critique, avec une note sur la propagation de la lumière, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Paul Tannery; Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1922). Sciences exactes au Moyen âge, Paris: J. Gabay.
• Konstanty Michalski (1922-24). Les courants philosophiques à Oxford et à Paris pendant le XIVe siècle, Krakau: Bulletin international de l'Académie Polonaise des Sciences et des Lettres.
• Surendranath Dasgupta (1922-55). A History of Indian Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Eugene Smith (1923-25). History of mathematics, Boston: Ginn.
• Robert T. Gunther (1923). Early Science in Oxford, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Charles Homer Haskins (1923). The Rise of Universities, New York: H. Holt.
• Charles Homer Haskins (1924). Studies in the History of Mediaeval Science, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Edlef Köppen (1924). Die Fragmente des Heraklit von Ephesos, Potsdam: Weitbrecht.
• Otto Hölder (1924). Die mathematische Methode, Berlin: Springer.
• Raoul Carton (1924). L'expérience mystique de l'illumination intérieure chez Roger Bacon, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Edwin Arthur Burtt (1924). Metaphysical Foundation of Modern Science, Garden City: Doubleday Anchor.
• Carl Schoy (1925). Abhandlung des Schaichs Ibn ʿAli al-Ḥasan ibn al-Ḥasan ibn al-Haitham: Über die Natur der Spuren [Flecken], die man auf der Oberfläche des Mondes sieht, Hannover: Lafaire.
• Johan Ludvig Heiberg (1925). Geschichte der Mathematik und Naturwissenschaften im Altertum, München: C.H. Beck.
• Ivor Blashka Hart (1925). Mechanical Investigations of Leonardo da Vinci, London: Chapman & Hall.
• Felix Klein (1926). Vorlesungen über die Entwicklung der Mathematik im 19. Jahrhundert, Berlin: Springer.
• Martin Grabmann (1926). Mittelalterliches Geistesleben: Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Scholastik, München: Max Hueber.
• Donald Campbell (1926). Arabian Medicine and Its Influence on the Middle Ages, London: Trübner.
• Moritz Pasch; Max Dehn (1926). Vorlesungen über neuere Geometrie, Berlin: Springer.
• Charles Homer Haskins (1927). The Renaissance of the Twelfth Century, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Carl Schoy; Julius Ruska; Heinrich Wieleitner (1927). Die trigonometrischen Lehren des persischen Astronomen Abū l-Raiḥân Muḥ. ibn Aḥmad al-Bîrûnî dargestellt nach al-Qânûn al-Mas`ûdî, Hannover: Lafaire.
• George Sarton (1927-48). Introduction to the History of Science, Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.
• Émile Bréhier (1928). Histoire de la philosophie 1-2, Paris: F. Alcan.
• Cyril Bailey (1928). The Greek Atomists and Epicurus, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Ettore Bortolotti (1928/44). Studi e ricerche sulla storia della matematica in Italia nei secoli XVI e XVII, Bologna: N. Zanichelli.
• Ḥasdāy Qěrešqaš; Harry Austryn Wolfson (1929). Crescas' Critique of Aristotle: Problems of Aristotle's Physics in Jewish and Arabic Philosophy, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• James Jeans (1929). Astronomy and cosmogeny, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Charles Homer Haskins (1929). Studies in Mediaeval Culture, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Robert John Harvey-Gibson; Arthur Walsh Titherley (1929). Two thousand years of science: the wonders of nature and their discoverers, London: A. & C. Black.
• Michel Deshayes (1930). La découverte de l'inertie, Paris: Les Presses Modernes.
• Lynn Thorndike (1929). Science and Thought in the Fifteenth Century, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Étienne Gilson (1930). Études sur le rôle de la pensée médiévale dans la formation du système cartésien, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprechtin.
• Louis Charles Karpinski; Nicolaus Steno; John G. Winter (1930). Contributions to the History of Science: Robert of Chester's Latin translation of the Algebra of al-Khowarizmi, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan.
• Frederick Maurice Powicke (1931). The Medieval Books of Merton College, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Arthur Czwalina (1931). Autolycus: Rotierende Kugel und Aufgang und Untergang der Gestirne; Theodosius von Tripolis: Sphaerik, Ostwalds Klassiker, Leipzig: Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft.
• Karl Schmieder (1932). Alberts des Grossen Lehre vom natürlichen Gotteswissen, Freiburg im Breisgau: Herder.
• Francis Macdonald Cornford (1932). Laws of Motion in Ancient Thought, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Neil Cleveland Van Deusen (1932). Telesio: The First of the Moderns, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Thomas Little Heath (1932). Greek Astronomy, London: J. M. Dent & Sons.
• Simon Moser (1932). Grundbegriffe der Naturphilosophie bei Wilhelm von Ockham, Innsbruck: F. Rauch.
• Roberto Marcolongo (1932). La meccanica di Leonardo da Vinci, Napoli: Stabilimento Industrie Editoriali Meridionali.
• Ernst Hoffmann; Raymond Klibansky (1932-2006). Nicolaus Cusanus. Opera omnia, Hamburg: Felix Meiner.
• Otto Neugebauer (1934). Vorlesungen über geschichte der antiken mathematischen wissenschaften, Berlin: Springer.
• Werner Jaeger (1934). Aristotle: Fundamentals of the History of his Development, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ernst Borchert (1934). Die Lehre von der Bewegung bei Nicolaus Oresme, Aschendorff.
• Aram M. Frenkian (1934). Héraclite d'Éphèse, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprechtin.
• Louis Trenchard More (1934). Isaac Newton: A biography, London: Constable.
• Paul Mouy (1934). Le développement de la physique cartésienne, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprechtin.
• Alfred Edward Taylor (1934). Philosophical studies, London: Macmillan.
• Harold F. Cherniss (1935). Aristotle's Criticism of Presocratic Philosophy, Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press.
• Alexander Hamilton Thompson (1935). Bede, His Life, Times and Writings, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Albert Lang; Joseph Lechner; Michael Schmaus (1935). Aus der Geisteswelt des Mittelalters, Münster: Aschendorff.
• Bibhutibhusan Datta; Avadhesh Narayan Singh (1935). History of Hindu Mathematics, Lahore: Motilal Banarsi Das.
• Otto Neugebauer (1935). Mathematische Keilschrift-Texte, Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
• Pierre Brunet; Aldo Mieli (1935). Histoire des sciences. Antiquite, Paris: Payot.
• Howard Rollin Patch (1935). The Tradition of Boethius: A Study of his Importance in Medieval culture, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Max Krause (1936). Stambuler Handschriften islamischer Mathematiker, Frankfurt am Main: Nachdruck.
• Shlomo Pinès (1936). Beiträge zur islamischen Atomenlehre, Berlin: A. Heine.
• Edward W. Strong (1936). Procedures and Metaphysics, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Hastings Rashdall (1936). The Universities of Europe in the Middle Ages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bertrand Russell (1937). A Critical Exposition of the Philosophy of Leibniz,London: George Allen & Unwin.
• James Jeans (1937). Science and Music, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Roberto Marcolongo (1937). Memorie sulla geometria e la meccanica di Leonardo da Vinci, Napoli: Stabilimento industrie editoriali meridionali.
• Francis R. Johnson (1937). Astronomical Thought in Renaissance England, Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins.
• Julius Ruska; Aldo Mieli; Max Meyerhof; Henri-Paul-Joseph Renaud (1938). La science arabe et son rôle dans l'évolution scientifique mondiale, Leiden: E.J. Brill.
• Anneliese Maier (1938). Mechanisierung des Weltbildes im 17. Jahrhundert, Leipzig: Meiner.
• Joseph F. Scott (1938). The Mathematical Work of John Wallis, London: Taylor & Francis
• Edward McCurdy; Ladislao Reti; Charles Nicholl (1938). The Notebooks of Leonardo da Vinci, New York: Reynal & Hitchcock.
• Paul Sbath (1938-40). Al-Fihris: Catalogue de manuscrits arabes, Le Caire: Librairie al-Sharq.
• Leonardo da Vinci; Irma Anne Richter; Jean Paul Richter (1939). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Frank Sherwood Taylor (1939). A Short History of Science, London: W. Heinemann.
• Léon Gauthier (1939) Antécédents gréco-arabes de la psychophysique, Beyrouth: El Gazzar.
• Humphrey Thomas Pledge (1939). Science Since 1500: A Short History of Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Biology, London: H.M. Stationery Office.
• Georges Lacombe; Aleksander Birkenmajer; Marthe Dulong; Ezio Franceschini; Lorenzo Minio-Paluello (1939-55). Aristoteles latinus, Roma: La libreria dello Stato.
• Alexandre Koyré (1939). Études galiléennes, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Cora E. Lutz (1939). Iohannis Scotti annotationes in Marcianum, Cambridge: Mediaeval Academy of America.
• D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson (1940). Science and the Classics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Bruno Snell (1940). Fragmente griechisch und deutsch, München: Heimeran.
• Arturo Uccelli (1940). I Libri di Meccanica di Leonardo da Vinci, Milano: U. Hoepli.
• Erika von Erhardt-Siebold; Rudolf von Erhardt (1940). The Astronomy of Erigena, Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
• Helen Marjorie Barrett (1940). Boethius: some aspects of his times and work, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ángel Gonzáles Palencia (1942). El arzobispo Don Raimundo de Toledo y la escuela de traductores, Barcelona: Labor.
• Roberto Marcolongo (1942). La meccanica di Galileo, Milano: Società Editrice "Vita e Pensiero".
• Robert Depau (1942). Simon Stevin, Bruxelles: J. Lebègue.
• Paul Moraux (1942). Alexandre d'Aphrodise, exégète de la noétique d'Aristote, Paris: Belles Lettres.
• José Maria Millás Vallicrosa (1942). Las traducciones orientales en los manuscritos de la Biblioteca Catedral de Toledo, Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas.
• Muṣṭafá Naẓīf (1942-43). الحسن بن الهيثم ؛ بحوثه وكشوفه البصرية al-Ḥasan ibn al-Haytham: buḥụ̄thuhu wa-kushūfuhu al-baṣarīyah, Cairo: Maṭbaʻat Nūrī bi-Miṣr.
• Eduard Jan Dijksterhuis (1943). Simon Stevin, 's-Gravenhage: M. Nijhoff.
• Harry Austryn Wolfson (1943). The Kalam arguments for creation in Saadia, Averroes, Maimonides and St. Thomas, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Harold Fredrik Cherniss (1944). Aristotle's criticism of Plato and the Academy, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University.
• Bertrand Russell (1945). A History of Western Philosophy, New York: Simon & Schuster.
• B. Suryanarain Rao (1945). Life of Varāhamihira, Bangalore: Raman Publications.
• Eric Temple Bell (1945). The Development of Mathematics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Max von Laue (1946). Geschichte der Physik, Bonn: Universitäts-Verlag.
• Augustinus Mansion (1946). Le introduction à la physique aristotélicienne, Paris: Vrin.
• James Russell Eckman (1946). Jerome Cardan, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University.
• Frederick Charles Copleston (1946-64). A History of Philosophy, London: Continuum.
• Arthur Ernest Bell (1947). Christian Huygens and the Development of Science in the Seventeenth Century, London: Edward Arnold.
• Charles E. Raven (1947). English naturalists from Neckam to Ray, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Angelo Bellini (1947). Girolamo Cardano e il suo tempo, Milano: Hoepli.
• Lucien Febvre (1947). Le problème de l'incroyance au XVI siècle, Paris: A. Michel.
• John Allyne Gade (1947). The Life and Times of Tycho Brahe, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Henri Michel; Ernest Esclangon (1947). Traité de l'Astrolabe, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Morris Raphael Cohen; Israel Edward Drabkin (1948). A Source Book in Greek Science, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Yves Battistini; René Char (1948). Héraclite d'Ephèse, Paris, Editions "Cahiers d'art".
• Julius R. Weinberg (1948). Nicolaus of Autrecourt. A Study in 14th century Thought, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Aage Gerhardt Drachmann (1948). Ktesibios, Philon and Heron: A Study in Ancient Pneumatics, Copenhagen: E. Munksgaard.
• Carl B. Boyer (1949). The History of Calculus and Its Conceptual Development, New York: Hafner.
• Thomas Heath (1949). Mathematics in Aristotle, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Ernst Simon Bloch (1949). Avicenna und die aristotelische Linke, Leipzig: Suhrkamp.
• Kurt Reidemeister (1949). Das Exakte Denken der Griechen: Beiträge zur Deutung von Euklid, Plato, Aristoteles, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.
• Anneliese Maier (1949). Die Vorläufer Galileis im 14. Jahrhundert, Roma: Edizioni di Storia e letteratura.
• Raffaele Giacomelli (1949). Galileo Galilei giovane e il suo "De motu", Pisa: Domus Galilaeana.
• De Lacy O'Leary (1949). How Greek Science Passed to the Arabs, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
• Max Born (1949). Natural Philosophy of Cause and Chance, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Hermann Weyl (1949). Philosophy of Mathematics and Natural Science, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Cyril Bailey (1949). Lucretius, London: Geoffrey Cumberlege.
• Thomas Little Heath (1949). Mathematics in Aristotle, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Carl B. Boyer; Richard Courant (1949). The History of Calculus and Its Conceptual Development, New York: Hafner Publishing Company.
• Kurt Reidemeister (1949/74). Das Exakte Denken der Griechen: Beiträge zur Deutung von Euklid, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.
• Philipp Frank (1949). Modern Science and Its Philosophy, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Marshall Clagett (1950). Richard Swineshead and late medieval physics, Bruges: St. Catherine Press.
• William Wilson (1950). A Hundred Years of Physics, London: Duckworth.
• José María Millás Vallicrosa (1950). Estudios sobre Azarquiel, Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas.
• Franz Rosenthal (1950). Knowledge Triumphant: The Concept of Knowledge in Medieval Islam, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Eduard J. Dijksterhuis (1950). De mechanisering van het wereldbeeld, Amsterdam: Meulenhoff.
• Paul-Henri Michel (1950). De Pythagore à Euclide, Contribution à l'histoire des mathématiques préeuclidiennes, Paris: Société d'Édition 'Les Belles Lettres'.
• Georges C. Anawati (1950). Essai de bibliographie avicennienne, Le Caire: Al-Maarefg.
• Theodore Crowley; Ferdnand van Steenberghen; (1950). Roger Bacon: The Problem of the Soul in His Philosophical Commentaries, Dublin: J. Duffy.
• René Dugas (1950). Histoire de la mécanique, Neuchatel: Griffon.
• William K. C. Guthrie (1950). The Greek Philosophers: From Thales to Aristotle, London: Methuen.
• Jean Wahl (1951). Étude sur le Parménide de Platon, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Anneliese Maier (1951). Zwei Grundprobleme der Scholastischen Naturphilosophie, Roma: Edizioni di storia e letteratura.
• Vasco Ronchi (1952). Storia della luce, Bologna: N. Zanichelli.
• Henry James Jacques Winter (1952). Eastern Science, London: J. Murray.
• Donald J. Allan (1952). The philosophy of Aristotle, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Stewart C. Easton (1952). Roger Bacon and his Search for a Universal Science, New York: Columbia University Press.
• George William Coopland (1952). Nicole Oresme and the Astrologers. A Study of His Livre de Divinacions, Liverpool: University Press of Liverpool.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1952). Augustine to Galileo: The History of Science, London: Falcon.
• Henry James Jacques Winter (1952). Eastern science: an outline of its scope and contribution, London: J. Murray.
• George Sarton (1952). A Guide to the History of Science, Waltham: Chronica Botanica Company.
• Anneliese Maier (1952-58). Studien zur Naturphilosophie der Spätscholastik, Roma: Edizioni di Storiza e letteratura.
• Philotheus Böhner (1952). Medieval Logic: An Outline of Its Development from 1250 to C. 1400, Manchester: Manchester University Press.
• Ernest A. Moody; Marshall Clagett (1952).The Medieval Science of Weights (Scientia de Ponderibus): Treatises Ascribed to Euclid, Archimedes Thabit ibn Qurra, Jordanus de Nemore and Blasius of Parma, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Francis J Carmody (1952). Al-Biṭrūjī: De motibus celorum, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• William P. D. Wightman (1953). The Growth of Scientific Ideas, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Øystein Ore; Sydney H. Gould (1953). Cardano: The Gambling Scholar, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Octave Hamelin (1953). La théorie de l'intellect d'après Aristote et ses commentateurs, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1953). Robert Grosseteste and the Origins of Experimental Science 100-1700, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Abbott Payson Usher (1954). A History of Mechanical Inventions, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• George Pólya (1954) Mathematics and Plausible Reasoning, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Anne Freemantle (1954). John Scotus Erigena: The Age of Belief, New York: Mentor Books.
• George Sarton (1954). Ancient Science and Modern Civilization, New York: Harper.
• Max Jammer; Albert Einstein (1954). Concepts of Space, Cambridge: Harward University Press.
• Ludovico Geymonat (1954). Galileo Galilei: A Biography and Inquiry into his Philosophy of Science, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Jean Brun (1954). Héraclite ou le philosophe de l'éternel retour, Paris: Seghers.
• Geoffrey Stephen Kirk (1954). Heraclitus: The Cosmic Fragments, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• René Dugas; Louis Victor Pierre Raymond de Broglie (1954). La mécanique au XVIIe siècle, Neuchatel: Griffon.
• Jean Lucas-Dubreton (1954). Le monde enchanté de la Renaissance, Jérôme Cardan l'halluciné, Paris:A. Fayard.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1954). Nature and the Greeks, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Desmond Bernal (1954). Science in History, London: Watts.
• Arthur Rupert Hall (1954). The Scientific Revolution 1500-1800, London: Longmans.
• Samuel Harrison Thomson (1954). Unnoticed Questions of Walter Burley on the Physics, Graz: Böhlaus Nachf.
• Charles Homer Haskins (1955). Studies in the History of Mediaeval Science, New York: Frederick Ungar
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1955). De natura et gravitatione, River Forest: Pontificia Universitas S. Thomae in Urbe.
• Harry Sootin (1955). Isaac Newton, Messner.
• Étienne Gilson (1955). History of Christian Philosophy in the Middle Ages, New York: Random House.
• Shlomo Pinès (1955). Nouvelles études sur Awḥad al-Zamân Abu-l-Barakât al-Baghdâdî, Paris: Durlacher.
• Francis James Carmody (1955). Arabic Astronomical and Astrological Sciences in Latin Translation: A Critical Bibliography, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Henry Lamar Crosby (1955). Thomas of Bradwardine: His Tractatus de Proportionibus: Its Significance for the Development of Mathematical Physics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Marshall Clagett (1955). Greek Science in Antiquity, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Gustave E von Grunebaum (1955). Islam: Essays in the Nature and Grwoth of a Cultural Tradition, London: Routledge.
• Anneliese Maier (1955). Metaphysische Hintergründe der spätscholastischen Naturphilosophie, Roma: Edizioni di storia e letteratura.
• Frederick Alexander Lindemann Cherwell, Viscount (1955). Physics and Philosophy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Sarton, G. (1955). The Appreciation of Ancient and Medieval Science during the Renaissance, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
• Fernand van Steenbergen (1955). The Philosophical Movement in the Thirteenth Century, Edinburgh: Nelson.
• Eduard Jan Dijksterhuis (1955). The Principal works of Simon Stevin, Amsterdam: Swets and Zeitlinger.
• Hans-Christian Freiesleben (1956). Galileo Galilei: Physik und Glaube an der Wende zur Neuzeit, Stuttgart: Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1956). Islamic Astronomical Tables, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Samuel Sambursky; Merton Dagut (1956). The Physical World of the Greeks, London: Routledge.
• Thomas Vernon Smith (1956). From Thales to Plato & From Aristotle to Plotinus, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Leonardo da Vinci; Edward MacCurdy (1956). The Notebooks of Leonardo Da Vinci, New York: George Braziller.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1956). Early Fourteenth-Century Physics and the Merton 'School', Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Moritz Steinschneider (1956). Die Europäischen Übersetzungen aus dem Arabischen bis Mitte des 17. Jahrhunderts, Graz: Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt.
• Ingemar Düring (1957). Aristotle in the Ancient Biographical Tradition, Göteborg: Almquist & Wiksell.
• Max Jammer (1957). Concepts of Force, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Stillman Drake (1957). Discoveries and Opinions of Galileo, Garden City: Doubleday.
• John Burnet (1957). Early Greek Philosophy, London: Meridian Books.
• Hunter Rouse; Simon Ince (1957). History of Hydraulics, Iowa City: University of Iowa.
• Otto Neugebauer (1957). The Exact Sciences in Antiquity, Providence: Brown University Press.
• Philotheus Boehner (1957). Ockham: Philosophical Writings, A Selection, London: Thomas Nelson.
• Philip Paul Weiner; William R Minrath; Aaron Noland (1957). Roots of Scientific Thought, New York: Basic Books.
• Roger Baron (1957). Science et sagesse chez Hugues de Saint-Victor, Paris: P. Lethielleux.
• Eugen Fink (1957). Zur ontologischen Frühgeschichte von Raum - Zeit - Bewegung, Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
• Thomas Kuhn (1957). The Copernican Revolution: Planetary Astronomy in the Development of Western Thought, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Guy Beaujouan (1957). L'interdépendance entre la science scolastique et les techniques utilitaires, XIIe, XIIIe et XIVe siècles, Paris: Universite de Paris.
• Curtis Wilson (1958). William Heytesbury: Medieval Logic and the Rise of Mathematical Physics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Niels Bohr (1958). Atomic physics and human knowledge, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Douglas Morton Dunlop (1958). Arabic Science in the West, Karachi: Pakistan Historical Society.
• Werner Heisenberg (1958). Physics and philosophy: The revolution in modern science, New York: Harper & Row.
• Soheil M. Afnan (1958). Avicenna: His Life and Works, London: Allen & Unwin.
• Heinrich Blass (1958). Gott und die Gesetze. Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Naturrechts bei Heraklit (Fragment 114)., Bonn: H. Bouvier.
• Hermann Diels (1958). Doxographi Graeci, Berolini: Walter de Gruyter.
• Anneliese Maier (1958). Zwischen Philosophie und Mechanik, Roma: Edizioni di storia e letteratura.
• René Taton; Edmond Bauer (1958). La Science moderne de 1450 à 1800, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Kostas Axelos; Albert Flocon (1958). Les fragments d'Héraclite d'Éphèse, Paris: Éditions Estienne.
• Léon Baudry (1958). Lexique philosophique de Guillaume d'Ockham, Paris: P. Lethielleux.
• Gordon Leff (1958). Medieval Thought from Saint Augustine to Ockham, Middlesex: Penguin Books.
• Heiko Augustinus Oberman (1958). Archbishop Thomas Bradwardine: A Fourteenth Century Augustinian, Utrecht: Drukkerij en Uitgevers-maatschappij v/h Kemink & Zoon.
• René Dugas (1958). Mechanics in the Seventeenth Century, Neuchatel: Édition du Griffon.
• Marshall Clagett (1959). The Science of Mechanics in the Middle Ages, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Marshall Clagett (1959). Critical Problems in the History of Science, Madison: The University of Wisconsin Press.
• Johannes MacLean MacLean (1959). De historische ontwikkeling der stootwetten van Aristoteles tot Huygens, Amsterdam: Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.
• Karl Jaspers (1959). Die grossen Philosophen, München: R. Piper.
• Mary B. Hesse (1959). Forces and Fields: The Concept of Action at a Distance in the History of Physics, London: Thomas Nelson.
• Morris Herbert Shamos (1959). Great Experiments in Physics, New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
• Philip Wheelwright (1959). Heraclitus, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Abel Jeannière (1959). La pensée d'Héraclite d'Éphèse et la vision présocratique du monde, Paris: Aubier Montaigne.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie; Edward Gorey (1959). Medieval and early modern science, New York: Doubleday Anchor Books.
• Samuel Sambursky (1959). Physics of the Stoics, London: Routledge and Paul.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1959). The Development of Physical Theory in the Middle Ages, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Florindo Cerreta (1960). Alessandro Piccolomini: letterato e filosofo senese del Cinquecento, Siena: Accademia senese degli Intronati.
• Charles H. Kahn (1960). Anaximander and the Origins of Greek Cosmology, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Andrew G. van Melsen (1960). From Atomos to Atom: The History of the Concept Atom, New York: Harper.
• John Herman Randall (1960). Aristotle, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Arthur Koestler (1960). The Watershed: A Biography of Johannes Kepler, Lanham: University Press of America.
• Friedrich Solmsen (1960). Aristotle's System of the Physical World, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
• Philip Merlan (1960). From Platonism to Neoplatonism, Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
• Stillman Drake (1960). Galileo Galilei: "On Motion" and "On Mechanics", Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Alexandre Koyré (1960). La dynamique de Nicolo Tartaglia, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Luis H. Orellana (1960). La filosofía del movimiento en Leonardo de Vinci, Quito: Editorial Casa de la Cultura Ecuatoriana.
• Ernest Addison Moody; Marshall Clagett (1960). The Medieval Science of Weights, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Aydın Sayılı (1960). The Observatory in Islam and its Place in the General History of the Observatory, Ankara: Türk Tarih Kurumu Baslmevi.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1960). The Planetary Equatorium of Jamshid Ghiyath al-Din al-Kashi, Princeton Oriental Studies 18, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Clifford Edmund Bosworth; Peri Bearman; Hamilton Alexander Rosskeen Gibb (1960-2006). Encyclopaedia of Islam, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Alfred North Whitehead (1961). The Interpretation of Science, Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
• Max Jammer (1961). Concepts of Mass in Classical and Modern Physics, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Marcel Boll (1961). Histoire de la mécanique, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Alexandre Koyré (1961). La révolution astronomique: Copernic, Kepler, Borelli, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1961). Medieval and Early Modern Science, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Hedley Howell Rhys; Stephen Toulmin (1961). Seventeenth Century Science and the Arts, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Giorgio De Santillana (1961). The Origins of Scientific Thought: from Anaximander to Proclus, London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
• John Herman Jr Randall (1961). The School of Padua and the Emergence of Modern Science, Padova: Antenore.
• Robert Palter (1961). Toward Modern Science, New York: E.P. Dutton.
• Harry Woolf (1961). Quantification: A History of the Meaning of Measurement in the Natural and Social Science, Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
• Richard Lemay (1962). Abu Ma Shar and Latin Aristotelianism in the Twelfth Century, Beirut: American University.
• Nicholas Rescher (1962). Al-Farābī: an annotated bibliography, Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
• Matthias Schramm (1962). Ibn al-Haythams Weg zur Physik, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• Thomas Kuhn (1962). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Muḥsin Mahdī (1962). Alfarabi: philosophy of Plato and Aristotle, London: Macmillan.
• Richard R. Walzer (1962). Greek into Arabic: essays on Islamic philosophy, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Paolo Rossi (1962). I filosofi e le macchine 1400-1700, Milano: Feltrinelli.
• Paul-Henri Michel (1962). La Cosmologie de Giordano Bruno, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Joseph Needham (1962). Science and Civilisation in China: Physics and Physical Technology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• William H. Stahl (1962). Roman Science: Origins, Development, and Influence to the Later Middle Ages, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Armand Machabey (1962). Histoire des poids et mesures en France depuis le treizième siècle,Troyes: Les Presses de la Grande Imprimerie de Troyes.
• William P. D. Wightman (1962). Science and the Renaissance, Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd.
• Otto Neugebauer; Heinrich Suter (1962). The Astronomical Tables of Al-Khwārizmī, København: Munksgaard.
• David Knowles (1962). The Evolution of Medieval Thought, New York: Vintage.
• Samuel Sambursky (1962). The Physical World of Late Antiquity, London: Routledge and K. Paul.
• Marie Boas (1962). The Scientific Renaissance 1450-1630, New York: Harper & Row.
• William Keith Chambers Guthrie (1962-69). A History of Greek Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• lifford Edmund Bosworth (1963). A Pioneer Arabic Encyclopedia of the Sciences: Al Khwārizmī's Keys of the Sciences, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Lynn Thorndike; Pearl Kibre (1963). Catalogue of Incipits of Mediaeval Scientific Writings in Latin, Cambridge: Mediaeval Academy of America.
• Marshall Clagett (1963). Greek Science in Antiquity, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• William Harris Stahl (1963). Roman Science: Origins, Development and Influence to the Later Middle Ages, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Matthias Schramm (1963). Ibn al-Haythams Weg zur Physik, Wiesbaden: Steiner Franz Verlag.
• René Taton (1963). History of Science: Ancient and Medieval Science, New York: Basic Books.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1963). Scientific Change, New York: Basic Books.
• René Taton; Arnold Julius Pomerans (1963). Ancient and Medieval Science, London: Thames and Hudson.
• Kripa Shankar Shukla (1963). Bhāskara I and His Works: Laghu-bhaskariya, Lucknow University.
• Reijer Hooykaas (1963). Das Verhältnis von Physik und Mechanik in historischer Hinsicht, Wiesbaden: F. Steiner.
• Aḥmad Ibn al-Muthannā; Eduardo Millás Vendrell (1963). El comentario de Ibn al-Mut̲hannā alas tablas astronómicas de al-Jwārizmī, Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas.
• Arthur Rupert Hall (1963). From Galileo to Newton 1630-1720, London: Collins.
• Édouard Jeauneau (1963). La Philosophie médiévale, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Katherine Fischer Drew; Floyd Seyward Lear (1963). Perspective in Medieval History, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Ernan McMullin (1963). The Concept of Matter in Greek and Medieval Philosophy, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Aage Gerhardt Drachmann (1963). The Mechanical Technology of Greek and Roman Antiquity, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Alfred Rupert Hall (1963). The Rise of Modern Science: From Galileo to Newton, 1630-1720, London: Harper & Row.
• Mian Mohammad Sharif (1963-66). A History of Muslim Philosophy 1-2, Wiesbaden: O. Harrassowitz.
• Henry Eugène Corbin; Ḥusayn Naṣr; Osman Yahya (1964/86). Histoire de la philosophie islamique, Paris: Gallimard.
• Ḥusayn Naṣr (1964). Three Muslim sages: Avicenna, Suhrawardī, Ibn ʻArabī, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Ḥusayn Naṣr (1964). An Introduction to Islamic Cosmological Doctrines, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Marshall Clagett (1964). Archimedes in the Middle Ages, Madison, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Harold F. Cherniss (1964). Aristotle's criticism of presocratic philosophy, New York:Octagon Books.
• Herbert Strainge Long (1964). Diogenis Laertii Vitae philosophorum, Oxonii: E Typographeo Clarendoniano.
• Paul Oskar Kristeller (1964). Eight Philosophers of the Italian Renaissance, Stanford: Stanford University Press.
• Asger Aaboe (1964). Episodes from the Early History of Mathematics, New York: Random House.
• Frances Amelia Yates (1964). Giordano Bruno and the Hermetic Tradition, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Henry Corbin (1964). Histoire de la philosophie islamique, Paris: Gallimard.
• Eberhard Jüngel (1964). Zum Ursprung der Analogie bei Parmenides und Heraklit, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Nicholas Rescher (1964). Al-Kindī; an annotated bibliography, Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburg Press.
• Julius R. Weinberg (1964). A Short History of Medieval Philosophy, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• I. Bernard Cohen; René André Taton; Fernand Braudel (1964). Mélanges Alexandre Koyré, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Graziella Federici-Vescovini (1965). Studi sulla prospettiva medievale, Torino: Universit di Torino.
• Lynn Thorndike (1965). Michael Scot, London: Thomas Nelson.
• Richard P. Feynman (1965). Character of Physical Law, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Alexandre Koyré (1965). Newtonian Studies, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Nicholas Rescher; Michael E. Marmura (1965). The Refutation by Alexander of Aphrodisias of Galen's Treatise on the Theory of Motion, Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute.
• Bruno Nardi (1965). Saggi sull'Aristotelismo Padovano dal secolo XIV al XVI, Firenze: Le Monnier.
• Pio Paschini (1965). Vita e opere di Galileo Galilei, Roma: Herder.
• Graziella Federici-Vescovini (1965). Studi sulla Prospettiva Medievale. Torino: Giappichelli.
• Ludwig Schmugge (1966). Johannes von Jandun, Stuttgart: Hiersemann.
• George N. Atiyeh (1966). Al-Kindi: The Philosopher of the Arabs, Rawalpindi: Islamic Research Institute.
• George Woodcock (1966). The Greeks in India, London: Faber.
• Carlo L. Golino (1966). Galileo Reappraised, London: Cambridge University Press.
• Salomon Bochner (1966). The Role of Mathematics in the Rise of Science, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Rudolf Carnap; Martin Gardner (1966). An Introduction to the Philosophy of Science, New York: Harper Collins.
• François Lasserre (1966). Die Fragmente des Eudoxos von Knidos, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Meyrick H. Carre (1966). Realists and Nominalists, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Christoph J. Scriba (1966). Studien zur Mathematik des John Wallis. Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden: F. Steiner.
• George Woodcock (1966). The Greeks in India, London: Faber.
• Philip Wheelwright (1966). The Presocratics, Indianapolis: The Odyssey Press.
• Raymond John Seeger (1966). Galileo Galilei, his Life and his Works, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Angus Armitage (1966). John Kepler, London: Faber and Faber.
• James A. Philip (1966). Pythagoras and Early Pythagoreanism, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Ludwig Schmugge (1966). Johannes von Jandun, 1285/89-1328: Untersuchungen zur Biographie und Sozialtheorie eines lateinischen Averroisten, Stuttgart: Anton Hiersemann.
• Fuat Sezgin (1967-). Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums, Leiden: E.J. Brill.
• Abdelhamid I. Sabra (1967). Theories of Light From Descartes to Newton, London: Oldbourne.
• Adolf Grünbaum (1967). Philosophical problems of space and time, Dordrecht: Reidel.
• Miroslav Marcovich (1967). Heraclitus: Greek Text with a Short Commentary [Editio Maior] Merida, Los Andes University.
• Bernard R Goldstein (1967). Ibn al-Muthanna: Commentary on the Astronomical Tables of al-Khwarizmi, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Mahir al-Qadri (1967). Integration of Islam with science, Lahore: Begum Humayun Trust.
• Carlo Maccagni (1967). Le speculazioni giovanili "de motu" di Giovanni Battista Benedetti, Pisa: Domus Galilaeana.
• Martial Guéroult (1967). Leibniz: Dynamique et Métaphysique, Paris: Aubier-Montaigne.
• Adolf Grünbaum (1967). Modern Science and Zeno's Paradoxes, Middletown: Connecticut Wesleyan University.
• Ernest Addison Moody (1967). Nicole Oresme: "De proportionibus proportionum" and "Ad pauca respicientes", Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Arthur Hilary Armstrong (1967). The Cambridge History of Later Greek and Early Medieval Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Nicholas Rescher (1967). The Philosophy of Leibniz, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• David J. Furley (1967). Two Studies in the Greek Atomists, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Satya Prakash (1968). A Critical Study of Brahmagupta and his Works, New Delhi: Indian Institute of Astronomical & Sanskrit Research.
• Francis E. Peters (1968). Aristoteles Arabus: The Oriental Translations and Commentaries on the Aristotelian corpus, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Fuat Sezgin; Institut für Geschichte der Arabisch-Islamischen Wissenschaften (1967-). Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Philotheus Boehner (1967-68). Guilelmus de Ockam: Opera Philosophica et Theologica ad fidem codicum manuscriptorum edita, St. Bonaventure: St. Bonaventure University.
• Clifford Truesdell (1968). Essays in the History of Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Seyyed Hossein Nasr (1968). Science and civilization in Islam, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Leighton Durham Reynolds; Nigel Guy Wilson (1968). Scribes and Scholars: A Guide to the Transmission of Greek and Latin Literature, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Marshall Clagett (1968). Nicole Oresme and the Medieval Geometry of Qualities and Motions, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Geoffrey Ernest Richard Lloyd (1968). Aristotle: The Growth and Structure of His Thought, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bernard R. Goldstein (1968). Ibn al-Muthannâ's Commentary on the Astronomical tables of al-Khwârizmî, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Stanley V. Keeling (1968). Descartes, Oxford: Oxford Univeristy Press.
• Clifford Truesdell (1968). Essays in the History of Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Marshall Clagett (1968). Nicole Oresme and the Medical Geometry of Qualities and Motions, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Gordon Leff (1968). Paris and Oxford Universities in the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries: An Institutional and Intellectual History, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Nicholas Rescher (1968). Studies in Arabic Philosophy, Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
• David Edwin Pingree (1968). The Thousands of Abu Ma'shar, London: The Warburg Institute.
• Rudolf Pfeiffer (1968). A History of Classical Scholarship, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Ḥusain Naṣr (1968). Science and Civilization in Islam, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Stillman Drake; Israel Edward Drabkin (1969). Mechanics in sixteenth-century Italy, Madison: The University of Wisconsin Press.
• Muhsin Mahdi (1969). Alfarabi’s Philosophy of Plato and Aristotle, translated with an introduction, Ithaca: Cornell University Press
• Muḥammad Ibn-Ǧābir al- Battānī; Carlo Alfonso Nallino (1969). Al-Battani sive Albatenius opus astronomicum, Frankfurt: Minerva.
• Muhsin Mahdi (1969). Alfarabi's philosophy of Plato and Aristotle, Ithaca: Cornell University.
• Denis O'Brien (1969). Empedocles Cosmic Cycle, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fritz Wehrli (1969). Herakleides Pontikos, Basel: Schwabe.
• Hakim Mohammed Saʻīd (1969). Ibn al-Haitham proceedings of the celebrations of 1000th anniversary held under the auspices of Hamdard National Foundation, Pakistan, Karachi: Times Press.
• Ajay Mitra Shastri (1969). India as seen in the Brihat-samhita of Varahamihira, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
• Benjamin Farrington (1969). Science in Antiquity, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Valerie Irene Jane Flint (1969). The Life and Works of Honorius Augustodunensis with Special Reference to Chronology and Sources, Oxford: University of Oxford.
• William Charlton (1970). Aristotle's Physics, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• David C. Lindberg (1970). John Pecham and the Science of Optics: Perspectiva Communis, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Bayard Dodge (1970). The Fihrist of al-Nadīm: A Tenth-Century Survey of Islamic Culture, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Geoffrey Ernest Richard Lloyd (1970). Early Greek science: Thales to Aristotle, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Nancy G. Siraisi (1970). Arts and Sciences in the Studium (University). of Padua in the Thirteenth and First Half of the Fourteenth Century, Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies.
• David Reginald Dicks (1970). Early Greek Astronomy to Aristotle, London: Thames & Hudson.
• Geoffrey Ernest Richard Lloyd (1970). Early Greek Science: Thales to Aristotle, New York: W. W. Norton.
• David C. Lindberg (1970). John Pecham and the science of optics: Perspectiva communis, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• John W. Baldwin (1970). Masters, Princes and Merchants: The Social Views of Peter the Chanter and his Circle, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Weston Franklin Cook (1970). Medieval Islamic Astronomy: Development and Decline, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• David J. Furley; Reginald E. Allen (1970). Studies in presocratic philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Charles Coulston Gillispie (1970-80). Dictionary of Scientific Biography, New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.
• Thomas Kaeppeli (1970-93). Scriptores Ordinis Praedicatorum Medii Aevi, Roma: Istituto storico domenicano.
• Bernard R. Goldstein (1971). Nūr-ad-Dīn al- Biṭrūǧī: On the principles of astronomy: An Edition of the Arabic and Hebrew Versions, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Francis Seymour Benjamin; Gerald James Toomer (1971). Campanus of Novara and medieval planetary theory: Theorica planetarum, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Martin Litchfield West (1971). Early Greek Philosophy and the Orient, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• André-Jean Festugière (1971). Études de philosophie grecque, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Paul Lemerle (1971). Le premier humanisme byzantin, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Michael Wolff (1971). Fallgesetz und Massebegriff: zwei wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie des Johannes Philoponus, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• ʻAlī Daštī (1971). In Search of Omar Khayyam, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Roger Billard (1971). L'astronomie indienne: Investigation des textes sanskrits et des données numériques, Paris: Ecole française d'Extrême-Orient.
• Hélène Védrine (1971). Les Philosophies de la Renaissance, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Edward John Kenney (1971). Lucretius: De Rerum Natura, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Karl Bormann (1971). Parmenides: Untersuchungen zu der Fragmenten, Hamburg: F. Meiner
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1971). Robert Grossesteste and the Origins of Experimental Science 1100-1700, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Marshall Clagett (1971). Nicole Oresme and the Medieval Geometry of Qualities and Motions, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Richard S. Westfall (1971). Force in Newton's Physics: The Science of Dynamics in the Seventeenth Century, London: Macdonald.
• Palémon Glorieux (1971). La Faculté des arts et ses maîtres au XIIIe siècle, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Jean Jolivet (1971). L’Intellect selon Kindi, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Edith Dudley Sylla (1971). The Oxford Calculators and the mathematics of motion, 1320-1350: physics and measurement by latitudes, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• David C. Lindberg (1971). Theories of Vision from al-Kindi to Kepler, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Robert Garland Colodny (1972). Paradigms and Paradoxes, Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
• Frederick Charles Copleston (1972). A History of Medieval Philosophy, London: Methuen.
• John Patrick Lynch (1972). Aristotle School, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Kripa Shankar Shukla (1972). Aryabhata: Indian Mathematician and Astronomer, New Delhi: Indian National Science Academy.
• 'Abdurrahman Badawî (1972). Histoire de la philosophie en terre d'Islam, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Graziella Federici-Vescovini (1972). La Dottrina astrologica di Biagio Pelacani da Parma e le sue connessioni con l'opera di Albumasar, Torino: Rivista di filisofia.
• Walter Burkert (1972). Lore and Science in Ancient Pythagoreanism, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Lorenzo Minio Paluello (1972). Opuscula: The Latin Aristotle, Amsterdam: A.M. Hakkert,.
• William Montgomery Watt (1972). The Influence of Islam on Medieval Europe, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Edward Hussey (1972). The Presocratics, London: G. Duckworth.
• Eric J. Aiton (1972). The Vortex Theory of Planetary Motions, London: MacDonald.
• Morris Kline (1972). Mathematical Thought from Ancient to Modern Times, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Isaac Newton (1972). Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica, Cambridge: Harvard University.
• Niels Bohr; Léon Rosenfeld (1972-2008). Neils Bohr: Collected Works, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Lambertus Marie de Rijk (1972). Peter of Spain (Petrus Hispanus Portugalensis): Tractatus, Assen: Van Gorcum.
• Geoffrey Ernest Richard Lloyd (1973). Greek Science after Aristotle, Norton.
• Pierre Costabel (1973). Leibniz and dynamics; the texts of 1692, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Jan Adamczewski; Edward J. Piszek (1973). Nicolaus Copernicus and His Epoch, Philadelphia: Copernicus Society of America.
• Fred Hoyle (1973). Nicolaus Copernicus, London: Heinemann.
• Michael Sean Mahoney (1973). The Mathematical Career of Pierre de Fermat 1601-1665, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Paul Moraux (1973-2001). Der Aristotelismus bei den Griechen von Andronikos bis Alexander von Aphrodisias, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Richard C. Dales (1973). The Scientific Achievement of the Middle Ages, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
• Andreas Graeser (1973). Die logischen Fragmente des Theophrast, Amsterdam: Walter de Gruyter.
• Edward Grant (1974). A Source Book in Medieval Science, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
• Olaf Pedersen (1974). A Survey of the Almagest, Odense: Odense University Press.
• Ron B. Thomson (1974). Jordanus de Nemore and the University of Toulouse, Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications.
• Ernst Heitsch (1974). Parmenides: die Anfänge der Ontologie, Logik und Naturwissenschaft, München: Heimeran.
• Lawrence Sklar (1974). Space, Time and Space-Time, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Alexander P. D. Mourelatos (1974). The Pre-Socratics: A Collection of Critical Essays, Garden City: Anchor Press Doubleday.
• Ladislao Reti (1974). The Unknown Leonardo, Maidenhead: McGraw Hill.
• Daniel W. Graham (1974). A Source Book in Medieval Science, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Alfred L. Ivry (1974). Al-Kindi's Metaphysics: A Translation of Ya'qūb ibn Isḥāq al-Kindī's Treatise On First Philosophy (fī al-Falsafah al-Ūlā), Albany: SUNY Press.
• Anicius Manlius Torquatus Severinus Boëthius; Géza Sajó (1974). Quæstiones super libros physicorum, Corpus philosophorum danicorum medii ævi, Hauniæ: G.E.C. Gad.
• I. Bernard Cohen (1975). Isaac Newton’s Theory of the Moon’s Motion, Folkestone: Dawson.
• Otto Neugebauer (1975). A History of Ancient Mathematical Astronomy, Berlin: Springer.
• Carmen Blacker; Michael Loewe; J. Martin Plumley (1975). Ancient Cosmologies, London: Allen and Unwin.
• Saleh Beshara Omar; David C. Lindberg (1975). Ibn Al-Haytham and Greek Optics: A Comparative Study in Scientific Methodology, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Arthur Beer; Peter Beer (1975). Kepler Four Hundred Years, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Franz Rosenthal (1975). The Classical Heritage in Islam, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Robert S. Westman (1975). The Copernican Achievement, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Gordon Leff (1975). Paris and Oxford Universities in the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries: An Institutional and Intellectual History, Huntington: Robert E. Krieger.
• Otto Neugebauer (1975) A History of Ancient Mathematical Astronomy, Berlin: Springer.
• Hans Daiber (1975-). Aristoteles semitico-latinus, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Raymond Adolph Prier (1976). Archaic logic: Symbol and Structure in Heraclitus, Parmenides and Empedocles, Berlin: Walter de Mouton.
• Marshall Clagett (1976). Archimedes in the Middle Ages, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Kripa Shankar Shukla (1976). Aryabhata: Astronomer Mathematician, New Delhi: Indian National Science Academy.
• Ehsan Yar-Shater (1976). Biruni symposium, New York: Columbia University.
• Johannes Hoppe (1976). Johannes Kepler, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Jean-Claude Margolin; Maurice de Gandillac (1976). Platon et Aristote à la Renaissance, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Robert S. Westman (1976). The Copernican Achievement, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy; ʻImād Ghānim (1976). The Life and Work of Ibn Al-Shāṭir: An Arab Astronomer of the Fourteenth Century, Aleppo: University of Aleppo.
• Seyyed Hossein Nasr; Roland Michaud (1976). Islamic Science: An Illustrated Study, London: World of Islam Festival Publishing.
• Paul Kunitzsch (1976). Dictionary of Scientific Biography, New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.
• Robert B. Todd (1976). Alexander of Aphrodisias on Stoic Physics: A Study of the "De Mixtione" with Preliminary Essays, Text, Translation and Commentary, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• David Burr (1976). The Persecution of Peter Olivi, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Christopher Brooke (1976). The twelfth century Renaissance, London: Thames and Hudson.
• Gérard Marie Paré; Adrien Marie Brunet; Pierre Tremblay (1976). La renaissance du XIIe siècle: les écoles et l'enseignement, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Harry Austryn Wolfson (1976). The Philosophy of Kalam, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• David C. Lindberg (1976). Theories of Vision from al-Kindi to Kepler, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Edward Grant (1977). Physical Science in the Middle Ages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fernand Van Steenberghen (1977). Maître Siger de Brabant, Paris: Vander-Oyez.
• Saleh Beshara Omar (1977). Ibn al-Haytham's Optics: A Study of the Origins of Experimental Science, Minneapolis: Bibliotheca Islamica.
• Steven Harvey (1977). Averroes on the Principles of Nature: The Middle Commentary on Aristotle's Physics I-II, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Markus Fierz (1977). Girolamo Cardano. Arzt, Naturphilosoph, Mathematiker, Astronom und Traumdeuter, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Michel Serres (1977). La naissance de la physique dans le texte de Lucrèce, Paris: Éditions de Minuit.
• Carlo Pedretti; Jean Paul Richter (1977). The literary works of Leonardo da Vinci 1-2, Oxford: Phaidon.
• Manfred Ullmann (1978). Islamic medicine, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• David C. Lindberg (1978). Science in the Middle Ages, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Stillman Drake (1978). Galileo at Work: His Scientific Biography, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Michael Wolff (1978). Geschichte der Impetustheorie: Untersuchungen zum Ursprung der klassischen Mechanik, Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
• Ron B. Thomson (1978). Jordanus de Nemore and the mathematics of astrolabes, De plana spera, Toronto: Pontificial Institute of Mediaeval Studies.
• Muḥammad ibn Jābir Batta̲nī; Georg Bossong (1978). Los canones de Albateni, Tübingen: M. Niemeyer.
• Debiprasad Chattopadhyaya (1978). Science and Society in Ancient India, New York: W. A. Benjamins.
• Jonathan Barnes (1979). The Presocratic Philosophers, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
• Hakim MohammadSaʿīd (1979). Al-Bīrūnī: Commemorative Volume, Karachi: Hamdard Academy.
• Carlo Pedretti; Lettura Vinciana (1979). Disegni Anatomici di Leonardo da Vinci alla Biblioteca Reale di Windsor, Firenze: Giunti- Barbèra.
• Jaap Mansfeld (1979). Heraclitus: Fragments, Amsterdam: Polak & Van Gennep.
• Fuat Sezgin (1979). Lectures on the History of Science, Riyadh: Imam University Press.
• André L. Goddu (1979). The Natural Philosophy of William of Ockham: The Metaphysical, Epistemological, and Logical Foundations of Ockham's Physics, Berkeley: University of C
• Charles H. Kahn (1979). The Art and Thought of Heraclitus, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jacob of Edessa.; Karl Erik Rignell (1979). A letter from Jacob of Edessa to John the Stylite of Litarab concerning ecclesiastical canons, Lund: CWK Gleerup.
• Raymond Macken; et al (1979). Henrici de Gandavo: Opera Omnia, Leuven: Leuven University Press.
• Shlomo Pinès (1979). Studies in Abu'l-Barakāt Al-Baghdādī: physics and metaphysics, Jerusalem: Magnes Press.
• Giovanni Reale; John R. Catan (1980). A History of Ancient Philosophy: The Systems of the Hellenistic Age, Albany: State University of New York Press.
• Hans Daiber (1980). Aetius Arabus. Die Vorsokratiker in arabischer Überlieferung, Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1980). Albertus Magnus and the Sciences: Commemorative Essays 1980, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Malcolm Schofield (1980). An Essay on Anaxagoras, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Muhamed S Asimov (1980). Avicenna, Paris: UNESCO.
• Stephen Gaukroger (1980). Descartes: Philosophy, Mathematics and Physics, Brighton: Barnes & Noble.
• Jens Brockmeier (1980). Die Naturtheorie Giordano Brunos. Erkenntnistheoretische und naturphilosophische Voraussetzungen des frühbürgerlichen Materialismus, Frankfurt: Campus.
• Bernard I. Cohen (1980). From Leonardo to Lavoisier, New York: C. Scribner's Sons.
• Hans Benedikt Gottschalk (1980). Heraclides of Pontus, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Catherine Chevalley (1980). Les paralipomènes à Vitellion de Kepler, Paris J. Vrin.
• Alfonso Ingegno (1980). Saggio sulla filosofia di Cardano, Firenze: La Nuova Italia Editrice.
• Isaac Bennie Cohen (1980). The Newtonian Revolution, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Walter Berschin (1980). Griechisch-lateinisches Mittelalter: von Hieronymus zu Nikolaus von Kues, Bern: Francke.
• Peter Weimar (1981). Die Renaissance der Wissenschaften im 12. Jahrhundert, Zürich: Artemis.
• John Lloyd Ackrill (1981). Aristotle the Philosopher, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Fritz W. Zimmermann (1981). Al-Farabi’s Commentary and Short Treatise on Aristotle’s “De interpretatione”, London: British Academy.
• Edward Grant (1981). Much Ado about Nothing: Theories of Space and Vacuum from the Middle Ages to the Scientific Revolution, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gertrude Elizabeth Margaret Anscombe (1981). From Parmenides to Wittgenstein, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Richard S. Westfall (1981). Never at Rest: A Biography of Isaac Newton, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Edward Grant (1981). Much Ado about Nothing: Theories of Space and Vacuum from the Middle Ages to the Scientific Revolution, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Joseph Needham (1981). Science in Traditional China: A Comparative Perspective, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Christine Jones Schofield (1981). Tychonic and Semi-Tychonic World Systems, New York: Arno Press.
• Ahmad Saeed Khan (1982). A Bibliography of the Works of Abūʼl-Raihān Al-Bīrūnī, New Delhi: Indian National Science Academy.
• Carmela Baffioni (1982). Atomismo e antiatomismo nel pensiero islamico, Napoli: Istituto universitario orientale.
• Ibrāhīm Madkūr (1982). Avicenne en Orient et en Occident, Caire: Institut Dominicain d'Etudes Orientales du Caire.
• Norman Kretxmann; Anthony Kenny; Jan Pinborg (1982). The Cambridge History of Later Medieval Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Giles Constable (1982). Renaissance and Renewal in the Twelfth Century, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John L. Heilbron (1982). Elements of Early Modern Physics, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Peter Michael Harman (1982). Energy, Force and Matter: The Conceptual Development of Nineteenth-Century Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Francesco Bottin (1982). La scienza degli occamisti: La scienza tardo medievale dalle origini del paradigma nominalista alla rivoluzione scientifica, Rimini: Maggioli.
• Giles Constable (1982). Renaissance and Renewal in the Twelfth Century, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Robert L. Benson; Giles Constable (1982). Renaissance and Renewal in the Twelfth Century, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• James MacEvoy (1982). The Philosophy of Robert Grosseteste, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Desmond M. Clarke (1982). Descartes' Philosophy of Science, University Park: Pennsylvania State University.
• Wolfdietrich Fischer; Helmut Gätje (1982-92). Grundriß der Arabischen Philologie, Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag.
• Georges Canguilhem (1983). Études d'histoire et de philosophie des sciences, Paris: J. Vrin.
• David A. King (1983). Al-Khwārizmī and New Trends in Mathematical Astronomy in the Ninth Century, New York: New York University.
• Hubertus Lambertus Ludovicus Buysard (1983). The First Latin Translation of Euclid’s Elements, Commonly ascribed to Adelard of Bath, Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Medieval Studies.
• Richard S. Westfall (1983). Never at Rest: A Biography of Isaac Newton, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michael Friedman (1983). Foundations of Spacetime Theories, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• David A. King (1983). Mathematical Astronomy in Medieval Yemen: A Biobibliographical Survey, Malibu: Undena Publications.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1983). Studies in the Islamic Exact Sciences, Syracuse: Syracuse University Press.
• Geoffrey Stephen Kirk; John Earle Raven; Malcolm Schofield (1983). The Presocratic Philosophers, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1983-85). A History of Algebra, Berlin: Springer.
• William Augustine Wallace (1984). Galileo and His Sources: The Heritage of the Collegio Romano in Galileo's Science, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Francesco Bottin (1984). Logica e filosofia naturale nelle opere di Paolo Veneto, Scienza e filosofia all'Università di Padova nel Quattrocento, Venezia: Antenore.
• Noel M. Swerdlow; Otto Neugebauer (1984). Mathematical Astronomy in Copernicus's De Revolutionibus, Berlin: Springer.
• John J. Stroyls; Ali A. Al-Daffa (1984). Studies in the Exact Sciences in Medieval Islam, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• André Goddu (1984). The Physics of William of Ockham, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Carl O. Boyer (1984). A History of Mathematics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• William Heytesbury; John Longeway (1984). On Maxima and Minima, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Jerzy Burchardt (1984). Witelo, filosofo della natura del XIII sec: una biografia, Wroclaw: Zakład Narodowy imienia Ossolińskich Wydawnictwo Polskiej Akademii Nauk.
• Samarendra Nath Sen; Kripa Shankar Shukla; (1985). History of Astronomy in India, New Delhi: Indian National Science Academy.
• Jens Høyrup (1985). Jordanus de Nemore, 13th Century Mathematical Innovator: An Essay on Intellectual Context, Achievement, and Failure, Berlin: Springer.
• Éric Weil; Max Lejbowicz; Émilienne Naert; Lucien Bescond; Jean Quillien; Gilbert Kirscher (1985). La philosophie de Pietro Pomponazzi, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Eric J. Aiton (1985). Leibniz: A Biography, Boston: Adam Hilfer.
• Rolf Grabow (1985). Simon Stevin, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Robert L Benson; Giles Constable; Carol D Lanham; Charles Homer Haskins (1985). Renaissance and Renewal in the Twelfth Century, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• André Goddu (1985). Avicenna, Avempace and Averroes: Arabic Sources of "mutual Attraction" and Ther Influence on Mediaeeval and Modern Conceptions of Attraction and Gravitation, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• John David North; John J. Roche (1985). The Light of Nature, Dordrecht: Nijhoff.
• Bernard Raphael Goldstein (1985). Theory and Observation in Ancient and Medieval Astronomy, London: Variorum Reprints.
• Jürgen Wiesner (1985/87). Aristoteles: Werk und Wirkung, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• David A. King (1986). A Survey of the Scientific manuscripts in the Egyptian National Library, Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns.
• Robert Böhme (1986). Die verkannte Muse: Dichtersprache und geistige Tradition des Parmenides, Bern: A. Francke.
• Anthony Arthur Long (1986). Hellenistic Philosophy: Stoics, Epicureans, Sceptics, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Om Prakash Jaggi; Vikram Jaggi (1986). Indian Astronomy and Mathematics, Delhi: Atma Ram.
• David A. King (1986). Islamic mathematical astronomy, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Gwilym Ellis Lane Owen; Martha Craven Nussbaum (1986). Logic, Science, and Dialectic: Collected Papers in Greek Philosophy, London: Duckworth.
• Giovanni Battista Gabrieli (1986). Nicolò Tartaglia: invenzioni, disfide e sfortune, Siena: Università di Siena.
• Edward Rosen (1986). Three Imperial Mathematicians, New York: Abaris Books.
• Jill Kraye; William Francis Ryan (1987). Adelard of Bath, London: The Warburg Institute.
• Charles Burnett (1987). Adelard of Bath: An English Scientist and Arabist of the Early 12th century, London: The Warburg Institute.
• Fahrettin Olguner (1987). Fârâbı̂, Ankara: Kültür ve Turizm Bakanlığı.
• Pierre Aubenque; Rémi Brague; Barbara Cassin (1987). Études sur Parménide, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Bruce Stephenson (1987). Kepler's physical astronomy, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Biancamaria Scarcia Amoretti (1987). La diffusione delle science islamiche nel Medio Evo europeo, Roma: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei.
• Richard Sorabji (1987). Philoponus and the Rejection of Aristotelian Science, London: University of London.
• Fernand Brunner; Gerhard Seel; Gilbert Boss (1987). Proclus et son influence: actes du colloque de Neuchâtel, juin 1985, Zürich: Éditions du Grand Midi.
• David J. Furley (1987). The Greek Cosmologists, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jamila Jauhari (1987). The Physics of Avicenna: A Translation and Commentary Upon the Physics Proper of the Tabiy'yat of Avicenna's Danish Na[m]a-i Alai, New York: Fordham University.
• David Neil Sedley (1987).The Cambridge Companion to Greek and Roman Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Edward Grant; Marshall Clagett; Murdoch, J. E. (1987). Mathematics and its Applications to Science and Natural Philosophy in the Middle Ages: Essays in Honor of Marshall Clagett, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Werner Heisenberg; Walter Blum; Hans-Peter Dürr; Helmut Rechenberg (1984-93) Gesammelte Werke, Berlin: Springer.
• Shlomo Pinès (1986). The Collected Works of Shlomo Pinès, Leiden: E.J. Brill.
• David A. King (1987). Islamic Astronomical Instruments, London: Variorum Reprints.
• Eduard Jan Dijksterhuis (1987). Archimedes, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Charles Burnett (1987). Adelard of Bath: An English Scientist and Arabist of the Twelfth Century, London: Warburg Institute.
• Marilyn Adams (1987). William Ockham, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Pierre Duhem (1987). Medieval Cosmology: Theories of Infinity, Place, Time, Void, and the Plurality of Worlds, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Charles H. Lohr (1988). Latin Aristotle Commentaries, Firenze: L. S. Olschki.
• Parmeshwar Jha (1988). Āryabhaṭa I and his Contributions to Mathematics, Patna: Bihar Research Society.
• Oliver Leaman (1988). Averroes and his Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Dimitri Guta (1988). Avicenna and the Aristotelian Tradition: Introduction to Reading Avicenna's Philosophical Works, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1988). Die Astronomie der Griechen: Eine Einführung, Wissenschaftliche, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.
• Christian Wildberg (1988). John Philoponus' Criticism of Aristotle's Theory of Aether, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Judith Veronica Field (1988). Kepler's Geometrical Cosmology, London: Athlone Press.
• Jonathan Barnes; Mario Mignucci (1988). Matter and Metaphysics, Napoli: Bibliopolis.
• Richard Sorabji (1988). Matter, Space, and Motion: Theories in Antiquity and their Sequel, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
• Norman Kretzmann; Anthony Kenny; Jan Pinborg; Eleonore Stump (1988). The Cambridge History of Later Medieval Philosophy: From the Rediscovery of Aristotle to the Disintegration of Scholasticism, 1100-1600, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Quentin Skinner; Eckhard Kessler; Charles B. Schmitt; Jill Kraye (1988). The Cambridge History of Renaissance Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yves Battistini; René Char (1988). Trois présocratiques: traduction, revue et corrigée: Héraclite, Parménide, Empédocle, Paris: Gallimard.
• Jean-Paul Dumont; Daniel Delattre; Jean-Louis Poirier (1988). Les Présocratiques, Paris: Gallimard.
• Ira M. Lapidus (1988). A History of Islamic Societies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jens Høyrup (1988). Jordanus de Nemore, 13th century mathematical innovator, Berlin: Springer.
• Stephen G. Brush (1988). History of physics: selected reprints, New York: American Association of Physics Teachers.
• Valerie Irene Jane Flint (1988). Ideas in the Medieval West: Texts and their Contexts, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Catherine Wilson (1989). Astronomy from Kepler to Newton: Historical Essays, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Romano Vicenzo; Maria Rosaria Romano (1989). Bernardino Telesio e l'idea di natura “iuxta propria principia”: Mostra bibliografica, documentaria e iconografica, Roma: Istituto Poligrafico e Zecca dello Stato.
• David J. Furley (1989). Cosmic Problems: Essays on Greek and Roman Philosophy of Nature, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Pierre Alferi (1989). Guillaume d'Ockham, le singulier, Paris: Editions de Minuit.
• Henricus Antonius Giovanni Braakhuis; Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen (1989). Marsilius of Inghen: acts of the International Marsilius of Inghen Symposium organized by the Nijmegen Centre for Medieval Studies, Nijmegen, 18-20 December 1986, Nijmegen: Ingenium.
• Giovanni Casertano (1989). Parmenide: il metodo, la scienza, l'esperienza, Napoli: Loffredo.
• René Taton; Curtis Wilson (1989). Planetary Astronomy from the Renaissance to the Rise of Astrophysics, Part A: Tycho Brahe to Newton, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• George Molland (1989). Thomas Bradwardine, Geometria speculativa: Latin text and English translation with an introduction and a commentary, Stuttgart: F. Steiner.
• Julian Davies (1989). Ockham on Aristotle's Physics: A Translation of Ockham's Brevis Summa Libri Physicorum, St. Bonaventure: The Franciscan Institute, St. Bonaventure University.
• Paul Kunitzsch (1989). The Arabs and the Stars: Texts and Traditions on the Fixed Stars and Their Influence in Medieval Europe, Northampton: Variorum Reprints.
• Zdzisław Kuksewicz (1989). Aegidius Aurelianensis. Quaestiones super De generatione et corruptione, Amsterdam: Philadelphia.
• Henry Corbin; Willard Trask (1990). Avicenna and the visionary recital, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Richard Sorabji (1990). Aristotle Transformed: The Ancient Commentators and their Influence, London: Bloomsbury.
• Jeannine Quillet; Université Paris-Val-de-Marne (1990). Autour de Nicole Oresme: actes du Colloque Oresme organisé à l'Université de Paris XII., Paris: J. Vrin.
• Helen Tunik Goldstein (1990). Averroes' Questions in Physics, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Franz Rosenthal (1990). Greek Philosophy in the Arab World: A Collection of Essays, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Annick Stevens (1990). Postérité de l'être: Simplicius interprète de Parménide, Bruxelles: Ousia.
• Luis E. Navia (1990). Pythagoras: An Annotated Bibliography, New York: Garland.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1990). Science, Optics, and Music in Medieval and Early Modern Thought, London: Hambledon.
• Jaap Mansfeld (1990). Studies in the Historiography of Greek Philosophy, Assen: Van Gorcum.
• Muhammad Saud (1990). The Scientific Method of Ibn Al-Haytham, Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute.
• Stillman Drake (1990). Galileo: Pioneer Scientist, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (1990). Huygens and Barrow, Newton and Hooke, Birkhaüser Verlag.
• Francis P. Dinneen (1990). Peter of Spain: Language in Dispute, Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1990). Science, Art and Nature in Medieval and Modern Thought, London: Bloomsbury Academic.
• Ian McNeil (1990). An Encyclopaedia of the History of Technology, London: Routledge.
• Henry Blumenthal; Howard Robinson (1991). Aristotle and the Later Traditions, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Lindsay Judson (1991). Aristotle's Physics: A collection of essays, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Notker Schneider (1991). Die Kosmologie des Franciscus de Marchia: Texte, Quellen und Untersuchungen zur Naturphilosophie des 14. Jahrhunderts, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Patrice Sicard (1991). Hugues de Saint-Victor et son école, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Ṣāʻid ibn Aḥmad Andalusī; Semaʻan I. Salem; Alok Kumar (1991). Science in the medieval world: book of the Categories of nations, Austin: University of Texas Press.
• Tamara Horowitz; Gerald Massey (1991). Thought Experiments in Science and Philosophy, Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield.
• Astrid Schürmann (1991). Griechische Mechanik und Antike Gesellschaft, Stuttgart: Franz Steiner.
• Patrice Sicard (1991). Hugues de Saint-Victor et son école, introduction, Boca Raton: Chapman & Halloix de textes, traduction et commentaires, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Dominique Urvoy (1991). Ibn Rushd: Averroès, Paris: Cariscript.
• Pervez Hoodbhoy (1991). Islam and science: Religious Orthodoxy andthe Battle for Rationality, London: Zed Books.
• Joël Biard (1991). Itinéraires d'Albert de Saxe. Paris Vienne au XIVe siècle, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Hakim Mohammad Saʿīd (1991). Medieval Muslim Thinkers and Scientists, Delhi Renaissance Publishing House.
• Geoffrey Ernst Richard Lloyd (1991). Methods and Problems in Greek Science: Selected Papers, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Pressiversity.
• Zev Bechler (1991). Newton's Physics and the Conceptual Structure of the Scientific Revolution, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• David Furley; Christian Wildberg (1991). Philoponus, Corollaries on Place and Void with Simplicius, Against Philoponus on the Eternity of the World, London: Duckworth.
• Sabetai Unguru (1991). Physics, Cosmology and Astronomy: Tension and Accommodation, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic.
• Alan C. Bowen (1991). Science and Philosophy in Classical Greece, New York: Garland.
• Ajay Mitra Shastri (1991). Varāhamihira and his Times, Jodhpur: Kusumanjali Prakashan.
• Jules Janssens (1991-99). An Annotated Bibliography on Ibn Sina, Leuven: Leuven University Press.
• Peter Dronke (1992). A History of Twelfth-Century Western Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ian Richard Netton (1992). Al-Farabi and His School: Arabic Thought and Culture Series, Routledge.
• Herbert Alan Davidson (1992). Alfarabi, Avicenna, and Averroes on Intellect, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Helen S. Lang (1992). Aristotle's Physics and its Medieval Varieties, Albany: State University of New York.
• Lenn Evan Goodman (1992). Avicenna, London: Routledge.
• Raffaele Sirri; Maurizio Torrini (1992). Bernardino Telesio e la cultura napoletana. Atti del Convegno internazionale, Napoli: Guida.
• Rushdī Rāshid (1992). Optique et mathématiques: recherches sur l'histoire de la pensée scientifique en arabe, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Salma Khadra Jayyusi; Manuela Marín (1992). The Legacy of Muslim Spain, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Marie-Thérèse d' Alverny; Danielle Jacquart (1993). Avicenne en Occident, Paris J. Vrin.
• Olaf Pedersen (1993). Early Physics and Astronomy: A Historical Introduction, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Rushdī Rāshid; al-ʻAlāʼ Ibn Sahl; Wayjan ibn Rustam Qūhī (1993). Géométrie et dioptrique au Xe siècle: Ibn Sahl, al-Qūhī et Ibn al-Haytham, Paris: Les Belles lettres.
• Henry Corbin; Seyyed Hossein Nasr; Osman Yahya (1993). History of Islamic Philosophy, London: Kegan Paul.
• Alain de Libera (1993). La philosophie médiévale, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• François Duchesneau (1993). Leibniz et la méthode de la science, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• F. Jamil Ragep (1993). Naṣīr al-Dīn al-Ṭūsī's Memoir on Astronomy: Commentary and Apparatus, Berlin: Springer.
• Donald Routledge Hill (1993). Routledge, Islamic Science and Engineering, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Toby .E Huff (1993). The Rise of Early Modern Science: Islam, Boca Raton: Chapman & Hallina and the West, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Geoffrey Roper (1992). World Survey of Islamic Manuscripts, London: Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation.
• Roshdi Rashed (1992). Optics and Mathematics: Research on the history of scientific thought in Arabic, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Charles E. Butterworth; Muhsin S. Mahdi (1992). The Political Aspects of Islamic Philosophy, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Henricus Antonius Giovanni Braakhuis; Maarten Josephus Franciscus Maria Hoenen (1992). Marsilius of Inghen:Artistarium Supplementa 7, Nijmegen: Nijmegen Centre for Medieval Studies.
• William Fortenbaugh; Dimitri Gutas (1992). Theophrastus: His Psychological, Doxographical and Scientific Writings, New Brunswick: Transaction Books.
• Salma Khadra Jayyusi; Manuela Marín (1992). The Legacy of Muslim Spain, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Nigel G. Wilson (1992). From Byzantium to Italy: Greek Studies in the Italian Renaissance, London: Bloomsbury Academic.
• Lambertus Marie de Rijk (1992). Syncategoreumata, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jamil Ragep (1993). Naṣīr al-Dīn al-Ṭūsī's Memoir on astronomy (al-tadhkira fī ʻilm al-hayʼa), Berlin: Springer.
• Marlein van Raalte (1993). Theophrastus' Metaphysics, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Richard Sorabji (1993). Philoponus and the Rejection of Aristotelian Science, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
• John Victor Tolan (1993). Petrus Alfonsi and his medieval readers, Gainesville: University Press of Florida.
• Stanislaw Wielgus (1993). Marsilius von Inghen: Werk und Wirkung, Lublin: Redakcja Wydawnictw KUL.
• Brian Lawn (1993). The Rise and Decline of the Scholastic "Qauaestio Disputata", Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Ivan Boh (1993). Epistemic Logic in the Later Middle Ages, London: Routledge.
• Max Jammer (1993). Concepts of Space: The History of Theories of Space in Physics, Mineola: Dover.
• Paul Lettinck (1994). Aristotle’s Physics and its Reception in the Arabic World, Leiden: B. J. Brill.
• George Saliba (1994). A History of Arabic Astronomy: Planetary Theories During the Golden Age of Islam, New York: New York Universitry Press.
• Louise Cochrane (1994). Adelard of Bath: The First English Scientist, London: British Museum Press.
• Ahmad Hasnawi (1994). Alexandre d'Aphrodise vs Jean Philopon: notes sur quelques traités d'Alexandre "perdus" en grec, conservés en arabe, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul Lettinck (1994). Aristotle's Physics and Its Reception in the Arabic World: With an Edition of the Unpublished Parts of Ibn Bājja's Commentary on the Physics, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Lawrence P. Schrenk (1994). Aristotle in Late Antiquity, Washington: Catholic University of America.
• Anke von Kügelgen (1994). Averroes und die arabische Moderne, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Hugh Thurston (1994). Early Astronomy, Berlin: Springer.
• Shailendra Kumar (1994). History of Science in India: Analytical Database of Information Sources, New Delhi: Gyan Publing House.
• Julio Samsó (1994). Islamic astronomy and medieval Spain, Aldershot: Variorum.
• François Duchesneau (1994). La dynamique de Leibniz, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Renée Bouveresse (1994). Leibnitz, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Jürgen Hamel (1994). Nicolaus Copernicus. Leben, Werk und Wirkung, Heidelberg: Spektrum Akademischer.
• ʻAbd-al-Ḥamīd I. Ṣabrā (1994). Optics, Astronomy and Logic: Studies en Arabic Science and Philosophie, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Richard D. McKirahan (1994). Philosophy Before Socrates: An Introduction with texts and Commentary, Indianapolis: Hackett.
• John Stachel; Kōstas Gavroglou; John J. Stachel; Marx W. Wartofsky (1994). Physics, Philosophy, and the Scientific Community: Essays in the Philosophy and History of the Natural Sciences and MathematicsIn Honor of Robert S. Cohen, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
•‪ Gül A. Russell (1994). The 'Arabick' Interest of the Natural Philosophers in Seventeenth-Century England, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Job Kozhamthadam (1994). The Discovery of Kepler's Laws: The Interaction of Science, Philosophy and Religion, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Alnoor Dhanani (1994). The Physical Theory of Kalam: Atoms, Space, and Void in Basrian Mu'tazili Cosmology, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Alex Wittendorff; Fjord Trier Hansen (1994). Tyge Brahe, Odense: Den grimme Ælling.
• S Balachandra Rao (1994/98). Indian Mathematics and Astronomy: Some Landmarks, Bangalore: Jnana Deep Publications.
• Charles Burnett; Keiji Yamamoto; Michio Yano (1994). The abbreviation of The introduction to astrology Together with the medieval Latin translation of Adelard of Bath, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• George Saliba (1994). A History of Arabic Astronomy, New York: New York University Press.
• Louise Cochrane (1994). Adelard of Bath: The First English Scientist, London: British Museum Press.
• Julio Samsó (1994). Islamic Astronomy and Medieval Spain, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Jonathan Harris (1995). Greek Émigrés in the West (1400-1520), Camberley: Porphyrogenitus.
• Nicholas Jolley (1995). Cambridge Companion to Leibniz, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Keimpe Algra (1995). Concepts of Space in Greek Thought, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Anjana Chattopadhyay (1995). Encyclopaedia of Indian Scientists, New Delhi: Reliance Publishing.
• Edward Rosen (1995). Copernicus and his Successors, London: Hambledon Press.
• Johannes Hemleben (1995). Johannes Kepler. In Selbstzeugnissen und Bilddokumenten, Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt Taschenbuch Verlag.
• George Molland (1995). Mathematics and the Medieval Ancestry of Physics, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Angelika Bönker-Vallon (1995). Metaphysik und Mathematik bei Giordano Bruno, Berlin: Akademie Verlag.
• Jean Jolivet (1995). Philosophie médiévale et arabe, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Nathan Sivin (1995). Science in Ancient China: Researches and Reflections, Aldershot: Variorum.
• Roman Ralph Dilcher (1995). Studies in Heraclitus, Hildesheim: Olms.
• Kathleen Okruhlik; James Robert Brown (1995). The Natural Philosophy of Leibniz, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publisher.
• Edith Wilks Dolnikowski (1995). Thomas Bradwardine: A View of Time and a Vision of Eternity in Fourteenth Century Thought, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jan Peter Beckmann (1995). Wilhelm von Ockham, München: C.H. Beck.
• George Saliba (1995). A History of Arabic Astronomy: Planetary Theories During the Golden Age of Islam, New York: New York University.
• Charles S. F. Burnett; Danielle Jacquart (1995). Constantine the African and ʻAlī Ibn Al-ʻAbbās Al-Magūsī: The Pantegni and Related Texts, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Burgess Laughlin (1995). The Aristotle Adventure. A Guide to the Greek, Arabic, and Latin Scholars Who Transmitted Aristotle's Logic to the Renaissance, Flagstaff: Albert Hale.
• Roshdi Rashed; Régis Morelon (1996). Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, London: Routledge.
• Olaf Pedersen (1996). Early Physics and Astronomy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Henry J. Blumenthal (1996). Aristotle and the neoplatonism in late antiquity: interpretations of the "De anima, London: G. Duckworth.
• Muḥammad al-Ḥakīm Saĭd; Ansar Zahid (1996). Al-Bīrūnī: His Times, Life and Works, Srinagar: Venus Publishing House.
• Ralph McInerny (1996). Aquinas and Analogy, Washington: Catholic University of America.
• Clemens Scholten (1996). Antike Naturphilosophie und christliche Kosmologie in der Schrift "De opificio mundi" des Johannes Philoponos, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Edward Grant (1996). The Foundations of Modern Science in the Middle Ages: Their Religious, Institutional, and Intellectual Contexts, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Rashed, Roshdi (1996-2002). Les Mathématiques Infinitésimales du IXe au XIe Siècle, London: Al-Furqān Islamic Heritage Foundation.
• Howard R. Turner (1997). Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction, Austin: University of Texas Press.
• Helaine Selin (1996). Encyclopaedia of the History of Science, Technology, and Medicine in Non-Western Cultures, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Rushdī Rāshid; Régis Morelon (1996). Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, London: Routledge.
• Gale E. Christianson (1996). Isaac Newton and the Scientific Revolution, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Nigel Guy Wilson (1996). Scholars of Byzantium, London: Duckworth.
• Ludger Honnefelder; Rega Wood; Mechthild Dreyer (1996). John Duns Scotus: metaphysics and ethics, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Christiane Vilain (1996). La mécanique de Christian Huygens: La relativité de mouvement au XVIIe siècle, Paris: Blanchard.
• Lucas Siorvanes (1996). Proclus: Neo-Platonic Philosophy and Science, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Andrew B Schoedinger (1996). Readings in Medieval Philosophy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1996). Science, Art and Nature in Medieval and Modern Thought, London: Hambledon Press.
• Daniel W. Graham (1996). The Foundations of Modern Science in the Middle Ages: Their Religious, Institutional, and Intellectual Contexts, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Mohamed Abattouy (1996). The History of Arabic Sciences: A Selected Bibliography, Berlin: Max-Plank-Institut für Wissenschaftgeschichte.
• Ḥusain Naṣr (1996). The Islamic Intellectual Tradition in Persia, New York: Psychology Press.
• Dennis Des Chene (1996). Physiologia: natural philosophy in late Aristotelian and Cartesian thought, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
• Jacobus Golius; Fuat Sezgin (1997). Al-Farġānī: Elementa astronomica, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Eugenio Garin (1997). Astrologie in der Renaissance, Frankfurt am Main: Campus-Verlag.
• Daniel T. Devereux; Phillip T. Mitsis; Donald J. Zeyl (1997). Encyclopedia of Classical Philosophy, Westport: Greenwood.
• Fuat Sezgin (1997). Euclid in the Arabic tradition: texts and studies, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Rushdī Rāshid; Régis Morelon (1997). Histoire des sciences arabes, Paris: Éditions du Seuil.
• Mumtaz Ali Kazi (1997). Islamic Thought and Modern Science, Islamic Academy of Science.
• Frans A. J. de Haas (1997). John Philoponus' New Definition of Prime Matter: Aspects of its Background in Neoplatonism and the Ancient Commentary Tradition, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Fuat Sezgin (1997). Muḥammad ibn Mūsā al-Khwārizmī, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Stefan Kirschner (1997). Nicolaus Oresmes Kommentar zur Physik des Aristoteles, Stuttgart: Franz Steiner.
• Aḥmad Muḥammad Ḥasnāwl; Maroun Aouad (1997). Perspectives arabes et medievales sur la tradition scientifique et philosophique grecque, Leuven: Peeters.
• Jeremiah Hackett (1997). Roger Bacon and the Sciences: Commemorative Essays, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Howard R. Turner (1997). Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Pressiversity of Texas.
• Ilsetraut Hadot (1997). Simplicius, sa vie, son œuvre, sa survie, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• John Emery Murdoch; Edith Dudley Sylla; William R. Newman (1997). Texts and Contexts in Ancient and Medieval Science: Studies on the Occasion of John E. Murdoch's Seventieth Birthday, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Ivor Grattan-Guinness (1997). The Norton History of the Mathematical Sciences, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Rushdī Rāshid; Jean Jolivet (1997/99). Œuvres philosophiques et scientifiques d'al-Kindi, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī; Carl Ehrig-Eggert; Eckhard Neubauer (1998). Celestial Phenomena and Observations in Islamic Sources, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī; Carl Ehrig-Eggert; Eckhard Neubauer (1998). Archimedes in the Arabic Tradition, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Fuat Sezgin; ʻAmāwī, M. (1998). Arabic-Spanish Astronomy at the Court of King Alfonso X of Castile, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī (1998). Al-Zarqālī Abū Isḥāq Ibrāhīm ibn Yaḥyā, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Fuat Sezgin; Carl Ehrig-Eggert; Eckhard Neubauer (1998). Al-Kāshī Ghiyāthaddīn Djamshīd ibn Masʻūd ibn Maḥmūd, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī (1998). Al-Karajī Abū Bakr Muḥammad ibn al-Ḥasan, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī; Carl Ehrig-Eggert; Eckhard Neubauer (1998). Al-Farghānī Aḥmad Ibn Muḥammad Ibn Kathīr and Al-Battaānī Maḥammad Ibn Jābir Ibn Sinān, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Ilyās Farnīnī (1998). A Bibliography of Scholars in Medieval Islam, Abu Dhabi: Cultural Foundation.
• Sheila Blair (1998). Islamic Inscriptions, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Nicholas J. Wade (1998). A Natural History of Vision, Cambridge, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Serafín Vegas Gonzalez (1998). La Escuela de Traductores de Toledo en la Historia del pensamiento, Toledo: Ayuntamiento de Toledo.
• Olga Weijers (1998). Le travail intellectuel à la Faculté des arts de Paris, Turnhout: Brepols.
• David Alan Brown (1998). Leonardo da Vinci: Origins of a Genius, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Warren Harvey (1998). Physics and Metaphysics in Ḥasdai Crescas, Amsterdam: J. C. Gieben.
• James Evans (1998). The History and Practice of Ancient Astronomy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Michel Fichant (1998). Science et métaphysique dans Descartes et Leibniz, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Giovanni Reale (1998). Sulla natura: Frammenti e testimonianze, Rusconi.
• James Evans (1998). The History and Practice of Ancient Astronomy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Patricia Curd (1998). The legacy of Parmenides: Eleatic Monism and Later Presocratic Thought, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Richard Cross (1998). The Physics of Duns Scotus: The Scientific Context of a Theological Vision, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Wilhelm Perpeet (1998). Von der Eigenart der griechischen Philosophie: Ausgewahlte Studien, Bonn: Bouvier.
• Gotthard Strohmaier (1999). Avicenna, München: Beck.
• Hans Daiber (1999). Bibliography of Islamic Philosophy, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Anthony Grafton (1999). Cardanos Kosmos. Die Welten und Werke eines Renaissance-Astrologen, Berlin: Berlin Verlag.
• Paul Cartledge (1999). Democritus, London: Routledge.
• Richard Cross (1999). Duns Scotus, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Yūsuf Ībiš (1999). Editing Islamic Manuscripts on Science, London: Al- Furqān Islamic Heritage Foundation.
• Sarah Stroumsa (1999). Freethinkers of Medieval Islam: Ibn al-Rawāndī, Abū Bakr al-Rāzī and their Impact on Islamic thought, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Paul Richard Blum (1999). Giordano Bruno, München: Beck.
• Tracey Elizabeth Rihll　(1999). Greek Science, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gerhard Endreß; Jan A Aertsen; Klaus Braun (1999). Averroes and the Aristotelian Tradition: Sources, Constitution, and Reception of the Philosophy of Ibn Rushd, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1998). Astronomy and Astrology in the Medieval Islamic World, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Roger Arnaldez (1998). Averroès: un rationaliste en Islam, Paris: Balland.
• Dominique Poirel (1998). Hugues de Saint-Victor, Paris: Éditions du Cerf.
• Francis Gen-Ichiro Nagasaka; Robert S. Cohen (1998). Japanese Studies in the Philosophy of Science, Boston: Boston University.
• Michel Blay; Robert Halleux; Georges Barthélemy (1998). La Science classique XVIe-XVIIIe siècle: dictionnaire critique, Paris: Flammarion.
• Egbert P. Bos (1998). John Duns Scotus: renewal of philosophy ; acts of the third symposium organized by the Dutch Society for Medieval Philosophy Medium Aevum, Amsterdam: Rodopi.
• Jean-Pierre Verdet (1998). Histoire de l'astronomie ancienne et classique, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Gerhard Arend (1998). Die Mechanik des Niccolò Tartaglia im Kontext der zeitgenössischen Erkenntnis- und Wissenschaftstheorie, München: Institut für Geschichte der Naturwissenschaften.
• Dimitri Gutas (1998). Greek Thought, Arabic Culture: The Graeco-Arabic Translation Movement in Baghdad and Early 'Abbasid Society, London: Routledge.
• Eckhard Neubauer (1998). Arabische Musiktheorie von den Anfängen bis zum 6./12. Jahrhundert: Studien, Übersetzungen und Texte in Faksimile, Frankfurt am Main: Institut für Geschichte der Arabisch-Islamischen.
• Julie Scott Meisami, Paul Starkey (1998). Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, London: Taylor & Francis.
• Mary Jo Nye (1999). Before Big Science: The Pursuit of Modern Chemistry and Physics, 1800-1940, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Michael Hoskin (1999). The Cambridge Concise History of Astronomy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Charles Burnett (1999). Adelard of Bath: Conversations with His Nephew, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Stillman Drake (1999). Essays on Galileo and the History and Philosophy of Science, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Hans Daiber (1999/2007). Bibliography of Islamic Philosophy (from the 15th Century to 1999, Leiden: B. J. Brill.
• Carl Friedrich von Weizsäcker (1999). Große Physiker: Von Aristoteles bis Werner Heisenberg jetzt kaufen, München: Carl Hanser Verlag.
• Paul Spade (1999). The Cambridge Companion to Ockham, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fuat Sezgin; Mazen Amawi; Carl Ehrig-Eggert (1999). Ibn Ṭufayl, Muḥammad Ibn A̕bdalmalik Ibn Muḥammad, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• James R. Voelkel (1999). Johannes Kepler and the New Astronomy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Alain Boureau; Sylvain Piron (1999). Pierre de Jean Olivi: pensée scolastique, dissidence spirituelle et société: actes du colloque de Narbonne mars 1998, Paris: J. Vrin.
• James McEvoy; Éliane Saint-André Utudjian (1999). Robert Grosseteste et la théologie à l'universté d'Oxford, Paris Éditions du Cerf.
• Derek Adie Flower (1999). Shores of Wisdom: The Story of the Ancient Library at Alexandria, Philadelphia: Xlibris.
• Paul Vincent Spade (1999). The Cambridge Companion to Ockham, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Osman Bakar (1999). The History and Philosophy of Islamic Science, Cambridge: Islamic Texts Society.
• Stephen C. McCluskey (2000). Astronomies and Cultures in Early Medieval Europe, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Maarten Josephus Franciscus Maria Hoenen; Paul J. J. M. Bakker (2000). Philosophie und Theologie des ausgehenden Mittelalters: Marsilius von Inghen und das Denken seiner Zeit, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Helaine Selin (2000). Astronomy Across Cultures: The History of Non-Western Astronomy, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
• Roger Arnaldez; David Streight (2000). Averroes: a rationalist in Islam, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Marie-Thérèse d'Alverny (2000). Avicenne en Occident, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Stephen Gaukroger; John Andrew Schuster; John Sutton (2000). Descartes' Natural Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Tiziana Suarez-Nani (2000). Oxford physics in the thirteenth century, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• James Mac Evoy (2000). Robert Grosseteste, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Robin Waterfield (2000). The First Philosophers, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• William Lane Craig (2000). The Kalam Cosmological Argument, Eugene: Wipf & Stock.
• Han Baltussen (2000). Theophrastus against the Presocratics and Plato: peripatetic dialectic in the De sensibus, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Joseph Ward Goering; Evelyn Anne Mackie (2000). Editing Robert Grosseteste, Toronto: University of Toronto.
• Charles F. Genequand (2001). Alexander of Aphrodisias: On the Cosmos, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Henri Bresc; Merces Trías; Manuel Sánchez; Pierre Guichard; Robert Mantran; et al (2001). Europa y el Islam en la Edad Media, Barcelona: Editorial Crítica.
• Uwe Michael Lang (2001). John Philoponus and the Controversies Over Chalcedon in the Sixth Century: A Study and Translation of the Arbiter, Leuven: Peeters.
• A. Mark Smith (2001). Alhacen's Theory of Visual Perception, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Fuat Sezgin; Māzin ʻAmāwī; Carl Ehrig-Eggert; Eckhard Neubauer (2001). Banū Mūsā ibn Shākir, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Oliver Leaman (2001). Encyclopedia of Asian Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Hilary Gatti (2001). Giordano Bruno e la scienza del Rinascimento, Milano: R. Cortina.
• Seyyed Hossein Nasr; Oliver Leaman (2001). History of Islamic Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Jed Z. Buchwald; Isaac Bennie Cohen (2001). Isaac Newton's Natural Philosophy, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Benoît Patar (2001). La Physique de Bruges et le Traité du ciel d'Albert de Saxe, Longueuil: Les Presses philosophique.
• Christoph Herbert Lüthy; John Emery Murdoch; William R Newman (2001). Late Medieval and Early Modern Corpuscular Matter Theories, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Martin Carrier (2001). Nikolaus Kopernikus, München: Beck.
• Jonardon Ganeri (2001). Philosophy in Classical India, London: Routledge.
• Charles H. Kahn (2001). Pythagoras and the Pythagoreans, Indianapolis: Hackett.
• Aḥmad Yūsuf Ḥasan; Maqbul Ahmed; Albīr Zakī Iskandar (2001). Science and Technology in Islam: The exact and natural sciences, Paris: UNESCO.
• Julian B. Barbour (2001). The Discovery of Dynamics: A Study from a Machian Point of View of the Discovery and the Structure of Dynamical Theories, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Johannes Matheus Maria Hermanus Thijssen; Jack Zupko (2001). The Metaphysics and Natural Philosophy of John Buridan, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• James Franklin (2001). The Science of Conjecture: Evidence and Probability Before Pascal, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University.
• Ahmed Djebbar; Jean Rosmorduc (2001). Une Histoire de la science arabe: introduction à la connaissance du patrimoine scientifique des pays d'Islam, Paris: Éditions du Seuil.
• Oliver Leaman (2002). An Introduction to Classical Islamic Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ilai Alon; Shukri B. Abed (2002). Al-Fârâbî’s Philosophical Lexicon, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yvonne Dold-Samplonius; Joseph W. Dauben; Benno Van Dalen; Menso Folkerts (2002). From China to Paris: 2000 Years Transmission of Mathematical Ideas, Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag.
• Lawrence M. Principe (2002). History of Science: Antiquity to 1700, Chantilly: The Teaching Company.
• Majid Fakhry (2002). Al-Fārābi: founder of Islamic Neoplatonism: his life, works and influence, Oxford: Oneworld Publications.
• Jack Zupko (2002). The Metaphysics and Natural Philosophy of John Buridan, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Bernard Weiss (2002). Studies in Islamic Legal Theory, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Souâd Ayada (2002). Avicenne, Paris: Ellipses.
• Alfredo Serrai (2002). Bernardino Baldi. La vita, le opere, La biblioteca, Milano: S. Bonnard.
• Edward Slowik (2002). Cartesian Spacetime, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
• Stephen Gaukroger; John Andrew Schuster; John Sutton (2002). Descartes' natural philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Hilary Gatti (2002). Giordano Bruno and Renaissance Science, Ithaca: Cornell University.
• Muzaffar Iqbāl (2002). Islam and Science, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• David C. Reisman (2002). Making of the Avicennan Tradition: The Transmission, Contents, and Structure of Ibn Sīnā's Al-Mubāḥat̲āt, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• André Laks; Claire Louguet (2002). Qu'est-ce que la Philosophie présocratique?, Villeneuve d'Ascq: Presses Universitaires du Septentrion.
• Isaac Bennie Cohen; George Edwin Smith (2002). The Cambridge Companion to Newton, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fritz Saaby Pedersen (2002). The Toledan Tables: General preface, Copenhagen: Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab.
• Jorge J. E. Gracia; Timothy B. Noone (2003). A Companion to Philosophy in the Middle Ages, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Kiki Kennedy-Day (2003). Books of Definition in Islamic Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Ignatius Afram Barsoum; Matti Moosa (2003). The Scattered Pearls: A History of Syriac Literature and Sciences, Piscataway: Gorgias Press.
• Thomas Williams (2003). The Cambridge Companion to Duns Scotus, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ekmeleddin İhsanoğlu; Boris Rozenfeld (2003). Mathematicians, Astronomers and Other Scholars Of Islamic Civilisation and their Works, Istanbul: Research Centre for Islamic History, Art, and Culture.
• Richard E. Rubenstein (2003). Aristotle's Children: How Christians, Muslims, and Jews Rediscovered Ancient Wisdom and Illuminated the Middle Ages, New York: Harcourt.
• Shlomo Sela (2003). Abraham Ibn Ezra and the Rise of Medieval Hebrew Science, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Halima El Ghrari (2003). Al-Biruni dans Les promoteurs de l'esprit scientifique dans la civilisation islamique, Rabat: Haydar El Yafi.
• David Leverington (2003). Babylon to Voyager and Beyond: A History of Planetary Astronomy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David C. Reisman; Ahmed H. Al-Rahim (2003). Before and After Avicenna: Proceedings of the First Conference of the Avicenna Study Group, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• S. Balachandra Rao; Rāshṭrīyasaṃskr̥tavidyāpīṭhaṃ (2003). Bhaskara-I and his astronomy, Tirupati: Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha.
• David Edwin Pingree (2003). Census of the Exact Sciences in Sanskrit, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Jack Zupko (2003). John Buridan: Portrait of a Fourteenth-Century Arts Master, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• David Sedley (2003). Lucretius and the Transformation of Greek Wisdom, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Axel Schmidt (2003). Natur und Geheimnis: Kritik des Naturalismus durch moderne Physik und scotische Metaphysik, Freiburg im Breisgau: Alber.
• Harald Schwaetzer (2003). Nicolaus Cusanus: Perspektiven seiner Geistphilosophie, Regensburg: S. Roderer.
• Hugh G. Gauch (2003). Scientific Method in Practice, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Thomas Williams (2003). The Cambridge Companion to Duns Scotusm, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jan P. Hogendijk; ʻAbd-al-Ḥamīd I. Ṣabrā (2003). The Enterprise of Science in Islam: New Perspectives, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Jean-Baptiste Brenet (2003). Transferts du sujet: la noétique d'Averroès selon Jean de Jandun, Paris: J. Vrin.
• Everett Mendelsohn (2003). Transformation and Tradition in the Sciences: Essays in Honour of I Bernard Cohen, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hans Kraml; Gerhard Leibold (2003). Wilhelm von Ockham, Münster: Aschendorff.
• Volker Leppin (2003). Wilhelm von Ockham: Gelehrter, Streiter, Bettelmönch, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.
• Jozef T. Devreese; Guido Vanden Berghe (2003). Wonder en is gheen wonder, de geniale wereld van Simon Stevin, Leuven: Davidsfonds.
• Hans Bethge; Regina Berlinghof (2003). Omar Khayyam: Nachdichtungen, Kelkheim: Yin Yang Media Verlag.
• Olivier Darrigol (2003). Electrodynamics from Ampère to Einstein, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• David C Reisman; Ahmed H Al-Rahim (2003). Before and after Avicenna, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Daniel M. Siegel (2003). Innovation in Maxwell's Electromagnetic Theory: Molecular Vortices, Displacement Current, and Light, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Mağīd Faḫrī (2004). A History of Islamic Philosophy, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Joep Lameer (2004). Al-Fārābī and Aristotelian Syllogistic, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Carmela Baffioni (2004). Averroes and the Aristotelian Heritage, Napoli: Guida.
• Josh Sakolsky (2004). Copernicus and Modern Astronomy, New York: Rosen Publishing Group.
• Christopher M. Linton (2004). From Eudoxus to Einstein: A History of Mathematical Astronomy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Nurit Tsafrir (2004). The History of an Islamic School of Law, Cambridge: Islamic Legal Studies Program.
• Majid Fakhry (2004). A history of Islamic philosophy, New York: Columbia University Press.
• Wael B. Hallaq (2004). The Origins and Evolution of Islamic Law, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gregorius Abū al-Faraǧ Barhebraeus; Nanne Pieter George Joosse (2004). A Syriac encyclopaedia of Aristotelian philosophy, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jon McGinnis; David C. Reisman (2004). Interpreting Avicenna: Science and Philosophy in Medieval Islam. Proceedings of the Second Conference of the Avicenna Study Group, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Ulrich Rudolph (2004). Islamische Philosophie. Von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart, München: C. H. Beck.
• Volker Bialas (2004). Johannes Kepler, München: C. H. Beck.
• Adolf M. Hakkert (2004). Alessandro di Afrodisia: Commentario al (De caelo di Aristotele, Frammenti del primo libro), Amsterdam: Hakkert.
• Salah Ould Moulaye Ahmed (2004). L'apport scientifique arabe à travers les grandes figures de l'époque classique, Paris: UNESCO.
• Catherine Osborne (2004). Presocratic Philosophy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ismo V. Lindell (2004). Differential Forms in Electromagnetics, Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons.
• Stefano Caroti; Jean Celeyrette (2004). Quia inter doctores est magna dissensio. Les débats de philosophie naturelle à Paris au XIVe siècle, Firenze: L. S. Olschski.
• Russell M. Lawson (2004). Science in the Ancient World: An Encyclopedia, Santa Barbara: ABC-CLIO.
• John M. Hobson (2004). The Eastern Origins of Western Civilisation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dermot Moran (2004). The Philosophy of John Scottus Eriugena: A Study of Idealism in the Middle Ages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard Lorch (2005). Al-Farghānī on the Astrolabe, Arabic Text edited with translation and commentary, Stuttgart: Steiner.
• Carl A. Huffman (2005). Archytas of Tarentum. Pythagorean, Philosopher and Mathematician King, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Isabel Iribarren (2005). Durandus of St. Pourçain: A Dominican Theologian in the Shadow of Aquinas, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Thomas F. Glick; Steven John Livesey; Faith Wallis (2005). Medieval Science, Technology, and Medicine: An Encyclopedia, London: Routledge.
• Richard Lorch (2005). Al-Farghānī on the Astrolabe. Arabic text edited with translation and commentary, Stuttgart: Steiner.
• Joe Sachs (2005). Aristotle's Physics: A Guided Study, New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press.
• Antonio Claret dos Santos (2005). Azarquiel y otras historias: la astronomía en Al-Andalus, Granada: CSIC.
• Andrea Falcon (2005). Aristotle and the Science of Nature: Unity without Uniformity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Friedrich Pukelsheim; Harald Schwaetzer (2005). Das Mathematikverständnis des Nikolaus von Kues, Augsburg: Trier Paulinus.
• Giuseppe Gembillo (2005). Filosofia e scienze, Soveria Mannelli: Rubbettino.
• Ahmed Djebbar (2005). L'âge d'or des sciences arabes, Paris: Le Pommier.
• Josef W. Meri (2005). Medieval Islamic Civilization, London: Routledge.
• Muhammad Ali Khalidi (2005). Medieval Islamic Philosophical Writings, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Adamson; Richard C. Taylor (2005). The Cambridge Companion to Arabic Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Apostolos L. Pierris (2005). The Empedoclean Kosmos, Patras: Institute for Philosophical Research.
• David Sider (2005). The Fragments of Anaxagoras: Edited with an Introduction and Commentary, Sankt Augustin: Academia Verlag.
• William W Fortenbaugh (2005). Theophrastus of Eresus, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Mohammad Kamiar (2006). A Bio-bibliography for Biruni: Abu Raihan Mohammad Ibn Ahmad, Lanham: The Scarecrow Press.
• Rebecca Hoyle; Rebecca B. Hoyle (2006). Pattern Formation: An Introduction to Methods, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jules Janssens; André Allard; et al. (2006). Avicenna Latinus: Liber primus naturalium, Brussels: Peeters Publishers.
• Peter Adamson (2006). Al-Kindī, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• James Edward Montgomery (2006). Arabic Theology, Arabic Philosophy, Leuven: Uitgeverij Peeters en Departement Oosterse Studies.
• Lisa Rezende (2006). Chronology of Science, New York: Infobase.
• Benoît Patar (2006). Dictionnaire des Philosophes Médiévaux, Saint-Laurent: Fides.
• Maulana Mohammad Razi Khan Afridi; Arif Ali Khan (2006). Encyclopaedia of Islamic philosophy, New Delhi: Pentagon Press.
• Russell L. Friedman; Christopher Schabel (2006). Francis of Marchia: theologian and philosopher, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Jules L. Janssens (2006). Ibn Sīnā and his Influence on the Arabic and Latin World, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Ḥusain Naṣr (2006). Islamic Philosophy from its Origin to the Present: Philosophy in the Land of Prophecy, Pakistan: Suhail Academy Lahore.
• Josef W. Meri (2006). Medieval Islamic Civilization: An Encyclopaedia, London: Routledge.
• Norriss S. Hetherington (2006). Planetary Motions: A Historical Perspective, Westport: Greenwood.
• Geoffrey Ernest Richard Lloyd (2006). Principles and Practices in Ancient Greek and Chinese Science, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• José Luis Mancha (2006). Studies in Medieval Astronomy and Optics, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Craig G. Fraser (2006). The Cosmos: A Historical Perspective, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Robert Bartlett (2006). The natural and the supernatural in the Middle Ages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Antonie Vos (2006). The Philosophy of John Duns Scotus, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Peter R. Anstey; John A. Schuster, (2006). The Science of Nature in the Seventeenth Century, Berlin: Springer.
• Peter E. Hodgson (2006). Theology and Modern Physics, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Robert Disalle (2006). Understanding Space-Time: The Philosophical Development of Physics from Newton to Einstein, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Daniel W. Graham (2006). Explaining the Cosmos: The Ionian Tradition of Scientific Philosophy, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Mary Louise Gill; Pierre Pellegrin (2006). A Companion to Ancient Philosophy, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Daniel W. Graham (2007). A History of Natural Philosophy: from the Ancient World to the Nineteenth Century, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Jon McGinnis; David C. Reisman (2007). Classical Arabic Philosophy: An Anthology of Sources, Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing.
• Peter E. Pormann; Emilie Savage‐Smith (2007). Medieval Islamic Medicine, Washington: Georgetown University Press.
• George Saliba (2007). Islamic Science and the Making of the European Renaissance, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Edward Grant (2007). A History of Natural Philosophy: From the Ancient World to the Nineteenth Century, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Carmen Cardelle De Hartmann (2007). Lateinische Dialoge 1200-1400, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• George Saliba (2007), Islamic Science and the Making of the European Renaissance,Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• John Lennart Berggren (2007). Mathematics in Medieval Islam. The Mathematics of Egypt, Mesopotamia, China, India, and Islam: A Sourcebook, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Laurent Herz (2007). Al-Biruni, un génie de l'an mil, Paris: Éditions du Cygne.
• Eleanor Dickey (2007). Ancient Greek Scholarship, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Christopher John Shields (2007). Aristotle, London: Routledge.
• Julio Samsó (2007). Astronomy and Astrology in al-Andalus and the Maghrib, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Thomas A. Hockey; Virginia Trimble; Thomas R. Williams; Katherine Bracher (2007). Biographical Encyclopedia of Astronomers, Berlin: Springer.
• John Longeway (2007). Demonstration and Scientific Knowledge in William of Ockham, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Fritz Krafft (2007). Die bedeutendsten Astronomen, Wiesbaden: Marix Verlag.
• Richard S. Westfall (2007). Isaac Newton, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert G. Morrison (2007). Islam and Science: the Intellectual Career of Niẓām al-Dīn al-Nīsābūrī, London: Routledge.
• George Saliba (2007). Islamic Science and the Making of the European Renaissance, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Marwan Rashed (2007). L'héritage aristotélicien. Textes inédits de l'antiquité, Paris: Les Belles Lettres.
• Monica R. Gale (2007). Lucretius, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Shashi S. Sharma (2007). Mathematics & Astronomers of Ancient India, Delhi: Pitambar Publishing.
• Michael J. Crowe (2007). Mechanics from Aristotle to Einstein, Santa Fe: Green Lion Press.
• James Warren (2007). Presocratics, Durham: Acumen Publishing.
• David C. Lindberg (2007). The Beginnings of Western Science, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Khaled Abdul-Rahman Alrushaidat; Rebecca Buchanan Salti; Laila Numan Irshaidat (2007). The Golden Age of Arab-Islamic Sciences, Beirut: Raidy Printing Group.
• Joseph Mazur (2007). The Motion Paradox, New York: Dutton.
• Helen S. Lang (2007). The Order of Nature in Aristotle's Physics: Place and the Elements, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Josep Maria Millàs i Vallicrosa; Emilia Calvo; Theodor Loinaz; Cristina Moreno (2008). A Shared Legacy: Islamic Science East and West, Barcelona: Publicacions i Edicions de la Universitat de Barcelona.
• Giovanni Ferraro (2008). Bernardino Baldi e il recupero del pensiero tecnico-scientifico dell'antichità, Alessandria: Edizioni dell'Orso.
• John David North (2008). Cosmos: An Illustrated History of Astronomy and Cosmology, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Peter Adamson (2008). In the age of al-Fārābī: Arabic Philosophy in the Fourth-Tenth Century, London: Warburg Institute.
• Gyula Klima (2008). John Buridan, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Pantelis Golitsis (2008). Les commentaires de Philopon et de Simplicius à la Physique d' Aristote, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Dov M. Gabbay; John Woods (2008). Mediaeval and Renaissance Logic, Burlington: Elsevier.
• William J. Courtenay (2008). Ockham and Ockhamism: Studies in the Dissemination and Impact of His Thought, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Han Baltussen (2008). Philosophy and Exegesis in Simplicius: The Method of a Commentator, London: Bloomsbury Academic.
• Helaine Selin (2008). Encyclopedia of the history of science, technology, and medicine in non-western cultures, Berlin: Springer.
• Michèle Goyens; Pieter de Leemans; An Smets (2008). Science Translated: Latin and Vernacular Translations of Scientific Treatises in Medieval Europe, Leuven: Leuven University Press.
• Patricia Curd; Daniel W. Graham (2008). The Oxford Handbook of Presocratic Philosophy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Shahid Rahman; Tony Street; Hassan Tahiri (2008). The Unity of Science in the Arabic Tradition, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Eckart Schütrumpf; Peter Strok; Jan van Ophuijsen; Susan Prine (2008).: Heraclides of Pontus. Texts and Translation, Somerset: Transaction.
• Bernard R. Goldstein; Ivy A. Corfis (2009). Al-Andalus, Sepharad and Medieval Iberia: Cultural Contact and Diffusion, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Christophe Grellard; Aurélien Robert (2009). Atomism in Late Medieval Philosophy and Theology, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Ruth Glasner (2009). Averroes' Physics: A Turning Point in Medieval Natural Philosophy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Aptin Khanbaghi (2009). Encyclopedias about Muslim Civilisations, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Paul Rorem (2009). Hugh of Saint Victor, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Sidney H. Griffith (2009). Hunayn Ibn Ishaq and the Kitab Adab Al-falasifah, Piscataway: Gorgias Press.
• Benjamin Gleede (2009). Platon und Aristoteles in der Kosmologie des Proklos. Ein Kommentar zu den 18 Argumenten für die Ewigkeit der Welt bei Johannes Philoponos, Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck.
• Robert Barend ter Haar Romeny (2008). Jacob of Edessa and the Syriac culture of his day, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Gyula Klima (2009). John Buridan, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John Watt (2009). Al-Farabi and the history of the Syriac Organon, Piscataway: Gorgias Press.
• Anthony Lo Bello (2009). Robert of Chester. The commentary of Al-Nayrizi on Book I of Euclid's Elements of geometry, Boston: Brill Academic.
• Roshdi Rashed (2009). Thābit ibn Qurra. Science and Philosophy in Ninth-Century Baghdad, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Sarah Strouma (2009). Maimonides in His World: Portrait of a Mediterranean Thinker, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Walter Rouse Ball (2009). A history of the study of mathematics at Cambridge, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Günther Mensching (2009). Roger Bacon, Münster: Aschendorff.
• Sābūr Ibn Sahl; Oliver Kahl (2009). Sābūr Ibn Sahl's Dispensatory in the Recension of the ʻAḍudī Hospital, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Silke Ackermann (2009). Sternstunden am Kaiserhof: Michael Scotus und sein Buch von den Bildern und Zeichen des Himmels, Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.
• Roshdi Rashed (2009). Thabit ibn Qurra: science and philosophy in Ninth-Century Baghdad, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Bernard R. Goldstein; José Chabás (2009). The Astronomical Tables of Giovanni Bianchini, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Sylvia Berryman (2009). The Mechanical Hypothesis in Ancient Greek Natural Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Avicenna; Jon McGinnis (2009/10). The Physics of The Healing: A parallel English-Arabic Text, Provo: Brigham Young University Press.
• Robert Pasnau; Christina Van Dyke (2010). The Cambridge History of Medieval Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Chase F. Robinson (2010). The New Cambridge History of Islam, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Marshall Clagett; Edward Grant; John Emery Murdoch (2010). Mathematics and its applications to science and natural philosophy in the Middle Ages: essays in honour of Marshall Clagett, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Daniel King (2010). The Earliest Syriac Translation of Aristotle's Categories: Text, Translation and Commentary, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Erich Meuthen (2010). Nicholas of Cusa: A Sketch for a Biography, Washington: The Catholic University of America Press.
• John W. Watt (2010). Rhetoric and philosophy from Greek into Syriac, Farnham: Ashgate/Variorum.
• Ahmad Dallal (2010). Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History, London: Yale University Press.
• Gharīghūriyūs Yūḥannā Ibrāhīm; George Anton Kiraz (2010). Studies on Jacob of Edessa, Piscataway: Gorgias Press.
• Norbert Campagna (2010). Alfarabi: Denker zwischen Orient und Okzident. Eine Einführung in seine politische Philosophie, Parodos.
• Yitzhak Tzvi Langermann (2010). Avicenna and his Legacy. A Golden Age of Science and Philosophy, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Jon McGinnis (2010). Avicenna, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• André Goddu (2010). Copernicus and the Aristotelian Tradition, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Muhammad Moin Khan (2010). Encyclopaedia of Muslim Philosophy, Lanham: Anmol Publications.
• Mariano Previtera (2010). Francesco Maurolico: la vita e le opere, Messina: Armando Siciliano Editore.
• John L. Heilbron (2010). Galileo, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Pradip Kumar Sengupta (2010). History of Science and Philosophy of Science, Delhi: Longman.
• Ahmad S. Dallal (2010). Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Robert W. Sharples; Myrto Hatzimichali (2010). Peripatetic Philosophy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Catherine König-Pralong; Olivier Ribordy; Tiziana Suarez-Nani (2010). Pierre de Jean Olivi: philosophe et théologien: actes du Colloque de Philosophie Médiévale, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Marco Sgarbi (2010).Pietro Pomponazzi: tradizione e dissenso, Firenze: Olschki.
• Marije Martijn (2010). Proclus on Nature: Philosophy of Nature and its Methods in Proclus' Commentary on Plato's Timaeus, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Ṣāʻid ibn Aḥmad Andalusī; Semaʿan I Salem; Alok Kumar (2010). Science in the medieval world: book of the Categories of nations, Austin: University of Texas Press.
• Daniel W. Graham (2010). The Nature of Natural Philosophy in the Late Middle Ages, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Samar Attar (2010). The Vital Roots of European Enlightenment: Ibn Tufayl's Influence on Modern Western Thought, Lanham: Lexington Books.
• Stephen Read (2010). Thomas Bradwardine, Insolubilia, Paris: Peeters.
• John Edwin Sandys (2011). A History of Classical Scholarship, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ricardo Moreno Castillo (2011). Aryabhata, Brahmagupta y Bhaskara, Tres Cantos: Nivola.
• Roger Ariew (2011). Descartes among the Scholastics, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Anna Akasoy (2011). Al-Kindi: Die erste Philosophie, Freiburg: Herder.
• Alexander Jones; Olaf Pedersen (2011) A Survey of the Almagest, Berlin: Springer.
• Marwan Rashed (2011). Alexandre d’Aphrodise: Commentaire perdue à la Physique d’Aristote (livres IV-VIII). Les scholies byzantines, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
• Rega Wood (2011). Auctores Britannici Medii Aevi, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Elsa García Novo (2011). Galen on The Anomalous Dyskrasia: De Inaequali Intemperie, Madrid: Editorial Complutense.
• Henrik Lagerlund (2011). Encyclopedia of Medieval Philosophy: Philosophy Between 500 and 1500, Berlin: Springer.
• Reviel Netz (2011). The Archimedes Palimpsest, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fuat Sezgin (2011). Science and Technology in Islam: Introduction to the History of Arabic-Islamic Sciences, Frankfurt am Main: Goethe-Universität.
• Peter Adamson (2011). In the age of Averroes: Arabic philosophy in the sixth/twelfth century, London: Warburg Institute.
• Peter Adamson; Peter E. Pormann (2012). The Philosophical Works of al-Kindi, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Károly Simonyi (2012). A Cultural History of Physics, Natick: A. K. Peters.
• Giuliana Mocchi; Sandra Plastina; Emilio Sergio (2012). Bernardino Telesio tra filosofia naturale e scienza moderna, Pisa: Serra.
• Bernard R.Goldstein; José Chabás (2012). A Survey of European Astronomical Tables in the Late Middle Ages, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• John M. Steele (2012). Ancient Astronomical Observations and the Study of the Moon's Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Damien Janos (2012). Method, Structure, and Development in al-Fârâbî’s Cosmology, Leiden: B. J. Brill.
• Jean-Yves Boriaud (2012). La pensée scientifique de Cardan, Paris: Les Belles Lettres.
• Damien Janos (2012). Method, Structure, and Development in Al-Fārābī's Cosmology, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Ralph J. Hexter; David Townsend (2012). The Oxford Handbook of Medieval Latin Literature, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Salim Kemal (2012). The Philosophical Poetics of Alfarabi Avicenna and Averroes, London: Routledge.
• Gregory T. Doolan; John F. Wippel (2012). The Science of Being as Being, Washington: Catholic University of America Press.
• Proteus Val Re Kresten (2012). Toledo School of Translators, Beau Bassin: Volutpress.
• Ian P. Wei (2012). Intellectual Culture in Medieval Paris: Theologians and the University (c. 1100-1330), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Roshdi Rashed (2012-14). A History of Arabic Sciences and Mathematics, London: Routledge.
• Roshdi Rashed (2013). The Development of Arabic Mathematics: Between Arithmetic and Algebra, Berlin: Springer.
• Alessandro Conti (2013). A Companion to Walter Burley, Late Medieval Logician and Metaphysician, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Pierre Simon de Laplace; Roger Hahn; Patricia Radelet-de Grave; Jan Vandersmissen; Thierry Mozdziej (2013). Correspondance de Pierre Simon Laplace, Turnhout: Brepols.
• S. Harrison Thomson (2013). The Writings of Robert Grosseteste, Bishop of Lincoln 1235-1253, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fabrizio Amerini; Gabriele Galluzzo (2013). A Companion to the Latin Medieval Commentaries on Aristotle's Metaphysics, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Cecilia Martini Bonadeo (2013). ʿAbd al-Laṭīf al-Baġdādī's Philosophical Journey: From Aristotle's Metaphysics to the 'Metaphysical Science', Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Donald J. Zeyl (2013). Encyclopedia of Classical Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Edmondo Michael Gerli (2013). Medieval Iberia: An Encyclopedia, London: Routledge.
• Juhana Toivanen (2013). Perception and the Internal Senses: Peter of John Olivi on the Cognitive Functions of the Sensitive Soul, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Alessandro D. Conti (2013). A Companion to Walter Burley: Late Medieval Logician and Metaphysician, Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Majid Fakhry (2014). Averroes: His Life, Work and Influence, New York: Oneworld Publications.
• Mullā Ṣadrā; Seyyed Hossein Nasr; İbrahim Kalın (1014). Metaphysical Penetrations كتاب المشاعر: a parallel English-Arabic text, Provo: Brigham Young University Press.
• Barbara Cassin; Emily Apter; Jacques Lezra; Michael Wood (2014). Dictionary of Untranslatables: A Philosophical Lexicon, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Hans Christian Ørsted; Andrew D. Jackson; Karen Jelved; Ole Knudsen; Andrew Wilson (2014). Selected Scientific Works of Hans Christian Ørsted, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Alberto Labellarte (2015). Logica, conoscenza e filosofia della natura in Guglielmo di Ockham, Roma: Gruppo Albatros Il Filo.
• Martin Tamcke; Sidney Harrison Griffith; Sven Grebenstein (2015). Christsein in der islamischen Welt, Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.
• Oliver Leaman; Seyyed Hossein Nasr (2015). History of Islamic Philosophy, London: Routledge.
• Norma B. Goethe; Philip Beeley; David Rabouin (2015). G.W. Leibniz, Interrelations between Mathematics and Philosophy, Berlin: Springer.
• Han Baltussen (2016). The Peripatetics: Aristotle's Heirs 322 BCE-200 CE, London: Routledge.
• Dino Boccaletti (2016). Galileo and the Equations of Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Jack P. Cunningham; Mark Hocknull (2016). Robert Grosseteste and the Pursuit of Religious and Scientific Knowledge in the Middle Ages, Berlin: Springer.
• Alain Galonnier (2016). Le ‘De scientiis Alfarabii’ de Gérarde de Crémone: Contributions aux problèmes de l’acculturation au XIIe siècle. Étude introductive et édition critique, traduite et annotée, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Dietmar Herrmann (2016). Mathematik in Indien bis 1400, Berlin: Springer.
• Paolo Freguglia; Mariano Giaquinta (2016). The Early Period of the Calculus of Variations, Basel: Birkhäuser .
• Ahmed Imam (2017). Ibn Yunus: the father of astronomy, Melbourne: Ali Gator Productions.
• Maria Rosa Antognazza (2018). The Oxford Handbook of Leibniz, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• SimonWebb (2019). The Life and Times of Adelard of Bath: Twelfth Century Renaissance Man, Durham: The Langley Press
• John William Watt (2019). The Aristotelian tradition in Syriac, London: Routledge.
• Luis Xavier López-Farjeat (2019). Classical Islamic Philosophy: A Thematic Introduction, Milton: Taylor & Francis Group.
• Roshdi Rashed (2019-20). Ibn al-Haytham, New Astronomy and Spherical Geometry, London: Routledge.
• Henrik Lagerlund (2020). Encyclopedia of medieval philosophy: philosophy between 500 and 1500, Dordrecht: Springer.
• Fārābī; Saloua Chatti; Wilfrid Hodges (2020). Syllogism: an abridgement of Aristotle's Prior analytics, London: Bloomsbury Academic.
• Richard T. W. Arthur (2022). Leibniz on Time, Space, and Relativity, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

• Franz Woepcke (1851). Notice sur des traductions arabes de deux ouvrages perdus d'Euclide, Journal asiatique 18: 217-238.
• Nicholas Khanikoff (1860). Analysis and Extracts of 'Book of the Balance of Wisdom, Journal of the American Oriental Society 6: 1-28.
• Bhau Daji (1865). Brief Notes on the Age and Authenticity of the Works of Aryabhata, Varahamihira, Brahmagupta, Bhattotpala, and Bhaskaracharya, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland 1: 392-418.
• Maurice Steinschneider (1868). Aven Natan e le teorie sulla origine della luce lunare e delle stelle, presso gli autori ebrei del medio evo, Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 1: 33-40.
• Charles Thurot (1868/69). Recherches historiques sur le principe d'Archimède, Revue archéologique 18: 389-406; 19: 42-49.
• Moritz Steinschneider (1869). Al-Farabi(Alpharabius). des arabischen Philosophen Leben und Schriften, Mémoires de l'Académie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg 4: 1-268.
• Enrico Narducci (1871). Nota intorno ad una traduzione italiana fatta nel secolo decimoquarto, del trattato d’Ottica d’Alhazen, matematico del secolo undecimo, e ad altri lavori di questo scienziato, Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 4: 1-48.
• Enrico Narducci (1871). Giunte allo scritto intitolato Intorno a una traduzione italiana fatta nel secolo decimoquarto dell'Ottica d'Alhazen, Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 4: 137-139.
• Maurice Steinschneider (1872). Vite di matematici arabi, tratte da un’ opera inedita di Bernardino Baldi, con note di M.S., Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze noatematiche et fisiche 5: 461-468.
• Hermann Theodore Zotenberg (1879). Traduction arabe de Traité des coprs flottants d'Archimède, Journal Asiatique 13: 509-515.
• Maurice Steinschneider (1881). Notice sur un ouvrage astronomique inédit d’Ibn Haitham, Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 14: 721-736.
• Marcus Baker (1881). Alhazen’s Problem. Its Bibliography and an Extension of the Problem, American Journal of Mathematics 4: 327-331.
• Rasāʾil. J. Baarmann (1882). Abhandlung über das Licht von Ibn al-Haiṯam, Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft 36: 195-237.
• Maurice Steinschneider (1883). Supplément á la ‘Notice sur un ouvrage inédit d’Ibn Haitham, Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 16: 505-513.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1883). Über „die Darlegung über das Licht“ von Ibn al Haiṯam, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 20: 337-345.
• Emil Wohlwill (1883-84). Die Entdeckung des Beharrungsgesetzes, Zeitsehrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwwissenschaft 14: 365-410; 15: 70-135; 337-387.
• Baldassarre Boncompagni-Ludovisi; Francesco Barozzi (1884). Intorno alla vita ed ai lavori di Francesco Barozzi, Bullettino di bibliografia e di storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 17: 795-848.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1884). Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatz von Hrn. Dr. J. Baarmann: Abhandlung über das licht von Ibn al Haitam, Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft 38: 145-148.
• Rasāʾil. J. Baarmann (1884). Über den Apparat zur Untersuchung und Brechung des Lichtes von Ibn al Haiṯam, Annalen der physik und Chemie 21: 541-544.
• Siegmund Günther; Giovanni Garbieri (1887). Le origini ed i gradi di sviluppo del principio delle coordinate, Bulletino di bibliografia e storia delle scienze matematiche e fisiche 10: 363-406.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1890). Zur Geschichte der Brennspiegel, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 39: 110-130.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1890). Über das Licht der Sterne nach Ibn Al Haitham, Wochenschrift für Astronomie, Meteorologie und Geographie 33: 129-133.
• Paul Bode (1893). Die Alhazensche Spiegelaufgabe in ihrer historischen Entwicklung nebst einer analytischen Lösung des verallgemeinerten Problems, Jahresbericht des Physikalischen Vereins zu Frankfurt am Main: 63-107.
• Franz Boll (1894). Studien über Claudius Ptolemaeus, Neue Jahrbücher für Philologie und Pädagogik Suppl. 21(2): 49-244.
• Maximilan Curtze (1896). Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Physik im 14. Jahrhundert, Bibliotheca mathematica 10: 43-49.
• Joseph Bidez (1896). Observations sur quelques fragments d'Empedocle et de Parmenide, Archiv für Geschichte der Philosophie 9: 190-207; 298-309.
• Theodor Gomperz (1896). Zu Empedokles, Hermes 31: 469-474.
• Maximilian Curtze (1897). Jordani Nemorarii Geometria vel De Trangulis Libri IV: zum ersten Male nach der Lesart der Handschrift Db. 86 der Koenigl. Oeffentlichen Bibliothek zu Dresden, Mitteilungen Des Coppernicus-Vereins Fur Wissenschaft Und Kunst Zu Thorn 6: 1264-1454.
• Georg Thiele (1897). Zu den vier Elemente des Empedokles, Hermes 32: 68-78.
• Giovanni Vailati (1898). Le speculazione di Giovanni Benedetti sul moto dei gravi, Atti della R. Accademia delle Scienze di Torino 33: 559-583.
• Heinrich Suter (1899). Die Kreisquadratur des Ibn el-Haiṯam, Zeitschrift für angewandte Mathematik und Physik. Historisch-literarische Abteilung 44: 33-47.
• Maximilian Curtze (1900). Zwei Beiträge zur Geschichte der Physik im Mittelalter, Bibliotheca mathematica 1: 51-54.
• Michael Jan de Goeje (1901). Notice biographique d'Ibn al-Haytham, Archives néerlandaises des sciences exactes et naturelles, série II, tome VI: 668-670.
• Wilhelm Schmidt (1902). Leonardo da Vinci und Heron von Alexandria, Bibliotheca Mathematica 3: 180-187.
• Heinrich Suter (1902). Mathematiker und Astronomen der Araber und ihre Werke, Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der mathematischen Wissenschaften 14: 155-185.
• Adolf Brieger (1904). Die Grundzüge der heraklitischen Physik, Hermes 39: 182-223.
• Wilhelm Nestle (1906). Der Dualismus des Empedokles, Philologus 65: 545-557.
• Emil Wohlwill (1906). Ein Vorgänger Galileis im 6. Jahrhundert, Physikalische Zeitsehrift 7: 23-32.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1906). Zur Mechanik und Technik bei den Arabern, Sitzungsberichte Erlangen 38: 1-56.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1906). Über arabische Auszüge aus der Schrift des Archimedes über die schwimmenden Körper, Sitzungen der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 38: 152–62.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1906). Über die Lage der Milchstrasse nach ibn al Haiṯam, Sirius 39: 113-115.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1906). Ibn al Haiṯam, ein arabischer Gelehrter, Festschrift J. Rosenthal zur Vollendung seines siebzigsten Lebensjahres gewidmet: 169-178.
• Heinrich Suter (1907). Einige geometrische Aufgahen bei arabisehen Mathematiker, Bibliotheca Mathematica 3.8: 27-30.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1907). Über eine Schrift von Ibn al Haiṯam: Über die Beschaffenheit der Schatten, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietäl in Erlangen 39: 226-248.
• Wilhelm Wundt (1907). Die Philosophie des Heraklits im Zusammenhang mit der kultur Ioniens, Archiv für Geschichte der Philosophie 20: 431-455.
• Wilhelm Zilles (1907). Zu einigen Fragmenten Heraklits, Rheinisches Museum für Philologie 50: 54-60.
• Federico Amodeo (1908). Appunti su Biagio Pelicani da Parma, Atti. IV Congresso dei Matematici 3: 549-553.
• Arthur Erich Haas (1908). Die Grundlagen der antiken Dynamik, Archiv für die Geshichte der Naturwissenschaften und Technik 1: 19-47.
• Arthur Erich Haas (1909). Die Anfänge der mathematischen Physik, Archiv für die Geshichte der Naturwissenschaften und Technik 1: 402-09.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1909). Un précurseur français de Copernic: Nicole Oresme, Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées 20: 866-873.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1909). Kleinere Arbeiten von Ibn al Haiṯam, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietāt in Erlangen 41: 16-24.
• Johann Ludvig Heiberg; Eilhard Wiedemann (1909-10). Ibn al Haiṯams Schrift über parabolische Hohlspiegel, Bibliotheca mathematica 3.10: 201-237.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1909-10). Ibn al Haiṯams Schrift über die sphärischen Hohlspiegel, Bibliotheca Mathematica 3.10: 293-307.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1910-11). Zu Ibn al Haiṯams Optik,” in Archiv für Geschiclue der Naturwissensehaften und der Technik 3: 1-53.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1910). Brechung des Lichtes in Kugeln naeh Ibn al Haiṯam und Kamâl al Dîn al Fârisî, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 42: 15-58.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1910). Über die erste Erwähnung der Dunkelkammer durch Ibn al Haiṯam, Jahrbuch für Photographie und Reproduktiontechnik 24: 12-13.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1910). Über geometrische Instrumente bei den muslimischen Völkern., Zeitschrift für Vermessungswesen 22-23: 1-8.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1910). Über die Erfindung der Camera obscura, Verhandlung der Deutschen physikalischen Gesellschaft 12: 177-182.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1910). Über die Kenntnisse der Muslime auf dem Gebiete der Mechanik und Hydrostatik, Archiv für die Geschiche der Naturwissenschaften und der Technik 2: 394-398.
• Pierre Mandonnet (1910). Roger Bacon et le Speculum Astronomiae 1277, Revue néoscolastique de philosophie 17: 313-335.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1911). Über das Leben von Ibn al Haiṯam und al Kindî, Jahrbuch für Photographie und Reproduktiontechnik 25: 6-11.
• Charles H. Haskins (1911). Adelard of Bath, The English Historical Review 103: 491-498.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1911-12). Die Schrift über den Qarasṭūn, Bibliotheca Mathematica 12: 21-39.
• Heinrich Suter (1912). Die Abhandlung über die Ausmessung des. Paraboloides von el-Hasan b. el-Hasan b. el-Haitham, Bibliotheca Mathematica 3.12: 289-332.
• Heinrich Wieleitner (1913). Der Tractatus de latitudinibus formarum des Oresme, Bibliotheca mathematica 13: 115-145.
• Pierre Maurice Marie Duhem (1913-14). Le Temps et le moubement selon les scholastiques, Revue de philosophie 13: 453-478; Revue de philosophie 14: 5-15.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1914). Das Gesetz vom freien Falle in der Scholastik, bei Descartes und Galilei, Zeitschrift für mathematischen und naturwissenschaften Unterricht aller Schlgattungen 45: 209-228.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1914). Theorie des Regenbogens von Ibn al Haiṯam, Süzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 46: 39-56.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1914). Über die Camera obscura bei Ibn at Haiṯam, Sitzungberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 46: 155-169.
• Joseph Würschmidt (1914). Zur Theorie der Camera obscura bei Ibn al Haiṯam, Situngsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 46: 151-154.
• Joseph Würschmidt (1914). Die Theorie des Regenbogens und das Halo bei Ibn al Haiṯam und bei Dietrich von Freiberg, Meteorologische Zeitschrift 13: 484-487.
• Joseph Bulliot (1914). Jean Buridan et le mouvement de la terre, Question 22e du second livre du 'De Coelo', Revue de Philosophie 25: 5-24.
• Heinrich Wieleitner (1914). Über den Funktionsbegriff und die graphische Darstellung bei Oresme, Bibliotheca mathematica 3: 193-243.
• Paul Tannery (1915). Sur les problèmes mécaniques attribués à Aristote, Memoires scientifiques 3: 32-36.
• Clemens Baeumker (1916). Roger Bacons Naturphilosophie in besondere seine lehre von Materie und Form, Franziskanische Studien 3: 1-20.
• Heinrich Suter (1916-17). Die Abhandlungen Thābit b. Kurras and Abū Sahl al-Kûhîs über die Ausmessung der Paraboloide, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietāt in Erlangen 48-49: 186-227.
• Carl Schoy (1920). Abhandlung des Ḥasan ben al-Ḥasan ben al-Haiṯam über eine Methode, die Polhöhe mit grösster Genanigkeit zu bestimmen, De Zee 10: 586-601.
• Bernhard Jansen (1920). Olivi der älteste scholastische Vertreter der heutigen Bewegungsbgriffs, Philosophisches Jahrbuch der Görresgesellschaft 33: 137-152.
• Ferdinand Buchner (1920-21). Die Schrift über den Qarastûn von Thabit b. Qurra, Sitz. der physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 52-53: 141-188.
• Paul Doncoeur (1921). "Le nominalisme d' Occam: théories du mouvement, du temps et du lieu, Revue de philosophe 26: 237-249.
• Florian Cajori (1921). Falling Bodies in Ancient and Modern Times, Science and Mathematics 21: 638-648.
• Pierre Boutroux (1921). L'histoire des principes de la dynamique avant Newton, Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 28: 657-688.
• Carl Schoy (1921). Abhandlung des al-Ḥasan ibn al-Ḥasan ibn al-Haiṯam (Alhazen) über die Bestimmung der Richtung der Qibla, Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft 75: 242-253.
• Henry Viets (1922). De staticis Experimentis of Nicolaus Cusanus, Annals of Medical History 4: 115-135.
• Wiedemann, E. (1922). Über Tâbit ben Qurra, sein Leben und Wirken, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 52: 189-219.
• Karl Kohl (1922-23). Über den Aufbau der Welt nach Ibn al Haiṯam, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 54-55: 140-179.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1923). Ibn al Haiṯam und seine Bedeutung für die Geschichte der Astronomie, Deutsche Literaturzeitung 44: 113-118.
• Wilhelm Capelle (1924). Das erste Fragment des Heraclitus, Hermes 59: 190-204.
• John Kirtland Wright (1923). Notes on the Knowledge of Latitudes and Longitudes in the Middle Ages, Isis 5: 75-98.
• Karl Kohl (1924-25). Über das Light des Mondes. Eine Untersuchung von Ibn al-Haitham, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 56-57: 305-398.
• Carl Schoy (1926). Behandlung einiger geometrischen Fragenpunkte durch muslimische Mathematiker, Isis 8: 254-263.
• Bruno Snell (1926). Die Sprache Heraklits, Hermes 61: 353-381.
• Eilhard Wiedemann (1926-27). Über eine besondere Art des Gesellschaftsrechnens besondere nach Ibn al Haiṯam, Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietät in Erlangen 58-59: 191-196.
• Léon Brunschvicg (1927). Mathématique et Métaphysique chez Descartes, Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 34: 277-324.
• Edward Denison Ross (1927). Omar Khayyam, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, University of London 4: 433-439.
• Rudolf Schottlaender (1927). Drei vorsokratische Topoi, Hermes 62: 435-446.
• Sergius Hessen (1929). Die Entwicklung der Physik Galileis und ihr Verhältnis zum physikalischen System von Aristoteles, Logos 18: 339-361.
• Victor F. Lenzen (1932). 'Archimedes' Theory of the Lever, Isis 17: 288-289.
• Erich Weil (1932). Die Philosophie des Pietro Pomponazzi, Archiv für Geschichte der Philosophie 41: 127-176.
• Hugo Dingler (1932). Über die Stellung von Nicolas Oresme in der Geschichte der Wissenschaften, Philosophisches Jahrbuch 45: 58-64.
• Guy Cromwell Field (1933). Plato and Natural Science, Philosophy 8: 131-141.
• Aubrey Diller (1934). Geographical Latitudes in Eratosthenes, Hipparchus and Posidonius, Klio 27: 258-269.
• Walther Kranz (1934). Vorsockratiches, Hermes 69: 115-117.
• Armand Abel (1935). La sélénographie d’Ibn al Haitham (965-1039). dans ses rapports avec la science grecque, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences, IIe Congrés national des sciences: 76-81.
• Benjamin Ginzburg (1936). Duhem and Jordanus Nemorarius, Isis 25: 341-362.
• Edward Stamm (1936). Tractatus de continua von Thomas Bradwardina, Isis 26: 13-32.
• Franz Rosenthal (1937). Die arabische Autobiographie, Studia arabica I, Analecta Orientalia 14: 3-40.
• Shlomo Pinès (1938). Études sur Awḥad al-Zamân Abu'l-Barakât al-Baghdâdî, Revue des Études juives 3: 3-64; Revue des Études juives 4: 1-33.
• Aldo Mieli (1938). II tricentenario dei ' Discorsi e dimostrazioni matematiche ' di Galileo Galilei , Archeion 21: 193-297.
• Shlomo Pinès (1938). Les Précurseurs musulmans de la théorie de l'impétus, Archeion 21: 298-306.
• Israel E. Drabkin (1938). Notes on the Laws of Motion in Aristotle, American Journal of Philology 59: 60-84.
• Hermann Fränkel (1938). A Thought Pattern in Heraclitus, The American Journal of Philology 59: 309-337.
• Hermann Fränkel (1938). Heraclitus on the Notion of Generation, The American Journal of Philology 59: 89-91.
• George Sarton (1938). The Tradition of the Optics of Ibn al-Haitham, Isis 28: 403-406.
• Aurel Förster (1939). Empedocleum, Hermes 74: 102-104.
• Victor F. Lenzen (1939). Reason in Science, Reason 21: 81-83.
• Shlomo Pinès (1940). Quelques tendances anti-péripatéticiennes de la Pensée scientifique islamique, Thalès 4: 210-219.
• John Herman Randall (1940). The Development of Scientific Method in the School of Padua, Journal of the History of Ideas 1: 177-206.
• Marshall Clagett (1941). Giovanni Marliani and late medieval physics, New York: Columbia University.
• Dana B. Durand (1941). Nicole Oresme and the Mediaeval Origins of Modern Science, Speculum 16: 167-185.
• Ernest Addison Moody (1942). Iohannis Buridani: Questiones Super Libris Quattuor de Caelo et Mundo, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• George Sarton (1943). Review of Nazif Bey M: Al-Hasan ibn al-Haitham: His optical studies and discoveries, Isis, 34: 217-218.
• Evelyn S. Procter (1945). The Scientific Works of the Court of Alfonso X of Castile, The Modern Language Review 40: 12-29.
• Johannes Hispalensis; Josep Maria Millàs i Vallicrosa (1945). El "Liber de motu octave sphere" de Tâbit ibn Qurra, El Andalus 10: 89-109.
• Richard Walzer (1945-46). Arabic Transmission of Greek Thought to Medieval Europe, Bulletin of the John Rylands Library 29: 160-183.
• Damião Berge (1947). A vida de Heraclito de Efeso, Verbum 4: 47-85.
• Antonio Favaro (1947). Se e quale influenza abbia Leonardo da Vinci esercitata su Galileo e sulla scuola Galileiana, Scientia 20: 417-434.
• Marshall Clagett (1948). Some General Aspects of Physics in the Middle Ages, Isis 39: 29-44.
• Joseph Mogenet (1948). La traduction latine par Gérard de Crémone du Traité de la sphère en mouvement d'Autolycus, Archives internationales d'histoire des sciences 5: 139-164.
• Marie Boas (1949). Hero's Pneumatica: A study of its Transmission and Influence, Isis 40: 38-48.
• Alexandre Koyré (1949). Le vide et l'espace infini au XIV. siècle, Archiva d'histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Age 97: 222-237.
• Ernest Addison Moody (1949). Ockham and Agidius of Rome, Franciscan Studies 9: 417-442.
• Henry James Jacques Winter; Walīd N.ʿArafāt (1949). Ibn al-Haitham on the Paraboloidal Focusing Mirror, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal 3.15: 25-40.
• Henry James Jacques Winter; Walīd N.ʿArafāt (1950). A Discourse on the Concave Spherical Mirror by Ibn al-Haitham, Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal 3.16: 1-16.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1950). A Fifteenth-Century Planetary Computer: al-Kashi's "Tabaq al-Manateq" I. Motion of the Sun and Moon in Longitude, Isis 41: 180-183.
• Franz Rosenthal (1950). Al-Asturlabi and as-Samaw'al on Scientific Progress, Osiris 9: 555-564.
• Karl Reinhardt (1950). Empedokles Orphiker und Physiker, Classical Philology 445: 170-179.
• Donald James Allan (1950). Medieval Versions of Aristotle, De caelo, and of the Commentary of Simplicius, Mediaeval and Renaissance Studies 2: 82-120.
• Marshall Clagett (1950). Richard Swineshead and Late Medieval Physics, Osiris 9: 131-181.
• Gregory Vlastos (1950). The Physical Theory of Anaxagoras, Philosophical Review 59: 31-57.
• Ernest A. Moody (1951). Galileo and Avempace, Journal of the History of Ideas 12: 163-193; 375-422.
• Necati Lugal; Aydin Sayili (1951). Maqâla fî l-Khalâ, Belleten (Türk Tarih Kurumu) 15: 1-16 & 21-36; Al-Farabi’s Article on Vacuum, Belleten (Turk Tarih Kurumu) 15: 151-74.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1951). An Islamic Computer for Planetary Latitudes, Journal of the American Oriental Society 71: 13-21.
• Ernest Addison Moody (1951). Galileo and Avempace: Dynamics of the Leaning Tower Experiment.' Journal of the History of Ideas 12: 163-93; 375-422.
• Ernest Addison Moody (1951). Laws of Motion in Medieval Physics, The Scientific Monthly 72: 18-23.
• Geoffrey S. Kirk (1951). Natural Change in Heraclitus, Mind 60: 35-42.
• Charles Mugler (1951). Sur quelques fragments d'Empédocle, Revue de Philologie 25: 33-65.
• Lorenzo Minio-Paluello (1952). Iacobus Veneticus Grecus: Canonist and Translator of Aristotle, Traditio 8: 265-304.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1952). A Fifteenth-Century Planetary Computer, Isis 43: 42-50.
• Marshall Clagett (1952). Archimedes in the Middle Ages: The De mensura circuli, Osiris 10: 587-618.
• Lorenzo Minio-Paluello (1952). Iacobus Veneticus Grecus: Canonist and Translator of Aristotle, Traditio 8: 265-304.
• William H. Hay (1952). Nicolaus Cusanus: The Structure of His Philosophy, The Philosophical Review 61: 14-25.
• Marie Boas (1952). The Establishment of the Mechanical Philosophy, Osiris 10: 412-541.
• Marshall Clagett (1952). The Use of the Moerbeke Translations of Archimedes in the Works of Johannes de Muris, Isis 43: 236-242.
• Cora E. Lutz (1953). Democritus and Heraclitus, The Classical Journal 49: 309-314.
• Marshall Clagett (1953). Medieval Mathematics and Physics: A Checklist of Microfilm Reproductions in the History of Late Medieval Physics, Isis 44: 371-381.
• Vasco Ronchi (1953). Sul contributo di Ibn-Al-Haitham alle teorie della visione e della luce, Actes du viie Congrès International d'Histoire des sciences: 516-521.
• Curtis Wilson (1953). Pomponazzi's Critiscism of Calculator, Isis 44: 355-362.
• Bohdan Wisniewski (1953). Protagoras et Héraclite, Revue Belge de Philologie et d'Histoire 31: 490-499.
• Olaf Pedersen (1953). The Development of Natural Philosophy, 1250-1350, Classica et Medievalia 14: 86-155.
• John Brodie McDiarmid (1953). Theophrastus on the Presocratic Causes, Harvard Studies in Classical Philology 61: 85-156.
• Shlomo Pinès (1953). Un précurseur bagdadien de la théorie de I'impetus, Isis 44: 247-251.
• Henry James Jacques Winter (1953-54). The Optical Researches of Ibn al-Haitham, Centaurus 3: 190-210.
• George Boas (1954). A Fourteenth-Century Cosmology, Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 98: 50-59.
• Lynn Thorndike (1954). Albumasar in Sadan, Isis 45: 22-32.
• Henry James Jacques Winter (1954) The Optical Researches of Ibn Al-Haitham, Centaurus 3: 190-210.
• Marshall Clagett (1954). The De curvis superficiebus Archimenidis: a medieval commentary of Johannes de Tinemue on book I of the De sphaera et cylindro of Archimedes, Osiris 11: 295-358.
• Fierz, M. (1954). Über den Ursprung und die Bedeutung der Lehre Isaac Newtons vom absoluten Raum, Generus 11: 62-120.
• Heinz Munding (1954). Zur Beweisführung des Empedokles, Hermes 82: 129-145.
• Alexandre Koyré (1955). A Documentary History of the Problem of Fall from Kepler to Newton: De motu gravium naturaliter cadentium in hypothesi Terrae motae, Transactions of the American Society 45: 329-395.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1955). Classification of the Sciences in Medieval Thought, Medieval Studies 27: 54-90.
• Jula Kerschensteiner (1955). Der Bericht des Theophrastos über Herakleitos, Hermes 83: 385-411.
• Willy Hartner (1955). The mercury horoscope of marcantonio Michel of Venice, Vistas in Astronomy 1: 84-138.
• Anneliese Maier (1955). Die naturphilosophische Bedeutung der scholastischen Impetustheorie, Scholastik 30: 321-343.
• Thomas M. Conley (1955). Heraclitus: The Fragments. A Preliminary Study, The Classical Journal 60: 164-169.
• Gregory Vlastos (1955). On Heraclitus, American Journal of Philology 76: 337-378.
• Asger Aaboe (1955). On the Babylonian Origin of Some Hipparchian Parameters, Centaurus 4: 122-125.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1956). A Survey of Islamic Astronomical Tables, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society 46: 123-177.
• Marshall Clagett (1956). The Liber de motu of Gerard of Brussels and the Origins of Kinematics in the West, Osiris 12: 73-175.
• Maurice Lacoin (1956). De la scolastique à la Science Moderne: Pierre Duhem et Anneliese Maier, des questions scientifiques 17: 337-338.
• Isaac Bennie Cohen (1956). Galileo's Rejection of the Possibility of Velocity Changing Uniformly with Respect to Distance. Isis 47: 231-235.
• Walter Bröcker (1956). Heraklit zitiert Anaximander, Hermes 84: 382-384.
• Shlomo Pinès (1956). Le théorie de la rotation de la terre à l'époque d' Al-Biruni, Journal asiatique 244: 301-306.
• Herman Shapiro (1956). Motion, Time and Place according to William Ockham, Franciscan Studies 16: 213-303; 319-372.
• Henry James Jacques Winter (1956). Muslim Mechanics and mechanical Appliances, Endeavour 15: 25-38.
• Victor Roberts (1957). The Solar and Lunar Theory of Ibn ash-Shatir: A Pre-Copernican Copernican Model, Isis 48: 428-432.
• Edward Rosen (1957). Maurolico's attitude toward Copernicus, Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 101 :177-194.
• Борис Абрамович Розенфельд (1958). Книга комментариев к введениям книги Евклида « Начала », Историко-математические исследования 11: 743-762.
• Ernest Addison Moody (1958). Empiricism and Metaphysics in Medieval Philosophy, Philosophical Review 67: 145-164.
• Lynn Thorndike (1958). Jean de Jandun on Gravitation, Journal of the History of Ideas 19: 253-255.
• Serge Moscovici (1958). Notes sur le De motu tractatus de Michel Varro, Revue d'histoire des sciences et leurs applications 11: 108-129.
• William H. Stahl (1959). Dominant Traditions in Early Medieval Latin Science, Isis 50: 95-124.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1959). The Place of John Dumbleton in the Merton School., Isis 50: 439-454.
• Victor Roberts; Edward Stewart Kennedy (1959). The Planetary Theory of Ibn al-Shatir, Isis 50: 227-235.
• Matthias Schramm (1959). Zur Entwicklung der physiologischen Optik in der arabischen Literatur, Sudhoffs Archiv für Geschichte der Medizin und der Naturwissenschaften 43: 289-316.
• Francesco Gabrieli (1959). Estudios recientes sobre la tradición griega en la civilización musulmana, Al-Andalus 24: 297-318.
• Israel Edward Drabkin (1960). A Note on Galileo's De motu, Isis 51: 271-277.
• Anneliese Maier (1960). Die „Quaestio de velocitate“ des Johannes von Casale, O. F. M., Archivum franciscanum historicum 53: 276-306.
• Marcel De Corte (1960). La vision philosophique d'Héraclite, Laval Théologique et Philosophique 16: 189-236.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1961). Al-Kashi's Treatise on Astronomical Observational Instruments, Journal of Near Eastern Studies 20: 98-108.
• Alistair Cameron Crombie (1961). Quantification in Medieval Physics, Isis 52: 143-160.
• Rodolfo Mondolfo (1961). Testimonianze su Eraclito anteriori a Platone, Rivista Critica di Storia della Filosofia 16: 399-424.
• Martin Litchfield West (1962). Empedocles on Papyrus, Classical Review 12: 120.
• Harry Austryn Wolfson (1962). The Problem of the Souls of the Spheres from the Byzantine Commentaries on Aristotle throught the Arabs and St. Thomas to Kepler, The Dumbarton Oaks Papers 16: 67-93.
• David E. Pingree (1963). Astronomy and Astrology in India and Iran, Isis 54: 229-246.
• Karsten Harries (1963). Cusanus and the Platonic Idea, New Scholasticism 37: 188-203.
• George Leonard Huxley (1963). Eudoxian Topics, Greek, Roman, and Byzantine Studies 4: 83-96.
• Singh Raghuveer (1963). Herakleitos and the Law of Nature, The Journal of the History of Ideas 24: 457-472.
• Matthias Schramm (1963). Aristotelianism: Basis and Obstacle to Scientific Progress in the Middle Ages, History of Science 2: 91-113.
• John Andrew Boyle (1963). The Longer Introduction to the Zij-i Ilkhani of Nasir ad-Din Tusi, Journal of Semitic Studies 8(2): 244-254.
• Johannes Lohne (1963). Zur Geschichte des Brechungsgesetzes, Sudhoffs Archiv für Geschichte der Medizin und der Naturwissenschaften 47: 152-172.
• Yvonne Dold-Samplonius (1963). Die Konstruktion des regelmäßigen Siebenecks nach Abû Sahl al-Qûhî Waycan ibn Rustam, Janus içerisinde 50: 227-249.
• Gerard Holton (1963). Science and the Changing Allegory of Motion, Scientia 98: 191-200.
• Israel Edward Drabkin (1963). Two Versions of G. B. Benedetti's Demonstratio Proportionum Motuum Localium, Isis 54: 259-262.
• Charles H. Kahn (1964). A New Look at Heraclitus, American Philosophical Quarterly 1: 189-203.
• Bruno Busulini (1964). Componente archimedea e componente medievale nel De Motu di Galileo, Physis 6: 303-321.
• Stillman Drake (1964). Galileo and the law of inertia, American Journal of Physics 32: 601-608.
• Edward Grant (1964). Motion in the Void and the Principle of Inertia in the Middle Ages, Isis 55: 265-292.
• Shlomo Pinès (1964). Ibn al-Haytham’s Critique of Ptolemy, Actes du Xe Congrès international d’histoire des sciences I: 547-550.
• Shlomo Pinès (1964). La dynamique d'Ibn Bajja, Mélanges Alexandre Koyré I: 442-468.
• Willy Hartner (1964). Mediaeval Views on Cosmic Dimensions and Ptolemy's Kitab al-Manshurat, Mélanges Alexandre Koyré 2: 254-282.
• Richard S. Westfall (1964). Newton and Absolute Space, Archives Internationale d'Histoire des Sciencie 17: 121-136.
• Thomas P. McTighe (1964). Nicholas of Cusa as a Forerunner of Modern Science, Actes du dixieme congres international d'histoire des science1: 619-622.
• Richard McCarthy (1964). Al-Kindi’s Treatise on the Intellect, Islamic Studies 3: 119-149.
• Abdelhamid I. Sabra (1964). Explanation of Optical Reflection and Refraction: Ibn al-Haytham, Descartes and Newton, Actes du Xe Congrés international d’histoire des sciences I: 551-554.
• Muṣṭafá Naẓīf; Paul Ghalioungui (1964). Ibn at Haitham, an 11th-Century Physicist, Actes du Xe Congrés international d’histoire des sciences I: 569-571.
• Matthias Schramm (1965). Steps Towards the Idea of Function: A Comparison Between Eastern and Western Science of the Middle Ages, History of Science 4: 70-103.
• Matthias Schramm (1965). Ibn al-Haythams Stellung in der Geschichte der Wissenschaften, Fikrun wa fann 6: 2-22.
• Graziella Federici-Vescovini (1965). Contributo per la storia della fortuna di Alhazen in Italia: 11 volgarizzamento del MS. Vat. 4595 e il ‘Commentario terzo’ del Ghiberti, Rinascimento II 5: 17-49.
• Karl-H. Iting (1965). Aristoteles über Platons philosophische Entwicklung, Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung 19: 377-392.
• Daniel W. Graham (1965). Aristotle, Philoponus, Avempace, and Galieo's Pirsan Dynamics, Centaurus 11: 79-95.
• Jean Bollack (1965). Empédocle ou l'ancienne physique, L'Information Littéraire 17: 203-207.
• Paul Oskar Kristeller (1965). Renaissance Aristotelianism, Greek, Roman, and Byzantine Studies 6: 157-174.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1965). The Principle Omne quod movetur ab alio movetur in Medieval Physics, Isis 56: 26-45.
• Rodolfo Mondolfo (1966). La testimonianze di Aristotele su Eraclito, Filosofia 17: 51-74.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1966). Late Medieval Planetary Theory, Isis 57: 365-378.
• Muhsin Mahdi (1967). Alfarabi against Philoponus, Journal of Near Eastern Studies 26: 233-260.
• David C. Lindberg (1967). Alhazen's Theory of Vision and Its Reception in the West, Isis 58: 321-341.
• Matti I. Moosa (1967). Al-Kindi's role in the Transmission of Greek Knowledge to the Arabs, J. Pakistan Historical Society 15: 3-18.
• Carlo Maccagni (1967). Contributi alla biobibliografia di G. B. Benedetti, Physis 9: 337-364.
• Denis O'Brien (1967). Empedocles' Cosmic Cycle, Classical Quarterly 17: 29-40.
• Bernard R. Goldstein (1967). The Arabic Version of Ptolemy's Planetary Hypotheses, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society 57: 3-55.
• Giorgio Nebbia (1967). Ibn al-Haytham nel millesimo anniversario della nascita, Physis 9: 165-214.
• Edward Stewart Kennedy (1966). Late Medieval Planetary Theory, Isis. 57 (3): 365-378.
• Charles Lohr (1967). Medieval Latin Aristotle Commentaries, Traditio 23: 313-413; (1968). Traditio 24: 149-245; (1970). Traditio 26: 135-216; (1971).Traditio 27: 251-351; (1972). Traditio 28: 281-396; (1973). 29: 93-197; (1974). 30: 119-144.
• Abdelhamid I. Sabra (1967). The Authorship of the Liber de crepusculis, an Eleventh- Century Work on Atmospheric Refraction, Isis 58: 77-85.
• Abdelhamid I. Sabra (1968). The Astronomical Origin of Ibn al-Haytham’s Concept of Experiment, Actes du XIIe Congrès international d’histoire des sciences III A: 133-136.
• James A. Weisheipl (1968). Ockham and Some Mertonians, Medieval Studies 30: 163-213.
• Frank D. Prager (1968). Brunelleschi's Clock?, Physis 10: 201-216.
• Roshdi Rashed (1968). Le ‘Discours de la lumiére’ d’Ibn al-Haytham, Revue d'Histoire des Sciences 21: 198-224.
• David Lindberg (1968). Alhazen’s Theory of Vision and Its Reception in the West, Isis 58: 321-341.
• David Lindberg (1968). The Cause of Refraction in Medieval Optics, British Journal for the History of Science 4: 23-38.
• Jean Bollack (1968). Les Zones de la cosmogonie d'Empédocle, Hermes 96: 239-240.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1968). Ockham and some Mertonians, Medieval Studies 30: 151-175.
• Geoffrey Ernest Richard Lloyd (1968). Plato as a Natural Scientist, Journal of Hellenic Studies 88: 78-92.
• David Edwin Pingree (1968). The Fragments of the Works of Yaʿqūb Ibn Ṭāriq, Journal of Near Eastern Studies 27: 97-125.
• Andrew George Molland (1968-69). The Geometrical Background to the 'Merton School, British Journal for the History of Science 4: 108-125.
• George B. Kerferd (1969). Anaxagoras and the Concept of Matter before Aristotle, Bulletin of the John Rylands Library 52: 129-143.
• Aryeh L. Kosman (1969). Aristotle's definition of motion, Phronesis 14: 40-62.
• Jan Janda (1969). Die Berichte über Heraklits Lehre bei Diogenes Laertios, Listy Filogické 92: 97-115.
• Daniel W. Graham (1969). Medieval and Seventeenth-Century Conceptions of an Infinite Void Space beyond the Cosmos, Isis 60: 39-60.
• Karl von Albert (1969). Philosophie und Erziehung bei Heraklit von Ephesus, Pedagogica Historica 9: 5-19.
• James Athanasius Weisheipl (1969). Repertorium Mertonense, Medieval Studies 31: 174-224.
• Gerald J. Toomer (1969). The Solar Theory of az-Zarqāl: A History of Errors, Centaurus 14(1).: 306-336.
• Lawrence Gushee (1969). New Sources for the Biography of Johannes de Muris, Journal of the American Musicological Society 22: 3-26.
• Herbert A. Davidson (1969). John Philoponus as a Source of Medieval Islamic and Jewish Proofs of Creation, Journal of the American Oriental Society 89: 357-91.
• Roshdi Rashed (1970). Optique Géométrique et Doctrine Optique chez Ibn Al Haytham, Archive for History of Exact Sciences 6: 271-298.
• Roshdi Rashed (1970). Le modèle de la sphère transparente et l'explication de l'arc-en-ciel: Ibn al-Haytham, al-Fārisī, Revue d’histoire des sciences et de leurs applications 23: 109-140.
• Johannes A. Lohne (1970). Alhazens Spiegelproblem, Nordisk matematisk tidskrift, 18: 5-35.
• David C. Lindberg (1971). Alkindi's Critique of Euclid's Theory of Vision, Isis 62: 469-489.
• Nicholas W. Fisher; Sabetai Unguru (1971). Experimental Science and Mathematics in Roger Bacon's Thought., Traditio 27: 353-378.
• Alan Gabby (1971). Force and Inertia in Seventeenth-Century Dynamics, Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 2: 1-68.
• William A. Wallace (1971). Mechanics from Bradwardine to Galileo, Journal of the History of Ideas 32: 15-28.
• Charles H. Lohr (1971). Medieval Latin Aristotle Commentaries. Authors: Johannes de Kanthi-Myngodus, Traditio 27: 251-351.
• Edith D. Sylla (1971). Medieval quantifications of qualities "Merton School", Archive for the History of the Exact Sciences 8: 9-39.
• David Burr (1971). Peter John Olivi and the Philosophers, Franciscan Studies, 31: 41-71.
• Gerald J. Whitrow (1971). Presidential Address: The Laws of Motion, British Journal of History of Science 5: 217-234.
• ʻAbd-al-Ḥamīd I. Ṣabrā (1971). The Astronomical Origin of Ibn al-Haytham's Concept of Experiment, Actes du XIIe congrès international d'histoire des sciences 3: 133-136.
• Henry James Jacques Winter; Walīd N.ʿArafāt (1971). The Light of the Stars—a Short Discourse by Ibn al-Haytham, British Journal for the History of Science 5: 282-288.
• Claudia Kren (1971). The Rolling Device of Naṣir al-Dīn al-Ṭūsī in the De spera of Nicole Oresme, Isis. 62: 490-498.
• Gerald James Whitrow (1971). Presidential Address: The Laws of Motion, British Journal for the History of Science 5: 217-34.
• Shlomo Pinès (1972). An Arabic Summary of a Lost Work of John Philoponus, Israel Oriental Studies 2: 294-326.
• Paul Lawrence Rose (1972). Commandino, John Dee, and the De superficierum divisionibus of Machometus Bagdedinus, Isis 63: 88-93.
• Dimitrios Papadis (1972). L'intellect intelligent selon Alexandre d'Aphrodise, Revue de philosophie ancienne 9: 132-151.
• Charles H. Lohr (1972). Medieval Latin Aristotle Commentaries. Authors: Narcissus-Richardus, Traditio 28: 281-396.
• Owen Gingerich (1973). Copernicus and Tycho, Scientific American 173: 86-101.
• Stillman Drake (1973). Galileo's Discovery of the Law of Free Fall, Scientific American 228: 84-92.
• George Gale (1973). Leibniz's Dynamical Metaphysics and the Origins of the Vis Viva Controversy, Systematics 11: 184-207.
• Edith Dudley Sylla (1973). Medieval concepts of the latitude of forms: The “Oxford Calculators, Archives d'histoire doctrinale et littéraire du moyen âge 40: 223-283.
• Konstantinos P. Michaelides (1974). Kosmos und Ethos bei Anaximander und Heraklit, Philosophia 1: 141-154.
• Geoffrey Brown (1974). The Cosmological Theory of Empedocles, Apeiron 18: 97-101.
• Marie-Thérèse d'Alverny; Françoise Hudry (1974). Al-Kindi. De Radiis, Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire du moyen âge, 61: 139-260.
• Nathaniel B. Booth (1975). Aristotle on Empedocles Bioo, Hermes 103: 373-375.
• Stillman Drake (1975). Free Fall from Albert of Saxony to Honoré Fabri, Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 5: 347-366.
• Eric J. Aiton (1975). How Kepler discovered the elliptical orbit, Mathematical Gazette, 59/410: 250-260.
• Janet Coleman (1975). Jean de Ripa and the Oxford Calculators, Mediaeval Studies 37: 130-189.
• Ron B. Thomson (1976). Jordanus de Nemore: Opera, Mediaeval Studies 38: 124-133.
• John L. Russell (1976). Action and Reaction before Newton, British Journal for the History of Science 9: 25-38.
• Allan Franklin (1976). Principle of inertia in the Middle Ages, Physics Letters 44: 529-545.
• Shaikh Mohammad Razaullah Ansari (1977). Aryabhata I, His Life and His Contributions, Bulletin of the Astronomical Society of India 5: 10-18.
• Jackson Hershbell (1977). Plutarch and Heraclitus, Hermes 105: 179-201.
• Boris A. Rozenfeld (1978). Al-Biruni's Astronomical Treatise on Shadows, Istor.-Astronom. Issled. 14: 303-314.
• Boris Abramovic Rosenfeld (1978). al-Bīrūnī's astronomical treatise on shadows, Историко-астрономические исследования 14: 303-314.
• Boris Abramovic Rosenfeld (1978). Some questions on the mathematics of variable quantities in al-Bīrūnī's treatise on shadows, Ibid. 23: 226-230.
• Walter G. Wesley (1978). The Accuracy of Tycho Brahe's Instruments, Journal for the History of Astronomy 9: 42-53.
• George Saliba (1979). The First Non-Ptolemaic Astronomy at the Maraghah School, Isis 70: 571-576.
• Emmanuel Poulle (1980). Jean de Murs et les tables alphonsines, Archives d´histoire doctrinale et littéraire du moyen age 47: 241-271.
• Sherry Hansen Steiger (1980). The Cosmology of Parmenides and Empedocles, Homonoia 2: 159-165.
• Boris Abramovic Rosenfeld (1980). Some mathematical discoveries in al-Bīrūnī's ‘Shadows’, Journal for the history of Arabic science 4: 332-336.
• Ernesto la Croce (1980/81). Empedocles' Sphairos and Parmenidean Legacy, Platon 32/33: 114-122.
• Howard R. Bernstein (1981). Passivity and Inertia in Leibniz's 'Dynamics', Studia Leibnitiana 13: 97-113.
• Nicholas Denyer (1981). The Atomism of Diodorus Cronus, Prudentia 13: 33-45.
• Catherine Wilson (1982). Leibniz and Atomism, Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science 13: 175-199.
• David N. Sedley (1982). Two Conceptions of Vacuum, Phronesis 27: 175-193.
• David A. King (1983). The Astronomy of the Mamluks, Isis 74: 531-555.
• Robert D. Brown (1983). Lucretian Ridicule of Empedocles, Classical Quarterly 33: 146-160.
• Roderick W. Home (1983). Poisson's Memoirs on Electricity: Academic Politics and a New Style in Physics, British Journal for the History of Science 16: 239-259.
• Howard Bernstein (1984). Leibniz and Huygens on the 'Relativity' of Motion, Studia Leibnitiana Sonderheft 13: 85-102.
• Madeline Dufour (1984). Héraclite d'Éphèse, La Connaissance hellénique 19: 36-41.
• Daniel Parrochia (1984). Optique, mécanique et calcul des chances chez Huygens et Spinoza, Dialectica-Lausanne 38: 319-345.
• Javad H. Zadeh (1985). A Second Order Interpolation Scheme Described in the Zij-i Ilkhani, Historia Mathematica 12: 56-59.
• George Abraham (1985). Theories for the Motion of the Sun in the Pancasiddhantika, Archive for History of Exact Sciences 34: 221-230.
• Edward Rosen (1985). The Dissolution of the Solid Celestial Spheres, Journal of the History of Ideas 46: 13-31.
• Katherine H. Tachau (1985). Roger Bacon's Philosophy of Nature: A Critical Edition, with English Translation, Introduction, and Notes, Journal of the History of Philosophy 23: 586-589.
• Brad Inwood (1986). Anaxagoras and Infinite Divisibility, Illinois Classical Studies 11: 17-33.
• Jacques Bels (1986). La procreation dans la pensée d'Héraclite, Revue Philosophique de la France et de l'Étranger 176: 31-37.
• Alain Lernould (1987). La dialectique comme science première chez Proclus, Revue des Sciences Philosophiques et Théologiques 71: 509-536.
• Gerald James Toomer (1987). The Solar Theory of az-Zarqāl: An Epilogue, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 500: 513-519.
• George Saliba (1987). Theory and Observation in Islamic Astronomy: The Work of Ibn al-Shatir of Damascus, Journal for the History of Astronomy, 18: 35-43.
• Aydin Sayili (1987). Ibn Sīnā and Buridan on the Motion of the Projectile, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 500: 477-482.
• Anastasius Nikolaus Zoumpos (1987). Über Quellen des Herakleitos, Platon 39: 162-166.
• Mary Margaret Mackenzie (1988). Heraclitus and the Art of Paradox, Oxford Studies in Ancient Philosophy 6: 1-37.
• Paolo Casini (1988). Newton's Principia and the Philosophers of the Enlightenment, Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London 42: 35-52.
• Daniel W. Graham (1988). Symmetry in the Empedoclean Cycle, Classical Quarterly 38: 297-312.
• George Gale (1988). The Concept of 'Force' and Its Role in the Genesis of Leibniz's Dynamical Viewpoint, Journal of the History of Philosophy 26: 45-67.
• Jürgen Sarnowsky (1989). Die aristotelisch-scholastische Theorie der Bewegung. Studien zum Kommentar Alberts von Sachsen zur Physik des Aristoteles, Beiträge zur Geschichte der Philosophie und Theologie des Mittelalters 32: 171-224.
• Paul Vincent Spade (1989). The Manuscripts of William Heytesbury's 'Regulae Solvendi Sophismata': Conclusions, Notes and Descriptions, Medioevo 15: 272-313.
• Jon D. McGinnis (1989). The Topology of Time: An Analysis of Medieval Islamic Accounts of Discrete and Continuous Time, The Modern Schoolman 81: 5-25.
• David N. Sedley (1989). The Poems of Empedocles and Lucretius, Greek, Roman, and Byzantine Studies 30: 269-296.
• Maarten Josephus Franciscus Maria Hoenen (1990). Marsilius von Inghen: Bibliographie. Ergänzungen, Bulletin de Philosophie Médiévale 32: 191-195.
• Bernard R. Goldstein; Alan C. Bowen (1991). Hipparchus' Treatment of Early Greek Astronomy: The Case of Eudoxus and the Length of Daytime, Proceedings of the American Physical Society 135: 233-254.
• Cecilia Trifogli (1992). Giles of Rome on Natural Motion in the Void, Medieval Studies, 54: 136-161.
• Bruce Eastwood (1992). Heraclides and Heliocentrism: Texts, Diagrams, and Interpretations, Journal for the History of Astronomy 23: 233-260.
• Julio Samsó (1992). Las ciencias de los antiguos en al-Andalus, Madrid: Editorial Mapfre.
• Marie Geneviève Balty-Guesdon (1992). Le Bayt al-Hikma, Arabica 39: 131-150.
• Ann Elizabeth Leighton Davis (1992). Kepler's physical framework for planetary motion, Centaurus 35/2: 165-191.
• John D. Smith (1992). The Remarkable Ibn al-Haytham, The Mathematical Gazette 76: 189-198.
• Richard M. Frank (1992). The Science of Kalam, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 2: 7-37.
• Silvia Fazzo; Hillary Wiesner (1993). Alexander of Aphrodisias in the Kindi circle and in al-Kindi's cosmology, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 3: 119-153.
• Walter Burkert (1993). Heraclitus and the Moon: The New Fragment P.Oxy, 3710, Illinois Classical Studies 18: 49-55.
• George Molland (1993). Roger Bacon and the Hermetic Tradition in Medieval Science, Vivarium 31: 140-160.
• Elias Giannakis (1993). The Structure of Abu l-Husayn al-Basri's Copy of Aristotle's Physics, Zeitschrift fur Geschichte der arabisch-islamischen Wissenschaften 8: 251-258.
• Hasnaoui, A. (1994). Alexandre d'Aphrodise vs Jean Philopon: notes sur quelques traités d'Alexandre 'perdus' en grec, conservés en arabe, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 4: 53-109.
• Gerhard Endreß (1994). Al-Kindi über die Wiedererinnerung der Seele: Arabischer Platonismus und die Legitimation der Wissenschaften im Islam, Oriens 34: 174-221.
• Peter Barker; Bernard R. Goldstein (1994). Distance and Velocity in Kepler's Astronomy, Annals of Science 51: 59-73.
• George Saliba (1994). Early Arabic Critique of Ptolemaic Cosmology: A Ninth-Century Text on the Motion of the Celestial Spheres, Journal for the History of Astronomy 25: 115-141.
• William H. Donahue (1994). Kepler's Invention of The Second Planetary Law, British Journal for the History of Science, 27/92: 89-102.
• Stefano Caroti (1994). La Position de Nicolas Oresme sur la nature du mouvement 'Questiones super Physicam', III (1-8). Problèmes gnoséologiques, ontologiques et sémantiques, Archives d'histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Âge 61: 335-342.
• Fritz W. Zimmermann (1994). Proclus Arabus Rides Again, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 4: 9-51.
• Richard Arthur (1994). Space and Relativity in Newton and Leibniz, British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 45: 219-240.
• Lucio Russo (1994). The astronomy of Hipparchus and his Time: A study based on pre-ptolemaic sources, Vistas in Astronomy 38: 207-248.
• Gerhard Endreß (1995). Averroes' De caelo. Ibn Rushd's Cosmology in his commentaries on Aristotle's On the Heavens, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 5: 9-49.
• Elias Giannakis (1995-96). Fragments from Alexander's Lost Commentary on Aristotle's Physics, Zeitschrift für Geschichte der arabisch-islamischen Wissenschaften 10: 157-185.
• George Molland (1996). Addressing Ancient Authority: Thomas Bradwardine and Prisca Sapientia, Ann. Sci. 53: 213-223.
• Elias Giannakis (1996). Fragments from Alexander’s Lost Commentary on Aristotle’s Physics’, Zeitschrift für Geschichte der Arabisch Islamischen Wissenchaften 10: 157-187.
• Roshdi Rashed (1996). Archimedean learning in the Middle Ages: The Banu Musa, Historia Scientiarum 6: 1-16.
• Christiane Vilain (1996). La loi galiléenne et la dynamique de Huygens, Revue d'histoire des mathématiques 2: 95-117.
• Daniel W. Graham (1997). Heraclitus' Criticism of Ionian Philosophy, Oxford Studies in Ancient Philosophy 15: 1-50.
• Gerhard Endreß (1997). L'Aristote Arabe: Réception, autorité et transformation du Premier Maître, Medioevo. Rivista di storia della filosofia medievale 23: 1-42.
• Rushdī Rāshid (1997). Le commentaire par al-Kindi de l'Optique d'Euclide: un traité jusqu'ici inconnu, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 7: 3-56.
• Elżbieta Jung-Palczewska (1997). Motion in a Vacuum and in a Plenum in Richard Kilvington's Question: Utrum aliquod corpus simplex posset moveri aeque velociter in vacuo et in pleno from the “Commentary on the Physics”, Miscellanea Medievalia 25: 179-193.
• István M. Bodnár (1997). Movers and Elemental Motions in Aristotle, Oxford Studies in Ancient Philosophy 14: 81-117.
• Koenraad Verrycken (1997). Philoponus' Interpretation of Plato's Cosmogony, Documenti e Studi sulla Tradizione Filosofica Medievale 8: 269-318.
• Rushdī Rāshid (1997). The Celestial Kinematics of Ibn al-Haytham, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 17(1).: 7-55.
• Jack Zupko (1997). What is the Science of the Soul?: A Case Study in the Evolution of Late Medieval Natural Philosophy, Synthese 110: 297-334.
• Guiseppe Cambiano (1998). Archimede Meccanico et La Meccanica di Archita, Elenchos 19: 291-324.
• Ingo Schütze (1998). Bibliografia degli studi su Girolamo Cardano dal 1850 al 1995, Bruniana & Campanelliana 4: 445-467.
• ʻAbd-al-Ḥamīd I. Ṣabrā (1998). Configuring the Universe: Aporetic, Problem Solving, and Kinematic Modeling as Themes of Arabic Astronomy, Perspectives on Science 6: 288-330.
• Ann Elizabeth Leighton Davis (1998). Kepler, the ultimate Aristotelian, Acta historiae rerum naturalium necnon technicarum 2: 65-73.
• Judith V. Field (1998). Kepler's mathematization of cosmology, Acta historiae rerum naturalium necnon technicarum 2: 27-48.
• Lucy Pick (1998). Michael Scot in Toledo: Natura Naturans and the Hierarchy of Being, Traditio 53: 93-116.
• Elias Giannakis (1998). Yaḥyā ibn ʻAdī against John Philoponus on place and void, in Zeitschrift für Geschichte der arabisch-islamischen Wissenschaften 12: 245-302.
• Jürgen Sarnowsky (1999). Place and Space in Albert of Saxony's Commentary on the Physics, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 9: 25-45.
• Jürgen Sarnowsky (1999). Albert von Sachsen und die Physik des ens mobile ad formam, Studia Artistarium 7: 163-181.
• Paul Lettinck (1999). Ibn Sina on Atomism, al-Shajarah 4: 1-51.
• Christian Wildberg (1999). Impetus Theory and the Hermeneutics of Science in Simplicius and Philoponus, Hyperboreus 5: 107-124.
• A. Mark Smith (1999). Ptolemy and the Foundations of Ancient Mathematical Optics: A Source-Based Guided Study, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society 89: 1-172.
• George Saliba (2000). Arabic versus Greek Astronomy: A Debate over the Foundations of Science, Perspectives on Science 8: 328-341.
• Francesco Paolo Raimondi (2000). Pomponazzi's Criticism of Swineshead and the Decline of the Calculatory Tradition in Italy, Physis 37: 311-358.
• Peter Machamer; Lindley Darden; Carl F. Craver (2000). Thinking about Mechanisms, Philosophy of Science 67: 1-25.
• Jean Celeyrette (2000). Le statut des mathématiques dans la Physique d'Oresme, Oriens-Occidens: Sciences, Mathématiques et Philosophie de l'Antiquité à l'Âge classique, 3: 91-113.
• Charles Burnett (2001). The Coherence of the Arabic-Latin Translation Program in Toledo in the Twelfth Century, Science in Context 14: 249-288.
• Peter Barker; Bernard R. Goldstein (2001). Theological Foundations of Kepler's Astronomy, Osiris 16: 88-113.
• Ruth Glasner (2001). Ibn Rushd's Theory of Minima Naturalia, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 11: 9-26.
• Jamil Ragep (2001). Freeing Astronomy from Philosophy: An Aspect of Islamic Influence on Science, Osiris 16: 49-64.
• Jamil Ragep (2001). Tusi and Copernicus: The Earth's Motion in Context, Science in Context 14: 145-163.
• Alistair Kwan; John M. Dudley; Eric Lantz (2002). Who really discovered Snell's law?, Physics World 15: 64-84.
• Richard Cross (2002). Absolute Time: Peter John Olivi and the Bonaventurean Tradition, Medioevo 27: 261-300.
• Paul Lettinck (2002). Aristotle's 'Physical' Works in the Arabic World, Medioevo. Rivista di storia della filosofia medievale 27: 22-52.
• Laura D. Steele (2002). Mesopotamian Elements in the Poem of Parmenides? Correspondences between the Sun-gods Helios and Shamash, Classical Quarterly 52: 583-588.
• ‪Mohammed Abattouy‬ (2002). The Arabic Science of weights: A Report on an Ongoing Research Project, The Bulletin of the Royal Institute for Inter-Faith Studies 4: 109-130.
• Roshdi Rashed (2002). A Polymath in the 10th century, Science 297: 773.
• Alnoor Dhanani (2002). Problems in Eleventh-Century Kalam Physics, Bulletin of the Royal Institute for Inter-Faith Studies 4: 73-96.
• Elias Giannakis (2002-03). The Quotations from John Philoponus' De Aeternitate mundi contra Proclum in al-Biruni's India, Zeitschrift für Geschichte der arabisch-islamischen Wissenschaften 15: 185-195.
• Abel B. Franco (2003). Avempace, Projectile Motion, and Impetus Theory, Journal of the History of Ideas 64: 521-546.
• Jean Celeyrette.; Edmond Mazet (2003). Le mouvement du point de vue de la cause et le mouvement du point de vue de l'effete dans le Traité des rapports d'Albert de Saxe, Revue d'Histoire des Sciences 56: 402-419.
• Ann Elizabeth Leighton Davis (2003). The Mathematics of the Area Law: Kepler's successful proof in Epitome Astronomiae Copernicanae, (1621)., Archive for History of Exact Sciences 57: 355-393.
• John T. Roberts (2003). Leibniz on Force and Absolute Motion, Philosophy of Science 70: 553-573.
• William J. Courtenay (2004). The University of Paris at the Time of John Buridan and Nicole Oresme, Vivarium 42: 3-17.
• Jürgen Sarnowsky (2004). The Buridan School Reassessed: John Buridan and Albert of Saxony, Vivarium 42: 18-42.
• Branko Mitrović (2004). Leon Batista Alberti and the Homogenity of Space, Journal of the Society of Architectural Historians 63: 424-439.
• Richard Janko (2004). Empedocles, On Nature I 233-364: A New Reconstruction of P. Strasb. Gr. Inv. 1665-6, Zeitschrift für Papyrologie und Epigraphik 150: 1-26.
• Peter Adamson; Han Baltussen; Martin William Francis Stone (2004). Philosophy, Science and Exegesis in Greek, Arabic and Latin Commentaries, Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies: supplementary 83: 1-2.
• Nader El-Bizri (2005). A Philosophical Perspective on Alhazen's Optics, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 15: 189-218.
• Bradley E. Schaefer (2005). The Epoch of the Constellations on the Farnese Atlas and their Origin in Hipparchus's Lost Catalogue, Journal for the History of Astronomy 36: 167-196.
• Dmitriy A. Shcheglov (2005). Hipparchus on the Latitude of Southern India, Greek, Roman, and Byzantine Studies 45: 359-380.
• Sylvain Piron (2006). Olivi et les averroïstes, Freiburger Zeitschrift für Philosophie un Theologie 53: 251-309.
• Jon Mcginnis (2006). A medieval Arabic Analysis of Motion at an Instant: The Avicennan Sources to the Forma Fluens/Fluxus Formae Debate, British Journal for the History of Philosophy 39: 189-205.
• Pieter Sjoerd Hasper (2006). Aristotle's Diagnosis of Atomism, Apeiron 39: 121-156.
• Fabio Zanin (2006). Francis of Marchia, Virtus Derelicta, and Modifications of the Basic Principles of Aristotelian Physics, An International Journal for the Philosophy and Intellectual Life of the Middle Ages and Renaissance 44: 81-95.
• Marcellus Landi (2007). Un contributo allo studio della scienza nel Medio Evo: Il trattato Il cielo e il mondo di Giovanni Buridano e un confronto con alcune posizioni di Tommaso d'Aquino, Divus Thomas 110: 151-185.
• Ahmad Hasnawi (2007). Boèce, Averroès et Abu al-Barakat al-Bagdadi, témoins des écrits de Thémistius sur les Topiques d'Aristote, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 17: 203-265.
• Richard T. W. Arthur (2007). Beeckman, Descartes and the Force of Motion, Journal of the History of Philosophy 45: 1-28.
• Marwan Rashed (2008). Al-Fârâbî’s lost treatise On changing beings and the possibility of a demonstration of the eternity of the world, Arabic Sciences and Philosophy 18: 19-58.
• Adi Setia (2008). Time, Motion, Distance, and Change in the Kalam of Fakhr al-Din al-Razi: A Preliminary Survey with Special Reference to the Matalib Aliyyah, Islam & Science 6: 13-42.
• John Manchak (2009). On Force in Cartesian Physics, Philosophy of Science 76: 295-306.
• Elisa Coda (2012). Alexander of Aphrodisias in Themistius' Paraphrase of the De Caelo, Studia graeco-arabica 2: 355-371.

物理學 Physica
• William Hyde Wollaston (1802). A method of examining refractive and dispersive Powers, by prismatic Reflection, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London: 365-380.
• Siméon Denis Poisson (1809). Sur les inégalités des moyens mouvement des planètes, Journal de l'École polytechnique 15: 1-56.
• Siméon Denis Poisson (1809). Sur la variation des constantes arbitraires dans les questions de méchanique, Journal de l'École polytechnique 8: 266-344.
• Siméon Denis Poisson (1811). Sur la distribution de l'électricité à la surface des corps conducteurs, Mémoire des Sciences Mathématiques et Physiques de l'Institut Imperial de France: 1-92 & 163-274.
• Augustin-Louis Cauchy (1812). Mémoire sur les fonctions qui ne peuvent obtenir que deux valeurs égales et de signes contraires par suite des transpositions opérées entre les variables qu'elles renferment, Journal de l'École Polytechnique 10: 29-112.
• Siméon Denis Poisson (1813). Remarques sur une équation qui se présente dans la théorie des attractions dèi sphéroïdes, Nouveau Bulletin des Sciences, publié par la Société Philomatique de Paris 3: 388-392.
• David Brewster (1815). On a New Species of Coloured Fringes, produced by the Reflexion of Light between Two Plates of parallel Glass of equal thickness, Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 7: 435-444.
• Augustin-Jean Fresnel (1816). Mémoire sur la diffraction de la lumière, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de l'Institut imperial de France 1: 239-281.
• Augustin-Jean Fresnel (1819). Mémoire sur la diffraction de la lumière, Annales de chimie et de physique 5: 339-475; Annales de chimie et de physique 11: 246-296; 337-338; Annales de chimie et de physique 30: 100-261.
• Hans Christian Ørsted (1820). Experiments on the effect of a current of electricity on the magnetic needle, Annals of Philosophy 16: 273-277.
• Jean-Baptiste Biot; Félix Savart (1820). Note sur le Magnétisme de la pile de Volta, Annales de chimie et de physique 15: 222-223.
• Claude-Louis Navier (1822). Mémoire sur les lois du mouvement des fluids, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de l'Institut imperial de France 6: 389-440.
• André-Marie Ampère (1823). Mémoire sur la théorie mathématique des phénomènes électrodynamiques uniquement déduite de l'expérience, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de l'Institut imperial de France 6: 175-388.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Bessel (1823). Über Berechnung geodätischer Vermessungen, Astronomische Nachrichten 1: 33-36.
• Augustin-Louis Cauchy (1823). Recherches sur l'équilibre et le mouvement intérieur des corps solides ou fluides, élastiques ou non élastiques, Bulletin de la Société philomathique: 9-13.
• Sadi Carnot (1824). Réflexions sur la puissance motrice du feu et sur les machines propres à développer cette puissance, Paris: Bachelier.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Bessel (1825). Über die Berechnung der geographischen Längen und Breiten aus geodätischen Vermessungen, Astronomische Nachrichten 4: 241-254.
• Georg Simon Ohm (1826). Bestimmung des Gesetzes, nach welchem Metalle die Kontakt-Elektrizität leiten, nebst einem Entwurfe zu einer Theorie des Voltaschen Apparates und des Schweiggerschen Multiplikators, Journal of Chemical Physics 46: 137-166.
• Claude-Louis Navier (1827). Mémoire sur les lois de l'équilibre et du mouvement des corps solides élastiques, Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences de l'Institut imperial de France 7: 375-393.
• Augustin-Louis Cauchy (1827). De la pression ou tension dans un corps solide, Exercices de Mathématiques 2: 42-56.
• Augustin-Louis Cauchy (1827). Sur les relations qui existent, dans l'état d'équilibre d'un corps solide ou fluide, entre les pressions ou tensions et les forces accélératrices, Exercices de Mathématiques 2: 108-111.
• Carl Friedrich Gauss (1827/28). Disquisitiones generales circa superficies curvas, Commentationes societatis regiae scientiarum Gottingensis recentiores 4: 99-146; Commentationes societatis regiae scientiarum Gottingensis recentiores 6: 1823-1827.
• Robert Brown (1828). A brief account of microscopical observations made in the months of June, July and August, 1827, on the particles contained in the pollen of plants; and on the general existence of active molecules in organic and inorganic bodies, Philosophical Magazine 4: 161-173.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1828). Theory of sysytems of rays, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy 15: 69-178.
• Carl Friedrich Gauss (1829). Über ein neues allgemeines Grundgesetz der Mechanik, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 4: 232-235.
• Johann Peter Gustav Lejeune Dirichlet (1829). Sur la convergence des séries trigonométriques qui servent à représenter une fonction arbitraire entre des limites données, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 4: 157-169.
• Mikhail Vasilyevich Ostrogradsky (1831). Note sur la Théorie de la Chaleur, Mémoires de l'Académie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg 6: 129-133.
• Michel Faraday (1831). On the forms and states of fluids on vibrating elastic surfaces, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 121: 299-340.
• Carl Friedrich Gauss (1831). Theoria residuorum biquadraticorum, Commentationes societatis regiae scientiarum Gottingensis 6: 27-56; Commentationes societatis regiae scientiarum Gottingensis 7: 89-148.
• Michel Faraday (1833). On a new law of electric conduction, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 123: 507-515.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1833). On a General Method of Expressing the Paths of Light, and of the Planets, by the Coefficients of a Characteristic Function, Dublin University Review and Quarterly Magazine 1: 795-826.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1834). On a General Method in Dynamics, British Association Report 124: 247-308.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1834). On the Application to Dynamics of a General Mathematical Method previously applied to Optics, British Association Report, Edinburgh: 513-518.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1834). Remarques de M. Hamilton, Correspondance Mathématique et Physique 8: 27-30.
• William Rowan Hamilton (1835). Second Essay on a General Method in Dynamics, British Association Report 125: 95-144.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1836). Sur le mouvement d'un point et sur un cas particulier du problème des trois corps, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 3: 59-61.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1836). Über ein neues Integral für den Fall der drei Körper, wenn die Bahn des störenden Planeten kreisförmig angenommen und die Masse des gestörten vernachlässigt wird, Monatsberichte der Königlich preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 59-60.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1837). Note sur l'intégration des équations différentielles de la dynamique, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 5: 61-67.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1837). Über die Reduction der Integration der partiellen Differentialgleichungen erster Ordnung zwischen irgend einer Zahl Variabeln auf die Integration eines einzigen Systems gewohnlicher Differentialgleichungen, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 17: 97-162.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1837). Zur Theorie der Variations-Rechnung und der Differential-Gleichungen, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 17: 68-82.
• George Green (1837). Memoir on Ordinary Refraction, Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 7: 113-120.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1839). Note von der geodätischen Linie auf einem Ellipsoid und den verschiedenen Anwendungen einer merkwürdigen analytischen Substitution, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 19: 309-313.
• James MacCullagh (1839). On the Dynamical Theory of Crystalline Reflexion and Refraction, Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy 21: 17-50.
• Wilhelm Eduard Weber (1839). Unipolare Induktion, Resultate aus den Beobachtungen des magnetischen Vereins 3: 63-90.
• James Joseph Sylvester (1839). Memoir on rational derivation from equations of coexistence, that is to say, a new and extended theory elimination, Philosophical Magazine Series 15: 428-435.
• James Joseph Sylvester (1840). A method of determining by mere inspection the derivatives from two equations of any degree, Philosophical Magazine Series 16: 132-135.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1841). De determinantibus Functionalibus, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 22: 319-352.
• Julius Robert von Mayer (1842). Bemerkungen über die Kräfte der unbelebten Natur, Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie 42: 233-240.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1842). Über einige merkwürdige Curventheoreme, Schumacher Astronomische Nachrichten 20: 115-120.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1842/43). Vorlesungen über Dynamik, Gehalten an der Universität zu Königsberg im Wintersemeste; Alfred Clebsch (1866). Berlin: Reimer.
• James Prescott Joule (1843). On the calorific effects of magneto-electricity, and on the mechanical value of heat, Philosophical Magazine, Series 3 23: 263-276.
• James Prescott Joule (1845). On the Mechanical Equivalent of Heat, British Association for Chemical: 31.
• James Prescott Joule (1845). On the Changes of Temperature Produced by the Rarefaction and Condensation of Air, Philosophical Magazine 3: 369-383.
• George Gabriel Stokes (1845). On the theories of the internal friction in fluids in motion, and of the equilibrium and motion of elastic solids, Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 8: 287-342.
• William Thomson, Baron Kelvin (1848). On an Absolute Thermometric Scale founded on Carnot’s Theory of the Motive Power of Heat, and calculated from Regnault’s Observations, Philosophical Magazine 3: 313-317.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1848). Über eine Lösung der partiellen Differentialgleichung ∂2V/∂x2 + ∂2V/∂y2 + ∂2V/∂z2, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 36: 113-134.
• Léon Foucault (1849). Note sur la lumiere de l'arc voltaique, Annales de chimie et de physique 68: 476-478.
• Rudolf Julius Emanuel Clausius (1850). Über die bewegende Kraft der Wärme und die Gesetze, welche sich daraus für die Wärmelehre selbst ableiten lassen, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 79: 368-397; 500-524.
• Johann Peter Gustav Lejeune Dirichlet (1850). Über einen neuen Ausdruck zur Bestimmung der Dichtigkeit einer unendlich dünnen Kugelschale, Abhandlungen der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften: 99-116.
• William J. M. Rankine (1851). On the centrifugal theory of elasticity, as applied to gases and vapours, Philosophical Magazine 4: 509-542.
• William Thomson, Baron Kelvin (1851). On the Dynamical Theory of Heat, Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 20 (2): 261-268 & 289-298.
• Rudolf Julius Emmanuel Clausius (1850). Über die bewegende Kraft der Wärme und die Gesetze, welche sich daraus für die Wärmelehre selbst ableiten lassen, Annals of Physics 79: 368-397 & 500-524.
• George Gabriel Stokes (1854/1905). Smith’s Prize examination, Mathematical and Physical Papers 5, Cambridge: Cambridge University: 320.
• Joseph Liouville (1855). Sur l'intégration des equations di erentielles de la dynamique, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 20: 137-138.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1855/56). Solution nouvelle d'un problème fondamental de géodésie, Astronomische Nachrichten 41: 209-216; Astronomische Nachrichten 42: 337-358.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1856). On Faraday’s Lines of Force, Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 10: 27-83.
• August Karl Krönig (1856). Grundzüge einer Theorie der Gase, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 99: 315-322.
• William Thomson, Baron Kelvin (1856). On the thermal effects of fluids in motion, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 143: 357-365.
• William Thomson, Baron Kelvin (1856/57). Dynamical illustrations of the magnetic and heliocoidal rotary effects of transparent bodies on polarized light, Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh: 150-58 & Philosophical Magazine 13: 198-204.
• Rudolf Julius Emmanuel Clausius (1857). Über die Art der Bewegung welche wir Warme nennen, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 100: 353-380.
• Rudolf Julius Emmanuel Clausius (1858). Über die mittlere Länge der Wege, welche bei Molecularbewegung gasförmiger: Körper von den einzelnen Molecülen zurück gelegt werden, nebst einigen anderen Bemerkungen über die mechanische Wärmetheorie, Annals of Physics 105: 239-258.
• Hermann von Helmholtz (1858). Über Integrale der hydrodynamischen Gleichungen welche den Wirbelbewegungen entsprechen, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 55: 25-55.
• Victor Yakovlevich Bunyakovsky (1859). Sur quelques inegalités concernant les intégrales aux différences finies, Mémoires de l'Académie impériale des sciences de St.-Pétersbourg 7: 1-18.
• Gustav Robert Kirchhoff (1859/60). Über den Zusammenhang zwischen Emission und Absorption von Licht und Wärme. Monatsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 783-787.
• Gustav Robert Kirchhoff (1860). Über das Verhältnis zwischen dem Emissionsvermögen und dem Absorptionsvermögen der Körper für Wärme und Licht, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 109: 275-301.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1860). Illustrations of the Dynamical Theory of Gases, Philosophical Magazine 19: 19-32; Philosophical Magazine 20: 21-37.
• Hermann von Helmholtz (1860). Theorie der Luftschwingungen in Röhren mit offenen Enden, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 57: 1-72.
• David Brewster; John Hall Gladstone (1860). On the Lines of the Solar Spectrum, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 150: 149-160.
• Gustav Robert Kirchhoff; Robert Wilhelm Bunsen (1860-61). Chemische Analyse durch Spectralbeobachtungen, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 110: 160-189; Annalen der Physik und Chemie 113: 337-381.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1861/62). On physical lines of force, Philosophical Magazine 4: 161-175; 281-291; 338-348; Philosophical Magazine 5: 12-24; 85-95.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1865). On a dynamical theory of the electromagnetic field, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 155: 459-512.
• Eugenio Beltrami (1865). Risoluzione del problema, Annali di Matematica Pura ed Applicata 7: 185-204.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1866). Über die Mechanische Bedeutung des Zweiten Hauptsatzes der Wärmetheorie, Wiener Berichte 53: 195-220.
• William Thomson, Baron Kelvin (1867). On Vortex Atoms, Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 6: 94-105; Philosophical Magazine 34: 15-24.
• Georg Friedrich Bernhard Riemann (1867). Ein Beitrag zur Elektrodynamik, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 131: 237-243.
• James Clark Maxwell (1867). On the Dynamical Theory of Gases, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 157: 49-88.
• Ludvig Valentin Lorenz (1867). Über die Identität der Schwingungen des Lichts mit den elektrischen Strömen, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 131: 243-263.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1868). Studien über das Gleichgewicht der lebendigen Kraft zwischen bewegten materiellen Punkten, Wiener Berichte 58: 517-560.
• Elwin Bruno Christoffel (1868). Allgemeine Theorie der geodätischen Dreiecke, Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin 8: 119-176.
• Eugenio Beltrami (1868). Sulla teoria delle linee geodetiche, Rendiconti della real Istituto Lombardo 2: 708-718.
• William Kingdon Clifford (1870). On the space-theory of matter, Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 2: 157-158.
• Hermann von Helmholtz (1870). Über die Bewegungsgleichungen der Elektricität für ruhende leitende Körper, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 72: 57-129.
• Carl Gottfried Neumann (1870). Zur Theorie des Logarithmischen und des Newton'schen Potentiales, Erste Mittheilung, Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig 22: 49-56 & 264-321.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1871). Über das Wärmegleichgewicht zwischen mehratomigen Gas-molekulen, Wiener Berichte 63: 397-418.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1872). Weitere Studien über das Wärmegleichgewicht unter Gasmolekülen, Wiener Berichte 66: 275-370.
• Josiah Willard Gibbs (1873). Graphical methods in the thermodynamics of fluids, Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences 2: 309-342.
• Nikolay Alekseevich Umov (1874). Ein Theorem über die Wechselwirkungen in Endlichen Entfernungen, Zeitschrift für Mathematik und Physik 19: 97-114.
• Josiah Willard Gibbs (1876). On the equilibrium of heterogeneous substances, Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences 3: 108-248.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1877). Bemerkungen über einige Probleme der mechanischen Wärmetheorie, Wiener Berichte 75: 62-100.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1877). Über die Beziehung zwischen dem zweiten Hauptsatz der mechanischen Wärmetheorie und der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung respektive den Sätzen über das Wärmegleichgewicht, Wiener Berichte 76: 373-435.
• Anton Oberbeck (1879). Über die Wärmeleitung der Flüssigkeiten bei Berücksichtigung der Strömung infolge Temperaturdifferenzen, Annales de chimie et de physique 7: 271-292.
• Joseph Stefan (1879). Über die Beziehung zwischen der Wärmestrahlung und der Temperatur, Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Classe der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften 79: 391-428.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1879). On Boltzmann’s theorem on the average distribution of energy in a system of material points, Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 12: 547-570.
• Gustav Robert Kirchhoff (1882). Zur Theorie der Lichtstrahlen, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 641-699; Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 18: 663-695.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1883). Über das Arbeitsquantum, welches bei chemischen Verbindungen gewonnen werden kann, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 88: 861-896; Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 22: 39-72.
• John Henry Poynting (1884). On the Transfer of Energy in the Electromagnetic Field, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 175: 343-361.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1884). Über eine von Hrn. Bartoli entdeckte Beziehung der Wärmestrahlung zum zweiten Hauptsatze, Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 22: 31-39.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1884). Ableitung des Stefan'schen Gesetzes, betreffend die Abhängigkeit der Wärmestrahlung von der Temperatur aus der electromagnetischen Lichttheorie, Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 22: 291-294.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1884). Über die Eigenschaften monozyklischer und anderer damit verwandter Systeme, Wissenschaftliche Abhandlungen 3: 122-52.
• Heinrich Rudolf Hertz (1888). Über die Ausbreitungsgeschwindigkeit der electrodynamischen Wirkungen, Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 34: 551-569.
• George Francis FitzGerald (1889). The ether and the earth's atmosphere, Science 13: 390.
• Ludwig von Holborn (1892/95). Über die Messung höher Temperaturen, Annalen der Physik 47: 107-134; Annalen der Physik 56: 360-396.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz (1892). De relatieve beweging van de aarde en den aether, Verslagen der Afdeeling Natuurkunde van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen 1: 74-79.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz (1892). La théorie électromagnétique de Maxwell et son application aux corps mouvants, Archives néerlandaises 25: 363-552.
• Oliver Heaviside (1893). A gravitational and electromagnetic analogy, The Electrician 31: 81-82.
• Wilhelm Wien (1893). Eine neue Beziehung der Strahlung schwarzer Körper zum zweiten Hauptsatz der Wärmetheorie, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 55-62.
• Pierre Curie (1894). Sur la possibilité d'existence de la conductibilité magnétique et du magnétisme libre, Journal de Physique Théorique et Appliquée 3: 393-415.
• Wilhelm Wien (1894). Folgerungen aus dem zweiten Hauptsatz der Wärmetheorie, Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 52: 132-165.
• Pieter Zeeman (1896). In Verslag van Gewone vergadering der Afdeeling Natuurkunde. Alternative: Verslag de gewone vergadering van de Afdeling Natuurkunde 5: 181-242.
• Wilhelm Wien (1896). Über die Energievertheilung im Emissionsspectrum eines schwarzen Körpers, Wiedemannsche Annalen der Physik 58: 662-669.
• Joseph John Thomson (1897). Cathode Rays, Philosophical Magazine 44: 293-316.
• Pieter Zeeman (1897). On the influence of Magnetism on the Nature of the Light emitted by a Substance, Philosophical Magazine 43: 226-239.
• Pieter Zeeman (1897). Doubles and triplets in the spectrum produced by external magnetic forces, Philosophical Magazine 44: 55-60.
• John William Strutt, Lord Rayleigh (1897). On the Passage of Waves through Apertures in Plane Screens, and Allied Problems, Philosophical Magazine 43: 259-272.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz (1899). Simplified Theory of Electrical and Optical Phenomena in Moving Systems, Proceedings of Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences 1: 427-442.
• Otto Lummer; Ernst Pringsheim (1899). Die Vertheilung der Energie im Spectrum des schwarzen Körpers, Verhandlungen der Deutschen Physikalischen Gesellschaft 1: 23-41 & 215-235.
• Otto Lummer; Ernst Pringsheim (1900). Untersuchungen zur Wärmestrahlung des Schwarzen Körpers, Verhandlungen der Deutschen Physikalischen Gesellschaft 2: 163-180.
• Max Planck (1899). Über irreversible Strahlungsvorgänge, Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 5: 440-480; Verhandlungen 1: 60-122.
• Max Planck (1900). Zur Theorie des Gesetzes der Energieverteilung im Normalspektrum, Verhandlungen 2: 237-245.
• Max Planck (1900). Entropie und Temperatur strahlender Wärme, Annalen der Physik 1: 719-737.
• John William Strutt, Lord Rayleigh (1900). Remarks upon the law of complete radiation, Philosophical Magazine 49: 539-540.
• Jules Henri Poincaré (1900). La théorie de Lorentz et le principe de réaction, Archives nèerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles 5: 252-278.
• Henri Bénard (1900). Les tourbillons cellularies dans une nappe liquide, Revue Générale des Sciences Pures et Appliquées 11: 1261-1271 & 1309-1328.
• Jules Henri Poincaré (1901). Sur une forme nouvelle des equations de la mecanique, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 132: 369-371.
• Heinrich Rubens; Ferdinand Kurlbaum (1901). Über die Reststrahlen des Flussspathes, Annalen der Physik 4: 649-666.
• Max Planck (1901). Über das Gesetz der Energieverteilung im Normalspectrum, Annalen der Physik 4: 553-563.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz (1904). Electromagnetic phenomena in a system moving with any velocity smaller than that of light, Proceedings of Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences 6: 809-831.
• Hantaro Nagaoka (1904). Kinetics of a system of particles illustrating the line and band spectra and the phenomena of radioactivity, Philosophical Magazine 7: 445-455.
• Joseph John Thomson (1904). On the Structure of the Atom, Philosophical Magazine 7: 237-265.
• James Hopwood Jeans (1905). A comparison between two theories of radiation, Nature 72: 293-294.
• James Hopwood Jeans (1905). On the partition of energy between matter and Æther, Phylosophical Magazine 10: 91-98.
• Jules Henri Poincaré (1905). Sur la dynamique d'électron, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 140: 1504-1508.
• Albert Einstein (1905). Über einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtes betreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt, Annalen der Physik 17: 132-148.
• Albert Einstein (1905). Über die von der molekularkinetischen Theorie der Wärme geforderte Bewegung von in ruhenden Flüssigkeiten suspendierten Teilchen, Annalen der Physik 17: 549-560.
• Albert Einstein (1905). Zur Elektrodynamik bewegter Körper, Annalen der Physik 17: 891-921.
• Walther Nernst (1906). Über die Berechnung chemischer Gleichgewichte aus thermischen Messungen, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 1-40.
• Marian Ritter von Smolan Smoluchowski (1906). Zur kinetischen Theorie der Brownschen Molekularbewegung und der Suspensionen, Annalen der Physik 21: 756-780.
• Albert Einstein (1906). Zur Theorie der Brownschen Bewegung. Annalen der Physik 19: 371-381.
• Albert Einstein (1907). Über das Relativitätsprinzip und die aus demselben gezogene Folgerungen, Jahrbuch der Radioaktivität und Elektronik 4: 411-462.
• Albert Einstein (1907). Über die vom Relativitätsprinzip geforderte Trägheit der Energie, Annalen der Physik und Chemie 328: 371-384.
• Albert Einstein (1907). Die Plancksche Theorie der Strahlung und die Theorie der spezifischen Wärme, Annalen der Physik 22: 180-190.
• Hermann Minkowski (1908). Die Grundgleichungen für die elektromagnetischen Vorgänge in bewegten Körpern, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 53-111.
• Paul Langevin (1908). Sur la théorie du mouvement brownien, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 146: 530-533.
• Jean Baptiste Perrin (1908). L'agitation moléculaire et le mouvement brownien, Comptes rendus de l'Académie des sciences 146: 967-970.
• Constantin Carathéodory (1909). Untersuchungen über die Grundlagen der Thermodynamik, Mathematische Annalen 67: 355-386.
• Hermann Minkowski (1909). Raum und Zeit, Jahresberichte der Deutschen Mathematiker-Vereinigung: 75-88.
• Albert Einstein (1909). Zum gegenwärtigen Stand des Strahlungsproblems, Physikalische Zeitschrift 10: 185-193.
• Carl Wilhelm Oseen (1910). Über die Stokes'sche Formel und über eine verwandte Aufgabe in der Hydrodynamik, Arkiv för matematik, astronomi och fysik 6: 1-20.
• Wilhelm Steinitz (1910). Algebraische Theorie der Körper, Journal für die reine und angewandte Mathematik 137: 167-309.
• Max Planck (1911). Sur la théorie des quanta, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 153: 1103-1108.
• Ernest Rutherford (1911). The scattering of a and ß particles by matter and the structure of the atom, Philosophical Magazine 21: 669-688.
• Albert Einstein; Marcel Grossmann (1913). Entwurf einer verallgemeinerten Relativitaetstheorie und einer Theorie der Gravitation, Zeitschrift fuer Mathematik und Physik 62: 225-261.
• Émile Borel (1913). La théorie de la relativité et la cinématique, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences des séances de l'Académie des Sciences 156: 215-18.
• Émile Borel (1913). La cinématique dans la théorie de la relativité, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences des séances de l'Académie des Sciences 157: 703-05.
• Ștefan Procopiu (1913). Determining the Molecular Magnetic Moment by M. Planck’s Quantum Theory, Scientifique de l'Académie Roumanie 3: 131-157.
• Joseph John Thomson (1913). Rays of positive electricity, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 89: 1-20.
• Niels Bohr (1913). On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules, Philosophical Magazine 26: 1-25; 476-502; 857-875.
• James Frank; Gustav Hertz (1914). Über Zusammenstöße zwischen Elektronen und Molekülen des Quecksilberdampfes und die Ionisierungsspannung desselben, Verhandlungen der Deutschen Physikalischen Gesellschaft 16: 457-467.
• Adriaan Fokker (1914). Die mittlere Energie rotierender elektrischer Dipole im Strahlungsfeld, Annalen der Physik 43: 810-20.
• Gunnar Nordström (1914). Über die Möglichkeit, das elektromagnetische Feld und das Gravitationsfeld zu vereinigen, Zeitschrift für Physik 15: 504-506.
• William Wilson (1915). The quantum theory of radiation and line spectra, The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science 29: 795-802.
• Jun Ishiwara (1915). Die Universelle Bedeutung der Wikungsquantums, Tokyo Sugaku Buturigakkai Kizi 8: 106-116.
• David Hilbert (1915). Die Grundlagen der Physik, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen 3: 395-407.
• Peter Debye (1915). Die Konstitution des Wasserstoff-Molektils, Münchener Berichte: 1-26.
• Arnold Sommerfeld (1915). Zur Theorie der Balmerschen Serie, Münchener Berichte: 425-458.
• Arnold Sommerfeld (1915). Die Feinstruktur der Wasserstoff- und Wasserstoff-ähnlichen Linien, Münchener Berichte: 459-500.
• Albert Einstein; Wander Johannes de Haas (1915). Experimenteller Nachweis der Ampereschen Molekularströme, Deutsche Physikalische Gesellschaft, Verhandlungen 17: 152-170.
• Albert Einstein (1915). Die Feldgleichungen der Gravitation, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 844-847.
• Robert Andrews Millikan (1916). A Direct Photoelectric Determination of Planck's "ħ", Physical Review 7: 355-388.
• Clinton J. Davisson (1916). The Dispersion of Hydrogen and Helium on Bohr's Theory, Physical Review 8: 20-27.
• Arnold Sommerfeld (1916). Zur Quantentheorie der Spektrallinien, Annalen der Physik 51: 1-94; 125-167.
• Albert Einstein (1916) Die Grundlage der allgemeinen Relativitätstheorie, Annalen der Physik 49: 769-822.
• Albert Einstein (1916). Strahlungs-Emission und -Absorption nach der Quantentheorie, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 18: 318-323.
• Albert Einstein (1916). Näherungsweise Integration der Feldgleichungen der Gravitation, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 18: 688-696.
• John William Strutt, Lord Rayleigh (1916). On convective currents in a horizontal layer of fluid, when the higher temperature is on the under side, Philosophical Magazine 6: 529-546.
• Paul Sophus Epstein (1916). Zur Theorie des Starkeffektes, Annalen der Physik 50: 489-520.
• Hans Reissner (1916). Über die Eigengravitation des elektrischen Feldes nach der Einsteinschen Theorie, Annalen der Physik 50: 106-120.
• Karl Schwarzschild (1916). Über das Gravitationsfeld eines Massenpunktes nach der Einsteinschen Theorie, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften physikalisch-mathematischen Klasse 1: 189-196.
• Hans Reissner (1916). Über die Eigengravitation des elektrischen Felders nach der Einsteinschen Theorie, Annalen der Physik (Leipzig) 50: 106-120.
• Albert Einstein (1916/17). Zur Quantentheorie der Strahlung, Mitteilungen der Physikalischen Gesellschaft Zürich 18: 47-62; Zeitschrift für Physik 25: 121-128.
• Albert Einstein (1917). Kosmologische Betrachtungen zur allgemeinen Relativitätstheorie, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 6: 142-152.
• Hermann Weyl (1917). Zur Gravitationstheorie, Annalen der Physik 359: 117-145.
• Arnold Sommerfeld (1917). Zur Quantentheorie der Spektrallinien, Annalen der Physik 53: 497-550.
• Willem de Sitter (1917). On the curvature of space, Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen 20: 229-243.
• Willem de Sitter (1917). On the relativity of inertia: Remarks concerning Einstein’s latest hypothesis, Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen 19: 1217-1225.
• Johannes Martinus Burgers (1917). Adiabatische invarianten bij mechanische systemen, Verhandelingen van de afdeling Natuurkunde van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen Amsterdam 25: 849-857; 918-922; 1055-1061.
• Johannes Martinus Burgers (1917). Die adiabatischen Invarianten bedingt periodischer Systeme, Annalen der Physik 52: 195-202.
• Max Planck (1917). Über einen Satz der statistischen Dynamik und seine Erweiterung in der Quantentheorie, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich-Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften physikalisch-mathematischen Klasse 24: 324-341.
• Weyl, H. (1917). Zur Gravitationstheorie, Annalen der Physik 54: 117-145.
• Weyl, H. (1918). Gravitation und Elektrizität, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 465-480.
• Gunnar Nordström (1918). Berekening voor eenige bijzondere gevallen volgens de gravitatietheorie van Einstein, Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen 20: 1238-1245.
• Gunnar Nordström (1918). On the Energy of the Gravitational Field in Einstein’s Theory, Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen 26: 1201-1208.
• Emmy Noether (1918). Invariante Variationsprobleme, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen: 235-257.
• Albert Einstein (1918). Über Gravitationswellen, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 8: 154-167.
• Albert Einstein (1918). Zum Quantensatz von Sommerfeld und Epstein, Deutsche Physikalische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen 19: 82-92.
• Attilio Palatini (1919). Deduzione invariantiva delle equazioni gravitazionali dal principio di Hamilton, Rendiconti del Circolo Matematico di Palermo 43: 203-212.
• Hermann Weyl (1919). Eine neue Erweiterung der Relativitätstheorie, Annals of Physics 59: 101-33.
• Hermann Weyl (1920). Elektrizität und gravitation, Zeitschrift für Physik 21: 649-650.
• Wilhelm Lenz (1920). Beiträge zum Verständnis der magnetischen Eigenschaften in festen Körpern, Zeitschrift für Physik 21: 613-615.
• Niels Bohr (1921). Atomic structure, Nature 106: 104-07.
• Théophile de Donder (1921). La gravifique Einsteinienne, Bulletins de l'Académie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgique 3: 73-268.
• Jacob Robert Emden (1921). Über Lichtquanten, Physikalische Zeitschrift 22: 513-517.
• Otto Stern (1921). Ein Weg zur experimentellen Richtungsquantelung im Magnetfeld, Zeitschrift für Physik 7: 249-253.
• Theodor Kaluza (1921). Zum Unitätsproblem in der Physik, Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: 966-972.
• Jørg Tofte Jebsen (1921). Über die allgemeinen kugelsymmetrischen Lösungen der Einsteinschen Gravitationsgleichungen im Vakuum, Arkiv för matematik, astronomi och fysik 15: 1-9.
• Albert Einstein; Paul Ehrenfest (1922). Quantentheoretische Bemerkungen zum Experiment von Stern und Gerlach, Zeitschrift für Physik 11: 31-34.
• Élie Cartan (1922). Sur une définition géométrique du tenseur d'énergie d'Einstein, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 174: 437-439.
• Élie Cartan (1922). Sur une généralisation de la notion de courbure de Riemann et les espaces à torsion, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 174: 593-595.
• Élie Cartan (1922). Sur les espaces généralisés et la théorie de la relativité, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 174: 734-736.
• Élie Cartan (1922). Sur les espaces conformes généralisés et l’Univers optique, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 174: 857-860.
• Élie Cartan (1922). Sur les équations de structure des espaces généralisés et l’expression analytique du tenseur d’Einstein, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 174: 1104-1107.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1922). Dopplerprinzip und Bohrsche Frequenzbedingung, Physikalische Zeitschrift 23: 301-303.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1922). Über eine bemerkenswerte Eigenschaft der Quantenbahnen eines einzelnen Elektrons, Zeitschrift für Physik 12: 13-23.
• Ronald Aylmer Fisher (1922). On the mathematical foundations of theoretical statistics, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London A 222: 309-368.
• Alexander Alexandrovich Friedmann (1922). Über die Krümmung des Raumes, Zeitschrift für Physik 10: 377-386.
• Walther Gerlach; Otto Stern (1922). Der experimentelle Nachweis der Richtungsquantelung im Magnetfeld, Zeitschrift für Physik 9: 349-352.
• Norbert Wiener (1923). Differential space, Journal of Mathematical Physics 2: 131-174.
• Louis de Broglie (1923). Ondes et quanta, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 177: 507-510; 548-550; 630-632.
• Niels Bohr (1923) Linienspektren und Atombau, Annalen der Physik 376: 228-288.
• Alexander Alexandrovich Friedmann (1924). Über die möglichkeit einer welt mit konstanter negativer krümmung des raumes, Zeitschrift für Physik 21: 326-332.
• Satyendra Nath Bose (1924). Plancks Gesetz und Lichtquantenhypothese, Zeitschrift für Physik 26: 178-181.
• Albert Einstein (1924). Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen gases, Abhandlungen der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Physikalisch-mathematische Klasse 22: 3-14.
• Alexander Friedmann (1924). Über die Möglichkeit einer Welt mit konstanter negativer Krümmung des Raumes, Zeitschrift für Physik 21: 326-332.
• Norbert Wiener (1924). The Dirichlet problem, Journal of Mathematical Physics 3: 127-146.
• Norbert Wiener (1924). Un problème de probabilité dénombrables, Bulletin de la Société Mathématique de France 52: 569-578.
• Max Born (1924). Über Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 16: 379-395.
• Howard P. Robertson (1925). Relativistic cosmology, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 11: 590-592.
• Louis de Broglie (1925). Recherches sur la théorie des quanta, Annales de Physique 3: 22-128.
• Ernst Ising (1925). Beitrag zur Theorie des Ferromagnetismus, Zeitschrift für Physik 31: 253-258.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1925). Über den Zusammenhang des Abschlusses von Elecktronengruppen im Atom mit der Komplexstrucktur der Felder, Zeitschrift für Physik 31: 765-783.
• Werner Heisenberg (1925). Über quantentheoretische Umdeutung kinematischer und mechanischer Beziehungen, Zeitschrift für Physik 33: 879-893.
• Max Born; Werner Heisenberg; Pascual Jordan (1925/26). Zur Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 34: 858-888; Zeitschrift für Physik 35: 557-615.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1925). The Adiabatic Hypothesis for Magnetic Fields, Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23: 69-72.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1925). The Adiabatic Invariants of the Quantum Integrals, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 107: 725-734.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1925). The fundamental equations of quantum mechanics, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 109: 642-653.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1925/26). Quantum mechanics and the preliminary investigation of the hydrogen Atom, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 110: 561-579.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1926). On the theory of quantum mechanics, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 112: 661-677.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1926). Über das Verhältnis der Heisenberg-Born-Jordanschen Quantenmechanik zu der meinen, Annalen der Physik 79: 734-756.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1926). Quantisierung als Eigenwertproblem, Annalen der Physik 79: 361-376; 489-527; Annalen der Physik 80: 437-490; Annalen der Physik 81: 109-139.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1926). An Undulatory Theory of the Mechanics of Atoms and Molecules, Physical Review 28: 1049-1070.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1926). Der stetige Übergang von der Mikro- zur Makromechanik, Dir Naturwissenschaften 14: 664-666.
• Werner Heisenberg (1926). Mehrkörperproblem und Resonanz in der Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 38: 411-426.
• Werner Heisenberg (1926). Über die Spektra von Atomsystemen mit zwei Elektronen, Zeitschrift für Physik 39: 499-518.
• Cornelius Lanczos (1926). Über eine feldmäßige Darstellung der neuen Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 35: 812-830.
• Enrico Fermi (1926). Sulla quantizzazione del gas perfetto monoatomico, Rendiconti Lincei 3: 145-149 [Zeitschrift für Physik 36: 902-912].
• Max Born (1926). Zur Quantenmechanik der Stoßvorgänge, Zeitschrift für Physik 37: 863-867.
• Max Born; Norbert Wiener (1926). Eine neue Formulierung der Quantengesetze für periodische und nicht periodische Vorgänge, Zeitschrift für Physik 36: 174-189.
• Max Born; Vladimir Fock (1926). Das Adiabatenprinzip in der Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 40: 167-191.
• Emil Artin (1926). Theorie der Zöpfe, Abhandlungen aus dem Mathematischen Seminar, Hamburg 4: 47-72.
• Walter Gordon (1926). Der Comptoneffekt nach der Schrödingerschen Theorie, Zeitschrift für Physik A 40: 117-133.
• Fritz London (1926). Über die Jacobischen Transformationen der Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 37: 915-925.
• Pascual Jordan (1926). Anwendung der Quantenmechanik auf das Problem der anomalen Zeemaneffekte, Zeitschrift für Physik 37: 263-277.
• Pascual Jordan (1926). Über kanonische Transformationen in der Quanten-mechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 37: 383-386; Zeitschrift für Physik 38: 513-517.
• Vladimir Fock (1926). Zur Schrödingershen Wellenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 38: 242-250.
• Oskar Klein (1926). Quantentheorie und fünfdimensionale Relativitätstheorie, Zeitschrift für Physik 37: 895-906.
• Léon Brillouin (1926). Rémarques sur la méchaniques ondulatoire, J. Phys. Radium 7: 353-368.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1926). Über das Wasserstoffspektrum vom Standpunkt der neuen Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 36: 336-363.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1927). Über Gasentartung und Paramagnetismus, Zeitschrift für Physik 41: 81-102
• Wolfgang Pauli (1927). Zur Quantenmechanik des magnetischen Elektrons, Zeitschrift für Physik 43: 601-623.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1927). The physical interpretation of quantum dynamics, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 113: 621-641.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1927). The Quantum theory of the emission and absorption of radiation, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 114: 243-265.
• John von Neumann (1927). Mathematische Begründung der Quantenmechanik, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 1-57.
• John von Neumann (1927). Wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretischer Aufbau der Quantenmechanik, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 245-272.
• John von Neumann (1927). Thermodynamik quantenmechanischer Gesamtheiten, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 273-291.
• David Hilbert; Lothar Wolfgang Nordheim; John von Neumann (1927). Über die Grundlagen der Quantenmechanik, Mathematische Annalen 98: 1-30.
• John von Neumann (1927). Allgemeine Eigenwerttheorie Hermitescher Funktionaloperatoren, Mathematische Annalen 102: 49-131.
• Werner Heisenberg (1927). Über den anschaulichen Inhalt der quantentheoretischen Kinematik und Mechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 43: 172-198.
• Vladimir Fock (1927). Über die invariante Form der Wellen- und der Bewegungsgleichungen für einen geladenen Massenpunkt, Zeitschrift für Physik 39: 226-232.
• Paul Ehrenfest (1927). Bemerkung über die angenäherte Gültigkeit der klassischen Mechanik innerhalb der Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 45: 455-457.
• Pascual Jordan; Oskar Klein (1927). Zum Mehrkörperproblem der Quantentheorie, Zeitschrift für Physik 45: 751-795.
• Oskar Klein (1927). Elektrodynamik und Wellenmechanik vom Standpunkt des Korrespondenzprinzip, Zeitschrift für Physik 41: 407-442.
• Oskar Klein (1927). Zur fünfdimensionale Darstellung der Relativitätstheories, Zeitschrift für Physik 46: 188-208.
• Fritz London (1927). Quantenmechanische Deutung der Theorie von Weyl, Zeitschrift für Physik 42: 375-389.
• Hermann Weyl (1927). Quantenmechanik und Gruppentheorie, Zeitschrift für Physik 46: 1-46.
• Robert Lévi (1927). Théorie de l'action universelle et discontinue, Journal de Physique et Le Radium 8: 182-198.
• Georges Lemaître (1927). Un Univers homogène de masse constante et de rayon croissant rendant compte de la vitesse radiale des nébuleuses extra-galactiques, Annales de la Société Scientifique de Bruxelles A 47: 49-59.
• Earle Hesse Kennard (1927). Zur Quantenmechanik einfacher Bewegungstypen, Zeitschrift für Physik 44: 326-352.
• Niels Bohr (1928). The quantum postulate and the recent development of atomic theory, Nature 121: 580-590.
• Arthur Edward Ruark (1928). The Force Equation and the Virial Theorem in Wave Mechanics, Physical Review 31: 533-538.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1928). The quantum theory of electron, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 117: 610-624; Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 118: 351-361.
• Pascual Jordan; Eugene Paul Wigner (1928). Über das Paulische Aquivalenzverbot, Zeitschrift für Physik 47: 631-651.
• Werner Heisenberg (1928). Zur Theorie des Ferromagnetismus, Zeitschrift für Physik 49: 619-636.
• James Waddell Alexander (1928). Topological invariants of knots and links, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 30: 275-306.
• Max Born; Vladimir Fock (1928). Beweis des Adiabatensatzes, Zeitschrift für Physik 51: 165-180.
• Niels Bohr (1929). Wirkungsquantum und Naturbeschreibung, Die Naturwissenschaften 26: 483-486.
• John Clarke Slater (1929). The Theory of Complex Spectra, Physical Review 34: 1293-1322.
• Vladimir Fock; Dmitri Iwanenko (1929). Über eine mögliche geometriche deutung der. relativistichen quantentheorie, Zeitschrift für Physik 54: 798-802.
• Edwin Hubble (1929). A Relation between Distance and Radial Velocity among Extra-Galactic Nebulae, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 15: 168-173.
• John von Neumann (1929). Beweis des Ergodensatzes und des H-Theorems in der neuen Mechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 57: 30-37.
• Oskar Klein (1929). Die Reflexion von Elektronen an einem Potentialsprung nach der relativistischen Dynamik von Dirac, Zeitschrift für Physik 53: 157-165.
• Hermann Weyl (1929). Elektron und Gravitation, Zeitschrift für Physik 56: 330-352.
• Howard Percy Robertson (1929). The uncertainty principle, Physical Review 34: 573-574.
• Leo Szilard (1929). Über die Entropieverminderung in einem thermodynamischen System bei Eingriffen intelligenter Wesen, Zeitschrift für Physik 53: 840-856.
• John von Neumann (1929). Zur Algebra der Funktionaloperationen und Theorie der normalen Operatoren, Mathematische Annalen 102: 370-427.
• Marshall Harvey Stone (1929/30). Linear transformations in Hilbert space, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States 15: 198-200; 423-425; Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States 16: 172-175.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1930). A theory of electrons and protons, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 126: 360-365.
• Victor Weisskopf; Eugene Paul Wigner (1930). Berechnung der natürlichen Linienbreite auf Grund der Diracschen Lichttheorie, Zeitschrift für Physik 63: 54-73; Zeitschrift für Physik 65: 18-29.
• Lev Davidovich Landau (1930). Diamagnetism of Metals, Zeitschrift für Physik 64: 629-637.
• Kurt Gödel (1930). Die Vollständigkeit der Axiome des logischen Funktionenkalküls, Monatshefte für Mathematik 37: 349-360.
• Léon Rosenfeld (1930). Über die Gravitationswirkungen des Lichtes, Zeitschrift für Physik 65: 589-599.
• Léon Rosenfeld (1930). Zur Quantelung der Wellenfelder, Annalen der Physik 5: 113-152.
• John von Neumann (1931). Die Eindeutigkeit der Schrödingerschen Operatoren, Mathematische Annalen 104: 570-578.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1931). Quantized singularities in the electromagnetic field, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 133: 60-72.
• George David Birkhoff (1931). Proof of the ergodic theorem, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 17: 656-660.
• Georges Lemaître (1931). A Homogeneous Universe of Constant Mass and Increasing Radius Accounting for the Radial Velocity of Extra-galactic Nebulae, Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. 91 (5): 483-490.
• Ettore Majorana (1932). Atomi orientation campo magnetico variable, Nuovo Cimento 9: 43-50.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac; Vladimir Fock; Boris Podolsky (1932). On Quantum Electrodynamics, Physikalische Zeitschrift der Sowjetunion 2, 468-479.
• Vladimir Fock (1932). Konfigurationsraum und zweite Quantelung, Zeitschrift für Physik 75: 622-647.
• Eugene Paul Wigner (1932). On the quantum correction for thermodynamic equilibrium, Physical Review 40: 749-759.
• Eugene Paul Wigner (1932). Über die Operation der Zeitumkehr in der Quantenmechanik, Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse: 546-559.
• Enrico Fermi (1932). Quantum theory of radiation, Reviews of Modern Physics 4: 87-132.
• Werner Heisenberg (1932). Über den Bau der Atomkerne, Zeitschrift für Physik 77: 1-11.
• Aleksandr Yakovlevich Khinchin (1933). Asymptotische Gesetze der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrer Grenzgebiete 2: 1-77.
• Walther Meißner; Robert Ochsenfeld (1933). Ein neuer Effekt bei Eintritt der Supraleitfähigkeit, Naturwissenschaften 21: 787-788.
• Enrico Fermi (1933). Tentativo di una teoria dell'emissione dei raggi β, Ricerca Scientifica 4: 491-495 [Nuovo Cimento 2: 1-19 & Zeitschrift für Physik 88: 161-177].
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1933). The Lagrangian in quantum mechanics, Physikalische Zeitschrift der Sowjetunion 3: 64-72.
• Reinhold Fürth (1933). Über einige Beziehungen zwischen klassischer Statistik und Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 81: 143-162.
• Georges Lemaître (1933). L'univers en expansion, Annales de la Société Scientifique de Bruxelles A 53: 51-85.
• Max Born; Leopold Infeld (1934). Foundation of the new field theory, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 144: 425-451.
• Julius Robert Oppenheimer; Wendell Hinkle Furry (1934). On the Theory of the Electron and Positive, Physical Review 45: 245-262.
• Richard C. Tolman (1934). Effect of Inhomogeneity on Cosmological Models, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 20: 169-176.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1935). Discussion of probability relations between separated systems, Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 31: 555-563.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1935). Die gegenwartige Situation in der Quantenmechanik, Die Naturwissenschaften 23: 807-812; 823-828; 844-849.
• Howard Percy Robertson (1935). Kinematics and world structure, Zeitschrift für Astrophysik 82: 248-301; Zeitschrift für Astrophysik 83: 187-201 & 257-271.
• Niels Bohr (1935). Can Quantum-Mechanical Description of Physical Reality be Considered Complete?, Physical Review 48: 696-702.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1935). The electron wave equation in de Sitter space, Annals of Mathematics 36: 657-663.
• Albert Einstein; Boris Podolsky; Nathan Rosen (1935). Can Quantum-Mechanical Description of Physical Reality be considered Complete?, Physical Review 47: 777-780.
• Hideki Yukawa (1935/38). On the interaction of elementary particles, Proceedings of the Physico-Mathematical Society of Japan 17: 48-57; Proceedings of the Physico-Mathematical Society of Japan 19: 1084-93; Proceedings of the Physico-Mathematical Society of Japan 20: 319-40; 720-745.
• Matvei Petrovich Bronstein (1936). Quantentheories schwacher Gravitationsfelder, Physikalische Zeitschrift der Sowjetunion 9: 140-157.
• Bernard Cassen; Edward Uhler Condon (1936). On Nuclear Forces, Physical Review 50: 846-849.
• Alexandru Proca (1936). Sur la théorie du positon, Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences 202: 1366-1368.
• Alexandru Proca (1936). Sur la théorie ondulatoire des électrons positifs et négatifs, Journal de Physique et Le Radium 7: 347-353.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1936). Wave equations in the conformal space, Annals of Mathematics 37: 429-442.
• Werner Heisenberg (1936). Prinzipielle Fragen der modernen Physik, Fünf Wiener Vorträge 3: 91-102.
• Garrett Birkhoff; John von Neumann (1936). The Logic of Quantum Mechanics, Annals of Mathematics 37: 823-843.
• Nicholas Kemmer (1937). Interaction of nuclear particles, Nature 140: 192-93; Field theory of nuclear interaction, Physical Review 52: 906-910.
• Arthur George Walker (1937). On Milne’s theory of world-structure, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 2: 90-127.
• Eugene Paul Wigner (1937). On the consequences of the symmetry of the nuclear Hamiltonian on the spectroscopy of nuclei, Physical Review 51: 106-119.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1937). On the Mathematical Description of Light Nuclei by the Method of Resonating Group Structure, Physical Review 52: 1107-1122.
• Ettore Majorana (1937). Teoria simmetrica dell’elettrone e del positrone, Nuovo Cimento 14: 171-184.
• Erich Hecke (1937/39). Über Modulfunktionen und die Dirichlet Reihen mit Eulerscher Produktentwicklungen, Mathematische Annalen 114: 1-28; Mathematische Annalen 117: 39-64 & 277-300.
• Ernst Carl Gerlach Stueckelberg (1938). Die Wechselwirkungskrafte in der Elektrodynamik und in der Feldtheorie der Kernkrafte, Helvetica Physica Acta 11: 225-244; 299-328; 588-594.
• Albert Einstein; Peter Bergmann (1938). On a Generalization of Kaluza’s Theory of Relativity, Annals of Mathematics 36: 683-701.
• Markus Fierz; Wolfgang Pauli (1939). On relativistic wave equations for particles of arbitrary spin in an electromagnetic field, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 173: 211-232.
• Wolfgang Pauli; Markus Fierz (1939). Über relativistische Feldgleichungen von Teilchen mit beliebigen Spin im elektromagnetishcen Feld, Helvetica Physica Acta 12: 297-300.
• Julius Robert Oppenheimer; Hartland Snyder (1939). Continued Gravitational Contraction, Physical Review 56: 455-459.
• Léon Rosenfeld (1940). Sur le tenseur d'impulsion-énergie, Memoires de l'Académie royale de Belgique 18: 1-30.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1940). The Connection Between Spin and Statistics, Physical Review 58: 716-722.
• William Rarita; Julian Schwinger (1941). On a theory of particles with half-integral spin, Physical Review 60: 61.
• Lev Davidovich Landau (1941). К теории сверхтекучести гелия II, Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 11: 592-614 [Journal of Physics (USSR) 5: 71-114].
• Lev Semenovich Pontryagin (1942). Characteristic cycles on manifolds, Доклады Академии наук 35: 34-47.
• Ernst Carl Gerlach Stueckelberg (1942). La mécanique du point matériel en théorie de relativité et en théorie des quanta, Helvetica Physica Acta 15: 23-37.
• Richard P. Feynman (1942). The Principle of Least Action in Quantum Mechanics, Princeton University Microfilms 2948.
• Werner Heisenberg (1943). Die beobachtbaren Grössen in der Theorie der Elementarteilchen, Zeitschrift für Physik 120: 513-538; 673-702 & Zeitschrift für Physik 123: 93-112.
• Israel Moiseevich Gelfand; Mark Aronovich Naimark (1943). On the imbedding of normed rings into the ring of operators on a Hilbert space, Mat. Sbornik. 12: 197-219.
• Prahalad Chunnilal Vaidya (1943). The External Field of a Radiating Star in General Relativity, Current Science 12: 183-184.
• John Archibald Wheeler; Richard P. Feynman (1945). Interaction with the absorber as the mechanism of radiation, Reviews of Modern Physics 17: 157-161.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1945). On the analogy between classical and quantum mechanics, Reviews of Modern Physics 17: 195-199.
• Albert Einstein; Ernst G. Straus (1945). The Influence of the Expansion of Space on the Gravitation Fields Surrounding the Individual Stars, Reviews of Modern Physics 17: 120.
• Shin'ichirō Tomonaga (1946). On a Relativistically Invariant Formulation of the Quantum Theory of Wave Fields, Progress of Theoretical Physics 1: 27-42.
• Hermann Bondi (1947). Spherically Symmetrical Models in General Relativity, Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society 107: 410-425.
• Yang Chen-Ning (1947). On Quantized Space-Time, Physical Review 72: 874.
• Solomon Halbert Snyder (1947). Quantized space-time, Physical Review 71: 38-41.
• Solomon Halbert Snyder (1947). The electromagnetic field in quantized space-time, Physical Review 72: 68-71.
• Ralph Asher Alpher; Hans Bete; Geoerge Gamow (1948). The Origin of Chemical Elements, Physical Review 73: 803-804.
• Hendrik Brugt Gerhard Casimir (1948). On the attraction between two perfectly conducting plates, Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen B 51: 793-795.
• Julian Schwinger (1948). On Quantum-Electrodynamics and the Magnetic Moment of the Electron, Physical Review 73: 416-417.
• Julian Schwinger (1948). Quantum Electrodynamics, Physical Review 74: 1439-1461; Physical Review 75: 651-679.
• Richard P. Feynman (1948). Space-Time Approach to Non-Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, Reviews of Modern Physics 20: 367-387.
• William Lawrence Bragg (1948). Recent advances in the Study of the Crystalline State, Science 108: 455-463.
• Kurt Gödel (1949). An Example of a New Type of Cosmological Solutions of Einstein's Field Equations of Gravitation, Reviews of Modern Physics 21: 447-450.
• John Archibald Wheeler & Richard P. Feynman (1949). Classical Electrodynamics in Terms of Direct Interparticle Action, Reviews of Modern Physics 21: 425-433.
• Peter Bergmann (1949). Non-linear field theories, Physical Review 75: 680-685; Reviews of Modern Physics 21: 480-487.
• Lev Davidovich Landau (1949). On the Theory of Superfluidity, Physical Review 75: 884-889.
• Wolfgang Pauli; Felix Villars (1949). On the invariant regularization in relativistic quantum theory, Reviews of Modern Physics 21: 434-444.
• Freeman Dyson (1949). The radiation theories of Tomonaga, Schwinger, and Feynman, Physical Review 75: 486-502.
• Freeman Dyson (1949). The S matrix in quantum electrodynamics, Physical Review 75: 1736-1755.
• Werner Heisenberg; Raymond Eldred Siday (1949). The refractive index in electron optics and the principles of dynamics, Proceedings of the Physical Society of London B 62: 8-21.
• Richard P. Feynman (1949). The theory of positrons, Physical Review 76: 749-759.
• John Clive Ward (1950). An identity in quantum electrodynamics, Physical Review 78: 182.
• Konrad Bleuler (1950). Eine neue Methode zur Behandlung der longitudinalen und skalaren Photonen, Helvetica Physica Acta 23: 567-586.
• Richard P. Feynman (1950). Mathematical formulation of the quantum theory of electromagnetic interaction, Reviews of Modern Physics 80: 440-457.
• Vitaly Lazarevich Ginzburg; Lev Davidovich Landau (1950). On the theory of superconductivity, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 20: 1064-1082.
• Hideki Yukawa (1950). Quantum theory of non-local fields, Physical Review 77: 219-226; Physical Review 80: 1047-1052.
• Gian Carlo Wick (1950). The evaluation of the collision matrix, Physical Review 80: 268-272.
• Suraj Narayan Gupta (1950). Theory of longitudinal photons in quantum electrodynamics, Proceedings of the Physical Society of London A 63: 681-691.
• Tosio Kato (1951). Fundamental properties of Hamiltonian operators of Schrödinger type, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 70: 195-211.
• Abraham H. Taub (1951). Empty space-times admitting a three parameter group of motions, The Annals of Mathematics 53: 472-490.
• Hans Albrecht Bethe; Edwin Ernest Salpeter (1951). A Relativistic Equation for Bound State Problems, Physical Review 82: 309-310.
• Joseph Marion Cook (1951). The Mathematics of Second Quantization, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 37: 417-420.
• Linus Pauling; Robert B. Corey (1951). Atomic coordinates and structure factors for two helical configurations of polypeptide chains, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 37: 235-40.
• Linus Pauling; Robert B. Corey; Herman R. Branson (1951). The Structure of Proteins: Two Hydrogen-Bonded Helical Configurations of the Polypeptide Chain, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 37: 205-11.
• Julian Schwinger (1951). On the Green's Functions of Quantized Fields, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 37: 452-455.
• Julian Schwinger (1951/53). The Theory of Quantized Fields, Physical Review 82: 914-927; Physical Review 91: 713-728.
• Imre Fényes (1952). Eine wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretische Begrundung und Interpretation der Quantenmechanik, Zeitschrift für Physik 132: 81-103.
• Arthur Wightman; Gian-Carlo Wick; Eugene Paul Wigner (1952). The Intrinsic Parity of Elementary Particles. Physical Review 88: 101-105.
• Walter Weizel (1953). Ableitung der Quantentheorie aus einem klassischen, kausaldeterminierten Modell, Zeitschrift für Physik 134: 264-285.
• Murray Gell-Mann (1953). Isotopic Spin and New Unstable Particles, Physical Review 92: 833-833.
• Ernst Carl Gerlach Stueckelberg; Andreas Emil Petermann (1953). La normalisation des constantes dans la theorie des quanta, Helvetica Physica Acta 26: 499-520.
• Gerhart Lüders (1954). On the equivalence of invariance under time reversal and under particle-anti- particle conjugation for relativistic field theories, Matematisk-Fysiske Meddelelser Konglige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab 28: 5-17.
• Andrei Nikolaevich Kolmogorov (1954). Preservation of conditionally periodic movements with small change of Hamiltonian function, Soviet Math. Doklady 98: 527-530.
• Léon Van Hove (1954). Correlations in space and time and Born approximation scattering in systems of interacting particles, Physical Review 95: 249-262.
• Murray Gell-Mann; Francis Eugene Low (1954). Quantum electrodynamics at small distances, Physical Review 95: 1300-1312.
• Chen-Ning Yang; Robert Mills (1954). Conservation of isotopic spin and isotopic gauge invariance, Physical Review 96: 191-95.
• Eugenio Calabi (1954). The space of Kähler metrics, Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians Amsterdam: 206-207.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1955). Geons, Physical Review 97: 511-536.
• Rudolf Haag (1955). On quantum field theories, Matematisk-fysiske meddelelser 29: 1-37.
• Leon Neil Cooper (1956). Bound electron pairs in a degenerate Fermi gas, Physical Review 104: 1189-1190.
• Arthur Wightman (1956). Quantum field theory in terms of vacuum expectation values, Physical Review 101: 860-866.
• Shivaramakrishnan Pancharatnam (1956). Generalized Theory of Interference, and Its Applications, Proceedings of the Indian Academy of Sciences A 44: 247-262.
• Ryoyu Utiyama (1956). Invariant Theoretical Interpretation of Interaction, Physical Review 101: 1597-1607.
• Shoichi Sakata (1956). On a composite model for the new particles, Progress of Theoretical Physics 16: 686-688.
• Keita Matsumoto (1956). Some Consequences of the Compound Hypothesis for Elementary Particles, Progress of Theoretical Physics 16: 583-588.
• Bruno Pontecorvo (1957). Mesonium and anti-mesonium, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 33: 549-551 [Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics 6: 429].
• James Maxwell Bardeen; Leon Neil Cooper; John Robert Schrieffer (1957). Microscopic theory of superconductivity, Physical Review 106: 162-164.
• Yasushi Takahashi (1957). On the generalized Ward identity, Nuovo Cimento 6: 371-375.
• Alexei Alexeyevich Abrikosov (1957). On the magnetic properties of superconductors of the second group, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 32: 1442-1452 [Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics 5: 1174-1182].
• John Archibald Wheeler (1957). On the nature of quantum geometrodynamics, Annals of Physics 2: 604-614.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1957). Dynamics of a Lattice Model Universe by the Schwarzschild-Cell Method, Reviews of Modern Physics. 29: 432-443.
• Werner Heisenberg (1957). Quantum Theory of Fields and Elementary Particles, Reviews of Modern Physics 29: 269-278.
• Hugh Everett (1957). Relative State Formulation of Quantum Mechanics, Reviews of Modern Physics 29: 454-462.
• John Bardeen; Leon Neil Cooper; John Robert Schrieffer (1957). Theory of superconductivity, Physical Review 108: 1175-1204.
• Joseph Bishop Keller (1958). Corrected Bohr-Sommerfeld quantum conditions for nonseparable systems, Annals of Physics 4: 180-188.
• Rudolf Haag (1958). Quantum field theories with composite particles and asymptotic conditions, Physical Review 112: 669-673.
• Nelson Dunford (1958). A survey of the theory of spectral operators, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 64: 217-274.
• Rudolf Ludwig Mössbauer (1958). Nuclear Resonance Absorption of Gamma rays in Ir191, Naturwissenschaftem 45: 538-539.
• Richard P. Feynman; Murray Gell-Mann (1958). Theory of the Fermi interaction. Physical Review 109: 193-198.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1958-59). The Theory of gravitation in Hamiltonian form, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 246: 333-343.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1959). Fixation of coordinates in the Hamiltonian theory of gravitation, Physical Review 114: 924-930.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1959). Energy of the gravitational field, Physical Review Letter 2: 368-371.
• Yakir Aharonov; David Bohm (1959). Significance of electromagnetic potentials in quantum theory, Physical Review 115: 485-491.
• Tullio Regge (1959). Symmetry properties of Racah 's coefficients, Nuovo Cimento 11: 116-117.
• Richard Arnowitt; Stanley Deser; Charles W. Misner (1959). Quantum theory of gravitation, Physical Review 113: 745-750.
• Richard Arnowitt; Stanley Deser; Charles W. Misner (1960). Canonical variables for general relativity, Physical Review 117: 1595-1602.
• Robert Vivian Pound; Glen A. Rebka (1959). Gravitational Red-Shift in Nuclear Resonance, Physical Review Letters 3: 439-441.
• Robert Vivian Pound; Glen A. Rebka (1960). Apparent weight of photons, Physical Review Letters 4: 337-341.
• Robert H. Cameron (1960). A family of integrals serving to connect the Wiener and Feynman integrals, Journal of Mathematical Physics 39: 126-140.
• Yoichiro Nambu (1960). Quasi-particle and gauge invariance in the theory of superconductivity, Physical Review 117: 648-663.
• Robert Vivian Pound; Glen Anderson Rebka (1960). Variation with temperature of the energy of recoil-free gamma rays from solids, Physical Review Letters 4: 274-275.
• Israel Moiseevich Gelfand; Akiva Moiseevich Yaglom (1960). Integration in Functional Spaces and its Applications in Quantum Physics, Journal of Mathematical Physics 1: 48-69.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1960). A reformation of the Born-Infeld electrodynamics, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 247: 32-43.
• Murray Gell-Mann (1961). A Theory of Strong Interaction Symmetry, California Institute of Technology No.CTSL-20.
• Yuval Ne'eman (1961). Derivation of strong interactions from a gauge invariance, Nuclear Physics 26: 222-229.
• Yoichiro Nambu; Giovanni Jona-Lasinio (1961). Dynamical model of elementary particles based on an analogy with superconductivity, Physical Review 122: 345-358; Physical Review 124: 246-254.
• Jeffrey Goldstone (1961). Field theories with superconductor solutions, Nuovo Cimento 19: 154-164.
• Sheldon Lee Glashow (1961). Partial-symmetries of weak interactions, Nuclear Physics 22: 579-588.
• Howard Georgi; Sheldon Lee Glashow (1961). Gauge theories of vector particles, Annals of Physics 15: 437-460.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1961). Geometrodynamics and the problem of motion, Reviews of Modern Physics 33: 63-78.
• Rolf Landauer (1961). Irreversibility and heat generation in the computing process, IBM Journal of Research and Development 5: 183-191.
• Thomas Walter Bannerman Kibble (1961). Lorentz Invariance and the gravitational field, Journal of Mathematical Physics 2: 212-221.
• George Pólya (1961). On the eigenvalues of vibrating membranes, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 11: 419-433.
• Tony Skyrme (1962). A unified field theory of mesons and baryons, Nuclear Physics 31: 556-569.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1962). An extensible model of the electron, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 268: 57-67.
• Jürgen Kurt Moser (1962). On invariant curves of area-preserving mappings of an annulus, Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse 6: 1-20.
• Ziro Maki; Masami Nakagawa; Shoichi Sakata (1962). Remarks on the unified model of elementary particles, Progress of Theoretical Physics 28: 870-880.
• Murray Gell-Mann (1962). Symmetries of baryons and mesons, Physical Review 125: 1067-1084.
• Roy Patrick Kerr (1963). Gravitational field of a spinning mass as an example of algebraically special metrics, Physical Review Letter 11: 237-238.
• Ezra Ted Newman; Louis A. Tamburino; Theodore W. J. Unti (1963). Empty‐Space Generalization of the Schwarzschild Metric, Journal of Mathematical Physics 4: 915-923.
• John Benjamin Kogut; Davison Eugene Soper (1963). Massive quantum electrodynamics in the infinite momentum frame; Physical Review 130: 406-409.
• Julian Schwinger (1963). Nonabelian Gauge Fields, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 130: 402-405.
• Ruth H. Hobart (1963). On the instability of a class of unitary field models, Proceedings of the Physical Society of London 82: 201-203.
• Richard P. Feynman (1963). Quantum theory of gravitation, Acta Phys. Polon. 24: 697-722.
• Nicola Cabibbo (1963). Unitary symmetry and leptonic decays, Physical Review Letter 10: 531-533.
• John Stewart Bell (1964). On the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox, Physics 1: 195-200.
• Edward Nelson (1964). Feynman integrals and the Schrödinger equation, Journal of Mathematical Physics 5: 332-343.
• Murray Gell-Mann (1964). A schematic model of baryons and mesons, Physical Review Letter 8: 214-215.
• George Zweig (1964). An SU(3) Model for strong interaction symmetry and its breaking, CERN 8182/TH. 401 & 8419/TH. 412.
• Peter Ware Higgs (1964). Broken Symmetries, Massless Particles and Gauge Fields, Physics Letters 12: 132-133.
• Peter Ware Higgs (1964). Broken Symmetries and the Masses of Gauge Bosons, Physical Review Letter 13: 508-509.
• François Englert; Robert Brout (1964). Broken symmetry and the mass of gauge vector mesons, Physical Review Letter 13: 321-323.
• Bunji Sakita (1964). Supermultiplets of elementary particles, Physical Review B 136: 1756-1760.
• Bunji Sakita (1964). Electromagnetic Properties of Baryons in the Supermultiplet Scheme of Elementary Particles, Physical Review Letter 13: 643-646.
• Gerald Stanford Guralnik; Carl Richard Hagen; Thomas Walter Bannerman Kibble (1964). Global conservation laws and massless particles, Physical Review Letter 13: 585-587.
• Oscar Wallace Greenberg (1964). Spin and unitary-spin independence in a paraquark model of baryons and mesons, Physical Review Letter 13: 598-602.
• Dennis William Sciama (1964). The physical structure of general relativity, Reviews of Modern Physics 36: 463-469.
• Robert Vivian Pound; Glen A. Rebka (1964). Effect of Gravity on Nuclear Resonance, Physical Review Letters 13: 539-540.
• Philip W. Anderson (1963). Plasmons, Gauge Invariance, and Mass, Physical Review 130: 439-442.
• Graham H. Derrick (1964). Comments on nonlinear wave equations as models for elementary particles, Journal of Mathematical Physics 5: 1252-1254.
• Rudolf Haag; Daniel Kastler (1964). An Algebraic approach to quantum field theory, Journal of Mathematical Physics 5: 848-861.
• Arthur Wightman; Lars Gårding (1965). Fields as operator-valued distributions in relativistic quantum theory, Arkiv för Fysik 28: 129-184.
• Roger Penrose (1965). Gravitational Collapse and Space-Time Singularities, Physical Review Letter 14: 57-59.
• Peter Bergmann; Michel Cahen; Arthur Komar (1965). Spherically symmetric gravitational fields, Journal of Mathematical Physics 6: 1-5.
• Ezra Ted Newman; Allen I. Janis (1965). Metric of a Rotating, Charged Mass, 918-919.
• Ezra Ted Newman; Allen I. Janis (1965). Note on the Kerr spinning-particle metric, Journal of Mathematical Physics 6: 915-917.
• Ezra Ted Newman; W. Eugene Couch; Kommareddy Chinnapareddy; Albert Exton; Abhishodh Prakash; Robert J. Torrence (1965). Metric of a Rotating Charged Mass, Journal of Mathematical Physics 6: 918.
• Stephen Hawking; Roger Penrose (1965). Singularities in homogenous world models, Physical Review Letter 17: 246-247.
• Moo-Young Han; Yoichiro Nambu (1965). Three-Triplet Model with Double SU(3). Symmetry, Physical Review B 139: 1006-1010.
• Hideki Yukawa (1966). Atomistics and the divisibility of space and time, Progress of Theoretical Physics Suppl. 37-38: 512-523.
• Hironari Miyazawa (1966). Baryon number changing currents, Progress of Theoretical Physics 36: 1266-1276.
• Benny Lautrup (1966). Canonical quantum electrodynamics in covariant gauges, Scientia Danica. Series M, Mathematica et physica 35: 1-29.
• Edward Nelson (1966). Derivation of the Schrödinger equation from Newtonian mechanics, Physical Review 150: 1079-1085.
• Noboru Nakanishi (1966). Indefinite-metric quantum field theory of general relativity, Progress of Theoretical Physics 35: 1111-1116.
• Leo Philip Kadanoff (1966). Scaling laws for ising models near Tc, Physics Physique Fizika 2: 263-272.
• Peter Ware Higgs (1966). Spontaneous Symmetry Breakdown without Massless Bosons, Physical Review 145: 1156-1163.
• John Stewart Bell (1966). On the problem of hidden variables in quantum mechanics, Reviews of Modern Physics 38, 447-452.
• Steven Weinberg (1967). A model of leptons, Physical Review Letter 19: 1264-1266.
• Simon Kochen; Ernst P. Specker (1967). The Problem of Hidden Variables in Quantum Mechanics, Indiana University Mathematics Journal 17: 59-87.
• Ludvig Dmitrievich Faddeev; Victor Nikolaevich Popov (1967). Feynman diagrams for the Yang-Mills field, Physics Letters B 25: 29-30.
• Richard Dolen; David Horn; Christoph Schmid (1967). Prediction of Regge parameters of ρ poles from. low-energy πN data, Physical Review Letter 19: 402-407.
• Bryce DeWitt (1967). Quantum theory of gravity, Physical Review 160: 1113-1148; Physical Review 162: 1195-1239.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1967). Superspace and the nature of quantum geometrodynamics; Cécile DeWitt-Morette; John Archibald Wheeler, Battelle Rencontres, Reading: W. A. Benjamin: 242-307.
• Thomas Walter Bannerman Kibble (1967). Symmetry breaking in non-Abelian gauge theories, Physical Review 155: 1554-1561.
• Roger Penrose (1967). Twistor algebra, Journal of Mathematical Physics 8: 345-366.
• Reuben Hersh; Richard Griego (1967). Brownian Motion and Potential Theory, Scientific American 220(3): 54-64.
• Sidney Coleman; Jeffrey Mandula (1967). All Possible Symmetries of the S Matrix, Physical Review 159: 1251-1256.
• Steven Weinberg (1967). A Model of Leptons, Physical Review Letters 19: 1264-1266.
• Tullio Regge (1967). Algebraic Topology Methods in the Theory of Feynman Relativistic Amplitudes, Battelle Memorial Institute: 433-458.
• Leonard Schulman (1968). A path integral for spin, Physical Review 176: 1558-1569.
• Sheldon Lee Glashow; Steven Weinberg (1968). Breaking chiral symmetry, Physical Review Letter 20: 224-227.
• Gabriele Veneziano (1968). Construction of a crossing-symmetric, Regge-behaved amplitude for linearly rising trajectories, Nuovo Cimento A 57: 190-197.
• Richard Dolen; David Horn; Christoph Schmid (1968). Finite-energy sum rules and their application to eN charge enchange, Physical Review 166: 1768-1781.
• Abdus Salam (1968). Elementary Particle Physics Relativistic Groups and Analyticity, Elementary Particle Physics: Relativistic Groups and Analyticity, Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksells: 367-377.
• Giorgio Ponzano; Tullio Regge (1968). Semiclassical limit of Racah coefficients, Spectroscopic and group theoretical methods in physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland: 1-58.
• Victor Gershevich Kac (1968). Simple irreducible graded Lie algebras of finite growth, Известия Академии наук СССР. Серия математическая 32: 1323-1367 [Mathematics of the USSR-Izvestiya 2: 1271-1311].
• Marco Ademollo; Hector R. Rubinstein; Gabriele Veneziano; Miguel Virasoro (1968) Reciprocal bootstrap of the vector and tensor trajectories from superconvergence, Physics Letters B 27: 99-102.
• Irwin I. Shapiro; Gordon H. Pettengill; Michael E. Ash; Melvin L. Stone; William B. Smith; Richard P. Ingalls; Richard A. Brockelman (1968). Fourth Test of General Relativity: Preliminary Results, Physical Review Letters 20: 1265-1269.
• Miguel Ángel Virasoro (1969). A alternative constructions of crossing-symmetric amplitudes with Regge behavior, Physical Review 177: 2309-2311.
• William Allan Bardeen (1969). Anomalous Ward Identities in spinor field theories, Physical Review 184: 1848-1859.
• Stephen Louis Adler (1969). Axial-vector vertex in spinor electrodynamics, Physical Review 177: 2426-2438.
• Keiji Kikkawa; Bunji Sakita;Miguel Ángel Virasoro (1969). Feynman-like diagrams compatible with duality, Physical Review 184: 1701-1713.
• Alan C. Newell & John A. Whitehead (1969). Finite bandwidth, finite amplitude convection, Journal of Fluid Mechanics 38: 279-303.
• Hong-Mo Chan; Jack E. Paton (1969). Generalized Veneziano model with isospin, Nuclear Physics B 10: 516-520.
• Leonard Susskind (1969). Harmonic oscillator analogy for the Veneziano amplitude, Physical Review Letter 23: 545-547.
• John Stewart Bell; Roman Wladimir Jackiw (1969). PCAC puzzle: π0 → γγ in the ϛ-model, Nuovo Cimento A 60: 47-61.
• Richard P. Feynman (1969). Very High-Energy Collisions of Hadrons, Physical Review Letter 23: 1415-1417.
• James Daniel Bjorken (1969). Asymptotic Sum Rules at Infinite Momentum, Physical Review 179: 1547-1553.
• Roger Frederick Dashen (1969). Chiral SU(3)⊗SU(3) as a Symmetry of the Strong Interactions, Physical Review 183: 1245-1260.
• David Ritz Finkelstein (1969/72). Space-time code, Physical Review 184: 1261-1271; Physical Review D 5: 320-328; 2922-2931.
• Holger Bech Nielsen (1970). An almost physical interpretation of the integrand of the Veneziano formula, Nordita Preprint.
• Curtis Gove Callan (1970). Broken Scale Invariance in Scalar Field Theory, Physical Review D 2: 1541-1547.
• Yoichiro Nambu (1970). Duality and Hadrodynamics, Notes prepared for the Copenhagen High. Energy Symposium; Eguchi, T. & Nishijima, K. (1995). Broken Symmetry, Singapole: World Scientific: 280-301.
• Leonard Susskind (1970). Dual-symmetric theory of hadrons, Nuovo Cimento A 69: 457-496 & 497-507.
• Irwin I. Shapiro (1970). Electrostatic analog for the Virasoro model, Physics Letters B 33: 361-362.
• Yoichiro Nambu (1970). Quark model and the factorization of the Veneziano amplitude, Enrico Fermi Institute 6964.
• Kurt Symanzik (1970). Small distance behaviour in field theory and power counting, Communications in Mathematical Physics 18: 227-246.
• Bryce DeWitt (1970). Quantum Mechanics and Reality: Could the solution to the dilemma of indeterminism be a universe in which all possible outcomes of an experiment actually occur?, Physics Today 23: 30-40.
• Roger Penrose (1971). Angular momentum: an approach to combinatorial spacetime, Quantum Theory and Beyond, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press: 151-180.
• Roger Penrose (1971). Applications of negative dimensional tensors, Combinatorial Mathematics and its Application: 221-243.
• Julius Wess; Bruno Zumino (1971). Consequences of anomalous Ward identities, Physics Letters B 37: 95-97.
• Gerald Harris Rosen (1971). Dilaton field theory and conformally Minkowskian space-time, Physical Review D 3: 615-616.
• Pierre Ramond (1971). Dual theory for free fermions, Physical Review D 3: 2415-2418.
• Franz Joachim Wegner (1971). Duality in generalized Ising models and phase transitions without local order parameter, Journal of Mathematical Physics 12: 2259-2272.
• Yuri Abramovich Golfand; Evgeny Pinkhasovich Likhtman (1971). Extension of the algebra of Poincaré group generators and violation of P invariance, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 13: 452-455 [Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics Letters 13: 323-326].
• André Neveu; John Henry Schwarz (1971). Factorizable dual model of pions, Nuclear Physics B 31: 86-112.
• Michael G. G. Laidlaw; Cécile DeWitt-Morette (1971). Feynman functional integrals for systems of indistinguishable particles, Physical Review D 3: 1375-1378.
• Jean-Loup Gervai; Bunji Sakita (1971). Field theory interpretation of supergauges in dual models, Nuclear Physics B 34: 632-633.
• Jean-Loup Gervais; Bunji Sakita (1971). Generalizations of dual models, Nuclear Physics B 34: 477-492.
• Osamu Hara (1971). On origin and physical meaning of ward-like identity in dual resonance model, Progress of Theoretical Physics 46: 1549-1559.
• Martin Charles Gutzwiller (1971). Periodic orbits and classical quantization conditions, Journal of Mathematical Physics 12: 343-358.
• Claud Lovelace (1971). Pomeron form factors and dual Regge cuts, Physics Letters B 34: 500-506.
• André Neveu; John Henry Schwarz (1971). Quark model of dual pions, Physical Review D 4: 1109-1111.
• Toshio Goto (1971). Relativistic quantum mechanics of one-dimensional mechanical continuum and subsidiary condition of dual resonance model, Progress of Theoretical Physics 46: 1560-1569.
• Kenneth Geddes Wilson (1971). Renormalization group and strong interactions, Physical Review D 3: 1818-1846.
• Kurt Symanzik (1971). Small-distance-behaviour analysis and Wilson expansions, 23: 49-86.
• David Lovelock (1971). The Einstein tensor and its generalizations, Journal of Mathematical Physics 12: 498-501.
• John Clayton Taylor (1971). Ward identities and charge renormalization of the Yang-Mills field, Nuclear Physics B 33: 436-444.
• Roger Frederick Dashen (1971). Some Features of Chiral Symmetry Breaking, Physical Review D 3: 1879-89.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1971). Renormalizable Lagrangians for Massive Yang-Mills Fields, Nuclear Physics B 33: 173-199; B 35: 167-188.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1971/72). A positive-energy relativistic wave equation, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 322: 435-445 & A 328: 1-7.
• Gerard 't Hooft; Martinus Veltman (1972). Example of a gauge field theory, Nuclear Physics B 50: 318-353.
• Gerard 't Hooft; Martinus Veltman (1972). Regularization and renormalization of gauge fields, Nuclear Physics B 44: 189-213.
• Akira Tomimatsu; Fumitaka Sato (1972). New Exact Solution for the Gravitational Field of a Spinning Mass, Physical Review Letter 29: 1344-1345.
• Benjamin W. Lee and Jean Zinn-Justin (1972/73). Spontaneously Broken Gauge Symmetries, Physical Review D 5: 3121-3137; Physical Review D 7: 1049-1056.
• André Neveu; Joël Scherk (1972). Connection between Yang-Mills fields and dual models, Nuclear Physics B 36: 155-161.
• Harald Fritzsch; Murray Gell-Mann (1972). Current algebra: Quarks and what else?, Proceedings of the XVI International Conference on High Energy Physics 2: 135-161.
• Kazuo Fujikawa; Benjamin Whisoh Lee; Anthony Ichiro Sanda (1972). Generalized renormalizable gauge formulation of spontaneously broken gauge theories, Physical Review D6: 2923-2943.
• Dmitrij Vasilievich Volkov; Vladimir P. Akulov (1972). Possible universal neutrino interaction, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 16: 621-622;Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics Letters 16: 438-440.
• Andrei Alekseevich Slavnov (1972). Ward identities in gauge theories, Теоретическая и математическая физика 10: 153-161 [Theoretical and Mathematical Physics 10: 99-107].
• Jacob David Bekenstein (1973). Black holes and entropy, Physical Review D 7: 2333-2346.
• Stephen Hawking (1973). The four laws of black hole mechanics, Communications in Mathematical Physics 31: 161-170.
• Makoto Kobayashi; Toshihide Maskawa (1973). CP-violation in the renormalizable theory of weak interaction, Progress of Theoretical Physics 9: 652-657.
• Yoichiro Nambu (1973). Generalized Hamiltonian dynamics, Physical Review D 7: 2405-2412.
• Stanley Mandelstam (1973). Interacting String Picture of The Dual Resonance Models, Nuclear Physics B 64: 205-235.
• Dmitrij Vasilievich Volkov; Vladimir P. Akulov (1973). Is the Neutrino a Goldstone Particle?, Physics Letters B 46: 109-110.
• Steven Weinberg (1973). Non-Abelian Gauge Theories of the Strong Interactions, Physical Review Letter 31: 494-497.
• York-Peng Yao (1973). Notations and metric used in this note are the same as those in this reference, Physical Review D 7: 1647-1660.
• Peter Goddard; Jeffrey Goldstone; Claudio Rebbi; Charles B. Thorn (1973). Quantum dynamics of a massless relativistic string, Nuclear Physics B56: 109-135.
• Hugh David Politzer (1973). Reliable Perturbative Results for Strong Interactions?, Physical Review Letter 30: 1346-1349.
• Sidney Coleman; Steven Weinberg (1973). Radiative corrections as the origin of spontaneous symmetry breaking, Physical Review D 7: 1888-1910.
• James Bardeen; Brandon Carter; Stephen Hawking (1973). The four laws of black hole mechanics, Communications in Mathematical Physics 31: 161-170.
• Holger Bech Nielsen & Poul Olesen (1973). Vortex-line models for dual strings, Nuclear Physics B 61: 45-61.
• Ernest S. Abers; Benjamin W. Lee (1973). Gauge Theories, Physics. Reports 9C: 1-141.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1973). Dimensional regularization and the renormalization group, Nuclear Physics B 61: 455-468.
• Thomas Appelquist; Howard Georgi (1973). e+e− Annihilation in Gauge Theories of Strong Interactions, Physical Review D 8: 4000-4002.
• David Jonathan Gross; Frank Anthony Wilczek (1973). Ultraviolet behavior of non-abeilan gauge theories, Physical Review Letter 30: 1343-1346.
• David Jonathan Gross; Frank Anthony Wilczek (1973/74). Asymptotically free gauge theories, Physical Review D 8: 3633-3652; Physical Review D 9: 980-993.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1974). A planar diagram theory for strong interactions, Nuclear Physics B 72: 461-470.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1974). Magnetic monopoles in unified gauge theories, Nuclear Physics B 79: 276-278.
• Gabriele Veneziano (1974). An introduction to dual models of strong interactions and their physical motivations, Physics Reports 9: 199-242.
• Hugh David Politzer (1974). Asymptotic freedom: an approach to strong interactions, Physical Review 14: 129-180.
• Stephen Hawking (1974). Black hole explosions?, Nature 248: 30-31.
• Michael Kalb; Pierre Ramond (1974). Classical Direct Interstring Action, Physical Review D 9: 2273-2284.
• Kenneth Geddes Wilson (1974). Confinement of quarks, Physical Review D 10: 2445-2459.
• Tamiaki Yoneya (1974). Connection of dual models to electrodynamics and gravidynamics, Progress of Theoretical Physics 51: 1907-1920.
• Joël Scherk; John Henry Schwarz (1974). Dual models for non-hadrons, Nuclear Physics B81: 118-144.
• Joël Scherk; John Henry Schwarz (1974). Dual models and the geometry of space-time, Physics Letters B 52: 347-350.
• David Jonathan Gross; André Neveu (1974). Dynamical symmetry breaking in asymptotically free field theories, Physical Review D 10: 3235-3253.
• Michio Kaku; Keiji Kikkawa (1974). Field theory of relativistic strings, Physical Review D10: 1110-1133 & 1823-1843.
• Jacob David Bekenstein (1974). Generalized second law of thermodynamics in black-hole physics, Physical Review D 9: 3292-3300.
• Howard Georgi; Sheldon Lee Glashow (1974). Unity of all elementary-particle forces, Physical Review Letter 32: 438-441.
• Howard Georgi; Helen Rhoda Quinn; Steven Weinberg (1974). Hierarchy of interactions in unified gauge theories, Physical Review Letter 33: 451-454.
• Stanley Mandelstam (1974). Interacting String Picture of The Neveu-Schwarz-Ramond Model, Nuclear Physics B 69: 77-106.
• Jogesh C. Pati; Abdus Salam (1974). Lepton number as the fourth color, Physical Review D 10: 275-289.
• Alan Chodos; Charles Thorn (1974). Making the massless string massive, Nuclear Physics B 72: 509-522.
• Alexander Markovich Polyakov (1974). Particle spectrum in quantum field theory, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 20: 430-433 [Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics Letter 20: 194-195].
• Pierre Fayet; John Iliopoulos (1974). Spontaneously broken supergauge symmetries and Goldstone spinors, Physics Letters B 51: 461-464.
• Yoichiro Nambu (1974). Strings, monopoles, and gauge fields, Physical Review D 10: 4262-4268.
• Julius Wess; Bruno Zumino (1974). Lagrangian model invariant under supergauge transformations, Physics Letters B 49: 52-54.
• Julius Wess; Bruno Zumino (1974). Supergauge transformations in four dimensions, Nuclear Physics B 70: 39-50.
• Julius Wess; Bruno Zumino (1974). Supergauge invariant extension of quantum electrodynamics, Nuclear Physics B 78: 1-13.
• Carlo Becchi; Alain Rouet; Raymond Stora (1974). The Abelian Higgs-Kibble model, unitarity of the S operator, Physics Letters B 52: 344-346.
• Kenneth Geddes Wilson; John Benjamin Kogut (1974). The renormalization group and the S expansion, Physical Review C 12: 75-200.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1974). Cosmological Models and the Large Number Hypothesis, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 338: 439-446.
• Jerzy F. Plebański (1975). A class of solutions of the Einstein-Maxwell equations, Annalen der Physik 90: 196-255.
• Rudolf Haag; Jan T. Łopuszański; Martin Sohnius (1975). All possible generators of supersymmetries of the S-matrix, Nuclear Physics B88: 257-274.
• Alexander Markovich Polyakov (1975). Compact gauge fields and the infrared catastrophe, Physics Letters B 59: 82-84.
• ‪Manoj Kumar Prasad‬; Charles M. Sommerfield (1975). Exact Classical Solution for the ‘t Hooft Monopole and the Julia-Zee Dyon, Physical Review Letter 35: 760-762.
• Igor Viktorovich Tyutin (1975). Gauge invariance in field theory and statistical physics in operator formalism, Lebedev Physics Institute 39.
• Kenneth Geddes Wilson; John Benjamin Kogut (1975). Hamiltonian formulation of Wilson's lattice gauge theories, Physical Review D 11: 395-408.
• Leo Philip Kadanoff (1975). Notes on Migdal's recursion formulas, Annals of Physics 100: 359-394.
• Stephen Hawking (1975). Particle creation by black holes, Communications in Mathematical Physics 43: 199-220.
• Bernard Stanford Massey; Alfred John Ward-Smith (1975). Mechanics of Fluids, New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.
• John Bardeen; Michael S. Chanowitz; Sidney D. Drell; Marvin Weinstein; Tung-Mow Yan (1975). Heavy quarks and strong binding; a field theory of hadron structure, Physical Review D 11: 1094-1036.
• Roger F. Dashen; Brosl Hasslacher; André Neveu (1975). Particle spectrum in model field theories from semiclassical functional integral techniques. Physical Review D11: 3424-3250.
• Alexander Abramovich Belavin; Alexander Markovich Polyakov; ‪Albert Schwarz; Yuri Tyupkin (1975). Pseudoparticle solutions of the Yang-Mills equations, Physics Letters B 59: 85-87.
• Sidney Richard Coleman (1975). Quantum sine-Gordon equation as the massive Thirring model, Physical Review D 11: 2088-2097.
• Alexander Arkadyevich Migdal (1975). Recursion equations in gauge field theories, Письма в Журнал экспериментальной и теоретической физики 69: 810-822 & 1457-1467 [Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics 42: 413-418].
• Lochlainn O'Raifeartaigh (1975). Spontaneous symmetry breaking for chiral scalar superfields, Nuclear Physics B 96: 331-352.
• Harald Fritzsch; Peter Minkowski (1975). Unified interactions of leptons and hadrons, Annals of Physics 93: 193-266.
• Harald Fritzsch; Peter Minkowski (1975). Ψ resonances, gluons and the zweig rule, Nuovo Cimento A 30: 393-429.
• Carlo Becchi; Alain Rouet; Raymond Stora (1975). Renormalization of the Abelian. Higgs-Kibble Model, Communications in Mathematical Physics 42: 127-162.
• Carlo Becchi; Alain Rouet; Raymond Stora (1976). Renormalization of gauge theories, Annals of Physics 98: 287-321.
• Kenneth Alan Johnson; Charles Thorn (1976). Stringlike Solutions of the Bag Model, Physical Review D13: 1934-1939.
• Feza Gürsey; Pierre Ramond; Pierre Sikivie (1976). A universal gauge theory model based on E6, Physics Letters B 60: 177-180.
• Eugène Cremmer; Joël Scherk (1976). Dual models in/our dimensions with internal symmetries, Nuclear Physics B 103: 399-425.
• Eugène Cremmer; Joël Scherk (1976). Spontaneous compactification of space in an Einstein-Yang-Mills-Higgs model, Nuclear Physics B 108: 409-416.
• Sergio Ferrara; Peter van Nieuwenhuizen (1976). Consistent supergravity with complex spin 3/2 gauge fields, Physical Review Letter 37: 1669-1671.
• Daniel Zissel Freedman; Peter van Nieuwenhuizen; Sergio Ferrara (1976). Progress toward a theory of supergravity, Physical Review D13: 3214-3218.
• Stanley Deser; Bruno Zumino (1976). Consistent supergravity, Physics Letters B 62: 335-337.
• Stanley Deser; Bruno Zumino (1976). A complete action for the spinning string, Physics Letters B 65: 369-373.
• Thomas Walter Bannerman Kibble (1976). Topology of cosmic domains and strings, Journal of Physics A 98: 1387-1398.
• Stanley Mandelstam (1976). Vortices and quark confinement in non-abelian gauge theories, Physical Review C 23: 245-249.
• Lars Brink; Paolo Di Vecchia; Paul S. Howe (1976). A locally supersymmetric and reparametrization invariant action for the spinning string, Physics Letters B 65: 471-474.
• Lars Brink; John H. Schwarz; Joël Scherk (1977). Supersymmetric Yang-Mills theories, Nuclear Physics B 121: 77-92.
• Guido Altarelli; Giorgio Parisi (1977). Asymptotic freedom in parton language, Nuclear Physics B 126: 298-318.
• Gary William Gibbons; Stephen Hawking (1977). Action Integrals And Partition Functions In Quantum Gravity, Physical Review D 15: 2752-2756.
• Roberto Daniele Peccei; Helen Rhoda Quinn (1977). Constraints imposed by CP conservation in the presence of pseudoparticles, Physical Review D 16: 1791-1797.
• Roberto Daniele Peccei; Helen Rhoda Quinn (1977). CP conservation in the presence of pseudoparticles, Physical Review Letter 38: 1440-1443.
• Stephen Hawking (1977). Gravitational Instantons, Physics Letters A 60: 81-83.
• Claus Montonen; David Olive (1977). Magnetic monopoles as gauge particles?, Physics Letters B 72: 117-120.
• Eugène Cremmer; Joël Scherk (1977). Spontaneous compactification of extra space dimensions, Nuclear Physics B 118: 61-75.
• Ferdinando Gliozzi; David Olive; Joël Scherk (1977). Supersymmetry, supergravity theories and the dual spinor model, Nuclear Physics B 122: 253-290.
• Rainer K Sachs; Hung-Hsi Wu (1977). General relativity and cosmology, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 83: 1101-1164.
• Steven Weinberg (1978). A New Light Boson?, Physical Review Letter 40: 223-226.
• Gary William Gibbons; Stephen Hawking (1978). Gravitational Multi-Instantons, Physics Letters B 78: 430-432.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1978). On the phase transition towards permanent quark confinement, Nuclear Physics B 138: 1-2.
• Frank Anthony Wilczek (1978). Problem of strong p and t invariance in the presence of instantons, Physical Review Letter 40: 279-282.
• Stephen Hawking (1978). Space-time Foam, Nuclear Physics B 144: 349-362.
• Werner Nahm (1978). Supersymmetries and their representations, Nuclear Physics B 135: 149-166.
• Alexander Markovich Polyakov (1978). Thermal properties of gauge fields and quark liberation, Physics Letters B 72: 477-480.
• Yoav Achiman; Berthold Stech (1978). Quark-lepton symmetry and mass scales in an E6 unified gauge model, Physics Letters B 77: 389-393.
• Michael Francis Atiyah; John D. Jones (1978). Topological aspects of Yang-Mills theory, Communications in Mathematical Physics 61: 97-118.
• Taichiro Kugo; Izumi Ojima (1978). Manifestly covariant canonical formulation of Yang-Mills theories physical state, Physics Letters B 73: 459-462; Progress of Theoretical Physics 62: 1396-1402.
• Eugene Cremmer; Bernard Julia (1978). The N=8 supergravity theory, Physics Letters B 80: 48-51.
• Eugene Cremmer; Bernard Julia; Joël Scherk (1978). Supergravity theory in eleven dimensions, Physics Letters B 76: 409-412.
• Eugene Cremmer; Sergio Ferrara; Joël Scherk (1978). SU(4). invariant super-gravity theory, Physics Letters B 74: 61-64.
• Eugene Cremmer; Bernard Julia (1979). The SO(8). supergravity, Nuclear Physics B 159: 141-212.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1979). The Large Number Hypothesis and the Einstein Theory of Gravitation, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 365: 19-30.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1979). A property of electric and magnetic flux in non-abelian gauge theories, Nuclear Physics B 153: 141-160.
• Leonard Susskind (1979). Dynamics of spontaneous symmetry breaking in the Weinberg-Salam theory, Physical Review D 20: 2619-2625.
• Taichi Kugo; Izumi Ojima (1979). Local covariant operator formalism of nonabelian gauge theories and quark confinement problem, Progress of Theoretical Physics Supplements 66: 1-130.
• Kazuo Fujikawa (1979). Path-integral measure for gauge-invariant fermion theories, Physical Review Letter 42: 1195-1198.
• Paul Benioff (1980). The computer as a physical system: A microscopic quantum mechanical Hamiltonian model of computers as represented by Turing machines, Journal of Statistical Physics 22: 563-591.
• Piero Caldirola (1980). The introduction of the chronon in the electron theory and a charged lepton mass formula, Nuovo Cimento 27: 225-228.
• Alexei Alexandrovich Starobinsky (1980). A new type of isotropic cosmological models without singularity, Physics Letters B 91: 99-102.
• Steven Weinberg (1980). Conceptual foundation of the unified theory of weak and electromagnetic interactions, Reviews of Modern Physics 52: 515-523.
• Daniel Harry Friedan (1980). Nonlinear models in 2+ε dimensions, Physical Review Letter 45: 1057-1060.
• Gerhard Mack; ‪Valentina B. Petkova (1980). Sufficient condition for confinement of static quarks by a vortex condensation mechanism, Annals of Physics 125: 117-134.
• Sheldon Lee Glashow (1980). Towards a unified theory: Threads in a tapestry, Reviews of Modern Physics 52: 539-543.
• Alexander Markovich Polyakov (1981). Quantum geometry of bosonic strings, Physics Letters B 103: 207-210.
• Howard Turner Barnes (1981). A transverse gluonium potential model with Breit-Fermi hyperfine effects, Zeitschrift für Physik C 10: 275-281.
• Katsuhiko Sato (1981). First-order phase transition of a vacuum and the expansion of the Universe, Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society 195: 467-479.
• Paul Langacker (1981). Grand Unified Theories and Proton Decay, Physics Reports 72: 185-385.
• Savas Dimopoulos; Howard Georgi (1981). Softly broken supersymmetry and SU(5)., Nuclear Physics B 193: 150-162.
• Rodolfo Gambini; Antoni Trías (1981). On the geometrical origin of gauge theories, Physical Review D23: 553-555.
• Michael Boris Green; John Henry Schwarz (1981). Supersymmetrical dual string theory, Nuclear Physics B 181: 502-530; Nuclear Physics B 198: 252-268.
• Alan Harvey Guth (1981). The inflationary universe: a possible solution to the horizon and flatness problems, Physical Review D 23: 347-356.
• Arthur Wightman (1981). Looking back at Quantum Field Theory, Physica Scripta 24: 813-816.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1981). Topology of the gauge condition and new confinement phases in non-abelian gauge theories, Nuclear Physics B 190: 455-478.
• Paul Benioff (1982). Quantum mechanical models that dissi-pate no energy, Journal of Statistical Physics 48: 1581-1591.
• ‪Charles Henry Bennett (1982). The thermodynamics of computation, International Journal of Theoretical Physics 21: 905-940.
• John Michael Cornwall; Antony Wilson Soni (1982). Glueballs as bound states of massive gluons, Physics Letters B 120: 431-435.
• Bernard de Wit; Hermann Nicolai (1982). N = 8 supergravity, Nuclear Physics B 208: 323-364.
• Eric Bergshoeff; Mees de Roo; Bernard de Wit; Peter van Nieuwenhuizen (1982). Ten dimensional Maxwell-Einstein supergravity, Nuclear Physics B 195: 97-136.
• Michael Francis Atiyah; Raoul Bott (1982). The Yang-Mills equations over Riemann surfaces, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society London A 308: 523-615.
• Kazuo Fujikawa (1982). Path integral of relativistic strings, Physical Review D 25: 2584-2592.
• Edward Witten (1982). An SU(2). Anomaly, Physics Letters B 117: 324-328.
• Edward Witten (1982). Constraints on supersymmetry breaking, Nuclear Physics B 202: 253-316.
• Edward Witten (1982). Supersymmetry and Morse theory, Journal of Differential Geometry 17: 661-692.
• Ashoke Sen (1982). Gravity as a spin system, Physics Letters B 119: 89-91.
• Michael Boris Green & John Henry Schwarz (1982). Supersymmetrical string theories, Physics Letters B 109: 444-448.
• Michael Boris Green; John Henry Schwarz & Brink, L. (1982). N=4 Yang-Mills and N=8 supergravity as limits of string theories, Nuclear Physics B 198: 474-492.
• François Englert (1982). Spontaneous compactification of eleven-dimensional supergravity, Physics Letters B 119: 339-342.
• Thomas Appelquist; Alan Chodos (1983). Quantum dynamics of Kaluza-Klein theories, Physical Review D 28: 772-784.
• George Frederick Chapline; Nicholas Stephen Manton (1983). Unification of Yang-Mills theory and supergravity in ten dimensions, Physics Letters B 120: 105-109.
• Simon Kirwan Donaldson (1983). An application of gauge theory to four-dimensional topology, Journal of Differential Geometry 18: 279-315.
• Mitsuhiro Kato; Kaku Ogawa (1983). Covariant Quantization of String Based on BRS Invariance, Nuclear Physics B 212: 443-460.
• Edward Witten (1983). Global aspects of current algebra, Nuclear Physics B 223: 422-432.
• Orlando Alvarez (1983). Theory of strings with boundaries, Nuclear Physics B 216: 125-184.
• Warren Siegel (1983). Hidden local supersymmetry in the supersymmetric particle action, Physics Letters B 128: 397-399.
• Rafael Dolnick Sorkin (1983). Kaluza-Klein Monopole, Physical Review Letter 51: 87-90.
• David Jonathan Gross; Malcolm John Perry (1983). Magnetic Monopoles in Kaluza-Klein Theories, Nuclear Physics B 226: 29-48.
• Michael Boris Green; John Henry Schwarz (1983). Superstring Interactions, Nuclear Physics B 218: 43-88.
• James Burkett Hartle; Stephen Hawking (1983). Wave function of the universe, Physical Review D 28: 2960-2975.
• Eugène Cremmer; Sergio Ferrara; Luciano Girardello; ‪Antoine Van Proeyen (1983). Yang-Mills Theories with Local Supersymmetry, Nuclear Physics B 212: 413-442.
• Lars Brink; Olof Lindgren; Bengt E. W. Nilsson (1983). N = 4 Yang-Mills theory on the light cone, Nuclear Physics B 212: 401-412.
• Bernard Biran; François Englert; Bernard de Wit; Hermann Nicolai (1983). N = 8 supergravity and its breaking from spontaneous compactification, Physics Letters B 124: 45-50.
• Riccardo D'Auria; Pietro Fré; Peter van Nieuwenhuizen (1983). Symmetry breaking in d = 11 supergravity on the parallelized seven-sphere, Physics Letters B 122: 225-231.
• Marvin H. Kalos (1984). Monte Carlo Methords in Quantum Problems, NATO ASI Series C 125: 19-31.
• Rudolf Haag; Heide Narnhofer, Ulrich Stein (1984). On Quantum Field Theory in Gravitational Background, Communications in Mathematical Physics 94: 219-238.
• Steven Weinberg (1984). Quasi-Riemannian theories of gravitation in more than four dimensions, Physics Letters B 138: 47-51.
• Michael Boris Green; John Henry Schwarz (1984). Anomaly cancellation in supersymmetric d=10 gauge theory and superstring theory, Physics Letters B 149: 117-122.
• Alexander Belavin; Alexander Polyakov; Alexander Zamolodchikov (1984). Infinite conformal symmetry in two-dimensional quantum field theory, Nuclear Physics B 241: 333-380.
• Keiji Kikkawa; Masami Yamasaki (1984). Casimir effects in superstring theories, Physics Letters B 149: 357-360.
• Michael Boris Green; John Henry Schwarz (1984). Covariant description of superstrings, Physics Letters B 136: 367-370.
• Edward W. Kolb; Richard C. Slansky (1984). Dimensional reduction in the early universe: Where have the massive particles gone?, Physics Letters B 135: 378-382.
• Malcolm John Perry (1984). Non-Abelian Kaluza-Klein monopoles, Physics Letters B 137: 171-174.
• Clifford Henry Taubes (1984). On the Yang-Mills-Higgs equations, Bulletin (New Series) of the American Mathematical Society 10: 295-297.
• Michael Victor Berry (1984). Quantal phase factors accompanying adiabatic changes, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 392: 45-57.
• Luis Álvarez-Gaumé; Gregory W. Moore; Paul Henry Ginsparg; Cumrun Vafa; Edward Witten (1984). Gravitational Anomalies, Nuclear Physics B234: 269-330.
• David Deutsch (1985). Quantum Theory, the Church-Turing Principle and the Universal Quantum Computer, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A 400: 97-117.
• Thomas Henry Buscher (1985). Quantum corrections and extended supersymmetry in new sigma models, Physics Letters B 159: 127-130.
• Mees de Roo (1985). Matter coupling to N=4 supergravity, Nuclear Physics B 255: 515-531.
• Wojciech Hubert Żurek (1985). Cosmological experiments in superfluid Helium, Nature 317: 505-508.
• Simon Kirwan Donaldson (1985). Anti-self-dual Yang-Mills connections over complex algebraic surfaces and stable vector bundles, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society 50: 1-26.
• Efim Samoilovich Fradkin; ‪Arkady A. Tseytlin‬ (1985). Conformal Supergravity, Phys. Rept. 119: 233-362; Nonlinear electrodynamics from quantized strings, Physics Letters B163: 123-127.
• Vadim Genrikhovich Knizhnik (1985). Covariant Fermionic Vertex in Superstrings, Physics Letters B 160: 403-407.
• Nathan Isgur; Jack Paton (1985). Flux-tube model for hadrons in QCD, Physical Review D 31: 2910-2929.
• David Jonathan Gross; Jeffrey A. Harvey; Emil John Martinec; Ryan Milton Rohm (1985). Heterotic string theory, Nuclear Physics B 256: 253-284.
• Michael Boris Green; John Henry Schwarz (1985). Infinity cancellations in SO(32) superstring theory, Physics Letters B 151: 21-25.
• Bernard de Wit; Paul G. Lauwers; ‪Antoine Van Proeyen (1985). Lagrangians of N = 2 supergravity-matter systems, Nuclear Physics B 255: 569-570.
• Valerii Terentevich Filippov (1985). n-Lie algebras, Сибирский журнал вычислительной математики 26: 126-140.
• Efim Samoilovich Fradkin; ‪Arkady A. Tseytlin‬ (1985). Quantum string theory effective action, Nuclear Physics B 261: 1-27.
• Lance Jenkins Dixon; Jeffrey A. Harvey; Cumrun Vafa; Edward Witten (1985). Strings on orbifolds, Nuclear Physics B 261: 678-686.
• Philip Candelas; Gary T. Horowitz; Andrew Strominger; Edward Witten (1985). Vacuum configuration for superstrings, Nuclear Physics B 258: 46-74.
• Peter Goddard; Adrian Kent; David Olive (1985). Virasoro algebras and coset space models, Physics Letters 152: 88-92.
• Abhay Ashtekar (1986). New Variables for Classical and Quantum Gravity, Physical Review Letter 57: 2244-2247.
• Luis Álvarez-Gaumé; Gregory W. Moore; Paul Henry Ginsparg; Cumrun Vafa (1986). An O(16) × O(16) heterotic string, Physics Letters B 171: 155-162.
• David Jonathan Gross; André Neveu; Jeffrey A. Harvey; Emil John Martinec; Ryan Milton Rohm (1986). Heterotic string theory, Nuclear Physics B 267: 74-124.
• Claudio Teitelboim (1986). Monopoles of higher rank, Physics Letters B 167: 69-74.
• Marc Henneaux; Claudio Teitelboim (1986). p-form electrodynamics, Foundations of Physics 16: 593-617.
• Kumar S. Narain (1986). New heterotic string theories in uncompactified dimensions < 10, Physics Letters B 169: 41-46. • Lance Jenkins Dixon; Jeffrey A. Harvey (1986). String theories in ten-dimensions without space-time supersymmetry, Nuclear Physics B 274: 93-105. • Andrew Strominger (1986). Superstrings with Torsion, Nuclear Physics B 274: 253-284. • Giancarlo Ghirardi; Alberto Rimini; Tullio Weber (1986). Unified dynamics for microscopic and macroscopic systems, Physical Review D 34: 470-491. • Thomas Henry Buscher (1987). A symmetry of the string background equations, Physics Letters B 194: 59-62. • Alexander Markovich Polyakov (1987). Quantum gravity in two dimensions, Modern Physics Letters A 11: 893-898. • Hiroki Fukutaka; Taro Kashiwa (1987). Path integration on spheres: Hamiltonian operators from the Faddeev-Senjanovic path integral formula, Annals of Physics 176: 301-329. • Kumar S. Narain; Mohammad Hossein Sarmadi; Cumrun Vafa (1987). Asymmetric orbifolds, Nuclear Physics B 288: 551-577. • George Leibbrandt (1987). Introduction to noncovariant gauges, Reviews of Modern Physics 59: 1067-1120. • ‪Roberto C. Myers‬ (1987). New dimensions for old strings, Physics Letters B 199: 371-376. • Hugo D. Wahlquist (1987). The Doppler response to gravitational waves from a binary star source, Gen Relat Gravit 19: 1101-1113. • Abhay Ashtekar (1987). New Hamiltonian formulation of general relativity, Physical Review D 36: 1587-1602. • Paul Henry Ginsparg (1987). On toroidal compactification of heterotic Strings, Physical Review D 35: 648-654. • ‪Michal Praszałowicz (1987). SU(n). skyrme model, Skyrmions and Anomalies, River Edge: World Scientific: 112-131. • Tsuneo Suzuki (1988). A Ginzburg-Landau type theory of quark confinement, Progress of Theoretical Physics 80: 929-934. • Hiroki Fukutaka; Taro Kashiwa (1988). Privileged Role of the Mid-Point Prescription in Path Integrations for Constrained Systems, Progress of Theoretical Physics 80: 151-161. • Thomas Henry Buscher (1988). Path integral derivation of quantum duality in nonlinear sigma models, Physics Letters B 201: 466-472. • Paul Henry Ginsparg (1988). Curiosities at c=1, Nuclear Physics B 295: 153-170. • Carlo Rovelli; Lee Smolin (1988). Knot theory and quantum gravity, Physical Review Letter 61: 1155-1158. • Theodore Jacobson; Lee Smolin (1988). Nonperturbative quantum geometries, Nuclear Physics B 299: 295-345. • ‪Nathan Seiberg (1988). Observations on the moduli space of superconformal field theories, Nuclear Physics B 303: 286-304. • Robbert Dijkgraaf; Erik Verlinde; ‪Herman Verlinde‬ (1988). On Moduli Spaces of Conformal Field Theories with c>=1, Perspectives in String Theory, River Edge: World Scientific: 117-137.
• Hiroki Fukutaka; Taro Kashiwa (1988). Canonical transformations in the path integral and the operator formalism, Annals of Physics 185: 301-329.
• Edward Witten (1988). Topological Quantum Field Theory, Communications in Mathematical Physics 117: 353-386.
• Edward Witten (1989). Quantum field theory and the Jones polynomial, Communications in Mathematical Physics 121: 351-399.
• Petr Hořava (1989). Background duality of open string models, Physics Letters B 231: 251-257.
• Robert G. Leigh (1989). Dirac-Born-Infeld action from Dirichlet sigma model, Modern Physics Letters A 4: 2767-2772.
• Václav Alan Kostelecký; Stuart Samuel (1989). Gravitational phenomenology in higher dimensional theories and strings, Physical Review D 40: 1886-1903.
• Jin Dai; Robert G. Leigh; Joseph Polchinski (1989). New connections between string theories, Modern Physics Letters A 4: 2073-2083.
• Václav Alan Kostelecký; Stuart Samuel (1989). Phenomenological gravitational constraints on strings and higher-dimensional theories, Physical Review Letter 63: 224-227.
• Enrique Alvarez (1989). Quantum gravity: an introduction to some recent results, Reviews of Modern Physics 61: 561-604.
• Philip Candelas; Monika Lynker; Rolf Schimmrigk (1990). Calabi-Yau manifolds in weighted P4, Nuclear Physics B 341: 383-402.
• Brian Randolph Greene; Ronen Plesser (1990). Duality in Calabi-Yau Moduli Space, Nuclear Physics B 338: 15-37.
• Carlo Rovelli; Lee Smolin (1990). Loop representation of quantum general relativity, Nuclear Physics B 331: 80-152.
• Anamaría Font; ‪‪Luis Ibáñez; Dieter Lüst; Fernando Quevedo (1990). Strong-weak coupling duality and nonperturbative effects in string theory, Physics Letters B 249: 35-43.
• Masuo Suzuki (1990). Fractal decomposition of exponential operators with applications to many-body theories and Monte Carlo simulations, Physics Letters A 146: 319-323.
• Masuo Suzuki (1991). General theory of fractal path integrals with applications to many‐body theories and statistical physics, Journal of Mathematical Physics 32: 400-407.
• Gary T. Horowitz; Andrew Strominger (1991). Black strings and P-branes, Nuclear Physics B 360: 197-209.
• Abhay Ashtekar; Carlo Rovelli; Lee Smolin (1991). Gravitons and loops, Physical Review D 44: 1740-1755.
• Abhay Ashtekar; Carlo Rovelli; Lee Smolin (1992). Weaving a classical geometry with quantum threads, Physical Review Letter 69: 237-240.
• Dmitri V. Boulatov (1992). A model of three dimensional lattice gravity, Modern Physics Letters A 7: 1629-1646.
• Augusto Sagnotti (1992). Note on the Green-Schwarz Mechanism in Open-String Theories, Physics Letters B 294: 196-203.
• ‪Hirosi Ooguri‬ (1992). Topological lattice models in four dimensions, Modern Physics Letters A 7: 2799-2810.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1993). Dimensional reduction in quantum gravity, gr-qc/9310026.
• ‪Jerome Gauntlett‬; Jeffrey A. Harvey; James T. Liu (1993). Magnetic monopoles in string theory, Nuclear Physics B 409: 363-381.
• Leonard Susskind (1993). The World as a Hologram: hep-th/9409089.
• Beverly K. Berger; Vincent Moncrief (1993). Numerical investigation of cosmological singularities, Physical Review D 48: 4676-4687.
• Thibault Damour; Aleksandr M. Polyakov (1994). String theory and gravity, General Relativity and Gravitation 26: 1171-1176.
• Thibault Damour; Aleksandr M. Polyakov (1994). The string dilaton and a least coupling principle, Nuclear Physics B 423: 532-558.
• John Carlos Baez (1994). Generalized measures in gauge theory, Letters in Mathematical Physics 31: 213-224.
• ‪Nathan Seiberg; Edward Witten (1994). Electric-magnetic duality, monopole condensation, and confinement in N=2 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory, Nuclear Physics B 426: 19-52; Nuclear Physics B 430: 485-486.
• ‪Nathan Seiberg; Edward Witten (1994). Monopoles, duality and chiral symmetry breaking in N=2 supersymmetric QCD, Nuclear Physics B 431: 484-550.
• Edward Witten (1994). Monopoles and four-manifolds, Mathematical Research Letters 1: 769-796.
• Fernando Barbero (1994). Real-polynomial formulation of general relativity in terms of connections, Physical Review D 49: 6935-6938.
• Jerzy Lewandowski (1994). Topological measure and graph-differential geometry on the quotient space of connections, International Journal of Modern Physics D 3: 207-210.
• John Henry Schwarz (1995). An SL(2,Z). multiplet of type IIB superstrings, Physics Letters B 360: 13-18.
• Edward Witten (1995). Chern-Simons theory as a string theory, Progress of Mathematics 133: 637-678.
• Edward Witten (1995). String theory dynamics in various dimensions, Nuclear Physics B 443: 85-126.
• Roger Penrose (1995). Concerning space-time points for spin 3/2 twistor spaces, Twistor Newsletter 39: 1-5.
• Joseph Polchinski (1995). Dirichlet-branes and Ramond-Ramond charges, Physical Review Letter 75: 4724-4727.
• Carlo Rovelli; Lee Smolin (1995). Discreteness of area and volume in quantum gravity, Nuclear Physics B 442: 593-622.
• Carlo Rovelli; Lee Smolin (1995). Spin networks and quantum gravity, Physical Review D 52: 5743-5759.
• ‪Nathan Seiberg (1995). Electric-magnetic duality in supersymmetric non-Abelian gauge theories, Nuclear Physics B 435: 129-146.
• Andrew Strominger (1995). Massless black holes and conifolds in string theory, Nuclear Physics B 451: 96-108.
• Paul Kingsley Townsend (1995). The eleven-dimensional supermembrane revisited, Physics Letters B 350: 184-187.
• Christopher Michael Hull; Paul Kingsley Townsend (1995). Unity of superstring dualities, Nuclear Physics B 438: 109-137.
• Katrin Becker; Melanie Becke; Andrew Strominger (1995). Fivebranes, membranes, and non-perturbative string theory, Nuclear Physics B 456: 130-152.
• Fernando Barbero (1996). Real Ashtekar Variables for Lorentzian Signature Space-times, Physical Review D 51: 5507-5510.
• Katrin Becker; Melanie Becker (1996). M-Theory on eight-manifolds, Nuclear Physics B 477: 155-167.
• John H. Schwarz (1996). Lectures on Superstring and M-Theory Dualities, Nuclear Physics B - Proceedings Supplements 55B: 1-32.
• John Carlos Baez (1996). Spin network states in gauge theory, Advances in Mathematics 117: 253-272.
• ‪Laura Andrianopoli‬; ‪Matteo Bertolini‬; Anna Ceresole; Riccardo D'Auria; Sergio Ferrara; Pietro Fré (1996). General matter coupled N = 2 supergravity, Nuclear Physics B 476: 397-417.
• Sören Holst (1996). Barbero's Hamiltonian derived from a generalized Hilbert-Palatini action, Physical Review D 53: 5966-5969.
• Carlo Rovelli (1996). Black hole entropy from loop quantum gravity, Physical Review Letter 14: 3288-3291.
• Petr Hořava; Edward Witten (1996). Eleven-dimensional supergravity on a manifold with boundary, Nuclear Physics B 475: 94-114.
• Cumrun Vafa (1996). Evidence for F-theory, Nuclear Physics B 469: 403-415.
• Joseph Polchinski; Edward Witten (1996). Evidence for heterotic - type I string duality, Nuclear Physics B 460: 525-540.
• Petr Hořava; Edward Witten (1996). Heterotic and Type I String Dynamics from Eleven Dimensions, Physics Letters B 460: 506-524.
• Andrew Strominger; Cumrun Vafa (1996). Microscopic origin of the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy, Physics Letters B 379: 99-104.
• Andrew Strominger; Shing-Tung Yau; Eric Zaslow (1996). Mirror symmetry is T-duality, Nuclear Physics B 479: 243-259.
• Simon Kirwan Donaldson (1996). The Seiberg-Witten equations and 4-manifold topology, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 33: 45-70.
• ‪Kirill Krasnov (1997). Geometrical entropy from loop quantum gravity, Physical Review D 55: 3505-3513.
• ‪Ruben Minasian; Gregory Moore (1997). K-theory and Ramond-Ramond charge, Journal of High Energy Physics 9711: 002.
• Tom Banks; Willy Fischler; Stephen Shenker; Leonard Susskind (1997). M theory as a matrix model: A conjecture, Physical Review D 55: 5112-5128.
• ‪Arkady A. Tseytlin‬ (1997). On non-abelian generalisation of the Born-Infeld action in string theory, Nuclear Physics B 501: 41-52.
• Giorgio Immirzi (1997). Quantum gravity and regge calculus, Nuclear Physics Proc. Sup. 57: 65-72; General relativity and quantum cosmology, Classical and Quantum Gravity 14: L177-L181.
• Abhay Ashtekar (1997). Quantum theory of geometry I: Area operators, Classical and Quantum Gravity 14: A55-A81.
• Abhay Ashtekar (1997). Quantum theory of geometry II: Volume Operators, Advances in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics 1: 388-429.
• Giovanni Amelino-Camelia; John Ellis; Nick E. Mavromatos; Dimitri V. Nanopoulos (1997). Distance measurement and wave dispersion in a Liouville string approach to quantum gravity, International Journal of Modern Physics A 12: 607-623.
• Dmitri Diakonov; Victor Petrov; Maxim Polyakov (1997). Exotic anti-decuplet of baryons: prediction from chiral solitons, Zeitschrift für Physik A359: 305-314.
• Juan Martín Maldacena (1998). The Large N limit of superconformal field theories and supergravity, Advances in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics 2: 231-252.
• Itzhak Bars; Cemsinan Deliduman; Oleg Andreev (1998). Gauged duality, conformal symmetry and spacetime with two times, Physical Review D 58: 066004.
• Edward Witten (1998). Anti-de Sitter space and holography,Advances in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics 2: 253-291.
• Edward Witten (1998). Anti-de Sitter space, thermal phase transition, and confinement in gauge theories, Advances in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics 2: 505-532.
• Edward Witten (1998). D-Branes and K-Theory, Journal of High Energy Physics 9812: 019.
• David Jonathan Gross; ‪Hirosi Ooguri‬ (1998). Aspects of large N gauge theory dynamics as seen by string theory, Physical Review D 58: 106002.
• Steven Gubser; Igor Klebanov; Alexander Markovich Polyakov (1998). Gauge theory correlators from non-critical string theory, Physics Letters B 428: 105-114.
• Willy Fischler; Leonard Susskind (1998). Holography and cosmology, hep-th/9805114.
• ‪John W. Barrett‬; Louis Crane (1998). Relativistic spin networks and quantum gravity, Journal of Mathematical Physics 39: 3296-3302.
• Ashoke Sen (1998). Tachyon condensation on the brane antibrane system, Journal of High Energy Physics 8: 012.
• Nima Arkani-Hamed; Savas Dimopoulos; Gia Dvali (1998). The Hierarchy problem and new dimensions at a millimeter, Physics Letters B429: 263-272.
• Lisa Randall; Raman Sundrum (1999). Large Mass Hierarchy from a Small Extra Dimension, Physical Review Letter 83: 3370-3373.
• Richard Streit Hamilton (1999). Non-singular solutions of the Ricci flow on threemanifolds, Communications in Analysis and Geometry 7: 695-729.
• ‪Roberto C. Myers‬ (1999). Dielectric-Branes, Journal of High Energy Physics 12: 022.
• Rodolfo Gambini; Jorge Pullin (1999). Nonstandard optics from quantum spacetime, Physical Review D 59: 124021.
• Michael Victor Berry; Jonathan Peter Keating (1999). The Riemann zeros and eigenvalue asymptotics, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics Review 42: 236-266.
• Gia Dvali; Gregory Gabadadze; Massimo Porrati (2000). 4D gravity on a brane in 5D Minkowski space, Physics Letters B 485: 208-214.
• Martin Bojowald (2000/01). Loop Quantum Cosmology, Quantum Gravity 17: 1489-1526; 18: 1055-1088.
• Martin Bojowald (2001). Absence of singularity in loop quantum cosmology, Physical Review Letter 86: 5227-5230.
• Martin Bojowald (2001). Dynamical Initial Conditions in Quantum Cosmology, Physical Review Letter 87: 121-301.
• Nima Arkani-Hamed; Massimo Porrati; Lisa Randall (2001). Holography and phenomenology, Journal of High Energy Physics 8: 017.
• Paul J. Steinhardt; Neil Turok (2001). Cosmic evolution in a cyclic universe, Physical Review D 65:126003.
• Martin Bojowald (2002). Inflation from quantum geometry, Physical Review Letter 89: 261-301.
• Grigori Perelman (2002). The entropy formula for the Ricci flow and its geometric applications: math.DG/0211159.
• Martin Bojowald (2004). The Early Universe in Loop Quantum Cosmology, VI Mexican School on Gravitation and Mathematical Physics: arXiv:gr-qc/0503020.
• Tadakatsu Sakai; Shigeki Sugimoto (2005). On the baryons in holographic QCD, Progress of Theoretical Physics 113: 843-882; Progress of Theoretical Physics 114: 1083-1118.
• Jonathan Bagger; Neil Lambert (2007). Modeling multiple M2’s, Physical Review D75: 045020.
• Alex Smith (2007). Wolfram's 2,3 Turing Machine Is Universal, Champaign: Wolfram Research.
• Andreas Gustavsson (2009). Algebraic structures on parallel M2-branes, Nuclear Physics B 811: 66-76.

• Johann Wilhelm Ritter (1805). Das Elektrische System der Korper, Leipzig: Reclam.
• Jean-Robert Argand (1806). Essai sur une manière de représenter les quantités imaginaires dans les constructions géométriques, Paris: Mme Vve Blanc.
• Simeon-Denis Poisson (1811). Traité de Mécanique, Paris: Mme Veuve Courcier.
• Henry Thomas Colebrooke; Haran Chandra Banerji (1817). Algebra with arithmetic and mensuration, from the Sanskrit of Brahmagupta and Bhāskara, London: John Murray.
• André-Marie Ampère (1822). Recueil d'observations électro-dynamiques, Paris: Crochard.
• George Green (1828). An Essay on the Application of Mathematical Analysis to the Theories of Electricity and Magnetism, Nottingham: T. Wheelhouse.
• Michael Faraday (1839). Experimental Researches in Electricity, London: R. & J. E. Taylor.
• Carl Friedrich Gauss; Wilhelm Eduard Weber (1840). Atlas Des Erdmagnetismus: Nach Den Elementen Der Theorie Entworfen, Leipzig: Weidmann'sche Buchhandlung.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1842-43). Vorlesungen über Dynamik, Berlin: Georg Reimer.
• Hermann von Helmholtz (1847). Über die Erhaltung der Kraft eine physikalische Abhandlung, Berlin: Reimer.
• Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi (1866). Vorlesungen über Dynamik, gehalten an der Universität Königsberg im Winter 1842/43, Berlin: Reimer.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1871). Theory of Heat, London: Longmans & Green.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1873). Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Henry William Watson (1876). A Treatise on the Kinetic Theory of Gases, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• James Clerk Maxwell (1888). An Elementary Treatise on Electricity, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Oliver Heaviside (1893). Electromagnetic Theory, London: The Electrician Printing and Publishing.
• Ludwig Boltzmann (1896). Vorlesungen über Gastheorie, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• Henri Poincaré (1899) Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• A[rthur Stanley Mackenzie (1900). The Laws of Gravitation, New York: American Book.
• Hector Munro Macdonald (1902). Electric Waves, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Carl Vilhelm Ludwig Charlier (1902-07). Die Mechanik des Himmels, Leipzig: Veit.
• Jacques Hadamard (1903). Leçons sur la propagation des ondes et les équations de l'hydrodynamique, Paris: A. Hermann.
• William Thomson, Baron Kelvin (1904). Baltimore lectures on molecular dynamics and the wave theory of light, London: Clay.
• James Walker (1904). The Analytical Theory of Light, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Max Abraham; August Föppl (1904). Theorie der Elektrizität, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Ernst Mach (1905). Erkenntnis und Irrtum: Skizzen zur Psychologie der Forschung, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• Émile Borel; Maurice Fréchet (1905). Leçons sur les fonctions de variables réelles et les développements en séries de polynomes, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Friedrich Carl Alwin Pockels (1906). Lehrbuch der Kristalloptik, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Max Planck (1906). Vorlesungen über die Theorie der Wärmestrahlung, Leipzig: Barth.
• Edmund Taylor Whittaker (1907). The Theory of Optical Instruments, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Augusto Righi (1908). Die moderne Theorie der physikalischen Erscheinungen, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• Simon Newcomb (1908). The Stars: A Study of the Universe, New York: G. P. Putnam.
• Max Planck (1909). Die Einheit des physikalischen Weltbildes, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz (1909). The theory of electrons and its applications to the phenomena of light and radiant heat, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Max Planck (1910). Acht vorlesungen über theoretische physik, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Alexander Brill (1912). Das Relativitätsprinzip: eine Einführung in die Theorie, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Ernst Mach (1912). Die Mechanik in ihrer Entwicklung, Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Emil Cohn (1913). Physikalisches über Raum und Zeit, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• William Wallace Campbell (1913). Stellar Motions, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Paul Ehrenfest (1913). Zur Krise der Lichtäther-Hypothese, Berlin: Springer.
• Alfred Arthur Robb (1914). Theory of time and space, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Forest Ray Moulton (1914). An introduction to celestial mechanics, London: Macmillan.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz (1914). Das relativitätsprinzip: drei Vorlesungen gehalten in Teylers Stiftung zu Haarlem, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Hans Witte (1914). Raum und Zeit im Lichte der neueren Physik Eine allgemeinverständl, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Erwin Freundlich (1916). Die Grundlagen der Einsteinschen Gravitationstheorie, Berlin: Springer.
• Max Planck (1916-30). Einführung in die theoretische Physik, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Edmund Taylor Whittaker (1917). A Treatise on the Analytical Dynamics of Particles and Rigid Bodies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Moritz Schlick (1917). Raum und Zeit in der Gegenwärtigen Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Albert Einstein (1917). Über die spezielle und die allgemeine Relativitätstheorie, gemeinverständlich, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Georg Duffing (1918). Erzwungene Schwingungen bei veränderlicher Eigenfrequenz, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Moritz Schlick (1918). Allgemeine Erkenntnislehre, Berlin: Springer.
• Henry Crozier Plummer (1918). An Introductory Treatise on Dynamical Astronomy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hermann Weyl (1918). Raum, Zeit, Materie, Berlin: Springer.
• Max von Laue (1919). Die Relativitätstheorie, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Albert Einstein (1920). Ather und Relativitätstheorie, Berlin: Springer.
• Erwin Freundlich; Albert Einstein (1920). Die grundlagen der Einsteinschen gravitationstheorie, Berlin: Springer.
• Max Born (1920). Die Relativitätstheorie Einsteins und ihre physicalischen Grundlagen, Berlin: Springer.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1920). Space, Time and Gravitation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Helge Holst (1920). Vort fysiske verdensbillede og Einsteins relativitetsteori, Kjøbenhavn: Gyldendal.
• Ernst Cassirer (1921). Zur Einsteinschen Relativitätstheorie, Berlin: B. Cassirer.
• Fritz Reiche (1921). Die Quantentheorie: ihr Ursprung und ihre Entwicklung, Berlin: Springer.
• Joseph Petzold (1921). Die Stellung der Relativitätstheorie in der geistigen Entwicklung der Menschheit, Leipzig: Sibyllen-Verlag.
• Albert Einstein (1921). Geometrie und Erfahrung, Berlin: Springer.
• August Kopff (1921). Grundzüge der einsteinschen Relativitätstheorie, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Arnold Sommerfeld (1921). Atombau und Spektrallinien, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Albert Einstein (1922). The Meaning of Relativity, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Andrew Gray; George Ballard Mathews; Thomas Murray MacRobert (1922). A Treatise on Bessel Functions and their Applications to Physics, London: Macmillan.
• Adolf Kneser (1922). Die integralgleichungen und ihre anwendungen in der mathematischen physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Erwin Madelung (1922). Die mathematischen Hilfsmittel des Physikers mit 20 Textfig, Berlin: Springer.
• Alfred Landé (1922). Fortschritte der Quantentheorie, Dresden: Steinkopff.
• Wilhelm Hort (1922). Technische Schwingungslehre, Berlin: Springer.
• Niels Bohr; Paul Hertz (1923). Über die Quantentheorie der Linienspektren mit einem Vorwort des Verfassers, Leipzig: Springer-Verlag.
• George David Birkhoff (1923). Relativity and Modern Physics, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Charles Vickery Drysdale (1923). Mechanical Properties of Fluids, London, Blackie and Son.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1923). Mathematical theory of relativity, Cambridge.
• Hendrik Antoon Lorentz; Albert Einstein; Hermann Minkowski; Hermann Weyl; Arnold Johannes Wilhelm Sommerfeld; Otto Blumenthal (1923). Das Relativitätsprinzip, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Richard Courant; David Hilbert (1924). Methoden der Mathematischen Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1924). The Mathematical Theory of Relativity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Siegfried Czapski; Otto Eppenstein; Heinrich Erfle; Hans Boegehold (1924). Grundzüge der Theorie der optischen Instrumente, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• Hermann Weyl (1924). Was ist Materie: zwei Aufsätze zur Naturphilosophie, Berlin: Springer.
• Richard Courant; David Hilbert (1924/37). Methoden der Mathematischen Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Andrew Gray (1925). A treatise on Gyrostatics and Rotational Motion, London: Macmillan.
• Bertrand Russell (1925). ABC of Relativity, New York: Harper & Bros.
• Tullio Levi-Civita; Enrico Persico (1925). Fondamenti di meccanica relativistica, Roma A. Stock.
• Philipp Frank; Richard von Mises (1925/30). Die Differential- und Integralgleichungen der Mechanik und Physik, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Siegfried Flügge (1926). Rechenmethoden der Quantentheorie, Berlin: Springer.
• George Birtwistle (1926). Quantum Theory of the Atom, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Max Born (1926). Problems of Atomic Dynamics, Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
• Edmund Hoppe (1926). Geschichte der Optik, Leipzig: J. J. Weber.
• John Hasbrouck Van Vleck (1926). Quantum Principles and Line Spectra, Washington: National Research Council.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1926). The Internal Constitution of the Stars, Cambridge.
• Hans Geiger; Karl Scheel (1926). Handbuch der Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Augustus Edward Hough Love (1927). A treatise on the mathematical theory of elasticity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Georges Darmois (1927). Équations de la Gravitation Einsteinienne, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• William Duncan MacMillan (1927). Statics and the dynamics of a particle, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Harold Jeffreys (1927). Operational Method in Mathematical Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1928). Stars and Atoms, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Hermann Weyl (1928). Gruppentheorie und Quantenmechanik, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• James Hopwood Jeans (1928). Astronomy and Cosmogony, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1928). Abhandlungen zur wellenmechanik, Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth.
• George Coton Steward (1928). The Symmetrical Optical System, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard von Mises (1928). Wahrscheinlichkeit, Statistik und Wahrheit, Wien: Julius Springer.
• Jean Chazy (1928). La Théorie de la Relativité la mécanique céleste, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Adriaan Daniël Fokker (1929). Die Relativitätstheorie für gleichförmige Translationen, Leipzig: Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft.
• Aurel Wintner (1929). Spektraltheorie der unendlichen Matrizen Einführung in den analytischen Apparat der Quantenmechanik, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1929). The Nature of the Physical World, London: Macmillan.
• Ralph Howard Fowler (1929). Statistical Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John William Strutt Rayleigh, Baron (1929). The Theory of Sound, London: Macmillan.
• Louis de Broglie (1930). Introduction à l étude de la mécanique ondulatoire, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1930). The Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Werner Heisenberg (1930). Die physikalischen Prinzipien der Quantentheorie, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Arthur Edward Ruark; Harold Clayton Urey (1930). Atoms, molecules and quanta, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Max Born; Pascual Jordan (1930). Elementare Quantenmechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Ernest George Coker; Louis Napoleon George Filon (1931). A Treatise on Photo-Elasticity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ernest William Hobson (1931). The Theory of Spherical and Ellipsoidal Harmonics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Eugen Wigner (1931). Gruppentheorie und ihre Anwendung auf die Quantenmechanik der Atomspektren, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1932). Die Gruppen- theoretische Methode in der Quanten Mechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Louis de Broglie (1932). Théorie de la quantification dans la nouvelle mécanique, Liège: Georges Thone; Paris: A. Hermann.
• John von Neumann (1932). Mathematische Begründung der Quantenmechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Horace Lamb (1932). Hydrodynamics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Harry Bateman (1932). Partial differential equations of mathematical physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Frederick Alexander Lindemann Cherwell, Viscount (1932). The Physical Significance of the Quantum Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Louis de Broglie (1932). Théorie de la quantification dans la nouvelle mécanique, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Henri Coenraad Brinkman (1932). Zur Quantenmechanik der Multipolstrahlung, Groningen-Batavia: P. Noordhoff.
• Gaylord Probasco Harnwell; John Jacob Livingood (1933). Experimental Atomic Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Max Born (1933). Optik: ein Lehrbuch der elektronmagnetischen Lichttheorie, Berlin: Springer.
• Léon Brillouin (1933). Diffraction de la lumière par des ultra-sons, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Ernst Mach (1933). Die Mechanik in Ihrer Entwicklung, Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Albert Einstein (1933). On the Method of Theoretical Physics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Oskar G. Tietjens (1934). Fluid Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Paul Langevin (1934). La notion de corpuscules et d'atomes, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Robert Williams Wood (1934). Physical Optics, London: Macmillan.
• Richard Chace Tolman (1934). Relativity, Thermodynamics, and Cosmology, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Max Born (1935). Atomic Physics, London: Blackie.
• Robert Grant Aitken (1935). The Binary Stars, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Linus Pauling; Edgar Bright Wilson (1935). Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Edward Uhler Condon; George Hiram Shortley (1935). The Theory of Atomic Spectra, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Théophile De Donder (1935). Théorie invariantive du calcul des variations, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Hans Reichenbach (1935). Wahrscheinlichkeitslehre, Leiden: Sijthoff.
• William Duncan MacMillan (1936). Dynamics of Rigid Bodies, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Robert Bruce Lindsay; Henry Margenau (1936). Foundations of Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Alfred Arthur Robb (1936). Geometry of Time and Space, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington (1936). Relativity Theory of Proton and Electrons, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ralph Howard Fowler (1936). Statistical Mechanics: The Theory of the Properties of Matter in Equilibrium, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Walter Heitler (1936). The Quantum Theory of Radiation, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Vickery Drysdale; Allan Hitchen Ferguson; Alexander Ebenezer McLean Geddes; Arnold Hartley Gibson (1936). The Mechanical Properties of Fluids, London: Glasgow Blackie & Son.
• Edwin C. Kemble (1937). Fundamental Principles of Quantum Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• John Lighton Synge (1937). Geometrical Optics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• William Elmer Forsythe (1937). Measurement of radiant energy, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• William Fogg Osgood (1937). Mechanics, London: Macmillan.
• George Gamow (1937). Structure of Atomic Nuclei and Nuclear Transformations, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Rytov S. M. (1938). Diffraction de la lumière par les ultra-sons, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Gaylord Probasco Harnwell (1938). Electricity and Electromagnetism, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Earl Hesse Kennard (1938). Kinetic Theory of Gases, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Sydney Goldstein (1938). Modern developments in fluid dynamics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Richard Chace Tolman (1938). Principles of Statistical Mechanics, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Albert Einstein; Leopold Infeld (1938). The Evolution of Physics, New York: Simon & Schuster.
• Fritz London; Edmond Bauer; John Archibald Wheeler (1939). La théorie de l'observation en mécanique quantique, Paris: A. Hermann.
• William Ralph Smythe (1939). Static and Dynamic Electricity, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Ralph Howard Fowler; Edward Armand Guggenheim (1939). Statistical Thermodynamics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Joseph Edward Mayer; Maria Goeppert Mayer (1940). Statistical Mechanics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• George Gamow (1940). The Birth and Death of the Sun, New York: Viking Press.
• Лев Давидович Ландау; Евгений Михайлович Лифшиц (1940-72). Курс теоретической физики Том 1-10, Москва: Наука.
• Aurel Winter (1941). Analytical Foundations of Celestial Mechanics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Julius Adams Stratton (1941). Electromagnetic Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Peter Gabriel Bergmann (1942). Introduction to the Theory of Relativity, New York: Prentice-Hall.
• Sergei A. Schelkunoff (1943). Electromagnetic waves, New York: D. Van Nostrand Company.
• Arnold Sommerfeld (1943-47). Vorlesungen über Theoretische Physik, Wiesbaden: Dieterich'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1944). Statistical Thermodynamics, Dublin: Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies.
• Arthur Stanley Eddington; Edmund Whittaker (1946). Fundamental Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1946). Meson Theory of Nuclear Forces, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• John Clarke Slater; Nathaniel Herman Frank (1947). Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• William Vermillion Houston (1948). Principles of mathematical Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Warren Perry Mason (1948). Electromechanical transducers and wave filters, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Victor Lyle Streeter (1948). Fluid dynamics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Wilhelm Magnus; Fritz Oberhettinger (1948). Formeln und Sätze für die speziellen Funktionen der mathematischen Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Ronald W. Gurney (1949). Introduction to Statistical Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Donald Joseph Montgomery (1949). Cosmic Ray Physics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Aleksandr Ykovlevich Khinchin (1949). Mathematical foundations of statistical mechanics, New York: Dover.
• Gregor Wentzel (1949). Quantum Theory of Fields, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Nevill Francis Mott; Harrie Stewart Wilson Massey (1949). The Theory of Atomic Collisions, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Cornelius Lánczos (1949). The variational principles of mechanics, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Эдуард Владимирович Шпольский (1949-51). Атомная Физика I. Введение в атомную физику; II. Электронная оболочка атома и атомное ядро, Москва: Гостехиздат.
• Enrico Fermi (1950). Nuclear Physics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Fritz Bopp; Oswald Riedel (1950). Die physikalische Entwicklung der Quantentheorie, Stuttgart: C. E. Schwab.
• Richard Francis Deimel (1950). Mechanics of the gyroscope, New York: Dover Publications.
• John Clarke Slater (1950). Microwave electronics, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Arthur Gordon Webster (1950). Partial differential equations of mathematical physics, New York: Hafner.
• Subrahmanyan Chandrasekhar (1950). Radiative Transfer, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1950). Space-Time Structure, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bevan Braithwaite Baker; Edward Thomas Copson (1950). The Mathematical Theory of Huygens' Principle, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Enrico Persico (1950). Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• William V. Houston (1951). Principles of Quantum Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Harold Jeffreys; Bertha Swirles Jeffreys (1951). Methods of Mathematical Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Bohm (1951). Quantum Theory, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Léon Rosenfeld (1951). Theory of Electrons, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Enrico Fermi (1951). Elementary Particles, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Edmund Whittaker (1951-53). A History of Theory of Aether and Electricity, London: Thomas Nelson.
• Herbert Goldstein (1951) Classical Mechanics, San Francisco: Addison-Wesley.
• Nevill Francis Mott (1952). Elements of Wave Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Vasco Ronchi (1952). Storia della Luce, Bologna: N. Zanichelli.
• Hermann Weyl (1952). Symmetry, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Georges Reeb (1952). Sur certaines propriétés topologiques des variétés feuilletées, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Ludwig Prandtl (1952). Essentials of Fluid Dynamics, New York: Hafner.
• Bruno Rossi (1952). High-Energy Particles, Englewood Cliffs: Prenice-Hall.
• William Phelps Allis; Melvin A. Herlin (1952). Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• John Markus Blatt; Victor Frederick Weisskopf (1952). Theoretical Nuclear Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Kurt Otto Friedrichs (1953). Mathematical aspects of the quantum theory of fields, London: Interscience Publisher.
• Garrett Birkhoff; Saunders MacLane (1953). A Survey of Modern Algebra, London: Macmillan.
• Francis Weston Sears (1953). An Introduction to Thermodynamics, he Kinetic Theory of Gases, and Statistical Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• André Mercier (1953). Analytical and Canonical Formalism in Physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Lars Valerian Ahlfors (1953). Complex Analysis, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Max Theodor Felix von Laue (1953). Die Relativitätstheorie, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• John Daniel Kraus (1953). Electromagnetics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Edward Michael Corson (1953). Introduction to tensors, spinors, and relativistic wave-equations, New York: Hafner Publishing Company.
• Philip MacCord Morse; Herman Feshbach (1953). Methods of Theoretical Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• John William Tudor Walsh (1953). Photometry, London: Constable.
• Joseph L Doob (1953). Stochastic Processes, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Александр Ильич Ахиезер; Владимир Борисович Берестецкий (1953). Квантовая электродинамика, Москва: Гостехиздат. [Aleksandr Ilyich Akhiezer; Vladimir Borisovich Berestetsky; George Michael Volkoff (1965). Quantum Electrodynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.]
• James R. Munkres (1954). Elementary Differential Topology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Hendrik Anthony Kramers (1954). Collected Scientific Papers, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Erwin Schrödinger (1954). Expanding Universe, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul Lévy (1954). Le Mouvement Brownien, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Joseph Oakland Hirschfelder; Charles Francis Curtiss; Robert Byron Bird (1954). Molecular theory of gases and liquids, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Albert Einstein; Robert W. Lawson (1954). Relativity: the special and the general theory, London: Methuen.
• Walther Kaufmann (1954). Technische Hydro- und Aeromechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Wolfgang Kurt Hermann Panofsky; Melba Phillips (1955). Classical Electricity and Magnetism, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• John von Neumann; Robert Beyer (1955). Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Hermann Boerner (1955). Darstellungen von Gruppen mit Berücksichtigung der Bedürfnisse der modernen Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Maria Goeppert Mayer; Johannes Hans Daniel Jensen (1955). Elementary theory of nuclear shell structure, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Fred Hoyle (1955). Frontiers of astronomy, London: Heinemann.
• Roland Omnes (1955). The Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Marie-Antoinette Tonnelat (1955). La théorie du champ unifié d'Einstein et quelques-uns de ses développements, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Charles H. Townes; Arthur L. Schawlow (1955). Microwave Spectroscopy, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Edgar Bright Wilson; Paul C. Cross; John Courtney Decius (1955). Molecular Vibrations, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Wolfgang Pauli; Léon Rosenfeld; Victor Frederick Weisskopf (1955). Niels Bohr and the development of physics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Leonard Isaac Schiff (1955). Quantum Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Edward Hubert Linfoot (1955). Recent Advances in Optics, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Pascual Jordan (1955). Schwerkraft und Weltall: Grundlagen der theoretischen Kosmologie, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Robley Dunglison Evans (1955). The Atomic Nucleus, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Henry Margenau; George Moseley Murphy (1955). The Mathematics of physics and chemistry, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Alex Edward Samuel Green (1955). Nuclear Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Josef-Maria Jauch; Fritz Rohrlich (1955). The Theory of Photons and Electrons, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Louis Melville Milne-Thomson (1955). Theoretical Hydrodynamics, London: Macmillan.
• Richard Becker (1955). Theorie der Wärme, Berlin: Springer.
• André Lichnerowicz (1955). Théories relativistes de la gravitation et de l'électromagnétisme, Paris: Masson.
• Earl A. Coddington; Norman Levinson (1955). Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Лев Давидович Ландау; Яков Абрамович Смородинский (1955). Лекции по теории атомного ядра, Москва: ГИТТЛ.
• Владимир Александрович Фок (1955). Теория пространства, времени и тяготения, Москва: ГИТТЛ. [Vladimir Aleksandrovich Fock; Nicholas Kemmer (1959). The Theory of Space, Time, and Gravitation, Oxford: Pergamon Press.]
• Hugh Everett (1956). Theory of the universal wavefunction, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Klaus Oswatitsch (1956). Gas Dynamics, New York: Academic Press.
• George Cunliffe McVittie (1956). General Relativity and Cosmology, Urbana: Chapman & Hall.
• André Mercier; Michel A. Kervaire (1956). Fünfzig Jahre Relativitätstheorie, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Ferdinando Mancini; Hiroomi Umezawa (1956). Quantum Field Theory, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Hans Reichenbach (1956). The Direction of Time, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Albert Einstein (1956). The Meaning of Relativity, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Louis de Broglie (1956). Une tentative d'interprétation causale et non linéaire de la mécanique ondulatoiree, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Carl Ludwig Siegel (1956). Vorlesungen über Himmelsmechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Анатолий Иванович Мальцев (1956). Основы линейной алгебры, Москва: Гостехиздат. [Anatoly Ivanovich Maltsev (1963). Foundations of Linear Algebra, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.]
• Morris Edgar Rose (1957). Elementary Theory of Angular Momentum, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Lyman Spitzer (1956). Physical of fully ionized gases, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Alan R. Edmonds (1957). Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Niels Bohr (1957). Atomfysik og menneskelig erkendelse, København: J. H. Schultz.
• Morris Edgar Rose (1957). Elementary Theory of Angular Momentum, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Václav Hlavatý (1957). Geometry of Einstein's unified field theory, Groningen: P. Noordhoff.
• Hans A. Bethe; Edwin E. Salpeter (1957). Quantum mechanics of one- and two-electron atoms, New York: Academic Press.
• Hendrik Anthony Kramers (1957). Quantum Mechanics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Hendrik Christoffel van de Hulst (1957). Light Scattering by Small Particles, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Alfred Brian Pippard (1957). Elements of Classical Thermodynamics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Fritz Zwicky (1957). Morphological Astronomy, Berlin: Springer.
• Stephan Körner (1957). Observation and Interpretation, London: Butterworths.
• David Bohm (1957). Causality and Chance in Modern Physics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1957). Mathematische Statistik, Berlin: Springer.
• Jan Mikusínski (1957). Rachunek operatorów, Warszawa: Pánstwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe.
• Douglas Rayner Hartree (1957). The calculation of atomic structures, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Milton Karl Munitz (1957). Theories of the Universe, New York: Free Press.
• Николай Николаевич Боголюбов; Анатолий Алексеевич Логунов (1957). Введение в теорию квантованных полей, Москва: Наука. [Nikolai Nikolaevǐch Bogoljubov; Dmitrij Vasilevich Shirkov (1959). Introduction to the Theory of Quantized Fields, New York: Interscience Publishers.]
• Edward Raymond Andrew (1958). Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Julian Schwinger (1958). Selected Papers on Quantum Electrodynamics, New York: Dover Publications.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1958). Theory of Relativity, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Charles Kittel (1958). Elementary Statistical Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Richard David Present (1958). Kinetic Theory of Gases, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Institut international de physique Solvay (1958). La Structure et l'evolution de l'univers, Bruxelles: R. Stoops.
• Max Herzberger (1958). Modern Geometrical Optics, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Julian Schwinger (1958). Selected Papers on Quantum Electrodynamics, New York: Dover.
• Martin Schwarzschild (1958). Structure and Evolution of the Stars, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Dean Allen Watkins (1958). Topics in Electromagnetic Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Evry L. Schatzman (1958). White Dwarfs, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Wenceslas S. Jardetzky (1958). Theories of Figures of Celestial Bodies, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1958). Theory of Relativity, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Григорий Яковлевич Любарский (1958). Теория групп и ее применение в физике, Москва: Главная редакция физико-математической литературы издательства "Наука".
• John Arthur Jacobs; Richard Doncaster Russell; John Tuzo Wilson (1959). Physics and Geology, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Mark Kac (1959). Probability and Related Topics in Physical Sciences, New York: Interscience.
• Lev Landau; Meir Smorodinsky (1959). Lectures on Nuclear Physics, New York: Plenum Press.
• Eugene Paul Wigner (1959). Group Theory and its Application to the Quantum Mechanics of Atomic Spectra, New York: Academic Press.
• Max Born; Emil Wolf (1959). Principles of Optics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Albert Messiah (1959). Mécanique Quantique, Paris: Dunod.
• Dennis William Sciama (1959). The Unity of the Universe, Garden City: Doubleday.
• Sidney Wilcox McCuskey (1959). Introduction to celestial mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Robert B. Leighton (1959). Principles of Modern Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• David Bohm (1959). Causality and Chance in Modern Physics, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
• Paul Ehrenfest; Tatiana Ehrenfest (1959). The conceptual foundations of the statistical approach in mechanics, Ithaca: Cornell University.
• Christian Møller (1959). The Theory of Relativity, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
• Herbert Charles Corben; Philip Stehle (1960). Classical Mechanics, New York: Krieger.
• Nell Boni; Monique Russ; Dan H. Laurence (1960). A bibliographical Checklist and index to the published writings of Albert Einstein, Paterson: Pageant Books.
• Rudolf Kurth (1960). Axiomatics of Classical Statistical Mechanics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Richard M. Sillitto (1960). Non-Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
• Harald Stumpf (1961). Quantentheorie der Ionen-Realkristalle, Berlin: Springer.
• Albert Einstein (1961). Relativity: The Special and General Theory, New York: Crown Publishers.
• Enrico Fermi (1961). Notes on Quantum Mechanics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Hermann Bondi (1960). Cosmology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Marvin Leonard Goldberger; Yoichiro Nambu; Reinhard Oehme (1960). Dispersion relations for nucleon-nucleon scattering, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Cécile M. De Wit (1960). Dispersion relations and elementary particles, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Dirk ter Haar (1960). Elements of Hamiltonian mechanics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• John R. Reitz; Frederick J. Milford; Robert W. Christy (1960). Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Volker Heine (1960). Group Theory of Quantum Mechanics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Robert Bruce Lindsay (1960). Mechanical Radiation, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Keith R. Symon (1960). Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Charles Luther Andrews (1960). Optics of the Electromagnetic Spectrum, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• John Clarke Slater (1960). Quantum Theory of Atomic Structure, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• John Lighton Synge (1960). Relativity: The General Theory, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Clifford Ambrose Truesdell; Richard A. Toupin (1960). The classical field theories, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter Heinrich Munk; Gordon J. F. Macdonald (1960). The Rotation of the Earth: A Geophysical Discussion, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Markus Fierz; Victor F. Weisskopf (1960). Theoretical Physics in the 20th Century: A Memorial Volume to Wolfgang Pauli, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• Herbert Bernard Callen (1960). Thermodynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Léon Brillouin (1960). Wave propagation and group velocity, New York: Academic Press.
• Helen J. Chick (1960/64). Theory of Gravitation (Bibliography), Los Alamos: Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.
• Lawrence Hugh Aller (1961). Abundance of the Elements, New York: Interscience Publisher.
• ‪Gavin R. Screaton (1961). Dispersion Relations, Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd.
• Robert Vose Langmuir (1961). Electromagnetic Fields and Waves, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Dirk ter Haar (1961). Elements of Statistical Mechanics, New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston.
• Joseph Weber (1961). General Relativity and Gravitational Waves, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Subrahmanyan Chandrasekhar (1961). Hydrodynamic and Hydromagnetic Stability, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• David J. Rose; Melville Clark (1961). Plasmas and controlled fusion, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Richard P. Feynman (1961). Quantum Electrodynamics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Richard P. Feynman (1961). The Theory of Fundamental Processes, Redwood: Addison-Wesley.
• Eugen Merzbacher (1961). Quantum Mechanics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Léon Charles Van Hove; Nicolaas Marinus Hugenholtz (1961). Problems in quantum theory of many-particle systems, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Morris Edgar Rose (1961). Relativistic Electron Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• John Von Neumann (1961). Rings of Operators, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• David James Thouless (1961). The Quantum Mechanics of Many-Body Systems, New York: Academic Press.
• Geoffrey F. Chew (1961). S-matrix theory of strong interactions, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Fritz Bopp (1961). Werner Heisenberg und die Physik unserer Zeit, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Алексей Зиновьевич Петров (1961). Пространства Эйнштейна, Москва: Главная редакция физико-математической литературы издательства "Наука". [Aleksei Zinovevich Petrov; Hans-Jürgen Treder (1969). Einstein Spaces, Oxford: Pergamon Press.]
• Zdeněk Kopal (1962). Advances in Astronomy and Astrophysics, New York: Academic Press.
• Silvan S. Schweber (1962). An Introduction to Relativistic Quantum Field Theory, New York: Harper & Row.
• David Maurice Brink; George Raymond Satchler (1962). Angular Momentum, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John David Jackson (1962). Classical Electrodynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Christian Møller (1962). Evidence for Gravitational Theories, New York: Academic Press.
• Ernest M. Henley; Walter Thirring (1962). Elementary Quantum Field Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• John M. A. Danby (1962). Fundamentals of Celestial Mechanics, New York: Macmillan.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1962). Geometrodinamica, New York: Academic Press.
• Louis Witten (1962). Gravitation: An Introduction to Current Research, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Hans-Jürgen Treder (1962). Gravitative Stosswellen, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
• Morton Hamermesh (1962). Group theory and its application to physical problems, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Milton Stanley Livingston; John Paul Blewett (1962). Particle Accelerators, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Melvin Alexander Preston (1962). Physics of Nucleus, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Leo P. Kadanoff; Gordon Baym (1962). Quantum Statistical Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Ta-you Wu; Takashi Ohmura (1962). Quantum Theory of Scattering, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Armin Deutsch; Wolfgang B. Klemperer (1962). Space age astronomy, New York: Academic Press.
• Ernest Albert Lynton (1962). Superconductivity, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Otto Struve (1962). The Universe, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Thomas Howard Stix (1962). Theory of Plasma Waves, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Алексей Алексеевич Абрикосов; Лев Петрович Горьков; Игорь Ехиельевич Дзялошинский (1962). Методы квантовой теории поля в статистической физике, Москва: Главная редакция физико-математической литературы издательства "Наука". [Aleksri Alekseevich Abrikosov; Lev Petrovich Gorkov; Igor Ehielevich Dzaloshinsky; Richard A. Silverman (1963). Methods of Quantum Field Theory in Statistical Physics, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.]
• Clabon Walter Allen (1963). Astrophysical Quantities, London: Athlone Press.
• Kerson Huang (1963). Statistical Mechanics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Kazuhiko Nishijima (1963). Fields and Particles, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Frank Hermann; Sherwood Skillman (1963). Atomic Structure Calculations, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Philip W Anderson (1963). Concepts in Solids, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Nunzio Tralli (1963). Classical Electromagnetic Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Hans Dieter Baehr (1964). Thermodynamik, Berlin: Springer.
• Boris Abramovich Fuks (1963). Theory of Analytic Functions of Several Complex Variables, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Harry Flanders (1963). Differential forms with applications to the physical sciences, New York: Academic Press.
• Robert Hofstadter (1963). Electron Scattering and Nuclear and Nucleon Structure, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Louis Auslander (1963). Flows on Homogeneous Spaces, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• John McClure Stone (1963). Radiation and Optics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Irving Ezra Segal (1963). Mathematical Problems of Relativistic Physics, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Amos de-Shalit; Igal Talmi (1963). Nuclear Shell Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Charles Kittel; Ching-Yao Fong (1963). Quantum Theory of Solids, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Donald H. Menzel; Prabhu Lal Bhatnagar; Hari K. Sen (1963). Stellar Interiors, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• George Whitelaw Mackey (1963). Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Reading: W. A. Benjamin.
• Theodore G. Northrop (1963). The Adiabatic Motion of Charged Particles, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Raymond Frederick Streater; Arthur Wightman (1964). PCT, spin and statistics, and all that, New York: Benjamin.
• Cécile DeWitt-Morette; Bryce S DeWitt (1964). Relativity, Groups and Topology, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1964). Lectures on Quantum Mechanics, New York: Yeshiva University.
• Bo Lehnert (1964). Dynamics of Charged Particles, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Asim Orhan Barut (1964). Electrodynamics and Classical Theory of Fields and Particles, London: Macmillan.
• Gunnar Källén (1964). Elementary Particle Physics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Kazuhiko Nishijima (1964). Fundamental Particles, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Michael Tinkham (1964). Group Theory and Quantum Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Clive William Kilmister(1964). Hamiltonian Dynamics, London: Longmans.
• Jun John Sakurai (1964). Invariance Principles and Elementary Particles, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Stanley Deser; Kenneth William Ford (1964). Lectures on General Relativity, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Raymond F. Streater; Arthur S. Wightman (1964). PCT, Spin & Statistics, and All That, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• David Montgomery; Derek Albert Tidman (1964). Plasma Kinetic Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Andrzej Trautman; Felix Arnold Edward Pirani; Hermann Bondi (1964). Lectures on General Relativity, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Rudolf Karl Luneburg; Maximilian Jacob Herzberger (1964). Mathematical Theory of Optics, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Marvin L. Goldberger; Kenneth M. Watson (1964). Collision Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Chihiro Hayashi (1964). Nonlinear Oscillations in Physical Systems, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Rolf Hagedorn (1964). Relativistic Kinematics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Maurice Jacob; Geoffrey F. Chew (1964). Strong-interaction physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• John M. Blatt (1964). Superconductivity, New York: Academic Press.
• Marvin Marcus; Henryk Minc (1964). Survey of Matrix Theory and Matrix Inequalities, Boston: Prindle, Weber & Schmidt,
• Vitaly Lazarevich Ginzburg; Sergei Ivanovich Syrovatsky (1964). The Origin of Cosmic Rays, New York: Macmillan.
• Feza Gürsey (1964). Theoretical Concepts and Methods in Elementary Particle Physics, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Philippe Nozières (1964). Theory of Interaction Fermi Systems, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Mark J. Beran; George B. Parrent (1964). Theory of Partial Coherence, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• John Robert Schrieffer (1964). Theory of Superconductivity, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Robert Henry Dicke (1964). The Theoretical Significance of Experimental Relativity, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Murray Gell-Mann; Yuval Neʼeman (1964). The eightfold way, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Василий Сергеевич Владимиров (1964). Методы теории функций многих комплексных переменных, Москва: Наука. [Vasily Sergeevich Vladimirov (1966). Methods of the Theory of Functions of Many Compex Variables, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.]
• James D. Bjorken; Sidney D. Drell (1964). Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill. [James D. Bjorken; Sidney D. Drell (1965). Relaticisticsche Quantenmechanik, Mannheim: Hochschultaschenbücher-Verlag.]
• James D. Bjorken; Sidney D. Drell (1965). Relativistic Quantum Fields, New York: McGraw-Hill. [James D. Bjorken; Sidney D. Drell (1965). Relativistiche Quantenfeld Theorie, Mannheim: Hochschultaschenbücher-Verlag.]
• Isaak Markovich Khalatnikov (1965). An Introduction to the Theory of Superfluidity, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Paul Roman (1965). Advanced Quantum Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Bryce Seligman DeWitt (1965). Dynamical Theory of Fields and Groups, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Frederick Reif (1965). Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Adriaan Blaauw; Maarten Schmidt (1965). Galactic Structure, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Kline Morris; Irvin W. Kay (1965). Electromagnetic Theory and Geometrical Optics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Curtis C. Johnson (1965). Field and Wave Electrodynamics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• David Bohm (1965). The Special Theory of Relativity, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Alfred Landé (1965). Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Nicolaas Govert de Bruijn (1965). Asymptotic Methods in Analysis, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• B. Kent Harrison; Kip Stephen Thorne; Masami Wakano; John Archibald Wheeler (1965). Gravitation Theory and Gravitational Collapse, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• John Theodore Combridge (1965). Bibliography of Relativity and Gravitation Theory 1921-1937, London: Kings College.
• Fritz Rohrlich (1965). Classical Charged Particles: Foundations of Their Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Jerry B. Marion; Mark A. Heald (1965). Classical Electromagnetic Radiation, New York: Academic Press.
• Amnon Katz (1965). Classical Mechanics, Quantum Mechanics, Field Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Cécile DeWitt-Morette; Bryce Seligman DeWitt; Julian Trevelyan (1965). Relativite, groupes et topologie Relativity, groups and topology, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Ivor Robinson; Alfred Schild; Engelbert L. Schücking (1965). Quasi-stellar sources and gravitational collapse, including the proceedings of the First Texas Symposium on Relativistic Astrophysics, Chicago: Chicago University Press.
• Richard P. Feynman; Albert R.Hibbs (1965). Quantum Mechanics and Path Integrals, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Ryogo Kubo (1965). Statistical mechanics, Amsterdam: North Holland.
• Charles E. Porter (1965). Statistical Theories of Spectra: Fluctuations, New York: Academic Press.
• Res Jost (1965). The General Theory of Quantized Fields, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• John David North (1965). The Measure of the Universe, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Daniel Charles Mattis (1965). The Theory of Magnetism, New York: Harper & Row.
• Lawrence Christian Biedenharn; Hendrik Van Dam (1965). Theory of Angular Momentum, New York: Academic Press.
• Andrzej Trautman (1965). Lectures on General Relativity, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Nicolaas Bloembergen (1965). Nonlinear Optics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Emilio Segrè (1965). Nuclei & Particles, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Robert Brout (1965). Phase Transitions, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Curtis C Johnson (1965). Field and Wave Electrodynamics, New York: McGraw‐Hill.
• Маркович Халатников Халатников (1965). Введение в теорию сверхтекучести, Москва: Наука. [Isaak Markovich Khalatnikov (1965). An Introduction to The Theory of Superfluidity, Redwood: Addison-Wesley.]
• Феликс Александрови Бере́зин (1965). Метод вторичного квантования, Москва: Наука. [Feliks Aleksandrovich Berezin (1966). The method of second quantization, New York: Academic Press.]
• Julian Schwinger; Berthold-Georg Englert (1965/2001). Quantum Mechanics: Symbolism of Atomic Measurements, Berlin: Springer.
• Robert Hermann (1966). Lie Groups for Physicists, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Joseph Werle (1966). Relativistic Theory of Reactions, Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing.
• Anthony Philip French (1966). Special Relativity, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Hanno Rund (1966). Hamilton-Jacobi theory in the calculus of variations, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Livio Gratton (1966). High-Energy Astrophysics, New York: Academic Press.
• Rudolf C. Hwa; Vigdor L. Teplitz (1966). Homology and Feynman Integrals, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Paul W. Hodge (1966). Galaxies and Cosmology, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Werner Heisenberg (1966). Introduction to the Unified Field Theory of Elementary Particles, London: John Wiley & Sons.
• Edward Nelson (1966). Dynamical Theories of Brownian Motion, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Stephen Gasiorowicz (1966). Elementary Particle Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Karl Wildermuth; Walter McClure (1966). Cluster Representations of Nuclei, Berlin: Springer.
• Ralph Howard Fowler (1966). Statistical Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Norbert Wiener; Armand Siegel; Bayard Rankin; William Ted Martin (1966). Differential Space, Quantum Systems, and Prediction, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Max Jammer (1966). The Conceptual Development of Quantum Mechanics. New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Chien-Shiung Wu; Steven Alexander Moszkowski (1966). Beta Decay, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Robert Hermann (1966). Lie Groups for Physicists, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Laurent Schwartz (1966). Mathematics for the Physical Sciences, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Banesh Hoffmann; Václav Hlavatý (1966). Perspectives in geometry and relativity, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Amos de Shalit; L van Hove; Victor Frederick Weisskopf; Herman Feshbach (1966). Preludes in Theoretical Physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Kurt Gottfried (1966). Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Clive William Kilmister; John Edmund Reeve (1966). Rational Mechanics, New York: American Elsevier.
• Freeman J. Dyson (1966). Symmetry groups in nuclear and particle physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Richard Eden (1966). The Analytic S-Matrix, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Feliks Aleksandrovich Berezin (1966). The Method of Second Quantization, New York: Academic Press.
• Phillip C. Clemmow (1966). The Plane Wave Spectrum Representation of Electromagnetic Fields, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Philippe Nozières; David Pines (1966). The Theory of Quantum Liquids, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• George Gamow (1966). Thirty Years that Shook Physics, Garden City: Doubleday.
• George Edward Bacon (1966). X-ray and Neutron Diffraction, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Александр Ильич Ахиезер; Израиль Маркович Глазман (1966). Теория линейных операторов в гильбертовом пространстве, Москва: Наук. [Naum Ililch Ahiezer; Izraili Markovich Glazman; Merlynd K. Nestell (1977/78). Theory of Linear Operators in Hilbert Space I-II, Pitman.]
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1967). Sources of Quantum Mechanics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Edward Thomas Copson (1967). Asymptotic Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
• Richard Lee Ingraham (1967). Renormalization Theory of Quantum Field Theory with a Cut-off, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• J. Gordon Stipe (1967). The Development of Physical Theories, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Yuval Ne'eman (1967). Algebraic Theory of Particle Physics, Amsterdam: W. A. Benjamin.
• Ralph Abraham; Jerrold Marsden (1967). Foundation of Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Benny Lautrup (1967). Canonical quantum electrodynamics in covariant gauges, København: Munksgaard.
• Yuval Neʼeman (1967). Algebraic Theory of Particle Physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Jun John Sakurai (1967). Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Jun John Sakurai; Jim Napolitano (1967). Modern quantum mechanics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnol'd (1967). Problèmes Ergodiques de la Mécanique Classique, Paris: Gauthier-Villars.
• Nils Svartholm (1968). Elementary Particle Theory, Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.
• Cécile DeWitt-Morette; John Archibald Wheeler (1967). Battelle rencontres, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Marvin Lee Minsky (1967). Computation: Finite and Infinite Machines, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• James Andrew Coleman (1967). Early Theories of the Universe, New York: New American Library.
• Parker H. Badger (1967). Equilibrium Thermodynamics, Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
• Friedrich Hund (1967). Geschichte der Quantentheorie, Mannheim: Bibliographisches Institut.
• Ben Roger Gossick (1967). Hamilton's Principle and Physical Systems, New York: Academic Press.
• Dare A. Wells (1967). Lagrangian Dynamics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Leonard Meirovitch (1967). Methods of Analytical Dynamics, London: Macmillan.
• William A Fowler (1967). Nuclear Astrophysics, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• James Leroy Anderson (1967). Principles of Relativity Physics, New York: Academic Press.
• Jürgen Ehlers (1967). Relativity Theory & Astrophysics, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• James E. Wollrab (1967). Rotational Spectra and Molecular Structure, New York: Academic Press.
• Peter David Lax; Ralph Saul Phillips (1967). Scattering theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Dare A. Wells (1967). Schaum's Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Bartel Leendert van der Waerden (1967). Sources of Quantum Mechanics, New York: Dover.
• Eugene Paul Wigner (1967). Symmetries and Reflections, Bloomington: Indiana University.
• Thomas Gold (1967). The Nature of Time, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
• Gerald Edward Brown (1967). Unified Theory of Nuclear Models and Forces, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Georg Hamel (1967). Theoretische Mechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• Geoffrey Burbidge; Margaret Burbidge (1967). Quasi-Stellar Objects, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• André Lichnerowicz (1967). Relativistic hydrodynamics and magnetohydrodynamics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Vernon Duane Barger; David B. Cline (1967). Phenomenological theories of high energy scattering, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Аркадий Бейнусович Мигдал (1967). Метод квазичастиц в теории ядра, Москва: Наука. [Arkadii Beinusovich Migdal; Anthony James Leggett (1968). Nuclear Theory: The Quasiparticle Method, New York: W. A. Benjamin.]
• Vladimir Igorevich Arnold; André Avez (1968). Ergodic Problems of Classical Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Patrick Billingsley (1968). Ergodic Theory and Information, Huntington: Krieger.
• Josef-Maria Jauch (1968). Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• John R. Klauder; Ennackel Chandy George Sudarshan (1968). Fundamentals of Quantum Optics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Yasushi Takahashi (1968). An Introduction to Field Quantization, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Stephen L. Adler; Roger F. Dashen (1968). Current Algebras and Applications to Particle Physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1968). Einsteins Vision, Berlin: Springer.
• Nils Svartholm (1968). Elementary Particle Physics: Relativistic Groups and Analyticity Stockholm: Almquvist and Wiksell.
• Frederick W. Byron, Robert W. Fuller (1969). Mathematics of Classical and Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Kazuhiko Nishijima (1969). Fields and Particles, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Hans Reichenbach (1969). Axiomatization of the Theory of Relativity, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Aleksey Zinovʹevich Petrov (1969). Einstein Spaces, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Jun John Sakurai (1969). Currents and Mesons, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Robert E. Collin (1969). Field Theory of Guided Waves, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Veeravalli Seshadri Varadarajan (1968). Geometry of Quantum Theory, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Roman W. Jackiw; Hans A. Bethe (1968). Intermediate Quantum Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Barbara M. Middlehurst; Lawrence H. Aller (1968). Nebulae and Interstellar Matter, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Ken Kikuchi; Mitsuji Kawai (1968). Nuclear Matter and Nuclear Reactions, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Julian D. Cole (1968). Perturbation Methods in Applied Mathematics, Waltham: Ginn-Blaisdell.
• Donald D. Clayton (1968). Principles of Stellar Evolution and Nucleosynthesis, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• John P. Cox; R. Thomas Giuli (1968). Principles of Stellar Evolution and Nucleosynthesis, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Felix Bloch; Giulio Racah (1968). Spectroscopic and group theoretical methods in physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Ted C. Bradbury (1968). Theoretical Mechanics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Ryōgo Kubo (1968). Thermodynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Max Born (1969). Die Relativitätstheorie Einsteins, Berlin: Springer.
• Arkadii Beinusovich Migdal; Vladimir P. Krainov (1969). Approximation Methods in Quantum Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Maria Petrashen; Edward Trifonov (1969). Applications of Group Theory in Quantum Mechanics, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• William Cronk Elmore; Mark A. Heald (1969). Physics of Waves, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Max Chrétien; Stanley Deser; Jack S. Goldstein (1969). Astrophysics and General Relativity, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Shlomo Sternberg (1969). Celestial Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• John Hobart Piddington (1969). Cosmic Electrodynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Aage Bohr; Ben R. Mottelson (1969/75). Nuclear Structure, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Frank D. Stacey (1969). Physics of the Earth, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Jacobus Jean Jacques Kokkedee (1969). The Quark Model, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Klaus Hepp (1969). Théorie de la renormalization, Berlin: Springer.
• Robert E. Marshak; Riazuddin; Ciaran P. Ryan (1969). Theory of Weak Interactions in Particle Physics, New York: Wiley-Interscience.
• Clifford Ambrose Truesdell (1969). Rational Thermodynamics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Charles Kittel; Herbert Kroemer (1969). Thermal Physics, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• Karl-Erik Bergkvis; John Stewart Bell (1969). Topical Conference on Weak Interactions, Meyrin: Organisation Européenne pour la Recherche Nucléaire.
• Arnold Münster; Veronica Hall (1969-74). Statistical Thermodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Ronald D. Parks (1969). Superconductivity, New York: Dekker.
• Günther Ludwig (1969). Wellenmechanik, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
• Claude Mahaux; Hans A. Weidenmüller (1969). Shell-Model Approach to Nuclear Reactions, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Eugen Fick (1969). Einführung in die Grundlagen der Quantentheorie, Leipzig: Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Geest & Portig.
• Wolfgang Rindler (1969). Essential Relativity: Special, General, and Cosmological, New York: D. van Nostrand.
• Gerald Rosen (1969). Formulations of Classical and Quantum Dynamical Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Armin Hermann (1969). Frühgeschichte der Quantentheorie 1899–1913, Mosbach in Baden: Physik Verlag.
• Robert Henry Dicke (1969). Gravitation and the Universe, Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.
• Mikio Sato (1969). Hyperfunctions and Partial Differential Equations, Tokyo: University Tokyo Press.
• Gordon Baym (1969). Lectures on Quantum Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Res Jost (1969). Local Quantum Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Николай Николаевич Боголюбов; Анатолий Алексеевич Логунов; Иван Тодорович Тодоров (1969). Основы аксиоматического подхода в квантовой теории поля, Москва: Наука.
• Wilbur T.Kattner (1970). Advances in Dynamic Gravimetry, Pittsburgh: Instrument Society of America.
• Walter Gordy; Robert L. Cook (1970). Microwave Molecular Spectra, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Bertram Kostant (1970). Quantization and Unitary Representations, Berlin: Springer.
• Julian Schwinger (1970). Quantum Kinematics and Dynamics, New York: W. A. Benjamin
• David B. Beard; George B. Beard (1970). Quantum Mechanics with Applications, Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
• Robert D. Sard (1970). Relativistic mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Léon Brillouin (1970). Relativity Reexamined, New York: Academic Press.
• Wolfgang Yourgrau; Alwyn van der Merwe (1970). Perspective in Quantum Theory, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Robert P. Gilbert; Roger G. Newton (1970). Analytic methods in mathematical physics, Gordon & Branch.
• William R. Davis (1970). Classical Theory of Particles and Fields and the Theory of Relativity, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Norman Austern (1970). Direct Nuclear Reaction Theories, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Jerzy Plebański (1970). Lecture notes on nonlinear electrodynamics, Copenhagen: Nordita.
• Stanley Deser; Marc Grisaru; Hugh Pendleton (1970). Lectures on Elementary Particles and Quantum Field Theory: Brandeis 1970, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Robert Hermann (1970). Lie algebras and quantum mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Moshe Carmeli; Stuart I. Fickler; Louis Witten (1970). Relativity, New York: Plenum.
• Robert Hermann (1970). Vector Bundles in Mathematical Physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Robert Hermann (1970/72). Lectures in mathematical physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Julian Seymour Schwinger (1970/73). Particles, Source and Fields, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Gerard G. Emch (1971). Algebraic Methods in Statistical Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory, New York: Wiley-Interscience.
• Hans Kangro (1970). Vorgeschichte des Planckschen Strahlungsgesetzes, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• George Arfken (1970). Mathematical Methods for Physicists, New York: Academic Press.
• Siegfried Flügge (1971). Practical Quantum Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Murray Gell-Mann; Kenneth G. Wilson (1971). Broken Scale Invariance and the Light Cone, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Charles Goethe Kuper; Asher Peres (1971). Proceedings of an international seminar on Realtivity and gravitation, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Keith Edward Bullen (1971). An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bernard d' Espagnat (1971). Conceptual Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Sam B. Treiman; Roman Jackiw (1971). Current algebra and its applications, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Rainer K. Sachs (1971). General Relativity and Cosmology, New York: Academic Press.
• Carl Ludwig Siegel; Jürgen Kurt Moser (1971). Lectures on Celestial Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Young Nok Kim (1971). Mesic Atoms and Nuclear Structure, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• John Stewart (1971). Non-Equilibrium Relativistic Kinetic Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Daniel J. K. O'Connell (1971). Nuclei of Galaxies, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Phillip James Edwin Peebles (1971). Physical Cosmology, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Mario Bunge (1971). Problems in the Foundations of Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Hans-Peter Dürr; Werner Heisenberg (1971). Quanten und Felder, Braunschweig: F. Vieweg.
• Ted Bastin (1971). Quantum Theory and Beyond, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alexander L. Fetter; John Dirk Walecka (1971). Quantum Theory of Many-Particle Systems, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Cécile DeWitt-Morette; Raymond Stora (1971). Statistical Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Paul Adrian Maurice Dirac (1971). The Development of Quantum Theory, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• David Hugh Mellor (1971). The Matter of Chance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Eugene Jerome Saletan; Alan H Cromer (1971). Theoretical mechanics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Александр Александрович Кириллов (1971). Элементы теории представлений, Москва: Наука. [Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Kirillov; Edwin Hewitt (1976). Elements of the Theory of Representations, Berlin: Springer.]
• Yusuke Hagihara (1971/72). Celestial Mechanics, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Abdus Salam; Eugene Paul Wigner (1972). Aspects of Quantum Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ennackal Chandy George Sudarshan; Narasimhaiengar Mukunda (1972). Classical Dynamics: Modern Perspective, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Richard P. Feynman (1972). Statistical Mechanics: A Set of Lectures, Reading: W. A. Benjamin.
• Richard P. Feynman (1972). Photon-Hadron Interactions, Reading: W. A. Benjamin.
• Philip A. Thompson (1972). Compressible Fluid Dynamics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Gunnar Källén (1972). Quantum Electrodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Otto Hittmair (1972). Lehrbuch der Quantentheorie, München: Karl Thiemig.
• Roger Penrose (1972). Techniques of Differential Topology in Relativity, Philadelphia: Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.
• John Michael Ziman (1972). Principles of the Theory of Solids, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Marc Henneaux; Claudio Teitelboim (1972). Quantization of Gauge Systems, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Arthur Clifford Walshaw; Donald Albert Jobson (1972). Mechanics of Fluids, London: Longman.
• Ronald C. Davidson (1972). Methods in Nonlinear Plasma Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Edward H. Kerner (1972). Theory of Action-at-a-Distance in Relativistic Particle Dynamics, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Markus Fierz (1972). Vorlesungen zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Mechanik, Berlin: Springer.
• David Farnsworth (1972). Methods of Local and Global Differential Geometry in General Relativity, Berlin: Springer.
• Frederick Reines (1972). Cosmology, Fusion, and Other Matters, Boulder: Colorado Associated University Press.
• Paul Urban (1972). Elementary Particle Physics: Multiparticle Aspects, Berlin: Springer.
• Viktor Pavlovich Maslov (1972). Théorie des perturbations et méthodes asymptotiques, Paris: Dunod.
• Steven Weinberg (1972). Gravitation and Cosmology, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Herbert Martin Fried (1972). Functional Methods and Models in Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Lochlainn O'Raifeartaigh (1972). General relativity. Papers in honour of the 75th birthday of J. L. Synge, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Michael P. Ryan (1972). Hamiltonian Cosmology, Berlin: Springer.
• Joseph Aharoni (1972). Lectures on Mechanics, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Gérard G. Emch (1972). Algebraic Methods in Statistical Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory, New York: Wiley-Interscience.
• Wolfgang Pauli (1973). Pauli Lectures on Physics, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Rodney London (1973). The Quantum Theory of Light, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Setsuo Ichimaru (1973). Basic Principles of Plasma Physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Masato Morita (1973). Beta Decay and Muon Capture, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• John Stewart; Gerhard Börner (1973). Black holes: the Outside Story, Berlin: Springer.
• Vernon Barger; Martin G. Olsson (1973). Classical Mechanics: A Modern Perspective, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Eduardo R. Caianiello (1973). Combinatorics and Renormalization in Quantum Field Theory, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Giorgio Velo; Arthur S. Wightman (1973). Constructive Quantum Field Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Clifford Alan Hooker (1973). Contemporary Research in the Foundations and Philosophy of Quantum Theory, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Vittorio De Alfaro (1973). Currents in Hadron Physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Eugene D. Commins (1973). Weak Interactions, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Robert Hermann (1973). Geometry, physics, and systems, New York: M. Dekker.
• William Henry Louisell (1973). Quantum Statistical Properties of Radiation, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Werner Israel (1973). Relativity, astrophysics and cosmology, Berlin: Springer.
• Jagdish Mehra (1973). The Physicist's Conception of Nature, Boston: Riedel.
• Barry M. McCoy; Tai Tsun Wu (1973). The Two-dimensional Ising Model, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• David Horn; Fredrik Zachariasen (1973). Hadron Physics At Very High Energies, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Benjamin Gal-Or (1973). Modern Developments in Thermodynamics: An Interdisciplinary Collective Treatise, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Robert J. Finkelstein (1973). Non Relativistic Mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Raoul Gatto (1973). Scale and Conformal Symmetry in Hadron Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Frederik Jozef Belinfante (1973). Survey of Hidden Variable Theories.
• James S. Hey (1973). The Evolution of Radio Astronomy, New York: Neale Watson Academic Publications.
• Eero Byckling; Keijo Kajantie (1973). Particle Kinematics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Francis Edwin Close (1973). Partons and Quarks, Daresbury: Nuclear Physics Laboratory.
• Nicholas A. Krall; Alvin William Trivelpiece (1973). Principles of Plasma Physics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Antonino Zichichi (1973). Properties of the fundamental Interactions, Bologna: Editrice Compositori.
• Erhard Scheibe (1973). The Logical Analysis of Quantum Mechanics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Bryce Seligman DeWitt; Hugh Everett; Neill Graham (1973). The Many- Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics: A Fundamental Exposition, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Stephen Hawking; George Francis Rayner Ellis (1973). The Large Scale Structure of Spacetime, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Charles W. Misner; Kip S. Thorne; John Archibald Wheeler (1973). Gravitation, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• Steven Weinberg (1973). Gravitation and Cosmology: Principles and Applications of the General Theory of Relativity, New York: John Willey & Sons.
• Николай Николаевич Боголюбов; Дмитрий Васильевич Ширков (1973). Введение в теорию квантованных полей, Москва: Наука.
• Hellmut J. Juretschke. (1974). Crystal Physics-Macroscopic Physics of Isotropic Solids, Cambridge: W. A. Benjamin.
• Dmitri Nikolaevich Zubarev; Gerd Röpk (1974). Nonequilibrium. Statistical Thermodynamics, New York: Consultants Bureau.
• Bruno Bertotti (1974). Gravitazione sperimentale: Varenna 1972, New York: Academic Press.
• Paul Adrian Maurice Dirac (1974). Spinors in Hilbert Space, New York: Prenum.
• Hans Frauenfelder; Ernest M. Henley (1974). Subatomic Physics, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Ronald A. Mann (1974). The Classical Dynamics of Particles: Galilean and Lorentz Relativity, New York: Academic Press.
• Barry Simon (1974). The P(φ)2 Euclidean (Quantum) Field Theory, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Max Jammer (1974). The Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons.
• Paul C. W. Davies (1974). The Physics of Time Asymmetry, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Jerrold E. Marsden (1974). Applications of Global Analysis in Mathematical Physics, Berkeley: University of California.
• Paul H. Frampton (1974). Dual Resonance Models, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Daniel J. Amit (1974). Field Theory, the Renormalization Group, And Critical Phenomena: Graphs to Computers, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Maurice Jacob (1974). Dual Theory, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Stephen Gasiorowicz (1974/2003). Quantum Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• George Kirczenow; Joaquin Marro (1974). Transport Phenomena, Berlin: Springer.
• Alois Hartkämper; Hans Neumann (1974). Foundations of Quantum Mechanics and Ordered Linear Spaces, Berlin: Springer.
• Владимир Игоревич Арнольд (1974). Математические Методы Классической Механики, Москва: Наука.
• Richard Arnowitt; Pran Nath (1975). Gauge theories and modern field theory: proceedings of a conference held at Northeastern University, Boston, September 26 and 27, 1975, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Joseph Rosen; Giora Shaviv (1975). General relativity and gravitation: proceedings of the seventh international conference (GR7), Tel-Aviv University, June 23-28, 1974, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Michael P. Ryan; Lawrence C. Shepley (1975). Homogeneous Relativistic Cosmologies, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Probir Roy (1975). Theory of Lepton-Hadron Processes at High Energies, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Frederik J. Belinfante (1975). Measurement and Time Reversal in Objective Quantum Theory, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Leslie Allen; Joseph H. Eberly (1975). Optical Resonance and Two-Level Atoms, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Carl E. Carlson (1975). Particles and fields, 1974: APS/DPF Williamsburg, College Park: American Institute of Physics.
• Milton VanDyke (1975). Perturbation Methods in Fluid Mechanics, Stanford: Parabolic Press.
• Charles J. Joachain (1975). Quantum collision theory, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Iwo Białynicki-Birula; Zofia Bialynicka-Birula (1975). Quantum Electrodynamics, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Aleksej Grigorievic Sitenko; Olga D. Kocherga (1975). Scattering Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• David Vernon Widder (1975). The Heat Equations, New York: Academic Press.
• Probir Roy (1975). Theory of Lepton-Hadron Processes at High Energies, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Solomon Lefschetz (1975). The Picard-Lefschetz Theory and Feynman Integrals, Berlin: Springer.
• Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac (1975). General Theory of Relativity, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Reinhard Breuer (1975). Gravitational Perturbation Theory and Synchrotron Radiation, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael P. Ryan; Lawrence C. Shepley (1975). Homogeneous Relativistic Cosmologies, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Dieter Forster (1975). Hydrodynamic Fluctuations, Broken Symmetry, and Correlation Functions, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Frédéric Pham (1975). Hyperfunctions and Theoretical Physics: Rencontre de Nice, 21–30 Mai 1973, Berlin: Springer.
• Bryce DeWitt (1975). Quantum field theory in curved spacetime, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Аркадий Бейнусович Мигдал (1975). Качественные методы в квантовой теории, Москва: Наука. [Arkady Beinusovich Migdal; Anthony J. Leggett (1977). Qualitative Methods in Quantum Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.]
• Roger Balian; Jean Zinn-Justin (1976). Methods in Field Theory, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Sergio Albeverio; Raphael Høegh-Krohn (1976). Mathematical Theory of Feynman Path Integral, Berlin: Springer.
• Christopher John Isham; Roger Penrose; Dennis William Sciama (1975/81). Quantum Gravity, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Davison E. Soper (1976). Classical Field Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Roger Balian; Jean Zinn-Justin (1976). Méthodes en théorie des champs: Les Houches, session 28, 28 juillet-6 septembre 1975, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Hermann P. J. Haken (1976). Quantum Field Theory of Solids, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Edward Brian Davis (1976). Quantum theory of open systems, New York: Academic Press.
• Neil W. Ashcroft; N. David Mermin (1976). Solid State Physics, Saunders.
• Josef Maria Jauch; Fritz Rohrlich (1976). The Theory of Photons and Electrons, Berlin: Springer.
• Shang-keng Ma (1976). Modern theory of critical phenomena, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Elliott H. Lieb; Barry Simon; Arthur S. Wightman (1976). Studies in Mathematical Physics: Essays in honor of Valentine Bargmann, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Michel Cahen; Moshé Flato (1976). Differential geometry and relativity, Dordrecht: Reidel.
• Bruce J. Berne; Robert Pecora (1976). Dynamic Light Scattering, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• John C. Taylor (1976). Gauge Invariance of Weak Interactions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Patrick Suppes (1976). Logic and Probability in Quantum Mechanics, Dordrecht: Reidel.
• Victor G. Szebehely; Byron D. Tapley (1976). Long-time predictions in dynamics, Dordrecht: Reidel.
• Sergio Albeverio; Raphael Höegh-Krohn; Sonia Mazzucchi (1976). Mathematical Theory of Feynman Path Integrals, Berlin: Springer.
• Andrew Hanson; Tullio Regge; Claudio Teitelboim (1976). Constrained Hamiltonian systems: Ciclo di lezioni tenute dal 29 aprile al 7 maggio 1974, Roma: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei.
• Richard Arnowitt; Pran Nath (1976). Gauge Theories and Modern Field Theory, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Donald A. Fraser (1977). The Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Karl Wildermuth; Yao-chʻien Tang (1977). A Unified Theory of the Nucleus, New York: Academic Press.
• Robert M. Wald (1977). Space, Time and Gravity: The Theory of the Big Bang and Black Holes, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Peter D. B. Collins (1977). An Introduction to Regge Theory and High Energy Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yvonne Choquet-Bruhat; Cécile DeWitt-Morette; Margaret Dillard Bleick (1977). Analysis, Manifolds and Physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Fabrizio Paul Esposito; Louis Witten (1977). Asymptotic structure of space-time: Cincinnati, June 14-18, 1976, New York: Plenum Press.
• Charlotte Froese Fischer (1977). The Hartree-Fock Method for Atoms, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Behram Kurşunoğlu; Arnold Perlmutter; Linda F. Scott (1977). The Significance of Nonlinearity in the Natural Sciences, New York: Plenum Press.
• Antonino Zichichi (1977). The Whys of Subnuclear Physics, New York: Plenum Press.
• Robert S. Liptser; Albert N. Shiryaev (1977/78). Statistics of Random Processes, Berlin: Springer.
• Murali Rao (1977). Brownian Motion and Classical Potential Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Jan B. Weiland; Hans Wilhelmsson (1977). Coherent Nonlinear Interactions of Waves in Prasmas, Oxford: Pergamon Press.
• Maurice Lévy (1977). New Developments in Quantum Field Theory and Statistical Mechanics, New York Plenum Press.
• Rainer K Sachs; Hung-Hsi Wu (1977). General Relativity for Mathematicians, Berlin: Springer.
• Moshe Carmeli (1977). Group Theory and General Relativity: Representations of the Lorentz Group and Their Applications to the Gravitational Field, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Sigurdur Helgason (1978). Differential Geometry, Lie Groups, and Symmetric Spaces, Orlando: Academic Press.
• Anthony Philip French; Edwin F. Taylor (1978). An Introduction to Quantum Physics, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Jose A. de Azcárraga (1978). Topics in Quantum Field Theory and Gauge Theories, Berlin: Springer.
• Cornelius von Westenholz (1978). Differential forms in mathematical physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Ralph Abraham; Jerrold E Marsden (1978). Foundations of mechanics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Robert Geroch (1978). General Relativity from A to B, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Walter Thirring (1978). Lehrbuch der mathematischen Physik, Berlin: Springer.
• Karl Lonngren; Alwyn Scott (1978). Solitons in Action, New York: Academic Press.
• Alan R. Bishop; Toni Schneider (1978). Solitons and condensed matter physics: proceedings of the Symposium on Nonlinear (Soliton) Structure and Dynamics in Condensed Matter, Oxford, England, June 27-29, 1978, Berlin: Springer.
• Erich Watkinson Marchand (1978). Gradient Index Optics, New York: Academic Press.
• Addicks Ransom Marlow (1978). Mathematical foundations of quantum theory: Papers from a meeting, New Orleans, June 1977, New York: Academic Press.
• Sidney Port; Charles Joel Stone (1978). Brownian Motion and Classical Potential Theory, New York: Academic Press.
• Hans Dieter Baehr (1978). Thermodynamik: Eine Einfuhrung in die Grundlagen und ihre Technischen Anwendungen, Berlin: Springer.
• José A de Azcárraga (1978). Topics in Quantum Field Theory and Gauge Theories, Berlin: Springer.
• Don Bernett Lichtenberg (1978). Unitary Symmetry and Elementary Particles, New York: Academic Press.
• James Lighthill (1978). Waves in Fluids, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul S. Wesson (1978). Cosmology and Geophysics, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Iosif S Shklovsky (1978). Stars, their birth, life, and death, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• Norman R. Lebovitz; William H. Reid; Peter O. Vandervoort (1978). Theoretical principles in astrophysics and relativity: papers presented at a symposium on theoretical principles in astrophysics and relativity, held at the University of Chicago, May 27-29, 1975, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Андрей Алексеевич Славнов; Людвиг Дмитриевич Фаддеев (1978). Введение в квантовую теорию калибровочных полей: Москва: Наука. [Ludvig Dmitrievich Faddeev; Andrei Alekseevich Slavnov (1980). Gauge Fields: Introduction to Quantum Theory, Reading: Benjamin/Cummings.]
• Alexandre Joel Chorin; Jerrold E. Marsden (1979). A Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Richard Samuel Ward; Lane Palmer Hughston; (1979). Advances in twistor theory, San Francisco: Pitman.
• Richard B. Bernstein (1979). Atom-Molecule Collision Theory, New York: Plenum Press.
• Walter Sullivan (1979). Black holes: the edge of space, the end of time, Garden City: Doubleday.
• Thomas Rescigno; Vincent McKoy; Barry Schneider (1979). Electron-Molecule and Photon-Molecule Collisions, New York: Plenum Press.
• Jozef T. Devreese; Roger P. Evrard; Victor E. Van Doren (1979). Highly Conducting One-Dimensional Solids, New York: Plenum Press.
• Frank E. Close (1979). Introduction to Quarks and Partons, New York: Academic Press.
• Werner Rühl (1979). Field theoretical methods in particle physics, New York: Plenum Press.
• Barry Simon (1979). Functional Integration and Quantum Physics, New York: Academic Press.
• Jürgen Ehlers (1979). Sistemi gravitazionali isolati in relatività generale, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Daniel Z. Freedman; Peter Van Nieuwenhuizen (1979). Supergravity Proceedings of the Supergravity Workshop at Stony Brook, 27-29 September, 1979, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Sergio Albeverio; Philippe Combe; Raphael J. Høegh-Krohn (1979). Feynman Path Integrals: Proceedings of the International Colloquium Held in Marseille, May 1978, Berlin: Springer.
• Larry L. Smarr (1979). Sources of gravitational radiation: proceedings of the Battelle Seattle workshop, July 24-August 4, 1978, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Giulio Casati; Joseph Fond (1979). Stochastic Behavior in Classical and Quantum Hamiltonian Systems, Berlin: Springer.
• Roald K. Wangsness (1979). Electromagnetic Fields, New York: John Willey & Sons.
• Steven Hawking; Werner Israel (1979). General Relativity: an Einstein Century Survey, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Léon Rosenfeld; Robert S Cohen; John Stachel; Aage Petersen (1979). Selected papers of Léon Rosenfeld, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Larry L Smarr (1979). Sources of gravitational radiation: proceedings of the Battelle Seattle workshop, July 24-August 4, 1978, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yoshimi Saito (1979). Spectral representations for Schrödinger operators with long-range potentials, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Francis Atiyah (1979). Geometry of Yang-Mills fields, Pisa: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei
• Eleftherios N. Economou (1979). Green's Functions in Quantum Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• John Markus Blatt; Victor Frederick Weisskopf (1979). Theoretical Nuclear Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Sydney Geltman (1979). Topics in Atomic Collision, New York: Academic Press.
• Lane Palmer Hughston (1979). Twistors and Particles, Berlin: Springer.
• Ola Bratteli; Derek W. Robinson (1979/81). Operator algebras and quantum statistical mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• William L. Burke (1980). Spacetime, Geometry, Cosmology, Mill Valley: University Science Books.
• Nikolay Nikolayevich Bogolyubov; Dmitry Vasil'evich Shirkov (1980). Introduction to the Theory of Quantized Fields, New York: John Willey & Sons.
• Bernard F. Schutz (1980). Geometrical Methods of Mathematical Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Harnad, Steven Shnider (1980). Geometrical and Topological Methods in Gauge Theories, Berlin: Springer.
• Alan Held (1980). General Relativity and Gravitation, New York: Plenum Press.
• Nicholas Michael John Woodhouse (1980). Geometric Quantization, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Phillip James Edwin Peebles (1980). The Large Scale Structures of the Universe, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Peter Ring; Peter Schuck (1980). The Nuclear Many-Body Problem, Berlin: Springer.
• Bernard F. Schutz (1980). Geometrical Methods of Mathematical Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert K. Nesbet (1980). Variational Methods in Electron–Atom Scattering Theory, New York: Plenum Press.
• Arthur Jaffe; Clifford Taubes (1980). Vortices and Monopoles: The Structure of Static Gauge Theories, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Kalyana T. Mahanthappa; James Randa (1980). Quantum flavordynamics, quantum chrodynamics, and unified theories lectures , New York: Plenum Press.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1980). Recent developments in gauge theories, New York: Plenum Press.
• Kurt Bernardo Wolf (1980). Group Theoretical Methods in Physics: Proceedings of the IX International Colloquium Held at Cocoyoc, México, June 23-27, 1980, Berlin: Springer.
• Jerzy Kijowski (1980). On a Purely Affine Formulation of General Relativity, Berlin: Springer.
• Aragam R. Prasanna; Jayant Vishnu Narlikar; Smitha Vishveshwara (1980). Gravitation, quanta, and the universe: proceedings of the Einstein Centary symposium held at Ahmedabad, India, 29 January - 3 February, 1979, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Cyril Edwards (1980). Gravitational Radiation, Collapsed Objects and Exact Solutions: Proceedings of the Einstein Centenary Summer School, Held in Perth, Australia, January 1979, Berlin: Springer.
• Linda E. Reichl (1980). A Modern Course in Statistical Physics, Weinheim: Wiley-VCH Verlag.
• Takeyuki Hida (1980). Brownian Motion, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter A. Harrison (1980). Electronic Structure and the Properties of Solids, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
• Frank J. Tipler (1980). Essays in General Relativity: A Festschrift for Abraham Taub, New York: Academic Press.
• Dietrich Kramer; Hans Stephani; Malcolm MacCallum; Cornelius Hoenselaers; Eduard Herlt (1980). Exact Solutions of Einstein's Field Equations, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul Oskar Urban (1980). Field theory and strong interactions: Proceedings of the XIX. Internationale Universitätswochen für Kernphysik 1980 der Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz, Berlin: Springer.
• Олег Игоревич Богоявленский (1980). Методы качественной теории динамических систем в астрофизике и газовой динамике, Москва: Наука. [Oleg Igorevičch Bogojavlensky; Dmitry Gokham (1985). Methods of qualitative theory of dynamical systems in astrophysics and gas dynamics, Berlin: Springer.]
• Karl E. Gustafson; William P. Reinhardt (1981). Quantum Mechanics in Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics, New York: Plenum Press.
• Norbert Straumann (1981). Allgemeine Relativitätstheorie und Relativistische Astrophysik, Berlin: Springer.
• Greg Knowles (1981). An Introduction to Applied Optimal Control, New York: Academic Press.
• Morton E. Gurtin (1981). An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics, New York: Academic Press.
• Cornelius von Westenholz (1981). Differential Forms in Mathematical Physics, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Frank B. Knight (1981). Essentials of Brownian Motion, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Gerald Dennis Mahan (1991). Many-Particle Physics, New York: Plenum Press.
• Rabindra Nath Mohapatra (1981). Gauge theories of fundamental interactions, River Edge: World Scientific.
• David Bleecker (1981). Gauge Theory and Variational Principles, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Arthur I. Miller (1981). Albert Einstein's special theory of relativity, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Clifford M. Will (1981). Theory and Experiment in Gravitational Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert C. Hansen (1981). Geometric Theory of Diffraction, New York: IEEE Press.
• Imre Csiszár; János Körner (1981). Information Theory: Coding Theorems for Discrete Memoryless Systems, New York: Academic Press.
• Lev Borisovich Okun (1981). Leptons and Quarks, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Tsung-Dao Lee (1981). Particle Physics and Introduction to Field Theory, Chur: Hardwood Academic Publishers.
• Richard D. Gill (1981). Plasma Physics and Nuclear Fusion, New York: Academic Press.
• Giorgio Velo; Arthur S. Wightman (1981). Rigorous Atomic and Molecular Physics, New York: Plenum Press.
• Lawrence S. Schulman (1981). Techniques and Applications of Path Integration, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Fred Hoyle (1981). The Quasar Controversy Resolved, Cardiff: University College Cardiff Press.
• Alan R. Bishop; Toni Schneider (1981). Solitons and Condensed Matter Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Helga Baum (1981). Spin-Strukturen und Dirac-Operatoren über pseudoriemannschen Mannigfaltigkeiten, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Martin J. Rees; Ray J. Stoneham (1981). Supernovae: a survey of current research: proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute held at Cambridge, U.K., June 29-July 10, 1981, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Stephen Hawking; Martin Roček (1981). Superspace and supergravity: proceedings of the Nuffield workshop, Cambridge June 16-July 12, 1980, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John K. Beem; Paul E. Ehrlich (1981). Global Lorentzian geometry, Dekker.
• Peter Mittelstaedt; Jürgen Nitsch; Joachim Pfarr; Ernst-Walther Stachow (1981). Grundlagenprobleme der modernen Physik: Festschrift für Peter Mittelstaedt zum 50. Geburtstag, Mannheim: Bibliographisches Institut.
• Francis A. Jenkins; Harvey E. White (1981). Fundamentals of Optics, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Kurt Otto Friedrichs (1981). Spectral Theory of Operators in Hilbert Space, Berlin: Springer.
• Patrick Suppes (1981). Studies into the Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, East Lansing: Philosophy of Science Association.
• James Glimm; Arthur Jaffe (1981). Quantum Physics: A Functional Integral Point of View, Berlin: Springer.
• Larry S. Schulman (1981). Techniques & Applications of Path Integration, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Enrico G. Beltrametti; Gianni Cassinelli (1981). The Logic of Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Ian J. R. Aitchison (1982). An Informal Introduction to Gauge Field Theories, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dieter Flamm (1982). Models of Elementary Particles, New York: Gordon and Breach.
• Howard Georgi; Sheldon L. Glaskow (1982). Lie Algebras in Particle Physics, Reading: Benjamin/Cummings.
• Roger G. Newton (1982). Scattering Theory of Waves and Particles, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Steven Detweiler (1982). Black Holes: Selected Reprints, New York: American Association of Physics Teachers.
• Edward Farhi; Roman Jackiw (1982). Dynamical Gauge Symmetry Breaking, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Erhard Seiler (1982). Gauge Theories as a Problems of Constructive Quantum Field Theory and Statistical Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Heinz-Dietrich Doebner; Stig I. Andersson; Herbert Rainer Petry (1982). Differential geometric methods in mathematical physics: clausthal 1980, Berlin: Springer.
• Jean-Bernard Zuber; Raymond Stora (1982). Développements récents en théorie des champs et mécanique statistique, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Nicholas David Birrell; Paul Charles William Davies (1982). Quantum Fields in Curved Space, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Petre Dita; Vladimir Georgescu; Radu Purice (1982). Gauge Theories: Fundamental Interactions and Rigorous Results, Progress in Physics, Boston: Birkhäuser.
• Hans Adolph Buchdahl (1982). Seventeen Simple Lectures on General Relativity Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Elliot Leader; Enrico Predazzi (1982). An Introduction to Gauge Theories and the ’New Physics’, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kyle E. Gustafson; William P. Reinhardt (1982). Quantum Mechanics in Mathematics, Chemistry and Physics, New York: Plenum.
• Remo Ruffini (1982). Proceedings of the second Marcel Grossmann meeting on General relativity: organized and held at the International Centre for Theoretical Physics, Trieste 5-11 July, 1979, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Woodruff T. Sullivan (1982). Classics in Radio Astronomy, Dordrecht: Reidel.
• Howard Georgi (1982). Lie Algebras in Particle Physics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Neil Craigie (1982). Monopoles in quantum field theory: Trieste. 11-15 December, 1981, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Thierry Aubin (1982). Nonlinear analysis on manifolds. Monge-Ampère equations, Berlin: Springer.
• Yoshio Ōnuki; Susumu Kamefuchi (1982). Quantum Field Theory and Parastatistics, Berlin: Springer.
• Kerson Huang (1982). Quarks Leptons and Gauge Fields, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Roger G. Newton (1982). Scattering Theory of Waves and Particles, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Colin Sparrow (1982). The Lorenz equations: bifurcations, chaos, and strange attractors, Berlin: Springer.
• George Raymond Satchler (1983). Direct nuclear reactions, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Edwin T. Jaynes; Roger D. Rosenkrantz (1983). Papers on probability, statistics and statistical physics, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Susumu Kamefuchi (1983). Proceedings of the International Symposium Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Tokyo: Physical Society of Japan.
• Guenter R. Riegler; Roger D. Blandford (1982). The galactic center: California Institute of Technology, 1982, College Park: American Institute of Physics.
• Michael J. Duff; Christopher John Isham (1982). Quantum structure of space and time: proceedings of the Nuffield Workshop, Imperial College London, 3-21 August, 1981, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kurt Sundermeyer (1982). Constrained dynamics with applications to Yang-Mills theory, general relativity, class. spin, dual string model, Berlin: Springer.
• Elliot Leader; Enrico Predazzi (1982). An Introduction to Gauge Theories and The New Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Roger K. Dodd, J. Chris Eilbeck; John O. Gibbon; Hedley C. Morris (1982). Solitons and Nonlinear Wave Equations, New York: Academic Press.
• Julius Wess; Jonathan Bagger (1983). Supersymmetry and Supergravity, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Chris Quigg (1983). Gauge Theories of the Strong, Weak and Electromagnetic Interactions, Redwood: Addison-Wesley.
• Keiji Kikkawa; Noboru Nakanishi; Hidekazu Nariai (1983). Gauge theory and gravitation, Berlin: Springer.
• Ning Hu (1983). Proceedings of the Third Marcel Grossmann Meeting on General Relativity, 30 August-3 September, 1982, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Michael Friedman (1983). Foundations of Space-Time Theories, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Nathalie Deruelle; Tsvi Piran; Abhay Ashtekar (1983). Rayonnement gravitationnel, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Brian Harold Bransden; Charles Jean Joachain (1983). Physics of Atoms and Molecules, London: Longman.
• John Archibald Wheeler; Wojciech Hubert Zurek (1983). Quantum Theory and Measurement, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Bernard Jancewick; Jerzy Lukierski; Jan Lopuszanski (1983). Quantum Theory of Particles and Fields, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Francis Halzen; Alan Douglas Martin (1983). Quarks and Leptons, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Michael Creutz (1983). Quarks, Gluons and Lattices, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert W. Boyd (1983). Radiometry and the Detection of Optical Radiation, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Richard Swinburne (1983). Space, Time, and Causality, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Laurie M. Brown; Lillian Hoddeson (1983). The Birth of Particle Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Eugene D. Commins; Philip H. Bucksbaum (1983). Weak Interactions of Leptons and Quarks, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Karl Kraus; Arno Böhm; John D. Dollard (1983). States, Effects, and Operations Fundamental Notions of Quantum Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Pierre Meystre; Marlan O. Scully (1983). Quantum optics, experimental gravity, and measurement theory, New York: Plenum Press.
• Roman Sexl; Helmuth K. Urbantke (1983). Gravitation und Kosmologie: eine Einführung in die allgemeine Relativitätstheorie, Mannheim: Bibliographisches Institut.
• Subrahmanyan Chandrasekhar (1983). The Mathematical Theory of Black Holes, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Rodney Loudon (1983). The Quantum Theory of Light, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John Robert Schrieffer (1983). Theory of Superconductivity, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Stig Lundqvist; Norman Henry March (1983). Theory of the Inhomogeneous Electron Gas, New York: Plenum Press.
• Charles Nash; Siddhartha Sen (1983). Topology and Geometry for Physicists, New York: Academic Press.
• Anthony Zee (1983). Unity of Forces in the Universe, River Edge: World Scientific
• Stuart L. Shapiro; Saul A. Teukolsky (1983). Black holes, white dwarfs, and neutron stars: the physics of compact objects, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Francis Halzen; Alan Martin (1984). Quarks & Leptons, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Peter B. Gilkey; Steven George Krantz (1984). Invariance Theory, the Heat Equation, and the Atiyah-Singer Index Theorem, Wilmington: Publish or Perish.
• Howard Georgi (1984). Weak interactions and modern particle theory, Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings.
• Robert N. Cahn (1984). Semi-Simple Lie Algebras and Their Representations, Berkeley: University of California.
• Daniel Bancel; Monique Signore (1984). Problems of collapse and numerical relativity, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Xavier Fustero; Enrique Verdaguer (1984). Relativistic astrophysics and cosmology, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Bryce S. Dewitt; Raymond Stora (1984). Relativity, Groups and Topology, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Bryce DeWitt (1984). Supermanifolds, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert M. Wald (1984). General Relativity, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Claudio Rebbi; Giulio Soliani (1984). Solitons and Particles, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Cornelius Hoenselaers; Werner Dietz (1984). Solutions of Einstein's equations: techniques and results: proceedings of the international seminar on exact solutions of Einstein's equations, held in Retzbach, Germany, November 14-18, 1983, Berlin: Springer.
• John C. Collins (1984). Renormalization, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard D. Field (1984). Applications of Perturbative QCD, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Klaus Dietz (1984). Supersymmetry, New York: Plenum Press.
• Victor Guillemin; Shlomo Sternberg (1984). Symplectic Techniques in Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alain Berger (1984). The Big Bang and Georges Lemaître, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Woodruff Turner Sullivan (1984). The Early Years of Radio Astronomy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yuen-Ron Shen (1984). The Principles of Nonlinear Optics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Simon Diner (1984). The wave-particle dualism: a tribute to Louis de Broglie on his 90th birthday, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Predrag Cvitanović (1984). Universality in Chaos, Bristol: Hilger.
• Philip Warren Anderson (1984). Basic Notions of Condensed Matter Physics, New York: W. A. Benjamin.
• Richard Durrett (1984). Brownian Motion and Martingales in Analysis, Belmont: Wadsworth International Group.
• Shlomo Sternberg (1984). Differential Geometric Methods In Mathematical Physics, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Isao Shimamura; Kazuo Takayanagi (1984). Electron-molecule collisions, New York: Plenum Press.
• George Greenstein (1984). Frozen Star, London: Macdonald.
• Norbert Straumann (1984). General relativity and relativistic astrophysics, Berlin: Springer.
• Ta-Pei Cheng; Ling-Fong Li (1984). Gauge theory of elementary particles, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Hoong-Chien Lee (1984). An introduction to Kaluza-Klein theories: workshop on Kaluza-Klein theories, Chalk River/Deep River, Ontario, 11-16 August 1983, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Bruno Bertotti (1984). General relativity and gravitation: invited papers and discussion reports of the 10th International Conference on General Relativity and Gravitation, Padua, July 3-8, 1983, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Gerard 't Hooft; Arthur Jaffe; Harry Lehmann; Pronob K. Mitter; Isadore Manuel Singer; Raymond Stora (1984). Progress in gauge field theory, New York: Plenum Press.
• William Bowen Bonnor; Jamal Nazrul Islam; Malcolm A. H. MacCallum (1984). Classical general relativity: proceedings of the conference on classical (non-quantum), general relativity, City University, London, 21-22 December 1983, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Pran Nath; Richard Arnowitt; ‪Ali Hani Chamseddine (1984). Applied N = 1 supergravity: lectures at the Summer Workshop on Particle Physics, 20 June-29 July 1983, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Francis Halzen; Alan Douglas Martin (1984). Quarks And Leptons. An Introductory Course In Modern Particle Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• John R. Klauder; Bo-Sture Skagerstam (1984). Coherent States-Application in Physics and Mathematical Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Roger Penrose; Wolfgang Rindler (1984-86). Spinors and space-time, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard P. Feynman (1985). QED: The Strange Theory of Light and Matter, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• William C. Saslaw (1985). Gravitational Physics of Stellar Systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Malcolm A. H. MacCallum; William Bowen Bonnor (1985). Galaxies, axisymmetric systems and relativity: essays presented to W.B. Bonnor on his 65th birthday, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Juhan Frank; Andrew R. King; Derek J. Raine (1985). Accretion power in astrophysics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Edward Dyson (1985). Active Galactic Nuclei, Manchester: Manchester University Press.
• Vernon Barger (1985). Neutrino mass and low energy weak interactions, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Joachim Keßler (1985). Polarized Electrons, Berlin: Springer.
• Lewis H. Ryder (1985). Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hiroomi Umezawa; Giuseppe Vitiello (1985). Quantum mechanics, Napoli: Bibliopolis.
• Oscar J. Bressan; Mario Castagnino; Víctor Hugo Hamity (1985). Relativity, supersymmetry and cosmology: proceedings of the 5th simposio latino americano de relatividad y gravitación, Word Scientific.
• Walter Greiner; Johann Rafelski; Berndt Müller (1985). Quantum Electrodynamics of Strong Fields With an Introduction into Modern Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Ricardo Broglia; Gudrun Hagemann; Bent Herskind (1985). Nuclear structure: proceedings of the Niels Bohr centennial conference, Copenhagen, may 20-24, 1985, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Antonio Masiero; Dimitri V. Nanopoulos; Keith A. Olive; Costas Kounnas (1985). Grand Unification with and without Supersymmetry and Cosmology Implications, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Dennis W. Duke; Jeff F. Owens (1985). Advances in lattice gauge theory, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Venzo De Sabbata; Maurizio Gasperini (1985). Introduction To Gravitation., River Edge: World Scientific.
• Sidney Coleman (1985). Aspects of Symmetry: Selected Erice Lectures, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
• Joseph S. Miller (1985). Astrophysics of Active Galaxies and Quasi Stellar Objects, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Bernd Crasemann (1985). Atomic Inner-Shell Physics, New York Plenum Press.
• Jamal Nazrul Islam (1985). Rotating Fields in General Relativity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kenneth J. Falconer (1985). The Geometry of Fractal Sets, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Kroes (1985). Time: Its Structure and Role in Physical Theories, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Heinrich Saller (1985). Vereinheitlichte Feldtheorien der Elementarteilchen, Berlin: Springer.
• Sandro Graffi (1985). Schrödinger Operators, Berlin: Springer.
• James Lepowsky; Stanley Mandelstam; Isadore Manuel Singer (1985). Vertex operators in mathematics and physics: Proceedings of a Conference, November 10-17, 1983, Berlin: Springer.
• Tōru Moriya (1985). Spin fluctuations in itinerant electron magnetism, Berlin: Springer.
• Mark H. A. Davis; Richard B. Vinter (1985). Stochastic Modelling and Control, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Fritz Herlach (1985). Strong and Ultrastrong Magnetic Fields, Berlin: Springer.
• William A. Bardeen; Alan R. White (1985). Symposium on Anomalies, geometry, topology: March 28-30, 1985, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Steven E. Koonin; Dawn C. Meredith (1985). Computational physics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• ‪Alexander L. Efros; Michael Pollak (1985). Electron-Electron Interactions in Disordered Systems: Modern Problems in Condensed Matter Sciences, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Sam B. Treiman; Roman Wladimir Jackiw; Edward Witten (1985). Current Algebra and Anomalies, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jeremy Goodman; Piet Hut (1985). Dynamics of star clusters: proceedings of the 113th Symposium of the International Astronomical Union, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Graham G. Ross (1985). Grand Unified Theories, Menlo Park: Benjamin/ Cummings.
• Rodolfo Martini (1985). Geometrical Aspects of the Einstein Equations and Integrable Systems, Berlin: Springer.
• Lewis H. Ryder (1985). Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Lou Clavelli; Arthur Halprin (1986). Lewes String Theory Workshop, Lewes, Delaware, 6-27 July 1985, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Roger Penrose; Christopher Isham (1986). Quantum Concepts in Space and Time, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Hans Volker Klapdor (1986). Weak and Electromagnetic Interactions in Nuclei: Proceedings of the International Symposium, Heidelberg, July 1-5, 1986, Berlin: Springer.
• Adelaide Hewitt; Geoffrey Burbidge; Li Zhi Fang (1986). Observational Cosmology: Proceedings of the 124th Symposium of the International Astronomical Union, Held in Beijing, China, August 25-30, 1986, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Roger Penrose; Wolfgang Rindler (1986). Spinors and Space-Time, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Addicks Ransom Marlow (1986). Quantum Theory and Gravitation: papers presented at the Third Loyola Conference on Quantum Theory and Gravitation, May 29-June 1, 1985, New York: Academic Press.
• Rabindra Nath Mohapatra (1986). Unification and Supersymmetry: The Frontiers of Quark-Lepton Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Maurice Jacob; John Ellis (1986). Supersymmetry and Supergravity, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• David J Helfand; Jie-Hao Huang (1986). The origin and evolution of neutron stars: proceedings of the 125. symposium of the Internat. Astronom. Union held in Nanjing, China, May 26-30, 1986, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Riccardio D'Auria; Pietro Fré (1986). Superunification and extra dimensions: 1st Torino meeting … 22-28 September 1985, Torino, Italy, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Gary W. Gibbons; Stephen Hawking; Paul K. Townsend (1986). Supersymmetry and its applications: Superstrings, anomalies and supergravity: Proceedings of a workshop supported by the SERC and the Ralph Smith and Nuffield Foundations, Cambridge, 23 June to 14 July, 1985, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Giuliano Giuricin (1986). Structure and evolution of active galactic nuclei: internat. meeting held in Trieste, Italy, April 10-13, 1985, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Remo Ruffini (1986). Proceedings of the Fourth Marcel Grossmann Meeting on General Relativity, held at the University of Rome "La Sapienza", 17-21 June, 1985, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Stuart Louis Shapiro; Saul Arno Teukolsky (1986).Highlights of modern astrophysics: concepts and controversies, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Martin C. Gutzwiller (1986). Path integrals from meV to MeV: selected papers from the symposium held at the Bielefeld Center for Interdisciplinary Research on August 5-9, 1985, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Peter West (1986). Introduction to Supersymmetry and Supergravity, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Keith O. Mason; Michael G. Watson; Nicholas E. White (1986). The Physics of Accretion onto Compact Objects: Proceedings of a Workshop Held in Tenerife, Spain April 21-25, 1986, Berlin: Springer.
• Jean Kovalevsky; Victor A Brumberg (1986). Relativity in celestial mechanics and astrometry: high precision dynamical theories and observational verifications: proceedings of the 114th symposium of the International astronomical union held in Leningrad, USSR, May 28-31, 1985, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
• Roger Penrose; Chris J. Isham (1986). Quantum concepts in space and time, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Dimitri Mihalas; Karl-Heinz A. Winkler (1986). Radiation hydrodynamics in stars and compact objects: proceedings of Colloquium No. 89 of the International astronomical union, held at Copenhagen university, June 11-20, 1985, Berlin: Springer.
• Peter George Oliver Freund (1986). Introduction to Supersymmetry, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ramón F Alvarez-Estrada; Francisco Fernández; José L Sánchez-Gómez; Vicento Vento (1986). Models of Hadron Structure Based on Quantum Chromodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Humitaka Sato; Takashi Nakamura (1986). Gravitational collapse and relativity: Proceedings of Yamada conference XIV, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Joan M. Centrella (1986). Dynamical spacetimes and numerical relativity: proceedings of a workshop held at Drexel University, October 7-11 1985, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Stewart Bell (1987). Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ray J. Rivers (1987). Path Integral Methods in Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Taizo Muta (1987). Foundations of Quantum Chromodynamics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Marc Mezard; Giorgio Parisi; Miguel Angel Virasoro (1987). Spin Glass Theory and Beyond, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Meinulf Göckeler; Thomas Schücker (1987). Differential Geometry, Gauge Theories, and Gravity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul H. Frampton (1987). Gauge Field Theories, Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings.
• Kip Thome; Stephen Hawking; Werner Israel (1987). Three Hundred Years of Gravitation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Freund; Thomas Appelquist; Alan Chodos (1987). Modern Kaluza-Klein Theories, Menlo Park: Addison-Wesley.
• Masuo Suzuki (1987). Quantum Monte Carlo Methods in Equilibrium and Nonequilibrium Systems, Berlin: Springer.
• Vernon Barger; Roger Philips (1987). Collider Physics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Stefan Pokorski (1987). Gauge Field Theories, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Grigory Filippovich Drukarev (1987). Collisions of electrons with atoms and molecules, New York: Plenum Press.
• Michael B. Green; John H. Schwarz; Edward Witten (1987). Superstring Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Thomas Ferbel (1987). Experimental Techniques in High Energy Physics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Taizo Muta (1987). Foundations of Quantum Chromodynamics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Howard E Haber (1987). From the Planck scale to the weak scale: toward a theory of the universe: proceedings of the Theoretical Advanced Study Inst. in Elementary Particle Physics, Univ. of Calif., Santa Cruz, 1986, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Paul H. Frampton (1987). Gauge Field Theories, Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings.
• Alexandre Markovitch Poliakov (1987). Gauge Fields and Strings, Chur: Harwood.
• Malcolm A. H. MacCallum (1987). General relativity and gravitation: proceedings of the 11th International Congress on General Relativity and Gravitation, Stockholm, 6-12 July 1986, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Brandon Carter (1987). Gravitation in astrophysics: Gargèse 1986, New York: Plenum Press.
• Jonathan I. Katz (1987). High Energy Astrophysics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Michael Redhead (1987). Incompleteness, Nonlocality, and Realism, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Francesco Iachello; Akito Arima (1987). Interacting Boson Models of Nuclear Structure, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Vitaly Lazarevich Ginzburg (1987). Issues in Intense-Field Quantum Electrodynamics, Commack: Nova Science.
• Thomas Appelquist; Alan Chodos; Peter G. O. Freund (1987). Modern Kaluza-Klein Theories, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Felix Boehm; Petr Vogel (1987). Physics of Massive Neutrinos, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard R. Ernst; Geoffrey Bodenhausen; Alexander Wokaum (1987). Principles of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in One and Two Dimensions, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• John W. Negele; Henri Orland (1987). Quantum Many-Particle Systems, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Edward Roy Pike; Sarben Sarkar (1987). Quantum Measurement and Chaos, New York: Plenum Press.
• Hans Ludwig Cycon; Barry Simon (1987). Schrödinger Operators: With Applications to Quantum Mechanics and Global Geometry, Berlin: Springer.
• William C. Saslaw (1987). Gravitational Physics of Stellar and Galactic Systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Steward Bell (1987). Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Sergio Ferrara (1987). Supersymmetry, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Haral J. W. Müller-Kirsten; Armin Wiedemann (1987). Supersymmetry, River Edge: World Scientific.
• William R. Leo (1987). Techniques for Nuclear and particle Physics Experiments, Berlin: Springer.
• Николай Николаевич Боголюбов; Анатолий Алексеевич Логунов; Анатолий Иванович Оксак; Ігор Ярославович Тодоров (1987). Общие принципы квантовой теории поля, Москва: Наука. [Nikolai Nikolaevich Bogolybov; Anatoly Logounov; Anatoly Ivanovich Oksak; Ivan Todorov Todorov; Gerald G. Gould (1990). General Principles of Quantum Field Theory, Kluwer.]
• Claude Itzykson; Jean-Bernard Zuber (1988). Quantum Field Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill
• Alfredo M. Ozorio de Almeida (1988). Hamiltonian Systms, Chaos and Quantization, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Elcio Abdalla; Maria C.B. Abdalla (1988). Two Dimensional Models and String Theories, River Edge: World Scientific.
• ‪Tapash Chakraborty‬; Pekka Pietiläinen; Allan H. MacDonald (1988). The Fractional Quantum Hall Effect, Properties of an Incompressible Quantum Field, Berlin: Springer,.
• Michel Green, John Schwarz; Edward Witten (1988). Superstrings, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Ray J. Rivers (1988). Path Integral Methods in Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Bradley Cox (1988). QCD hard hadronic processes, New York: Plenum Press.
• Giorgio Parisi (1988). Statistical Field Theory, Redwood: Addison-Wesley.
• Andrew J. Casson; Steven A. Bleiler (1988). Automorphisms of Surfaces after Nielsen and Thurston, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard Beals; Peter Charles Greiner (1988). Calculus on Heisenberg Manifolds, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Claude Itzykson; Hubert Saleur; Jean Bernard Zuber (1988). Conformal Invariance and Applications to Statistical Mechanics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jun Kondō; Akio Yoshimori (1988). Fermi surface effects: proceedings of the Tsukuba Institute, Tsukuba Science City, Japan, August 27-29, 1987, Berlin: Springer.
• Aleksei Alekseevich Abrikosov; Artavaz Beknazarov (1988). Fundamentals of the Theory of Metals, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Warren Siegel (1988). Introduction to String Field Theory, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Peter Goddard; David Olive (1988). Kac-Moody and Virasoro Algebras, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Torleif Erik Oscar Ericson; Wolfram Weise (1988). Pions and Nuclei, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Robert Coquereaux; Arkadiusz Jadczyk (1988). Riemannian geometry, fiber bundles, Kaluza-Klein theories and all that, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Giorgio Parisi (1988). Statistical Field Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Luis Alvarez-Gaumé (1988). Superstrings '87: proceedings of the Trieste Spring School, 1-11 April 1987, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Michael Francis Atiyah; Nigel Hitchin (1988). The Geometry and Dynamics of Magnetic Monopoles, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Joella G. Yoder (1988). Unrolling Time: Christiaan Huygens and the Mathematization of Nature, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Edward W. Kolb; Michael S. Turner (1988/90). The Early Universe, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Julian B. Barbour (1989). Absolute or relative motion?: a study from Machian point of view of the discovery and the structure of dynamical theories, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Stephen A. Fulling (1989). Aspects of Quantum Field Theory in Curved Spacetime, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Robert G. Parr; Weitao Yang (1989). Density-Functional Theory of Atoms and Molecules, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Murry Peshkin; Akira Tonomura (1989). The Aharonov-Bohm Effect, Berlin: Springer.
• Pierre Ramond (1989). Field Theory: A Modern primer, Redwood: Addison-Wesley.
• Stephen A. Fulling (1989). Aspects of Quantum Field Theory in Curved Space-Time, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Laurie Mark Brown; Max Dresden; Lillian Hoddeson (1989). Pions to quarks: particle physics in the 50s, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Andrei V. Gaponov-Grekhov; Mikhail I. Rabinovich; Jüri Engelbrecht (1989). Nonlinear Waves: Dynamics and Evolution, Berlin: Springer.
• Meinulf Göckeler; Thomas Schücker (1989). Differential Geometry, Gauge Theories and Gravity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Derek Frank Lawden (1989). Elliptic Functions and Applications, Berlin: Springer.
• Pierre Ramond (1989). Field Theory: A Modern Primer, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Günter Scharf (1989). Finite Quantum Electrodynamics: The Causal Approach, Berlin: Springer.
• Ian Johnston Rhind Aitchison; Anthony J. G. Hey (1989). Gauge Theories in Particle Physics, Bristol: Adam Hilger.
• Alfred Shapere; Frank Wilczek (1989). Geometric Phases in Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Luca Lusanna (1989). Knots, topology and quantum field theories: proceedings of the Johns Hopkins workshop on current problems in particle theory 13: Florence, 1989, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Paul H. Frampton (1989). Last Workshop on Grand Unification: University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, April 20-22, 1989, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Dieter Lüst; Stefan Theisen (1989). Lectures on String Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Boris Kayser; Françoise Gibrat-Debu; Frédéric Perrier (1989). The physics of massive neutrinos, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Robert B Gardner (1989). Method of Equivalence and its Applications, Philadelphia: Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.
• Tomas Kafka; Jacob Schneps (1989). Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Neutrino Physics and Astrophysics: Boston (Medford), June 5-11, 1988, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Lawrence Wilets (1989). Nontopological Solitons, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Antal Jevicki; Chung-I Tan (1989). Particles, strings and supernovae proceedings of the Theoretical Advanced Study Institute in Elementary Particle Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Alfred H. Mueller (1989). Perturbative QCD, River Edge: World Scientific.
• James T. Cushing; Ernan McMullin (1989). Philosophical Consequences of Quantum Theory, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press.
• Gilbert Grynberg (1989). Photons and Atoms: Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Helge Holden; Arne Jensen (1989). Schrödinger Operators Proceedings of the Nordic Summer School in Mathematics Held at Sandbjerg Slot, Sønderborg, Denmark, August 1-12, 1988, Berlin: Springer.
• Herbert Blaine Lawson; Marie-Louise Michelsohn (1989). Spin Geometry, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Claude Itzykson; Jean-Michel Drouffe (1989). Statistical Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Elworthy; Jean-Claude Zambrini (1989). Stochastic Analysis, Path Integration and Dynamics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Abdus Salam; Ergin Sezgin (1989). Supergravities in diverse dimensions, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Guido Altarelli; Luigi Di Lella (1989). Proton-antiproton collider physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Robert N. Cahn; Gerson Goldhaber (1989). The Experimental Foundations of Particle Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Heinz-Dieter Zeh (1989). The Physical Basis of the Direction of Time, Berlin: Springer.
• John Earman (1989). World enough and space-time, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Chen Ning Yang; Mo-Lin Ge (1989/94). Braid Group, Knot Theory and Statistical Mechanics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Eryk Infeld; George Rowlands (1990). Nonlinear Waves, Solitons and Chaos, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Harvey Brown; Rom Harré (1990). Philosophical Foundations of Quantum Field Theory, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Ian R.Kenyon (1990). General Relativity, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Helge Kragh (1990). Dirac. A Scientific Biography, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jürgen Audretsch; Venzo Sabbata (1990). Quantum Mechanics in Curved Space-Time, Berlin: Springer.
• John Archibald Wheeler (1990). A Journey into Gravity and Spacetime, New York: Scientific American Library.
• John Stewart (1990). Advanced general relativity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Martin C. Gutzwiller (1990). Chaos in Classical and Quantum Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Noboru Nakanishi; Izumi Ojima (1990). Covariant operator formalism of gauge theories and quantum gravity, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Reiner M. Dreizler; Eberhard K. U. Gross (1990). Density Functional Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Otto Nachtmann (1990). Elementary Particle Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Vladimir Privman (1990). Finite size scaling and numerical simulation of statistical systems, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Mikio Nakahara (1990). Geometry, topology and physics, Bristol: Adam Hilger.
• Jean-Claude Le Guillou; Jean Zinn-Justin (1990). Large Order Behaviour of Perturbation Theory, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Michael Riordan (1990). Proceedings of the 1989 International Symposium on Lepton and Photon Interactions at High Energies, August 7-12, 1989, Stanford University, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Harvey S. Leff (1990). Maxwell's Demon: Entropy, Information, Computing, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Robert Guenther (1990). Modern Optics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Eryk Infeld; George Rowlands (1990). Nonlinear Waves, Solitons and Chaos, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hagen Kleinert (1990). Path Integrals in Quantum Mechanics, Statistics and Polymer Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Lars Brink; Daniel Harry Friedan; Alexandre Markovitch Poliakov (1990). Physics and mathematics of strings: memorial volume for Vadim Knizhnik, River Edge: World Scientific.
• George A. Jr Baker (1990). Quantitative Theory of Critical Phenomena, Boston: Academic Press.
• Toichiro Kinoshita (1990). Quantum Electrodynamics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Walter Greiner; Berndt Müller (1990). Relativistic Quantum Mechanics: Wave Equations, Berlin: Springer.
• Paul N. Butcher; David Cotter (1990). The Elements of Nonlinear Optics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John F. Gunion; Howard E. Haber; Gordon L. Kane; Sally Dawson (1990). The Higgs Hunter's Guide, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Manfredo P Do Carmo (1991). Riemannian Geometry, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Sydney Coleman; James Hartle; Tsvi Piran; Steven Weinberg (1991). Quantum Cosmology and Baby Universe, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Klaus Winter (1991). Neutrino Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Francesco Iachello; Akito Arima (1991). The Interacting Boson Model, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Claude Itzykson; Jean-Michel Drouffe (1991). Statistical field theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Abhay Ashtekar (1991). Lectures on Non-Perturbative Canonical Gravity, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Michel Le Bellac (1991). Quantum and statistical field theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Jeremy B. Griffiths (1991). Colliding Plane Waves in General Relativity, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Thomas M. Cover; Joy A. Thomas (1991). Elements of Information Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Eduardo Fradkin (1991). Field Theories of Condensed Matter Systems, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Mike W. Guidry (1991). Gauge Field Theories, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Louis H. Kauffman (1991). Knots and Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Abhay Ashtekar; (1991). Lectures on non-pertubative canonical gravity, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Rabindra Nath Mohapatra; Palash B. Pal (1991). Massive Neutrinos in Physics and Astrophysics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Mauro Francaviglia (1991). Mechanics, Analysis amd Geometry: 200 Years after Lagrange, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Klaus Winter (1991). Neutrino Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• J. Robert Buchler; Steven L. Detweiler; James R. Ipser; Georgios Ioannou Contopoulos (1991). Nonlinear Problems in Relativity, New York: The New York Academy of Sciences.
• Cherif Bendjaballah (1991). Quantum aspects of optical communications: proceedings of a workshop held at he CNRS, Paris, France, 26-28 November 1990, Berlin: Springer.
• Crispin W. Gardiner (1991). Quantum Noise: A Handbook of Markovian and Non-Markovian Quantum Stochastic, Berlin: Springer.
• Claude Weisbuch; Børge Vinter (1991). Quantum Noise: A Handbook of Markovian and Non-Markovian Quantum Stochastic, Berlin: Springer.
• Orlando Alvarez; Enzo Marinari; Paul Windey (1991). Random Surfaces and Quantum Gravity, New York: Plenum Press.
• Anne Boutet de Monvel-Berthier (1991). Recent developments in quantum mechanics: proceedings of the Braşov Conference, Poiana Braşov 1989, Romania, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic.
• Leonardo Castellani; Riccardo D'Auria; Pietro Fré (1991). Supergravity and Superstrings: A Geometric Perspective I-III, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Paul Donato (1991). Symplectic geometry and mathematical physics: actes du colloque en l'honneur de Jean-Marie Souriau, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Tudor S. Rațiu (1991). The geometry of Hamiltonian systems proceedings of a workshop held June 5 - 16, 1989, Berlin: Springer.
• Claudio Bartocci; Ugo Bruzzo; Daniel Hernández-Ruipérez (1991). The Geometry of Supermanifolds, Berlin: Springer.
• Ray D'Inverno (1992). Approaches to Numerical Relativity: proceedings of the International Workshop on Numerical Relativity, Southampton, December 1991, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ray A. d'Inverno (1992). Introducing Einstein’s Relativity, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Bernd Thaller (1992). The Dirac equation, Berlin: Springer.
• Brian Hatfield (1992). Quantum Field Theory of Point Particles and Strings, Cambridge: Perseus Books.
• Kerson Huang (1992). Quarks; Leptons and Gauge Fields, Hackensack: World Scientific.
• Jürgen Ehlers; Gerhard Schäfer (1992). Relativistic gravity research with emphasis on experiments and observations, Berlin: Springer.
• Jim Baggott (1992). The Meaning of Quantum Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Keith I. Hopcraft; Peter R. Smith (1992). An Introduction to Electromagnetic Inverse Scattering, Dordrecht: Springer-Verlag.
• Tristan Hübsch (1992). Calabi-Yau Manifolds: A Bestiary for Physicists, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Hellmut Baumgärtel; Manfred Wollenberg (1992).Causal nets of operator algebras: mathematical aspects of algebraic quantum field theory, Berlin: Akademie Verlag.
• Nicole Berline; Ezra Getzler; Michèle Vergne (1992). Heat Kernels and Dirac Operators, Berlin: Springer.
• Heinz J. Rothe (1992). Lattice Gauge Theories: An Introduction, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jean-Luc Brylinski (1992). Loop spaces, characteristic classes, and geometric quantization, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Robert W. Boyd (1992). Nonlinear Optics, New York: Academic Press.
• Jürg Fröhlich (1992). Non-perturbative Quantum Field Theory: Mathematical Aspects and Applications, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Mark S. Swanson (1992). Path Integrals and Quantum Processes, New York: Academic Press.
• Jonathan J Halliwell (1992). Physical Origins of Time Asymmetry, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ettore Gadioli; Peter Edward Hodgson (1992). Pre-Equilibrium Nuclear Reactions, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Marc Henneaux; Claudio Teitelboim (1992). Quantization of Gauge Systems, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Walter Greiner; Joachim Reinhardt (1992). Quantum Electrodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Brian Hatfield (1992). Quantum field theory of point particles and strings, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Lowell S. Brown (1992). Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Vladimir B. Braginsky; Farid Y. Khalili; Kip S. Thorne (1992). Quantum Measurement, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kerson Huang (1992). Quarks, Leptons & Gauge Fields, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Matti Vuorinen (1992). Quasiconformal Space Mappings, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter Greiner (1992). Classical Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Roberto Fernández; Jürg Fröhlich; Alan D. Sokal (1992). Random Walks, Critical Phenomena, and Triviality in Quantum Field Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Amos Harpaz (1992). Relativity Theory: Concepts and Basic Principles, Jones & Bartlett.
• Nigel Goldenfeld (1992). Lectures on Phase Transitions and the Renormalization Group, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Julia M. Yeomans (1992). Statistical Mechanics of Phase Transitions, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Jeffrey A. Harvey (1992). String theory and quantum gravity '91: proceedings of the Trieste Spring School & Workshop ICTP, Trieste, Italy, April 15-26, 1991, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jean Eisenstaedt; Anne J. Kox (1992). Studies in the history of general relativity: based on the proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on the History of General Relativity, Luminy, France, 1988, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Per Fridtjof Dahl (1992). Superconductivity, College Park: American Institute of Physics.
• Daniel Charles Mattis (1992). The Many-Body Problem: An Encyclopedia of Exactly Solved Models in One Dimension, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Herman Feshbach (1992). Theoretical Nuclear Physics, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Marc Yor (1992/97). Some aspects of Brownian motion, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Akira Tonomura (1993). Electron Holography, Berlin: Springer.
• Peter Matthias Zerwas; Hans A. Kastrup (1993). QCD: 20 Years Later, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Rudolf Haag (1993). Local Quantum Physics: Fields, Particles and Algebras, Berlin: Springer
• Albert S. Schwarz (1993). Quantum Field Theory and Topology, Berlin: Springer.
• Masao Sasaki (1993). Relativistic Cosmology, Tokyo: Universal Academy Press.
• Bei-Lok Hu (1993). Papers in honor of Charles Misner,, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ashok Das (1993). Field Theory-A Path Integral Approach, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Walter Greiner; Berndt Müller (1993). Gauge Theory of Weak Interaction, Berlin: Springer.
• Jürgen Ehlers; Helmut Friedrich (1993). Canonical gravity: from classical to quantum: proceedings of the 117th WE Heraeus seminar held at Bad Honnef, Germany, 13-17 September 1993, Berlin: Springer.
• Abhay Ashtekar; John J. Stachel (1993). Conceptual Problems of Quantum Gravity, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Toshiki Mabuchi; Shigeru Mukai (1993). Einstein metrics and Yang-Mills connections: proceedings of the 27th Taniguchi international symposium, New York, NY: Dekker.
• Clifford M. Will (1993). Theory and Experiment in Gravitational Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dinkar C. Khandekar; Shilpa V. Lawande (1993). Path-Integral Methods and their Applications, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Gary W. Gibbons; Stephen William Hawking (1993). Euclidean Quantum Gravity, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Walter Greiner; Berndt Müller (1993). Gauge Theory of Weak Interactions, Berlin: Springer.
• Athanassios S. Fokas; Vladimir Evgenevich Zakharov (1993). Important Developments in Soliton Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Philippe Christe; Malte Henkel (1993). Introduction to Conformal Invariance and Its Applications, Berlin: Springer.
• George Lusztig (1993). Introduction to Quantum Groups, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Dinkar C. Khandekar; Shilpa V. Lawande (1993). Path-Integral Methods and their Applications, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Phillip James Edwin Peebles (1993). Principles of physical cosmology, Princeton: Princeton University Press..
• Katsuhiro Nakamura (1993). Quantum Chaos: A New Paradigm of Nonlinear Dynamics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Masanori Ohya; Dénes Petz (1993). Quantum Entropy and Its Use, Berlin: Springer.
• Franz Mandl; Graham Shaw (1993). Quantum Field Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Michio Kaku (1993). Quantum Field Theory: A Modern Introduction, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Asher Peres(1993). Quantum Theory: Concepts and Methods, New York: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
• Jeffrey Harvey; Joseph Gerard Polchinski (1993). Recent directions in particle theory: from superstrings and black holes to the standard model: proceedings of the 1992 Theoretical Advanced Study Institute in Elementary Particle Physics, Boulder, Colorado, 1-26 June 1992, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Louis H Kauffman; Randy A. Baadhio (1993). Quantum Topology, River Edge: World Scientific..
• Franz Gross (1993). Relativistic Quantum Mechanics and Field Theory, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
• Laurie M. Brown (1993). Renormalization: From Lorentz to Landau (and Beyond), Berlin: Springer.
• Francisco Javier Chinea; Luis Manuel González-Romero (1993). Rotating Objects and Relativistic Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Kip S. Thorne; Stephen Hawking (1994). Black Holes and Time Warps, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Alexander Vilenkin; Edward Paul S. Shellard (1994). Cosmic Strings and Other Topological Defects, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Arthur I. Miller; Wyn Grant (1994). Early Quantum Electrodynamics: A Source Book, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Kurt E. Oughstun; George C. Sherman (1994). Electromagnetic Pulse Propagation in Causal Dielectrics, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Plischke; Birger Bergersen (1994). Equilibrium Statistical Physics, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Jerold E. Marsden; Tudor S. Ratiu (1994). Introduction to Mechanics and Symmetry: A Basic Exposition of Classical Mechanical Systems, Berlin: Springer.
• Tor Helleseth (1994). Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Berlin: Springer.
• Jesús María Sanz Serna; María Paz Calvo (1994). Numerical Hamiltonian problems, Boca Raton: Chapman & Hall.
• George F. Bertsch; Ricardo A. Broglia (1994). Oscillations in Finite Quantum Systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gert Roepstorff (1994). Path Integral Approach to Quantum Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Paul Langacker (1994). Precision Tests of the Standard Electroweak Model, River Edge: World Scientific.
• David N.Yetter (1994). Proceedings of the conference on quantum topology: Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas, 24-28 March 1993, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Silvan S. Schweber (1994). QED and the Men who Made it: Dyson, Feynman, Schwinger, and Tomonaga, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Walter Greiner; Andreas Schäfer; David Allan Bromley (1994). Quantum Chromodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Vladimir G Turaev (1994). Quantum Invariants of Knots and 3-Manifolds, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Mitsuru Ikawa (1994). Spectral and scattering theory, New York: Marcel Dekker.
• Jun John Sakurai (1994). Modern Quantum Mechanics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Roger Plymen; Paul Robinson (1994) Spinors in Hilbert Space, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John C. Baez (1994). Knots and quantum gravity, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Venzo de Sabbata; ‪Chandra Sivaram (1994). Spin and Torsion in Gravitation, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Samuel A. Safran (1994). Statistical Thermodynamics of Surfaces, Interfaces, and Membranes, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Michael R. Douglas; Jerome Gauntlett; Mark W. Gross (1994). Strings and geometry proceedings of the Clay Mathematics Institute 2002 Summer School on Strings and Geometry, Isaac Newton Institute, Cambridge, United Kingdom, March 24 - April 20, 2002, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Robert M. Wald (1994). Quantum field theory in curved spacetime and black hole thermodynamics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Gerard 't Hooft (1994). Under the Spell of the Gauge Principle, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Bernard d' Espagnat (1994). Veiled Reality: An Analysis of Present Day Quantum Mechanical Concepts, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Michael E. Peskin; Daniel. V. Schroeder (1995). An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, New York: Addison-Wesley.
• Michael Francis Atiyah (1995). Geometry of Yang-Mills fields, Pisa: Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, Scuola Normale Superiore.
• Frans T. M. Nieuwstadt; Jakob A. Steketee (1995). Selected Papers of J. M. Burgers, Dordrecht: Springer-Verlag.
• Alexei M. Tsvelik (1995). Quantum Field Theory in Condensed Matter Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Walter Greiner; Ludwig Neise; Horst Stöcker (1995). Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter Greiner (1995). Relativistic Quantum Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Hagen Kleinert (1995). Path Integrals in Quantum Mechanics, Statistics, and Polymer Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Torsten Fließbach (1995). Allgemeine Relativitätstheorie, Heidelberg: Spektrum.
• Michael Edward Peskin; Daniel V Schroeder (1995). An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, Perceus Books.
• Allan Griffin; David W. Snoke; Sandro Stringari; Thomas Greytak (1995). Bose-Einstein Condensation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yoichiro Nambu; Kazuhiko Nishijima; T̄oru Eguchi (1995). Broken Symmetry: Selected Papers of Y. Nambu, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Ravi P. Agarwal (1995). Dynamic Systems and Applications, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Oliver J. Pooley (1995). Equivalence, Invariants, and Symmetry, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard Phillips Feynman; Fernando B. Morinigo; William G. Wagner; Brian Hatfield; John Preskill; Kip S Thorne (1995). Feynman Lectures on Gravitation, Perceus Books.
• John C. Baez; Javier P. Muniain (1995). Gauge fields, knots, and gravity, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jean Zinn-Justin (1995). Gravitation et quantifications: Les Houches session 57, 1992, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Chris J. Isham (1995). Lectures on Quantum Theory: Mathematical and Structural Foundations, London: Imperial College Press.
• Leonard Mandel; Emil Wolf (1995). Optical coherence and quantum optics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yuli M. Ivanchenko; Alexander A. Lisyansky (1995). Physics of Critical Fluctuations, Berlin: Springer.
• Paul M Chaikin; Tom C. Lubensky (1995). Principles of Condensed Matter Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alexander Sevrin; Gil Rivlis; Martin B. Halpern (1995). Strings '93 proceedings of the conference, May 24-29, 1993, Berkeley, USA, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Herbert Gross (1995). Quadratic forms in infinite dimensional vector spaces, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Barrett O'Neill (1995). The Geometry of Kerr Black Holes, Wellesley: Peters.
• Walter Greiner; Ludwig Neise; Horst Stöcker (1995). Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Josi A. de Azcárraga; Josi M. Izquierdo (1995). Lie groups, Lie algebras, cohomology, and some applications in physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Steven Weinberg (1995-2000). The Quantum Theory of Fields, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Markus Heusler (1996). Black Holes Uniqueness Theorems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John L. Hennessy (1996). Computer architecture: A quantitative approach, New York: Academic Press.
• Richard P. Feynman; Anthony J. G. Hey (1996). Feynman Lectures on Computation, Perceus Books.
• Walter Greiner; Joachim Reinhardt (1996). Field Quantization, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter Greiner; Joachim A. Maruhn (1996). Nuclear Models, Berlin: Springer.
• François David; Jan Ambjørn (1996). Géométries fluctuantes en mécanique statistique et en théorie des champs: Les Houches: session LXII, 2 August-9 September 1994, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Ignazio Ciufolini; John Archibald Wheeler (1996). Gravitation and Inertia, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Gert Roepstorff (1996). Path Integral Approach to Quantum Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Alice Calaprice (1996). The Ultimate Quotable Einstein, Princeton: Princeton University.
• Lewis H. Ryder (1996). Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Lionel J. Mason; Nicholas Michael John Woodhouse (1996). Integrability, Self-duality, and Twistor Theory, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Charles P. Slichter (1996). Principles of Magnetic Resonance, Berlin: Springer.
• Richard Keith Ellis; James Stirling; Bryan R. Webber (1996). QCD and Collider Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Jean Zinn-Justin (1996). Quantum Field Theory and Critical Phenomena, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Curtis T. McMullen (1996). Renormalization and 3-manifolds which Fiver over the Circle, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• John Cardy (1996). Scaling and Renormalization in Statistical Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Gabriel Bergmann; Venzo De Sabbata; Hans Jürgen Treder (1996). Quantum gravity: International School of Cosmology and Gravitation XIV Course, Erice, Italy 11-19 May, 1995, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Rajmohan Rajaraman (1996). Soliton and Instantons, Amsterdam: North-Holland.
• Michèle Audin (1996). Spinning Tops: A Course on Integrable Systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michael James Duff (1996). Supermembranes, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Joseph Polchinski (1996). TASI Lectures on D-Branes, arXiv:hep-th/9611050.
• Louis H. Kauffman (1996). The Interface of Knots and Physics, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Anna Consortini (1996). Trends in Optics, New York: Academic Press.
• Rodolfo Gambini; Jorge Pullin; Abhay Ashtekar (1996). Loops, knots, gauge theories, and quantum gravity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michael E. Peskin; Dan V. Schroeder (1996). An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Michel Le Bellac (1997). Quantum and Statistical Field Theory, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Claude Itzykson; Jean-Bernard Zuber; Jean-Michel Drouffe (1997). The mathematical beauty of physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Philippe Di Francesco; Pierre Mathieu; David Sénéchal (1997). Conformal field theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Remo Badii; Antonio Politi (1997). Complexity: Hierarchical Structures and Scaling in Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Wainwright; George Francis Rayner Ellis (1997). Dynamical Systems in Cosmology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Costas Efthimiou; Brian Greene (1997). Fields, strings, and duality: TASI 96: Boulder, Colorado, US, 2-28 June 1996, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Stephen P. Braham; Jack D. Gegenberg; Robert J. McKellar (1997). The sixth Canadian Conference on General Relativity and Relativistic Astrophysics, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Edi Gava; Antonio Masiero; Kumar Shiv Narain; Seifallah Randjbar-Daemi; Qaisar Shafi (1997). 1996 Summer School in High Energy Physics and Cosmology, ICTP, Trieste, Italy, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Andrzej Krasiński (1997). Inhomogeneous Cosmological Models, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Harry Eugene Stanley (1997). Introduction to Phase Transitions and Critical Phenomena, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ulf Leonhardt (1997). Measuring the Quantum State of Light, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Osamu Hirota; Aleksandr Semenovich Holevo (1997). Quantum communication, computing, and measurement, New York: Plenum Press.
• Gerard J. Milburn (1997). Schrodinger's Machines: The Quantum Technology Reshaping Everyday Life, New York: W. H. Freeman.
• Matthias Brack; Rajat K. Bhaduri (1997). Semiclassical Physics, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• John H. Schwarz (1997). Superstrings: The First 15 Years of Superstring Theory, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Konstantin Efetov (1997). Supersymmetry in Disorder and Chaos, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Earman; John D. Norton (1997). The Cosmos of Science, Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
• David Pines (1997). The Many-Body Problem, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Lochlainn O'Raifeartaigh (1997). The Dawning of Gauge Theory, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• David B. Cline (1997). Weak Neutral Currents: The Discovery of the Electro-Weak Force, Reading: Addison-Wesley.
• Walter Greiner (1998). Classical Electrodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Sebastian Doniach; Ernst Helmut Sondheimer (1998). Functions for Solid State Physicists, London: Imperial College Press.
• Gordon L Kane (1998). Perspectives on Supersymmetry, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Hoi-Kwong Lo; Tim Spiller; Sandu Popescu (1998). Quantum Information and Computation, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Walter Greiner (1998). Quantum Mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Jørgen Rammer (1998). Quantum Transport Theory, Reading: Perseus Books.
• Elias Kiritsis (1998). Introduction to Superstring Theory, Leuven: Leuven University Press.
• Colin P. Williams; Scott H. Clearwater (1998). Explorations in Quantum Computing, Berlin: Springer.
• John W. Negele; Henri Orland (1998). Quantum Many-Particle Systems, Reading: Perseus Books.
• Christian Grosche; Frank Steiner (1998) Handbook of Feynman Path Integrals, Berlin: Springer.
• Abraham Pais; Maurice Jacob; David I. Olive; Michael Francis Atiyah; Stephen W. Hawking (1998). Paul Dirac. The Man and His Work, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Joseph Polchinski (1998). String Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Steven Carlip (1998). Quantum gravity in 2+1 dimensions, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Laurent Schwartz (1998). Méthodes mathématiques pour les sciences physiques, Paris: A. Hermann.
• Joseph Polchinski (1998). String Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gerard J. Milburn (1998). The Feynman Processor: Quantum Entanglement and the Computing Revolution, Perseus.
• Harald Friedrich (1998). Theoretical Atomic Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Balasubramanian Ramakrishna Iyer; Biplab Bhawal (1999). Black holes, gravitational radiation, and the universe: essays in honor of C.V. Vishveshwara, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
• John A. Peacock (1999). Cosmological Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Erich Weigold; Ian E. McCarthy (1999). Electron momentum spectroscopy, New York: Plenum Press.
• Daniel S. Freed (1999). Five Lectures on Supersymmetry, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Michio Kaku (1999). Introduction to Superstrings and M-Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Pierre Ramond (1999). Journeys Beyond the Standard, Cambridge: Perseus Books.
• Alex Harvey (1999). On Einstein's Path: essays in honor of Engelbert Schucking, Berlin: Springer.
• Young-Min Kim; Chih-Hsi Lee‬; Sang-Wook Kim (1999). Proceedings of the Pacific Conference on Gravitation and Cosmology: Sheraton Walker-Hill, Seoul, Korea, 1-6 February 1996, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Pierre Deligne (1999). Quantum Fields and Strings: A Course for Mathematicians, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Pierre Binétruy (1999). L'univers primordial: Les Houches, session LXXI, 28 June-23 July 1999, Berlin: Springer.
• Allan Bromley; Walter Greiner; Joachim Reinhardt (1999). Quantum Electrodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Clark Robinson (1999). Dynamical Systems-Stability, Symbolic Dynamics, and Chaos, Reading: Perseus Books.
• James J. Callahan (1999). The Geometry of Spacetime, Berlin: Springer.
• Jürgen Fuchs (1999). Affine Lie Algebras and Quantum Groups, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Philippe Di Francesco;Pierre Mathieu; David Sénéchal (1999). Conformal Field Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Elizabeth Garber (1999). The Language of Physics: The Calculus and the Development of Theoretical Physics in Europe, Berlin: Springer.
• Igor V. Lerner; Jonathan P. Keating; David E. Khmelnitskii (1999). Supersymmetry and Trace Formulae: Chaos and Disorder 263, New York: Plenum Press.
• Pierre Deligne; Pavel Etingof; Daniel Freed (1999). Quantum Fields and Strings: A Course for Mathematicians, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Yavuz Nutku; Cihan Saclioglu; Teoman Turgut (2000). Conformal Field Theory, Cambridge: Perceus Books.
• Andrew R. Liddle; David H. Lyth (2000). Cosmological Inflation and Large-Scale Structure, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jurgen Ehlers; Bernd G. Schmidt (2000). Einsteins Field Equations and their Physical Implications, Berlin: Springer.
• Rodolfo Gambini; Jorge Pullin; Abhay Ashtekar (2000). Loops, Knots, Gauge Theories and Quantum Gravity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard P. Feynman; Laurie M. Brown (2000). Selected Papers of Richard Feynman: with Commentary, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Ta-Pei Cheng; Ling-Fong Li (2000). Gauge Theory of Elementary Particle Physics Problems and Solutions, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Michio Kaku (2000). Strings, Conformal Fields, and M-Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Alberto Giovannini (2000). The Legacy of Léon Van Hove, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Brian Greene (2000). Superstrings and related matters, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Michael A. Nielsen; Isaac L. Chuang (2000). Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dmitri R. Yafaev (2000). Scattering Theory: Some Old and New Problems, Berlin: Springer.
• Murray Gell-Mann (2000). Strange Beauty, London: Vintage.
• Michio Kaku (2000). Strings, Conformal Fields and M-Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Yuri Golfand; Mikhail A. Shifman (2000). The Many Faces of the Superworld, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Lee Smolin (2000). Three Roads to Quantum Gravity: A New Understanding of Space, Time and the Universe, New York: Basic Books.
• Vladimir Belinski; Enric Verdaguer (2001). Gravitational Solitons, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Craig Callender; Nick Huggett (2001). Physics meets Philosophy at the Planck Scale, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Laurent Baulieu; Michael Green; Marco Picco; Paul Windey (2001). Progress in String Theory and M-Theory, Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
• Vladimir Belinski; ‪Enric Verdaguer (2001). Gravitational Solitons, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Harvey R Brown; Rom Harré (2001). Philosophical Foundations of Quantum Field Theory, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Jeffrey Harvey; Shamit Kachru; Eva Silverstein (2001). Strings, Branes and Gravity: TASI 99, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jagdish Mehra (2001). The Golden Age of Theoretical Physics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Laurent Baulieu; Michael Green; Marco Picco; Paul Windey (2001). Progress in String Theory and M-Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Rob Phillips (2001). Crystals, Defects and Microstructures: Modeling Across Scales, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Thomas Kerler; Volodymyr Lyubashenko (2001). Non-Semisimple Topological Quantum Field Theories for 3-Manifolds with Corners, Berlin: Springer.
• Karl-Heinz Hoffmann; Qi Tang (2001). Ginzburg-Landau Phase Transition Theory and Superconductivity, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Reinhold A. Bertelmann.; Anton Zeilinger (2002). Quantum [un]speakables: from Bell to quantum information, Berlin: Springer.
• Walter Greiner; Joachim Reinhardt (2002). Field Quantization, Berlin: Springer.
• Yuri Makeenko (2002). Methods of Contemporary Gauge Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yuri Balashov; Vladimir Vizgin (2002). Einstein Studies in Russia, Berlin: Springer.
• David B. Cook (2002). Probability and Schrödinger's mechanics, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Stephen Wolfram (2002). A New Kind of Science, Champaign: Wolfram Media.
• Walter Greiner; Stefan Schramm; Eckart Stein (2002). Quantum Chromodynamics, Berlin: Springer.
• Gerald W. Johnson; Michel L. Lapidus (2002). The Feynman Integral and Feynman’s Operational Calculus, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Subrahmanyan Chandrasekhar (2003). Newton’s Principia for the Common Reader, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Lars Bergström; Ariel Goobar (2003). Cosmology and Particle Physics, Berlin: Springer.
• Mikio Nakahara (2003). Geometry, Topology and Physics, New York: Taylor & Francis.
• Julian Seymour Schwinger; Georg Englert Berthold (2003). Formats and Editions of Quantum mechanics, Berlin: Springer.
• Clifford V. Johnson (2003). D-Branes, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Anthony Zee (2003). Quantum Field Theory in a Nutshell, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Barton Zwiebach (2004). A First Course in String Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alexei M. Tsvelik (2003). Quantum Field Theory in Condensed Matter Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Costas Bachas; Nikita Nekrasov; Michael R Douglas; Adel Bilal; François David (2003). Unity from duality, Berlin: Springer.
• Claus Lämmerzahl; Claus Kiefer; Domenico Giulini (2003). Quantum Gravity: From Theory to Experimental Search, Berlin: Springer.
• Jørgen Rammer (2004). Quantum Transport theory, Reading: Perseus Books.
• Hagen Kleinert (2004). Path Integrals in Quantum Mechanics, Statistics, Polymer Physics, and Financial Markets, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Jean Zinn-Justin (2004). Path Integrals in Quantum Mechanics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Richard J. Szabo (2004). An Introduction to String Theory and D-brane Dynamics, London: Imperial College Press.
• Richard H. Cushman; Larry M. Bates (2004). Global Aspects of Classical Integrable Systems, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Tomás Ortín (2004). Gravity and Strings, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Carlo Rovelli (2004). Quantum Gravity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Claus Kiefer (2004). Quantum Gravity, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Steven Scott Gubser; Joseph D. Lykken (2004). Strings, branes and extra dimensions: Tasi 2001: Boulder, Colorado, 4-29 June 2001, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Olivier Biquard (2005). AdS/CFT correspondence [AdS / Einstein metrics and their conformal boundaries], Zürich: European Mathematical Society.
• Neville H. Fletcher; Thomas D. Rossing (2005). The Physics of Musical Instruments, Berlin: Springer.
• Steven Weinberg (2005). The Quantum Theory of Fields, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Olivier Biquard (2005). AdS/CFT correspondence, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Yakov M. Shnir (2005). Magnetic Monopoles, Berlin: Springer.
• Juan Martín Maldacena (2005). Progress in string theory: TASI 2003 lecture notes, Boulder, Colorado, USA, 2-27 June 2003, River Edge: World Scientific.
• Andrés Gomberoff; Donald Marolf (2005). Lectures on Quantum Gravity, Berlin: Springer.
• Christopher J. Foot (2005). Atomic Physics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John Terning (2006). Modern Supersymmetry, Oxford University Press.
• Joseph I. Kapusta; Charles Gale (2006). Finite-temperature field theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Øyvind Grøn; Sigbjorn Hervik (2007). Einstein's General Theory of Relativity, Berlin: Springer.
• Pierre Cartier; Cécile DeWitt-Morette (2006). Functional integration: action and symmetries, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
• Bertfried Fauser (2007). Quantum gravity. Mathematical models and experimental bounds, Basel: Birkhäuser.
• Frank Close; Sandy Donnachie; Graham Shaw (2007). Electromagnetic Interactions and Hadronic Structure, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
• Alexei M. Tsvelik (2007). Quantum Field Theory in Condensed Matter Physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alice Rogers (2007). Supermanifolds, Hackensack: World Scientific.
• Thomas Thiemann (2007). Modern canonical quantum general relativity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dagmar Bruß; Gerd Leuchs (2007). Lectures on quantum information, Weinheim: Wiley-VCH.
• Aneesh Vasant Manohar; Mark B. Wise (2007). Heavy quark physics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michael Dine (2007). Supersymmetry And String Theory: Beyond the Standard Model, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Katrin Becker; Melanie Becker; John Schwarz (2007). String Theory and M-Theory: A Modern Introduction, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Steven Weinberg (2008). Cosmology, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Petr Hájícek (2008). An Introduction to the Relativistic Theory of Gravitation, Berlin: Springer.
• José D Edelstein; Nicolás Grandi; Juan Maldacena (2008). Ten years of AdS/CFT Buenos Aires, Argentina, 19-21 December 2007, Melville: American Institute of Physics.
• Christopher Pethick; Henrik Smith (2008). Bose-Einstein condensation in dilute gases, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Thomas Thiemann (2008). Modern Canonical Quantum General Relativity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Johanna Erdmenger (2009). String Cosmology, Weinheim: Wiley.
• John Terning (2009). Modern supersymmetry: dynamics and duality, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Lewis H. Ryder (2009). Introduction to general relativity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Leonard Emanuel Parker; David J Toms (2009). Quantum Field Theory in Curved Spacetime, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Marc Henneaux; Jorge Zanelli (2009). Quantum Mechanics of Fundamental Systems: The Quest for Beauty and Simplicity, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael A. Nielsen; Isaac L. Chuang (2010). Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Harald J. W. Muller-Kirsten; Armin Wiedemann (2010). Introduction to Supersymmetry, Hackensack: World Scientific.
• Roger Penrose (2010). Collected works, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Shigeji Fujita; Salvador Godoy (2011). Theory of High Temperature Superconductivity, Berlin: Springer.
• Efim Samoĭlovich Fradkin; Mark Ya Palchik (2011). Conformal Quantum Field Theory in D-dimensions, Berlin: Springer.
• Tim Maudlinm (2012). Philosophy of Physics: Space and Time, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Andrea Cappelli; Elena Castellani; Filippo Colomo; Paolo Di Vecchia (2012). The Birth of String Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Steven Weinberg (2013). Lectures on Quantum Mechanics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dieter Jungnickel (2013). Graphs, Networks and Algorithms, Berlin: Springer.
• Jan J. W. Lisman (2013). Cosmogony, theogony and anthropogeny in Sumerian texts, Münster: Ugarit-Verlag.
• Claude Barrabes (2013). Peter A. Hogan, Advanced General Relativity, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Maurizio Gasperini (2014). Gravity, Strings and Particles, Berlin: Springer.
• Antonio Sergio Teixeira Pires (2014). AdS-CFT correspondence in condensed matter, San Rafael: Morgan et Claypool.
• Constantin Bachas (2011). Unity from duality, Berlin: Springer.
• Eleftherios Papantonopoulos (2011). From gravity to thermal Gauge theories: the AdS/CFT correspondence, Berlin: Springer.
• Lev V. Prokhorov, Sergei V. Shabanov (2011). Hamiltonian Mechanics of Gauge Systems, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hisham Sati; Urs Schreiber (2011). Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Field Theory and Perturbative String Theory, Providence: American Mathematical Society.
• Koji Hashimoto (2012). D-Brane. Superstrings and New Perspective of Our World, Berlin: Springer.
• Michael Francis Atiya; Nigel J. Hitchin (2014). The geometry and dynamics of magnetic monopoles, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Dean Rickles (2014). A Brief History of String Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Makoto Natsuume (2015). AdS/CFT Duality User Guide, Berlin: Springer.
• Erick J. Weinberg (2015). Classical Solutions in Quantum Field Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Daniel Baumann; Liam McAllister (2015). Inflation and String Theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Gerrit Coddens (2015). From Spinors to Quantum Mechanics, London: Imperial College Press.
• Rodolfo Gambini; Jorge Pullin (2015). A first course in loop quantum gravity, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Horaţiu Năstase (2015). Introduction to the AdS/CFT Correspondence, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Martin Ammon; Johanna Erdmenger (2015). Gauge Gravity Duality: foundations and applications, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Edouard B. Manoukian (2016). Quantum Field Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Lars Brink; Kok Khoo Phua; Chen Ning Yang (2016). 60 Years of Yang-Mills Gauge Field Theories, Hackensack: World Scientific.
• Michael Dine (2016). Supersymmetry and String Theory: Beyond the Standard Model, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Dean Rickles (2016). A Brief History of String Theory from Dual Models to M-Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Manu Paranjape (2018). The Theory and Applications of Instanton Calculations, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Mark Srednicki (2018). Quantum field theory, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hagen Münkler (2018). Symmetries of Maldacena-Wilson Loops from Integrable String Theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Yakov M. Shnir (2018). Topological and non-topological solitons in scalar field theories, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Jonas Probst (2018). Applications of the Gauge Gravity Duality, Berlin: Springer.
• Peter Collas; David Klein (2019). The Dirac Equation in Curved Spacetime, Berlin: Springer.
• Horațiu Năstase (2019). Cosmology and string theory, Berlin: Springer.
• Elias Kiritsis (2019). String theory in a nutshell, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Juan Miguel Nieto (2019). Spinning Strings and Correlation Functions in the AdS/CFT Correspondence, Berlin: Springer.
• Leonardo Castellani; Anna Ceresole; Riccardo D'Auria; Pietro Fré (2020). Tullio Regge an eclectic genius, River Edge: World Scientific.

音樂學 Musicologia
• Edmond Henri de Coussemaker (1860). Les drammes liturgiques du moyen-âge, Rennes: Vatar.
• André Mocquereau (1908). Le nombre musical grégorien, Paris: Société Saint Jean l' Évangéliste.
• Peter Wagner (1911-21). Einführung in die gregorianischen Melodien 1-3, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Germán Prado (1934). Kyriale Hispanicum, Tournai: Desclée & Socii.
• Marius Schneider (1935). Geschichte der Mehrstimmigkeit: Historische und phänomenologische Studien, Berlin: Borntraeger.
• Joseph Gajard (1937). Les Principaux manuscrits de chant grégorien, ambrosien, mozarabe, gallican, publiés en Fac-Similés Phototypiques (Paléographie musicale 15), Tournai: Desclée & Socii.
• Gregorio Maria Suñol (1935). Antiphonale Missarum, Roma: Desclée & Socii.
• Curt Sachs (1943). The Rise of Music in Ancient World: East and West, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Hans-Peter Schmitz (1950). Prinzipien der Aufführungspraxis Alter Musik: Über die Wiedergabe der Musik Johann Sebastian Bachs, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Joseph Gajard (1951). La méthode de Solesmes, Paris: Société Saint Jean l' Évangéliste.
• Jean de Valois (1953). Chant grégorien, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Thurston Dart (1954). The Interpretation of Music, London: Hutchinson.
• Curt Sachs (1958). Rhythm and Tempo: A Study in Music History, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Hans-Peter Schmitz (1958). Singen und Spielen: Versuch einer allgemeinen Musizierkunde, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Jan W. A.Vollaerts (1958). Rhythmic Proportions in Early Medieval Ecclesiastical Chant, Leiden: E. J. Brill
• Robert Garfias (1959). Gagaku, New York: Theatre Arts Books; (1975). Music of a Thousand Autumns: The Tōgaku Style of Japanese Court Music, Berkeley: University of California.
• Gregory Murray (1959). The Authentic Rhythm of Gregorian Chant, Bath: Downside Abbey; (1963). Gregorian Chant according to the Manuscripts, London: Cary.
• Abbaye Saint-Pierre de Solesmes (1961/79). Graduale Romanum / Triplex, Tournai: Desclée & Socii.
• Heinrich Besseler; Max Schneider; Werner Bachmann (1961-87). Musikgeschichte in Bildern, Leipzig: Deutscher Verlag für Musik.
• Wilfrid Dunwell (1962). Music and the European Mind, London: Jenkins.
• Richard L. Crocker (1966). A History of Musical Style, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• Miloš Velimirović (1968). Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Ms. Vat. Lat. 5319: A Catalogue, New Haven: Yale University.
• Wallace T. Berry (1970). Structural Functions in Music, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Eugène Cardine (1970). Sémiologie grégorienne, Solesmes: Abbaye Saint-Pierre.
• Bruno Stäblein; Margareta Landwehr-Melnicki (1970). Die Gesänge des altrömischen Graduale: Vat. lat. 5319 (Monumenta Monodica Medii Aevi 2), Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Allan Marett (1977). Tunes Notated in Flute-tablature from a Japanese Source of the Tenth Century, Musica Asiatica 1: 1-56.
• Paul Cutter (1979). Musical Sources of the Old-Roman Mass: An Inventory of MS Rome, St. Cecilia Gradual 1071; MS Rome, Vaticanum latinum 5319; MSS Rome, San Pietro F 22 and F 11, Roma: American Institute of Musicology.
• Elisabeth Pellegrin (1982). Manuscrits latins de la Bodmeriana, Cologny: Fondation Martin Bodmer.
• Jacques Hourlier; Jacques Froger (1983). Le manuscrit VI-33, Archivio arcivescovile Benevento, Missel de Bénévent (Paléographie musicale 20), Frankfurt am Main: Lang.
• Thomas Forrest Kelly (1989). The Beneventan Chant, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Hiley (1993). Western plainchant: A Handbook, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Kay Kaufman Shelemay; Peter Jeffery (1993-97). Ethiopian Christian Liturgical Chant: An Anthology, Madison: A-R Editions.
• Allen Scott (1993/2015). Sourcebook for Research in Music, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Vincent H. Duckles; Ida Reed (1997). Music reference and research materials, New York: Schirmer.
• Robert Arshaki Atʻayan (1999). The Armenian Neume System of Notation, London: Routledge.
• Kenneth Levy (2000/01). A new look at Old Roman chant, Early Music History 19: 81-104; 20: 173-98.
• Egert Pöhlmann; Martin Litchfield West (2001). Documents of Ancient Greek Music, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Jean Claire; Alberto Turco (2005). Antiphonale missarum, Lucca: Libreria Musicale Italiana.
• Maria José Azevedo Santos (2007). Hispania Vetus, Bilbao: Fundacion BBVA: 204.
• Fabrizio Mastroianni; Cristina Mastroianni (2009). Il Graduale Romano Antico Vat. lat. 5319: Alcune correzione alla trascrizione, Rivista internazionale di musica sacra 30: 165-83.
• Thomas Forrest Kelly (2014). Capturing Music: The Story of Notation, W. W. Norton.

• Johann Joseph Fux (1725). Gradus ad Parnassum, Wien: Johann Peter van Ghelen.
• Luigi Cherubini (1835). Cours de Contrepoint et de Fugue, Paris: Schlesinger.
• Salomon Jadassohn (1884). Die Lehre vom Canon und von der Fuge, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Hugo Riemann (1890-94). Handbuch der Fugen-Komposition 1-3, Leipzig: Hesse.
• Hugo Riemann (1890-94). Katechismus der Fugen-Komposition: Analyse des Wohltemperierten Klaviers und der Kunst der Fuge, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Percy Goetschius (1902). Counterpoint Applied in the Invention, Fugue, Canon and Other Polyphonic Forms, New York: Schirmer.
• Stephan Göschen (1908). Der Kontrapunkt, Leipzig: Göschen.
• Richard Stöhr (1911). Praktischer Leitfaden des Kontrapunkts, Hamburg: Benjamin.
• Ernst Kurth (1922). Grundlagen des Linearen Kontrapunkts: Bachs melodische Polyphonie, Chicago: Hesse.
• Reginald Owen Morris (1922). Contrapuntal technique in the sixteenth century, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Reginald Owen Morris (1925). Foundations of Practical Harmony and Counterpoint, London: Macmillan.
• Charles Koechlin (1926). Précis de règles de Contrepoint, Paris: Heugel.
• Knud Jeppesen (1939). Counterpoint: The Polyphonic vocal style of the Sixteenth century, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Alfred Mann (1943). The Study of Counterpoint, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Knud Jeppesen (1946). The Style of Palestrina and Dissonance, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Owen Swindale (1962). Polyphonic Composition, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Marcel Bitsch; Noël Gallon (1964). Traité de contrepoint, Paris: Durand.
• Alfred Mann (1965). The Study of Fugue, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Charlotte Smith (1989). A Manual of Sixteenth-century Contrapuntal Style, Newark: University of Delaware Press.
• Robert Gauldin (1995). A Practical Approach to Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint, Prospect Heights: Waveland Press.
• Margaret Bent (2002). Counterpoint, Composition and Musica Ficta, London: Routledge.
• Thomas Daniel (2002). Kontrapunkt: Eine Satzlehre zur Vokalpolyphonie des 16. Jahrhunderts, Köln: Dohr.
• Thomas Edward Benjamin (2003). The Craft of Tonal Counterpoint, London: Routledge.
• Paul Walker (2004). Theories of Fugue from the Age of Josquin to the Age of Bach, University Rochester Press.
• Thomas Edward Benjamin (2005). The Craft of Modal Counterpoint, London: Routledge.
• Philip Brett; Joseph Kerman; Davitt Moroney (2007). William Byrd and His Contemporaries: Essays and a Monograph, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Dmitri Tymoczko (2011). Geometry of Music: Harmony and Counterpoint in the Extended Common Practice, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Barnabé Janin (2014). Chanter sur le livre: Manuel pratique d’improvisation polyphonique de la Renaissance, Lyon: Symétrie.
• Massimiliano Guido (2017). Studies in Historical Improvisation: From Cantare super Librum to Partimenti, London: Routledge.

• Mark Everist (2011). The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Music, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Tess Knighton; David Fallows (1992). Companion to Medieval and Renaissance Music, New York: Schirmer.
• Julie Anne Sadie; Christopher Hogwood (1991). Companion to Baroque Music, New York: Schirmer.
• Richard Hoppin (1978). Medieval Music, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Friedrich Blume (1975). Renaissance and Baroque Music: A Comprehensive Survey, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Allan W. Atlas (1998). Renaissance Music, New York: W. W. Norton.
• John Walter Hill (2005). Baroque Music, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Philip G. Downs (1992). Classical Music, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Leon Plantinga (1985). Romantic Music, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Robert P. Morgan (1991). Twentieth-Century Music, New York: W. W. Norton.

• Robert Donington (1973). A Performer's Guide to Baroque Music, New York: Scribner.
• Timothy J. McGee (1985). Medieval and Renaissance Music: A Performer's Guide, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Ross W. Duffin (2002). A Performer's Guide to Medieval Music, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Anne Smith (2011). The Performance of 16th-Century Music: Learning from the Theorists, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Jeffery Kite-Powell (2007). A Performer's Guide to Renaissance Music, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Jeffery Kite-Powell (2012). A Performer's Guide to Seventeenth-Century Music, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

• Jeremy Yudkin (1989). Music in Medieval Europe, Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.
• Howard Mayer Brown; Louise K. Stein (1998). Music in the Renaissance, Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.
• Claude Palisca (1990). Baroque Music, Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.
• Reinhard G. Pauly (1999). Music in the Classic Period, Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.

• 三条商太郎：《日本音樂の調子の話：邦樂音律論》（東京：厚生閣，1932）
• 三条商太郎：《日本上古音樂史》（東京：厚生閣，1935）
• 岸辺成雄：《唐代音樂の歴史的研究》上下（東京：東京大学出版會，1960/61）
• 林謙三：《雅樂：古樂譜の解読》（東京：東洋音樂學會，1969）
• 岸辺成雄：《古代シルクロードの音樂》（東京：講談社，1982）
• 東儀信太郎：《雅樂事典》（東京：音樂之友社，2004）
• 遠藤徹：《平安朝の雅樂》（東京：東京堂出版，2005）
• 王耀華：《中國傳統音樂樂譜學》（福建教育出版社，2006）
• 横田庄一郎、印藤和寛：《富永仲基の「樂律考」》（東京：朔北社，2006）
• 鳥居本幸代：《雅樂：時空を超えた遥かな調べ》（東京：春秋社，2007）
• 堀淳一：《王朝文學と音樂》（東京：竹林舎，2009）
• 劉崇德：《燕樂新說》（黃山書社，2011）

• 遠藤徹：《雅樂を知る事典》（東京：東京堂出版，2013）

中世紀 Musica Mediaevalis
• Jacques Paul Migne (1845). Aurelius Augustinus: De musica, liber secundus, Patrologia cursus completus, series latina 32. 1099-1116.
• Jacques Paul Migne (1853). Berno Augiensis: Musica seu Prologus in Tonarium, Patrologia cursus completus, series latina 142: 1097-1116.
• Jacques-Paul Migne (1853). Patrologia cursus completus, series latina 132: 905-29; 141: 423-32.
• Jacques Paul Migne (1854). Johannes Affligemensis: Musica, Patrologia cursus completus, series latina 150: 1391.
• Gottfried Friedlein (1867). Boetii De institutione arithmetica libri duo, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Walter Howard Frere (1894). The Winchester Troper, London: Harrison.
• James Midgley Clark (1926). The Abbey of St. Gall as a Centre of Literature and Art, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Simon M. Cserba (1935). Hieronymus de Moravia, Tractatus de musica, Freiburger Studien zur Musikwissenschaft 2, Regensburg: Pustet: 189-94.
• Heribert Ringmann; Joseph Klapper (1936-37). Das Glogauer Liederbuch, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Jacques Handschin (1936). The Two Winchester Tropers, Journal of Theological Studies 37: 34-49; 156-172.
• Claudio Sartori (1938). La notazione italiana del trecento, Firenze: Olschki.
• Willi Apel (1942). The Notation of Polyphonic Music 900-1600, Cambridge: Mediaeval Acadademy.
• Germán Prado (1944). Liber Sancti Jacobi: Codex Calixtinus II. Música, Santiago de Compostela: Seminario de Estudios Gallegos.
• Willi Apel; Robert Linker; Urban Holmes (1950). French secular music of the late fourteenth century, Cambridge: University of North Carolina.
• Antoine Auda (1953). Les "Motets Wallons": du manuscrit de Turin: Vari 42, Bruxelles: chez l'auteur.
• Thomas Marrocco (1954). The Music of Jacopo da Bologna, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• William G. Waite (1954). Rhythm of Twelfth-Century Polyphony, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Nino Pirrotta (1954-98). Music of Fourteenth-Century Italy, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 8,1-5.
• Mildred Jane Johnson (1955). The Motets of the Codex Ivrea, Bloomington: Indiana University.
• Joseph Smits van Waesberghe (1955). Guidonis Aretini Micrologus, Corpus scriptorum de musica 4: 79-234.
• Charles Van den Borren (1957). Missa Tornacensis, Corpus mensurabilis musicæ 13.
• Luther Dittmer (1957). The Worcester Fragments: A catalogue raisonné and transcription of the entire material, Musicological Studies and Documents 2.
• Friedrich Gennrich (1957). Bibliographie der ältesten französischen und lateinischen Motetten, Darmstadt: der Verfasser.
• Carl Parrish (1957). The Notation of Medieval Music, London: Faber & Faber.
• Willi Apel (1958). Gregorian Chant, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Yves Delaporte (1958). Fragments des manuscrits de Chartres, Paléographie musicale 17, Tournai: Desclée & Socii.
• Leo Schrade (1958). Guillaume de Machaut: Works, Polyphonic Music of the Fourteenth Century 2-3, Monaco: L'Oiseau-Lyre.
• Ursula Günther (1960). Die Anwendung der Diminution in der Handschrift Chantilly 1047, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 17: 1-21.
• Joseph Vecchi (1961). Marcheti de Padua: Pomerium, Roma: American Institute of Musicology.
• Hanna Stäblein-Harder (1962). Fourteenth-Century Mass Music in France, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 29.
• Edgar H. Sparks (1963). Cantus Firmus in Mass and Motet 1420-1520, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Sylvia W. Kenney (1964). Walter Frye and the Contenance angloise, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Friedrich Ludwig (1964). Repertorium organum recentioris et motetorum vetustissimi stili, New York: Institute of Mediaeval Music.
• Gilbert Reaney; André Gilles; Jean Maillard (1964). Philippi de Vitriaco Ars nova, Corpus scriptorum de musica 8: 13-31.
• Leo Treitler (1964). The Polyphony of St. Martial, Journal of the American Musicological Society 17: 29.
• Gilbert Reane (1965). The Manscript London, British Museum, Additional 29987, Musicological Studies and Documents 13.
• Anthony Marie Herzo (1966). Five Aquitanian Graduals: Their Mass Propers and Alleluia Cycles, Los Angeles: University of Southern California.
• Nigel E. Wilkins (1966). A 14/15th Century Repertory from the Codex Reina, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 36-37.
• Fritz Reckow (1967). Der Musiktraktat des Anonymus 4, Beihefte zum Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 4-5, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• Andreas Holschneider (1968). Die Organa von Winchester: Studien zum ältesten Repertoire polyphoner Musik, Hildesheim: Olms.
• Ernest H. Sanders (1968). The Question of Perotin's Oeuvre and Dates, Festschrift für Musikforschung 25, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Sarah Ann Fuller (1969). Aquitanian Polyphony of the Eleventh and Twelfth Centuries, Berkeley: University of California.
• Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht; Frieder Zaminer (1970). Ad organum faciendum, Mainz: B. Schott's Söhne.
• Frederick Hammond (1970). Walteri Odington: Summa de speculatione musicae, Corpus scriptorum de musica 14.
• Ethel Thurston (1970). The Works of Perotin, New York: Edwin F. Kalmus.
• Willi Apel (1970-72). French Secular Compositions of the Fourteenth Century, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 53,1-3.
• Erich Reimer (1972). Johannes de Garlandia: De mensurabili musica, Beihefte zum Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 10-11, Wiesbaden: Steiner: 1: 35-89; 91-97.
• John Caldwell English (1973). Keyboard Music Before the Nineteenth Century, Oxford: Blackwell.
• Viola Luther Hagopian, Jerry McWilliams (1973). Italian Ars Nova Music, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Gilbert Reaney; André Gilles (1974). Franconis de Colonia: Ars cantus mensurabilis, Corpus scriptorum de musica 18: 23-82.
• Albert Seay (1975-78). Johannis Tinctoris: Opera theoretica, Corpus scriptorum de musica 22.
• Gordon Athol Anderson (1977). Compositions of the Bamberg Manuscript, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 75.
• Hans Tischler (1978). The Montpellier Codex, Madison: A-R Editions.
• Gordon Athol Anderson (1979). Notre-Dame and Related Conductus, Henryville: Institute of Mediæval Music.
• Frank Llewellyn Harrison (1979). Motets of English Provenance, Monaco: L'Oiseau-Lyre.
• Harold Gleason; Warren Becker (1981). Music in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, Port Washington: Alfred Music Publi
• Hans Schmid (1981). Musica et scolica enchiriadis una cum aliquibus tractatulis adiunctis, München: Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
• Hans Tischler (1982). The Earliest Motets (to circa 1270): A Complete Comparative Edition, Haven: Yale University Press.
• Gordon Athol Anderson (1982-84). The Las Huelgas Manuscript, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 79,1-2.
• Michael Long (1983). Francesco Landini and the Florentine Cultural Elite, Early Music History 3: 83-99.
• Irving Godt; Benito V. Rivera (1984). The Vatican Organum Treatise, Henryville: Institute of Mediaeval Music: 293.
• Edward H. Roesner (1984). Introduction to Philippe de Vitry: Complete Works, Monaco: L’Oiseau-Lyre.
• Craig Wright (1984). Leoninus, Journal of American Musicological Society 37: 233-269.
• Margaret Bent; Anne Hallmark; Michael J. Connolly (1985). The Works of Johannes Ciconia, Monaco: L'Oiseau-Lyre.
• María del Carmen Gómez Muntané (1986). El Manuscrito M 971 de la Biblioteca de Catalunya (Misa de Barcelona), Barcelona: Biblioteca de Catalunya.
• Jean Mouzat (1989). Les poèmes de Gaucelm Faidit, troubadour du XIIe siècle, Genève: Slatkine.
• Susan Rankin (1989). The Music of the Medieval Liturgical Drama in France and England, New York: Garland.
• Craig Wright (1989). Music and Ceremony at Notre Dame of Paris, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• F. Alberto Gallo (1992). Il codice Squarcialupi: Ms. Mediceo Palatino 87, Biblioteca laurenziana di Firenz, Firenze: Giunti Barbèra.
• James J. O'Donnell (1992). S. Aurelii Augustini Confessiones, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Theodore Karp (1992). Polyphony of Saint Martial and Santiago de Compostela, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Reinhard Strohm (1993). The Rise of European Music, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Edward H. Roesner (1993-2009). Magnus Liber Organi, Monaco: L’Oiseau-Lyre.
• James Mckinnon (1995). Codex Vat. Lat. 5319: Witness to the 8th-Century Roman Mass Proper, Cantus Planus Sopron 1995: 403-441.
• Martin Staehelin (1995). Die mittelalterliche Musikhandschrift W1, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
• Edward H. Roesner (1996). Antiphonarium seu Magnus liber de gradali et antiphonario, Codices illuminati medii aevi 45, München: Helga Lengenfelder.
• Asensio Palacios; Juan Carlos (1997). El Códice de Madrid: Polifonías del siglo XIII, Madrid: Alpuerto y Fundación Caja Madrid.
• Alejandro Planchart (1997). The Repertory of Tropes of Winchester, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Timothy J. McGee (1998). The Sound of Medieval Song: Ornamentation and Vocal Style According to the Treatises, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Nicolas Bell; Arthur Searle (2001). Music in Medieval Manuscripts, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
• Martin Jacobson (2002). Aurelius Augustinus: De musica VI, Studia Latina Stockholmiensia 47, Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.
• Kenneth Kreitner (2004). The Church Music of Fifteenth-century Spain, Suffolk: Boydell Press.
• Alexander Silbiger (2004). Keyboard Music before 1700, London: Routledge.
• Christian Meyer (2006-). Catalogue des manuscrits notés du Moyen Age conservés dans les bibliothèques publiques de France, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Susan Rankin (2007). The Winchester Troper: Facsimile Edition and Introduction, Early English Church Music 50, London: Stainer & Bell.
• John Louis Nádas; Michael Scott Cuthbert (2009). Ars nova: French and Italian Music in the Fourteenth Century, London: Routledge.
• Ross W. Duffin (2011). Richard Davy: St. Matthew Passion Reconstructed from the Eton Choirbook, MiddletonI: A-R Editions.
• Timothy J. McGee (2013). Medieval Instrumental Dances, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Pedro Memelsdorff (2013). The Codex Faenza 117: Instrumental polyphony in late medieval Italy, Lucca: Libreria Musicale Italiana.

• Pietro Aaron (1525). Trattato della natura et cognitione di tutti gli tuoni di canto figurato, Venezia: Mernardino de Vitali.
• Henricus Glareanus (1547). Dodecachordon, Basle: Henrichus Petri.
• Giuseppe Zarlino (1558). Le istitutioni harmoniche, Venezia: Francesco Senese.
• Giacomo Gorzanis (1567). Libro de intabulatura di liuto nel quale si contengono vinti quatro passa mezi doceci per be molle et dodeci per be quadro sopra dodeci chiave novamente composte con alcune napollitanae, Venezia: Girolamo Scotto.
• Vincenzo Galilei (1581). Dialogo della musica antica et della moderna, Firenze: Marescotti; (1584). Dialogo sopra l'arte del bene intavolare, Venezia: Girolamo Scotto.
• Seth Calvisius (1592). Melopoeia sive melodiae condendae ratio, Erfurt: Georg Baumann.
• Michael Praetorius (1614-20). Syntagma musicum, Wittenberg: Johannes Richter.
• Charles Burney (1771). La musica che si canta annualmente nelle funzioni della Settimana Santa nella Cappella Pontificia, Londra: Stampata per Roberto Bremner, nella Strand.
• Giovanni Battista Martini (1774-75). Esemplare: o sia Saggio fondamentale pratico di contrappunto sopra il canto fermo, Bologna: Lelio dalla Volpe.
• Martin Gerbert (1784). Scriptores ecclesiastici de musica sacra potissimum, St. Blaise: Typis San-Blasianis.
• Alexandre Choron (1808). Principes de Composition des Ecoles d'Italie, Paris: Le Duc.
• Michael Haller (1821). Trattato della composizione musicale sacra secondo le tradizioni della polifonia classica con riguardo speciale ai capolavori del sec. XVI, Ratisbona: Pustet.
• August Wilhelm Ambrose; Gustav Nottebohm; Carl Ferdinand Becker; Heinrich Reimann; Otto Kade; Hugo Leichtentritt (1862-87). Geschichte der Musik, Leipzig: F. E. C. Leuckart.
• Edmond de Coussemaker (1876). Johannes de Muris: Libellus cantus mensurabilis, Scriptorum de musica medii aevi nova series 3: 46-58.
• Vincenzo Bellemo (1884). Memoria su Giuseppe Zarlino, Chioggia: Duse.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1885). Wilhelm du Fay, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1897). Das traditionelle Musikprogramm der Sixtinischen Kapelle nach den Aufzeichnungen von Andrea Adami da Bolsena, Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 21: 36-58.
• Raphael Molitor (1899). Zur Vorgeschichte der Medicaea, Römische Quartalschrift für christliche Alterthumskunde und für Kirchengeschichte 13/4: 365-373.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1900). Contributo alla storia del Graduale ufficiale della cosidetta editio Medicaea, Roma: Federico Pustet.
• Raphael Molitor (1901/02). Die Nach-Tridentinische Choral-Reform zu Rom, Leipzig: F.E.C. Leuckart.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1902). Storia e pregio dei libri corali ufficiali, Roma: Federico Pustet.
• Felipe Pedrell (1902-13). Tomás Luis de Victoria: Opera Omnia, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Eugen Schmitz (1915). Orlando di Lasso, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Albert Smijers (1921-69). Werken van Josquin des Près, Amsterdam: Alsbach.
• Alberto Cametti (1922). Il Palestrina e S. Filippo Neri: un documento autografo inedito, Rivista Nazionale di Musica 73/74: 14-21.
• Alberto Cametti (1922). Rubino Mallapert, maestro di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Rivista musicale italiana 29: 335-348.
• Raffaele Casimiri (1922). Firmin le Bel de Noyon maire à Rome de Giovanni Pierluigi de Palestrina, Rome: Psalterium.
• Walter Grossmann (1924). Die einleitenden Kapitel des Speculum Musicae, Leipzig: Breitkopf und Härtel.
• Konrad Ameln (1925). Locheimer-Liederbuch und das Fundamentum organisandi von Conrad Paumann, Berlin: Wölbing-Verlag.
• Dragan Plamenac (1925). Johannes Ockeghem: Sämtliche Werke, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Giovanni Battista Katschthaler; Paolo Guerrini (1926). Storia della musica sacra, Torino: Sten.
• Hermann Zenck (1929/30). Zarlinos Institutioni harmoniche als Quelle zur Musikanschauung der italienischen Renaissance, Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft 12: 540-578.
• Joseph Schmidt-Görg (1930). Vier Messen aus dem XVI. Jahrhundert über die Motette „Panis quem ego dabo“ des Lupus Hellinck, Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 25: 77-93.
• Rocco Fimmanò (1930). Per la posa della prima pietra del monumento a Francesco Durante, Napoli: Frattamaggiore.
• Raffaele Casimiri, (1931). La 'Missa: Cantantibus organis Caecilia' a 12 voci di Giov. P. da Palestrina e de' suoi scolari, Note d'archivio 8: 233-244.
• Otto Ursprung (1931). Die katholische Kirchenmusik, Wildpark-Potsdam: Athenaion.
• Heinrich Besseler (1931). Die Musik des Mittelalters und der Renaissance, Berlin: Guido Adler.
• Edna Richolson Sollitt (1933). Dufay to Sweelinck: Netherlands Masters of Music, New York: Washburn.
• Sanford B. Meech (1935). Three Musical Treatises in English from a Fifteenth-Century Manuscript, Speculum 10: 258-65.
• Barbara Sturtevant Brett (1941). The beginnings of harmony in the works of Dufay and his predecessors, Boston: Boston University Press.
• Raffaele Casimiri (1942). La polifonia vocale del sec. XVI e la sua trascrizione in figurazione musicale moderna, Roma: Psalterium.
• Fiorenzo Romita (1947). Jus musicae liturgicae, Torino: Marietti.
• Heinrich Besseler (1947-66). Guillelmi Dufay: Opera Omnia, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 1-6; (1950). Bourdon und Fauxbourdon, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Alfred Einstein (1949). The Italian Madrigal, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Heinrich Besseler (1950). Bourdon und Fauxbourdon: Studien zum Ursprung der Niederländischen Musik, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Manfred F. Bukofer (1953). Dunstable: Complete Works, Musica Britannica 8, London: Stainer & Bell.
• Ernst Křenek (1953). Johannes Ockeghem, New York: Sheed & Ward.
• Gustav Reese (1954). Music in the Renaissance, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Knud Jeppesen; Lino Bianchi (1954). Le messe di Mantova inedite dai manoscritti di Santa Barbara, Roma: Scalera.
• Jozef Robijns (1954). Pierre de la Rue, circa 1460-1518. Een bio-bibliographische studie, Gembloux: J. Duculot.
• Frank Harrison (1956-61). The Eton Choirbook, Musica Britannica 10-12, London: Stainer & Bell.
• Ernest Trumble (1959). Fauxbourdon: An Historical Survey, Brooklyn: Institute of Medieval Music.
• Ferreol Hernández (1960). Tomás Luis de Victoria “El Abulense”, Ávila: Diputación Provincial.
• José M Llorens (1960). Capellae Sixtinae codices musicis notis instructi sive manu scripti sive praelo excussi, Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana.
• Kurt von Fischer (1961). Orlando di Lasso: Die vier Passionen (Sämtliche Werke, neue Reihe 2)., Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Roman Flury (1962). Gioseffo Zarlino als Komponist, Winterthur: Keller.
• Paul Mies (1962). Josquin Desprez, Musica sacra 86: 294-295.
• Owen Swindale (1962). Polyphonic Composition, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ronald Cross (1963). The Life and Works of Matthaeus Pipelare, Musica Disciplina 17: 97-114.
• Edmund H. Fellowes (1963). William Byrd: A Short Account of his Life and Work, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• James Coover; Richard Colvig (1964). Medieval and Renaissance Music on Long-Playing Records, Detroit: Information Service.
• Ludwig Finscher (1964). Loyset Compère: Life and Works, Roma: American Institute of Musicology.
• Charles Hamm (1964). A Chronology of the Works of Guillaume Dufay, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Sylvia W. Kenney (1964). Walter Frye and the Contenance angloise, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Martin Geck (1965). Die Vokalmusik Dietrich Buxtehuses und der frühe Pietismus, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• James Arthur Kriewald (1968). The Contrapuntal and Harmonic Style of Tomás Luis de Victoria, Madison: University of Wisconsin.
• Eugène Cardine (1968). Semiologia gregoriana, Roma: Pontificio Istituto de Musica Sacra.
• Edward E. Lowinsky (1968). The Medici Codex of 1518, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
• Johannes Wolf (1968). Jacob Obrecht. Wereldlijke werken: passio domini nostri Iesu Christi, Farnborough: Gregg International.
• Alan Brown (1969/71). William Byrd: Keyboard Music, London: Stainer and Bell.
• Charles Hamm (1969). Lionel Power: Complete Works, Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 50.
• Andrew Hughes; Margaret Bent (1969-85). The Old Hall Manuscript (15th c.), Corpus Mensurabilis Musicæ 46-1-3.
• José M. Llorens (1971). Le opere musicali della Cappella Giulia, Città del Vaticano: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana
• William Melin (1973). The Music of Johannes Tinctoris, Columbus: Ohio State University.
• Hermann-Walter Frey (1974). Das Diarium der Sixtinischen Sanger Kapelle in Rom fur das Jahr 1594, Analecta Musicologica 14: 445-505.
• Oliver Strunk (1974). Essay on Music in the Western World, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Craig Wright (1975). Dufay at Cambrai: Discoveries and Revisions, Journal of the American. Musicological Society 28: 175-229.
• Edward E. Lowinsky (1976). Josquin des Prez, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Thomas B. Stratman (1977). Cataloging the Works of Tomás Luis de Victoria, Washington: Music Library Listening Center.
• Oliver W. Neighbour (1978). The Consort and Keyboard Music of William Byrd, London: Faber.
• Maria Rika Maniates (1979). Mannerism in Italian Music and Culture, 1530-1630, Manchester: Manchester University Press.
• Anna Maria Monterosso Vacchelli (1979). La Messa L'homme armé, Cremona: Fondazione Claudio Monteverdi.
• Margaret Bent (1980). Dunstable, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Joseph Kerman (1981). The Masses and Motets of William Byrd, London: Faber.
• David Fallows (1982). Dufay, London: Dent.
• Stanley Boorman (1983). Studies in the Performance of Late Medieval Music, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Sydney Robinson Charles (1983). Josquin des Prez: A Guide to Research, New York: Gerland.
• Jean Lionnet (1987). Performance practice in the Papal Chapel during the 17th century, Early Music 15: 3-15.
• Richard Sherr (1987). Performance Practice in the Papal Chapel in the 16th Century, Early Music 15: 453-462.
• Paolo Fabbri (1988). Il madrigale tra Cinque e Seicento, Bologna: Società editrice il Mulino.
• Martin Picker (1988). Johannes Ockeghem and Jacob Obrecht: A Guide to Research.
• Jean Widaman (1988). The Mass Ordinary Settings of Arnold de Lantins: A Case Study in the Transmission of Early Fifteenth-Century Music, Waltham: Brandeis University.
• Iain Fenlon (1989). The Renaissance: from the 1470s to the end of the 16th century, London: Macmillan.
• Marco Gozzi (1990). Struttura e retorica nella musica profana del Cinquecento, Roma: Edizioni Torre d'Orfeo.
• Martin Picker (1991). Henricus Isaac: A Guide to Research, New York: Garland.
• Alan Brown; Richard Turbet (1992). Byrd Studies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Reinhard Strohm (1993). The Rise of European Music, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Rob C. Wegman (1994). Born for the Muses: The Life and Masses of Jacob Obrecht, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Fabrice Fitch (1997). Johannes Ockeghem: Masses and Models, Paris: Honoré Champion.
• Kevin N. Moll (1997). Counterpoint and Compositional Process in the Time of Dufay, New York: Garland.
• Eugene Casjen Cramer (1998). Tomás Luis de Victoria: A Guide to Research, New York: Taylor & Francis.
• James Haar (1998). Cosimo Bartoli on Music, The Science and Art of Renaissance Music, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Julie E. Cumming (1999). The Motet in the Age of Du Fay, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• David Fallows (1999). A Catalogue of Polyphonic Songs 1415-1480, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Richard Sherr (1999). Music and musicians in Renaissance Rome and other courts, Aldershot: Ashgate Variorum.
• Paula Marie Higgins (1999). Antoine Busnoys: Method, Meaning, and Context in Late Medieval Music, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Andrew Kirkman; ‎Dennis Slavin (2000). Binchois Studies, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Fiona Kisby (2001). Music and Musicians in Renaissance Cities and Towns, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Richard Sherr (2001). The Josquin Companion, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Peter Gülke (2003). Guillaume Du Fay: Musik des 15. Jahrhunderts, Stuttgart: J. B. Metzler.
• Honey Meconi (2003). Pierre de la Rue and Musical Life at the Habsburg-Burgundian Court, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Blanche Gangwere (2004). Music History During the Renaissance Period, 1520-1550: A Documented Chronology, Westport: Praeger Publishers.
• Stanley Boorman (2005). Ottaviano Petrucci: A Catalogue Raisonné, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Katelijne Schiltz; Bonnie J. Blackburn (2005). Canons and Canonic Techniques, 14th-16th Centuries: Theory, Practice, and Reception History, Leuven: Peeters Publishers.
• Jonathan Wainwright; Peter Holman (2005). From Renaissance to Baroque: Change in Instruments and Instrumental Music in the Seventeenth Century, New York: Ashgate.
• Richard Turbet (2006). William Byrd: A Research and Information Guide, London: Routledge.
• Alan Blyth (2007). Choral Music on Record, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Francesco Rocco Rossi (2008). Guillaume Faugues: sulle tracce di un musicista franco-fiammingo del Quattrocento, Genova: San Marco dei Giustiniani.
• David Fallows (2009). Josquin: Epitome Musical, Turnhout: Brepols.
• Richard Metzger (2012). Marsh Lute Book, Mel Bay Publications.
• Lionel Pike (2019). Hexachords in Late-Renaissance Music, London: Routledge.

• Giuseppe Baini (1828). Memorie storico-critiche della vita e delle opere di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Roma: Societa Tipografica.
• Franz Sales Kandler (1834). Über das Leben und die Werke des G. Pierluigi da Palestrina, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Ludovico da Vittoria di Avila (1840). Raccolta di mottetti a quattro voci di Giovanni Pier Luigi da Palestrina di Ludovico da Vittoria di Avila e di Felice Anerio Romano compositori del secolo XVI, Roma: Luigi Polisiero.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1886). Das Archiv des Gonzaga in Mantua, unter besonderer Rucksicht auf G. Pierluigi da Palestrina, Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 1: 31-45.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1892). Die Cardinalkommission von 1564 und Palestrinas "Missa Papae Marcelli", Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 7: 82-97.
• Peter Wagner (1892). Das Madrigal und Palestrina, Vierteljahrsschrififi'ir Musikwissenschaft 8: 423-498.
• Alberto Cametti (1894). Cenni biografici di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: compilati nell' occasione del 3. centenario della sua morte, Milano: Gazzetta musicale.
• Giuseppe Cascioli (1894). La vita e le opere di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, principe della musica, Roma: Tipografia Cooperativa Operaia.
• Giovanni Tebaldini (1894). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Padova: Scuola Veneta di Musica Sacra.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1894). G. Pierluigi da Palestrina und das Graduale Romanum der Editio Medicaea von 1614, Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 9: 86-99.
• Carlo Respighi (1899). G. Pierluigi da Palestrina e l’emendazione del Graduale Romano, Roma: Società di San Giovanni Evangelista, Desclée, Lefebvre.
• Carlo Respighi (1900). Nuovo studio su Giovanni Pier Luigi da Palestrina, e l'emendazione del Graduale romano; con appendice di documenti, Roma: Società di San Giovanni Evangelista, Desclée, Lefebvre.
• Alberto Cametti (1903). Un nuovo documento sulle origini di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: il testamento di Jacobella Pierluigi (1527), Rivista musicale italiana 10: 517-525.
• Alberto Cametti (1904). Un nuovo documento sulle origini di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Roma, Reale Accademia dei Lincei: 87-92.
• Rudolf Schwartz (1906). Zu den Texten der weltlichen Madrigale Palestrinas, Roma: Reale Accademia dei Lincei: 87-92.
• Michel Brenet (1906). Palestrina: Les Maîtres de la musique, Paris: Alcan.
• Franz Xaver Haberl (1907). Vierter Nachtrag der Gesamtausgabe der Werke von Pierluigi da Palestrina, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Eugen Schmitz (1914). Giovanni Pierluigi Palestrina, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Karl Weinmann (1915). Palestrinas Geburtsjahr: Eine historisch-kritische Untersuchung, Regensburg: Pustet.
• Karl Weinmann (1916). Zur Geschchte von Palestrinas „Missa Papae Marcelli", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters 23: 23-42.
• Raffaele Casimiri (1918/22). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: nuovi documenti biografici, Roma: Psalterium.
• Raffaele Casimiri (1919). Il "Codice 59" dell'Archivio Musicale Lateranense autografo di Giov. Pierluigi da Palestrina., Roma: Tipografia poliglotta vaticana.
• Alberto Cametti (1921). Le case di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina in Roma, La casa di Borgo S. Pietro, Rivista musicale italiana 28: 419-432.
• Alberto Cametti (1921). G. P. da Palestrina e il suo commercio di pelliccerie, Rivista musicale italiana 29: 207-534.
• Zoë Kendrick Pyne (1922). Giovanni Pierluigi di Palestrina: His Life and Times, London: Bodley Head.
• Alberto Cametti (1923). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina e le sue alleanze matrimoniali, Rivista musicale italiana 30: 489-510.
• Alberto Cametti (1923). Gli antichi ritratti di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Roma 1(6): 240-244.
• Giuseppe Cascioli (1923). Nuove ricerche sul Palestrina, Note d'Archivio per la Storia Musicale 6: 31.
• Mercati Angelo (1924). Melchior Major, l'autore del vibrante necrologio di Giov. Pierluigi da Palestrina, Note d'Archivio per la Storia Musicale 1: 57-63.
• Alberto Cametti (1925). Palestrina, Milano: Bottega di poesia.
• Alberto Cametti (1925). Le case dei Pierluigi a Palestrina, Roma: Società tip. A. Manuzio.
• Alfred Einstein (1925). Ein unbekanntes Madrigal Palestrinas, Zeitschrift fiir Musikwissenschaf 7: 530-534.
• Knud Jeppesen (1925). Der Palestrinastil und die Dissonanz, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Alberto Cametti (1926). Bibliografia palestriniana, Bollettino bibliografico musicale 1: 3-14.
• Alberto Cametti (1926). I "XXVII Responsoria" di M. A. Ingegneri, attribuiti a G. Pierluigi da Palestrina, Note d'Archivio per la Storia Musicale 3: 17-40.
• Ferdinando Liuzzi (1926). Classicità del Palestrina e romanticismo fiammingo, Nuova Antologia di Scienze, Lettere e Arti 326: 166-179.
• Alberto Cametti (1927). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina e la sua cittadinanza romana, Il Messaggero 51: 3.
• Karl Gustav Fellerer (1930). Palestrina. Leben und Schaffen, Wirken und Werk des grössten Meisters der kirchlichen Tonkunst in neuer Darstellung, Regensburg: Pustet.
• Félix Raugel (1930). Palestrina: Les Musiciens Celebres, Paris: Librairie Renouard.
• Wilhelm Widmann (1930-33). Die sechsstimmige Messen Palestrinas Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 25: 94-106; Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 26: 59-72; Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch 27: 110.
• Henry Coates (1938). Palestrina, London: Dent.
• Raffaele Casimiri (1939). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: Le opere complete, Roma: Fratelli Scalera.
• Joseph Samson (1939). Palestrina, ou la poésie de l'exactitude, Genève: Henn.
• Knud Jeppesen (1938). Palestrina e l'interpretazione, Atti del terzo congresso internazionale di musica: 166-172.
• Antoine Auda (1941). La mesure dans la messe L'homme armé de Palestrina, Acta musicologica 8: 39-59.
• Antoine Auda (1942). Le tactus dans la messe "L'Homme armé" de Palestrina, Acta musicologica 14: 27-73.
• Knud Jeppesen (1944). Marcellus-Probleme: einige Bemerkungen über die Missa Papae Marcelli des Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Acta Musicologica 16-17: 11-38.
• Oliver Strunk (1947). Guglielmo Gonzaga and Palestrina's Missa Dominicalis, The Musical Quarterly 3: 228-239.
• Antoine Auda (1948). La prolation dans l'édition princeps de la messe « L'homme armé » de Palestrina et sa résolution dans l'édition de 1559, Scriptorium 2(1): 85-102.
• Povl Hamburger (1950). The Ornamentation in the Works of Palestrina, Acta Musicologica 22: 128-147.
• Knud Jeppesen (1950). The recently discovered Mantova masses of Palestrina: a provisional communication, Acta musicologica 22: 36-47.
• Gino Stefani (1956). Gli offertori di Palestrina: aspetti musicali e liturgici, Musica sacra 3: 82-89.
• Herbert Kennedy Andrews (1958). An introduction to the technique of Palestrina, London: Novello.
• Knud Jeppesen (1958/61). Palestriniana. Ein unbekanntes Autogramm und einige unveröffentlichte Falsibordoni des Giovanni Pieluigi da Palestrina, Miscelánea en homenaje a Monseñor Higinio Anglés 26: 417-432.
• Emilio Ferracci (1960). Il Palestrina: Documenti di vita, problemi e prospettiva d'arte, Roma: Centro di Studi Palestriniani.
• Robert L. Marshall (1963). The Paraphrase Technique of Palestrina in His Masses Based on Hymns, Journal of the American Musicological Society 16(3): 347-372.
• Leonardo Calì (1970). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: Vita, arte ed opere, Milano: Ricordi.
• Jerome Roche (1970). Palestrina, Oxford Studies of Composers 7, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Lino Bianchi; Karl Gustav Fellerer (1971). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Torino: ERI.
• Jerome Roche (1971). Palestrina, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Malcolm Boyd (1973). Palestrina's style: a practical introduction, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Gino Stefani (1974). Miti barocchi: Palestrina "princeps musicae", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana 8(3): 347-355.
• Giovanni Carli Ballola (1975). Il mito di Palestrina nell'Ottocento, Chigiana 9/10: 115-119.
• Corale goriziana (1975). L'arte di Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: atti e documentazioni, Gorizia: Il Corale.
• Francesco Luisi (1977). Atti del Convegno di studi palestriniani, Palestrina: Fondazione Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina.
• Karl Gustav Fellerer (1982). Palestrina-Studien, Baden-Baden: Verlag Valentin Koerner.
• Robert Lindell (1985). Die Neubesetzung der Hofkapellmeisterstelle am Kaiserhof in den Jahren 1567-1568: Palestrina oder Monte?, Studien zur Musikwissenschaft 36: 35-52.
• Veronika Mary Franke (1985). Palestrina's masses: historical background, styles and technique, Cape Town: University of Cape Town.
• Lino Bianchi (1986). Due inediti ritratti di Palestrina, Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana 20: 1-8.
• John Lionel Pike (1986). The Opening of Palestrina "Stabat Mater", The Consort 42: 29-34.
• Winfried Kirsch; Martina Janitzek (1989). Palestrina und die Kirchenmusik im 19. Jahrhundert, Regensburg: G. Bosse.
• Giancarlo Rostirolla (1990). Les éditions de Palestrina du XVIe siècle à nos jours, L'interprétation de Palestrina: 1-11.
• Lino Bianchi; Giancarlo Rostirolla (1991). Palestrina e la sua presenza nella musica e nella cultura europea dal suo tempo ad oggi, Palestrina: Fondazione Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina.
• Michael Heinemann (1994). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina und seine Zeit, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Lino Bianchi; Giancarlo Rostirolla (1995). Iconografia palestriniana: Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: immagini e documenti del suo tempo, Lucca: Libreria musicale italiana
• Ivano Cavallini (1995). Non solum princeps sed principis memoria: vent'anni di studi su Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina, Acta musicologica 69: 1-19.
• Lino Bianchi (1996). Palestrina: nella vita, nelle opere, nel suo tempo, Palestrina: Fondazione Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina.
• Giancarlo Rostirolla; Luciano Luciani (1997). Bibliografia degli scritti su Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: 1568-1996, Palestrina: Fondazione Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina.
• Richard Sherr (1999). Competence and incompetence in the papal choir in the age of Palestrina, Early Music 22: 607-629.
• Reinhold Schlötterer; Alessandra Castriota (2000). Palestrina compositore, Palestrina: Fondazione Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina.
• Clara Marvin (2002). Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina: A Guide to Research, London: Routledge.

巴洛克 Musica baroca
• Jan Pieterszoon Sweelinck (1657). Compositions-Regeln, Amsterdam: Burchard Gramman.
• Johann Adam Reincken (1670). Ein tractaet worin Vielerley ahrten seindt zu finden so zur Composition, Hamburg: Johann Adam Reincken.
• Andreas Werckmeister (1691). Musicalische Temperatur, Franckfurt: Theodor Philipp Calvisi.
• Henry Playford (1694). An Introduction to the Skill of Musick, London: W. Godbid.
• Henry Purcell (1696). Choice Collection of Lessons for the Harpsichord or Spinnet, London: Henry Playford.
• Johann Kuhnau (1700). Der musicalische Quack-Salber, Dresden: Johann Christoph Miethen und Johann Christoph Zimmermann.
• Johann Gottfried Walther (1708). Præcepta der Musicalischen Composition, Weimar: Johann Gottfried Walther.
• Friedrich Erhardt Niedt (1700-17). Musicalische Handleitung, Hamburg: Benjamin Schillern.
• Michel de Saint-Lambert, M. de (1702). Les principes du clavecin, Paris: Christophe Ballard.
• Andreas Werckmeister (1707). Musicalische Paradoxal-Discourse, Franckfurt: Theodor Philipp Calvisi.
• Francesco Gasparini (1708). L'Armonico pratico al cimbalo, Venezia: Bortoli.
• Johann Mattheson (1713). Das neu-Eröffnete Orchestre, Hamburg: B. Schiller.
• Pierre Bonnet (1715). Histoire de la musique et de ses effets, Amsterdam: Le Cene.
• François Couperin (1716). L'Art de toucher le clavecin, Paris: Sieur Foucaut.
• Jacques Hotteterre (1719). L'art de préluder sur la flûte traversière, sur la flûteàbec,,sur le hautbois et autres instrumens de dessus, Paris: L'auteur, Foucault.
• Jean-Philippe Rameau (1722). Traité de l'harmonie réduite à ses principes naturels, Paris: Ballard.
• Pier Francesco Tosi (1723). Opinioni de' cantori antichi e moderni, Bologna: Lelio dalla Volpe.
• Johann Joseph Fux (1725). Gradus ad Parnassum, Wien: Johann Peter van Ghelen.
• Johann David Heinichen (1728). Der General-Bass in der Composition, Dresden: Johann David Heinichen.
• Johann Mattheson (1731). Grosse General-Baß-Schule, Hamburg: Johann Christoph Kißner.
• Johann Gottfried Walther (1732). Musicalisches Lexicon, Leipzig: Wolffgang Deer.
• Lorenz Christoph Mizler (1736-54). Neu eröffnete Musikalische Bibliothek, Leipzig: Im verlag des verfassers und bey Brauns erben in commission.
• Johann Mattheson (1737). Kern melodischer Wissenschaft, Hamburg: C. Herold.
• Johann Mattheson (1739). Der vollkommene Capellmeister, Hamburg: C. Herold.
• Johann Mattheson (1740). Grundlage einer Ehren-Pforte, Hamburg: Verfasser.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg (1750). Kunst des Clavierspielen, Berlin: Henning.
• Foucquet (1750). Méthode pour apprendre la manière de se servir des agrémens utiles à la propriété des pieces de clavecin, Paris: Charles Le Brun.
• Francesco Geminiani (1751). The Art of Playing on the Violin, London: Francesco Geminiani.
• Johann Joachim Quantz (1752). Versuch einer Anweisung die Flöte traversiere zu spielen, Berlin: Johann Friedrich Voß.
• Michel Corrette (1753). Le Maître de Clavecin, Paris: Chez L'Auteur, Bayard, Le Clerc, Castagnere.
• Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach (1753/62). Versuch über die wahre Art das Klavier zu spielen, Berlin: C. F. Henning/Winter.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg (1753-54). Abhandlung von der Fuge, Berlin: Haude et Spener.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg (1755). Anleitung zum Clavierspielen, der schönen Ausübung der heutigen Zeit gemäß entworfen, Berlin: Haude et Spener.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg (1756). Principes du clavecin, Berlin: Haude et Spener.
• Leopold Mozart (1756). Versuch einer gründlichen Violinschule, Augusburg: Johann Jakob Lotter.
• Johann Friedrich Agricola (1757). Anleitung zur Singkunst, Berlin: G. L. Winter.
• Jakob Adlung; Johann Ernst Bach (1758). Anleitung zu der musikalischen Gelahrtheit, Erfurt: J. D. Jungnicol.
• John Mainwaring (1760). Memoirs of the Life of the Late George Frederic Handel, London: Dodsley.
• Antonio Soler (1762). Llave de la modulacion y antiguedades de la musica, Madrid: Ibarra.
• Georg Simon Löhlein (1765). Clavier-Schule: oder, Kurze und gründliche Anweisung zur Melodie und Harmonie, Leipzig: Frommann.
• Jakob Adlung; Johann Lorenz Albrecht; Christhard Mahrenholz (1768). Musica Mechanica Organoedi, Berlin: Friedrich Wilhelm Birnstiel.
• Giuseppe Tartini (1770). Lettera del defonto signor Giuseppe Tartini alla signora Maddalena Lombardini, inserviente ad una importante Lezione per i Suonatori di violin, Venezia: L'Europa letteraria.
• Johann Philipp Kirnberger (1771-79). Die Kunst des reinen Satzes in der Musik, Berlin: Johann Friedrich Voß.
• Charles Burney (1771). The Present State of Music in France and Italy, London: Becket.
• Charles Burney (1773). The Present State of Music in Germany, The Netherlands, and United Provinces, London: Becket.
• Johann Philipp Kirnberger (1773). Die wahren Grundsätze zum Gebrauch der Harmonie, Berlin: G.J. Decker.
• Carl Ludwig Junker (1776). Zwanzig Componisten: Eine Skizze, Bern: Typographische gesellschaft.
• Jean-Benjamin Laborde (1780). Essai sur la musique ancienne et modene, Paris: Pierre.
• Johann Philipp Kirnberger (1782). Gedanken über die verschiedenen Lehrarten in der Komposition, Berlin: G. J. Decker.
• Johann Adam Hiller (1784). Lebensbeschreibungen berühmter Musikgelehrten und Tonkünstler, Leipzig: Dyck.
• Johann Christoph Friedrich Bach (1787/88). Musikalische Nebenstunden, Rinteln: Anton Heinrich Bösendahl.
• Charles Burney (1789). A General History of Music from the Earliest Ages to the Present Period, London: Payne.
• Daniel Gottlob Türk (1789). Klavierschule, Leipzig: Schwickert; Hemmerde und Schwetschke.
• Pierre Marie François de Sales Baillot; Jacques Pierre Joseph Rode; Rodolphe Kreutzer (1793). Méthode de violon, Paris: Faubourg.
• Johann Peter Milchmeyer (1797). Der wahre Art das Pianoforte zu spielen, Dresden: C. C. Meinhold.
• Bernard Viguerie (1798). L'Art de toucher le piano-forte, Paris: Viguerie.
• Johann Carl Friedrich Triest (1801). Bemerkungen über die Ausbildung der Tonkunst in Deutschland im achtzehnten Jahrhundert, Allgemeine Musikalische Zeitung 3: 225–445.
• Johann Christian Kittel (1808). Der angehende praktische Organist, Erfurt: Beyer & Maring.
• François-Joseph Fétis (1824). Traité du contre-point et de la fugue, arties réelles, Paris: Magasin de musique du Conservatoire.
• Carl von Winterfeld (1834). Johann Gabrieli und sein Zeitalter, Berlin: Schlesinger'sche Buch- und Musikhandlung.
• Wilhelm von Winterfeld (1845). Der evangelische Kirchengesang und sein Verhältniss zur Kunst des Tonsatzes, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Ludwig Ritter von Köchel (1872). Johann Josef Fux, Wien: A. Hölder.
• Edmund Schebek (1874). Zwei Briefe über Johann Jacob Froberger, kaiserliche Kammer-Organist en Wien, Mainz: Schott.
• Hans Michel Schletterer (1880). Giovanni Battista Pergolese, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Joseph Sittard (1881). Kompendium der Geschichte der Kirchenmusik, Stuttgart: Levy & Müller.
• Otto Wangemann (1882). Geschichte des Oratoriums, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Franz Beier (1884). Über Johann Jacob Froberger's Leben und Bedeutung für die Geschichte der Klaviersuite, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• August Gottfried Ritter (1884). Zur Geschichte des Orgelspiels, vornehmlich des deutschen im 14. bis zum Anfange des 18. Jahrhunderts, Leipzig: Hesse.
• Friedrich Chrysander (1885-67). G. Fr. Händel, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Friedrich Spitta (1886). Die Passionen nach den vier Evangelien von Heinrich Schütz, Leipzig: Breitkopf und Härtel.
• Carl Stiehl (1886). Die Organisten an der St. Marienkirche und die Abendmusiken zu Lübeck, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Franz Magnus Böhme (1887). Die Geschichte des Oratoriums, für Musikfreunde kurz und faßlich dargestellt, Gütersloh: Bertelsmann.
• Joseph Joachim; Friedrich Chrysander (1888-91). Les œuvres de Arcangelo Corelli 1-5, London: Augener.
• Gaetano Gaspari (1890). Catalogo della Biblioteca del Liceo Musicale di Bologna 4 (Bologna)., Bologna: Libreria Romagnoli dall’Acqua: 64.
• Max Seiffert (1891). J. P. Sweelinck und seine direkten deutschen Schüler, Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft 7: 145-260.
• Carl Hermann Bitter (1892). Beiträge zur Geschichte des Oratoriums, Berlin: R. Oppenheim.
• Otto Kade (1893). Die ältere Passionskomposition bis zum Jahre 1631, Gütersloh: Bertelsmann.
• Carl Krebs (1894). Jakob Froberger en Paris, Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft 10: 232-234.
• John South Shedlock (1895). The Pianoforte Sonata, London: Methuen.
• Max Seiffert (1899). Geschichte der Klaviermusik, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Reinhard Vollhardt (1899). Geschichte der Cantoren und Organisten von den Städten im Königreich Sachsen mit ausführlichen Namenregister, Berlin: W. Issleib.
• Arno Werner (1899/1900). Samuel und Gottfried Scheidt, Sammelbände der Internationalen Musik-Gesellschaft 1: 401-445.
• Max Seiffert (1900-01). Matthias Weckmann und das Collegium Musicum in Hamburg, Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft 2: 76-132.
• Henri Quittard (1902/03). Louis Couperin, Revue d'histoire et de critique musicales 2: 458-461; Revue d'histoire et de critique musicales3: 129-131.
• Karl Straube (1904). Alte Meister des Orgelspiels, Leipzig: Peters.
• Carl Krebs (1904-05). The Harpsichord Music of Alessandro Scarlatti, Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellscnaft 6: 160-178.
• Edward Dent (1905). Alessandro Scarlatti His Life and Works, London: Arnold.
• Alessandro Longo (1906). Scarlatti Opere Complete per Clavicembalo, Milano: G. Ricordi.
• Albert Schweitzer (1906). Deutsche und Französische Orgelbaukunst und Orgelkunst, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Wilibald L. Nagel (1908/09). Das Leben Chr. Graupners, Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft 10: 568-612.
• Wanda Landowska (1909). Musique ancienne, Paris: Mercure de France.
• Giuseppe Radiciotti (1910). Giovanni Battista Pergolesi: Vita, opera e influenza su l'arte, Roma: Edizione "Musica".
• Arthur Eaglefield Hull (1911). Organ Playing: Its Technique and Expression, London: Augener.
• André Pirro (1911). Dietrich Buxtehude, Paris: Alcan.
• Wanda Landowska (1911). Les Allemands et la musique française au XVIIIe siècle, Paris: Mercure de France.
• Arno Werner (1911/12). Neue Beiträge zur Scheidt-Biographie, Sammelbände der Internationalen Musik-Gesellschaft 8: 297-328.
• André Pirro (1913). Schütz, Paris: Alcan.
• Arnold Dolmetsch (1915). The Interpretation of the Music of the 17th and 18th Centuries, London: Novello.
• Angela García-Rives (1917). Fernando VI y doña Bárbara de Braganza (1748-1759), Madrid: Cosano.
• Alfred Einstein (1917). Geschichte der Musik, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Curt Sachs (1919). Barockmusik, Jahrbuch Musikbibliothek Peters 26: 7-15.
• André Pirro (1920/21). Louis Couperin, Revue musicale 1: 1-21; Revue musicale 2: 129-150.
• Giulio Cesare Paribeni (1921). Francesco Durante cembalista, Il pianoforte 2: 303-307.
• Wilhelm Altmann (1922). Thematischer Katalog der gedruckten Werke Antonio Vivaldis, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 4: 262-279.
• Arnaldo Bonaventura (1923). Bernardo Pasquini, Ascoli Piceno: Società Tipo-Litografica.
• Aldred Einstein (1924). Die mehrstimmige weltliche Musik von 1450-1600, Berlin: Guido Adler.
• Werner Danckert (1924). Geschichte der Gigue, Leipzig: F. Kistner & C.F.W. Siegel.
• Christhard Mahrenholz (1924). Samuel Scheidt: sein Leben und Werk, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• André Pirro (1924). Les Clavecinistes, Paris: Laurens.
• George Anson Wedge (1924). Keyboard Harmony, New York: Schirmer.
• Adolf Sandberger (1924). Orlando di Lasso und die geistigen Strömungen seiner Zeit, München: Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
• Paul Brunold (1925). Traité des signes et agréments employés par les clavecinistes français des XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles, Nice: Delrieu.
• Paul Brunold; André Tessier (1925). Jacques Champion Chambonnières: œuvres completes, Paris: Senart.
• Deutsche Gesellschaft für Musikwissenschaft (1925). Bericht über den musikwissenschaftlichen Kongress, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Wilibald Gurlitt (1925-37). Dietrich Buxtehudes Werke 1-7, Klecken: Ugrino.
• Friedrich Noack (1926). Christian Graupner als Kirchenkomponist, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Robert Haas (1928). Die Musik des Barocks, Wildpark: Akademische Verlag.
• Karl Gustav Fellerer (1929). Orgel und Orgelmusik: Ihre Geschichte, Augsburg: Filser.
• Friedrich Blume (1929). Michael Praetorius Creuzburgensis: Rückblick auf einen ausserordentlichen Musiker, Wolfenbüttel: G. Kallmeyer. Kollmeyer.
• Pasquale Fienga (1929). La véritable patrie et la famille d'Alessandro Scarlatti (Dernières recherches et documents inédits)., Revue musicale 10: 227-236.
• Ferdinando Liuzzi (1929). L'espressione musicale nel dramma liturgico, Torino: G. Chiantore.
• Martin Fischer (1929). Die organistische Improvisation im 17. Jahrhundert, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Wilhelm Fischer (1930). Instrumentalmusik um 1450 bis 1600: Handbuch der Musikgeschichte, Berlin: Adler.
• Ferdinando Liuzzi (1930). Il Gusto barocco e la polifonia romana, Roma: R. Accademia di S. Cecilia.
• Franck Thomas Arnold (1931). The Art of Accompaniment from a Thorough-Bass, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Erich Valentin (1931). Georg Philipp Telemann: Eine Biographie, Burg: August Hopfer.
• Paul Brunold (1932). Documents inédits sur les premiers Couperin à l'orgue de Saint Gervais, Aurillac: Impr. Poirier-Bottreau.
• Fritz Dietrich (1932). Geschichte des deutschen Orgelchorals im 17. Jahrhundert, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Walther Krüger (1932). Das Concerto grosso en Deutschland, Wolfenbüttel: Kallmeyer.
• Maurice Cauchie (1932/33). Œuvres complètes de François Couperin, Monaco: L'Oiseau-Lyre.
• Adolfo Betti (1933). La vita e l'arte di Francesco Geminiani, Lucca: G. Giusti.
• Walter Gerstenberg (1933). Domenico Scarlatti: 5 Klaviersonaten, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Marc Pincherle (1933). Corelli, Paris: Alcan.
• Hans Joachim Moser (1936). Heinrich Schütz: Sein Leben und Werk, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Werner Freytag (1936). Musikgeschichte der Stadt Stettin im 18. Jahrhundert, Greifswald: L. Bamberg.
• Theodor Wilhelm Werner (1937). Melchior Schildts Testament, Archiv für Musikforschung 2: 77-91.
• Walter Serauky (1937). Samuel Scheidt in seinen Briefen, Halle: Gebauer-Schwetschke.
• Richard Newton (1939). Domenico Scarlatti: 4 Sonatas for Harpsichord, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Eta Harich-Schneider (1939). Zärtliche Welt: François Couperin in seiner Zeit, Berlin: Bote & Bock.
• Friedrich Blume (1940). Das Kantatenwerk Dietrich Buxtehudes, Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters 1940: 320-351.
• Margarete Reimann (1940). Untersuchungen zur Formgeschichte der französischen Klaviersuite mit besonderer Berücksichtigung von Couperins Ordres, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Francesco Caffarelli (1941). Catalogo delle opere di G. B. Pergolesi, Gli Amici della Musica da Camera.
• Michelangelo Abbado (1942). Antonio Vivaldi, Torino: Edizioni Arione.
• Werner Menke (1942). Das Vokalwerk Georg Philipp Telemanns: Überlieferung und Zeitfolge, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Remo Giazotto (1945). Tomaso Albinoni: Musico di violino dilettante veneto, Milano: Bocca.
• Mario Rinaldi (1945). Catalogo numerico tematico delle composizioni di Antonio Vivaldi, Roma: Editrice Cultura moderna.
• Manfred F. Bukofzer (1947). Music in the Baroque Era: From Monteverdi to Bach, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Gian Francesco Malipiero (1947-63). Le Opere di Antonio Vivaldi, Roma: Ricordi.
• Josef Dichler (1948). Der Weg zum künstlerischen Klavierspiel, Wien: Doblinger.
• Andreas Liess (1948). Johann Joseph Fux, ein steirischer Meister des Barock, Wien: L. Doblinger.
• Marc Pincherle (1948). Antonio Vivaldi et la musique instrumentale, Paris: Librairie Floury.
• Paul Brunold (1949). François Couperin, Monaco: L'Oiseau Lyre.
• Norbert Dufourcq (1949). Le clavecin, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Franz Giegling (1949). Giuseppe Torelli: Ein Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des italienischen Konzerts, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Auftrag der Gesellschaft für Musikforschung (1950). Georg Philipp Telemann musikalische Werke 1-27, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Josef Hedar (1952). Dietrich Buxtehudes Sämtliche Orgelwerke 1-4, København: Edition Wilhelm Hansen.
• Claudio Sartori (1952). Bibliografia della musica strumentale italiana stampata in Italia fino al 1700, Firenze: Olschki.
• Hanns Neupert (1952). Das Cembalo, eine geschichtliche und technisce Betrachtung der Kielinstrumente, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Marc Pincherle (1952). Jean-Marie Leclair l'aîné, Paris: Éditions du Vieux-Colombier.
• Piero Maroncelli (1953). La vita di Arcangelo Corelli, Forlì: Soc. tip. Forlivese.
• Ralph Kirkpatrick (1953). Domenico Scarlatti, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Marc Pincherle (1955). Antonio Vivaldi, Paris: Le Bon Plaisir.
• Max Schneider; Rudolf Steglich (1955). Hallische Händel-Ausgabe, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Otto Erich Deutsch (1955). Handel: A Documentary Biography, London: Adam and Charles Black.
• Pierre Hardouin (1955). Quelques documents relatifs aux Couperin, Revue de musicologie 37: 111-121.
• Donald Howard Boalch; Charles Mould; Andreas Hans Roth (1956). Makers of the harpsichord and clavicord, 1440-1840, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Hermann Keller (1957). Domenico Scarlatti: ein Meister des Klaviers, Leipzig: C. F. Peters.
• Andreas Liess (1958). Fuxiana, Wien: Bergland.
• Bertha Antonia Wallner (1958-59). Das Buxheimer Orgelbuch, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Eta Harich-Schneider (1960). The Harpsichord, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Friedrich Blume; Walther Engelhardt (1960). Michael Praetorius: Generalregister der Gesamtausgabe der Musikalischen Werke, Wolfenbüttel: Möseler.
• Werner Bittinger (1960). Schütz-Werke-Verzeichnis (SWV): Kleine Ausgabe im Auftrage der Neuen Schütz-Gesellschaft, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Claude Palisca (1960). Girolamo Mei: Letters on Ancient and Modern Music to Vincenzo Galilei and Giovanni Bardi, Roma: American Institute of Musicology.
• Mario Fabbri (1961). Alessandro Scarlatti e il Principe Ferdinando de’ Medici, Firenze: Olschki.
• Erika Gessner (1961). Samuel Scheidts geistliche Konzerte, Berlin: Merseburger.
• Michele Margadonna (1961). Giovanni Battista Pergolesi, Milano: Nuova accademia.
• James Haar (1961). Chanson & Madrigal 1480-1530, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Giuseppe Massera (1961). Georgii Anselmi Parmensis De musica, Historia musicae cultores biblioteca 14, Firenze: Olschki: 126.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Riedel (1961). Johann Joseph Fux und die römische Palestrina-Tradition, Musikforschung 14: 14-22.
• Georg Karstädt (1962). Die "extraordinairen" Abendmusiken Dietrich Buxtehudes, Lübeck: Schmidt-Römhild.
• Willi Apel (1963). Keyboard music of the Fourteenth & Fifteenth centuries, Corpus of Early Keyboard Music 1, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• Freiedrich Blume (1965). Geschichte der evangelischen Kirchenmusik, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• David D. Boyden (1965). A History of Violin Playing from its Origins to 1761, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Martin Geck (1965). Die Vokalmusik Dietrich Buxtehuses und der frühe Pietismus, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Walter Kolneder (1965). Vivaldi: Leben und Werke, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Hartel.
• Yolande de Brossard (1965). Musiciens de Paris 1535-1792, Paris: A. Picard.
• Frank Hubbard (1965). Three Centuries of Harpsichord Making, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Frederick Neumann (1965). Misconceptions About the French Trill in the 17th and 18th Centuries, Musical Quarterly 50: 188-206.
• Friedhelm Krummacher (1965). Die Überlieferung der Choralbearbeitungen in der frühen evangelischen Kantate, Berlin: Merseburger.
• Willi Apel (1967). Geschichte der Orgel- und Klaviermusik bis 1700, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Walter Wiora; Ludwig Finscher (1967). Festschrift für Walter Wiora zum 30. Dezember 1966,
• Giorgio Pestelli (1967). Le sonate di Domenico Scarlatti: Proposta di un ordinamento cronologico, Torino: Giappichelli.
• Werner Breig (1967). Melchior Schildt, Musik und Kirche 37: 152-160.
• Werner Breig (1967). Die Orgelwerke von Heinrich Scheidemann, Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner.
• Egon Kenton (1967). The Life and Works of Giovanni Gabrieli, New York: American Institute of Musicology.
• Richard Petzoldt (1967). Georg Philipp Telemann: Leben und Werk, Leipzig: Deutscher Verlag für Musik.
• Günther Fleischauser (1967-68). Die Musik Georg Philipp Telemanns im Urteil seiner Zeit, Händel-Jahrbuch 1967/68: 173-205; 1969/70: 23-73.
• Antonio Fanna (1968). Opere strumentali di Antonio Vivaldi: Catalogo numerico-tematico, Milano: Ricordi.
• Marcelle Benoît; Norbert Dufourcq (1968). A propos des Forqueray, Recherches sur la musique française classique 8: 229-241.
• Gustav Leonhardt (1968). Johann Jakob Froberger and his Music., L'organo 6: 15-38.
• Alan Curtis (1969). Sweelinck's Keyboard Music, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Raymond Russell (1959). The Harpsichord and Clavichord, London: Faber.
• Alan Curtis (1969). Sweelinck's Keyboard Music, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ulf Echarlau (1969). Neue Quellenfunde zur Biographie Johann Jakob Frobergers, Musikforschung 22: 47-52.
• Karl Grebe (1970). Georg Philipp Telemann in Selbstzeugnissen und Bilddokumenten, Hamburg: Rowohlt.
• Hugh Wiley Hitchcock (1970). Giulio Caccini: Le Nuove Musiche, Madison: A-R Editions.
• Edward H. Tarr (1970). Monteverdi, Bach und die Trompetenmusik ihrer Zeit, Kongreßbericht Bonn 1970: 592-596.
• Marcelle Benoît (1971). Versailles et les musiciens du roi (1661-1733): Étude institutionnelle et sociale, Paris: Picard.
• Günter Graulich; Paul Horn (1971). Stuttgarter Schütz-Ausgabe nach den Quellen neu hrsg, Stuttgart: Hänssler.
• Kurt Gudewill; Hans Haase (1971). Michael Praetorius Creutzbergensis, Wolfenbüttel: Möseler.
• Karl Heller (1971). Die deutsche Überlieferung der Instrumentalwerke Vivaldis, Leipzig: VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik.
• Howard Schott (1971). Playing the Harpsichord, London: Faber.
• Marcelle Benoît (1971). Versailles et les musiciens du roi, Paris: Picard.
• Roberto Pagano; Lino Bianchi; Giancarlo Rostirolla (1972). Alessandro Scarlatti, Torino: RAI.
• William S. Newmann (1972). The Sonata in the Baroque Era, New York: W. W. Norton.
• David Starke (1972). Frobergers Suitentänze, Darmstadt: Edition Tonos.
• Fred Hamel (1973). Die Psalmkompositionen Johann Rosenmüllers, Baden-Baden: Verlag Valentin Koerner.
• Gustav Fock (1974). Arp Schnitger und seine Schule, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Mark Lindley (1974). Early 16-Century Keyboard Temperaments, Musica Disciplina 23: 129-151.
• Arthur Mendel; Robert Lewis Marshall (1974). Studies in Renaissance and Baroque music in honor of Arthur Mendel, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Georg Karstädt (1974). Thematisch-systematisches Verzeichnis der musikalischen Werke von Dietrich Buxtehude, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Margery Halford (1974). Scarlatti: An Introduction to His Keyboard Works, Port Washington: Alfred Music Publishing.
• Eleanor Selfridge-Field (1975). Venetian Instrumental Music from Gabrieli to Vivaldi, Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
• Howard Ferguson (1975). Keyboard Interpretation from the 14th to the 19th Century, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Eleanor Selfridge-Field (1975). Venetian Instrumental Music from Gabrieli to Vivaldi, Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
• Hans Joachim Marx (1976). Historisch-kritische Gesamtausgabe der musikalischen Werke, Köln: Arno Volk Verlag.
• Hans Oesch; Hans-Joachim Hinrichsen (1976-2006). Arcangelo Corelli: Historisch-kritische Gesamtausgabe der musikalischen Werke, Köln: A. Volk.
• Jeannine Lambrechts-Douillez (1977). The Ruckers family and other harpsichord makers in Antwerp in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, Connoisseur 194: 266-273.
• Henning Siedentopf (1977). Johann Jakob Froberger: Leben und Werk, Stuttgart: Stuttgarter Verlagskontor.
• Marvin E. Paymer (1977). Giovanni Battista Pergolesi: A Thematic Catalogue of the Opera Omnia, New York: Pendragon Press.
• Jean-Claude Veilhan (1977). Les règles de l'interprétation musicale à l'époque baroque, Paris: A. Leduc.
• Mark Lindley (1977). Instructions for the clavier diversely tempered, Early Music 5: 18-23.
• Marie-Françoise Bloch (1977). L'influence du goût italien sur l'art des Forqueray, Luth et musique ancienne 1: 25-34.
• Howard E. Smither (1977-87). A History of the Oratorio, Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.
• Claudio Di Veroli (1978). Unequal Temperaments and their role in the performance of early music, Argentina: Veroli.
• Sheridan Germann (1978). Regional Schools Harpsichord Decoration, Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society 4: 54-105.
• Rodney Myraagnes (1978). Temperament Tables, New York: Myrvaagnes.
• William R. Dowd (1978). A Classification System for Ruckers and Couchet Double Harpsichords, Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society 4: 106-113.
• Alan Warren Luecke (1978). A Survey of Tuning and Temperament in the 18th Century and the Attitudes Regarding its Implementation, Manhattan: Kansas State University.
• Michael Talbot (1978). Vivaldi, London: Dent.
• Walter Eisen; Margret Eisen (1978-86). Händel-Handbuch, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Denis Arnold (1979). Giovanni Gabrieli and the Music of the Venetian High Renaissance, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Otto Brodde (1979). Heinrich Schütz: Weg und Werk, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Peter Ryom (1979). Verzeichnis der Werke Antonio Vivaldis: Kleine Ausgabe, VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik.
• Henning Müller-Buscher (1979). Georg Böhms Choralbearbeitungen für Tasteninstrumente, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Bruce Gustafson (1979). French Harpsichord Music of the 17th Century, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Hans Joachim Marx (1980). Historisch-kritische Gesamtausgabe der musikalischen Werke, Köln: Volk.
• Michael Talbot (1980). Albinoni. Leben und Werk, Adliswil: Kunzelmann.
• Philippe Beaussant (1980). François Couperin, Paris: Fayard.
• Drummond (1980). The German Concerto: Five Eighteenth-century Studies, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Alexander Silbiger (1980). The Roman Frescobaldi Tradition, Journal of the American Musicological Society 33: 42-87.
• Kerala Snyder (1980). Dieterich Buxtehude's Studies in Learned Counterpoint, Journal of the American Musicological Society 33: 544-564.
• Allen Skei (1981). Heinrich Schütz: A Guide to Research, New York: Garland.
• Hugh Wiley Hitchcock (1982). Les œuvres de Marc-Antoine Charpentier: Catalogue raisonné, Paris: Picard.
• Richard Hudson (1982). The Folia, the Saraband, the Passacaglia, and the Chaconne, Stuttgart: Haenssler.
• Ludger Lohmann (1982). Studien zu Artikulationsproblemen bei den Tasteninstrumenten des 16.-18, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Robert Donington (1982). Baroque Music: Style and Performance: A Handbook, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Willi Apel (1983). Die italienische Violinmusik im 17. Jahrhundert, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• George J. Buelow; Hans Joachim Marx (1983). New Mattheson Studies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Christopher Hogwood; Richard Luckett (1983). Music in Eighteenth-Century England: Essays in Memory of Charles Cudworth, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Frederick Hammond (1983). Girolamo Frescobaldi, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Otto Hamburg (1983). Muziekgeschiedenis in Voorbeelden, Utrecht: Spectrum.
• Ludger Lohmann (1983). Zur Artiklation in alter Orgelmusik, Ars Organi 31: 13-20; 159-161.
• Veronika Gutmann; Peter Reidemeister (1983). Alte Musik: Praxis und Reflexion, Winterthur: Amadeus.
• Kolneder,. (1983). Antonio Vivaldi: Dokumente seines Lebens und Schaffens, Berlin: Henschelverlag.
• Willi Apel (1983). Die italienische Violinmusik im 17. Jahrhundert, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• Hans Klotz (1983). Zur Artikulation in alter Orgelmusik, Ars Organi 31: 94-97; 251-254.
• Jochen Arbogast (1983). Stilkritische Untersuchungen zum Klavierwerk des Thomaskantors Johann Kuhnau, Regensburg: G. Bosse.
• Werner Menke (1983). Thematisches Verzeichnis der Vokalwerke von Georg Philipp Telemann, Frankfurt: Vittorio Klostermann.
• Rita Steblin (1983). A History of Key Characteristics in the Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Christopher Hogwood (1984). Handel, London: Thames & Hudson.
• Alexander C. N. Mackenzie (1983). Keyboard Temperament in England During the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries, Bristol: University of Bristol.
• Howard Schott (1984). The Historical Harpsichord: A Monograph Series in Honor of Frank Hubbard, New York: Pendragon Press.
• Christopher Addington (1984). In Search of the Baroque Flute: The flute family 1680-1750, Early Music 12: 34-47.
• Elke Axmacher (1984). Aus Liebe will mein Heiland sterben: Untersuchungen zum Wandal des Passionsverständnisses im frühen 18. Jahrhundert, Neuhausen-Stuttgart: Hänssler-Verlag.
• Martin Ruhnke (1984-89). Georg Philipp Telemann: Thematisch-Systematisches Verzeichnis seiner Werke: Telemann-Werkverzeichnis, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Denis Arnold (1985). The Second Venetian Visit of Heinrich Schütz, The Musical Quarterly 71: 359-374.
• Denis Arnold; Nigel Fortune (1985). The New Monteverdi Companion, London: Faber & Faber.
• Christine Defant (1985). Kammermusik und Stylus Phantasticus: Studien zu Dietrich Buxtehudes Triosonaten, Frankfurt am Main: Lang.
• Frans Vester (1985). Flute Music of the 18th Century: An Annotated Bibliography, Musica Rara.
• Rudolf Flotzinger (1985). Fux-Studien, Graz: Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt.
• Paul Brunold; Davitt Moroney (1985). Louis Couperin: Pièces de clavecin, Monaco: L'Oiseau-Lyre.
• Christoph Wolff (1985). Orgel, Orgelmusik und Orgelspiel: Festschrift Michael Schneider zum 75. Geburtstag, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Wolfgang Reich (1985). Jan Dismas Zelenka: Thematisch-systematisches Verzeichnis der musikalischen Werke: ZWV, Sächsische.
• Christine Defant (1985). Kammermusik und Stylus Phantasticus: Studien zu Dietrich Buxtehudes Triosonaten, Europäische Hochschulschriften 36, Frankfurt am Main: Lang.
• Georg Karstädt (1985). Thematisch-Systematisches Verzeichnis der Musikalischen Werke von Dietrich Buxtehude, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Beverly Scheibert (1986). Jean-Henri d'Anglebert and the seventeenth century clavecin school, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Ludger Lohmann (1986). Studien zu Artikulationsproblemen bei den Tasteninstrumenten des 16.-18. Jahrhunderts, Regensburg: G. Bosse
• Cynthia Turner (1986). Melchior Schildt: Toward a Reassessment, Organ Yearbook 17: 67-80.
• Martin B. Tittle (1987). A Performer's Guide Through Historical Keyboard Tunings, Ann Arbor: Anderson Press.
• Tharald Borgir (1987). The Performance of the Basso Continuo in Italian Baroque Music, Ann Arbor: UMI Research.
• Martin Gregor-Dellin (1987). Heinrich Schütz: Sein Leben, sein Werk, seine Zeit, München: Broschiert.
• Wilfrid Mellers (1987). François Couperin and the French Classical Tradition, London: Faber.
• Alexander Silbiger (1987). Frescobaldi Studies, Durham: Duke University Press.
• Kerala J. Snyder (1987). Dietrich Buxtehude: Organist in Lübeck, New York: Schirmer.
• Wilfrid Mellers (1987). François Couperin and the French Classical Tradition, London: Faber.
• Alexander Silbiger (1987). Frescobaldi Studies, Durham: Duke University Press.
• Eric Thomas Chafe (1987). The Church Music of Heinrich Biber, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Richard Troeger (1987). Technique and Interpretation on the Harpsichord and Clavichord, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Harry Joelson-Strohbach (1987). Nachricht von verschiedenen verloren geglaubten Handschriften mit barocker Tastenmusik, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 44: 91-140.
• Dietrich Berke (1987). Musik als ästhetische Gegenwart: Kongressbericht Stuttgart 1985, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• David Ledbetter (1987). Harpsichord and Lute Music in Seventeenth-Century France, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Gary Tomlinson (1987). Monteverdi and the End of the Renaissance, Los Angeles: University of California Press.
• Wolfgang Stolze (1987). Zur Gesamtausgabe der Werke Samuel Scheidts, Die Musikforschung 40: 120-35.
• Richard Troeger (1987). Technique and Interpretation on the Harpsichord and Clavichord, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Lynn Matluck Brooks (1988). The Dances of the Processions of Seville in Spain's Golden Age, Kassel: Edition Reichenberger.
• Claude Palisca (1988). The Florentine Camerata: Documentary Studies and Translations, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Catherine Cessac (1988). Marc-Antoine Charpentier. Bibliothèque des grands musiciens, Paris: Fayard.
• Nicholas Kenyon (1988). Authenticity and Early Music, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Walter Abendroth (1988). Kurze Geschichte der Musik, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Harry Haskell (1988). The Early Music Revival: A History, New York: Thames & Hudson.
• Anke Bingmann; Lothar Hoffmann-Erbrecht; Klaus Hortschansky; Winfried Kirsch (1988). Studien zur Instrumentalmusik: Lothar Hoffmann-Erbrecht zum 60. Geburtstag, Tutzing: Hans Schneider.
• Frits Noske (1988). Sweelinck, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Christoph Wolff (1989). Das Hamburger Buxtehude-Bild: Ein Beitrag zur musikalischen Ikonographie und zum Umkreis von Johann Adam Reinken, 800 Jahre Musik in Lübeck: 64-69.
• Bruce Gustafson; David Fuller (1990). A Catalogue of French Harpsichord Music 1699-1782, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Jon Laukvik (1990). Orgelschule zur historischen Aufführungspraxis, Stuttgart: Carus.
• Michael Talbot (1990). Tomaso Albinoni: The Venetian Composer and His World, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Eleanor Selfridge-Field (1990). The Music of Benedetto and Alessandro Marcello: A Thematic Catalogue with Commentary on the Composers, Repertory, and Sources, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Grant O'Brien (1990). Ruckers: a harpsichord and virginal building tradition, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter le Huray (1990). Authenticity in Performance: Eighteenth Century Case Studies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Hugh Wiley Hitchcock (1990). Marc-Antoine Charpentier, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Reinhard Böß (1991). Die Kunst des Rätsel-kanons im Musikalischen Opfer, Wilhelmshaven: Florian Noetzel Verlag.
• Rudolf Flotzinger; Egon Wellesz (1991). Johann Joseph Fux: Musiker-Lehrer-Komponist für Kirche und Kaiser, Graz: Akademische Drusk- und Verlagsanstalt.
• Siegfried Vogelsänger (1991). Michael Praetorius: Diener vieler Herren, Aachen: Alano, Edition Herodot.
• Owen Jorgensen (1991). Tuning: Containing the Perfection of Eighteenth-Century Temperament, East Lansing: Michigan State University.
• Siegbert Rampe (1991). Matthias Weckmann und Johann Jacob Froberger: Neuerkentnisse zu Biographie und Werke beider Organisten, Musik und Kirche 11: 325-332.
• Timothy A. Collins (1991). Gottfried Reiche: A More Complete Biography, Journal of the International Trumpet Guild 15: 5-22.
• Siegbert Rampe (1991). Matthias Weckmann und Johann Jacob Froberger, Musik und Kirche 11: 325-332.
• Peter Allsop (1992). The Italian 'Trio' Sonata from its Origins Until Corelli, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Joel Lester (1992). Compositional Theory in the Eighteenth Century, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Diane Parr Walker; Paul Walker (1992). German Sacred Polyphonic Vocal Music between Schütz and Bach, Warren: Harmonie Park.
• Joel Lester (1992). Compositional Theory in the Eighteenth Century, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Wolfgang Horn (1992). Zelenka-Dokumentation: Quellen und Materialen, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Harry White (1992). Johann Joseph Fux and the Music of the Austro-Italian Baroque, Aldershot: Scholar Press.
• Johann Joachim Quantz; Hans-Peter Schmitz; Horst Augsbach (1992). Versuch einer Anweisung die Flöte traversiere zu spielen, München: Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag.
• Sergio Miceli (1993). Benedetto Marcello: Il Teatro alla Moda, Roma: Castelvecchi.
• Michael Talbot (1993). Vivaldi, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• David Fuller (1993). Sous les doigts de Chambonnières, Early Music 21: 191-202.
• Enrico Careri (1993). Francesco Geminiani: Life and Works, and Thematic Catalogue, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Katalin Komlós (1993). Fortepianos and their Music: Germany, Austria, and England, 1760-1800, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Siegbert Rampe (1993-2002). Johann Jacob Froberger: Neue Ausgabe sämtlicher Werke, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Donald Burrows (1994). Handel, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Alberto Basso (1994). L'invenzione della gioia: musica e massoneria nell'eta dei Lumi, Milano: Garzanti.
• Ulrich Leisinger (1994). Leibniz-Reflexe in der deutschen Musiktheorie des 18. Jahrhunderts, Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann.
• Catherine Cessac; Reinhard .G Pauly; E. Thomas Glasow (1995). Marc-Antoine Charpentier, Portland: Amadeus Press.
• Richard Charteris (1996). Giovanni Gabrieli: a thematic catalogue of his music with a guide to the source materials and translations of his vocal texts, Stuyvesant, NY: Pendragon Press.
• Geoffrey Webber (1996). North German Church Music in the Age of Buxtehude, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Arnfried Edler; Friedrich W. Riedel (1996). Johann Joseph Fux und seine Zeit: Kultur, Kunst und Musik im Spätbarock, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Kurt von Fischer (1997). Die Passion: Musik zwischen Kunst und Kirche, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Alain Anselm; Marie-Christine Anselm (1997). Petit prélude à l'étude des clavecins français du XVIIe siècle, Musique-Images-Instruments 2: 227-230.
• Ann Bond (1997). A Guide to the Harpsichord, Portland: Amadeus Press.
• Arnfried Edler; Siegfried Mauser (1997/2004). Gattungen der Musik für Tasteninstrumente, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Peter Dirksen (1997). The Keyboard Music of Jan Pieterszoon Sweelinck, Utrecht: Koninklijke Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis.
• Pieter Bakker (1998). Andreas Werckmeister: Die historische Einordnung seiner Schriften, Schraard: Stichting de Studenten Uitgeverij.
• Consuelo Giglio (1998). François Couperin, Palermo: L'Epos.
• Malcolm Boyd; Juan José Carreras (1998). Music in Spain during the Eighteenth Century, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Günther Massenkeil (1998). Oratorium und Passion, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Michael Talbot (1998). Antonio Vivaldi, Frankfurt am Main: Insel-Verlag.
• Bernard Brauchli (1998). The Clavichord, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Allsop (1999). Arcangelo Corelli: New Orpheus of Our Times, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Antonio Carlini (2000). Francesco Antonio Bonporti, Gentilhuomo di Trento: La vita e l'opera con catalogo tematico, Padova: Edizioni De I Solisti Veneti.
• Pauline H. Nobes (2000). A Catalogue of Unaccompanied Solo Violin Repertory before ca. 1750, Ipswich: Rhapsody Ensemble Editions.
• Christopher Hogwood (2000). Georg Friedrich Händel. Eine Biographie, Frankfurt am Main: Insel-Verlag.
• Klaus-Peter Koch (2000). Samuel-Scheidt-Werke-Verzeichnis: SSWV, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Johannes Pausch (2001). Georg Philipp Telemann: Marcus-Passion, Hamburg: Edition Musik-Landschaften.
• Werner Pieck (2001). Leben Händels: Biographie, Hamburg: Europäische Verlagsanstalt.
• Albert Dunning (2001). Pietro Antonio Locatelli, Catalogo tematico, lettere, documenti & iconografia, London: Schott.
• Olga Bluteau (2001). De Josquin des Prés à Johann Sebastian Bach, Ostinato rigore. Revue internationale d'Études Musicales 26: 295-316.
• Francesco Cera; Armando Carideo (2001-03). Pasquini: Opere per tastiera, Colledara: Andromeda.
• Franco Rossi (2002/03). Catalogo Tematico delle composizioni di Tomaso Albinoni, Padova: Edizioni De I Solisti Veneti.
• Robert Marshall (2003). Eighteenth-Century Keyboard Music, London: Routledge.
• Adélaïde de Place (2003). Alessandro et Domenico Scarlatti, Paris: Fayard.
• Guy Oldham (2003). Louis Couperin: Pièces d'orgue, Monaco: L'Oiseau-Lyre.
• W. Dean Sutcliffe (2003). The keyboard sonatas of Domenico Scarlatti and Eighteenth-Century musical style, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Michael Heinemann (2004). Georg Friedrich Händel, Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt.
• Jean M. Perreault; Donna K. Fitch (2004). The Thematic Catalogue of the Musical Works of Johann Pachelbel, Lanham: Scarecrow Press.
• Klaus Beckmann (2004-09). Die Norddeutsche Schule. Orgelmusik im protestantischen Norddeutschland zwischen 1517 und 1755, Mainz: Schott.
• Lionel Sawkins; John Nightingale (2005). A Thematic Catalogue of the Works of Michel-Richard de Lalande, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• August Horneffer (2005). Johann Rosenmüller ca. 1619-1684, Salzgitter: Ostinato-Musikverlag.
• Jaroslav Smolka (2006). Jan Dismas Zelenka, Praha: Akademie múzických umění v Praze.
• Gianfranco Formichetti (2006). Venezia e il prete col violino: Vita di Antonio Vivaldi, Firenze: Bompiani.
• Pieter Dirksen (2007). Heinrich Scheidemann's Keyboard Music: its Transmission, Style and Chronology, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Francesco Passadore (2007). Catalogo tematico delle composizioni di Giuseppe Torelli, Padova: Edizioni De I Solisti Veneti.
• Giulia Nuti (2007). The Performance of Italian Basso Continuo: Style in Keyboard Accompaniment in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries, London: Routledge.
• Peter Ryom (2007). Antonio Vivaldi: thematisch-systematisches Verzeichnis seiner Werke: RV, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Peter Bavington (2007). Clavichord Tuning and Maintenance, London: Keyword Press.
• Pieter Dirksen (2007). Heinrich Scheidemann's Keyboard Music, Aldershot: Ashgate.
• Margaret M. McGowan (2008). Dance in the Renaissance, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Dorothea Schröder (2008). Georg Friedrich Händel, München: C.H. Beck.
• Siegfried Vogelsänger (2008). Michael Praetorius: Hofkapellmeister und Komponist zwischen Renaissance und Barock, Wolfenbüttel: Möseler.
• Hans Joachim Marx; Michael Zywietz (2008). Das Händel-Handbuch, Laaber: Laaber.
• Corinna Hesse; Dietmar Mues (2009). Händel: Leben in der Musik. Das Händel-Hörbuch, Kayhude: Silberfuchs.
• Holger H. Eichhorn (2010). Johann Rosenmüller: Kritische Ausgabe sämtlicher Werke, Köln: Dohr.
• Micky White (2013). Antonio Vivaldi: A Life in Documents, Studi di musica veneta, Quaderni vivaldiani 17, Firenze: Olschki.
• Martin Erhardt (2014). Upon a Ground: Improvisation on Ostinato Basses from the 16th to the 18th Centuries, Magdeburg: Edition Walhall.

Johann Sebastian Bach
• Johann Nikolaus Forkel (1802). Über Johann Sebastian Bachs Leben, Kunst und Kunstwerke, Leipzig: Hoffmeister & Kühnel.
• Johann Theodor Mosewius (1845). Johann Sebastian Bach in seinen Kirchen-Cantaten und Choralgesängen, Berlin: Trautwein.
• Carl Ludwig Hilgenfeldt (1850). Johann Sebastian Bachs Leben, Wirken und Werke: Ein Beitrag zur Kunstgeschichte des achtzehnten Jahrhunderts, Leipzig: Hofmeister.
• Bach-Gesellschaft Leipzig (1851-99). Johann Sebastian Bachs Werke 1-61, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Robert Franz (1863). Mitteilungen über J. S. Bachs Magnificat, Halle: Karmrodt.
• Carl Hermann Bitter (1865). Johann Sebastian Bach, Berlin: Schneider.
• Carl van Bruyck (1867). Technische und ästhetische Analyses des Wohltemperierten Klaviers, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Alfred Dörffel (1867). Thematisches Verzeichnis der Instrumentalwerke von Johann Sebastian Bach, Leipzig: Peters.
• Carl Hermann Bitter (1868). Carl Philipp Emanuel und Wilhelm Friedemann Bach und Deren Brüder, Berlin W. Müller.
• Philipp Spitta (1873-80). Johann Sebastian Bach 1-2, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Otto Dienel (1890). Die moderne Orgel: ihre Einrichtung, ihre Bedeutung für die Kirche und ihre Stellung zu Sebastian Bach's Orgelmusik, Berlin: Hannemann.
• Ernst von Stockhausen (1894). Die harmonische Grundlage von zwölf Fugen aus J. S. Bachs Wohltemperiertem Klavier, Göttingen: Weber.
• André Pirro; Charles-Marie Widor (1895). L'orgue de Jean-Sébastien Bach, Paris: Fischbacher.
• Wilhelm His (1895). Johann Sebastian Bach: Forschungen über dessen Grabstätte, Gebeine und Antlitz, Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel.
• Heinrich Ehrlich (1896). Die Ornamentik in Johann Sebastian Bachs Klavierwerken, Leipzig: Steingräber.
• Karl Albert Goehler (1902). Verzeichnis der in den Frankfurter und Leipziger Messkatalogen der Jahre 1564 bis 1759 angezeigten Musikalien, Frankfurt am Main: Knuf.
• Paul von Bojanowski (1903). Das Weimar Johann Sebastian Bachs, Weimar: Böhlhaus.
• Reinhard Jordan (1905). Aus der Geschichte der Musik in Mühlhausen, Thüringen: Danner.
• Romain Rolland (1905). Bachs Matthäuspassion, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Arnold Schering (1905). Geschichte des Instrumentalkonzerts, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Albert Schweitzer (1905). Jean-Sébastien Bach: Le musicien-poète, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Alfred Wotquenne (1905). Catalogue thématique des œuvres de Chares Philippe Emanuel Bach, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• André Pirro (1906). Jean-Sébastien Bach, Paris: Alcan.
• André Pirro (1907). L'esthétique de Jean-Sébastien Bach, Paris: Fischbacher.
• Ebenezer Prout (1907). Some Notes on Bach's Church Cantatas, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Albert Schweitzer (1908). J. S. Bach, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Alfred Heuß (1909). Johann Sebastian Bachs Matthäuspassion, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Johannes Schreyer (1911-13). Beiträge zur Bach-Kritik, Dresden: Holze & Pahl & Leipzig: Merseburger.
• Martin Falck (1913). Wilhelm Friedemann Bach: Sein Leben und seine Werke, Hildesheim: Kahnt.
• Leonhard Wolff (1913). J. Sebastian Bachs Kirchenkantaten: Ein Nachschlagebuch für Dirigenten und Musikfreunde, Leipzig: Wolff.
• Rudolf Wustmann (1913). Johann Sebastian Bachs geistliche und weltliche Kantatentexte, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Max Schneider (1917). Bach-Urkunden: Ursprung der musikalisch-Bachischen Familie: Nachrichten über Johann Sebastian Bach von Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1917-21). Bach's Chorales 1-3, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Woldemar Voigt (1918). Die Kirchenkantaten J. S. Bachs, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Paul Bennemann (1920). Musik und Musiker im alten Leipzig, Leipzig: Fries.
• Edmond Rœthlisberger (1920). Le clavecin dans l'œuvre de J.-S.Bach, Genève: Henn.
• Harvey Grace (1922). The Organ Works of Bach, London: Novello.
• Hermann Kretzschmar (1922). Bach-Kolleg, Vorlesungen über J. S. Bach, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Andreas Moser (1923). Geschichte des Violinspiels, Berlin: Hesse.
• Wilhelm Werker (1923). Die Matthäus-Passion, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1924). Bach's B Minor Mass, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Donald Francis Tovey (1924). Johann Sebastian Bach: Forty-Eight Preludes and Fugues, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Franke (1925). Bachs Kirchen-Kantaten, Leipzig: Reclam.
• Oskar Loerke (1925). Johann Sebastian Bach, Berlin:Suhrkamp.
• John Fuller-Maitland (1925). The 48 Bach's Wohltemperirtes Clavier, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John Fuller-Maitland (1925). The Keyboard Suites of J. S. Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1925). Bach: The Cantatas and Oratorios, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John Alexander Fuller-Maitland (1925). The '48' Bach's Wohltemperirtes Clavier, London: H. Milford.
• John Alexander Fuller-Maitland (1925). The Keyboard Suites of J. S. Bach, London: H. Milford.
• Rudolf Wurtmann; Arnold Schering (1926). Musikgeschichte Leipzigs, Leipzig: Kistner & Siegel.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1926). Johann Sebastian Bach: Cantata Texts, London: Constable.
• Fritz Jöde (1926). Die Kunst Bachs dargestellt an seinen Inventionen, Wolfenbüttel: Georg Kallmeyer.
• Paul Bekker (1926). Musikgeschichte als Geschichte der musikalischen Formwandlungen, Stuttgart: Dt. Verlagsanst.
• Günther Oberst (1928). J. S. Bachs Französische und Englische Suiten, Halle: Blume.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1928). Bach: A Biography, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1928). Bach: The Passions, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• John Fuller-Maitland (1929). Bach's Brandenburg Concertos, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Hermann Abert; Friedrich Blume (1929). Gesammelte Schriften und Vorträge, Halle am Saale: Max Niemeyer.
• Heinrich Miesner (1929). Philipp Emanuel Bach in Hamburg: Beiträge zu seiner Biographie und zur Musikgeschichte seiner Zeit, Heide: Holst.
• Arthur Eaglefield Hull (1929). Bach's Organ Works, London: Augener.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1929). The Four-Part Chorales of J. S. Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1929). Bach: The Magnificat, Lutheran Masses and Motets, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1929). John Christian Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1929). The Music of Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Ernst Borkowsky (1930). Die Musikerfamilie Bach, Jena: Diederichs.
• Erich Schwebsch (1930). Johann Sebastian Bach und die Kunst der Fuge, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1930). Bach: The Historical Approach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Karl Ziebler (1930). Das Symbol in der Kirchenmusik Joh. Seb. Bachs, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Donald Francis Tovey (1931). A Companion to the Art of Fugue, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1932). Bach's Orchestra, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Conrad Freyse (1933). Eisenacher Dokumente um Sebastian Bach, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Charles Sanford Terry (1933). The Music of Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Albert Reimenschneider (1933). Johann Sebastian Bach: The Liturgical Year (Orgelbüchlein), Philadelphia: O. Ditson.
• Hans Klotz (1934). Über die Orgelkunst der Gotik, der Renaissance und des Barock, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Alan Edgar Frederic Dickinson (1935). The Art of J.S. Bach, London: Duckworth.
• Gerhard Herz (1935). J. S. Bach im Zeitalter des Rationalismus und der Frühromantik, Würzburg:Triltsch.
• Oskar Loerke (1935). Das unsichtbare Reich: Johan Sebastian Bach, Berlin: S. Fischer.
• Wilhelm Hitzig (1935). Johann Sebastian Bach. Sein Leben in Bildern, Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut.
• Hans Erwin Huggler (1935). Johann Sebastian Bachs Orgelbüchlein, Bern: Wehrlin.
• Waldemar Rosen (1935). Johann Sebastian Bach: Leben und Werk, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Rudolf Steglich (1935). Johann Sebastian Bach, Potsdam: Athenaion.
• Gotthold Frotscher (1935/36). Geschichte des Orgelspiels und der Orgelkomposition, Berlin: Max Hesse.
• Karl Geiringer (1936). Die Familie Bach, Wien: Universal-Edition.
• Arnold Schering (1936). Johann Sebastian Bachs Leipziger Kirchenmusik, Berlin: Junker & Dünnhaupt.
• Wilibald Gurlitt (1936). Johann Sebastian Bach der Meister und sein Werk, Berlin: Furche-Verlag.
• Georg Kinsky (1937). Die Originalausgaben der Werke Johann Sebastian Bachs: Ein Beitrag zur Musikbibliographe, Hilversum: Knuf.
• Cecil Gray (1938). The 48 Preludes and Fugues of J. S. Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• May deForest McAll (1938). Melodic index to the Works of Johann Sebastian Bach, New York: Schirmer.
• Stainton de B. Taylor (1938). The Chorale Preludes of J. S. Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Peter Wackernagel (1938). Johann Sebastian Bach: Brandenburgische Konzerte, Berlin: Bote & Bock.
• Werner Neumann (1938). Johann Sebastian Bachs Chorfuge, Borna: R. Noske.
• William Gillies Whittaker (1939). The Cantatas of Johann Sebastian Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Gotthold Frotscher (1939). Johann Sebastian Bach und die Musik des 17. Jahrhunderts, Wädenswil: Jakob Villiger.
• Franz Wöhlke (1940). Lorenz Christoph Mizler: ein Beitrag zur musikalischen Gelehrtengeschichte des 18. Jahrhunderts, Würzburg-Aumühle: Triltsch.
• Georg Schünemann (1940). Geschichte der Klaviermusik, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Bernhard Martin (1941). Untersuchungen zur Struktur der 'Kunst der Fuge' J. S. Bachs, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Arend Koole (1941). Bach's geestelijke vocale muziek, Amsterdam: Bigot & Van Rossum.
• Arnold Schering (1941). Johann Sebastian Bach und das Musikleben Leipzigs im 18. Jahrhundert, Leipzig: Kistner & Siegel.
• Friedrich Smend (1942). Über Kantaten Johann Sebastian Bachs, Leipzig: Schering.
• Anton van der Horst; Gerardus van der Leeuw (1942). Bach's Hoogmis, Amsterdam: Uitgeversmij Holland.
• Laurence N. Field (1943). Johann Sebastian Bach, Minneapolis: Augsburg Publishing House.
• Gerard Hulshoff (1944). De zes suites voor violoncello-solo van Johann Sebastian Bach, Arnhem: Van Loghum Slaterus.
• Hans T. David (1945). J. S. Bach's Musical Offering: History, Interpretation and Analysis, New York: Schirmer.
• Hans T. David; Arthur Mendel (1945). The Bach Reader: A Life of Johann Sebastian Bach in Letters and Documents, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Hans-Georg Gadamer (1946). Bach und Weimar, Weimar: Böhlau.
• Wouter Paap (1946). De Johannes Passion van Johann Sebastian Bach, Utrecht Bruna & Zoon.
• Antoine-Elisée Cherbuliez (1946). Johann Sebastian Bach: sein Leben und sein Werk, Olten: Otto Walter.
• Boris de Schloezer (1947). Introduction à J.-S. Bach: Essai d'esthétique musicale, Paris: Gallimard.
• Werner Neumann (1947). Handbuch der Kantaten Johann Sebastian Bachs, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Friedrich Blume (1947). Johann Sebastian Bach im Wandel der Geschichte, Kassel: Bärenreiter-Verlag.
• Hermann Keller (1947). Johann Sebastian Bach: Der Künstler und sein Werk, Stuttgart: Alfons Bürger.
• François Florand; Marcel Dupré (1947). Jean-Sébastien Bach: l'œuvre d'orgue, suivi d'un essai sur l'expression musicale du sentiment religieux, Paris: Cerf.
• Friedrich Smend (1947/48). Johann Sebastian Bach Kirchen-Kantaten, Berlin: Christlicher Zeitschriftenverlag.
• Werner Kaegi (1948). Selbstbiographien deutscher Musiker des XVIII. Jahrhunderts, Krefeld: Staufen-Verlag.
• Max Dehnert (1948). Das Weltbild Johann Sebastian Bachs, Leipzig: S. Hirzel.
• Norbert Dufourcq (1948). J.-S. Bach. Le maître de l'orgue, ‎Paris: Floury.
• Norbert Dufourcq (1948). La messe en si-mineur de J.-S. Bach, Paris: Larousse.
• Edwin Fischer (1948). ‎Johann Sebastian Bach, Bern: Scherz.
• Hermann Keller (1948). Die Orelwerke Bachs, Leipzig: Peters.
• Carl-Allan Moberg (1949). Bachs Passioner och Höga mässa, Stockholm: H. Geber.
• Fernando Germani (1949). Guida illustrativa alle composizioni per organo di J. S. Bach, Roma: De Santis.
• Gustav Fock (1949). Die Wahrheit über Bachs Aufenthalt in Lüneburg, Lüneburg: Hansischer Gildenverlag.
• Ernst Brinkmann (1950). Die Musikerfamilie Bach in Mühlhausen, Mühlhausen: Rat der Stadt Mühlhausen.
• Gustav Fock (1950). Der junge Bach in Lüneburg: 1700 bis 1702, Lüneburg: Hansischer Gildenverlag.
• Hermann Keller (1950). Die Klavierwerke Bachs, Leipzig: Peters.
• Gerhard Herz (1950). Essays on J. S. Bach, Rochester: University of Rochester Press.
• Albert Lunow (1950). Einführung in die "Kunst der Fuge" von Johann Sebastian Bach, Hamburg: Hüllenhagen & Griehl.
• Joseph Müller-Blattau (1950). Genealogie der Musikalisch: Bachischen Familie, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Friedrich Smend (1950). Johann Sebastian Bach bei seinem Namen gerufen, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Hans Engel (1950). Johann Sebastian Bach, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• François Florand (1950). Johann Sebastian Bach: Das Orgelwerk, Wien: Perneder.
• Arnold Schering (1950). Über Kantaten Johann Sebastian Bachs, Leipzig: Koehler & Amelang.
• Richard Benz (1950). Bachs Passion vom Sinn der kultischen Tragödie, Stuttgart: Reclam-Verlag.
• Hans Brandts Buys (1950). Johann Sebastian Bach: 48 praeludia, Haarlem: Gottmer.
• Hans Brandts Buys (1950). De Passies van Johann Sebastian Bach, Leiden: L. Stafleu.
• Wolfgang Schmieder (1950/90). Thematisch-systematisches Verzeichnis der musikalischen Werke von Johann Sebastian Bach, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Arnold Schmitz (1950). Die Bildlichkeit der wortgebundenen Musik Johann Sebastian Bachs, Mainz: Schott.
• Walther Vetter (1950). Der Kapellmeister Bach: Einer Deutung Bachs auf Grund seines Wirkens als Kapellmeister in Köthen, Potsdam: Athenaion.
• Werner David (1951). Johann Sebastian Bachs Orgeln, Berlin: Hartmann.
• Alfred Dürr (1951). Die Kantaten von Johann Sebastian Bach mit ihren Texten, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Alfred Dürr (1951). Studien über die frühen Kantaten Bachs, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Clara Ernst; Elisabeth Ernst (1951). Baugeheimnisse der Kunst der Fuge von J. S. Bach, Heidelberg: Kerle.
• Fred Hamel (1951). Johann Sebastian Bach, Göttingen: Deuerlichsche Verlagsbuchhandlung.
• Rudolf Gerber (1951). Bachs Brandenburgische Konzerte: Eine Einführung in ihre formale und geistige Wesensart, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Walther Vetter; Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht (1951). Bericht über die Wissenschaftliche Bachtagung der Gesellschaft für Musikforschung Leipzig, 23. - 26. Juli 1950, Leipzig: C.F. Peters
• Hermann Keller (1951). Das wohltemperierte Klavier von Johann Sebastian Bach, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Putnam Aldrich (1951). Ornamentation in J.S. Bach's Organ Works, New York: Coleman-Ross.
• Carl Parrish; John F. Ohl (1951). Masterpieces of Music Before 1750: An Anthology of Music Examples from Gregorian Chant to J. S. Bach, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Friedrich Smend (1951). Bach in Köthen, Berlin: Christlicher Zeitschriftenverlag.
• Werner Kaegi (1951). Die simultane Denkweise in J. S. Bachs Inventionen, Sinfonien und Fugen, Basel: K. Werner.
• Paul Hindemith (1952). Johann Sebastian Bach: Heritage and Obligation, New Haven: Yale University.
• Gustav Leonhardt (1952). The Art of Fugue: Bach's Last Harpsichord Work, Den Hague: Nijhoff.
• Walter Emery (1952-57). Notes on Bach's Organ Works, London: Novello.
• Walter Emery (1953). Bach's Ornaments, London: Novello.
• Karl Geiringer (1954). The Bach Family, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Paul Hindemith (1954). Johann Sebastian Bach: Ein verpflichtendes Erbe, Wiesbaden: Insel.
• Bach-Archiv Leipzig (1954-2007). Johann Sebastian Bach: Neue Ausgabe sämtlicher Werke, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Karl Geiringer (1955). Music of the Bach Family, Camridge: Harvard University Press.
• Friedrich Smend (1955). Goethes Verhältnis zu Bach, Berlin: Carl Merseburger.
• Ludwig Czaczkes (1956/63). Analyse des Wohltemperierten Klaviers: Form und Aufbau der Fuge bei Bach, Wien: Kaltschmid.
• Alan Edgar Frederic Dickinson (1956). Bach's Fugal Works, London: Pitman.
• Luigi Ferdinando Tagliavini (1956). Studi sui testi delle cantate sacre di J.S. Bach, Padova: Cedam.
• Robert L. Tusler (1956). The Style of J.S. Bach's Chorale Preludes, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Ludwig Czaczkes (1956-63). Analyse des Wohltemperierten Klaviers: Form und Aufbau der Fuge bei Bach, Wien: P. Kaltschmid.
• Walter Blankenburg (1957). Einführung in Bachs h-moll-Messe, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Georg von Dadelsen (1957). Bemerkungen zur Handschrift Johann Sebastian Bachs, seiner Familie und seines Kreises, Trossingen: Hohner.
• Johann Nepomuk David (1957). Die zweistimmige Inventionen von Johann Sebastian Bach, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Conrad Freyse (1957). Die Ohrdrufer Bache in der Silhouette, Eisenach: Röth.
• Fritz Jöde (1957). Die Kunst Bachs dargestellt an seinen Inventionen, Wolfenbüttel: Moser.
• Willi Reich (1957). Johann Sebastian Bach, Leben und Schaffen, Zürich: Manesse.
• Johann Nepomuk David (1957). Die zweistimmige Inventionen von Johann Sebastian Bach, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Basil Smallman (1957). The Background of Passion Music: J. S. Bach and his Predecessors, London: S.C.M. Press.
• Rudolf Steglich (1957). Über Die "kantable Art" Der Musik Johann Sebastian Bachs, Zürich: Hug.
• David Ledbetter (2009). Unaccompanied Bach: Performing the Solo Works, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Georg von Dadelsen (1958). Beiträge zur Chronologie der Werke Johann-Sebastian Bachs, Trossingen: Hohner.
• Theodor Jakobi (1958). Zur Deutung von Bachs Matthäus-Passion, Stuttgart: Reclams.
• Anna Gertrud Huber (1958). Takt, Rhythmus, Tempo, in den Werken von Johann Sebastian Bach, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Presslenburg.
• Ralph Kirkpatrick (1959). Clavier-Büchlein vor Wilhelm Friedemann Bach, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Arno Forchert (1959). Das Spätwerk des Michael Praetorius, Berlin: Merseburger.
• Paul Mies (1959-64). Die geistlichen Kantaten Johann Sebastian Bachs und der Hörer von heute, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Erwin Bodky (1960). The Interpratation of Bach's Keyboard Works, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Robert Donington (1960). Tempo and Rhythm in Bach's Organ Music, London: Hinrichsen.
• Rosalyn Tureck (1960). An Introduction to the Performance of Bach, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Martin Geck (1960). Bach-Interpretationen, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Helene Werthemann (1960). Die Bedeutung der alttestamentlichen Historien in Johann Sebastian Bachs Kantaten, Tübingen: Mohr.
• Robert Donington (1960). Tempo and Rhythm in Bach's Organ Music, London: Hinrichsen.
• Luc-André Marcel (1961). Bach, Paris: Seuil.
• William L. Summer (1961). Bach's Organ Registration, London: Hinrichsen Edition.
• James Day (1961). The Literary Background to Bach's Cantatas, London: D. Dobson.
• Johann Nepomuk David (1962). Das Wohltemperierte Klavier: Der Versuch einer Synopsis, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Walter Gerstenberg (1962). Die Klavierkompositionen Domenico Scarlattis, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Richard Petzoldt (1962). Der Leipziger Thomanerchor, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Walter Haacke (1962). Die Söhne Bachs: vier Musikerschicksale in der Zeit des Ûbergangs vom Barock zur Klassik, Königstein im Taunus: Karl Robert Langewiesche.
• Georg Karstädt (1962). Die "extraordinairen" Abendmusiken Dietrich Buxtehudes, Lübeck: Max Schmidt-Römhild.
• Norman Carrell (1963). Bach's Brandenburg Concertos, London: Allen & Unwin.
• Bach-Archiv Leipzig (1963-72). Bach-Dokumente, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Joseph Müller-Blattau (1963). Die Kompositionslehre Heinrich Schützens in der Fassung seines Schülers Christoph Bernhard, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Friedrich Wilhelm Reidel (1963). Musikgeschichte Beziehungen Zwischen Johann Joseph Fux und Johann Sebastian Bach, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Edmond Buchet (1963). Jean-Sébastien Bach: L'œuvre et la vie, Paris: Les Libraires Associés.
• Jacques Chailley (1963). Les Passions de J.-S. Bach, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Werner Neumann; Hans-Joachim Schulze (1963-79). Bach-Dokumente, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Ernst Apfel (1964). Wandlungen der Polyphonie von Palestrina zu Bach, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• Ernst Apfel (1964). Beiträge zu einer Geschichte der Satztechnik von der frühen Motette bis Bach, München: Eidos.
• Friedrich Ernst (1964). Bach und das Pianoforte, Frankfurt am Main: Das Musikinstrument.
• Imogen Holst (1965). Bach: Great Composers Series, London: Faber.
• Hans David; Arthur Mendel (1966). The Bach Reader, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Karl Geiringer (1966). Johann Sebastian Bach, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Joachim Birke (1966). Christian Wolffs Metaphysik und die zeitgenössische Literature- und Musiktheorie: Gottsched, Scheibe, Mizler, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
• Philip Barford (1966). The Keyboard Music of C. P. E. Bach, New York: October House.
• Friedrich Blume (1967). Der junge Bach, Wolfenbüttel: Möseler.
• Karl Geiringer (1967). Johann Sebastian Bach: The Culmination of An Era, London: Allen and Unwin.
• Marcel Bitsch (1967). J.-S. Bach: L'Art de la Fugue, introduction, analyse et commentaires, Paris: Durand.
• Norman Carrell (1967). Bach the Borrower, London: Allen & Unwin.
• Alfred Dürr (1967). Johann Sebastian Bachs Weihnachtsoratorium, München: Fink.
• Martin Geck (1967). Die Wiederentdeckung der Matthäuspassion im 19. Jahrhundert, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Paul Mies (1967). Die weltlichen Kantaten Johann Sebastian Bachs und der Hörer von heute, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• George James Firmage (1968). Bach on LP: A discography of the vocal works of Johann Sebastian Bach, London: Great Brook Publication.
• Jan Chiapusso (1968). Bach's World, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Edmond Buchet (1968). Jean-Sébastien Bach, après deux siècles d'études et de témoignages, Paris: Buchet-Chastel.
• Christoph Wolff (1968). Der stile antico in der Musik Johann Sebastian Bachs: Studien zu Bachs Spätwerk, Wiesbaden: Steiner.
• Friedrich Smend (1969). Bach-Studien: Gesammelte Reden und Aufsätze, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Werner Felix (1969). Johann Sebastian Bach, Leipzig: VEB. Deutscher Verlag für Musik.
• Doris Finke-Hecklinger (1970). Tanzcharaktere in Johann Sebastian Bachs Vokalmusik, Trossingen: Hohner.
• Walter F. Hindermann (1970). Wiedergewonnene Schwesterwerke der Brandenburgischen Konzerte Johann Sebastian Bachs, Hofheim am Taunus: Hofmeister.
• Erwin Kemmler (1970). Johann Gottfried Müthel und das nordostdeutsche Musikleben seiner Zeit, Marburg: Johann Gottfried Herder-Institut.
• Percy M. Young (1970). The Bachs: 1500-1850, London: J. M. Dent.
• Hans-Günter Klein (1970). Der Einfluss der vivaldischen Konzertform im Instrumentalwerk Johann Sebastian Bachs, Strasbourg: P. H. Heitz.
• Günther Stiller (1970). Johann Sebastian Bach und das Leipziger gottesdienstliche Leben seiner Zeit, Berlin: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt.
• Ludwig Czaczkes (1971). Bachs Chromatische Fantasie und Fuge, Wien: Österreichischer Bundesverlag für Unterricht, Wissenschaft und Kunst.
• Werner Neumann (1971). Das kleine Bachbuch, Zürich: Buchclub Ex Libris.
• Hannsdieter Wohlfahrt (1971). Johann Christoph Friedrich Bach: Ein Komponist im Vorfeld der Klassik, Bern: Francke.
• Jacques Chailley (1971). L'Art de la fugue de J.-S. Bach, Paris: Leduc.
• Robert Lewis Marshall (1972). The Compositional Process of J. S. Bach: A Study of the Autograph Scores of the Vocal Works, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Alec Robertson (1972). The Church Cantatas of J.S. Bach, New York: Praeger.
• Walter Heimann (1973). Der Generalbaß-Satz und seine Rolle in Bachs Choral-Satz, München: Katzbichler.
• Diethard Hellmann (1973). Johann Sebastian Bach: Ende und Anfang: Gedenkschrift zum 75. Geburtstag des Thomaskantors Günther Ramin, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Jacques Chailley (1974). Les chorals pour orgue de J.-S. Bach, Paris: Leduc.
• Wilhelm Mohr (1974). Rekonstruktionen verschollener Solokonzerte von J. S. Bach, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Werner Neumann (1974). Sämtliche von Johann Sebastian Bach vertonte Texte, Leipzig: VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik.
• Celia Bizony (1975). The Family of Bach: A Brief History, Horsham: Artemis.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1975). Johann Sebastian Bach: Leben und Werk in Dokumenten, München: Deutscher Taschenbuch-Verlag.
• Ulrich Siegele (1975). Kompositionsweise und Bearbeitungstechnik in der Instrumentalmusik Johann Sebastian Bachs, Stuttgart: Hänssler.
• Helmut Rilling (1975). J.S. Bachs Matthäus-Passion: Einführung und Studienanleitung, Leipzig: C. F. Peters.
• Walther Philipp Siegmund-Schultze (1976). Johann Sebastian Bach, Leipzig: Reclam.
• Barbara Schwendowius; Wolfgang Schwendowius; Wolfgang Dömling (1976). Johann Sebastian Bach: Zeit, Leben, Wirken, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Karl Geiringer (1977). Die Musikerfamilie Bach: Musiktradition in sieben Generationen, München: Beck.
• Robert Kreft (1977). Johann Sebastian Bach: Die Kunst der Fuge und ihre B-A-C-H - Elemente, Tutzing: Schneider.
• David Schulenberg (1977). The Keyboard Music of J. S. Bach, New York: Schirmer.
• Jean-Claude Veilhan (1977). Les règles de l'interprétation musicale à l'époque baroque, Paris: Leduc.
• Wolfgang Wiemer (1977). Die wiederhergestellte Ordnung in Johan Sebastian Bachs Kunst der Fuge, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Harry Hahn (1977). Die unbekannte Matthäus-Passion: Eine Dokumentation, Hamburg: Selbst.
• Walter Kolneder (1977). Die Kunst der Fuge: Mythen des 20. Jahrhunderts, Wilhelmshaven: Heinrichshofen.
• Robert Kreft (1977). Johann Sebastian Bach: Die Kunst der Fuge und ihre B-A-C-H - Elemente, Tutzing: H. Schneider.
• Frederick Neumann (1978). Ornamentation in Baroque and Post-Baroque Music: With Special Emphasis on J. S. Bach, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Ulrich Siegele (1978). Bachs theologischer Formbegriff und das Duett F-Dur, Hänssler.
• Thomas Fredric Harmon (1978). The Registration of J. S. Bach's Organ Works, Buren: Frits Knuf.
• Richard R. Efrati (1979). Versuch einer Anleitung zur Ausführung und zur Interpretation der Sonaten und Partiten für Violine solo und der Suiten für Violoncello solo von Johann Sebastian Bach, Zürich: Atlantis.
• Ulrich Meyer (1979). J.S. Bachs Musik als theonome Kunst, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• George B. Stauffer (1980). The Organ Preludes of Johann Sebastian Bach, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Peter F. Williams (1980-84). The Organ Music of J. S. Bach 1-3, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Ahnsehl; Karl Heller; Hans-Joachim Schulze (1981). Beiträge zum Konzertschaffen Johann Sebastian Bachs, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Martin Elste (1981). Bachs Kunst der Fuge auf Schallplatten, Frankfurt am Main: Buchhändler-Vereingung.
• Reinhold Brinkmann (1981). Bachforschung und Bachinterpretation heute: Bericht uber das Bachfest-Symposium 1978, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Hans Klotz (1981). Streifzüge durch die Bachsche Orgelwelt, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Hans Vogt (1981). Johann Sebastian Bachs Kammermusik: Voraussetzungen, Analysen, Einzelwerke, Stuttgart: Reclam.
• Rachel W. Wade (1981). The Keyboard Concertos of Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Walter Blankenburg (1982). Das Weihnachts-Oratorium von Johann Sebastian Bach, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Uli Molsen (1982). Die Geschichte des Klavierspiels in historischen Zitaten, Balingen: Musik-Verlag Uli Molsen.
• Friedemann Otterbach (1982). Johann Sebastian Bach: Leben und Werk, Stuttgart: Reclam.
• Walter Kolneder (1982). Lübbes Bach Lexikon, Gladbach: Bastei Lübbe.
• Wolfgang Rehm (1983). Bachiana et alia musicologica Festschrift Alfred Dürr zum 65. Geburtstag, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Karl Hochreither (1983). Zur Aufführungspraxis der Vokal-Instrumentalwerke Johann Sebastian Bachs, Kassel: Merseburger.
• David Humphreys (1983). The Esoteric Structure of Bach's Clavieruebung III, Cardiff: University College Cardiff Press.
• Hans Klotz (1983). Studien zu Bachs Registrierkunst, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Andreas Traub (1983). Johann Sebastian Bach: Goldberg-Variationen BWV 988, München: Fink.
• Robin Leaver (1983). Bachs theologische Bibliothek, Stuttgart: Hanssler-Verlag.
• Christoph Wolff (1983). The New Grove Bach Family, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Georg von Dadelsen; Arnold Feil; Arnold Kohlhase (1983). Über Bach und anderes, Aufsätze und Vorträge 1957-1982, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht (1984). Bach Kunst der Fuge: Erscheinung und Deutung, München: Piper.
• Alfred Dürr (1984). Johann Sebastian Bach: Seine Handschrift, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Quentin Faulkner (1984). J. S. Bach's Keyboard Technique: A Historical Introduction, St. Louis: Concordia.
• Ralph Kirkpatrick (1984). Le clavier bien tempéré de Johann Sebastian Bach, Paris: Lattès.
• Hans Klotz (1984). Die Ornamentik der Klavier- und Orgelwerke von Johann Sebastian Bach. Bedeutung der Zeichen, Mainz: Schott.
• Claus Oefner (1984). Die Musikerfamilie Bach in Eisenach, Eisenach: Bachhaus.
• David Schulenberg (1984). Studien zur Bach-Überlieferung im 18. Jahrhundert, Leipzig: Peters.
• David Schulenberg (1984). The Inturumental Music of Carl Philip Emanuel Bach, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Helmuth Rilling (1984). Johann Sebastian Bachs h-Moll-Messe, Stuttgart: Hanssler-Verlag.
• Roland de Candé (1984). Jean-Sébastien Bach, Paris: Seuil.
• Robert Clark; John David Peterson (1984). Johann Sebastian Bach Orgelbüchlein: with introduction, figured-bass chorales, texts, and commentary, St. Louis: Concordia Publishing House.
• Hellmut Kühn; Gabriele Burde (1984). Johann Sebastian Bach: Musik an der Wende der Zeit, Berlin: Quadriga Verlag.
• Ernest Warburton (1984-99). The Collected Works of Johann Christian Bach, London: Garland.
• Anthony Newman (1985). Bach and the Baroque, New York: Pendragon Press.
• Josef Rainerius Fuchs (1985). Studien zu Artikulationsangaben in Orgel- und Clavierwerken von Joh. Seb. Bach, Stuttgart: Hänssler.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1985). Bach Compendium, Leipzig: C. F. Peters.
• Ernst Suchalla (1985). Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach an Johann Gottlob Immanuel Breitkopf und Johann Nikolaus Forkel, Tutzing: Schneider.
• Johann Trummer (1985). Johann Sebastian Bach und Johann Joseph Fux, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Peter F. Williams (1985). Bach, Handel, Scarlatti: Tercentenary Essays, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Martin Petzoldt (1985). Theologische und musikwissenschaftliche Studien zum Werk Johann Sebastian Bach, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Michael Korth; Stephan Kuhlmann (1985). Johann Sebastian Bach: Bilder und Zeugnisse eines Musikerlebens, München: Artemis.
• Günther Wagner (1985). Traditionsbesetzung im musikhistorischen Prozess zwischen 1720 und 1740 am Beispiel von Johann Sebastian und Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach, Neuhausen-Stuttgart: Hänssler.
• Christoph Wolff (1985). Bach-Bibliographie, Kassel: Merseburger.
• Christoph Wolff (1985). Johann Sebastian Bach: Orgelchoräle der Neumeister-Sammlung, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Christoph Wolff (1985). The Neumeister Collection of Chorale Preludes from the Bach Circle: Facsimile Edition of the Yale Manuscript LM 4708, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze; Christoph Wolff (1985-89). Bach-Compendium, Leipzig: Peters.
• Theodore O. Johnson (1986). An Analytical Survey of the Fifteen Sinfonias (Three-Part Inventions) by J. S. Bach, Lanham: University Press of America.
• Jodok Kehrer (1986). Joh. Seb. Bach als Orgelkomponist und seine Bedeutung für den kath. Organisten, Buren: Knuf.
• Henning Siedentopf (1986). Die Grundlagen der Bach'schen Spieltechnik am Klavier, Verleger: Gulde.
• George Stauffer; Ernest May (1986). J.S. Bach as Organist: His Instruments, Music and Performance Practices, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Wolfgang Osthoff; Reinhard Wiesend (1987). Bach und die italienische Musik, Venezia: Centro Tedesco di Studi Veneziani.
• Laurence Dreyfus (1987). Bach's Continuo Group: Players and Practices in His Vocal Works, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Klaus Häfner (1987). Aspekte des Parodieverfahrens bei Johann Sebastian Bach, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Ingrid Kaußler; Helmut Kaußler (1987). Die Goldberg Variationen von J. S. Bach, Stuttgart: Freies Geistesleben.
• Ralph Kirkpatrick (1987). Interpreting Bach's Well-Tempered clavier: A performer's discourse of method, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Georges Guillard (1987). J.-S. Bach et l’orgue, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Stephen L. Clark (1988). C. P. E. Bach Studies, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Wolfgang Horn (1988). Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach: Frühe Klaviersonaten, Hamburg: Karl Dieter Wagner.
• Alfred Dürr (1988). Die Johannes-Passion von Johann Sebastian Bach, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Alfred Dürr (1988). Im Mittelpunkt Bach: ausgewählte Aufsätze und Vorträge, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Gunther Hoffmann (1989). Das Orgelwerk Johann Sebastian Bachs, Stuttgart: Reclam.
• Don O. Franklin (1989). Bach Studies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Günther Hoffmann (1989). Das Orgelwerk Johann Sebastian Bachs: ein Konzertführer, Reclam.
• Ernest Eugene Helm (1989). Thematic Catalogue of the Works of Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Robert L. Marshall (1989). The Music of Johann Sebastian Bach: The Sources, the Style, the Significance, New York: Schirmer.
• Russell Stinson (1989). The Bach Manuscripts of Johann Peter Kellner and His Circle: A Case Stury in Reception History, Durham: Duke University.
• John Butt (1990). Bach Interpretation: Articulation marks in Primary Sources of J. S. Bach, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Paul Badura-Skoda (1990). Bach-Interpretationen, Laaber: Laaber-Verlag.
• Elke Lang-Becker (1990). Johann Sebastian Bach: Die Brandenburgischen Konzerte, München: Fink.
• George B. Stauffer (1990). The Forkel-Hoffmeister & Kühnel Correspondence, Leipzig: C. F. Peters.
• Bernard Smilde (1990). Het Weihnachts Oratorium van Bach, Nijkerk: G.F. Callenbach.
• Stefan Hanheide (1990). Johann Sebastian Bach im Verständnis Albert Schweitzers, München: Emil Katzbichler.
• George B. Stauffer (1990). The Forkel-Hoffmeister & Kühnel Correspondence: A Document of the Early 19th-Century Bach Revival, Leipzig: C. F. Peters.
• Ruth Tatlow (1991). Bach and the Riddle of the Number Alphabet, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• John Butt (1991). Bach’s Mass in B Minor, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
• Reinhard Böß (1991). Die Kunst des Rätsel-kanons im Musikalischen Opfer, Wilhelmshaven: Noetzel.
• Meredith Little; Natalie Jenne (1991). Dance and the Music of J.S. Bach, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Robert Hill (1991). Keyboard music from the Andreas Bach Book and the Möller Manuscript, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Eric Chafe (1991). Tonal Allegory in the Vocal Music of J. S. Bach, Berkeley: University of California Press.
• Martin Geck (1991). Johann Sebastian Bach: Johannespassion BWV 245, München: Fink.
• Christoph Wolff (1991). Johann Sebastian Bach: Essays on His Life and Music, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Reinhard Szeskus (1991). Johann Sebastian Bachs historischer Ort, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Michael Radulescu (1991). Le opere organistiche di J.S. Bach: Orgel-Büchlein, Cremona: Comitato per l'Organo della Cattedrale.
• Robert Hill (1991). Keyboard music from the Andreas Bach Book and the Möller Manuscript, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Kirsten Beißwenger (1992). Johann Sebastian Bachs Notenbibliothek, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Russell Stinson (1992). Keyboard Transcriptions from the Bach Circle, Madison: A-R Editions.
• Diane Walker; Paul Walker (1992). German Sacred Polyphonic Vocal Music between Schütz and Bach, Warren: Harmonie Park.
• Seymour L. Benstock (1992). Johann Sebastian Bach: A Tercentenary Celebration, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Christoph Wolff (1993). Die Bach-Familie, Stuttgart: Metzler.
• Martin Geck (1993). Johann Sebastian Bach: Leben und Werk, Reinbek: Rowohlt.
• William H. Scheide; Paul Brainard; Ray Robinson (1993). A Bach Tribute: Essays in Honor of William H. Scheide, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Malcolm Boyd (1993). Bach: The Brandenburg Concertos, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Willem J. Ouweneel (1994). Bach, Matthäus en het drama, Kampen: Kok Voorhoeve.
• Pieter Dirksen (1994). Studien zur Kunst der Fuge von Johann Sebastian Bach: Unters, zur Entstehungsgesch, Struktur und Aufführungspraxis, Wilhelmshaven: Noetzel.
• Ernst Suchalla (1994). Carl Philipp Emenuel Bach: Briefe und Dokumente, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Christian Eisert (1994). Die Clavier-Toccaten BWV 910-916 von Johann Sebastian Bach, Mainz: Schott.
• Hellmut Federhofer (1995). L. Chr. Mizlers Kommentare zu den beiden Büchern des 'Gradus ad Parnassum' von J. J. Fux, Graz: Johann-Joseph-Fux-Gesellschaft.
• Ewald Kooiman; Gerhard Weinberger; Hermann J. Busch (1995). Zur Interpretation der Orgelmusik Joh. Seb. Bachs, Kassel: Merseburger.
• Daniel R. Melamed (1995). Bach Studies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Laurette Goldberg (1995). The Well Tempered Clavier of J. S. Bach, Berkeley: Music Sources.
• Laurence Dreyfus (1996). Bach and the Patterns of Invention, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Günter Hartmann (1996). Die Tonfolge B-A-C-H: Zur Emblematik des Kreuzes im Werk Joh. Seb. Bachs, Bonn: Orpheus.
• Christoph Wolff; Stephanie Wolln (1996/98). Die Welt der Bach-Kantaten, Stuttgart: Metzler.
• John Butt (1997). The Cambridge Companion to Bach, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Russell Stinson (1999). Bach: The Orgelbüchlein, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Malcolm Boyd (1999). J. S. Bach: Oxford Composer Companion, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Pauline H. Nobes (2000). A Catalogue of Unaccompanied Solo Violin Repertory before ca. 1750, Ipswich: Rhapsody Ensemble Editions.
• Christoph Wolff (2000). Johann Sebastian Bach: The Learned Musician, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Martin Petzoldt (2000). Bach-Almanach, Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt.
• Peter Williams (2001). Bach: The Goldberg Variations, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Laurette Goldberg; Jonathan Rhodes Lee (2002). The Goldberg Variations Reader: A Performers' Guide and Anthology of Critical Appreciation, Berkeley: MusicSources.
• David Gaynor Yearsley (2002). Bach and the Meanings of Counterpoint, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Maria Hübner (2004). Anna Magdalena Bach: Ein Leben in Dokumenten und Bildern, Leipzig: Evangelische Verlagsanstalt.
• Anna Harwell Celenza (2005). Bach's Goldberg Variations, Watertown: Charlesbridge.
• Dominik Sackmann (2005). Bach und der Tanz, Stuttgart: Carus.
• Jaap Schröder (2007). Bach's Solo Violin Works, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Peter Williams (2007). J. S. Bach: A Life In Music, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Yo Tomita; Elise Crean; Ian Mills; Tanja Kovačević (2007). International Symposium Understanding Bach's B-minor Mass, Belfast: School of Music & Sonic Arts.
• Barbara Wiermann (2008). Messen und Einzelsätze aus dem "Missarum liber primus", Stuttgart: Carus.
• David Ledbetter (2009). Unaccompanied Bach: Performing the Solo Works, New Haven: Yale University Press.
• Christoph Wolff (2009). Messe in h-moll, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• David Schulenberg (2010). The Music of Wilhelm Friedemann Bach, Rochester: University of Rochester Press.
• Peter Wollny (2012). Wilhelm Friedemann Bach: thematisch-systematisches Verzeichnis der musikalischen Werke (BR-WFB), Stuttgart: Carus.
• Yo Tomita; Robin A Leaver; Jan Smaczny (2013). Exploring Bach's B-minor Mass, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

• Alfred Dörffel (1894). Verzeichnis der Kirchenkompositionen des Johann Ludwig Bach in Meiningen, Bach-Gesellschaft 1894: 275-276.
• Jan Willem Enschedé (1907). Moderne orgels en Bach's orgelmuziek, Caecilia 44: 173-230.
• Hermann Wäschke (1907). Die Hofkapelle in Köthen unter Johann Sebastian Bach, Zerbster Jahrbuch 3: 31-40.
• Max Seiffert (1907/08). Die Chorbibliothek der St. Michaelisschule in Lüneburg zu Seb. Bach's Zeit, Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft 11: 593-621.
• Georg Schünemann (1917). Thematisches Verzeichnis der Werke von Johann Christoph Friedrich Bach, Denkmäler deutscher Tonkunst 56: 9-62.
• Theodor Wilhelm Werner (1920). Melchior Schildt und seine Familie, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 2: 356-367.
• Friedrich Beyschlag (1925). Ein Schweinfurter Ableger der thüringischen Musikerfamilie Bach, Schweinfurter Heimatblätter 11: 41-43.
• Friß Rollberg (1929). Johann Christoph Bach: Organist zu Eisenach 1665-1703, Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft 11: 549-561.
• Friedrich Smend (1929-30). Tonartenordnung in Bachs Matthäus-Passion, Zeitschrift für Musikforschung 12: 336-341.
• Amédée Gastoué (1932). François Couperin, musicien religieux dramatique et J.-S. Bach, La Revue musicale 13/131: 40-51.
• Percy Robinson (1932). The St. Matthew Passion and Other Bach Inquiries, The Musical Times 1932: 113-115; 225-227.
• Fritz Rollberg (1933). Jakob Bach, Kantor und Knabenschulmeister in Ruhla, Thüringer Fähnlein 8: 471-475.
• Georg Kinsky (1936). Pedalklavier oder Orgel bei Bach?, Acta Musicologica 8: 158-161.
• Christian Ulrich Freiherr von Ulmenstein (1939). Die Nachkommen des Bückeburger Bach, Archiv für Musikforschung 4: 2-4.
• Hermann Scherchen (1940). Johann Sebastian Bach's Last Composition, Musical Quarterly 24: 467-482.
• Hermann Keller (1949). Über Bachs Bearbeitungen aus dem "Hortus Musicus" von Reinken, Kongressbericht Basel 1949: 160-161.
• René Leibowitz (1950). La dialectique structurelle de l'œuvre de J. S. Bach, La Revue Internationale de Musique 8: 55-67.
• Karl Straube (1950). Rückblick und Bekenntnis, Bach-Gedenkschrift 1950: 9-17.
• Ernst Fritz Schmid (1950). Zu Mozarts Leipziger Bach-Erlebnis, Neue Zeitschrift für Musik 111: 297-303.
• Karl Geiringer (1950). Artistic Interrelations of the Bachs, The Musical Quarterly 36: 363-374.
• Liselotte Selbiger (1950). Bach on the Piano, Music Review 11: 98-108.
• Eric David Mackerness (1950). Bach's F Major Violin Sonata, Music Review 11: 175-179.
• Hans Klotz (1950). Bachs Orgeln und seine Orgelmusik, Die Musikforschung 3: 189-203.
• Alfred Dürr (1951). Marginalia Bachiana, Die Musikforschung 4: 373-375.
• Arnold Schmitz (1952). Die Figurenlehre in den theoretischen Werken Johann Gottfried Walthers, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 9: 79-100.
• Rudolf Stephan (1953). Die Wandlung der Konzertform bei Bach, Die Musikforschung 6: 127-143.
• Erich Schenk (1953). Das "Musikalische Opfer" von Johann Sebastian Bach, Anzeiger der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse 90: 51-66.
• Walter Blankenburg (1953). Bachs kirchengeschichtlicher Standort und dessen Bedeutung für das gegenwärtige Bachverständnis, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 10: 311-322.
• Pierre Boulez (1954). Moment de J.-S. Bach, Contrepoint 7: 72-86.
• Lothar Hoffmann-Erbrecht (1954). Deutsche und italienische Klaviermusik zur Bachzeit, Jenaer Beiträge zur Musikforschung 1: 110-127.
• Arthur Briskier (1954). Piano Transcriptions of J. S. Bach, Music Review 15: 191-202.
• Donald Mintz (1954). Some Aspects of the Revival of Bach, The Musical Quarterly 40: 201-221.
• Isolde Ahlgrimm (1954). Bach und die Rhetorik, Österreichische Musikzeitschrift 11: 342-346.
• Günther Ramin (1954). J. S. Bach als Ende und Anfang und seine Bedeutung für die geistige Entwicklung der Jugend, Schweizerische Musikzeitung 94: 3-7.
• Heinrich Besseler (1955). Bach als Wegbereiter, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 12: 1-39.
• Walter Serauky (1955). Bach-Händel-Telemann in ihrem musikalischen Verhältnis, Händel-Jahrbuch 1955: 72-101.
• John Satterfield (1956/58). Dissonance and emotional Content in the Bach Two-Part Inventions, Musical Review 17: 273-278; Musical Review 19: 173-179.
• Georg von Dadelsen (1957). Robert Schumann und die Musik Bachs, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 14: 46-59.
• Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht (1957). Walthers Musikalisches Lexikon in seinen terminologischen Partien, Acta musicologica 29: 10-27.
• Günter Haußwald (1957). Zur Stilistik von Johann Sebastian Bachs Sonaten und Partiten für Violine allein, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 14: 304-323.
• Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht (1957). Über Bachs geschichtlichen Ort, Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und Geistesgeschichte 31: 527-556.
• Alfred Dürr (1957). Johann Sebastian Bachs Kirchenmusik in seiner Zeit und heute, Musik und Kirche 27: 65-74.
• Georg von Dadelsen (1959). Friedrich Smends Ausgabe der h-Moll-Messe von J. S. Bach, Die Musikforschung 12: 315-334.
• Joseph Müller-Blattau (1959). Bachs Goldberg-Variationen, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 16: 207-219.
• Joyce Mekiel (1960). The Harmonic Theories of Kirnberger and Marpurg, Journal of Music Theory 4: 169-93.
• Arthur Mendel (1960). Recent Developments in Bach Chronology, Musical Quarterly 46: 283-300.
• Hans Joachim Moser (1960). Zwischen Schütz und Bach, Musik in Zeit und Raum: 106-118.
• Ulrich Siegele (1960). Die musiktheoretische Lehre einer Bachschen Gigue, Archiv für Musikwissenschaft 17: 152-167.
• Hannsdieter Wohlfahrth (1960). Neues Verzeichnis Johann Christoph Friedrich Bach, Musikforschung 13: 404-117.
• Arthur Mendel (1960). Recent Developments in Bach Chronology, Musical Quarterly 46: 283-300.
• Joyce Mekiel (1960). The Harmonic Theories of Kirnberger and Marpurg, Journal of Music Theory 4: 169-193.
• Adolf von Schmiedecke (1961). Johann Sebastian Bachs Verwandte in Weißenfels, Die Musikforschung 14: 195-200.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1961). Zur Identifizierung der anonymen Messe BWV Anhang 4, Musikwissenschaftler 14: 328-329.
• Walther Vetter (1961). Mozart und Bach, Mythos-Melos-Musica 2: 333-345.
• Rudolf Eller (1961). Vivaldi-Dresden-Bach, Beiträge zur Musikwissenschaft 3: 31-48.
• Carl Dahlhaus (1962). Innere Dynamik in Bachs Fugen, Neue Zeitschrift für Musik 123: 498-501.
• Friedrich Blume (1962). Umrisse eines neuen Bach-Bildes, Musica 16: 169-176.
• Peter F. Williams (1963). J. S. Bach and English Organ Music, Music and Letters 44: 140-151.
• Alfred Dürr (1963). Bachs Trauer-Ode und Markus-Passion, Neue Zeitschrift für Musik 7: 460-466.
• Richard Aldrich (1963). On the Interpretation of Bach's Trills, Musical Quarterly 49: 306-308.
• Friedrich Blume (1964). Bach in the Romantic Era, The Musical Quarterly 50: 335-340.
• Frederick Neumann (1965). A new look at Bach's ornamentation, Music and Letters 46: 4-15; 126-133.
• Peter Ryom (1966/67). La comparaison entre les versions diffréntes d'un concerto d'Antonio Vivaldi transcript par J. S. Bach, Dansk Arbog for Musik Forskining 1966/67: 91-111.
• Tossy Spivakovsky (1967). Polyphony in Bach's works for solo violin, Music Review 28: 122-134.
• Hans Klotz (1968). Johann Nicolaus, der "Jenaer" Bach, Die Musikforschung 21: 290-304.
• Alfred Mann (1968). Die Tradition des vokalpolyphonen Stils in der neueren Musikgeschichte, insbesondere bei Bach, Musik und Kirche 38: 62-80.
• Miriam Terry (1969). C. P. E. Bach and J. J. H. Westphal: A Clarification, Journal of the American Musicological Society 22: 106-115.
• Paul Brainard (1969). Bach's Parody Procedure and the St. Matthew Passion, Journal of the American Musicological 22: 241-260.
• Claus Oefner (1969). Neues zur Biographie von Johann Christoph Bach, geb. 1676, Deutsches Jahrbuch der Musikwissenschaft 14: 121-123.
• Herbert Klotz (1968). Johann Nicolaus, der "Jenaer" Bach, Die Musikforschung 21: 290-304.
• W. Eugene Hudson (1969). Teaching the Bach inventions, Musical Review 27: 72-74.
• Robert L. Marshall (1970). How J. S. Bach Composed Four-part Chorales, Musical Quarterly 56: 198-220.
• Friedrich Städtler (1970). Ein Augsburger als Schüler bei Joh. Seb. Bach, Gottesdienst und Kirchenmusik 5: 165-167.
• Nicolaus A. Huber (1970). Die Kompositionstechnik Bachs in seinen Sonaten und Partiten für Violine solo und ihre Anwendung in Weberns op. 27/11, Zeitschrift für Musiktheorie 1: 22-31.
• Martin Geck (1970). Gattungstraditionen und Altersschichten in den Brandenburgischen Konzerten, Die Musikforschung 23: 139-152.
• Günther Stiller (1970). Johann Sebastian Bachs Kantaten in den Leipziger. Gottesdiensten unter dem Thomaskantorat von Karl Straube und Günther Ramin, Musik und Kirche 40: 97-100.
• Christoph Wolff (1971). New Research on Bach's Musical Offering, Musical Quarterly 62: 379-408.
• Rudolf Bockholdt (1972). Zum vierstimmigen Choralsatz J. S. Bachs, The Report of the Eleventh Congress of the International Musicological Society (Copenhagen 1972). 11: 277-287.
• James B. Vassar (1972). The Bach two-part Inventions: A Question of Authorship, Musical Review 33: 14-21.
• Edna Kilgore (1973). Time Signatures of the Well-Tempered Clavier and their Place in Notational History, Bach 4: 3-16.
• Detlef Gojowy (1975). Ein Zwölftonfeld bei Johann Sebastian Bach?, Bach-Studien 5: 29-42.
• Ichiro Sumikura (1975). Johann Sebastian Bach und Johann Kaspar Ferdinand Fischer, Internationales Bach-Fest 3: 233-238.
• Olivier Alain (1975). Un supplément inédit aux Variations Goldberg de J. S. Bach, Revue de Musicologie 61: 244-294.
• ‪Joshua Rifkin‬ (1975). The Chronology of Bach's Saint Matthew Passion, Musical Quarterly 61: 360-387.
• Christoph Wolff (1975). The last Fugue: Unfinished?, Cambridge Pressrrent Musicology 19: 71-77.
• Martin Geck (1975). Zur Datierung, Verwendung und Aufführungspraxis von Bachs Motetten, Bach-Studien 5: 63-71.
• Christoph Wolff (1976). Bach's Handexemplar of the Goldberg Variations: A New Source, Journal of the American Musicological Society 29: 224-241.
• Marcel Bitsch (1976). Deux canons énigmatiques de J.-S. Bach, Revue de musicologie 62: 281-288.
• David Fuller (1977). Dotting, the 'French Style' and Frederick Neumann's Counter-Reformation, Early Music 5: 517-543.
• Detlef Gojowy (1977). Zur Vorgeschichte von J. S. Bachs Osteroratorium, Musikwissenschaftler 30: 309-328.
• William Blood (1978). ‘Well-tempereing' the clavier: Five Methods, Early Music 7: 491-495.
• E. Frederick Flindell (1979). Einige mittelalterliche Ursprünge für die kontrapunktischen Techniken in Bachs Inventionen, Die Musikforschung 32: 63-67.
• John O'Donnell (1979). The French Style and the Overtures of Bach, Early Music 7: 190-196; 336-345.
• Robert L. Marshall (1979). J.S. Bach's Compositions for Solo Flute: a Reconsideration of their Authenticity and Chronology, Journal of the American Musicological Society 32: 463-498.
• Herbert Anton Kellner (1979). A Mathematical Approach Reconstituting J. S. Bach's Keyboard Temperament, Bach 10: 2-9.
• John Barnes (1979). Bach's Keyboard Temperament: Internal Evidence from the Well-Tempered Clavier, Early Music 7: 236-249.
• Richard Bobbitt (1980). Das Wohltemperierte Clavier: Tuning and Musical Structure, English Harpsichord Magazine 2: 137-40.
• Ellwood Derr (1981). The Two-Part Inventions: Bach's Composers' Vademecum, Music Theory Spectrum 3: 26-48.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1981). Johann Sebastian Bachs Konzerte: Fragen der Überlieferung und Chronologie, Bach-Studien 6: 9-26.
• Eric Chafe (1981). Key Structure and 'Tonal Allegory' in the Passions of J. S. Bach: An Introduction, Current Musicology 31: 39-54.
• Martin Petzoldt (1983). Zur Frage nach den Funktionen des Kantors Johann Sebastian Bach in Leipzig, Musik und Kirche 53: 167-173.
• Peter F. Williams (1983). J. S. Bach's Well-tempered Clavier: A New Approach, Early Music 11: 46-52; 332-339.
• Christoph Wolff (1983). Zur Chronologie und Kompositionsgeschichte von Bachs Kunst der Fuge, Beiträge zur Musikwissenschaft 25: 130-142.
• Gregory G. Butler (1983). Ordering Problems in J. S. Bach's Art of Fugue Resolved, Musical Quarterly 69: 44-61.
• Katherine Beard (1985). Exploring the Two-Part Inventions, Clavier 24: 18-20.
• Mark Lindley (1985). J. S. Bach's Tunings, Musical Times 124: 721-726.
• Christoph Wolff (1985). Bach's Leipzig Chamber Music, Early Music 13: 165-175.
• Russell Stinson (1985). J.P. Kellner's Copy of Bach's Sonatas and Partitas for Violin Solo, Early Music 13: 199-211.
• Werner Breig (1986). Bachs freie Orgelmusik unter dem Einfluß der italienischen Konzertform, Bach-Studien 9: 29-43.
• Paul Badura-Skoda (1986). Richtige Ausführung von Bachs Ornamentik?, Üben & Musizieren 3: 21-27.
• Michael Marissen (1987). Bach-Repertoire für Flötisten, Tibia 12: 537-540.
• Günter Hartmann (1986). Authentischer Bach-Elbel: Marginalie zu einem der angeblichen Bach-Chorale der Neumeister-Sammlung, Neue Zeitschrift für Musik 147: 4-6.
• Yoshitake Kobayashi (1987). Die Universalität in Bachs h-moll-Messe: Ein Beitrag zum Bach-Bild der lezten Lebensjahre, Musik und Kirche 57: 9-24.
• Michael Marissen (1988). A Critical Reappraisal of J.S. Bach's A-Major Flute Sonata, The Journal of Musicology 6: 367-386.
• Stefan Kunze (1988). Bachs instrumentale Sprache, Bachtage Berlin: 91-96.
• David Schulenberg (1988). Performing C. P. E. Bach: Some Open Questions, Early Music 16: 542-551.
• Don Smithers (1990). Bach, Reiche and the Leipzig Collegia Musica, Historic Brass Society Journal 2: 1-51.
• David Schulenberg (1990). Authenticity and Expression in the Harpsichords Works of J. S. Bach, Journal of Musicology 8: 449-476.
• Friedhelm Krummacher (1991). Bachs frühe Kantaten im Kontext der Tradition, Die Musikforschung 44: 9-32.
• Klaus Hofmann (1991). Zu Bachs zweiteiligen Klavierpräludien, Bach-Studien 10: 162-171.
• Georg von Dadelsen (1991). Bach der Violinist: Anmmekungen zu den Soli für Violine und für Violoncelo, Beiträge zur Bach-Forschung 9/10: 70-76.
• Daniel R. Melamed (1991). Probleme zu Chronologie, Stil und Zweck der Motetten Johann Sebastian Bachs, Beiträge zur Bach-Forschung 9/10: 277-284.
• David Lasocki (1992). Paisible's Echo Flute, Bononcini's Fiauti Eco, and Bach's Fiauti d'Echo, Galpin Society Journal 45: 59-66.
• Alfred Dürr (1992). Zur Parodiefrage in Bachs h-moll-Messe: Eine Bestandsaufnahme, Die Musikforschung 45: 117-138.
• Gerd Zacher (1993). Zum Tonalitätverständnis bei Bach, Musik-Konzepte 79/80: 55-73.
• Andreas Glöckner (1995). Neue Spuren zu Bachs „Weimarer“ Passion, Leipziger Beiträge zur Bachforschung 1: 33-46.
• James A. Brokaw (1995). The Perfectability of J. S. Bach, or Did Bach Compose the Fugue on a Theme by Legrenzi, BWV 574a?, Bach Perspectives 1: 163-180.
• Warren Kirkendale (1997). On the Theoretical Interpretation of the Ricercar and J. S. Bach's Musical Offerting, Studi Musicali 26: 331-376.
• Olga Bluteau (2001). De Josquin des Prés à Johann Sebastian Bach, Ostinato rigore. Revue internationale d'Études Musicales 26: 295-316.
• Peter Wollny; Michael Maul (2008). The Weimar Organ Tablature: Bach’s Earliest Autographs, Understanding Bach 3: 67-74.

• Alfred Heuß (1904). Bachs Rezitativbehandlung mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Passionen, Bach-Jahrbuch 1: 82-103.
• Max Seiffert (1904). Praktische Bearbeitungen Bachscher Kompositionen, Bach-Jahrbuch 1904: 51-76.
• Rudolf Bunge (1905). Johann Sebastian Bachs Kapelle zu Cothen und deren nachgelassene Instrumente', Bach-Jahrbuch 2: 14-47.
• Bernhard Friedrich Richter (1905). Die Wahl Johann Sebastian Bachs zum Kantor der Thomasschule im Jahre 1723, Bach-Jahrbuch 2: 48-67.
• Bernhard Friedrich Richter (1906). Über die Schicksale der der Thomasschule zu Leipzig angehörenden Kantaten Johann Sebastians Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 3: 43-73.
• Reinhard Oppel (1907). Die neuen deutschen Ausgaben der zwei- und dreistimmigen Inventionen, Bach-Jahrbuch 4: 89-102.
• Max Schneider (1907). Thematisches Verzeichnis der musikalischen Werke der Familie Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 4: 109-177.
• Richard Buchmayer (1908). Cembalo oder Pianoforte?, Bach-Jahrbuch 5: 64-93.
• Max Schneider (1908). Bearbeitung Bachscher Kantaten, Bach-Jahrbuch 5: 94-106.
• Bernhard Friedrich Richter (1908). Über Seb. Bachs Kantaten mit obligater Orgel, Bach-Jahrbuch 5: 49-63.
• Edward Dannreuther (1909). Die Verzierungen in den Werken von J. S. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 6: 41-101.
• Rudolf Wustmann (1909). Konnte Bachs Gemeinde bei seinen einfachen Choralsätzen mitsingen?, Bach-Jahrbuch 6: 102-128.
• Wanda Landowska (1910). Bach und die französische Klaviermusik, Bach-Jahrbuch 7: 33-44.
• Reinhard Oppel (1910). Über Joh. Kasp. Ferd. Fischers Einfluss auf Joh. Seb. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 7: 63-69.
• Werner Wolffheim (1910). Hans Bach der Spielmann, Bach-Jahrbuch 7: 70-85.
• Rudolf Wustmann (1910). Vom Rhythmus des evangelischen Chorals, Bach-Jahrbuch 7: 86-102.
• Werner Wolffheim (1911). Bachiana, Bach-Jahrbuch 8: 37-49.
• Christian Döbereiner (1911). Über die Viola da Gamba und ihre Verwendung bei Johann Sebastian Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 8: 75-85.
• Arnold Schering (1912). Beiträge zur Bachkritik, Bach-Jahrbuch 9: 124-133.
• Adolf Aber (1913). Studien zu J. S. Bachs Klavierkonzerten, Bach-Jahrbuch 10: 5-30.
• Hans Boas (1913). Über J. S. Bachs Konzerte für drei Klaviere, Bach-Jahrbuch 10: 128-144.
• Friedrich Noack (1913). Johann Seb. Bachs und Christoph Graupners Kompositionen zur Bewerbung um das Thomaskantorat in Leipzig 1722-23, Bach-Jahrbuch 10: 145-162.
• Georg Schünemann (1914). Johann Christoph Friedrich Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 11: 45-165.
• Reinhard Oppel (1918). Das Thema der Violinchaconne und seine Verwandten, Bach-Jahrbuch 15: 97-116.
• Andreas Moser (1918). Gesangstechnische Bemerkungen zu Joh. Seb. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 15: 117-132.
• Arnold Schering (1918). Joh. Phil. Kirnberger als Herausgeber Bachscher Choräle, Bach-Jahrbuch 15: 141-150.
• Andreas Moser (1920). Zu Joh. Seb. Bachs Sonaten und Partiten für Violine allein, Bach-Jahrbuch 17: 30-65.
• Paul Mies (1920). Behandlung der Frage in den Bachschen Kantaten, Bach-Jahrbuch 17: 66-76.
• Reinhard Oppel (1921). Zur Fugentechnik Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 18: 9-48.
• Paul Mies (1922). Die Kraft des Themas, dargestellt an B-A-C-H, Bach-Jahrbuch 19: 9-37.
• Johannes Müller (1922). Motivsprache und Stilart des jungen Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 19: 38-71.
• Bernhard Friedrich Richter (1923). Über die Motetten Seb. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 20: 1-31.
• Ernst Dadder (1923). Johann Gottlieb Goldberg, Bach-Jahrbuch 20: 51-71.
• Wolfgang Graeser (1924). Bachs „Kunst der Fuge, Bach-Jahrbuch 21: 1-104.
• Bernhard Friedrich Richter (1925). Joh. Seb. Bach und die Universität zu Leipzig, Bach-Jahrbuch 22: 1-10.
• Arnold Schering (1925). Bach und das Symbol, Bach-Jahrbuch 22: 40-63.
• Hugo Lämmerhir (1925). Bachs Mutter und ihre Sippe, Bach-Jahrbuch 22: 101-137.
• Heinrich Rietsch (1926). Zur „Kunst der Fuge" von J. S. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 23: 1-22.
• Hans David (1926). Die Gestalt von Bachs Chromatischer Fantasie, Bach-Jahrbuch 23: 23-67.
• Friedrich Smend (1926). Die Johannes-Passion von Bach. Auf ihren Bau untersucht, Bach-Jahrbuch 23: 105-128.
• Robert Handke (1926). Zur Modulationsweise Joh. Seb. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 23: 129-144.
• Marc-André Souchay (1927). Das Thema in der Fuge Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 24: 1-102.
• Gerhard von Keußler (1927). Zu Bachs Choraltechnik, Bach-Jahrbuch 24: 106-122.
• Karl Gustav Fellerer (1927). J. S. Bachs Bearbeitung der Missa sine nomine von Palestrina, Bach-Jahrbuch 24: 123-132.
• Fritz Rollberg (1927). Johann Ambrosius Bach: Stadtpfeifer zu Eisenach von 1671-1695, Bach-Jahrbuch 24: 133-152.
• Friedrich Blume (1928). Eine unbekannte Violinsonate von J. S. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 25: 96-118.
• Hermann Helmbold (1930). Die Söhne von Johann Christoph und Johann Ambrosius Bach auf der Eisenacher Schule, Bach-Jahrbuch 27: 49-55.
• Eduard Lux (1931). Der Familienstamm Bach in Gräfenroda, Bach-Jahrbuch 28: 107-111.
• Hermann Sirp (1931/32). Die Thematik der Kirchenkantaten in ihren beziehungen zum protestantischen Kirchenlied, Bach-Jahrbuch 28: 1-50; Bach-Jahrbuch 29: 51-118.
• Kurt Schlenger (1931). Über Verwendung und Notation der Holzblasinstrumente in den frühen Kantaten J. S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 28: 107-111.
• Arnold Schering (1931). Der Thomaskantor Joh. Gottlob Harrer (1703-1755)., Bach-Jahrbuch 28: 112-146.
• Friedrich Smend (1937). Bachs H-Moll-Messe: Entstehung, Überlieferung, Bedeutung, Bach-Jahrbuch 34: 1-58.
• Hans Neemann (1931). J. S. Bachs Lautenkompositionen, Bach-Jahrbuch 28: 72-87.
• Walther Krüger (1932). Das Concerto grosso J. S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 29: 1-50.
• Rudolf Gerber (1932). Über Geist und Wesen von Bachs h-moll-Messe, Bach-Jahrbuch 29: 119-141.
• Arnold Schering (1933). Kleine Bachstudien, Bach-Jahrbuch 30: 30-70.
• Gotthold Hey (1933). Zur Biographie Johann Friedrich Bachs und seiner Familie, Bach-Jahrbuch 30: 77-85.
• Reinhold Sietz (1935). Die Orgelkompositionen des Schülerkreises um Johann Sebastian Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 32: 33-96.
• Arnold Schering (1936). Die hohe Messe in h-Moll, Bach-Jahrbuch 33: 1-30.
• Hugo Lämmerhirt (1936). Ein hessischer Bach-Stamm, Bach-Jahrbuch 33: 53-89.
• Hermann Keller (1937). Unechte Orgelwerke Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 34: 59-82.
• Martin Jansen (1937). Bachs Zahlensymbolik, an seinen Passionen untersucht, Bach-Jahrbuch 34: 96-117.
• Heinrich Husmann (1938). Die Kunst der Fuge als Klavierwerk: Besetzung und Anordnung, Bach-Jahrbuch 35: 1-61.
• Arnold Schering (1938). Musik für den Leipziger Universitätsgottesdienst 1723-1725, Bach-Jahrbuch 35: 62-86.
• Hans Besch (1938). Johann Sebastian Bach: Frömmigkeit und Glaube, Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.
• Arnold Schering (1939). Zur Markus-Passion und und zur "vierten" Passion", Bich-Jahrbuch 36: 1-32.
• Heinz Julius Rausch (1939). Der Stockholmer Bach, Eisenacher Bachtage 36: 28-32.
• Paul Mies (1939). Zur Frage des Mathematischen bei J. S. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 36: 43-49.
• Conrad Freyse (1939/48). Das Bach-Haus zu Eisenach, Bach-Jahrbuch 36: 60-80; Bach-Jahrbuch 37: 152-155.
• Friedrich Smend (1948). Bachs Markus-Passion, Bach-Jahrbuch 37: 1-35.
• Bernhard Martin (1948). Zwei Durchformungsmodi der Tripelfuge zum Fragment aus der 'Kunst der Fuge' von Johann Sebastian Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 37: 36-56.
• Walter Blankenburg (1950). Die Symmetrieform in Bachs Werken und ihre Bedeutung, Bach-Jahrbuch 38: 24-39.
• Hans Hering (1950). Die Dynamik in Joh. Seb. Bachs Klaviermusik, Bach-Jahrbuch 38: 65-80.
• Wilibald Gurlitt (1952). Das historische Klangbild im Werke Job. Seb. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 39: 16-29.
• Walther Krüger (1952). Joh. Seb. Bach und der Zeitgeist, Bach-Jahrbuch 39: 103-119.
• Hans Löffler (1953). Die Schüler Johann Sebastian Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 40: 5-28.
• Alfred Dürr (1953). Johann Gottlieb Goldberg und die Triosonate BWV 1037, Bach-Jahrbuch 40: 51-80.
• Hans Hering (1953). J. S. Bachs Klaviertokkaten, Bach-Jahrbuch 40: 81-96.
• Winfried Schrammek (1954). Die Musikgeschichtliche Stellung der Orgeltriosonaten von Joh. Seb. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 41: 7-28.
• Carl Dahlhaus (1954). Bemerkungen zu einigen Fugen des Wohltemperierten Klaviers, Bach-Jahrbuch 41: 40-45.
• Hermann Keller (1954). Studien zur Harmonik Joh. Seb. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 41: 50-65.
• Karl Anton (1955). Neue Erkenntnisse zur Geschichte der Bachbewegung, Bach-Jahrbuch 42: 7-44.
• Carl Dahlhaus (1955). Bachs Konzertante Fugen, Bach-Jahrbuch 42: 45-72.
• Rolf van Leyden (1955). Die Violinsonate BWV 1024, Bach-Jahrbuch 42: 73-102.
• Bernhard Paumgartner (1956). Johann Sebastian Bach, Mozart und die Wiener Klassik, Bach-Jahrmuch 43: 5-17.
• Conrad Freyse (1956). Johann Christoph Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 43: 36-51.
• Carl Dahlhaus (1956). Versuch über Bachs Harmonik, Bach-Jahrbuch 43: 105-111.
• Gunter Hempel (1956). Johann Sebastian Bach under der Dresdner Hoforganist Christian Petzold, Bach-Jahrbuch 43: 156-164.
• Alfred Dürr (1957). Zur Chronologie der Leipziger Vokalwerke J. S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 44: 5-162.
• Ernst Könige (1957). Neuerkenntnisse zu J. S. Bachs Köthener Zeit, Bach-Jahrbuch 44: 163-167.
• Karl-Heinz-Köhler (1958). Zur Problematik der Violinsonaten mit obligatem Cembalo, Bach-Jahrbuch 45: 114-122.
• Ernst Könige (1959). Hofkapelle des Fürsten Leopold zu Anhalt Köthen, Bach-Jahrbuch 46: 95-110.
• William H. Scheide (1959-62). Johann Sebastian Bachs Sammlung von Kantaten seines Vetters Johann Ludwig Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 46: 52-94; Bach-Jahrbuch 48: 5-24; Bach-Jahrbuch 49: 5-32.
• Werner Neumann (1960). Das Bachische Collegium Musicum, Bach-Jahrbuch 47: 5-27.
• Herfried Homburg (1960). Louis Spohr und die Bach-Renaissance, Bach-Jahrbuch 47: 65-82.
• Emil Platen (1961). Eine Pergolesi-Bearbeitung Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 48: 35-51.
• Friedrich Ernst (1961). Bach und das Pianoforte, Bach-Jahrbuch 48: 61-78.
• Ulrich Siegele (1962). Bemerkungen zu Bachs Motetten, Bach-Jahrbuch 49: 33-57.
• Wladimir Rabey (1964). Der Originaltext der Bachschen Soloviolinsonaten und -partiten BWV 1001-1006 in seiner Bedeutung fur den ausfuhrenden Musiker, Bach-Jahrbuch 50: 23-46.
• Ernst Könige (1964). Zu J. S. Bachs Wohnung in Köthen, Bach-Jahrbuch 50: 53-60.
• Ernst Arfken (1966). Zur Entstehungsgeschichte des Orgelbüchleins, Bach-Jahrbuch 52: 41-58.
• Erhard Franke (1966). Themenmodelle in Bachs Klaviersuiten, Bach-Jahrbuch 52: 72-98.
• Gerhard Herz (1966). Der lombardische Rhythmus im "Domine Deus" der h-moll-Messe J.S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 52: 99-101.
• Karl Tittel (1966). Welche unter J. S. Bachs Namen gefiihrten Orgelwerke sind Johann Tobias bzw. Johann Ludwig Krebs zuzuschreiben?, Bach-Jahrbuch 52: 102-137.
• Peter Thalheimer (1966). Der Flauto piccolo bei J. S. Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 52: 138-146.
• Christoph Wolff (1967). Terminus »Ricercar« in Bachs Musikalischem Opfer, Bach-Jahrbuch 53: 70-81.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1968). Johann Sebastian Bach und und Christian Gottlob Meißner, Bach-Jahrbuch 54: 80-88.
• Alfred Dürr (1968). Neues über Bachs Pergolesi-Bearbeitung, Bach-Jahrbuch 54: 89-100.
• Hans Eppstein (1969). Grundzüge in J. S. Bachs Sonatenschaffen, Bach-Jahrbuch 55: 5-30.
• Franz-Peter Constantini (1969). Zur Typusgeschichte von J. S. Bachs Wohltemperiertem Klavier, Bach-Jahrbuch 55: 31-45.
• Alfred Dürr (1970). Zur Chronologie der Handschrift Johann Christoph Altnickols und Johann Friedrich Agricolas, Bach-Jahrbuch 56: 44-65.
• Siegmund Helms (1971). Johannes Brahms und Johann Sebastian Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 57: 13-81.
• Siegfried Orth (1971). Zu den Erfurter Jahren Johann Bernard Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 57: 106-111.
• Hans Eppstein (1972). Über J. S. Bachs Flötensonaten mit Generalbaß, Bach-Jahrbuch 58: 12-23.
• Christoph Wolff (1973). Überlegungen zum Thema Regium, Bach-Jahrbuch 59: 33-38.
• Max Rostal (1973). Zur Interpretation der Violinsonaten J. S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 59: 72-78.
• Siegfried Orth (1973). Johann Bach der Stammvater der Erfurter Bache, Bach-Jahrbuch 59: 79-87.
• Reinhard Gerlach (1973). Besetzung und Instrumentation der Kirchenkantaten J. S. Bachs und ihre Bedingungen, Bach-Jahrbuch 59: 53-71.
• Friedhelm Krummacher (1974). Textauslegung und Satzstruktur in J. S. Bachs Motetten, Bach-Jahrbuch 60: 5-43.
• Hans Hering (1974). Spielerische Elemente in J. S. Bachs Klaviermusik, Bach-Jahrbuch 60: 44-69.
• Ulrich Meyer (1974). Zur Einordnung von J. S. Bachs einzeln überlieferten Orgelchorälen, Bach-Jahrbuch 60: 98-103.
• Henning Siedentopf (1974). Verwandtschaften im Klavierwerk J. S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 60 104-122.
• Hartwig Eichberg (1975). Unechtes unter J. S. Bachs Klavierwerken, Bach-Jahrbuch 61: 7-49.
• Hans Eppstein (1976). Chronologieprobleme in Johann Sebastian Bachs Suiten für Soloinstrument, Bach-Jahrbuch 61: 35-57.
• Alfred Dürr (1975). Zur Entstehungsgeschichte des 5. Brandenburgischen Konzerts, Bach-Jahrbuch 61: 63-69.
• Walter Blankenburg (1977). Eine neue Textquelle zu sieben Kantaten Johann Sebastian Bachs und achtzehn Kantaten Johann Ludwig Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 63: 7-25.
• Christoph Wolff (1977). Bachs Handexemplar der Schübler-Choräle, Bach-Jahrbuch 63: 120-109.
• Alfred Dürr (1978). Heinrich Nicolaus Gerber als Schüler Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 64: 7-18.
• Dietrich Kilian (1978). Über einige neue Aspekte zur Quellenüberlieferung von Klavier- und Orgelwerken Johann Sebastian Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 64: 61-72.
• Georg von Dadelsen (1978). Die Crux der Nebensache: Editorischc und praktische Bemerkungen zu. Bachs Artikulation, Bach-Jahrbuch 64: 95-112.
• Joshua Rifkin (1978). Ein langsamer Konzertsatz J. S. Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 64: 140-147.
• Rudolf Stephan (1978). Zum Thema Schönberg und Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 64: 232-244.
• Günther Wagner (1979). Concerto-Elemente in Bachs zweistimmigen Inventionen, Bach-Jahrbuch 65: 37-44.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1979). Ein „Dresdner Menuett" im zweiten Klavierbüchlein der Anna Magdalena Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 65: 45-64.
• Wolfgang Wiemer (1979). Johann Heinrich Schübler der Stecher der Kunst der Fuge, Bach-Jahrbuch 65: 77-78.
• Jörgen Jersild (1980). Die Harmonik J. S. Bachs: Eine funktionsanalytische Studie, Bach-Jahrbuch 66: 53-82.
• Günther Hoppe (1981). Bachs Abendmahlsgebrauch in seiner Köthener Zeit, Bach-Jahrbuch 67: 31-42.
• Hans Eppstein (1981). Zur Problematik von Johann Sebastian Bachs Flötensonaten, Bach-Jahrbuch 67: 77-90.
• Andreas Glöckner (1982). Die Leipziger Neukirchenmusik und das "Kleine Magnificat" BWV Anh.21, Bach-Jahrbuch 68: 97-102.
• Ulrich Siegele (1983). Bachs Stellung in der Leipziger Kulrorpolitik seiner Zeit, Bach-Jahrbuch 69: 7-50.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1985). Johann Christoph Bach: Organist und Schul Collega in Ohrdruf, Johann Sebastian Bachs erster Lehrer, Bach-Jahrbuch 71: 55-82.
• Christoph Wolff (1985). Johann Adam Reinken und Johann Sebastian Bach: Zum Kontext des Bachschen Frühwerkes, Bach-Jahrbuch 71: 99-118.
• Friedhelm Krummacher (1985). Bach und die norddeutsche Orgeltoccata: Fragen und Uberlegungen, Bach-Jahrbuch 71: 119-134.
• Christian Ahrens (1986). Joh. Seb. Bach und der"neue Gusto" in der Musik um 1740, Bach-Jahrbuch 72: 69-79.
• Robert Hill (1986). Die Herkunft von Bachs 'Thema Legrenzianum', Bach-Jahrbuch 72: 105-107.
• Don Smithers (1987). Gottfried Reiches Ansehen und sein Einfluß auf die Musik Johann Sebastian Bachs, Bach-Jahrbuch 73: 113-150.
• Yoshitake Kobayashi (1988). Zur Chronologie der Spatwerke Johann Sebastian Bachs: Kompositions- und Auffuhrungstatigkeit von 1736 bis 1750, Bach-Jahrbuch 74: 41-61.
• Jean-Claude Zehnder (1988). Georg Böhm und Johann Sebastian Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 74: 73-110.
• Karl Heller (1989). Norddeutsche Musikkultur als Traditionsraum des jungen Bach, Bach-Jahrbuch 75: 7-19.
• Detlev Kranemann (1990). Johann Sebastian Bachs Krankheit und Todesursache: Versuch einer Deurung, Bach-Jahrbuch 76: 53-64.
• Pamela L. Poulin (1990). Noch eine Mozart-Bach-Verbindung, Bach-Jahrbuch 76: 215-224.
• Jean-Claude Zehnder (1991). Giuseppe Torelli und Johann Sebastian Bach: Zu Bachs Weimarer Konzertform, Bach-Jahrbuch 77: 33-95.
• Eva Badura-Skoda (1991). Komponierte J. S. Bach 'Hammerklavier-Konzerte, Bach-Jahrbuch 77: 159-171.
• Hans-Joachim Schulze (1991). Bach und Buxtehude, Bach-Jahrbuch 77: 177-181.
• Russell Stinson (1992). Ein Sammelband aus Johann Peter Kellners Besitz”: neue Forschungen zur Berliner Bach-Handschrift P804, Bach-Jahrbuch 78: 45-64.
• Klaus Hofmann (1993). Neue Überegungen zu Bachs Weimarer Kantaten-Kalender, Bach-Jahrbuch 79: 9-29.
• Daniel R. Melamed (1993). Mehr zur Chronologie von Bachs Weimarer Kantaten, Bach-Jahrbuch 79: 213-216.
• Peter Wollny (1994). Ein Quellenfund zur Geschichte der H-Moll-Messe, Bach-Jahrbuch 80: 163-169.
• Peter Wollny (1997). Neue Bach-Funde, Bach-Jahrbuch 83: 7-50.
• Dominik Sackmann; Siegbert Rampe (1997). Bach, Berlin, Quantz und die Flötensonate Es-Dur BWV 1031, Bach-Jahrbuch 83: 51-85.
• Christoph Wolff (1997). Zum Quellenwert der Neumeister-Sammlung, Bach-Jahrbuch 83: 155-167.
• Mark M. Smith (1998). Joh. Seb. Bachs Violoncello piccolo: Neue Aspekte-offene Fragen, Bach-Jahrbuch 84: 63-81.
• Daniel R. Melamed; Reginald L. Sanders (1999). Zum Text und Kontext der „Keiser“-Markuspassion, Bach-Jahrbuch 85: 35-50.
• Barbara Wiermann (2002). Bach und Palestrina: Neue Quellen aus Johann Sebastian Bachs Notenbibliothek, Bach-Jahrbuch 88: 9-28.
• Daniel R. Melamed (2003). Bach und Palestrina: Einige praktische Probleme I. Kleine Beiträge, Bach-Jahrbuch 88: 221-224.
• Barbara Wiermann (2003). Bach und Palestrina: Einige praktische Probleme II. Kleine Beiträge, Bach-Jahrbuch 88: 225-227.

近現代 Musica moderna
• Jean-Louis Duport (1806). Essai sur le doigté du violoncelle, et sur la conduite de l'archet, Paris: Imbault.
• Georg Nikolaus von Nissen (1828). Biografie Wolfgang Amadeus Mozarts, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Johann Nepomuk Hummel (1828). Ausführliche theoretisch-practische Anweisung zum Piano-Forte-Spiel, Wien: T. Haslinger.
• Louis Spohr (1832). Violinschule mit Erläuternden Kupfertafeln, Wien: T. Haslinger.
• Romain Colomb (1836). Charles de Brosses: L'Italie il y a cent ans ou lettres écrites d'Italie à quelques amis en 1739 et 1740, Paris: Levavasseur.
• Carl Czerny (1839). Von dem Vortrage, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Robert Schumann (1850). Musikalische Haus- und Lebensregeln, Hamburg: J. Schuberth.
• Arrey von Dommer (1862). Elemente der Musik, Leipzig: T. O. Weigel.
• Friedrich Rochlitz (1868). Für Freunde der Tonkunst, Leipzig: C. Cnobloch.
• Heinrich Germer (1869). Die musikalische Ornamentik, Berlin: Schlesinger.
• Wilhelm von Lenz (1872). Die grossen Piano-virtuosen unserer Zeit aus persönlicher Bekanntschaft, Berlin: B. Behr.
• Antoine François Marmontel (1878). Les pianistes célèbres, Paris: Henri Heugel.
• Ludwig Klee (1878). Die Ornamentik der klassischen Klaviermusik: enthaltend die Verzierungen der klassischen Klaviermusik von Joh. Seb. Bach bis auf L. van Beethoven, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Giuseppe Gariboldi (1878). Méthode complète de Flûte, Paris: Alphonse Leduc.
• Joseph-Henri Altès (1880). Méthode pour flûte système Böhm, Paris: Schoenaers-Millereau.
• Frederick Niecks (1890). Friedrich Chopin als Mensch und als Musiker, Leipzig: F. E. C. Leuckart.
• Frederick Forster Buffen (1893). Musical Celebrities, London: Chapman & Hall, Second Series.
• Николай Андреевич Римский-Корсаков (1886). Практический учебник гармонии, С.-Петербург: Э. Арнгольда.
• Edward Dannreuther (1893). Musical Ornamentation, London: Novello.
• Eugene Gruenberg (1896). Violinists' Manual, New York: G. Schirmer.
• Alfred Remy (1900). Baker's Biographical Dictionary of Musicians, Berlin: G. Schirmer.
• Elisabeth Caland (1902). Technische Ratschläge für Klavierspieler von derselben Verfasserin, Ebner.
• Tobias Matthay (1903). The Act of Touch in All its Diversity: An Analysis and Synthesis of Pianoforte Tone-Production, London: Bosworth.
• Malwine Brée; Theodore Baker (1903). The Groundwork of the Leschetizky Method, Mainz: B. Schott.
• Otto Abraham; Erich von Hornbostel (1903). Studien über das Tonsystem und die Musik der Japaner, Sammelbände der Internat, Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft 4: 302-360.
• Vianna da Motta (1904). Zur Pflege der Bachschen Klavierwerke, Neuen Zeitschrift für Musik 1904: 678-679.
• Wanda Landowska (1905). Bach et ses interprètes: sur l'interprétation des oeuvres de clavecin de J.-S. Bach, Paris: Mercure de France.
• Hermann Abert (1905). Die Musikanschauung des Mittelalters und ihre Grundlagen, Halle am Saale: Niemeyer.
• Tobias Matthay (1906). The First Principles of Pianoforte Playing, London: Longmans.
• Ferruccio Busoni (1907). Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst, Leipzig: Insel-Verlag.
• Stephan Krehl (1908). Der Kontrapunkt: Daie Lehre von der selbständigen Stimmführung, Leipzig: G. J. Göschen.
• Adolf Beyschlag (1908). Die Ornamentik der Musik, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Heinrich Schenker (1908). Ein Beitrag zur Ornamentik. Als Einführung zu Ph. Em. Bachs Klavierwerken, Wien: Kessinger.
• Josef Hofmann (1909). Piano Playing, London: Hodder & Stoughton.
• Paul Landormy (1910). Histoire de la musique, Paris: Librairie Paul Delaplane.
• Henri Lavoix; Fernand Robineau (1910). La Musique française, Paris: A, Picard.
• Ferruccio Busoni (1910). Neglected Details in Pianoforte Study, Etude Magazine, April, 1910.
• Carl Stumpf (1911). Die Anfänge der Musik, Leipzig: J. A. Barth.
• Sydney Vantyn; Paul Gilson (1914). La Technique moderne du piano, Bruxelles: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Hermann Kretzschmar(1915). Führer durch den konzertsaal, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Harriette Brower (1915). Piano Mastery: Talks with Master Pianists and Teachers, New York: Frederick A. Stokes.
• Wilhelm Joseph von Wasielewski (1920). Die Violine und ihre Meister, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Théodore Dubois (1921). Traité d'harmonie théorique et pratique, Paris: Heugel.
• Leopold Auer (1921). Violin Playing as I Teach it, New York: Frederick Strokes Company.
• Max Reger (1922). Beitrag zur Modulationslehre, Leipzig: Kahnt.
• Arnold Schönberg (1922). Harmonielehre, Wien: Universal Edition.
• Lionel de La Laurencie (1922-24). L'École française de violon de Lully à Viotti, Paris: Delagrave.
• Marc Pincherle (1922). Les violonistes, compositeurs et virtuoses, Paris: Henri Laurens.
• Algernon H. Lindo (1922). Pedalling in pianoforte music, London, K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Company.
• Ferruccio Busoni (1922). Von der Einheit der Musik, Berlin: M. Hesse.
• Paul Taffanel; Philippe Gaubert (1923). Méthode Complète de Flûte, Paris: Alphonse Leduc.
• Carl Flesch (1923-28). Die Kunst des Violinspiels, Berlin: Ries & Erler.
• Josef Lhévinne (1924). Basic Principles in Pianoforte Playing, Philadelphia: Theo. Presser Company.
• George A. Wedge (1924). Keyboard harmony: A practical application of music theory, including the study of melody harmonization, broken chords and arpeggios, modulation and improvisation, New York: G. Schirmer.
• Leopold Auer (1925). Masterworks and their Interpretation, New York: C. Fischer.
• Heinrich Schenker (1925-30). Das Meisterwerke in der Musik, München: Drei Masken Verlag.
• Marc Pincherle; Lionel de La Laurencie; André Pirro (1927). Feuillets d'histoire du violon, Paris: R. Legouix.
• Eugen d'Albert (1927). Klavier und Pianistentum, Musikblätter des Anbruch 9: 371-372.
• Willy Bardas (1927). Zur Psychologie der Klaviertechnik, Berlin: Werk-Verlag.
• Gustav Becking (1928). Der musikalische Rhythmus als Erkenntnisquelle, Augsburg: B. Filser.
• Carl Flesch (1928). Die Kunst des Violinspiels, Berlin: Ries & Erler.
• Maria von Grewingk (1928). Eine Tochter Alt-Rigas: Schülerin Chopins, Riga: G. Löffler.
• Alfred Cortot (1930/32). La musique française de piano, Paris: Editions Rieder.
• Robert Haas (1931). Aufführungspraxis der Musik, Wildpark-Potsdam: Athenaion.
• Kurt Schubert (1931). Die Technik des Klavierspiels aus dem Geiste des musikalischen Kunstwerkes, Berlin: Gruyter.
• Walter Gieseking; Karl Leimer (1931). Modernes Klavierspiel nach Leimer-Gieseking, Mainz: Schott.
• Rosamond E. M. Harding (1933). The Piano-Forte: Its History Traced to the Great Exhibition of 1851, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Wilhelm Dilthey (1933). Von deutscher Dichtung und Musik, Leipzig: B. G. Teubner.
• Anton Webern (1933). Der Weg zur Neuen Musik, Wien: Universal-Edition.
• Alfred Cortot (1934). Cours d'interprétation, Paris R. Legouix.
• Paul Hindemith (1937/40). Unterweisung im Tonsatz, Mainz: Schott.
• Frederick Dorian (1942). The History of Music in Performance: The Art of Musical Interpretation from the Renaissance to Our Day, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Curt Sachs (1943). The Rise of Music in Ancient World: East and West, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Berta Geissmar (1945). Musik im Schatten der Politik, Zürich: Atlantis-Verlag.
• Willy Apel (1947). Masters of the Keyboard: A Brief Survey of Pianoforte Music, Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
• Nicolas Slonimsky (1947). Thesaurus of Scales and Melodic Patterns, New York: Scribner.
• Leopold Mozart; Editha Grace Knocker (1948). A Treatise on the fundamental Principles of Violin Playing, Oxford University Press.
• Armand Panigel (1949). L'œuvre de Frédéric Chopin: discographie générale, Paris: Editions de la revue des disques.
• Constantin Piron (1949). L'art du piano, Paris: A. Fayard.
• Edwin Fischer (1949). Musikalische Betrachtungen, Wiesbaden: Insel.
• Walter Georgii (1950). Klaviermusik, Zürich: Atlantis-Verlag.
• Jacques Chailley (1951). Traité historique d'analyse harmonique, Paris: A. Leduc.
• James Murray Barbour (1951). Tuning and Temperament: A Historical Survey, East Lansing: Michigan State College Press.
• René Leibowitz (1952). Le Canon-enigme des origines à nos jours, Liège: Dynamo.
• Erwin Ratz (1953). Einführung in die musikalische Formenlehre, Wien: Österreichischer Bundesverlag.
• Bernard Champigneulle (1953). Histoire de la musique, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Karl Ulrich Schnabel (1954). Modern Technique of the Pedal, New York: Mills Music.
• Thurston Dart (1954). The Interpretation of Music, New York: Harper and Row.
• Hans Mersmann (1955). Musikgeschichte in der abendländischen Kultur, Frankfurt am Main Menck.
• Hermann Keller (1955). Phrasierung und Artikulation: Ein Beitrag zu einer Sprachlehre der Musik, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht (1955). Studien zur musikalischen Terminologie, Meinz: Franz Steiner.
• Maurice Eisenberg; Milly Bernardine Stanfield (1957). Cello playing of today, London: The Strad.
• Anthony Baines (1957). Woodwind Instruments and Their History, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Curt Sachs (1958). Rhythm and Tempo: A Study in Music History, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Hans-Peter Schmitz (1958). Singen und Spielen: Versuch einer allgemeinen Musizierkunde, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Marc Pincherle (1959). Histoire illustrée de la musique, Paris: Gallimard.
• Norbert Dufourcq; Marcelle Benoît; Bernard Gagnepain (1960). Les Grandes dates de l'histoire de la musique, Paris: Presses universitaires de France.
• Hans Kann (1960). Tägliche Fingerübungen für Pianisten, Wien: Universal Edition.
• Donald Jay Grout (1960). A History of Western Music, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Karl Heinrich Wörner (1961). Geschichte der Musik: ein Studien- und Nachschlagebuch, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Walter Kolneder (1961). Geschichte der Musik: Ein Studien- und Prüfungshelfer, Heidelberg: Quelle & Meyer.
• Claude Rostand (1961). La musique allemande, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Jean-François Paillard (1961). La musique française classique, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Harold Gleason (1962). Method of Organ Playing, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
• Reimar Riefling; Kathleen Dale (1962). Piano Pedalling, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Wilhelm A. Bauer; Otto E. Deutsch; Joseph Heinz Eibl (1962-75). Mozart: Briefe und Aufzeichnungen Gesamtausgabe, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Friedhelm Krummacher (1963). Zur Sammlung Jacobi der ehemaligen Fürstenschule Grimma, Die Musikforschung 16: 324-347.
• Wanda Landowska; Denise Restout (1964). Landowska on Music, Briarcliff Manor: Stein & Day.
• Ludwig Ritter von Köchel; Franz Giegling; Gerd Sievers; Alexander Weinmann (1964). Chronologisch-the-matisches Verzeichnis sämtlicher Tonwerke Wolfgang Amadé Mozarts nebst Angabe der verlorengegangenen, angefangenen, von fremder Hand bearbeiteten, zweifelhaften und unterschobonen Kompositionen, Wiesbaden: Breitkopf und Härtel.
• Jack C. Goode (1964). Pipe Organ Registration, Nashville: Abingdon Press.
• John Gillespie (1965). Five Centuries of Keyboard Music, Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing.
• Frank E. Kirby (1966). A Short History of Keyboard Music, New York: Schirmer.
• Armand Machabey (1966). La musique de danse, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Emanuel Winternitz; Lilly Stunzi (1966). Musical Instruments of the Western World, New York: McGraw-Hill.
• George A. Kochevitsky (1967). The Art of Piano Playing: A Scientific Approach, Evanston: Summy-Birchard.
• Friedrich Jacob (1969). Die Orgel, Bern: Hallwag.
• George Sargent (1969). Eighteenth-century Tuning Directions: Precise Intervallic Determinations, The Music Review 30: 27-34.
• Donald H. Van Ess (1970). Heritage of Musical Style, New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
• Norbert Dufourcq (1970). La Musique française, Paris: Picard.
• Yehudi Menuhin (1971). Violin: Six Lessons With Yehudi Menuhin, New York: Viking.
• Denis Matthews (1972). Keyboard Music, New York: Praeger.
• David Barnett (1972). The Performance of Music, London: Barrie and Jenkins.
• Konrad Wolff (1972). The Teaching of Artur Schnabel: A Guide to Interpretation, London: Faber.
• Stefan Grossman (1973). Country Blues Songbook, New York: Oak Publications.
• Jochen Gärtner (1974). Das Vibrato unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse bei Flotisten, Regensburg: Bosse.
• Carmine Coppola (1975). A manual of Flute Instruction: Especially, New York: Carmit Music Company.
• Paul Tortelier; Maud Tortelier; Rudolf Caspar Baumberger (1975). How I play how I teach, London: Chester Music.
• Helen R. Hollis (1975). The Piano: A pictorial account of its ancestry and development, New York: Hippocrene Books.
• Howard Ferguson (1975). Keyboard Interpretation from the 14th to the 19th Century, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Nanie Bridgman (1975). La Musique italienne, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
• Peter Cooper (1975). Style in Piano Playing, London: John Calder.
• Yehudi Menuhin; William Primrose (1976). Violin and Viola, London: MacDonald & Jane's.
• Wolfgang Stresemann (1977). Philharmonie und Philharmoniker, Berlin: Stapp Verlag.
• Owen Jorgensen (1977). Tuning the Historical Temperaments by Ear, Marquette: Northern Michigan University Press.
• Carl Dahlhaus (1978). Schönberg und andere, Mainz: Schott.
• Bernard Huys (1978). L'École belge de violon: catalogue de l'exposition, Bruxelles: Bibliothèque royale Albert Ier.
• Paul Lorenz (1979). Große Pianisten dreier Jahrhunderte, Wien: Bergland.
• Lothar Cremer (1981). The Physics of The Violin, Cambridge: The M.I.T. Press.
• Willi Apel (1981). Die Notation der polyphonen Musik 900-1600, Leipzig: Breitkopf & Härtel.
• Ian Bent (1981). Source Materials and the Interpretation of Music: A Memorial Volume to Thurston Dart, London: Stainer & Bell.
• Owen H. Jorgenson (1981). The Equal-Beating Temperaments: A Handbook for Tuning Harpsichords and Forte-Pianos, Raleigh: Sunbury Press.
• Frederick Neumann (1982). Essays in Performance Practice, Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press.
• Konrad Wolff (1983). Masters of the Keyboard, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Joseph Banowetz; Dean Elder (1985). The Pianist's Guide to Pedaling, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Christian Friedrich Penzel; Wolfgang Wiemer (1985). Neu entdeckte Choral- und Liedsätze aus der Bach-Choral-Sammlung von Christian Friedrich Penzel, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Charles Rosen (1988). Sonata Forms, New York: W. W. Norton.
• Генрих Густавович Нейгауз (1988). Об искусстве фортепианной игры, Москва: Музыка.
• Artur Weschler-Vered (1986). Jascha Heifetz, London: Robert Hale.
• Elliott W. Galkin (1988): A History of Orchestral Conducting in Theory and Practice, New York: Pendragon Press.
• Gunther Schuller (1989). The Swing Era: The Development of Jazz, New York: Oxford University Press.
• Fred K. Prieberg (1989). Musik im NS-Staat, Frankfurt am Main: Fischer-Taschenbuch-Verlag.
• Joel Lester (1999). Bach's works for solo violin: style, structure, performance, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Allan Kozinn (1990). Mischa Elman and the Romantic Style, London: Taylor & Francis.
• Robin Stowell (1990). Violin Technique and Performance Practice in the Late Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Alan Blyth (1991). Choral Music on Record, Cambridge: Cambridge University.
• Derek C Hulme (1991). Dmitri Shostakovich: a catalogue, bibliography, and discography, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
• Clemens Hellsberg (1992). Demokratie der Könige die Geschichte der Wiener Philharmoniker, Zürich: Schweizer Verlagshaus.
• Iwo Załuski; Pamela Załuski (1993) The Scottish Autumn of Frederick Chopin, Edinburgh: John Donald Publishers.
• Klaus Weiler (1993). Celibidache: Musiker und Philosoph, München: Schneekluth.
• Martha Novak Clinkscale (1993). Makers of the Piano 1700-1820, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Charles Davis Smith; Richard J. Howe (1994). The Welte-Mignon: Its Music and Musicians, Vestal: Vestal Press.
• Carl Lachmund, Michael Saffle (1995). Living with Liszt, Stuyvesant, Stuyvesant: Pendragon Press.
• Harvey Sachs; Donald Manildi (1995). Rubinstein: A Life, New York: Grove Press.
• Vicotr Sazer; Paul Katz (1995). New directions in cello playing, Los Angels: C. A. Ofnote.
• Stewart Pollens (1995). The Early Pianoforte, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Barry S. Brook; Richard J. Viano (1997). Thematic Catalogues in Music: An Annotated Bibliography, Stuyvesant: Pendragon Press.
• Jean-Jacques Eigeldinger (1998). Frédéric Chopin: Conseils d’interprétation, Paris: Buchet/Chastel.
• Klaus Umbach (1998). Celibidache: der andere Maestro, München: Piper.
• Mario Carrozzo; Cristina Cimagalli (1997-99). Storia della musica occidentale, Roma: Armando.
• Enzo Porta (2000). Il violino nella storia: maestri, tecniche, scuole, Torino: EDT.
• Steven Henry Roberson (2000). Lili Kraus: Hungarian pianist, Texas teacher, and personality extraordinaire, Fort Worth: T.C.U. Press.
• James A. Grymes (2001). Ernst Von Dohnányi: A Bio-Bibliography, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Markus Grassl (2002). Die Lehre von der musikalischen Aufführung in der Wiener Schule, Wien: Böhlau Verlag.
• Janos Starker (2004). The World of Music According to Starker, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
• Francesca Flores d'Arcais (2005). Il teatro delle statue, Milano: Vita e Pensiero.
• Geoffrey Payzant (2005). Glenn Gould Music and Mind, Toronto: Key Porter Books.
• Cliff Eisen; Simon P Keefe (2006). The Cambridge Mozart Encyclopedia, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Peter Watchorn (2007). Isolde Ahlgrimm, Vienna and the Early Music Revival, Burlington: Ashgate Publishing.
• Klaus Weiler (2008). Celibidachiana: eine Edition der Sergiu Celibidache Stiftung, Augsburg: Wissner.
• James H. North (2008). Boston Symphony Orchestra: An Augmented Discography, Lanham, Maryland: The Scarecrow Press.
• Oxford University Press (2010). Music: Oxford Bibliographies Online Research Guide, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Margaret Campbell (2011). The Great Violinists, London: Faber & Faber.
• Daniel Jaffé (2012). Historical Dictionary of Russian Music, Lanham: Scarecrow Press.
• Roland Jackson (2013). Performance Practice: A Dictionary-Guide for Musicians, London: Routledge.
• Michael Taft (2013). Talkin' to Myself: Blues Lyrics, 1921-1942, London: Routledge.
• Meredith Kirkpatrick (2014). Ralph Kirkpatrick: Letters of the American Harpsichordist and Scholar, Suffolk: Boydell & Brewer.

• William Armstrong (1903). How De Pachmann Plays Chopin: Containing His Own Account of His Own Special Methods, The Saturday Evening Post 176 (16): 5. “I do not use the first finger in playing passages where a delicate effect is needed. The first finger is too heavy—too harsh. I use the middle finger instead. Then I get the quality of tone that I want.”
• Arthur Symons (1905). Pachmann and the Piano, Plays, Acting and Music: A Book of Theory, New York: E. P. Dutton.
• William Armstrong (1907). The Pianism of De Pachmann, The Musician 12(9): 439-440. “Let me show you how I trill. Bend the first finger until it is the length of the thumb, that they may be even. Then trill almost on the nail. There you have a Chopin trill.”
• Arthur Symons (1907). Pachmann: with a word on Godowsky, The Living Age 254: 374-376.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1907). How to Play Chopin, The Strand Magazine 34(202): 415-420.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1911). Originality in Pianoforte Playing; Work, the Secret of Pianistic Success, The Etude, October 1911: 657 & November 1911: 734.
• Arthur Wilson (1912). The Art of de Pachmann, The Musician 17: 17.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1913). Vladimir de Pachmann with a Study of his Hands, The Musician 18(10).
• J. Cuthbert Hadden (1913). Pachmann, Modern Musicians: a Book for Players and Singers, London & Edinburgh: T. N. Foulis.
• G. Mark Wilson (1913). Vladimir de Pachmann with a Study of his Hands, The Musician 18: 659-660.
• Francesco Pallottelli (1916).Vladimiro de Pachmann, Roma: Editio Novissima.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1922). My New Method of Piano-Playing, The Music Lovers' Portfolio 4: 77-78.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1923). Should Piano Playing Undergo a Radical Reform?, The Etude, December 1923: 819-820.
• Harriette Brower (1923). De Pachmann Describes His New 'Méthode, The Musician 28: 11-12.
• Jacob Eisenberg (1924). De Pachmann Preaches Economy of Motion, The Musician 29: 19-20.
• Alexander Woollcott (1924). De Pachmann, Enchanted Aisles, New York: Putnam's Sons.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1925). How I Keep Young, Music Masterpieces 5: 141.
• Alice Booth (1925). Vladimir de Pachmann: The Renowned Pianist, Good Housekeeping: 52-53 & 193.
• Vladimir de Pachmann (1926). My Invisible Audience, The Radio Times 13(157): 57-58.
• Stanley Markham (1927). The Grand Old Man Of The Piano, Music of All Nations: 46 & 51.
• Gdal Saleski (1927). Vladimir de Pachmann, Famous Musicians of a Wandering Race, New York: Bloch.
• James Francis Cooke (1933). The Extraordinary Case of Vladimir de Pachmann, The Etude magazine: 223-224.
• Heywood Broun (1933/35). The Chopinzee, It Seems To Me, New York: Harcourt Brace.
• Richard Capell (1934). Pachmann and Chopin: Some Secrets of a Past-Master's Technique, The Daily Telegraph: 5.
• Marguerite de Pachmann-Labori (1935). Pachmann's Sincerity: Vindication By His Only Pupil, an Australian, The Australian Musical News 25: 22.
• Edith J. Hopkins (1937). Chopin Played: From Contemporary Impressions Collected for the Diaries and Notebooks of the late A. J. Hopkins, London: J. M. Dent.
• Frederick William Gaisberg (1943). Notes from my Diary: Vladimir de Pachmann, Gramophone, October 1943: 73.
• Edward Blickstein (1969). More than a Clown, High Fidelity Magazine, July 1969: 59-62.
• Edward Blickstein; Gregor Benko (2013). Chopin's Prophet: The Life of Pianist Vladimir De Pachmann, Maryland: Scarecrow Press.
• Nigel Nettheim (2013). The reconstitution of historical piano recordings: Vladimir de Pachmann plays Chopin's Nocturne in E Minor, Music Performance Research 6: 97-125.

• Friedrich Herzfeld (1941). Wilhelm Furtwängler: Weg und Wesen, Leipzig: Wilhelm Goldmann Verlag.
• Wilhelm Furtwängler (1948). Gespräche über Musik, Zürich: Atlantis-Verlag.
• Wilhelm Furtwängler (1954). Ton und Wort. Aufsätze und Vorträge 1918 bis 1954, Wiesbaden: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Wilhelm Furtwängler (1955). Der Musiker und sein Publikum, Zürich: Atlantis-Verlag.
• Wilhelm Furtwängler (1956). Vermächtnis: Nachgelassene Schriften, Wiesbaden: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Karla Höcker (1958). Begegnung mit Furtwängler, Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.
• Peter Wackernagel (1958). Wilhelm Furtwängler die Programme der Konzerte mit dem Berliner Philharmonischen Orchester 1922-1954, Wiesbaden: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Wilhelm Furtwängler; Frank Thiess (1965). Briefe, Wiesbaden: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Karla Höcker (1968). Wilhelm Furtwängler: Begegnungen und Gespräche, Berlin: Rembrandt-Verlag.
• Elisabeth Furtwängler (1979). Über Wilhelm Furtwängler, Wiesbaden: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Henning Smidth Olsen (1970). Wilhelm Furtwängler: A discography, København: Nationaldiskoteket.
• Karla Höcker (1979). Die nie vergessenen Klänge. Erinnerungen an Wilhelm Furtwängler, Berlin: Arani.
• Wilhelm Furtwängler; Günter Birkner (1980). Aufzeichnungen 1924-1954, Wiesbaden: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Daniel Gillis (1982). Furtwängler and America, Palo Alto: Ramparts Press.
• John Squire; John Hunt (1985). Furtwängler and Great Britain, London: Wilhelm Furtwängler Society.
• Berndt W. Wessling (1985). Furtwängler. Eine kritische Biographie, Stuttgart: Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt.
• Joachim Matzner (1986). Furtwängler: Analyse, Dokumente, Protokoll, Zürich: Atlantis-Verlag.
• Fred K. Prieberg (1986). Kraftprobe: Wilhelm Furtwängler im Dritten Reich, Wiesbaden: F.A. Brockhaus.
• Chris Walton (1996). Wilhelm Furtwängler in Diskussion, Winterthur: Amadeus.
• René Trémine (1997). Wilhelm Furtwängler Concert Listing, Bezons: Tahra.
• René Trémine (1997). Wilhelm Furtwängler: A Discography, Bezons: Tahra.
• Herbert Haffner (2003). Furtwängler, Berlin: Parthas.
• Eberhard Straub (2007). Die Furtwänglers, München: Siedler.
• John Hunt (2009/15). The Furtwängler sound: discography with concert register, London: Travis & Emery Music Bookshop.

• Francis F. Clough; Geoffrey John Cuming (1952). The world's encyclopaedia of recorded music, London: London Gramophone Corporation.
• Walter Toscanini (1966). Arturo Toscanini: A Complete Discography, New York: Radio Corporation of America.
• George James (1968). Bach on L.P.: A Discography of the Vocal Works, George James: Sherman Oaks Alfred Music.
• Franz Grasberger; Lothar Knessl (1972). Hundert Jahre Goldener Saal, Wien: Gesellschaft der Musikfreunde.
• Howard Shanet (1975). Philharmonic: a history of New York's Orchestra, Garden City: Doubleday.
Werner Oehlmann (1975). Das Berliner Philharmonische Orchester, Kassel: Bärenreiter-Verlag.
• Alan Blyth; Malcolm Walker (1979). Opera on record, New York: Harper & Row.
• Trevor Croucher (1981). Early Music Discography: from Plainsong to the sons of Bach, London: Library Association.
• Peter Muck (1982). Einhundert Jahre Berliner Philharmonisches Orchester, Tutzing: Hans Schneider.
• John L. Holmes (1982). Conductors on record, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Samuel Applebaum; Henry Roth; Mark Zilberquit (1983). The way they play, Neptune City: Paganiniana Publications.
• Alan Sanders (1984). Walter Legge: a discography, Westport: Greenwood.
• Stephen J. Pettitt (1985). Philharmonia Orchestra a record of achievement 1945-1985, London: Hale.
• Edda Fuhrich; Gisela Prossnitz; Robert Kriechbaumer (1990-07). Die Salzburger Festspiele, Salzburg: Residenz-Verlag.
• Nancy Canning (1992). A Glenn Gould catalog, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• James Creighton (1994). Discopaedia of the Violin, Burlington: Records Past Publishing.
• Gabriele E. Meyer (1994). 100 Jahre Münchner Philharmoniker, München: Knürr.
• John Gillespie; Anna Gillespie (1995). Notable twentieth-century pianists: a bio-critical sourcebook, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Jaco van Witteloostuyn (1997). The classical long playing record: design, production and reproduction: a comprehensive survey, Rotterdam: Balkema.
• Roland de Beer; Truus de Leur (1997). Bruckner en het Koninklijk Concertgebouworkest, Amsterdam: Koninklijk Concertgebouworkest.
• Claude Graveley Arnold (1997). The orchestra on record 1896-1926, Westport: Greenwood Press.
• Péter Fülöp (1998). Mikrokosmos labelography, North York: Mikrokosmos.
• Doris Sennefelder; Renate Ulm (1999). 50 Jahre Symphonieorchester des Bayerischen Rundfunks, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Michele Selvini; Yehudi Menuhin; Carlo Maria Giulini (1999/2001). Bruno Walter la porta dell'eternità, Montagnola: Fondazione Culturale della Collina d'Oro.
• Frank Forman (2000). Acoustic Chamber Music Sets. 1899-1926: A Discography, Association forRecorded Sound Collections Journal 31: 70-104.
• Mortimer H. Frank; Jacques Barzun (2002). Arturo Toscanini: the NBC years, Portland: Amadeus Press
• James H. North (2006). New York Philharmonic: the authorized recordings, 1917-2005: a discography, Lanham: Scarecrow Press.
• Péter Fülöp (2010). Mahler discography, Toronto: Mikrokosmos.
• Phil Rees (2012). Audiophile record collector's handbook, Reading: Cranmore Publications.
• Phil Rees (2012). Mono record collector's handbook, Reading: Cranmore Publications.

• Hans-Peter Schmitz (1965). Die Kunst der Verzierung im 18. Jahrhundert, Kassel: Bärenreiter.
• Gotthold Frotscher (1963). Aufführungspraxis alter Musik, Wilhelmshaven: Heinrichshofen.
• Robert Garfias (1959). Gagaku: The Music and Dances of the Japanese Imperial Household, New York: Theatre Arts Books.
• Laurence Picken (1967). Cantral Asian tunes in the Gagaku tradition, Festschrift für Walter Wiora, Kassel: Bärenreiter: 545-551.
• Rembrandt Wolpert; Allan Marett; Jonathan Condit; Laurence Picken (1973). 'The Waves of Kokonor': A Dance-Tune of the T'ang Dynasty, Asian Music 5: 3-9.
• Fumio Koizumi; Kazuo Okada (1974). Gagaku: The Noble Music of Japan, Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film.
• Robert Garfias (1975). Music of a Thousand Autumns: The Tōgaku Style of Japanese Court Music, Berkeley: University of California.
• Allan J. Marett (1976). Hakuga's Flute Score: A Tenth-century Japanese Source of 'Tang-music' in Tablature, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.D. No. 9823; Cambridge: University of Cambridge, 1976: 138-151.
• Allan J. Marett (1977). Tunes Notated in Flute-tablature from a Japanese Source of the Tenth Century, Musica Asiatica 1: 1-56.
• Allan J. Marett (1985). Tōgaku: Where Have the Tang Melodies Gone, and Where Have the New Melodies Come From?, Ethnomusicology 29: 409-431.
• Allan J. Marett (1986). In search of the lost melodies of Tang China: an account of recent research and its implications for the history and analysis of Tōgaku, Musicology Australia 9: 29-38.
• Allan J. Marett (1988). An Investigation of Sources for Chū Ōga Ryūteki Yōroku-fu, a Japanese Flute Score of the 14th Century, Musica Asiatica 5, Cambridge: Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
• Alison Tokita; David W. Hughes (2005). Japanese Music: History, Performance, Research, Cambridge: Cambridge University.
• David W Hughes; Alison Tokita (2016). The Ashgate research companion to Japanese music, London: Routledge.

Follow me!

@KF_Salon